'W:.-: j; 

i 





m 


yy : ,1 



fc;} 

il*! 4 r > ■»< • 

>^*p'i'»-'*•*-TV*. 1 ,‘i”*,*j 

■;-V4,> . j 

• .mh-'i- mb! • 

•“< • ■ ■ T» * '.I .1.* ,-.l < 

*.v•« • 7 

■ »»••.. .«,--->*■<•«. i.,,,i 

*" V-.l H v J ' 

1 " 1 • ■! 1 ' > ,• ■ ■ “l 

V, ■*. 

» * * ,1 ■ • ■ » . • •. > 4 « • i ,« • 

' [I'+'lyH* *-«•,«<*} 

• \ i*» • r 

. 


(fc-V USL^ 

' / 

,•>>."... 

■> • 


' . 




• ii• ■.. g i .■ i, .J: 

• ■ Wj 
1 ■ / 1 

iSMmiSWM 

• ■ • .. 

$11 

,i• i. ( *;;;*| ( ; ’ii ' 1 / } 














































































V' • • 

v T 


A o+ “ 

\V » 



° q5 q. 




, * N v ^ 

■* '^iuyrr' ^ or * 

0 0, ° '»<."> S \?> 9?. - * * ■> .y 

A '% V * * •* ® A V * 

% ^ %• y 

. -!VAM/A O ^>-<<V 

cS ^ " 

& % *. 

<a * 

\> ~ ~ < v ^ t M u ^ 


-*' < PfinP=7 o -a» Q* -* sPiKJPf r a£» q* - 

5 ^ / „ 4 s s 9 ?, ** 1 * * s s \v 9 x * ^i 

■^><V 


z U--V * z 

_cS> - jj^lNtflqr o cS A _ v^ijfiii^-? o cS A. .- N^an»5i=i^y o tS -A. 

* ojT ^o V^HS* * A? 'Ho 9 * <,$/* *Ho * * oV ^ * SifSs^ * & v X 

>\,..».V' -"> & .< .. .v^y/,,.., V' ••- •"'. V' **"'/ .< -,. V' • •""/. 
* * “ *'• \. o< %. <* "Vo* 9 ffife * %-<* \. 4 ;*^ 

v-■ - .., v^ ■'''/...., V'-"'^' • - V' -' ...V'-">‘' • ■•<'V 

r “* j .*VsK&'. V/ ;^/ 

c 


; > 


_<i. >> - 


, v - 

qV ■<& * 



r> ^ 

c z '^ 0 < 


r . T. 


■% v r*»A 

\\i 




<H o> 


> or 

V »'*°A t V v «. 


n $> ^ 



s «> 


- & ^ 9 * r ^ * r, n'' 

^o'" AAA x <& c b '"i i Vs^ x #' 9 ? X// ^.. s'' x #' 

V * " * 0 A V 9- V * 0 A V 

A T- S» *. Ho. ^ ^ a *- Ho A. T- 

» AJ C c 


• r *M^; 

*» aS s ^ - g3V ° .s s ^ 

s*,&^ *■ . . 0 ^ ^ .'* 7 TCT'' ^ ^ 

% 6 >\*y^. % ^’^k'J'% ** 

*j A • V - Mf r. ’Arf' . 

CK 


c> A. 


O C q <> ^ . 

* A? A* % [ 


6 Q, 


° ^ 


Q,s 

- L r ^ 








a. »... v' •*'' /. v<,■•. /^* 

%.& :'M£\ %A : r -*¥A A A 



s A A \ 1 SPV./ % ''^S 0 b ./ % c / % \ . 

0 Y* (2 A * **P ^ T“ (2 * *P ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 7“ 

*-^4 : S$m'° : mem' ^ 

.- ^ : .M; ^ m* ^ °- 

X# /iifc '\^ i ' i^i£\ \A 

o ct> 




A % V' 

h V % v^> ^ 




^ / » 4 s 51 <+ 

A a0’ ^ 'i * o , > 


9o 

c o '" "A ^ x #' 9 

A^ ^ V ♦ * * «A 


z 

a cS -A* > o C S > 

- ^ ^ A' % 

' /,, s ^ A b ^ ^ / ;; s ^ a u ' 

r0 ^•°'-% ei C 0 ' Sl":'.% 


l 


° Ho 
* iN 


° <H o* 


r 0 ' ^' 9 » a 9 p 

U ^ « s» V %, 

<A - z 

Q ^ Ho ' 

f v"*"’^”*-v^'vy-^v'^'V 9 <-,°% •■ s>-..^ 

v ^ .«. ,m v .\/ : r Mk\\A * 


H V » " * 0 A ^ V 

'vO.^ A r .«. 5 ) . *_ Ho A ^ 


Y 0 ca 1 

\* A<c? •%• *. 

S *' 

-?yyy.% 




o c 5 > A> ^ . 

s * <* A ^(i)^ ^ ,-V-- NT A 

A 0 A <, J, ( S'' A 0 ' ^ . . S' 

^ c?- r * ’■’«-.% o°- .*'•" - .y 

• -^Mk° '*>-<$ : imh°* 

:A°~ 




<s o.y o 'yy' 

^ V> ^ ^ * 0 


z ( V“V 


.v? 'H 


0 T- 

V= -^WA'o ^ *^\WAV '^O. ^ *Axx»m « 

^ o «> ^ °^o -. 

, °H^ 9 - s > , - 0 , • * " V\ . 9 .,V' 4 # ° V\r - A °V^* sS V\ v. „, ^ 

u% : r Mk\ \^ : 

'< -o oy 1 ^o 9 ^ '»"y* " 9 ,^S^» ^ "*. 

S -sCa j. ''A < s S <Cv . . '*t A’ 1 ' s S -iCv ^ ''A V, S N ^Cv ^ X A y s s" A ** l 

^ *’*„•'.% c?9q-»'.% •• Cp9‘’-“'.y •* •■ 

I -^Cfe;V<? :M-y 

r -.TO?.* ^ <*• -.TO?.* ^ 

< 'o,'*< 3 ''/ O o>q\'\v#' 



A * ..^ ^ '• .” k^ ^ 

•''.# .... .. 




von 


Von 








s' ^ 






L ■ 


z 'Kf. O' ,. . 

,.. ..V^ '/ ^..v .' / «... .., <^v€ .., v<.... 

cS y'V 


° z 

--.sf.-y \ m/\ w.v^ -..w.-^ * — 








„, % '' * *'' / ; .., ' /l ...,/% 

vV * «aWa, - % *\aVa r - ^ ^ ~ 



* 


1. 





s .</ % , ^ v fV . . . 

V* 

1 ’ “'/t . 0 . 

° ^ r£ 




r * gr ■ ~» - mspR3 *r ^ ^ 

' \V V °Q, V.S' A# % 

> - * * 0 - ^ \> * * ^ ° a ^ 


\V r '~o. 

% V % * * 0 / *u 

^ ^ zi ** 



A* 









A *%, V 

:* 


v: *. >* ^ s ' * ; * -,. <% ^ s " c ^v o° 

:*|Pgr* 

, ^ *' £ °^ z .wM: & <&> : .®; ^^ \iSm: & <& 

«P*r ^ % S^SPI* ./ % vISP.*./ % vlpy / % \l§tp /■ % v 

r c o. rASSx^/V, <- s. r> , .^^^»,<?/,. r. •f > _ , ^ 'r 

^ . , xv K/ ., 

^^2l£/// >4 2*. __ ^ _ 

° q^- - *p*il=f *> g5 

Y 4 4 9? VVVo' 9?.'^7 vT^<st '-o 

v 9f>. 




'i' " \> 

X\ V <(- 

- 




° c3 y^. - 

* ^ • 




...«■ ^ r^vT''# % *, 

^ <?\* O' , 

« ^0^ -Jlfc ^d* * 

^ ^ : .®,‘ '• .. g 

°o, 9^ 7 t?o' ^ /T;s ''sir 

r ‘ °\%, , v Vr»°'. ^ , v >*r.“'..'\ 

o 


O C.S y^u - . 

- r ^' ^ % 


V 

%.o* 




I V l -y *> -O |r/ « C.S A. ' 'Ph’ipj* o .tb y^> 

W- ^ * oV % \^ry * <iy ' 

, s s ^>0 V ❖, s «Cv «. / ', ,v' _aCv 

5 <2^ - «> ^ Oft "■> '' ^ 

X/ / ^ ^ ^ S *-0 ^ J y * 1 S 




- ^ ^ - , 

^ ^ v * v * ° ^ % v ^ 

* % .*, - ' 

° <*■ -t* - gyyj , 

«v •%- V^. O.V •, 




<p r ' Yl'-% 0°\ 

■ ^ 


%'■• o\ 

* .dXW/k^' Ai- 

% ^ - ixsxwwx^ z 

O cb y^. 

^ r ^v r # ^ % 

/ r 0 ^ Y * 0 /• r 0' a. Y * o t 

: Wm\ ^o* ^.i 

<•.. V'""' /.«... v^>\«... v*'/,. 

•vv : mw^ /■ 

,S S ^ ° <$ ^ ° tS a. 

*« 



2 ' ^ ^ 

^ ** <jy v* 

s' aCV^ y s’ ,o v 

rP v ^ Y * 0 ^ " 0 o^ «. ^ * 0 ^ ^ 







cS y^V 

»> ^ c <fr 

» « s S von / ^ * « S S y^- ' i a * s 

G 0 V ^ ^ * 0 A r0 v ^ ' * » , V* 

< 4Va v %« c .w - % % « 
>-0' .AM 0 . °, -P^S 


l . s s ' . # ' \^ S ^ 

■ M/A“ , MVA ° - " 


V 9. ^ * 0 /■ ^ 


cS y>v 

^ V ^ % 

0 0 v «. 1 * 0 A ‘ 4 s S G 0^ ^ ^ * o / 

^ »■ a S3 * _ y^> V T- « 5, « 

r 

O 4 



^4 





* Jr ^ '* WP : f 

\f ^ 'i * o . \ > \ * n 


“ v . 

a, '••' 


%,>.!*'',# ... %,'v!v^'.d 



V ft n 



^ 3 WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


Administrative Manual — Table of Contents 

Organisation Chapter 10 

Basic Legislation and Orders 10*1 

Statement of Folioy 10*2 

Organisation of the WBA 10*3 

Function of Administrative Units 10 .h 

Lines of Administration 10*5 

Administrative Policies (Authority-wide) Chapter 20 

Personnel Management 20.1 

Budget 20*2 

Accounting 20.3 

Property Control 20.1; 

Travel 20.5 

Procurement 20.6 

Priorities 20.7 

Office Services 20.8 

Procedures 20.9 

Information and Reports 20.10 

Bonding of Employees 20.11 

Supply 20.12 

Operation of Motor Vehicles 20.20 

Identification Cards 20«2l 

Damage claims against WRA 20.22 

Purchase of War Bonds 20.23 

Community Management on Relocation Centers Chapter 30 

Internal Security ' 30.1 

Health 30.2 

Education 30.3 

Welfare 30.1} 

Community Activities 30*5 

Community Government 30.6 

Business Enterprises 30*7 

Community Analysis 30.8 

Operations on Relocation Centers Chapter Itf) 

Agriculture Uo.l 

Industry li0.2 

Engineering ll0*3 

Fire Protection Uo»U 

Motor Transport and Maintenance Uo»5 


4/26/44 M ] | 1 1Q40 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 

ewu of m mm 











Relocation Center Management 



Chapter 50 


General Administration 50*1 

Regulations affecting Administrative Personnel 50*2 

Regulations affecting Evacuees 50*3 

Legal Services 50.it 

Project Employment 50*5 

Mess Operations 50.6 

Postal Service 50»7 

Statistics 50.6 

Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 

ftitioning 50.10 


Issuance of Leave 


Chapter 60 


Introduction 6o.l 

Short-Term Leave 60.2 

Seasonal Work Leave 60.3 

Indefinite Leave 6o.U 

Student Relocation 60.5 

Leave Clearance 60.6 

(Cancelled) 60*7 

Leave Records 60.8 

Forms 60.9 

Investigation for Leave Clearance in Doubtful Cases 60.10 

Appeals Procedure (from Tule Lake) 6o.ll 

Indefinite Leave (Trial Period) 60.12 

Leave Assistance Grants 60.13 

Leave for Persons Hospitalized in Evacuated Area 60.llt 


International Relationships 


Chapter 70 


Repatriation and Expatriation 70.1 

Geneva Convention . 70.2 

Protecting Power for Japanese Interests 70*3 

Relations with Internment Programs Chapter 80 

War Department 80.1 

Justice Department 80.2 

Individual Exclusion Chapter 90 

Provisions of Exclusion Program 90«1 

WR&. Organization for Exclusion 90.2 

WRk Assistance to Excludees 90.3 

Other Agencies Part in Exclusion 90 M 


4/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 



C-1007 PA bu 











bf? 


Evacuee Property (at all-levels) 

WRA Organizations for Evacuee 
Management and Disposition of 
Storage and Transportation of 

Segregation * 



Chapter 100 

Property 

100.1 

Property 

100.2 

Property 

100.3 


Chapter 110 


Segregation Policy 110.1 
Segregation Center 110.2 
Persons to be Placed in Tule Lake Center 110*3 
Priorities of Movement to Tule Lake Center 110.U 
Preparation for Transfers to Tule Lake Center 110.5 
Preparation for Transfers from Tule Lake Center 110.6 
Transportation of Property of Transferees 110*7 
Responsibilities in connection with movement 110.8 
Departures from Tule Lake Center 110.9 

Persons Institutionalized in the Evacuated Area Chapter 120 

Introduction 120.1 
Payment for Hospital Care 120*2 
Mental Patients 120.3 
Grants for Necessary Expenses 120.1* 
Burials 120.5 
Transfers to Centers 120.6 


Bb location 


Chapter 130 


Relocation Program 
Relocation Divisions 
Group Relocations 

Community Adjustment 
Relocation Committees 


130.1 

130.2 

130.3 

130.1* 

130.5 

130.6 


Closing of Relocation Centers 


Chapter ll*0 


Policy on closing centers 

Responsibilities in connection with the movement of 

transferees 

Plans and arrangements for Closing a Center 
Transfer of Evacuees 
Movement of Evacuee Property 
Curtailment of Center Activities 
Designation of Evecuee Post Contingent 
Disposition of Equipment and Supplies 


11 * 0.1 

11 * 0.2 

11*0.5 

11 * 0 . 1 * 

11*0.5 

11 * 0.6 

11*0.7 

11 * 0.8 


4/26/44 . 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 






- k - 


Disposition of Appointed Personnel 
Final Rsport of a Closing Center 


Index I — Subject iletter Index to Manual 

Index II — Administrative Instructions Superseded 

Index III — Distribution Codes for Procedures* 


4/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 


1 U 0.9 

1 U 0.10 


1997 P0 bu 


IRA Manual 


Basic Legislation and Orders 10+1 


(. 12 ) 

military areas; salary of the Director at not to exceed 
$10,000 per annum; employment of aliens; traveling ex¬ 
penses, not to exceed $375,000; printing and binding, 
not to exceed $ 28 , 000 ; procurement, without regard to 
section 3709, Revised Statutes, of supplies and equip¬ 
ment (with or without personal services); purchase for 
replacement (not to exceed $50,000) of passenger-carry¬ 
ing automobiles; the leasing to others of land acquired 
for the program; purchase of uniforms for internal se¬ 
curity officers; transfer of household goods and effects 
as provided by the Act of October 10, 19U0, including 
travel expenses, of employees transferred from other 
Federal agencies to the Authority at its request; not 
to exceed $10,000 for payment to States or political 
subdivision thereof, or other local public taxing units, 
of sums in lieu of taxes against real property acquired 
by the Authority for the purposes hereof; for payments 
for the performance of governmental services required in 
connection with the administration of the program; the 
disposal, by public or private sale, of goods or commodi¬ 
ties produced or manufactured in the performance of acti¬ 
vities hereunder, the proceeds of which shall be depos¬ 
ited in a special fund which shall remain available until 
June 30, 19U5, for the purposes hereof: Provided , That 
the provisions of the Act of February 15, 193U (U8 Stat. 
351), as amended, relating to disability or death com¬ 
pensation and benefits, shall apply to persons receiving 
from the United States compensation in the fbrm of sub¬ 
sistence, cash advances, or other allowances in accor¬ 
dance with regulations prescribed by the Director of the 
War Relocation Authority for work performed in connection 
with such program, including work performed in the War 
Relocation Work Carps: Provided further. That this 
provision shall not apply in any case coming within 
the purview of the workmen^ compensation laws of any 
State, Territory, or possession, or in which the claim¬ 
ant has received or is entitled to receive similar 
benefits for injury or death: Provided further . That 
the Secretary of the Interior may delegate to any offi¬ 
cial in the War Relocation Authority the authority to 
make appointments of personnel and he may also delegate 
to any official in the War Relocation Authority the 
authority to make other determinations necessary for 
the conduct of administrative management within the 
Authority: And Provided further . That the limitation 
placed on the amount available for travel expenses 


WRA 

Appropriation, 
Fiscal Year 
1944—1945 
(Confc*d*) 


10/2/44 

Release # 125 


C-4716 P5 bn 








WRA Manual 


Basic Legislation and Orders 10*1 


( 


(. 12 ) 

for the War Relocation Authority shall not apply to 
travel of evacuees and their escorts incident to trans¬ 
fer and relocation. 


WRA. 

Appropriation, 
Fiscal Year 
1944—1945 
(Cont* d.) 


TITLE IT — GENERAL PROVISIONS 

Sec. 201. The appropriations in this Act for salaries 
and expenses shall be available, in addition to the 
objects specified under each head, and without regard 
to section 3709, Revised Statutes (except as otherwise 
specified herein), for personal services in the Dis¬ 
trict of Columbia and elsewhere; contract stenographic 
reporting services; lawbooks, books of reference, 
newspapers and periodicals; maintenance, operation, 
and repair of motor-propelled passenger-carrying 
vehicles; acceptance and utilization of voluntary and 
uncompensated services; and traveling expenses, includ¬ 
ing expenses of attendance at meetings of organizations 
concerned with the work of the agency from whose ap¬ 
propriation such expenses are paid, and actual trans¬ 
portation and other necessary expenses, and not to ex¬ 
ceed $10 (unless otherwise specified) per diem in lieu 
of'subsistence, of persons serving while away from ■ 

their permanent homes or regular places of business in 
an advisory capacity to or employed by any such agencies 
without other compensation from the United States, or 
at $1 per annum, and including (upon authorization 
or approval of the head of any of such agencies) travel 
expenses to and from their homes or regular places 
of business in accordance with the Standardized Govern¬ 
ment Travel Regulations, including travel in private¬ 
ly owned automobile (and including per diem in lieu 
of subsistence at place of employment), of persons 
employed intermittently away from their homes or regu¬ 
lar places of business as consultants and receiving 
compensation on a per diem when actually employed basis. 

Section 202. Whenever sums are set apart from the ap¬ 
propriations in this Act for special projects (classi¬ 
fied in the estimates submitted to Congress as or under 
"Other contractual services") expenditures may be made 
therefrom for traveling expenses, printing and binding, 
and purchase of motor-propelled passenger-carrying 
vehicles without regard to the limitations specified for 
such objects under the respective heads, but within 
such amounts as the Director of the Bureau of the Budget 


10/2/44 
Release # 125 


1 



WRA Manual 


Basic Legislation and Orders 10,1 


(. 12 ) 

may approve therefor and such Director shall report 
to Congress each such limitation determined by him* 
Provided , That such limitations shall not apply where 
the special projects are performed by non-Government 
agencies. 


Sec. 203. With the prior approval of the Bureau of the 
Budget and under authority of section 601 of the Act 
of June 30, 1932, as amended (31 U. S. C. 686), orders 
for work or services to be performed by other agencies 
of the Government may be placed by any of the agencies 
whose appropriations are contained in this Act, but 
no agency shall perform work or render services with or 
without reimbursement (including the detail or loan of 
personnel) for any of the agencies whose appropriations 
are contained in this Act except in pursuance of orders 
so approved or under specific authority of other law. 
This provision shall not apply to the Office of 
Strategic Services. 


Sec. 205. For the purposes of section 303 of the First 
Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Act, 19UU, 
and any similar general provisions for the fiscal year 
19U5, persons serving the Government at $1 per annum 
shall be considered as serving without compensation* 

Sec. 206. No part of any appropriation contained in 
this Act shall oe used to pay the salary or wages 
of any person who advocates or who is a member of an 
organisation that advocates, the overthrow of the 
Government of the United Sta tes by force or vio¬ 
lence! Provided , That for the purposes hereof an 
affidavit shall be considered prima facie evidence 
that the person making the affidavit does not advocate, 
and is not a member of an organization that advocates, 
the overthrow of the Government of the United States 
by force or violence! Provided flirther . That any per¬ 
son who advocates, or who Is a member of an organiza¬ 
tion that advocates the overthrow of the Government 
of the United States by force or violence and accepts 
employment the salary or wages for which are paid from 
any appropriation contained in this Act shall be 
guilty of a felony and, upon conviction, shall be 
fined not more than u, 000 or imprisoned for not 
more than one year, or both! Provided further . That 
the above penalty clause shall be in addition to, 
and not in substitution for, any other provisions of 
existing law. 


VfRA 

Appropriation, 
Fiscal Year 
1944-1945 
(Cont’d*) 


ia/2/tA 

Raisas. # 12$ 


C-4716 P7 bu 











WRA Manual 


Basic Legislation and Orders 10.1 


i 


(. 12 ) 

Sec* 207. If at any time during the fiscal year 19Ub 
the termination of the Act entitled "An Act to pro¬ 
vide temporary additional compensation for employees 
in the Postal Service", approved April 9, 19U3, or 
of the Act entitled "An Act to provide for the pay¬ 
ment of overtime compensation to Government employees, 
and for other purposes", approved May 7, 19U3, shall 
be fixed by concurrent resolution of the Congress 
at a date earlier than June 30, 19U£, the appropria¬ 
tions contained in this Act shall cease to be avail¬ 
able on such earlier date Tor obligation for the pur¬ 
poses of the terminated Act and the unobligated 
portions of appropriations allocated for the purposes 
of such terminated Act shall not be obligated for any 
other purposes of the appropriation during the fiscal 
year 19U5* 

Sec. 208 This Act may be cited as the "National War 
Agency Appropriation Act, 19U5". 

Approved June 28, ±9hk» 

On June 8, 19UU, the President in a memorandum address- ( 

ed to the Secretary of the Interior authorized the 
War Relocation Authority to administer an Emergency 
Refugee Shelter for European Refugees at the Fort 
Ontario Army establishment at Oswego, New York. 


.13 

Fort Ontario 
Emergency 
Refugee 
Shelter 


10/2/44 

Ralaa.. # 125 

1 


C-1716 PB bu 



WRA Manual 


Basic Legislation and Orders 10.1 


•lU On December 17, 19UU, the Commanding General of the 
Western Defense Command issued Public Proclamation 
No. 21 revoking, effective January 2, 19U5, the or¬ 
der excluding persons of Japanese ancestry as a 
group from military areas in the State of California, 
the western portions of the States of Washington and 
Oregon, and the southern portion of Arizona; announc¬ 
ing that those persons of Japanese ancestry who would 
remain excluded would be individually designated; and 
restoring to all persons of Japanese ancestry who 
were excluded under orders of the Commanding General, 
Western Defense Command, but who have not been desig¬ 
nated individually for exclusion or other control, 
their full rights to enter and remain in the military 
areas of the Western Defense Command. Specifically, 
the Proclamation provided for the following} 

A. Effective midnight, January 2, 19h5>, rescinded 

Public Proclamations Nos. 3, U, 5, 6, 7, 11, 
and paragraph 5 of No. 1 and paragraph $ 
of No. 2 (See Manual Sec. 10.1.6). 

Civilian Exclusion Orders Nos. 1 to 108, in¬ 
clusive (See Manual Sec. 10.1.8). 

Civilian Restrictive Order No. 1 (See Manual 
Sec. 10.1.9). 

B. Effective midnight, January 20, 19U5, rescinded 

Public Proclamation No. 8 (See Manual Section 

10.1.6-H). 

Civilian Restrictive Orders Nos. 18, 19, 20, 

23 2h, and 30 (See Manual Sec. 10.1.9). 

except as to those persons who have been designa¬ 
ted individually for exclusion or other control 
or may be so designated at a future time. 


Rescission 

of 

Blanket 

Exclusion 

Orders 




2/13/U5 

Release if lo9 





















































WRA Manual 


Organization of the WRA 10.3 


•1 The War Relocation Authority shall have the follow¬ 
ing organization* 

A. Washington Office, composed of the Director and 
his immediate staff. 

B. Relocation Centers, operating under the super¬ 
vision of Project Directors who report to the 
Director in Washington. 

C. Segregation Center, operating under the super¬ 
vision of a Project Director who reports to the 
Director in Washington. 

D. Emergency Refugee Shelter, operating under the 
supervision of a Shelter Director who reports 
to the Director in Washington, 

E. Office of the Assistant Director in San Francisco 
who serves as a member of the Director’s immedi¬ 
ate office stationed in the field. 

F. Field Offices, which operate in the field as 
units of Washington Office Divisions and are 
responsible to the Division chiefs. 

•2 The Washington Office is composed of the follow¬ 
ing Divisions: 

% 

Office of the Director 
Office of the Solicitor 
Relocation Planning Division 
Reports Division 

Administrative Management Division 
Operations Division 
Relocation Division 
Community Management Division 
War Refugee Division 

Chiefs of these Divisions serve in a staff capacity 
as advisors to the Director, but exercise direct 
supervision only over the employees of their Div¬ 
isions in Washington and in Field Offices outside 
Centers, Division Chiefs, either directly or through 
Section Heads, give technical guidance to the com¬ 
parable units in Relocation Centers. 

10/2 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/7A3 
Release # 125 


Washington 

Office 


Relocation 

Centers 


Segregation 

Center 


Emergency 

Refugee 

Shelter 


Field 

Assistant 

Director 


Field 

Offices 


W&ehir^tcn 

Offi&e 


c-me p© bu 



WRA Manual 


Organization of the WRA 10«3 


4 




Colorado 

River 


•3 Approved Relocation Centers are as follows* 

A. Manzanar Relocation Center 

Location* Owens Valley, Inyo County, East Cen¬ 
tral California 

Post Office* Manzanar, California 

B* Colorado River Relocation Center 

Location: Colorado River Indian Reservation, 

Southwestern Arizona 
Post Office: Poe ton, Arizona 


Gil* River 


Minidoka 


Heart Mountain 


C* Oila River Relocation Center 

Location* Pima Indian Reservation, Southern 

Arizona 

Post Office* Rivers, Arizona 

D. Minidoka Relocation Center 

Location: Gooding Division, Minidoka Reclama¬ 

tion Irrigation Project, Jerome 
County, Southern Idaho 
Post Office* Hunt, Idaho 

E. Heart Mountain Relocation Center 
Location* Park County, Northwest Wyoming 
Post Office* Heart Mountain, Wyoming 


Robwcr 


Qranada. 


F. Rohwer Relocation Center 

Location* Desha County, Southeastern Arkansas 
Post Office* Relocation, Arkansas 

0. Granada Relocation Center 

Location* Prowers County, Southeastern Colorado 
Post Office* Amache, Colorado 


Central Utah 


Tale Lake 


H* Central Utah Relocation Center 

Location* Millard County, Central Utah 

Post Office* Topaz, Utah 

•U The Segregation Center is as follows* 

A. Tule Lake Center 

Location* Klamath Reclamation Project, Modoc 

County, Northern California 
Post Office* Newell, California 


10/2/Wi 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/7/U3 
Release # 125 


C-1716 P10 tott 



WRA Manual 


Organisation of th© WRA 10*3 


•5 The Emergency Refugee Shelter is as followss 


A. Fort Ontario Emergency Refugee Shelter 

Location? Fort Ontario, Oswego, New York 
Post Office? Oswego, New York 


fort'Out trie 


.6 


An Assistant Director has been appointed with head¬ 
quarters in San Francisco and series as representa¬ 
tive of the Director for all phases of the program 
in California, Oregon, Washington, and Arizona; 
directly administers the evacuee property program 
and deferred evacuation program; acts as liaison 
with th© Western Defense Command; and represents 
the Director in all aspects of public relations on 
the Coast. 


Office 

of 

Assistant 

Director 


•7 Field Offices of the Authority have been set up as 

follows % 


A. The Continental United States outside the evacuated 
zone in th© Western Defense Command has been 
divided into eight Areas for operation of the 
Relocation Program. The work in each Area is 
supervised by Relocation Supervisors. The follow¬ 
ing is a list of these Areas and the name of the 
headquarter city of each Area office and' Reloca- 

Salt Lake City, Utah 
Denver, Colorado 
Kansas City, Missouri 
Little Rock, Arkansas 
Chicago, Illinois 
Cleveland, Ohio 
Boston, Massachusetts 
New York City, N. I. 

These Areas are divided into districts, with the 
work in each district supervised by a District 
Relocation Officer. Each Relocation Supervisor 
reports directly to the Chief of the Relocation 
Division in Washington. Relocation Officers 
stationed in Area office and in district relocation 
offices report to Relocation Supervisors in accord¬ 
ance with the delineation of Areas and districts 
given in Handbook Section 130.2.U. 


tlon b\iD6rylsor• 


Intermountain Area 
Western Plains Area 
Central Area 
Southern Area 
North Central Area 
Great Lakes Area 
New England Area 
Middle Atlantic Area 


i 


Relocation 

Areas 

Districts 


1 




10/2AU 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/7/U3 
Release # 125 


C-1716 P1I bu 






WRA Manual 


Organisation of the WRA 10.3 


i 


Office 
of the 

S olio it car 

(.7) 

B. 

A field office of the Office of the Solicitor is 
located in San Francisoo. Attorneys in this 
office serve as legal advisors to officials of 
the Authority stationed on the West Coast, but 
are administratively and technically responsible 
to the Solicitor in Washington. 

Reports 

Division 

C. 

The Photographic Section of the Washington Reports 
Division is located in Denver. 

Business 

Interprises 

D. 

An office of the Business Enterprises Section of 
the Washington Community Management Division 
is maintained in New York. 

Health 

Section 

E. 

A unit of the Health Section of the Community 
Management Division is maintained in San Francisco. 
Its principal concern is with deferred evacuees who 
are confined in institutions and hospitals in 
the evacuated areas. This unit reports adminis¬ 
tratively to the Assistant Director and tech¬ 
nically to the Head of the Health Section in 
Washington. 


F. 

The Evacuee Property Office in San Francisco 
is under the immediate supervision of the Assis¬ 
tant Director. Evacuee property area offices are 
located at 

Evacuee 

Property 


San Francisco 

Los Angeles 

Seattle 



operate under the supervision of the Assistant 
Director in San Francisco and the Assistant 

Director reports to the ^hief of the Administra¬ 
tive Management Division in Washington. The 
headquarters of the Transportation Section of the 
Evacuee Property Office is located in San Francisco 
with subsidiary unit offices and warehouses in 
various other cities. 

Procuretneut 

Unit 

• 

G. 

WRA Procurement Offices have been established in 
the following cities and together with the Washing¬ 
ton Office aid Relocation centers and other WRA 


10/2/UU 

Supercedes Issuance of 8/7/U3 
Release # 125 





WRA Manual 


Organization of the WRA 10,3 


(.70) 


Field Offices in the procurement of materials, supplies, 
equipment, and services, o^her than personaIt 


Denver 

Chicago 

San Francisco 


These offices are adninistratively responsible 
to the Head of the Washington Finance and Supply- 
Section. 


10/2/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/7A3 
Release # 125 






Procure cent 
Unit 

(Cont*d.) 




C— 1716 P18 nobu-f ln.l 











I 


WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10*5 


) 


* 


.1 If each employee of the War Relocation Authority is to make 
his full contribution to the program of the agency, he must 
understand clearly his duties and responsibilities, and the 
relation of his work to the work of his associates. Fur¬ 
thermore, he must understand how his administrative unit 
operates with regard to other units. When this is achieved, 
the work of all such units, both in Washington and in the 
various field locations can be unified and directed to a 
common purpose. 

.2 All duties and responsibilities prescribed for the War Relo¬ 
cation Program by the President and the Congress are vested 
in the Secretary of the Interior, who has delegated many of 
them to the Director of WRA. The Director is accountable 
for each action undertaken by WRA or any of its employees. 

•3 The Director may delegate .some of his duties to his princi¬ 
pal assistants, and they thereupon beame accountable to him 
for satisfactory performance of such duties; the Director, 
however, remains accountable for them to the Secretary and 
to the people. From such delegations the Director loses no 
responsibility, but gains an additional responsibility for 
supervision of his assistants, to insure that they are do¬ 
ing their work satisfactorily, and to give them needed 
guidance. No WRA employee may exercise any authority unless 
it has been specifically delegated or re-delegated from the 
Director. Furthermore, the Director may revoke any or all 
delegations made by him. Delegations of duties are accom¬ 
plished by promulgation of job descriptions, issuance of 
Manual or Handbook Sections, Memoranda or orval instructions. 

•U A line activity is one of action and direction while a staff 
activity is recommendatory or advisory in nature. A line 
officer is fully responsible, within the policies of the Au¬ 
thority, for the proper conduct of the program at his parti¬ 
cular level. A staff officer is responsible for the giving 
of service and advice to both his official supervisor and to 
line subordinates of his official supervisor. Action taken 
by a staff officer shall be taken in the name of and at the 
direction of his official supervisor. Thus, the project 
directors and their subordinates in charge of particular 
center operations are line officers. Field Assistant Direc¬ 
tors and Washington personnel are staff officers, insofar as 
the work at centers is concerned. Some of the Washington di¬ 
vision heads exercise both a staff function—towards the 
work at centers, and a line function-toward the work of field 
officers outside centers, which report directly to the 
Washington division. 


8/21/44 


Importance 

of 

Clarity in 
Organization 


Accountability 
of tke 
Director 


Delegation 

of 

Duties 


Line 

and 

Staff 


C ~1571 pi bu-eos-pun—wp 



WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10,5 


.5 


Respoasibilities 
of tke 
Waakiigtom 
Staff 


.6 


Respoasibilitlea 

of 

Field Assistaat 
Directors 


i 


.7 


Reapoaaibilitiea 

of 

Project 

Directors 




With repsect to operations on centers, the Washington staff 
is responsible for formulating policies, developing proced¬ 
ures, establishing standards of performance in the fields 
for which they are responsible, inspection and evaluation 
of results, but not for direct day-by-day administration. 

The Washington staff advises the Director, who alone can 
issue instructions binding upon Project Directors and their 
staff. Once the instructions have been issued, the Washing¬ 
ton staff may interpret them to the Centers, observe compli¬ 
ance and give technical advice, but enforcement of the in¬ 
structions rests with the Director, 

Field Assistant Directors occupy the same general relation¬ 
ship to the work at centers as the Washington staff, with 
the exception that while most of the Washington staff are 
specialists in given fields. Field Assistants Directors are 
over-all staff officers interested in all functions at cen¬ 
ters, They bear the same responsibility as Washington per¬ 
sonnel to share in the formulation of policy, to interpret 
policy, and to observe progress and effectiveness of pro¬ 
cedures at centers. Being in closer contact with the centers, 
they should be able to advise the Director more closely on 
center developments. 

The Project Director is fully accountable to the Director 
for all aspects of the program at his relocation center and 
he alone may give instructions to his staff. He is not 
bound to accept advice of staff officers, but he is obliged 
to carry out all instructions issued by the Director whether 
oral or written and to see that the other center employees 
carry them out, regardless of his personal judgment as to 
their wisdon. Bearing this responsibility for application 
of policies, the Project Director should participate, along 
with the Director's staff, in policy formulation, develop¬ 
ment of standard procedures, and program planning. Comments 
from the field on policies, documents, and procedural re¬ 
leases are always welcomed. In addition to their meetings 
with the Director, Project Directors should use every oppor¬ 
tunity to make suggestions of this nature. Where the Pro¬ 
ject Director does not fully understand the background and 
need of a newly announced general policy, he may withold in¬ 
itiating it for two weeks in order to secure the information 
necessary foradequate interpretation to his staff and the 
evacuee population,'if he requests permission of the Direc¬ 
tor to do so, by teletype, and this permission is given. 


8/21/44 







1 


WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10.5 


\ 


> 



.8 It is the policy of the WRA that Permanent instructions to 
the field will be in writing. The form of WRA written in¬ 
structions is described in Section 20.9 of the Administra¬ 
tive Manual. The Director may give oral instructions 
either by telephone or in personal conversation, which are 
to be put into effect immediately, but these will be con¬ 
firmed by a written instruction as soon as possible. In 
due course, all permanent instructions will be incorporated 
into the Manual or a Handbook. Staff Officers in their re¬ 
lations with centers should be able to base their sugges¬ 
tions and advice upon a written instruction signed by the 
Director. Until confirmed by a written instruction, all 
policies of the Authority will be considered preliminary and 
tentative. The work of field officers outside Centers shall 
likewise be governed by written instructions. Interim in¬ 
structions may be given orally or in a letter by the appro¬ 
priate Division Chief, but as early as possible these shall 
be confirmed by a Section of the Manual or Handbook issued 
by authorization of the Director. Whenever possible, writ¬ 
ten instructions setting major policy for field will be sub¬ 
mitted in advanceto the field, in draft form in order to se¬ 
cure suggestions regarding the effect of the policy upon 
field operations. 


I»s true t ions 
to be 
Written 


.9 


All correspondence from Washington to centers must be addressed 
to the Project Director, and shall have an attention line. 

Such correspondence must be signed by the Director if it con¬ 
cerns the work of more than one Division, sets policy, inter¬ 
prets policy, establishes procedures, or outlines a program. 
Correspondence pertaining to one division which explains pro¬ 
cedures already established, transmits or calls for routine 
information, gives technical advice or guidance or does not 
otherwise establish or interpret policy, may be signed by the 
Division Chief. Correspondence from relocation centers to 
the Washington office must be addressed to the Director and 
carry an attention line. The signing of such correspondence 
is subject to regulations of the Project Director. Corres¬ 
pondence with Field Assistant Directors must be signed by the 
Director and adressed to the Field Assistant Director, and 
vice versa, except that Division Heads may sign correspond¬ 
ence addressed for attention of members of the staff in San 
Francisco. Correspondence with Field Offices, may be car¬ 
ried on between the Chief of the appropriate Division and the 
heads of the field offices, and between Project Director? 
and the heads of field offices. The Solicitor may correspond 
directly with Project Attorneys, and the Principal Attorney 
in San Francisco, and they with him. 


C orr©s pondeaoe 
with Ceaters 


8/21/44 


C-1671 P3 bu 



WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10.£ 


Purpose of 
Visits 
to 

Cefttort 


Relatioms 

of 

Visitors 

•with 

Project 

Director 


Relatioms 

of 

Visitors 
•with 
C eater 
Staff 


Assigmosmt 
of staff 
Offioer to 

Centers 


.10 Visits by staff officers to centers must in all cases be for 
a specific purpose clearly understood by both the visitor 
and by the Project Director. Except in an emergency no 
visit should be made without notifying the Project Director 
, in advance, in writing, of the date and duration of the call 
and its precise purpose. If substantial use of the center 
staff’s time or center facilities will be involved, the Pro¬ 
ject Director should be given an opportunity to concur or 
suggest alternatives. Washington staff members will have 
written authorization for the visit in the form of their 
letter of authorization for travel. Whenever feasible, they 
should also have a memorandum from a Division Chief or the 
Director, outlining the precise objective of the visit• 

.11 In viting centers, staff officers should remember that they 
are coming as representatives of the Director to the Project 
Director. In line with this, they should report to the Pro¬ 
ject Director, or to someone whom he has designated for the 
purpose, upon arriving and upon leaving. The purpose of the 
visit should be discussed in the first call; the results in 
the last. All visits by Washington personnel should also 
result in a written report to an official superior.. This 
report need not be completed at the center. The Director 
may, at his discretion, send a copy of the written report to 
the Project Director. Members of the Field Examinations Sec¬ 
tion come, of course, as special representatives of the Di¬ 
rector. Members of the Washington staff in the field may at 
all times correspond directly with their official superiors. 

.12 While at the center, no staff officer may give orders to 

the Project Director’s staff. Technical advice and guidance, 
in line with instructions of the Director and the Project 
Director are, of course, the duty of the staff officer. In 
cases of disagreement the staff officer should report the 
facts to the Project Director; if the disagreement continues, 
to the Director for decision* 

.13 If requested by the Project Director, and approved by the 
Director, staff officers may be assigned by the Director to 
special duties at centers. During these assignments the 
staff officer must regard himself as a line officer subordi¬ 
nate to the Project Director, subject to the same rules of 
conduct and procedure as the permanent personnel at the cen¬ 
ters. Staff members while on the project must observe any 
project regulations that apply to project personnel. 


8/21/44 


C-1871 P4 bu 




WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10.£ 


< 


•lU While staff officers are visiting centers their relations 
with the evacuees should be classed in the same category 
as relations with the appointed personnel. Contacts for 
official business should be made through the Project Di¬ 
rector by whatever procedure the Project Director may 
have set up for the purpose. For most purposes, official 
contacts with the evacuees should be through the commun¬ 
ity Council and arrangements for such meetings must be 
made through project officials. No commitments can be 
made to an evacuee by a staff officer, other than that he 
will bring a matter to the attention of the Project Direc¬ 
tor or the Director if he is requested to do so. 

♦15 Evacuees in relocation centers shall not be discouraged 
from writing to the Director and members of his staff, if 
they wish to do so. Staff officers shall not correspond 
with evacuees on official business of the WRA, except 
under the following circumstances. 

A. They may acknowledge letters from evacuees provided 
no commitment on official action is implied or ex¬ 
pressed. In many instances the letter should be 

y answered by recommending that the matter be discussed 

with either the Community Council or Project Director 
for further action. 

B. Correspondence which goes beyond acknowledgement is 
governed by the same general rules as apply to corres¬ 
pondence with appointed personnel at the center. That 
is, the staff officer may write a letter to the eva¬ 
cuee but it must be transmitted by a covering letter 
addressed to the Project Director requesting that the 
letter be delivered to the evacuee. The letter to the 
evacuee is subject, of course, to approval by the 
signer of the covering letter. Relocation Supervisors 
and Relocation Officers may sirailary correspond with 
evacuees. 

▼ 

C. Correspondence from an evacuee which carries a complaint 
or a criticism of center management should either be 
brought to the attention of the Project Director or be 
made the basis for an investigation at the center, de¬ 
pending upon the nature of the information involved. In 
any case, the staff officer or the Director may with pro 
priety protect the confidence of an evacuee correspond¬ 
ent, where it will not encourage the submission of idle, 
malicious or ill-informed complaints. 

► 

8/21/44 


Relations 

of 

Visitors 

with 

Evacuees 


C orrespondenoe 
with 
Evaouees 
in 

Centers 


C-1871 P8 bu 



WRA Manual 


Lines of Administration 10.5 


(.15) 

Correspondence 

■with 

Evacuees 

in 

Centers 
(eont*d.) 


D. WRA is not concerned with personal correspondence 
between its staff and evacuees in centers; but no 
correspondence is personal if it contains informa¬ 
tion which at either the transmitting or receiving 
end affects the official work of the Authority. 







/ 


8 / 21/44 






WRA 


Budget 2Q*2 


.50 The War Relocation Authority is required by the 
Bureau of the Budget to submit each year, on or 
before March 1, the detailed estimates of appro- 
priation for the next fiscal year. 

.51 By November 15 of each year the Washington Finance 
Office will issue administrative notices containing 
instructions for the submission of estimates. Sep¬ 
arate notices will be sent to the Relocation Centers, 
Field Assistant Directors, and the Washington Divi¬ 
sions. The notices to the Washington Divisions will 
contain instructions for the submission of estimates 
by the Field Offices under their jurisdiction. 

.52 The Washington Divisions shall submit the estimates 
for their Washington Offices to the Finance Office 
by January 1. 

f 

.55 The Field Assistant Directors shall submit estimates 
for their offices to the Washington Finance Office 
by January 1. 

»5k The Field Offices shall submit their estimates to the 
respective Washington Office under whose jurisdiction 
they fall by January 1, The Washington Offices shall 
complete their review of the Field Office estimates in 
time to submit them to the Washington Finance Office 
by January 50, 

.55 The Relocation Centers shall submit their estimates in 
time to reach the Washington Finance Office by January 

15# : 

.56 The Executive Officer will schedule hearings for re¬ 
view of the estimates during the first week in February 


11/5/U5 


Submission 
Date of Hie 
Budget 


Call for 
Estimates 


Submission 
Date for 
Washington 
Offices 

Field Assistant 
Directors 


Submission 
Date for 
Field Offioes 


Submission 
Date for 
Relocation 
Centers 


Hearings 


1 


C-0693 P 3 nobu 





WRA Manual 


Travel 20,5 


.1 A. Regular travel may be authorized or approved 
only by employees to whom such authority has 
been specifically delegated by the Director , 
and only within the area mentioned in the 
letter of delegation. 

B. Evacuee travel may be authorized to any point 

in the United States, Alaska and Hawaii, by ner- 
sons to whom authority has been previously dele¬ 
gated by the Director without regard to the area 
mentioned in the letter of delegation. 

C. Travel incident to a change of official station 
must be authorized by the Director. 


Aut I ioii nation 
of 

Travel 


.2 Travel shall be authorized on the basis of a Request 
for Travel Authorization, Form OEM-39 submitted com¬ 
pletely filled out except for the appropriation and 
allotment symbol. Estimated expenses should be broken 
down to show transportation and per diem separately. 

The request shall be approved by the Division Chief and 
submitted to the Administrative Office in sufficient 
time for issuance of the authorization prior to the 
time tickets must be purchased. The specific purpose 
of the travel shall be shown; the statement "Official 
Business of the War Relocation Authority" is not suf¬ 
ficient to justify the travel. 


Request for 
Travel 

Autkoaizaticn 


3 All personnel of WRA traveling on official business of 
the Authority are bound by the Standardized Government 
Travel Regulations. Travelers should secure copies of 
these Regulations and be careful to observe than at all 
times. The edition of March 7, 1941, has since been 
emended in the following particulars: 


Standardized 

Government 

Travel 

Regulations 


A. Paragraph 13 of the Standardized Government Travel 
Regulations was amended effective November 15, 1942 
to read: 

"13. Accommodations on trains. An employee will 
be allowed the following accommodations on trains. 

"(a) Train Accommodations 

(1) Sleeping-car accommodations: 


1/3/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/5/44 
Release # 161 


C-1974 P3 feu 







SSRA Manual 


Travel 20.5 


(.3A) 


Standardized 
G over rune nt 
Travel 
Regulations 
(Cont*d«) 


One standard lower berth when night 
travel is involved. When practicable, 
through sleening accomodations should 
be obtained in all cases where more 
economical to the Government. Where 
a change of sleeping-car enroute is 
necessary, the travelers should secure 
the usual transfer check fran the 
sleeping-car conductor for exchange 
at the ticket office for accommoda¬ 
tion beyond the point where the change 
is made. 

"(2) Parlor-car accommodations: One seat in 
a sleeping or parlor-car when the con¬ 
tinuous rail journey is more than two 
hours in duration and within the contin¬ 
ental United States, provided however 
tnat a stop for the purpose of changing 
trains shall not be considered an in¬ 
terruption in the journey. If under 
emergency or similar unusual circumstances 
the use of such a seat is necessary for 
a journey of two hours or less, it must 
be specifically authorized or approved 
in writing in each case by the head of 
the department or independent establish¬ 
ment or by an official to wham such author¬ 
ity has been properly delegated. If the 
journey is outside the continental United 
States lowest rate first-class accommoda¬ 
tions may be allowed without regard to 
the loigth of the journey. (See par. 28). 


1/3/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/5/44 
Release # 161 


-1974 P4 bu-final 









WRA Manual 


Travel 20.5 


(.5) 

B. Paragraph 92 was amended effective 
October 8, 1942 read: 

”92. Certification of Accounts . — 

Any person rendering an expense ac¬ 
count containing reimbursement items 
must certify that the account is just 
and true in all respects and that the 
penalties for presenting a false claim 
are known to him.” 

Paragraph 93 was cancelled as 
of October - 8, 1942 


Paragraph 94 wad amended ef¬ 
fective October 8, 1942, to 
read: 

”94. Penalty — The Penalty as pre- 
scribed by law for presenting a false 
claim is a fine of not more than 
$10,000 or imprisonment for not more 
than ten years or both. (See Title 
18, Section 80, United States Code; 
Vol. 52, page 197, Statutes at Large)” 


Standardized 

Government 

Travel 

Regulations 

(oont'd.) 


The amendment to paragraph 92 obviates 
the necessity of subscribing to oaths 
or affirmations on vouchers covering 
travel performed subsequent to October 
7, 1942, and requires the traveler to 
subscribe to the certification set 
forth in such paragraph. Travel vouch¬ 
ers submitted for travel performed 
prior to October 8, 1942, bearing the 
oath or affirmation previously required 
will be processed for payment. Vouch¬ 
ers which cover travel performed before, 
on, and after October 8, 1942, may be 
passed for payment, when otherwise cor¬ 
rect, if they contain either a properly 
executed jurat or the new certification. 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 60 


% 


£-1096 P5 t>u 







WRA Manual 


Travel 20.5 


Special 

Tr&Tel 

Regulation* 


Use of 

Transportation 

Requests 


Preparation 

of 

Travel Vouoher 


C-19 96 P6 tu 


.4 The special attention of WRA personnel is direct¬ 
ed to the following regulations: 

A. All travel must be made on the basis of spe¬ 
cific trip authorizations. 

B. Except in extreme emergencies, details of 
personnel with per diem allowance shall not 
be permitted unless the detail has the prior 
written approval of the Director. ’’Detail" 
as here used means any assignment of an em¬ 
ployee to a post of duty other than his of¬ 
ficial station for a period in excess of 
thirty days. 

C. Travel by airplane shall be allowed only 
after prior approval of the Director. 

D. Instructions for use of Transportation Re¬ 
quests are given in 20.5.5, and on prepara¬ 
tion of Travel Vouchers in 20.5.6. 

# 5 Government Transportation Requests, Standard 

Form 1028, should be used for payment of all of- 
fical travel costing in excess of $1.00. Re¬ 
quests must be filled in with typewriter, pen or 
indelible pencil. The billing address, place at 
which issued, name of the carrier or comoany on 
which drawn, point of departure, destination, 
complete route showing initials of carriers and 
junction points when necessary, class of ticket, 
type of accommodation, such as lower, value of 
ticket, and travel authorization number under au¬ 
thorization or object must be inserted. All 
voided requests are to be retained and submitted 
with the travel voucher. Covers from used books 
must be returned to the office from which issued 
to relieve the travel of accountability. 

.6 Preparation of the travel voucher is the sole 

responsibility of the traveler. Vouchers should 
be prepared and submitted immediately upon return 
to official headquarters, or at the close of the 
month if the travel is in excess of a month’s 
duration, unless the traveler expects to return 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 60 






I ’ 


WKA Manual 


Travel 20,5 


to headquarters within a very short period 
after the end of the month. 


The basis form to be used in submitting travel 
expense accounts is Standard Form 1012. The 
supporting forms are as follows: 


S.F. 1012a 
S.F. 1012b 
S.F. 1012c 

S.F. 1012d 

S.F. 1012e 
S.F. 1030 


Memorandum copy 
Continuation sheet (white) 
Memorandum copy, continuation 
sheet (yellow) 

Receipt for Cash, Subvoucher 
for meals and lodging and mis¬ 
cellaneous travel expenses 
Statement of travel by motor 
vehicle 

Government Transportation Re¬ 
quest 


voucners should be prepared by typewriter. The 
number of copies required shall be prescribed 
by the individual offices. Four carbon copies 
are required for all vouchers paid in Washington. 

A. On the face of the voucher insert "OEM, War 
Relocation Authority” on line for Department, 
bureau or establishment on all vouchers ex¬ 
cept those submitted at the centers. Insert 
on vouchers submitted at centers for payment 
"OEM," and name of center. 

Insert traveler*s name as it appears on his 
letter of authorization. 

Insert address to which traveler desires his 
check mailed. 

Insert the name of traveler’s official head¬ 
quarters as it appears on travel authoriza¬ 
tion. 

Leave blank spaces for "domicile" and "resi¬ 
dence." 

Insert inclusive dates of travel, number and 
date of travel authorization. 


£ 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 60 


Preparation 
of feoe of 
Voucher 


0-1996 P7 bu 



WRA Manual 


Travel 20*5 


Inside Page 
of 

Voucher 


• 6A) 

Insert in space for amount the total amount 
of expense* This amount must agree with 
the amount which appears inside the voucher 
on the last line of itemized statement of 
expenses. 

The jurat on the old S*F. 1012 should be 
charged to read ”1 certify” rather than ”1 
do solemnly swear (or affirm).” No change 
is necessary on the revised form. 

Insert the title of the travel as it appears 
on the authorization. 

The voucher must be approved by the immediate 
supervising official and bear the initials of 
the Division Chief. 

B* On the inside page of the voucher the date and 
hour of departure from official headquarters 
should be left blank unless the traveler was 
away irom his official station on the first 
day of the voucher period. If the traveler 
was away from official headquarters on the 
first day of the current voucher period he 
must Insert the d ay and hour of departure 
from official headquarters, name of place 
where he was on last day of prior voucher 
period and day on which he arrived there* If 
the traveler continues in a travel status be¬ 
yond the end of the current voucher period, he 
must show the approximate length of his intend¬ 
ed stay and the approximate date of his return 
to his official headquarters. 

Insert authorized allowance for per diem In 
lieu of subsistence. 

Show date on which each item of expense was 
1ncurred. 

Describe eacn item of expense in "Character 
of expenditure” column 

Receipts and other sub-vouchers which should 
be numbered consecutively should be shown in 
”Sub. Vou. No, Column.” 

Enter per diem In lieu of subsistence in "Sub¬ 
sistence" column under amount. 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A. I. # 60 


C-1996 P8 fcu 




MRA Manual 


Travel 20^5 


(•6B' 

All expenses other than subsistence should 
be entered under "other". In claiming re¬ 
imbursement for long-distant telephone calls 
the following certification is required: 

"Pursuant to Section 4 of the act approved 
May 10, 1939, (53 Stat. 738), I certify 
that the use of the telephone for the of¬ 
ficial long-distant calls listed herein 
was necessary in the interest of the Govern¬ 
ment • n 

This certification may be signed only by per¬ 
sons to whom authority has been delegated by 
the Director, 

C# On the reverse side of the voucher, the date 
of travel(not the date transporation request 
was issued) number of transportation request, 
points of travel as listed on the transporta¬ 
tion request should be entered. If the rail¬ 
road ticket is round trip, indicate that fact 
on the voucher. Show the kind of carrier, 
whether airline, railroad or bus, and name of 
carrier. 

Insert value shown on transportation request. 

D• (1) Standard Form 1012a - Statement of Travel 

'Ey Motor Vehicle V shall be prepared on an 

actual expense tasis. When this is ad¬ 
ministratively determined to be to the ad 
vantage of the Government and must show 
the make of automobile used, the quantity 
of gas and oil consumed, the unit price 
per gallon of gasoline and per quart of 
oil, and whether all gasoline, oil, 
garage rent, bridge and ferry and other 
tolls for which claim is made were used 
on official travel. Where amount in¬ 
volved is in excess of $1, receipts for 
gasoline and ">il must be attached to 
expense account. When travel is au¬ 
thorized on an actual expense basis, re- 




Reverse 
sid® of 
Voucher 


Preparation 
of statement 
of Travel ty 
Mot car 
Vehicle 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.l. # 60 


C-199 0 


P9 bu 






WRA Manual 


Travel 20,5 


(.6D-1) 

imbursement may be had only for the pro¬ 
portionate share of actual* cost of gaso¬ 
line and oil consumed if persons accom¬ 
panying the traveler are not Government 
employees traveling on official business. 
Exemption from payment of tax on gasoline 
in States providing such exemption must 
be claimed. Standard Form 1094 should be 
used for that purpose. When exemption is 
refused’ receipts must be obtained in du¬ 
plicate . 

(2) Standard Form 1012e is prepared on a mile¬ 
age basis: 

When administratively determined to be 
more economical and advantageous to the 
United States. 

(A statement of fact showing that the 
use of a automobile and payment on a 
mileage basis were more advantageous 
and economical to the United States 
must be included in the voucher); 

Where no determination as to e conomy and ad 
vantage to the United States has been made. 

(The claim must be limited to the loxvest 
first-class railroad fare by the most 
economical usually-traveled route, tak¬ 
ing into consideration additional per 
diem costs, or savings.) 


Confutation of 
Per Diem for 

Voucher a 


E. Per diem is computed according to the following 
four quarters of the day (one fourth of the per 
diem is granted for each period covered in whole 
or in part): 


Period No. 1 

Midnight to 
6 a .m. 


Period No. 2 

6 a.m. to 
noon 


Period No. 3 
Noon to 6 p.m. 


Period No.4 

6 p.m. to 
Midnight 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. 


C-1936 P10 bu 


# 60 












4 



WRA Manual 


Travel 20.5 


(.6E) 

Per diem will be allowed at the rate of 
86.00, except that when Government quarters 
are occupied the per diem rate shall be 
$4.00 beginning at 12:01 a.m. of the day on 
which quarters are occupied, reverting to 
$6.00 at 12:01 a.m. of the day on which such 
quarters are vacated. The following rule 
applies to details: After thirty days of 
continuous duty at one post of duty, except 
when Government quarters are occupied, the 
per diem allowance shall be reduced to $5.00, 
and after forty-five days of continuous duty 
at one post of duty, to $4.00. A deduction 
of 1/5 from the authorized per diem allowance 
for each night's lodging end each meal fur¬ 
nished by a Government agency without charge 
must be made. (See Exhibit for sample voucher) 


F. Particular attention should be given to the 
follow items: 

(1) Attach required receipts and copies of 
) telegrams. 


Spools! 

Instruction* 

for 

Propamtion 
of Vouchor* 


(2) Initial erasures and alterations. 


(3) Indicate whether meals and quarters were fur¬ 
nished without charge. If so, make re¬ 
quired deductions. 

(4) When leave is taken, show the exact hour 
and date of beginning of leave and return 
to duty. 

(5) List and attach void transportation re¬ 
quests and memorandum copies of requests 
issued. 


(6) Sign voucher exactly as name 5s shown on 
travel authorization. 

(7) Submit sufficient carbon copies of voucher. 


1/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 60 


C-1996 PI1 bu 




WRA Manual 


Travel 20.5 


Vouohers 

Covering 

Evacuee 

Travel 


U6P) 

(8) Attach unused tickets. If Pullman 
reservations are cancelled, the 
ticket turned in for cancellation 
should bear the cancellation stamp 
of the ticket agent. If unable t" 
get ticket stamped, make explanation. 

(9) Give required information on long- 
distant phone calls and have certifi¬ 
cation signed by designated official. 

(10) Have voucher approved. 

7 To cover evacuee travel. Form 1012 shall be pre¬ 
pared monthly. Vouchers prepared on the centers 
should be forwarded to Washington for transmittal 
to the General Accounting Office. Vouchers pre¬ 
pared in other field offices should be submitted 
to Central Administrative Services for processing. 
Points of travel and time according to schedule 
of common carrier should be shown inside the vouch¬ 
er. The date of travel, .lumber of transportation 
request, points covered by requests and value of 
ticket should be shown on reverse of the Form 1012. 
Memorandum authorizations signed by an official 
authorized to direct travel shall be attached to 
the voucher. The voucher must be signed by an of¬ 
ficial to whom authority to authorize travel has 
been delegated and an authorized certifying officer. 


i/5/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 60 


C-1996 P12 bu 




20.5.6 

ITEMIZED SCHEDULE OF TRAVEL AND OTHER EXPENSES 

Y>ate and hour of departure from offioial headquarters_ 

2. iiive duty status on first day of voucher period: (D * t8) 

Arrived at--- - -on ... 

for temporary duty for approximate period_. Six weeks___ 

Approximate date of return to official headquarters. Noyembargo _ _ 19..42. 


(Hoojr) 

19 ....... 


° GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

L The pro visions of the travel regulations must be strictly observed In order to avoid suspensions and dlsaDowauoea of 
X When subvouohere required by regulations were not obtained, state fully the droumstanoes showing reasons to 

L If more t ha n one rate of allowance is authorised, full statement of application of each rate must be given in convenient plaoc on voucher. 
4. Expenditures should be shown by the day and fully explained. 

fi. Time of departure and arrival from each point of tibvel should be stated In chronological order in the body of the aoyirmt, 


DATS 

19.42. 

Oct 

CHARACTER OP EXPENDITURE 

8UB- 

VOU. 

No. 

AMOUNT 

SUBIllSTSMCS 

OtHXS 

...3... 

Left Washington, D. , 9:00 p.m. via B. & 0. 







Taxi: Home to Station 





30 


Per diem: 1/4 day @ $6.00 


1 

50 




Ar. Chicago, Illinois, 2:30 p.m. 






i i 

Telegram to Charles F. Ernst, copy attached. 

1 




..70 

Left Chicago, Illinois, 8:15 p.m. via C.&N.W., U.P. 







Per diem 


6 

00 



’ 5 

Enroute - per diem 


6 

00 



6 

Ar. Delta, Utah, 2:10 p.m. 







Gov’t car to Central Utah Relocation Center 







Per diem: 1 day & $4.00 lese 1/5 (Gov’t quarters 


3 

20 




occupied during entire stay at Center. All meals 







paid for in cash) 






-21 

On duty at the Central Utah Relocation Center 







Per diem: 15 days @ $4.00 less 1/5 


41 

00 



22 

Left Delta, Utah, 1:30 p.m. via U.P. 







Ar. Salt Lake City 5:30 p.m. 







• 







NOTATIONS 


(Payee must not 
use this oohunn) 


C— 1990 P13 n< 














































































































4 









. 

' 




















































- 





















































































































































r t 

il% 

Per diem 


6 

00 

' 




Long- distance phone call to Leland Barrows, WRA, 








Washington, 0. 0 n official business, 3 minutes. 








receipt attached. 

2 



4 

50 


23-33 

On duty in the Salt Lake City office of W.R.A. 








Per diem: 9 days ® $6.00 


54 

00 













Pursuant to Section 4 of the act approved May 10, 








1939> (53 Stat. 73S), I certify that the use of th< 

i 







telephone for the official long-distance call 








listed herein was necessary in the interest of the 







jpr 

Government. 





















































































• 












124 

70. 

5 

50 


* 






* 

Total amount of vouch®* (nr*t to be used when totals are carried forward to continuation sheet)— 

130 

20 



C-1996 P15 n»Ou 






































































































































. 





















































































































20 . 5.6 




ITEMIZED SCHEDULE OF TRAVEL AND OTHER EXPENSES 

1. Date and hour of departure from official headquarters_F„..?A.. 

2. Give duty status on first day of voucher period: (Date) (Hour) 

Arrived at S alt Lake City, Utah. . OB ...October 22 .. f 19 43 f 

for temporary duty for approximate period.... 

Approximate date of return to official headquarters., 19 . 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

L The provision* or the travel regulations must bo strictly observed In order to avoid suspensions and disallowances of amounts c l aim ed. 

2. When subvouchers required by regulations were not obtained, state fully the circumstances showing reasons for omission. 

3. If more than one rate of allowance Is authorised, full statement of application of caoh rate must be given In some convenient place on this voucher. 

4. Expenditures should be shown by the day and fully explained. 

5. Time of departure and arrival from each point of travel should be stated In ohronologlcal order In tho body of the account. 


m i 

-■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ - - —j.. :±y , = 

CHARACTER OF EXPENDITURE 

8UB- 

VOU. 

No. 

AMOUNT 

NOTATIONS 

SUBSISTBNCE 

Oth eb 

(Payee must not 
use this column) 


On duty in the Salt Lake City office of Y/.R.a. 







-25 

Per diem: 








21 days © $6.00 $126.00 








5 days & $5.00 25.00 


151 

00 




26 

♦151.00"" 

Left Salt Lake City 6:00 p.m. via U.P. 








Per diem: 








3/4 day at $5.00 $3.75 








1/4 day at $6.00 1.50 


5 

25 




27 

9 5.25 

Enroute - Per diem 


6 

00 




28 

Ar. Chicago, Illinois, 10:00 a.m. (Train late) 








Per diem 


6 

00 





Left Chicago, Illinois, 3:30 p.m. via B..& 0. 







29 

Ar. Washington, D. , 8:45 a. m. 








Per diem: __ „ . 

— 







1/2 day @ $6.00 

3 

00 





Taxi: Station to Office 





30 





























171 

25 


30 






171 




Totai. amottmt ap vodchkr (not to be used when totals are carried forward to continuation sheet). 

i 

| KA 

1 vn 



/ 


10 — 23373—2 


C-1996 P17 nebu— final 


























































































; 

A 

'■ 1 























































. 

































. 


























































































































































































WRA Manual 




Travel 20.5 





.8 Wartime overloading of public transportation facili¬ 
ties requires tnat all travel snail be kept to a mini¬ 
mum. The War Relocation Authority will curtail offi¬ 
cial travel by members of the staff to the greatest 
extent consistent with administrative requirements, 
and will discourage employees from all private travel 
that is not essential* 

A. Meetings and conferences will not be called by WRA 
if the business can be transacted by mail. At all 
necessary meetings, arrangements shall be made for 
total attendance to be held down. No meeting of 
more than thirty persons will be called witnout 
prior approval by the Director of WRA and the 
Secretary of the Interior. All meetings of more 
than 50 persons must in addition oe approved oy 
the Committee on Conventions of the Office of War 
Mobilization* 

B. Attendance of WRA staff members at meetings or 
conventions called by others, as representatives 
of WRA, must oe approved in advance by the Direc¬ 
tor of WRA, and in those cases where it is appro¬ 
ved will usually De confined to one person* If a 
staff member wishes to attend such a professional 
meeting, without status as a representative of WRA 
and his supervisor determines that his attendance 
is in the interest of the Authority, the employee 
may attend by paying his cron travel expenses, but 
without charge to leave. If such attendance is 
not definitely in the interest of WRA, a charge 
will be made against the employee’s leave as well. 
In the latter case, the employee should be dis¬ 
couraged from attending. 

C. Personal travel oy staff members is of course not 
subject to official prohibition, but shall oe dis¬ 
couraged. During periods of peak travel, such as 
holidays, leave should not be approved if it is 
for the purpose of non-essential travel* Vacations 
of employees should be staggered. Employees should 
be urged to schedule necessary travel during the 
middle of the week rather than week-ends* 


2/22/U5 
Release # 176 


Curtailment 

of 

Wartime 

Travel 


WRA 

Meetings 


Meetings 
Called by 
Others 


Private 

Travel 












. 


































. 

























. 

































Travel 20.5 


WRA 


•60 The following policy with respeot to reservation of 
pullman space has been promulgated by the Offioe of 
Defense Transportation with a view to securing maxi¬ 
mum utilisation of pullman spaoe« 


Reservation 
of Pullman 
Space 


A* Pullman aooommodations are to be made and held 
in the name of the traveler and no longer are to 
be reserved under the number of a transportation 
request. 

B. Pullman reservations are to be made subjeot to 
certain time limit regulations. The reserving 
traveler is to be advised of this time limita¬ 
tion when the reservation is made. If the pull- 
man ticket is not picked up prior to the indicated 
time limit, the reservation is to be canceled and 
the space made available for sale to other travelers. 

,51 Tariff No. A-20 of the Interstate Commerce Commission, 
effective May 20, 1942, provides the following regu¬ 
lations on redemption of sleeping and parlor oar 
tickets. 


Cancellation 
of Pullaan 
Space 


A. Sleeping or parlor car tickets may be redeemed 
by city or depot ticket agents, irrespective of 
the offioe at which sold, if presented suffi¬ 
ciently in advance of departure of train for 
which sold to permit reservation being released 
for resale. 

B. When inconvenient for the holder to present a 
ticket at the tioket offioe prior to departure 
of train, agents may accept release of reserva¬ 
tion by telephone, provided description of the 
tioket and the space covered is furnished. 

C. Sleeping or parlor oar tickets will not be re¬ 
deemed unless the space reserved was released 
for resale in advanoe of departure of train for 
which sold. 


Redemption of 
Unused Tickets 


Release 


i>y 

Telephone 


Conditions 

for 

Redemption 


D. When a tioket is presented after departure of 
train for which sold and conditions permit, the 
agent will telegraph the sleeping or parlor oar 
conductor en route or an agent at a station on 
the route of the car and release the space for 
resale. In such cases and provided the ticket 


Requests for 
Cancellation 
after 

Train Departure 


9/7/43 

Supersedes Adm. Notice of 12/23/42 


C-lfl76 P7 bu 








Travel 20.5 


Payment tor 
Unused Space 


Collection 

from 

employee 

for 

Unused Space 


Release for 
Unused Uaksts 


TVRA 


.51D) 

holder attempted in good faith to take the train 
but missed it without fault on his part or tried 
to release the spaoe covered by the J ticket in ad¬ 
vance of departure of train for whioh sold, the 
ticket may be submitted for refund with explana¬ 
tion as to reason for non-use and action taken 
to release the spaoe* If the space oovered by 
the tioket shall have been used for any part of 
the distance for whioh sold, the tioket will be 
redeemed on the basis of the rate of the accom¬ 
modation reserved from the point where use of the 
spaoe oommenoes to the destination shown on the 
tioket. 

S. Payment for unused pullman accommodations reserved 
on government transportation requests may be made 
from appropriated funds where the conditions of 
the tariff are not so complied with as to meet in 
substanoe the requirements for redemption of 
tickets* (22 C. 0* 848). 

P. Where a charge for unused pullman accomodations, 
whioh had been reserved on a government trans¬ 
portation request for use of an employee, accrues 
against the government, due to failure to release 
the accommodations in accordance with the provi¬ 
sions of this tariff, and it is found that failure 
so to release the accomodations was due to the 
employee's disregard of Paragraph 14 of the Stand¬ 
ardised Government Travel Regulations or other 
negligenoe, of such charge, but collection is not 
required where it is administratively determined 
that failure to release is due to oircumstanoes 
beyond the control of the employee and not aris¬ 
ing in connection with negligenoe on his part. 

(22 C. G. 848). 

•52 When the pullman tioket has been procured, but can¬ 
cellation of space before train departure is desired, 
the traveler is responsible for obtaining a release 
of the reservation from the tioket agmit. This may 
be accomplished by direct contact with the tioket 
offioe or by telephone* In either case, the ticket 
should be presented to the“t idlestoiYice Tor formal 
cancellation, it theTraveler is on another train 


9/7/43 

Supersedes Adm* Hotice of 12/23/42 


C-l87 ft P8 bu 











Travel 20*5 


/ 


i> 



WRA 


(.52) 

and knows that he will miss his connection, he should 
ask the conductor to wire ahead and cancel the spaoe 
and to note that fact on the back of the ticket* If 
the ticket agent’s or conductor’s cancellation does 
not appear on the reverse of the ticket when submitted 
with the voucher, the cost of the ticket will be au¬ 
tomatically suspended, unless there is a reasonable 
explanation of the failure to obtain a formal cancel¬ 
lation* However, oash refunds should not be obtained 
for puliman tiokets procured by transportation re¬ 
quest, and unused tiokets or portion thereof should 
not be surrendered by the traveler to a tioket agent, 
but the tioket, accompanied by the oopy of the trans¬ 
portation request under whioh the tioket was obtained, 
should be forwarded to the WRA Finance Offioe through 
whioh the carrier’s bill will be certified for payment* 

•53 Pecuniary liability for the cost of accommodations 

will attach to travelers for failure to cancel sleep¬ 
ing or parlor oar spaoe in accordance with the above 
cited tariff* Collection should be effected by re¬ 
mittance from the traveler or by means of an adminis¬ 
trative suspension from any amount due a traveler on 
a travel reimbursement voucher and oarrier bills for 
spaoe should be oharged directly to the appropriation 
or appropriations chargeable with the service* 

•54 Payment of oarrier bills covering unused pullman 

reservations will not be withheld pending collection 
of the amount of the oharge for the unused spaoe from 
the traveler, or adjustment with the oarrier, but 
will be processed for payment from the appropriation 
or appropriations oh&rgeatle with the servioe* 


v 9/7/43 

^ Supersedes Adm* Notice of 12/23/42 


Liability 
for Failure to 
Cancel Unused 
Space 


Payment far 
Unused 
Space Not 
Canoelad 


C-1070 P9 n*bu-ffn«t 




. 















* 











<< 













































■ 
















. 
























WRA Manual 


Procurement 20.6 


Cancelled 

(See Handbook Section 20.6) 


5/28/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/4/43 
Release #195 








C-227^‘-p3-nobu 






WRA Manual 


Priorities 20»7 



Cancelled 

(See Handbook Section 20.7) 


5/28/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5/43 
Release 7 ^ 195 


C-227i-p5-nobu-final 







4 


C 







WRA Manual Office Services 20.8 


.1 Each Headquarters Unit of the War Relocation Authority, 
should have a central mail room for the receipt and dis¬ 
patch of all mail, parcels, telegraph, teletype, and 
messenger service. This is for administrative use only 
and at the centers will operate in addition to the Post- 
office Branch. Systems of recording, charging, and fol¬ 
lowing up on incoming mail should be devised at each 
headquarters unit of WRA. For handling of classified 
("Confidential", "Restricted", and "Secret") mail see 
Section 20.8.20 and following. 

.2 Mail from members of Congress, heads of agencies. Govern¬ 
ors, or the White House and all telegraph messages must 
be answered or acknowledged within three days after re¬ 
ceipt of the communication- All mail should be answered 
as promptly as is possible, preferably within three work¬ 
ing days. Whenever a communication cannot be answered 
at once it should be acknowledged. 

•3 Detailed guidance on the form of comnunications prepared 
in offices of the War Relocation Authority will be found 
in a Handbook supplementary to this subsection. However, 
all administrative officials should be familiar with the 
following general rules: 

A. Except where otherwise specifically authorized, com¬ 
munications to Washington from the field shall be ad¬ 
dressed to the Director, and letters from the Wash¬ 
ington Office to Centers or Field Offices shall be 
addressed to the Project Director, Field Assistant 
Director, Relocation Supervisor, Relocation Officer, 
or other head of a field office, as the case may re¬ 
quire. Such correspondence must carry an attention 
line, except where addressed to a Relocation Super¬ 
visor or Relocation Officer. Correspondence’ from 
Washington to Relocation Field Offices must be over 
the signature of either the Director or the Chief of 
the Relocation Division, except where specifically 
authorized by the Director or the Chief of this Divi¬ 
sion. Correspondence from Relocation Field Offices to 
Washington should be addressed to the Chief of the 
Relocation Division, or to the Director if replying 

to his correspondence, except as other addressing is 
specifically authorized by either of these two officials. 

B. Letters and memoranda between various headquarters units 
of the Authority should always be transmitted with a 
carbon copy in addition to the original. 


10/19/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/21/44 
Release # 133 


Mail 

Systems 


Mail 

Handling 


Regulations 

on 

Correspondence 


Address 


C arbon 
for 

Mailing 


C . 17 63 P3 bu 




WRA Manual 


Office Service 20.8 


Signature 


C ormunin a t io ns 
with other 
Agencies 


Solicitor* s 
Correspondence 


Carbon Copies 
Third Persons 


Clearance 


.3) 

C. In the absence of the official authorized to sign 

mail, the person acting in his position may sign 
his own name as ^Acting". No person shall in any 
case sign another person*s name to official cor¬ 
respondence of the War Relocation Authority. The 
question of who may sign mail is subject to regu¬ 
lations issued as Field or Washington Office In¬ 
structions. „ . 

D. No Field Office of the War Relocation Authority 
shall communicate directly with the main office 
of another Federal agenqy. Only the Director may 
sign such correspondence. Communications with 
Governors of States may be signed only by the Di¬ 
rector, Project Director, Field Assistant Direct¬ 
or, Relocation Supervisor, Principal Attorney 
(San Francisco), Chief of the Evacuee Property Of¬ 
fice, or a District Relocation Officer provided he 
gets the approval of his Supervisor. This does not 
prohibit direct contact with other agencies for the 
purposes of requesting published material. 

E. The Solicitor may correspond directly with Project 
Attorneys and the Principal Attorney (SF); and they 
may address their communications to the Solicitor. 

F. Copies of communication in either direction between 
Washington and the Colorado River, Gila River, Man- 
zanar and Tule Lake centers shall be sent to the 
Assistant Director in San Francisco whenever the 
communications contain information of possible in¬ 
terest to that office. Attachments shall be for¬ 
warded with copies of letters if available. It is 
not necessary to send letters of transmittal with 
such copies. In case of teletypes and telegrams, 
carbon copies shall be prepared for mailing accord 
ing to this formula, except for teletypes sent as 
Emergency Instructions from Washington. 

G. Mail presented for signature must have proper clear¬ 
ance, •which includes clearance by the Head of each 
di'vision or section whose work is affected or re¬ 
ferred to in the communications. In addition, the 
following types of mail must be cleared with the 
Solicitor in Washingtons 

tyl9/Uh 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/21/44 

Release # 133 


C—4.788 P4 bu 







WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


(.30) 

(1) Regulations to be prescribed by the Director, 
whether or not the regulations are to be pub¬ 
lished in the Federal Register. 

(2) Memoranda of understanding, contracts, or other 
agreements between WRA and other agencies or 
persons, governmental or private. 

\ (3) Deeds, leases, or options and other papers in¬ 

volving acquisition or disposal by the WRA of 
title or possessory interest in real or person¬ 
al prpperty. 

(U) Policy statements relating to WRA activities. 

(5) Speeches prepared for delivery by the Director, 
Deputy Director, Assistant Director, or Assist¬ 
ant to the Director, or Division Chiefs, in 
those cases where a copy of the speech will be 
delivered to the press or other general distri¬ 
bution is to be made. 

(6) Press releases, bulletins, circulars, magazine 
articles, and other informational material. 

(7) All farms. 

(8) Releases for the Administrative Manual, Adminis¬ 
trative Handbook, Administrative Notices, and 
Washington Office Instructions. 

(9) Reports to Committees or Members of Congress on 
pending legislation. 

(10) Other papers that directly concern, or that in¬ 
clude an interpretation of, the scope of the 
authority of WRA or the availability of funds 
for particular expenditures. 

(11) Letters prepared for the signature of the Di¬ 
rector, Deputy Director, Assistant Director or 
Assistant to the Director, except in those cases 
where it is clear that no legal problem is raised. 

At the centers, corresponding documents shall be 
* cleared with the Project Attorney. 


Ctesranoe 

by 

Solicitor 


ic/l9/hh 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 




Public Law 


364 



Handling 

of 

Official 

WRA 

Mail 


WRA Manual _ Office Services 20.8 _ 

(.3) 

H# Public Law 36U, approved June 28, 19UU, provides, 
in substance, that: 

(a) only that weighing no more than four pounds 
may be mailed under the penalty privilege. 

(b) Congress and the Bureau of the Budget must 
be kept informed of the number of envelopes, 
labels, wrappers, cards and other articles 
bearing penalty indicia which are acquired 
and used under the penalty privilege, 

(c) Each department or agency using the penalty 
privilege will pay an amount equal to the 
cost to the Post Office Department of hand¬ 
ling penalty material placed in the mail 

by that department or agency. 

In order to comply with the provisions of this Law, 
the following procedure shall govern the handling 
of official WRA mailt 

(1) The Washington Office will pay all mailing costs 
incurred by Centers and Field Offices in connec¬ 
tion with penalty indicia material. 

(2) Material weighing over four pounds will be plac¬ 
ed in envelopes or containers which do not bear 
the penalty indicia and will be mailed under 
stamps at the fourth class rate. 

(a) Due to the large volume of heavy mail hand¬ 
led in the Washington Office, that office 
has been issued mailing permit (No. 6-610) 
by the Post Office Department to send ma¬ 
terial over four pounds by use of the permit 
number in lieu of the affixing of postage 
stamps. The Washington Office will be bill¬ 
ed by the Post Office at regular intervals for 
the postage due under this permit. Such per¬ 
mits shall not be used in any other office 
of the Authority. 

(3) Effective immediately the following types of WRA 
penalty indicia material only may be placed in 

. the mail: 


- 17 ®* 


1SV19AiU 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 ■ 
Release # 133 




WRA Manual 
(.3H-3) 


(U) 


Office Service 20.8 


(a) That purchased under contracts made by the 
Postmaster General (PMGC) 

(b) That procured from or through the Govern¬ 
ment Printing Office (GPO) 

(c) Multilithed reply cards (Forms TSRA-1U8 a, 
b and c) requisitioned through the Wash¬ 
ington Office. 




(A permit for the procurement or prepara¬ 
tion of material bearing penalty indicia 
other than through contracts made by the 
Postmaster General or from or through the 
Government Printing Office has been se¬ 
cured from the Post Office Department, 

No. 1036, for use on these cards. All such 
cards supplied henceforth by the Washington 
Office -will carry this number.) 

(d) Other penalty material, the use of which has 
received the prior approval of the Washing¬ 
ton Finance and Supply Officer. 

All other penalty indicia material should be des¬ 
troyed or the indicia deleted therefrom. 

By July 1, 19U5, all material on hand under cate¬ 
gories (a), (b), and (c) of subparagraph (3) a- 
bove which does not already bear the appropriate 
symbol or number must be over stamped with the 
appropriate symbol or number in the following 
manner. 

(a) Penalty indicia material which was purchased 

through contracts made by the Postmaster Gen¬ 
eral must bear, centered beneath the words ove-^, 

'*Penalty for Private Use to Avoid Payment of stamping 
Postage, $300,** the identifying symbol M PMGC U . 

(b) Material purchased from or through the Gov¬ 
ernment Printing Office must bear the identi¬ 
fying symbol "GPO" placed in the same manner 
as in (a) above. 


30/19 AU 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 





WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


Reports 

to 

Washington 

Office 


t 

•3h-U) 

(c) Multilithed reply cards must bear the number 
*1036® centered beneath the words *Official 
Business* in the upper left hand corner. 

Envelopes, labels, and reply cards on hand, not 
bearing the identifying symbols, should be used 
before any such material bearing appropriate 
symbols is distributed for use, A report should 
be made by letter to the Washington Finance and 
Supply Officer of the number of pieces in each 
category overstamped, in the event overstamping 
is necessary, 

(5) After July 1, 1 9hS no penalty indicia material 
will be accepted by any post office unless it 
bears either an appropriate symbol or the permit 
number. Effective inmediately all orders placed 
for such material should specify that the mat¬ 
erials be identified with the proper symbol. 

(6) The following reports shall be required of 
WRA offices* 

Reports to Washington Office ^ 

(a) Within thirty days after the close of each 
fiscal year the Procurement Unit sfc each 
central mailing point will be responsible 
for submitting to the Washington Finalce 
and Supply Officer an inventory cf all en¬ 
velopes, labels, wrappers, cards, tags and 
other articles bearing penalty indicia on 
-hand at the close of that fiscal year. Al¬ 
though each item must be shown separately, 
no reference need be made to the various 
sizes of each. The inventory should show 
as a separate item the number of each art¬ 
icle on order. 

(b) Quarterly, beginning December 31, 19UU, each 
mailing point of WRA will report ty letter 
to the Washington Finance and. Supply Officer 
the combined total number of pieces of all 
penalty matter mailed during that quarter. 

Far this purpose it is permissible to count 
all outgoing mail eveiy day during one re¬ 
presentative week during the quarter and 

D/19 /hh ^ 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 


C-178* F8 bu 






WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


(.3H-6b) 

use that figure as a basis for arriving at 
the number of penalty pieces mailed* If this 
method is used, care should be taken to make 
certain that a truly representative week is 
used. 


Report to Local Postmasters 

(c) Quarterly, beginning December 3l* 19Ui, each 
office mailing reply cards must report on 
Form B/A-U7 (See Exhibit attached) to the 
postmaster the number of reply cards carry¬ 
ing permit No. 1036 mailed at that office 
during the quarter. (At present this re¬ 
quirement applies to the Washington Office 
only). 

(d) Monthly, beginning October 31* 1 9kh, each 
office receiving WRA reply cards carrying 
permit No. 1036 shall report separately on 
Form B/A-L7 (see Exhibit attached) to the 
local postmaster the number of such cards 
received during the quarter. The division 
receiving these reply cards will be re¬ 
sponsible for submitting the Form B/A-U7. 


Reports 

to 

Local 

Postmasters 


If offices are not able to obtain a supply of Form 
B/A-U7 from local post offices, a supply may be 
mimeographed but no change in size or arrangement 
should be made, except perhaps minor space changes. 

Reports by the Washington Office 

(e) Upon receipt of the annual inventories from 
the field (see subparagraph 6 (a)) the Wash¬ 
ington Office will furnish on Form B/A-Lj .6 
(see Exhibit attached) to the Comptroller of 
the Post Office a combined inventory of all 
matter bearing penalty indicia on hand at 
the close of that fiscal year. 

i 

(f) Statements of matter bearing penalty indicia 
prepared or procured under permits will be 
furnished quarterly by the Washington Office 
on Form B/A-I 18 (see Exhibit attached) to the 
Comptroller of the Post Office Department. 


IQ/19/Uk 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 






Reports 

by 

Washington 

Office 


C-1763 PP bu 










WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 



(.3H-6) 

(g) Upon receipt of the quarterly reports re¬ 
quired in subparagraph 6(b) above, the 
Washington Office shall report to the Comp¬ 
troller of the Post Office by letter the 
combined total of all penalty indicia ma¬ 
terial mailed by the Authority during the 
quarter• 


Penalty 

Privilege 


Instructions 
Governing 
WRA 
I nil 


I. Personal correspondence may not be transmitted thr¬ 
ough the mails under the penalty privilege accorded 
official government matter. It is a punishable of¬ 
fense to transmit non-official material under the 
penalty privilege without payment of postage, even 
though the sender is a federal employee and is mail¬ 
ing the material from a government building. This 
does not prohibit the use of penalty material for 
exchanges of ideas between block manager supervisors 
of different centers, provided the communication is 
prepared for signature of the Project Director and 
is addressed t o the Project Director at the other 
center. This also does not prohibit the use of the 
penalty privilege for center newspapers mailed to 
government officials and agencies. 

J. Since the WRA is charged for the cost of handling 
its mail sent under the penalty privilege, it is im¬ 
portant that penalty indicia be used only in necessary- 
instances. The following instructions must be close¬ 
ly adhered to: 

(1) No personal correspondence shall be sent in pen¬ 
alty envelopes, even though a stamp is placed 
thereon. 

(2) All intra-office and inter-office mail going by 
messenger systems shall be transmitted in en¬ 
velopes or containers which do not bear the pen¬ 
alty indicia. Project should work out a system 
whereby inter-project mail is sent by messenger 
and does not require penalty indicia. 

(3) No penalty indicia labels m^y be used for pasting- 
on envelopes already bearing the penalty indicia 
or on oackages weighing more than four pounds. 


idAiAU 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 


C —1763 PI® bu 

















U cC 


G' <D <D 
i —I O-i—I 

>, P n> 

ct; 

ri 


C-1783 Pll bu 
























UJ 

o 

UJ 

»J 


> 

2 

fiu 

8-* 

-J 

< 

Z 

w 

cu 


UJ 


E- 

uj 

Q 

Z 

S 

UJ 

O 

<C 


cn 
© 
*—*% Qrt 

X) IX 
w O 


\X) UJ 
I UJ 

ac os; 

C\ tJU, 


co <—* 

9 UJ 
O jj 


cd 

UJ 

H* 

8-* 

< 

s 


< 

S 

2 

IX, 

O 

X 

o 


E-< 

Z 

UJ 


ffl 


UJ 
E- 
< 
E—' 
c/0 


o 

U 


c* 




>4 

o 

o 


2 

u 

£ 

o 


Tt- 

X 

CO 


> 

03 


XI 

fc 


g 

03 

2 

00 


3 

a 


TJ 

o> 

3 


03 

D 


* 


o 

H 


*§ 


© 

s 


H 

O 

O 


03 

£ 


u 

9 

i 


o 

Ph 


o 

£ 


M , 


T) 

<u ■ 


C 

<u _ 

CO 

u T3 
u< r* 

a-S 


co 

u 

<J 


O 0) 

8 


aj 

X 

£ 

3 


£ g 

fc ° 

<\S 


1-4 __. 

<L> TJ 


x a 
3 S 


.£ •” 

I ^ 

E c2 


u. o; 

£x 


03 


03 

G 

<L> 

a 


CO .►« 

u 

QJ ^ 
U % 

<L> X 

H CL) 


03 

£ 


e 9 

e g 

§ § 


-sRiS is 

•4:5:8 

c c 


0 © © © © © 


V© 

3 


<U 

N 


CO 

<L> 


< 

H 

O 


C/3 

<L> 

a 

CO 

CO 

u 

<L> 

a 



X 

u 

03 

H 

M 

<u 

b£) 

< 

■ X 

u 

G 

> 

G 

X 

03 

a 

03 

u. 

s 

CO 

T) 

u 

03 

CO 

bfl 

03 

u 

<u 

X 

4-» 


u 

O 

X* 

03 

u. 

M 

W 

►J 

> 

u 

H 

O 


G 

OJ 

u 

O 


© o 
-CT3 

1 

: S 


c> o 


S « 

r" U 


i 3 
■ B 


C° 

JZ o 

ts * 


53 c 

C 0? 
dX 


( 


u, 

03 

a 

<u 

Q 


c 

o 


> 

0 


< 


\r\ 


HSa 


a 


S" S 

XJ 

• c 


o ° « 
C CJ 

•H 

(0 

§ 


CO o . 


to 


-C_« ^ 

© 

© 


> ^3 
| E33 o 

(0 

M 


W ^ 5 

u 


iH 

L, 3 ^ 

© 

(0 


o 

> 

© 


— <-> 

© 

X3 


C5 

i 3 

(Z 

^4 © 
^ w 

© 

V) 



\ U 

© 



o © 

© 



r-\ EL, 

rH 



P 

O CO 

fH 

& 


( 


C-1763 P12 bu 






















i 

For use in the Washington offioo. See Manual Section 20*8,3H(6)(e) 


Form No. B/A 46 


EXHIBIT 

Office department 

OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER 

® 23 a£rt)mgtQn 25 , JB. C. 


Form approved. 
Budget Bureau 
No, 40-ROO1 


PENALTY MAIL 

Section 1, H. R. 4033, relating to the use of the penalty mail privilege, 
requires that the heads of all executive departments and agencies, all independ¬ 
ent establishments of the Government, and all other organizations and persons 
authorized by law to use the penalty privilege, with the exception of the Depart¬ 
ment of War and the Department of the Navy as provided on Section 5 of the Act, 
shall submit to the Postmaster General within 60 days after the close of each 
fiscal year a statement showing the number of envelopes , labels, wrappers, cards, 
and other articles bearing penalty indicia on hand at the close of the fiscal year. 
It is desired that this information be supplied in the spaces below, showing the 
amounts on hand and on order June 30, 1944. The statement should be submitted for 
the department or agency as a whole and not by bureaus or appropriations. 


Dep a rtm ent or Ag ency.. 


I 

Envelopes (all sizes). . . 

Labels . • . • . . . • * . 

I 

. 

Wrappers . 

Cards . . . 

Tags ........... 

Other Articles . 


Total Number of Articles 
Bearing Penalty Indicia 


NUMBER ON 

HAND 

NUMBER ON 

ORDER 

JUNE 30, 

1944 

JUNE 30, 

1944 


450,000 150,000 

325,000 50,000 


none 

none 

75,000 

25,000 

none 

none 

none 

none 

850,000 

225,000 


Certifying Officer 



The completed inventory form should be 
submitted to the Comptroller of the 
Post Office Department, Washingron 25, 
D. C. , within 60 days after the close 
of the fiscal yea)'. 


1019/11 

Supersedes Issuance of 5 / 20/44 
Release # 133 


C-1763 PI 3 bu 

























£ 

m 

to 


4 

at 

5 

to 

o 

b« 


a 

w 

a 

(K 

W 

Q 

Z 

D 

Q 

W 

OS 

B 

§ 

a 

« 

o 

§ 

a 

& 

a 

a 


Q 

Z 


ft 

s* 


8 B 


: 


1 

© 

O 

Si 

! 


a 

a 


o 

z 

*H 

a 

« 

m 

a 

w 

H 

H 

< 


a 

o 

H * 

§ * 
a ■? 

fi 2 
< ** 
h a 

CO s 

o 

u 


«> 

X *• 
«w 

a 

o E 


•O 

4) 

s: 

•» a , 


#1 


# 


rt 

\A 


© 

g 

0 



_ |0 ;v\ § 

G:a :cnj: « 


o 

H 


o 
»-« 
*> 
X 

* 1 

*0 44 

) V w 

J TJ 4J 

o c » 

z * 

>t 


—< SS .04 

E O *» 

•- >» C 

V « 

a •* a 

« a* 

to «l 

« t« *o 

T3 * C 

C 3 « 

3 0T 

8 

*3 « to 

« X O 

to 44 «to 

3 

O M « 

OCX 


© © ® © © © 


a t* 


3 C 
t< T) -o 

o 

• « 

** *3 «-v .*< 


c 


4> 

>» 

V 

is 

• 

to 

o 

-o» 

8 

O 

a 

C 

*0 • 

40 


a 

« 

c 

to 

• 

« 

ft* 


• 

a 

to 

< 

/-s 

Cft 

a 


a 


£ .a 

4) 

» 


to 

D 

to 

« 

o 

»—4 


c* 

as 


• « 

w 


» 


c 


•| 

.O. 

. r£. 

.1. 


c 

o • c 

44 to *> 

ft* «. 5 

C X ♦* 

•oH |-0 to 


*• X 

M 

o 

a 


« 

BE 


ft 

a 

« 

Q 


*1 «9 

a & 

o 

ft# *3 
c c 

t« 

« 

X 


m 

4) 

O 

• H 

t 

a 


t 

O 

H 


2 

<s 

tJ 


8> X 

<2 g 




tf\ 


« 

M C^\ 
rl 
SO 

© **5 

. T3 
© © 
10 © 
\ to © 
O © © 
<H p- iH 

cf£,S 


C- 1763 P14 bu 
































WRA Manila 1 


Office Services 20,8 






I 




I 




i 


(.3J) 


(U) Airmail shall be sent in envelopes which do 
not. bear the penalty indicia. 


(5) No official mail shall ne sent other than 
through the central mail and files for the 
office from which the material is mailed. 
If there is an instance where this is nec¬ 
essary, the mail room should be notified 
immediately as to the number of pieces so 
mailed. 


K. Official stationery and envelopes of the Govern¬ 
ment must not be used for personal correspondence, 
regardless of whether the communication is mailed 
under postage. This regulation applies to all per¬ 
sons, evacuees as well as appointed personnel, 

L. Documents prepared in WRA for Presidential signa¬ 
ture must be prepared with copies so that the ori¬ 
ginal can be left at the White House, A duplicate 
or duplicates must be furnished for return to WRA 
with the President's approval, disapproval or sug¬ 
gestions, 

M. Letters not prepared in accordance with Manual Sec¬ 
tion 20.5.5 and the Section on LETTERS in the Steno 
grapher's Handbook may be returned to the preparing 
office for re-writing by Mail and Files, 

N. All correspondence concerning the work of the WRA 
must be considered as official correspondence and 
handled accordingly. 

O. All staff members who have occasion to write an¬ 
other WRA office while in travel status shall ad¬ 
here to Man-jal Section 20.C.3 and shall furnish 
their headquarters office with a.copy of all such 
correspondence. Exception to this requirement will 
be communications regarding arrival or departure. 

If this correspondence is on a personnel matter, 
one copy shall te furnished to the Personnel Of¬ 
fice upon receipt at the destination. 

P. Correspondence written to members of the Washing¬ 
ton Staff who are on field trips shall be addressed 

30/19 /Uk 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 


Use of 
Official 
Stationary 

« 


Preparation 

of 

Pres 5 c’ential 
Documents 


Unsatisfactory 

Letters 

Returned 

for 

Re-^tt’iidng 


Official 

Correspondence 


Correspondence 

h-y 

Travelers 


C-1763 P15 »>u 




WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


4 


C orrespondence 

to Members of 
the Washington 
Staff 


Reoords 


Personal 

Use 

of 

Official 

Data 


(*3P) 

to the employee, in care of the head of the Office 
° or Center he is visiting. This also applies to 

teletype messages. 

. 

•U The- War Relocation Authority is an emergency agenqy op¬ 
erating for a definite purpose for the duration of the 
war only. The records of its activities are not, how¬ 
ever, temporary, and after the War Relocation Authority 
has wound up its affairs, these records will have a per¬ 
manent place in the United States Archives. Meanwhile, 
no organization can function efficiently without well 
organized and smooth working files. This requires that* 

/ 

A. The management of files and their control and super¬ 
vision be centralized within the limits of a unified 
file system; 

B. The files be organized under a clearly planned out¬ 
line built around the activities and needs at each 
headquarters unit. An overall WRA file outline is, 
therefore, impracticable. Each unit of the War Re¬ 
location Authority should prepare its own outline 
and revise it as needed; 

C. The file system leceive cooperation from those who 
use it. Operating officials should use the central 
file system for all but personal and working files. 
If they wish to keep other material, they should 
make carbon copies and release the originals to the 
files. In no case may staff members retain offic¬ 
ial records of the War Relocation Authority until 
these have been properly charged to them. 

D. All information received or compiled by the officers, 
employees and offices of the Federal Government for 
the use of the government is official government 
data and is the property of the United States. This 
includes but is not limited to classified material. 


No person connected with the W.R.A. shall accumulate 
copies of documents containing official data for in¬ 
clusion in a “personal file 1 * nor shall he take away 
with him in written form or make personal use of any 
official data acquired by virtue of his government 
employment. Any employee who may believe that a leg¬ 
itimate exception can be made for a particular do¬ 
cument shall be entitled to ask the head of the agency 
or his representative for such an exception. 


X 


( 




C—1763 PI8 fcu 


ID/19/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/20/44 
Release # 133 





WhA Manual 


flffiQS 2fl.i 3 


.5 Correspondence from WRA staff members to evacuees or 
evacuee organizations at relocation centers must be 
routed through the Project Director* Letters re¬ 
ceived direct from evacuees may be answered, but the 
reply must be sent to the Project Director for de¬ 
livery. 

.6 Air Mail should be used only when it is needed to 
save time in transmission of important letters and 
documents. Air Mail schedules should be consulted 
in order to get mail out in time to catch the right 
plane. Special Delivery may be used only when*it 
would save time in the actual delivery of important 
material. Mail registry may be used to insure and 
furnish a record of delivery of valuable or impor¬ 
tant material. Its use should not be confused with 
special delivery. Arrangements for these services 
should be handled by the central mail room. 


Correspondence 

with 

Evacuees 


Air Mail 
Special Delivery 
and Registry 


.7 Teletype should be used for message^ when speed 

greater than that provided by air mail is required. 
The circuits to which tfRA has access connect the cit¬ 
ies listed below. 


San Francisco 
Los Angeles 
Portland 
Seattle 
Denver 

Salt Lake City 


Cleveland 
Chicago 
Detroit 
Kansas City 
Little Rock 
St. Louis 
Minneapolis 
Cincinnati 


Washington, D. C. 

Boston 

New York 

Baltimore 

Philadelphia 

Richmond 

Atlanta 

Dallas 


In addition, the teletype circuits connect with the 
following Centers: 


Colorado River 
Gila River 
Manzanar 
Tule Lake 
Minidoka 


Heart Mountain Leupp 

Central Utah 

Granada 

Jerome 

Rohwer 


Messages to WRA offices at any of these points should 
be teletype rather than telegraph, since teletype is 
cheaper. 


Teletype 


12 / 5 M , 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/19/U4 
Release # la9 


C-1869 P3 bu 





wra .Manual 


QffiCft S.9£TiC9S 2 Qjl3 


.8 Telegraph may be used for messages of reasonable 
Telegraph length, when air mail schedules are inadequate, to 

points not served by teletype. 

A. Official telegrams may be sent collect to WRA 
offices by employees of the Authority and by 
candidates indicating their availability for ap¬ 
pointment by the Authority and by other persons 
when specifically requested to reply in such man¬ 
ner. 

.9 Long distance may be used only when teletype or tele¬ 
graph do not offer sufficient speed. Only official 
business may be discussed during such conversations, 
and each call must later receive certification that 
it was not personal and was on official business. 

In all localities where War Relocation Authority 
phones are on a government switchboard, long distance 
calls should be placed with the government operator, 
and not with the city long distance telephone opera¬ 
tor. Whenever possible long distance telephone con¬ 
versations, other than toll calls within the same 
metropolitan area, shall be recorded in shorthand at 
each end and transcribed for inclusion in the offi¬ 
cial records of the War Relocation Authority. Per¬ 
sonnel of the War Relocation Authority shall always 
use the cheapest type of long distance service avail¬ 
able. 


Long Distanoe 
Telephone 


On and after November 1, 1942, urgent toll 
calls placed with commercial telephone 
systems by the authorized persons or agen¬ 
cies designated in Paragraph 2 shall upon 
request be given priority ovdr all other 
toll calls in accordance with the provisions 
of, and in the order set forth subparagraphs 
(a),,(b) and (c) below: 

(a) Priority 1 shall be given to calls 

which require immediate completion for 

12/5Al* 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/7/Uj 

Release # 1^9 


A. The Board of War Communications Order No. 20, is¬ 
sued October 8, 1942, reads in part as follows: 

(1) Priorities 


C-1869 P* 







WRA. Marmal 


» 


Office Services 


2£LS. 


(.9A-la) 


war purposes or safeguard life or prop¬ 
erty and which relate to one or more of 
the following matters: 

(i) Arrangements for moving armed 

forces during combat operations, 

(id) Extremely urgent orders to armed 
forces. 

(iii) Immediate dangers due to the pres¬ 
ence of the enemy, 

(iv) Hurricane, flood, earthquake or 
other disaster materially affect¬ 
ing the war effort or public secur¬ 
ity. 

Where necessary for the immediate completion 
of a call having Priority 1, any conversation 
i in process (other than one having Priority 1) 

may be interrupted. 

Long Distance 

(b) Priority 2 shall be given to calls which Telephone 

require immediate completion for the ' oru 

national defense and security, the suc¬ 
cessful conduct of the war, or to safe¬ 
guard life or property other than those 
specifically described in Paragraph 1 

(a). 

(c) Priority 3 shall be given to calls which 
require prompt completion for the na¬ 
tional defense and security, the suc¬ 
cessful conduct of the war, or to safe¬ 
guard life or proparty and which in¬ 
volve matters of the following type: 

(i) Important governmental functions. 

(ii) Machinery, tools or raw materials 
for war plants. 

12/5 AJk 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/7/43 
y Release # lii9 


C-1869 PB nobu 
























































. 


















. 



























' 





















WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


. » 




(.9k) 


(iii) Production of essential supplies. 

(iv) Maintenance of essential public 
services. 

(v) Supply or movement of food* 

(vi) Civilian defense or public health 
and safety. 

"2• Preferred Callers 


The following persons and agencies are desig¬ 
nated as authorized persons or agencies en¬ 
titled to use telephone toll priorities where 
such call is required in the manner and far 
a purpose specified above. 

The President of the United States, the 
Vice-President, Cabinet Officers, Members 
of Congress, Array, Navy, Aircraft Warn¬ 
ing Service, Federal, State and Municipal 
Government Departments and Agencies, Em¬ 
bassies, Legations and Commissions of the 
United Nations, Civilian Defense Organiza¬ 
tions, Red Cross, State and Home Guards, 
essential war industries, essential ser¬ 
vices such as communications, transporta¬ 
tion, power, water, fuel, press associa¬ 
tions, newspapers, and health and sanita¬ 
tion services. 

Long Distance 
Telephone 
(Cont*d.) 

w £. Violations 

The telephone facilities of any subscriber 
who wilfully obtains or attempts to obtain 
priority for a toll call by fraudulently des¬ 
ignating such call as a priority call or by 
furnishing false information to any telephone 
carriers for the purpose of obtaining a prior¬ 
ity, shall be subject to closure, removal or 
other appropriate governmental action*” 

B. The Telephone Company advises the following proce¬ 
dures 

3/7AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/7/1*3 

Release # 179 


A < A • h«l 







WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


Loo&l 

Telephone 


Gcvwraaent 
Automobilefl 



(.SB) 

"••••••If you have calls eligible to Priority I 

treatment, those involving the most extreme 
emergencies, we suggest that the operator be not¬ 
ified by saying 1 Priority One' immediately on 
placing the call* Calls which are eligible under 
the Order to Priority 2 or 3 treatment, should be 
placed in the normal manner and in case delay is 
encountered you should notify the operator stating 
'Priority 2', or *3' as the case may be." 

Ordinary office phones may be used, 

C, The order is brought to the attention of the War 
Relocation Authority staff. Telephone priorities 
may be used where necessary and justified in the 
opinion of the staff member placing the call, 
but shall not be resorted to except in an absolute 
minimum of instances, 

•10 Local telephone calls may be made to persons not on 
the government switchboard when official business re¬ 
quires it. Government phones must not be used to make 
such calls of a personal nature. Pay booths for per¬ 
sonal calls should be placed in or near each office* 

•11 Government automobiles may be used by administrative 
personnel when these are available and the nature of 
the official business justifies it, subject to current 
restrictions on driving due to gasoline or rubber sup¬ 
ply, The use of government cars must be held to a 
minimum. 


3/7 ./U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/7/1*3 
Release # 179 




L 


WRA Manual 


Office Services 20,8 


(. 25 ) 


The inner cover shall be a sealed wrapper or envelope 
plainly ma ’ * * Vial and 



o?fice 


the outer 


and addressed with no notation to indicate its secret 
or confidential classification. In no case shall the 
outside envelope indicate the classified nature of the 
contents. Upon direction of competent authority, class¬ 
ified information shall be destroyed in such a fashion 
as to render it useless and to prevent any possibility 
of its falling into the hands of an unauthorized person. 
Classified material shall be handled and kept as follows. 

A. (1) * Incoming top secret, secret and confidential 

material sent to WRA on temporary loan will be 
delivered in its sealed container marked with 
the classification to the addressee, who is 
responsible far the document during the time it 
is in his keeping. When not in use, or over¬ 
night, the material should be kept in a locked 
cabinet. If the official has no such cabinet, 
he must deliver the document to the Security 
Officer for safekeeping until such time as he 
needs it again, or return it to the originating 
office. Top secret, secret or confidential do¬ 
cuments from outside sources which are to be 
kept in the War Relocation Authority shall be 
delivered to the Security Officer, who will be 
responsible for their safekeeping. 

(2) Top secret, secret or confidential material 

originating within the ,7ar Relocation Authority 
should be prepared with copies for the addressee 
or addressees, and one copy for the War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority security file, sent to the Sec¬ 
urity Officer in a sealed envelope. 

{3) (a) The Security Officer will keep the key to 


the secret file and will issue material 
only to authorized persons and shall be 
answerable to the Director for management 
of the file. He will keep a record of and 
satisfy himself as to the safekeeping of all 
documents issued from the secret files. 

(b) For confidential material which originates 
in the War Relocation Authority, the file 
copy will be placed in a confidential file 
in a locked cabinet. Cross reference sheets 
only may be placed in the subject matter 
file and the chronological file. The confi- 


Top Seoret, 
Secret 
and 

Confidential 


Incoming 
Top Secret, 
Seoret ©r 
Confidential 
Docrumerrfcc 


Preparation of 
Top Seoret, 
Seoret or 
Confidential 
Documents 


Safekeeping <f 
Top Seoret, 
Seoret or 
Confidential 


5/21/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 6/21/44 


•lelease # 193 


C-2272-P3-feu 








MIA. Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


C.25A-3b) 

dential files will be released only upon ex¬ 
press authorization from the Security Officer, 
who is answerable to the Director* 


Restricted 

DootmentB 


Free 

Material 


Removal of 
Classified 
Dcxnurents From 
Official Flaoe 
of Storage 


B. Restricted material will be delivered by the mail room 
unopened to the addressee. ’'Restricted" material will 
be prepared with the usual number of copies. The ori¬ 
ginal will be placed in an unmarked envelope and the 
envelope sealed. Carbon copies of restricted material 
will be sent to the file room where they will be filed 
in the subject matter and alphabetical files (use of 
these files is restricted to persons having authoriza¬ 
tion from the Chief of Files). 

C. Free material need not be marked and should be handled 
with the usual safeguards given government documents. 

D. Classified documents shall not be taken away from gov¬ 
ernment offices by any employee for the purpose of work 
outside office hours except under the following condi¬ 
tions: 

(1) Express permission must be granted by the govern¬ 
ment official having custody of the classified 
document • 

(2) Permission will be granted by the custodian only 
to those employees whose official duties require 
possession of the documents. 

(3) The custodian of the classified documents will 
maintain a list of the documents taken out, to¬ 
gether with complete descriptions of the documents. 
The custodian will be responsible far the return 

of all classified documents removed by employees 
with his permission. 

(U) Classified documents will not be read or disclos¬ 
ed in a public place nor will their contents be 
conveyed to or discussed with any person whose of¬ 
ficial duties do not require this information. 

(5>) Employees taking classified documents from govern¬ 
ment offices will maintain proper security meas¬ 
ures -while the documents are in their possession 
and will return the documents safely to their reg¬ 
ular place of storage without undue delay. 


.26 Applicable regulations are as follows: 


A. Documents containing classified information furnished 
persons other than those in the Federal agencies shall. 


5/21/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 6/21/44 
Release # 193 



C-2272-p4-*> U 




WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


(•26A) 

in addition to being marked Top secret, secret, confi¬ 
dential, or restricted bear the following notation: 

"This document contains information affecting the na¬ 
tional defense of the United States within the meaning 
of the Espionage Act, 5>0 U.S.C., 31 and 32 as amended. 
Its transmission to or the revelation of its contents 
in any manner to an unauthorized person is prohibited 
by law." 

B. The foregoing procedures are based on the Espionage 
Act,which reads in part as follows* 

"Whoever* •• .being ins trusted with any document... .re¬ 
lating to the national defense, wilfully comnunicates 
..the same to any person not entitled to receive it, 
or wilfully....fails to deliver it on demand to the 
officer or employee of the United States entitled to 
receive it* or....through gross negligence permits the 
same to be removed from its proper place of custody... 
shall be punished by imprisonmait for not more than 
ten years and may in the discretion of the court be 
fined not more than $10,000. (5>0.U.S*C. Sec. 31). 

C. All personnel of WRA shall strictly observe OWI Regu¬ 
lation No. U and the revision of March 1^, 19UU. 

,27 A considerable volume of material classified as SECRET, 
CONFIDENTIAL, or RESTRICTED has accumulated in WRA files. 
This material should be downgraded or declassified when 
the necessity far the security of the information no 
longer exists. 

A systematic review and reclassification of this material 
should be undertaken immediately. Material which does 
not meet the requirements of the definition of the the 
classification assigned should be downgraded to the lowest 
restrictive category consistent with existing policies and 
procedures. Material which no longer needs to carry a 
classification should be declassified entirely. 

.28 The Security Officer at each center or field office shall 
be responsible for the revievf of security material which 
originated in that office. Material which is foundTo 
be overclassified or which no longer needs to carry a 
security classification should be downgraded or declass¬ 
ified after the concurrence of the originator of the 
document has been secured. (See Paragraoh 20.8.29A) 

5/21./45 z . , 

Supersedes Issuance of 6/21/44 
Release # 193 


Security 

Regulations 


Deolss sif iootioE 
of Security 
Material 


Review of 
Security 
Files 


Responsibility 

fcr 

Deole.88ifioati.on 


-2272-p8-t>U 
















WRA Manual 


Office Services 20,8 




(. 28 ) 


Center or 
Field 
Offio©» 


Washington 

Office 


OWI 

Regulations 


A complete list of all material declassified and 
downgraded, including date to whom addressed, and 
the subject, shall then be prepared and forwarded 
to the Washington Office. 

The Security Officer in the Washington Office shall 
review and declassify all material which originated 
there. Upon receipt of the lists from the field 
offices and the centers, a complete listing of all 
material downgraded and declassified including that 
originating in Washington, will be prepared and cir¬ 
culated to all custodians and addressees. 

.29 The regulations of the Security Advisory Board of 
the Office of War Information set forth below must 
be followed* 

A. The authority making the original classification 
or higher authority within an agency, may can¬ 
cel or change the classification of a document 
by writing or stamping over the mark at the top 
of the first page of the copy of record, tt Class- 

ification cancelled or changed to _ w 

by authority of (name and position of person 
making change) and date thereof. 

B. No change in the classification of a document con¬ 
taining classified information taken in whole or 

in part from a classified document of another agen¬ 
cy should be made without first consulting the 
other agency. 

C. No change in the classification of cryptographed 
messages shall be made except that the origina¬ 
tor may downgrade Top Secret to Secret, comply¬ 
ing with the procedure in 20.8.3QA. 

D. A current record of all material reviewed and not 
presently subject to reclassification should be 
maintained by means of a card index or other suit¬ 
able reference system, whereby it may be catalog¬ 
ed for future review and consideration. 


C-2272-p 8-t>U-f Ins. 1 


5/21/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 6/21/44 
Release # 193 




Office Services 2C.8 


WRA Manual 


#30 The aim of WRA records management should be to in¬ 
sure the creation and preservation of a well bal¬ 
anced, comprehensive body of records that will ade¬ 
quately reflect its objectives, its operations, 
and its growth. These records should be free of 
papers dealing with trivial matters and routine de¬ 
tails . 

The systematic and periodic disposal of useless files 
wall insure the preservation of important records, 
and make possible the more effective use of personnel 
and equipment. 

•31 All WRA records wherever located and however used are 
the property Of the Authority and the Government of 
the United States. Ro records belonging to the United 
States may be removed from the custody of the agency 
or in any manner be disposed of except as provided by 
the laws of the United States. According to the U. S. 
Criminal Code the wilful and unlawful destruction, 
damage, or alienation of any record is punishable by 
fine, or imprisonment, or both. 

.3? The definition of Federal records as set forth in 
Public Law ll5-78th Congress, is as follows: 

”.the word ’records’ includes all books, 

papers, maps, photographs, or other documen¬ 
tary materials, regardless of physical form 
or characteristics, made or received by any 
agency of the U.S. Government in pursuance 
of Federal law or in connection with the tran¬ 
saction of public business and preserved or 
appropriate for preservation by that agency 
or its legitimate successor as evidence of 
the organization, functions, policies, de¬ 
cisions, procedures, operations or other ac¬ 
tivities of the government, or because of the 
informational value of data contained there¬ 
in.....” 

A. Library £nd museum material made or acquired and 
preserved solely for reference or exhibition pur- 
roses, and stocks of publications and processed 
documents are not considered ”records” as used 


WRA 

Reoords 

Program 


Legal 

Requirements 


Definition 

of 

Records 


12/5AU 

Release # lit? 





T 


WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


(.32A) 


Disposition 

of 

Nonrecord 

Material 


in the above act. It is difficult to enumerate 
with any degree of certainty the specific types 
of material that could be considered of nonre¬ 
cord character. The following, however, are 
examples of nonrecord material existing in V/RA 
and may be destroyed without prior authorization 
from the Washington office after they are con¬ 
sidered to be no longer necessary for current 
operations of the center or field office which 
accumulated them. 

(1) Extra copies of papers used solely for con¬ 
venience of reference. This may include 
so-called "reader file" copies, ’'tickler* 1 
or "follow-up" copies. 

(2) Stocks of blank WRA, OEM, Standard, Civil 
Service, or other forms which have been 
declared obsolete or have been superseded. 

(3) Surplus copies of mimeographed, multilith- 
ed, printed or processed circulars, instruc¬ 
tions, notices, informational material, etc. 
Surplus copies are defined as follows: 

(a) All except one record set retained in 

the issuing office. 

Examples of this material are: 

(1) Information Digests 

(2) Weekly Press Review 

(3 ; All Administrative Instructions 

(h) Superseded Administrative Notices, 
Emergency Instructions, Manual and 
Handbook Releases, and Relocation 
and Personnel Memoranda. 

( 5 ) Pamphlets, such as "when You Leave 
A Relocation Center", "What About 
Our Japanese-Americans", "Reloca¬ 
tion of Japanese-Americans", "New 
Neighbors Among Us", etc. 

(U) Routine Requests for Publications and Acknow¬ 
ledgment. 


12/3 AU 
Release ti 1U9 




WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


C.32A) 


(5) All copies of forms designed and used at 
WRA centers and field offices, with the 
following exceptional 

(a) Those for;i;s us 3 d in lieu of Standard, 
OEM, or WRA forms, 

(b) Locally designed forms which in the op 
inion of the originating office appear 
to contain information of permanent 
value. In such cases three copies of 
each form together with full explana¬ 
tion of its use and reasons for keep¬ 
ing should be forwarded to the Wash¬ 
ington Office for review. 


The above list is not intended to be all inclusive 
but is designed to indicate the types of material 
which can be destroyed without authorization. 


•33 Congress has made provision for the lawful disposi¬ 
tion of records that do not or will not after a 
lapse of a specified period of time have sufficient 
administrative, legal, research, or other value to 
warrant their continued preservation. The most re¬ 
cent act is Public Law ll£-78th Congress, approved 
July 7, 19U3* The provisions of this law stipulate 
that no records, as defined by the statute (see 
section 20 . 8 . 32 ) will be disposed of except upon auth¬ 
orization of the National Archives and the Congress. 

•3k Records enumerated in subsection .33 may be reported 
to the Archivist of the United States for his apprai¬ 
sal and recommendation to Congress. These reports 
are required to be submitted in one or the other of 
the following forms: 

A. "Disposal Schedules", proposing the disposition, 

after specified periods of time, of records that 
have accumulated or that may accumulate in the 
future. 

B. "Disposal lists" of records that are recommended 
for disposal for specific date periods. 


Authority 
For Disposal 
of 

Reoord 

Material 


Reports 

to 

Arohives 


12 AM 

Release # 1U9 


C-1868 P© 






WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


Appraisal 

by 

Archives 


Congressional 

Aotion 


Archival 

Regulations 

for 

Disposal 


< 


.3£ After the schedules or lists have been administrative¬ 
ly approved in WRA for disposal they are submitted to 
the National Archives where they are appraised to de¬ 
termine whether they have sufficient administrative, 
legal, research or other value to warrant their pre¬ 
servation by the government. Among the factors con¬ 
sidered by the Archives in making this determination 
are the data on the relationship of the records to 
be destroyed to those to be retained, their physical 
or content duplication, the extent to which the re¬ 
cords are routine or current, and others. In the 
event that the Archivist determines that ary of the 
items scheduled or listed are of interest to other 
governs nt agencies or that they are worthy of pre¬ 
servation, such items are deleted from the schedules 
or lists and recommendation is made for their reten¬ 
tion. 

.3b After appraisal by the National Archives the schedules 
or lists are submitted to Congress for reference to 
the Joint Committee on Executive Papers for final ap¬ 
proval. If the Joint Committee authorizes disposal 
of the items contained in the schedules or lists, the 
Archivist will notify this agency. The WRA Records 
Officer in Washington will in turn notify each office 
concerned of the disposal authority listing by div¬ 
isions the material to be disposed of. 

♦37 Regulations of the National Archives stipulate that 
"whenever the head of any agency shall have been 
authorized to dispose of any records in his custody 

••••••he shall.,.,*.. 

A. Cause the said records to be sold as waste paper: 
Provided that, unless the said records shall have 
been treated in such a manner as to destroy their 
record content, any contract for sale of them shall 
prohibit their resale as records or documents. 

B. Cause them to be destroyed if they cannot advan¬ 
tageously be sold or if, in the opinion of the 
head of the said agency, destruction is necessary 
to avoid the disclosure of information that might 
be prejudicial to the interests of the Government 
or of individuals or 


12/5 M ( 

Release § 11*9 






WRA Manual Office Services 20.8 

* (.37) 

C. Cause them to be transferred, without cost to the 
U. S. Government, to any state, dependency, or 
former dependency of the United States or to any 
appropriate educational institution, library, 
museum, or historical, research, or patriotic or¬ 
ganization that has made application for them 
through the Archivist of the United States. n 

•38 In order for the Authority to have an effective Re¬ 
cords Management Program responsibilities for the or¬ 
ganization, management and disposal of records will 
be as follows} 

A* The Records Officer in Y/ashington will be respon¬ 
sible for the planning and guidance of the over¬ 
all records program* 

(1) Maintain contacts with National Archives and 
Records Officers of other government agencies, 

(2) Recommend policies and procedures to field of¬ 
fices and centers, 

(3) Be responsible for the institution and carry¬ 
ing out of a survey of all WRA records. 

(U) Prepare schedules and lists for submission to 
the National Archives of records which have 
been administratively approved for disposal, 

(5) Keep field informed of records approved for 
disposal. 

(6) Receive and act upon requests for disposal 
of records from centers or field offices. 

(7) Receive reports from the field listing ma¬ 
terial disposed of and method used. 

B« The records program shall be the responsibility of 
the Assistant Project Director in charge of Admin¬ 
istrative Management. The following functions may 
be assigned to the Office Manager: 

(1) Maintain Central Mail and Files. 

\ 12AM 

Release # 1U9 


Responsibility 
For Reoords 
Management 


Washington 

Office 


Centers 


C-1869 PSl bu 



WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


(.38B) 


\ 


Relocation 

Field 

Offices 


(2) Consolidate Division and Section Files into 
Central Files wherever possible* 

(3) Where consolidation into Central Files is not 
practicable set up division and section files 
under Central Files Subject Matter Classifi¬ 
cation. 

(U) Dispose of nonrecord material. 

(5) Dispose of record material on notification 
from Washington* 

(b) Request authority to dispose of material no 
longer needed for current operations 'which is 
not clearly understood to be in the nonrecord 
category and for which no disposal authority 
has been received. 

(7) Report disposals to Washington Office and me¬ 
thod used. 

(8) Cooperate with Divisions and Sections in pre¬ 
paring permanent-value records for transfer 
as directed by Washington. 

C. The records program in each area shall be the res¬ 
ponsibility of the Area Relocation Supervisor, who 
may assign the following functions to a responsible 
employee of his staff. Such functions might norm¬ 
ally be performed by the Administrative Assistant, 

(1) Maintain subject matter, correspondence, and 
individual files in area office*• 

(2) Supervise correspondence and individual files 
in District Offices* 


(a) Set files up under one Classification 
Manual in all districts under his area. 

(b) Receive notices of approval to dispose 
of records of permanent value and sup¬ 
ervise their transfer. 

12 AM 

Release # 1U9 


C-t869 P18 




I 


WRA Manual 


Office Services 20,8 


(•38C-2) 

(c) Request authority to dispose of material 
no longer needed for current operations 
which is not clearly understood to be in 
the nonrecord category and for which no 
disposal authority has been received, 

(d) Requests and receives notices to trans¬ 
fer records of permanent value and sup¬ 
ervises their transfer, 

D, The v Administrative Officer will be responsible for 

the records program (including the following func- San 
tions) in the San Francisco Office and the sub-of¬ 
fices under the supervision of the Assistant Direc¬ 
tor, 

(1) Request authority to dispose of material no 
longer needed for current operations which is 
not clearly understood to be in the nonrecord 
category and for which no disposal authority 
has been received, 

(2) Receive notices of approval to dispose of re¬ 
cords and notify the sub-offices, 

(3) Requests and receives notices to transfer re¬ 
cords of permanent value and supervise their 
transfer. 


12/5/U 

Release # lli9 



Frsmoisoo 

Office 


C-1M9 Pia 




1 


( 


♦ 


( 


WRA Manual 


Office Services 20,8 


♦3>0 It is essential that members of the center staff who 
assist evacuees in relocation planning shall have 
ready access to all pertinent center records. They 
should also be informed of all factors having a bear¬ 
ing on relocation which come to light during contacts 
of the various Sections with their clients. Not all 
contacts will be pertinent to relocation. Thus, a 
hospital record indicating a serious chronic physical 
disability of a character to render a person unemploy¬ 
able would normally have a bearing on relocation plans, 
whereas a hospital record indicating that an evacuee 
had undergone a successful operation at the hospital 
would normally not be pertinent. Similarly, a record 
in the Evacuee Property office indicating that an eva¬ 
cuee is an owner of income bearing property which re¬ 
quires the personal attention of the owner would pro¬ 
bably directly affect relocation plans• Information 
that a family has children in school would presumably 
have a bearing on the time of a family’s interest in 
relocation. Similar situations will readily come to 
mind in the case of other Divisions. It is important 
that summaries (see below) be kept as brief as possible 
consistent with providing primary clues as to reloca¬ 
tion potentialities. 


Use of 

Center Records 
for 

Relocat: on 
Planning 


.51 The Statistics Section at each center shall keep cur¬ 
rent a central individual file for each resident re¬ 
maining at the center, cross indexed by families, and 
the family head designated according to Welfare Sec¬ 
tion records. It should be located near the Reloca¬ 
tion Office, if possible, for convenience of reference. 


Spooled. 

Individual 

File 


.£2 The individual file should include: 


1. All correspondence relating to the individual. 


2. WCCA-S-3 Revised, Social Data Registration (in 
folder of family head). 

3* WRA-26, Individual Record . 

lw WRA-126A, Application for Leave Clearance (citi¬ 
zen, male, 17 and over), or WRA-126 Revised, Appli¬ 
cation for Leave Clearance (Citizen, female, 17 
and over, ancfaliens). 


Contents 

of 

Pile 


3/7 A 5 

Release # 179 


C -2123 P8 bu 








WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


Individual 

Stannaries 


C-2123 P8 bu 


(.52) 

5. DSS-301^, Statement of United States Citizen of 

Japanese ancestry (citizen, male, 17 and over) 
if available* 

6* Leave clearance hearings, proceedings, and cor¬ 
respondence. 

7. WRA-329, Basic Family Face Sheet , (in folder of 
family head). 

8. WRA-3U0, Relocation Outlook , (in folder of family 
head). 

9. WRA-230 or WCCA Form R-100, Individual Request 
for Repatriation or Expatriation , and 

10. WRA-152, 152-Revised, l52-a, l52-b, and WCCA Farm 
R-102, Cancellation or Declination of Repatria- 
tion. 


11. WRA-231, or WCCA Form R-101, Family Summary—Re¬ 
patriation (in folder of family head). 

12. Parole Order , in case of parolees. 

13. Other similar basic records. 

In case any of the records in 1 to 12 above are filed 
elsewhere, they shall be transferred promptly to the 
Central file, with suitable cross references. 

In addition, the central file shall include brief sum¬ 
maries of, and references to, the location of pertin¬ 
ent records which, because of their detailed or con¬ 
fidential nature, or their usefulness to operating 
divisions, cannot be incorporated in the file. Such 
records should include those collected by* (1) Wel¬ 
fare, (2) Evacuee Property, (3) Health, (U) Internal 
Security, (5) Legal, (6) Community Activities, (7) 

Other operating divisions, sections, or units. Each 
of the above units shall be responsible for briefing 
its information pertinent to relocation for inclusion 
or cross reference in the Central File. 

.53 Each Section shall prepare brief summaries of its con¬ 
tacts with individuals or family heads, giving priority 
to cases known to be actively interested in relocation. 


3/7/U5 

Release # 179 















WRA Manual 


Office Services 20*8 


(♦53) 


S unsnarl es shall include comments concerning the im¬ 
plication with respect to relocation, and shall be 
cross referenced so as to disclose family ties. 

•5U In order that summaries may provide the type of in¬ 
formation most useful to the Relocation Officer in 
promoting relocation, the Project Director shall .ar¬ 
range a meeting ati which Relocation Division and 
other Divisions and sections are represented, for 
the purpose of reviewing the type of information 
available, the form in which it would be mose useful 
and other related considerations. It will be the 
responsibility of every unit to make available to 
the Relocation Division the information which the 
Relocation Officer regards as necessary for promot¬ 
ing relocation. 

.55 Adequate controls shall be devised and maintained to 
safeguard the confidential nature of material, to 
insure prompt service to accredited personnel, and 
to insure against loss or improper distribution* 
Where security measures require, a separate file for 
classified material, complying with the Manual, 
must be maintained with appropriate cross references. 

•56 In the event an evacuee is transferred to another 

center, his records will be transferred to that cen¬ 
ter as provided in Manual 50.3.20H. When the evacuee 
relocates his records will be gathered and sent to 
Washington as provided in Manual 20.8*U0 and follow¬ 
ing. 


3/7 M 

Release # 179 


Planning 

for 

Summaries 


Confidential 

Matter 


Transfer of 
Reoords 


C-2123 P7 nobu-fin.l 







































. 

































WRA Manual 


Office Services 20.8 


.60 WRA records already authorized for disposal under 
Public Law ll5-78th Congress are listed herein 
From time to tin» additional records — including 
WRA and other forms, engineering records, etc. — 
will be added to this list. Through the use of a 
series of column entries each record is identified 
and the place and time for disposal is indicated. 

A. Columns 1 and 2 are self-explanatory. 

B. Under column 3 "all record" is used to indicate 
that both original and duplicates may be dis¬ 
posed of at the authorized place of disposition. 


C. Under column 4 an X is placed in the applicable 
column to indicate that the record in question 
may be disposed of at that particular office. 
(For the purpose of this release "field" in¬ 
cludes all WRA offices except centers, Oswego 
and the Washington office). 


Sohedulo 

for 

Disposal 

of 

Reoord 

Material 


D. Column 5 entries are explained as followss 

(1) Records authorized for disposal at Office 
Closure: Such records authorized for dis¬ 
posal at centers may be disposed of only 
after they are of no further use in com¬ 
pleting center closure procedures. Such 
records to be disposed of at field offi¬ 
ces should be destroyed when the office 

is officially closed and they are no long¬ 
er needed in order to complete records on 
which transactions are pending. 

(2) Records authorized for disposal at Termi¬ 
nation of Agency, after they can no long¬ 
er be kept at the field office or center, 
will be held at a designated place until 
termination. 

(3) Records to be disposed of when the file 

is forwarded to Washington should be weed¬ 
ed out by the operating division or sec¬ 
tion before the file is consolidated for 
forwarding to Washington. 

(4) On June 30 of each year some WRA records 
may be disposed of. An accumulation of one 


5/25/45 
Release # 194 


C-2283 PS bu 





WRA Manual 


.Office Service8 20.8 


(.60A-4) 


full fiscal year must be kept of some and 
an accumulation of two fiscal years must 
be kept of others* On June 30 the records 
marked "retain one full fiscal year" are to 
be disposed of for the period which ended 
on the June 30 preceding the disposal date 
by one year. On June 30 the records marked 
"retain two full fiscal years" are to be 
disposed of for the period which ended on 
the June 30 preceding the disposal date by 
two years* The accumulation of such rec¬ 
ords on hand upon closure may be disposed 
of in accordance with paragraph 20.8.60D 
( 1 ). 

No additional authority is needed in order to dis¬ 
pose of these records at the authorized time* 


Cozxsolidation 

of 

Evacuee 

Records 

at 

Centers 


•61 For each evacuee who has left a Center prior to the 
effective date of this Manual Section, and for each 
evacuee who leaves a Center subsequent to this date, 
selected individual and family records on file in 
Divisions, Sections and Units shall be gathered, 
consolidated and sent to the Statistics Section, Be* 
location Planning Division, Washington, for further 
consolidation with materials already on file in that 
Section* 

It is the responsibility of the Assistant Project Di¬ 
rector in charge of Administrative Management, through 
the Center Statistician, to see that Project records 
are assembled and sent in accordance with the provi¬ 
sions of the following subsections. 


All non-record materials, and record materials desig¬ 
nated for destruction at the time an individual leaves 
a Renter, at the end of operations of a center, or at 
other times, shall be properly disposed of by the Di¬ 
vision, Section, or Unit involved and shall not be 
processed as outlined herein (see Manual 20*875))• 

.62 Each day the Center Statistician shall prepare a 

Routing Sheet, Form WRA-399» in triplicate for each 
person who has departed indefinitely or who has been 
converted to terminal departure through execution of 


5/25/45 
Release # 194 


C-2283 P4 bu 






Exhibit (20*8.60) 


-4 

1 

1 

P 

3 

' to 

o 
A 
a 
«rt 
- P 

1 H Ii 

x g R § & 

1 i 1 11 

a i « i s 

rl * * * * » e j*c H b * a s Je H B B B B 

1 ■* l * 3 

I 11 11 

i Si i s 

>» a. >> t h S>i 

| - 1 1 ‘ 1 

^ ^ m 

g S 8 a e © 

1 1 1 §11 

S 5! 

O r-J 

i & 

« 

XHMM XXMHMMKHKHMMMH 

S* h 

to ii 

*ri 

Q g 

M M H K W K HKXKWHHH H H H M H 

ii 

M H H K 

CO 

3 

& 

O 

*8 

1 

3 

% 

1.. . 

3 

3 

*rl 

£ 

l 

a 

& 

3 

s 

H 

1 I % 8 

4> t# 1 a | 

J © g « o s 

W t S o 3 

HO H +3 & 3 H 

1 5 i K : 1 * 

o| ° o3o? % 

^ § 1 -g * * * J s* 

| 4 | f f 5 1 a 3 { 1 1 \ t | * | 1 

trills i^lllgi4i«!g 

1 ^ 8. ■§ >, **« S '3|slI^8'SSll‘ > S 

{ I 1 I { 1 1 5 1 3 1 1 3 | | 3 2 1 1 ! 

oEsflawfc SSpOO»«H020.fiH 

Form No* 

mini nniimnn 


C-2281 P# 


5/25/45 

Release |* 194 

















Exhibit (20.8*60) 



C-2283 P« tu 


e * 194 
















Exhibit (20.e.60) 


in 

I 

ft 


i 


«a 

o 

ft 


a 

o 


a 

O 

ft 

u 


X 


X 



« H X X 


M X X X 


X 







X X X X 


X 




I 

H 

& 

4* 




c-*a«j P7 bu 


80 jC 194 















Exhibit (20*8«60) 


I 


I 

Q 

3 

n 

o 

P. 

ra 


& 

& 

3 

8 

•rl 

rH 

I 

■** 

1 

a 

& 

.4 

s 

© 

O 

ro 


I 

o 

H 

O 

© 

a 

a 

O 


4 


a 

3 

3 


* 

•rl 

O 

O 

© 

Pi 


a 

a 

p, 




fc 

o 

I 

o 

o 




K X K K * 




ra 

a 

Pi 

O 

o 

*H 

o 

a 

d 


I 


§ 

•H 

s 

§ 

s 

& 

a 

s 

Eh 


I 

•8 
55 

P 

a | 

| I 


+> 

(Q 


2 § 

H * 

2 ? t 

i 11 * 



i § 

s a 

§ i 

6h Eh 

I 1 

£ S 

& & 

Vl Vl 


CJ 

I 

d 

•H 

l 

P< 

•rl 

3 

I 


O 

+» 

l 


i 

5 


& & 



s 

a 

& 

Vl 

a 

o 

•H 

1 

I 

§ 


fl 

o 


•n 

I 

VI 

o 

0 

I 

o 

55 


E 

3 


« 

o 

.4 

CO 


S 

3 


• €> 

g H 


3 

4» 


t 

O 

A 

CO 


o 

5zs 


► 

© 

8? 


! i I H f n 




C—2283 P8 Itt 


5/25/46 
Release + 194 




















Exhibit (20*8*60) 



£"2293 PC tin 


WRAi»CL72 ^Record for Indefinite Leave * • ' 1 X ! X I When File is Forwarded to Washington 

• Disposable at Centers if letter frost addressee is not written on form* 

5/25/45 
Release 2 S 194 


















Exhibit (20*8.60) 



i 


< 


5/25/43 
RsXs&s® 1* 104 













Exhibit (20.8.60) 


) 


n 

A. 



W 

o 

p. 

<a 


* 

o 

3 


to 

•H 

Pi 

o 


© 

1 

M 


6 

•H 

& 


O 

tO 

£ 

fe 

4* 

.15 


o 

a 


o 

S'/ 



£> o. 

§ § 

Jd 





o 

I * 

3 




KWHHHXKtt WK 


M M M 



C -2283 PU b u 


5/25/45 
Release j* 194 
















Exhibit (20.8.60) 


co 


% 


(8 

P 

3 

a 

$ 

•ri 

P 


-O 

(0 

•H 

Vt 

H 

0 

a 

4 * 

5 

a 

« 

►» 


g 

t 


1 * 


h 

0 


o 

o 

H 

O 

© 

£ 

8 

o 


© 

8 

I 


ca 

o 


I 

s 


A 

o 

•rl 

a 

Gt 

o 

S* 


* 

o 

I 

p 


4 ? 


X X 


X X 


X H 


XXXXXXXXXXX 


X 


X X X X X M 


XXX 


«0 


§i 

o 

<H 

O 

■a 


•e 

o 




g 

•H 

"pj 


s 

g 

a 

+» 


o 

o 

+> 

n 

I 

0 

P 

ii 

i 

r 

0 


I 


"S 

i 

■*» 

CO 

I 

1 

I 

§ 

•H 

I 

0 

IS 

I 

K 




o 

W 



















Exhibit (20«8«60) 



C-2283 P19 *>U 


5/25/46 























Exhibit (20*8*60) 



C.2283 PI 4 bu 


5/25/45 

ReheftBe jf 194 



















Exhibit (20*8 *60) 







f.3 

If 

irt iti 


C ~9XB3 Pia bu 


K5T * « 

















Exhibit (20*8*60) 



C—8863 P16 tu 


* 194 
































Exhibit (20*8*60) 

























LA- 399 


Exhibit (20.8.62) 


WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


Center 


I ROUTING SHEET 


Routing Sheet No. 
Re* 


For Collection of 
Individual and 
Family- 
Records 


ClSsT Name) (1st Name-,tapanese) (1st Name-EncTxiKJ 

Family Number _ 

Age______ 

Date Left Center 


CHECK HERE IF FAMILY RECORDS TO BE INCLUDED 


lie above person has left the center indefinitely. Please pull all records and corres- 
ondence in your office relating to this person. Destroy all non-record material and 
ecord material scheduled for disposal. (See Manual 20.8.32, 20.8.60). Arrange remain- 
er in chronological order with most recent on top. Arrange undated material, such as 
orms, on the bottom. Bind all under a completed Face Sheet, insert in attached envel- 
pe, and send to the next office on the routing. If the sheet is checked for family 
ecords, insert them unbound. 


E CERTAIN THAT ALL RECORDS PERTAIN T O T HE INDIVIDUAL LISTED ABOVE 





ROUTE TO* 


RECORDS PULLED 

Individual Family 



DATE 

Gut 

MiranMn<iW)« i-w ' u«ui titM 


Relocation 
Evacuee Property 


Education 

Welfare 


Health 


Proj. Attorney 
Personnel Management 
Office Services 


Statistics 


Note: Under "Records Pulled" place a check mark if you 
have inserted records from your office in the attached 
envelope; or write "none" if you have none. 

PLEASE EXPEDITE HANDLING 

Received in Washington by 

Date 


S/25/US 
Release # 19 h 


C —8983 **10 n * #u 
























































































% 



























































































































































































WRA Manual 


Qf li&t. Serviceg__ 20.8 


(. 62 ) 


Forra WRA-222 during the previous 24 hours. Persons 
leaving on Short Term Pass shall not be included. 

The original of the Routing Sheet shall be affixed 
to an envelope large enough to accomodate the mate¬ 
rials to be collected and placed in circulation to 
the Divisions and Sections on the Routing Sheet. 

The copies of the Routing Sheet shall serve the pur¬ 
poses described in this Section, 20.S.71. 

A copy of the Routing Sheet, Forra WHA-399, is append¬ 
ed as an exhibit to this section. 

.63 For persons who have left the Center prior to the ef¬ 
fective date of this Manual Section, the Statistician 
shall proceed as outlined above. Bach day he shall 
prepare and place in circulation Routing Sheet for a 
sufficient number of persons to cover the back-log of 
indefinite departures in approximately 60 days. 

In general, in order to facilitate the pulling of re¬ 
cords in the Divisions and Sections on the Routing 
Sheet, each day*s selection shall be made in alpha¬ 
betical sequence with envelopes for family members 
together. 

.64 Each Division and Section, as envelopes reach it, 
shall pull individual records, and family records 
if so indicated on the Routing Sheet, for the evac¬ 
uees named and shall dispose of all non-record mate¬ 
rial and record material designated for immediate 
destruction in Manual 20.3.60. Record material des¬ 
ignated for destruction at a later date shall be 
filed as shall be decided at each center (in the 
Statistics central evacuee file or in the files of 
the Division or Section involved) and the remaining 
material shall be assembled in chronological order 
with the most recent dates on top and bound togeth¬ 
er under a Face Sheet (see Exhibit attached to this 
Section). 

Undated material, such as forms, shall be placed at 
the bottom of each set of records and, for ease in 
location, shall be arranged in the same order in 
each docket. 


5/25/45 

Release # 194 


&*ethod 

of 

Gathering 

Records 


Bao Jo-Log 


Assembly 

of 

Records 

Not Disposable 


C-29RS PS1 bu 












WRA Manual 


Office Services_20*8 


Education 

Records 


Dunny Cards 


Responsibility 

of 

Statistician 


Family 

Rooords 


C-8283 P22 btt 


(.64) 


Care shall be taken that information collected and 
bound by each Division and Section shall pertain to 
the particular individual whose name appears on the 
Routing Sheet. Bach record shall be compared, inso¬ 
far as possible, with the complete name, family num¬ 
ber and age as given on the Routing Sheet* 

The properly arranged and bound dockets shall be in¬ 
serted in the envelopes and sent to the next office 
on the Routing Sheet* If any office has no records 
for the evacuee in question, this shall be noted on 
Form WRA-399 and the envelope sent on* 

.65 Elementary and secondary school transcripts and oth¬ 
er permanent school records shall be handled as out¬ 
lined in handbook 30*3*6B* 

*66 The Divisions and Sections shall place dummy cards 
in their files which shall bear the names of evacu¬ 
ees, their family numbers, and the dates their rec¬ 
ords were collected, bound and placed in the appro¬ 
priate envelopes* This will exnedite checking for 
mislaid case envelopes* 

.67 The Statistician shall include on the Routing Sheets 
the names of all Divisions and Sections which have 
evacuee records and in such order that collection 
will be facilitated. He shall see that a supply of 
Face Sheets is mimeographed and that proper distri¬ 
bution is made*' He shall also see that the provi¬ 
sions of the Manual are followed. The Office Serv¬ 
ices Section will, if requested, give advice on the 
disposal of record and non-record materials. 

.68 Records on families rather than individuals shall 
be handled as follows: 

A* Form WRA-95, Basic Family Card, and Form WCCA- 
S3, Social Data Registration Form, shall be re¬ 
tained at the center until all evacuee residents 
have left. Forms WRA-95 shall then be assembled 
alphabetically by surname, and by family number 
within each surname, and the WCCA-S3 t s shall be 
assembled by family number only and shipped to 
Washington. 


5/25/45 
Release # 194 






Exhibit (20.8.6U) 


(Page 8|- n x 1U« with top 3^° folded over) 


Centex 


Date 


Section or Division 


Family No* 


TLas t“ Name) (Japan es e) (T^ncfTfsKT 


5/25 A5 

Release # 19U 


C-2S83 ^28 B#ba 



















I 







































' 






































































Witt Manual 


-Qf£lC-9 3ervice3 20.8 


(. 68 ) 

B. All other family records not scheduled for dis¬ 
posal shall be collected by the Divisions and 
Sections involved at the time the last member of 
the family leaves the center indefinitely. For 
backlog cases and in instances in which all mem¬ 
bers of a family leave at the same time, family 
records shall be placed in the envelope of the 
head of the family. When family records should 
be pulled, the Statistician shall make the nec¬ 
essary notation on the Routing Sheet. Family 
records shall be inserted in the proper enve¬ 
lope but shall not be bound under a Face Sheet 
with individual records. 

.69 When envelopes return to the Statistics Section, the 
Statistician shall pull from his files any corresoond- 
ence and other record material which is not schedul¬ 
ed for destruction (except WCCA-S3, see subsection 
•68a above). This material shall be arranged and 
bound under a Face Sheet. 

.70 If some or all evacuee records to be transmitted to 
Washington have already been consolidated at the 
Center, the Division or Section holding them shall 
be responsible for disposing of non-record material 
and record material scheduled for disposal, and for 
assembling and binding the remaining material in 
one docket as described above. 

.71 Routing Sheets, numbered consecutively from 1, shall 
be prepared in triplicate. The originals, which 
were attached to the envelopes, will be returned to 
the Statistics Section when materials in other Di¬ 
visions and Sections have been collected. 

The carbons will be kept together until the enve¬ 
lopes are returned and shall serve as a tickler 
file for outstanding envelopes. Upon return of the 
envelopes and after collecting materials in the Sta¬ 
tistics Section, the Statistician shall indicate on 
all copies of the Routing Sheet, under "Records 
Pulled", which Divisions and Sections have collect¬ 
ed and transmitted records for the evacuee involved. 
The Statistician shall then remove the original 
Routing Sheet from the envelope and make the follow¬ 
ing disposition of all Routing Sheets. 


5/25/45 
Release # 194 


Family 

Reoords 

(Cont’d.) 


Final 

Assembly 


Reoords 

Previously 

Consolidated 


Use of 

Routing 

Sheets 


-2283 P25 bu 






WRA Manual 


Office Services 2Q*$ 


(. 71 ) 


Check -with 
Roster 


Sht'^ing 
of 

Reoord.8 


Answering 

Inquiries 

at 

Center 


Original Retain at center until receipt¬ 

ed copy returned from Washington. 

2 Carbons Send in container with records 

to Relocation Planning Division, 
Statistics Section, Washington, 
with covering letter identify¬ 
ing, by serial numbers, which 
Routing Sheets being sent (e.g. 
Nos. 1 through 289 and 291 
through 302)• 

.72 After all dockets have been assembled in alphabetical 
order and before shipment, the Statistician shall 
make a careful check of each name against his Name by 
Name Accounting Roster (Handbook 50.8.6 b) to be sure 
that no information for this accounting is missing 
and that information which has been collected is cor¬ 
rect • 

.73 Every two weeks, or more often if more practical, the 
Statistician shall transmit to the Statistics Section 
in Washington the accumulation of records. The doc¬ 
kets for each evacuee, bound under a Face Sheet, 
shall be assembled in one folder, if possible, or oth¬ 
erwise arranged so that all records for each person 
will be kept together. Records will be arranged al¬ 
phabetically by surname and by given name before 
transmission. Family records shall be alphabetized 
separately by surname and given name of family head 
and shall be designated as family records in each 
transmittal. The two carbon copies of the ^touting 
Sheets will be enclosed, together with a covering 
letter identifying, by serial numbers, which Routing 
Sheets are being sent. 

.74 After records have been sent to Washington, many 

routine inquiries about former residents can be an¬ 
swered, by the Center from the A< arae by Name Accounting 
Foster. Inquiries in the field of evacuee property 
shall be referred to the appropriate West Coast Area 
or District Office. All other inquiries shall be re¬ 
ferred to Washington for reply. 


5/25/45 
Release # 194 


C-2S83 P28 bu 




IRA Manual 


Office Senleas . 2Qt£ 


•75 Form WRA-399 will not be circulated to the Internal 
Security Section. The Washington copies of WRA-246 
and WIiA-247 will be preserved for the permanent 
record; the center copies in Internal Security shall 
be turned over to Office Services at the time of cen¬ 
ter closure for destruction. At that time, any gen¬ 
eral correspondence in Internal Security files shall 
be forwarded to Office Services for incorporation 
into the center*s central file# The only center In¬ 
ternal Security record to be transmitted to Washing¬ 
ton is the alphabetical (card) index to Forms WRA- 
246 and WRA-247 which includes name of principal, 
crime category, name of center, and date of crime. 

It shall be sent through the center Office Services 
Section, at center closure. 


Interns! 

Security 

Reoords 


5 / 25/45 

Release # 194 


6-1*83 P*7 a#b«-ftaal 

































' 

. 










































































WRA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 


•1 Policies, procedures and regulations governing the work 
of the War Relocation Authority will be issued in the 
following form. 


Form of 
Procedural 
and policy 
Documents 


A. The Administrative Manual, of which this is a part, 
will be made up of statements of basic policy and 
general procedures of interest to all administrative 
personnel. 


Administra¬ 

tive 

Manual 


B. Administrative Handbooks will be issued on parti¬ 
cular subjects to include detailed or technical 
procedures, supplementary to Manual material, which 
are not of general interest but are necessary to 
particular administrative units for their work. 


Admlnistra— 
tive 

Handbooks 


C. Administrative Notices will constitute a numbered 
series of announcements, notices, or temporary reg¬ 
ulations which have no place in the Manual or Hand¬ 
books . 


Admlni str s*- 
tive 
Notices 


D. Washington Office Instructions will include proced- Washington 
ures or regulations, supplementary to the Manual, Office 

which are applicable only to the Washington Office. Instructions 
They will be issued on pink paper. 


E. Projects and Field Offices are authorized to issue 
their own Field Instructions on colored paper. 

They will supplement the Manual and Handbooks by 
providing procedures or regulations left to the dis¬ 
cretion or jurisdiction of the field station, and 
shall apply only to the station at which issued. 
Three copies of each Field Instruction already is¬ 
sued, and of each hereafter issued, must be sent to 
the Director in Washington. 


Field 

Instructions 


F. The Manual shall bo organized by Chapter, section, 
subsection and paragraph. For example, these lines 
are found in the Chapter on Administrative Policies 
(20), section on Procedures (.9), subsection on 
form of procedural and policy documents (.1), and 
paragraph F. A reference bo this material would 
read "Paragraob F of Manual Section 20.9•l n « Hand¬ 
books, Washington office and Field Instructions 
shall be so organized that their numbering systems 
key into the Manual outline, and thus show their 
supplementary relationship to the Manual. 


Organization 

and 

Nomenclature 


/ 


• 2 


Issuance of Washington releases will be handled as follows. 


Washington 

Issuance 


Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 


C-1280-p3-bu 






WRA Manual 


Procedures 20*? 


Preparation 


Origin 




Clearance 






(. 2 ) 

A. Preparation of Manual releases. Handbooks, Ad¬ 
ministrative Notices and Washington Instructions 
shall be the responsibility of the Washington 
Procedures Office. 

B. Ordinarily, Washington procedural releases will 
originate in the Division or Section, either in 
Washington or in the field, which is concerned 
with the subject. Washington Divisions wishing 
to get an instruction issued should prepare a 
draft and discuss it with the Procedures office 
and with the heads of any other Divisions or , 
Sections concerned with the subject matter. If 
basic policy is involved, it should be discussed 
at a staff meeting. A draft acceptable to all 
should then be prepared and given to the Proced¬ 
ures Office for clearance and issuance. Re¬ 
leases Authority-wide in scope that are desired 
by Projects or Field Assistant Directors should 

be forwarded by the Project Director or Field 
Assistant Director to Washington, where the Pro¬ 
cedures Office will have the responsibility for 
seeing that further clearance is made and a final 
draft prepared for issuance. Other field offices 
should send procedural drafts to the Chiefs of 
their Divisions in Washington for approval and 
forwarding to the Procedures Office. 

C. When the Procedures Office receives a procedural 
draft it shall review for consistency with other 
procedures, adherence to basic policy, and edit 
for form and organization of the material. Next, 
it shall make sure that all appropriate clear¬ 
ance has been or is made. If time permits, gen¬ 
eral field clearance should be secured on re¬ 
leases of major importance by sending duplicated 
copies of the draft simultaneously to all Projects 
or other field stations together with a deadline 
for returning comments. This same procedure 
should be used in the Washington office if gen¬ 
eral clearance seems desirable to the Procedures 


< 

v / 

5/10/44 

Supers.des Issuance of 7/5/43 



;YRA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 


► 


(. 20 ) 

Office, and has not already been secured in a 
staff meeting or general conference. Follow¬ 
ing divisional clearance the Procedures Office 
will prepare the release in final fern and route 
for staff clearance by the Solicitor and the 
Executive Officer. 

D. “ The Director will approve Manual and Handboo* Re¬ 
leases, and the Director or the Assistant Direc¬ 
tor will approve Administrative Notices and 
Washington Office Instructions. 

.3 The Washington Procedures Office shall also upon re¬ 
quest help Divisions prepare drafts before they are 
discussed with other Divisions; or it will draft pro¬ 
cedures from notes, corresoondence copies, or oral 
explanations. 

•U The Procedures Office shall utilize all practicable 
means of keeping informed of changes or clarifications 
in the WRA program, and shall be responsible for see¬ 
ing that the Manual accurately reflects such develop¬ 
ments . 

•5> In emergencies when time will not allow for regular 
issuance, instructions may be prepared in the form of 
wires. They shall be given to the Procedures Office 
for necessary rush clearance. Emergency Instructions 
containing procedures to be incorporated later into 
the Manual or Handbook shall be issued under signa¬ 
ture of the Director; others may be signed by the Di¬ 
rector or the Assistant Director. After transmission 
of the message, a copy shall be given to the Procedures 
Office for preparation of mimeographed confirmation 
copies, and for preparation of a Manual or Handbook 
release if the Instruction is. of continuing validity. 
Each Emergency Instruction shall be observed until 
the occasion for its issuance has passed or a Manual 
or Handbook release replaces it.. 

.6 Field Instructions shall be approved by the head of 
the field station in which the instructions apply, 
and shall be cleared and issued in such manner as 
the head may prescribe, 

.7 Releases will be sent out in the following manner. 


Approval 


Further 

Procedural 

Service 


Review for 
Procedures 
Material 



Preparation 
of Field 
Instructions 


Distribution 


5/10/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 


C-1286—pS-bu 



WRA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 


Duplication 


MiH 1 ^ r> g 


Covering 

Notice 


Extra oopies 


(.7) 

A. Following anoroval of a Washington release it 
will be routed to the Procedures Office for 
preparation of the duplicator’s copy. This 
will not carry initials or signature, but an 
initialed and signed copy must be placed in 
the files to support each release. 

B. Distribution of Washington releases will be 
made according to Distribution Codes, listed 
below together with the principal use for each 
Code. Copies of the Codes will be supplied 
all Manual holders as Index III to the Manual.. 
This Index should be used by field station 
mail rooms in routing copies of releases, re¬ 
ceived through the mail in an envelope or 
bundle, to individual staff members. The head 
of any field station nay revise the distribu¬ 
tion at his center or office, and may apply to 
Washington to receive a different number of 
copies under a Code. 

Code A - Manual releases, Solicitor’s Opinions, 
Administrative Notices 
Code P - Handbook releases 
Code C - Messages to entire staff 
Code D - ’Washington Office Instructions 
Code E - Emergency Instructions 
Code F - Finance Handbook releases 
Code G - Press Review and Information Digest 
Code R - Relocation Division Memoranda 
Code S - Statistical Releases 
Code W - Washington Notices 
Code X - Confidential Solicitor’s Opinions 

C. Unnumbered Administrative Notices will be used 
to transmit Manual and Handbook releases. These 
will list the sections, subsections, and para¬ 
graphs covered and will give any background or 
explanation of the need for issuance which may 

be appropriate. Such explanation will not appear 
in the body of the Manual or Handbook. 

D. Extra Copies will be kept in Washington and sent 
out upon request.. 


\ 


5/10/44 / 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/6/43 



WRA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 



.8 Amendment of the Manual and Handbooks will be made 
by re-issuing each sheet on which the text needs 
amending. Amendments will be issued in the same 
manner as the original material. They will carry 
date of issuance and a notation of the section su¬ 
perseded. 

.9 Procedural material shall be maintained after re¬ 
ceipt as follows. 


Amendments 


Melntemaoe 


A. Manuals and Handbooks will be kept in special 
binders issued from Washington. Bach official 
on the distribution list shell be responsible 
for keeping his Manual up to date by filing new Mm« * 1 and 

releases and enendments, and for making it a- EwaSkeok 

vailable, for official use, to other persons 
not on the distribution list. Tables of Con¬ 
tents and Indexes will be issued for the Manual 
and Handbooks. 


B. Field Instructions, or Washington Office In¬ 
structions, as the case may be, shall be filed 
in the Manual or Handbook next to the Sections 
they supplassent. 


Field or 
Washington 
Inrtroot!ana 


C. Administrative Notices shall be kept, while 
valid, in such binders as may be available. 
Notices covering Manual or Handbook releases 
should be kept on file, both for reference and 
as a record of the releases received. 

* 

.10 Manual and Handbook releases should be read care¬ 
fully by all appropriate staff members before being 
filed away. They may appropriately be placed on 
the agenda of staff meetings. Suggestions and 
criticism forthcoming should immediately be for¬ 
warded to the Washington JProcedures Office. 

.11 All permanent policies and procedures of WRA will be 
incorporated into the Manual or a Handbook as early 
as possible. As new releases are issued they will 
carry notice of any Administrative Instruction, Ad¬ 
ministrative Notice, or Emergency Instruction, now 
superseded, in which the Procedure was first author¬ 
ized, until specifically superseded, however, each 
Administrative Instruction, Administrative Notice 
and Emergency Instruction will remain in effect. 


Chook 

Lists 


Study 

and 

Concent a 


Caorereie® 

te 

ifcsnsl 


11/10/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/10/44 
Release § 137 

C—1788 P8 











WRA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 


j 


Sivisional 
instruct! etna 


.12 Heads of Washington Divisions are authorized to is¬ 
sue instructions to members of their staff in Wash¬ 
ington or in field offices outside centers and under 
administrative supervision of the Washington Division 
Chief, insofar as these do not depart from establish¬ 
ed policy or basic procedure prescribed in the Manual 
or Handbook, and do not encroach on the administra¬ 
tive responsibilities of another Division. Informa¬ 
tion copies of-material of interest to other Divisions 
should be sent to the Heads of Divisions in Washington 
and to the Procedures office. 

.13 The following duties and responsibilities will be per¬ 
formed by a Procedures Officer at each center. The 
function of Center Procedures Officer is hereby as¬ 
signed to the Assistant Project Director in charge of 
Administrative Management who may delegate it to 
another member of the division staff. 


Center 

Procedures 

Officer 


A. He shall see that Washington issuances are re¬ 
ceived in the correct amounts, and that they re¬ 
ceive proper distribution at the center among the 
staff members. He shall be prepared to advise 
staff members on maintenance of procedural mater¬ 
ials. 

B. He shall where he deems necessary arrange for dis¬ 
cussion and training in new procedural issuances 
as they are received. He shall work with other 
staff members in putting into effect new procedures, 
if so requested. When,a procedure involves more 
than one division he shall take the initiative in 
securing cooperation for the new operation, when 
requested to do so by the division chiefs concern¬ 
ed. He shall be responsible for following up to 
make certain that the provisions of all procedural 
issuances are being fully complied with at the 

center. 

C. He shall be on the alert at all times for sug¬ 
gestions and criticisms concerning Washington pro¬ 
cedures. Those not resolved in discussion, he 
shall present to the Project Director for forward¬ 
ing to the Director in Washington. These may be 
requests for a slight modification to fit local 
conditions or they may be recommendations for re¬ 
vision of WRA policy or mechanics of operation. 


11/10/44 (j 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/10/44 
Release # 137 


C-178B P* bo 





WRA Manual 

(. 12 ) 


Procedures 20.9 


D. He shall develop center suggestions for new pro¬ 
cedures and see that they are sent to Washington 
(20.9.2b). He shall receive procedures sent in 
draft form from Washington and secure center 
clearance (20.9.2C). 

E. He shall be responsible for clearance of center 
procedures, and issuance after their approval by 
the Project Director. In this connection he 
shall, in cooperation with the Divisions affect¬ 
ed, secure implementation of policies where methods 
of operation are left to the field to develop, 
when requested to do so by the responsible Di¬ 
vision Chief or Section Head. He will be res¬ 
ponsible for seeing that center instructions are 

in conformity with WRA policy and procedures, and 
that center instructions are appropriately amend¬ 
ed when the Manual or Handbook is revised. He 
shall send copies of center instructions to 
Washington (20.9.IE). 


F. He shall work closely with the Center Forms Clear¬ 
ance Officer to make certain that appropriate in¬ 
formation and instructions are issued concerning 
center-designed forms when necessary and that all 
forms and procedures are in agreement. 

.14 At field offices of WRA and at the Fort Ontario Bner- 

gency Refugee Shelter the functions outlined in Section 
20.9.13 shall be assumed by the head of the area office 
in the case of relocation offices and the Director of 
the Shelter in the case of the shelter, or shall be 
delegated to a member of their staffs. 


Field 

Office 

Procedures 

Officer 


11/10/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/10/44 
Release # 137 


C-1785 P5 n#bu-final 






























- 

















.. •• 














■ 

. j 

‘ 

•- 

( 

’ 





















. 
















































































m 


Procedures 


♦20 All legal opinions issued by the Office of the Solic¬ 
itor in Washington will be in the form of memoranda 
addressed to the Director and signed by the Solicitor# 
These will be issued in a numbered series of Solici¬ 
tor* s Opinions# 


•21 Solicitor*s opinions will be distributed as follows 

A# Following signature and numbering of the opinion, 
the original will be sent to the Director, and 
duplicated copies prepared for distribution to 
persons listed in distribution Code A# 

6# Requests to receive Solicitor's Opinions should be 
made to the Director, attention the Office Manager. 

C# Opinions marked ** Confidential" will not be given 
. general distribution# 

D# Cumulative Index-Digests of Solicitor's Opinions 
will be issued periodically to all persons on the 
distribution list# 




Solicitor’s 
Opinions 


Distribution 


Distribution 

List 

Confidential 

Opinions 


Index 


7/16/43 

Supersedes A#I# $ 3 



































< . ^ 











A 








% 


* 

. 




















. 






















• • 


. 

- 











■ 














< 












































































■ 












\ 
























































A 


WRA Manual 


Procedures 20*9 


•30 Farms for use in the program of the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority shall be: (a) Standard U. S. Government Forms; 
(b) in the absence of Standard Forms, appropriate forms 
of the Office for Emergency Management; (c) in the ab¬ 
sence of both Standard and OEM Forms, officially ap¬ 
proved forms of the WRA. 


Offioial 

FonnB 


•31 WRA forms shall be issued in the following manner: issuance 


A. When a new form is considered necessary the Division 

or Section concerned shall draw up a spec.imen and Origin 

send it to the Washington Procedures Office. 


P. 


The Procedures Office shall clear the form with any 
other Division concerned with the operation with clearance 

which the form is connected; shall clear the form ana 

with the Solicitor, route it to the Assistant Direc- Approval 
tor for approval, and assign a number to the approved 
form. It will be the responsibility of the Procedures 
Office to see that forms do not duplicate one another, 
or imply conflicting procedures. 


C. Following approval the Procedures Office shall arrange 
initial duplication of the form with the Office Man¬ 
ager, and shall deposit in files a properly initialled 
draft of the form as evidence as approval. Further 
orders of the form should be placed direct with the 
Office Manager. 


Duplication 


D. Standard Forms, OEM Forms, or WRA forms may be pre¬ 
scribed in WRA procedures, and in this case will be 
approved when the procedural release is signed. 


Approval 

•with 

Procedures 


.32 The Procedures Office will be responsible for clearance 
of WRA forms ’«ith the Bureau, of the Budget and other 
Government agencies, when this is required, prior to 
official WRA issuance. 


Budget Bureau 
Clearance 


.33 Centers and field offices which need forms in addition to 
existing Standard Forms, OEM Forms, or WRA Forms are au¬ 
thorized to issue such forms for their own internal use Field 

only, in accordance with the following procedure. - orms 

A. The Assistant Director in San Francisco is authorized 
to issue forms for the Evacuee Property program. 


5/22AU 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/16/U3 


C-1336 PI of 3 b 


u-c os -pun-wp 





WRA Manual 


» < 


Procedures 20*9 


(.33) 

B. Each Field Assistant Director, Project Director, 
and Relocation Supervisor shall designate a mem¬ 
ber of his staff, or shall himself serve, as 
Forms Clearance Officer for all forms issued in 
his jurisdiction. 

C. Each ^orms Clearance Officer, with technical 
guidance from the ’Washington Budget and Proced¬ 
ures Office, shall be responsible for reviewing 
all forms issued -in his jursidiction, and forr 


Field 

Forma 

(oont’d*) 


(1) Preventing duplication of forms and con¬ 
flicting procedures. 

(2) Insuring that such forms carry no statements 
contrary to WRA policy as set forth in the 
Manual or in other official regulations. 

(3) Clearing any proposed forms with the center 
statistician to insure that the technical 
knowledge of the statistician on the subject 
shall be utilized, that information is not 
collected which is already available, and 
that information of a quantitative nature be 
in such form as to be susceptible to clear, 
concise and convenient recording, classifi¬ 
cation, tabulation, and analysis. 

(h) Ascertaining that each form will achieve its 
purpose, is soundly constructed, and carries 
a proper descrintive title. 

(£) Ascertaining that instructions for comple¬ 
tion of form are adequate, clear, and con¬ 
cise, and tnat the form to which they apply 
is indicated by name and number - 

(6) Assigning a form number to each form he 

clears. This number, which shall appear in 
the upper left hand corner of each form, shall 
run in consecutive order and shall be oreceded 
by the initial WRA and the name of the center 
or field office in which it will be used, e.g.. 


5/22 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/16/U3 


I 


I 


C-4.336 P2 




* 


Y/RA Manual 


Procedures 20.9 



(.33C-6) 

'•l/WHA - Granada - 102". Revised forms shall carry 
the date of latest revision immediately after or 
under the form number, e.g., ”WRA - Great Lakes 
Relocation Area - 93, Rev. Ll-10-UU"* 

(7) Giving the authorization necessary to duplicate 
each form he clears. 

(8) Sending three copies of each form that is dupli¬ 
cated to the Washington Budget and Procedures Of¬ 
fice. These copies shall be marked ’’Sample" and 
shall be filled in with information from actual 
or hypothetical situations... 

(9) Sending three copies of each form that is duplica¬ 
ted to the 7/ashington Budget and Procedures Office. 
Each set of forms sent to Washington should be ac¬ 
companied by a copy of the policies and procedures 
it implements where possible, or by a brief de¬ 
scription of the purpose and the persons and of¬ 
fices using the forms. If any form appears to call 
for an unauthorized procedure, its alteration or 
discontinuance will be prescribed by the Director. 
If, on the other hand, the form appears to fill a 
need common to the whole Authority, it will be re¬ 
issued as a 7/RA form, which should be used by the 
originating office after the stocks of their own 
form are used up. Use of the form need not await 
word from Washington, however, but may take place 
immediately after approval by the Forms Clearance 
Officer. 

D. Each form that was drawn up at and is now in use by a 
center or field office shall, upon exhaustion of the 
present supply, be treated as a new form and undergo 
clearance steps (1) through (8) described in C above. 
Existing numbered forms on being rerun shall carry the 
same number where feasible, in the manner prescribed 
in C (6). Existing unnumbered forms on being rerun 
shall be numbered as if they were new forms. 


j 


Field 
Foims 
(Cont* d.) 








S/22M 

Supersedes Issuance of 7/16/L3 



C—1336 P3 n*bu-rinal 







WRA Manual , 


In£agnation. and Repo rts 20.10 


.1 Information to the public and to evacuees, adminis¬ 
trative reports, and photography are the responsi¬ 
bility of the Reports Division in Washington and at 
the centers, and of Reports Officers in field offi¬ 
ces* 


wra 

Organization 

for 

Infer on tion 
Work 


.2 A. The War Relocation Authority will make appropri¬ 
ate efforts to keep the public and evacuees in¬ 
formed of its policies and activities, by means 
of pamphlets, photographs, press releases, radio 
broadcasts, and use of other means of communica¬ 
tion* Requests for information by representa¬ 
tives of the press or other media of communica¬ 
tion will be complied with promptly and fully* 
Visits to relocation centers by representatives 
of the various media, including photographers, 
will be permitted ana encouraged, except in un¬ 
usual instances when the Project Director de¬ 
termines that such visits would be detrimental 
to the administration of the center. 


E. Staff members providing information on the WRA 
program will confine their statements to known 
facts and established policy, and will avoid 
speculation on future policy of the agency. 


.C* Relations with representatives of the press or 
other media ordinarily should be handled by the 
following persons: 

In 'Washington: The Director, or Chief of the 

Reports Division* 

At Centers: Project Directors or Reports Of¬ 

ficers • 

At Field Offices: Field Assistant Directors, 

Relocation Supervisors, Reloca¬ 
tion Officers, or Relocation Re¬ 
ports Officers* 

D. Photographic Documentation - see Section 20.10.50. 

E. Historical Documentation - see Section 20.10.30. 


WRA. 

Information 

Policy 




F. Project Newspapers - see Section 20.10.6 to 

20 . 10 . 10 * 


G. Administrative Reporting - see Section 20.10.20. 


Supersedes Issuance of l+/28/lii 
Release h 168 







WRA Manual 


information Sports_2£Ui£ 


Relations 
With OWI 


Procedures 


Press 

Releases 


Photographs 


Magazines 


Radio 


Speeohes 


.3 The WRA public information program has been plan¬ 
ned to fit into the program of the Office of War In¬ 
formation, especially in the field of information to 
the press magazines, and radio. Many activities of 
OWI, since August, 1943, have been discontinued, 
thus rendering inoperative certain portions of an 
agreement between OWI and WRA signed on April 13 and 
April 19, 1943* 

.4 A. Press releases prepared by the Washington of¬ 
fice for national circulation will be cleared 
with and issued by the News Bureau of OWI. Re¬ 
leases prepared by reports officers in the field 
for local or regional circulation and dealing 
with routine WRA activities may be issued direct¬ 
ly to the press with approval of the responsible 
staff officer at the point concerned. Local or 
regional releases that deal with national WRA 
policy or that cut across the national activi¬ 
ties of other government agencies, however, 
should be cleared with the Reports Division in 
Washington prior to release. 

B. WRA photographs that have been aporoved for re¬ 
lease by the Reports Division in Washington may 
be released by reports officers in the field to 
newspapers or magazines, either in response to 
request or on the initiative of the field re¬ 
ports officers. Photographs should not be re¬ 
leased for exclusive use of a particular publi¬ 
cation, however, without advance approval of 
the Reports Division in 'Washington. 

C. Contacts with national magazines of general cir¬ 
culation ordinarily will be made by the Washing¬ 
ton office of WRA, with the knowledge and assis¬ 
tance of OWI. 

D. Requests for radio time will be cleared through 
the appropriate radio representative of OWI, in 
Washington or in the field. This principle will 
apply to network and local broadcasts alike. 

E. bpeeches, including those in the form of radio 
broadcasts, by the Director of WRA or other 
ranking Washington staff members representing 
him will be cleared with OWI. 


C-204. P4 tou 


2/8/Jj5 

Supersedes Issuance of Li/2&/bh 
Release # l68 








WRA Manual---Information and Re ports 20.10 

(.4) 

F. Clearance for information originating in the 
Washington office for dissemination to the gen¬ 
eral public and residents of relocation centers 
is outlined in a chart supplementing this para¬ 
graph. The chart also indicates the recommend¬ 
ed method for reproduction of various types of 
informational material, the number of copies to 
be produced ana their distribution. For proce¬ 
dures on information originating in Relocation 
Field Offices, see Section 130.4.1 of the Manual. 

.5 A. Pamphlets, newsletters, leaflets, bulletins (ex¬ 
cepting Field Bulletins) and other informational 
materials to be reproduced in quantity (but not 
including news releases) prepared by relocation 
reports officers for use at relocation centers 
will be cleared with the Relocation division in 
Washington prior to release. This is in con¬ 
formity with Manual Section 130.4. 

B. Any WRA staff member preparing an article or 
feature story on ARA activities for a magazine 
of national circulation or a newspaper syndicate 
will submit one copy of the article or story to 
the Reports Division in 'Washington at the same 
time the material is submitted to the publisher. 
This procedure is intended primarily to keep the 
Reports Division informed of such releases but 
will also serve as a check on publication of in¬ 
formation which is inconcistent with WRA policy. 
Staff members preparing such articles should 
confine themselves to factual reporting and 
should not deal with controversial policy ques¬ 
tions • 

C. Any WRA staff member preparing an article (news 
releases not to be included) about phases of tne 
WRA program for publication in magazines or news¬ 
papers of local or regional circulation will sub¬ 
mit a copy of the article to the Project Director 
(or head of field office) for review as to fac¬ 
tual correctness. Material which apoears to be 
of a type suitable for a larger publication than 
the one for which it was originally intended 
should be called to the attention of the Resorts 
Division in Washington. The Reports Division 


Clearanoo, 

Duplication 

and 

Distribution 


Information 

Materials 








2/8/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/28/44 
Release jj- 168 




WRA. Manual 


Information and Reports 20.10- 


(.5C) 


Project 

Newspapers 


will assist in finding a better market provid¬ 
ing it meets with the approval of the writer* 

.6 At each YfRA center, a newspaper shall be establish¬ 
ed and operated as a means of keeping the residents 
of the center advised of WRA policies and decisions, 
of eliciting cooperation with »YRA ana of maintain¬ 
ing morale in the center, Evacuees will be encour¬ 
aged to take as much responsibility as possible for 
the paper, including the determination of news and 
editorial policy, and financing, either as a depart¬ 
ment of the Business Enterprise or as a separate 
trust. 

.7 A. Assistance and advice of the WRA administrative 
staff shall be available upon request to the 
busines.: enterprise or trust managing the news¬ 
paper, but the enterprise should 


Evacuee 

Manage 

Projeot 

Newspapers 


(1) Determine the financial policy of the news¬ 
paper, inclining that on solicitation of 
advertising and subscription rate. 

(2) Determine the editorial policy of the news¬ 
paper. 

(3) Determine the news coverage that will meet 
the needs and interest of the residents of 
the center. 

(4) Assume responsibility for the accuracy and 
integrity of reporting. 

(5) Determine the method of reproducing the news¬ 
paper (mimeographing, multilithing, printing, 
etc.) and make the necessary arrangements far 
such printing facilities may be established 
on a center without express permission from 
the National Director. 

(6) Select the newspaper staff and make changes 
therein, subject to the limitations on em¬ 
ployment by Business Enterprises in Section 
50.5.9. 


C -2044 P6 iu 


</8A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/22/UU 
Release if 16c 





MiA Manual_Information and Reports 20.10 

(.7A) 

(7) Publish in the newspaper Tactual information 
when requested by the Project Director. 

B. During the early stages, of its organization, the 
evacuee managed newspaper may not be able to pay 
its staff the standard cash compensation and cloth¬ 
ing allowance prescribed by Section 50.5. 

Since the newspaper will serve a valuable purpose 
in communicating official information to the evac¬ 
uees and in maintaining morale in the center, the 
Project Director is authorized to waive the re¬ 
quirements of Manual Section 30.7.BB regarding the 
evacuee staff of Business Enterprises, for such 
time as he may deem necessary and orovide cash com¬ 
pensation and clothing allowances for some or all 
members of the newspaper staff by designating 
them as members of the center administrative staff 
The Project Director may also, in his discretion, 
furnish the evacuee managed newspaper with space 
free of rent and a minimum amount of office suo- 

i 

plies free of charge. 

C. The Project Director may suspend publication and 
distribution of the evacuee managed newspaper in 
the event of flagrant disregard of the responsi¬ 
bilities that accompany publication of a newspa¬ 
per. 

.8 Vihere arrangements cannot be made for operation of 
the newspaper as a department of the Business Enter¬ 
prise, or where this is temporarily not possible, the 
Project Director shall establish and operate a news¬ 
paper as a function of center administration. The 
following policies will apply to eacn project newspa¬ 
per as long as it remains under WliA management. 

A. Such newspaper shall have as its purpose the keep¬ 
ing of evacuees informed of administrative deci¬ 
sions affecting their interests and of general ac¬ 
tivities within the center. 

B. The staff needed to issue and distribute the news¬ 
paper shall be recruited from qualified persons 


?/6A5 . , 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/22/UU 
Release ir 1&& 


Financing 


Suspension 

of 

Publication 


mk 

Managed 

Projeot 

Newspapers 


C-2 044 VI uu 




IJ&iling 
Lists for 
Projoots 
Newspapers 


C-2044 P8 * u 


WRA Manual 


Information and Reports iO.XO 


(•SB) 

among the evacuees and shall be on the rolls as 
regular evacuee administrative employees. 

C. The Project Reports Officer, under direction of 
the Project Director, shall exercise general su¬ 
pervision over the newspaper, but shall delegate 
as much responsibility as possible to the evac¬ 
uee staff. All available facilities shall be 
utilized for training the otaff to assume addi¬ 
tional responsibility. 

D. The evacuee staff shall be allowed the maximum 
freedom of expresoion short of libel, personal 
attack ana other utterances contrary to the gen¬ 
eral welfare. 

2. The newspaper shall not accept advertising. 

.9 Mailing lists for Project newspaper shall include 
the following: 

6 copies, Washington office, WRA 

1 copy. Project Director each relocation cen¬ 
ter 

1 copy, each Field Assistant Director 

1 copy, each Relocation Supervisor and Offi¬ 
cer 

1 copy, Sdward J. Ennis, Director, Alien En¬ 
emy Control Unit, Department of Justice, 
Washington, D. C. 

The Reports Officer at each Center shall report to 
Washington the names and connections of the persons 
to whom copies of project papers are being sent for 
purposes of public relations. 

.10 A. Both printed and processed newspaper issued at 
relocation centers and produced entirely at WRA 
expense may be mailed to WRA. offices, to other 
relocation centers, and to members of Congress un¬ 
der the penalty mailing privilege. Copies sent 
to the individuals and agencies listed in 20.1C.9 
may be sent under the free mailing privilege. 


2/8/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/30/43 
Release # 168 




WFA Manual 


Information and Renor ts 20.10 


(• 10 ) 

B. Center newspapers which are produced without ex¬ 
pense to KRA or which have only part of their 
production costs (such as light, heat, space, and 
cash advances for editorial and clerical person¬ 
nel) provided by the Authority will be mailed by 
the editorial staff only under postage. Reports 
Officers at the centers, however, may mail such 
newspapers in franked envelopes to WRA offices 
and to other government agencies for official pur¬ 
poses • 

C. All center newspapers, regardless of financing, 
will be mailed to private individuals and non-gov¬ 
ernmental organizations only under postage* Since 
it is desirable from the point of view of public 
relations for copies of center newspapers to be re¬ 
ceived by certain individuals and private organiza¬ 
tions, it is felt that the WRA is justified in ex¬ 
pending the necessary funds to buy postage stamps 
for mailing center newspapers to persons or agen¬ 
cies in this category. Project Procurement Offi¬ 
cers have the necessary authority to purchase post¬ 
age stamps for this purpose. 

•11 In recognition of the fact that a considerable number 
of evacuees can read only Japanese, it will be the doI- 
icy of the War Relocation Authority to produce certain 
written statements in the Japanese language. Recog¬ 
nizing also that it is necessary that translations be 
made of certain verbal communications between Y»ar Re¬ 
location Authority staff members and evacuees who do 
not speak or understand English thoroughly, it will be 
the policy of the War Relocation Authority to utilize 
the services of translators. 

.12 Each Project Director is authorized to recruit from 
among the evacuees a staff of persons competent in 
both English and Japanese languages, to work under 
the direction of the Project Reports Officer or oth¬ 
er designated staff member, in preparing Japanese 
language statements, including Japanese language sup¬ 
plements to the project newspaper, translations of the 
Administrative Notices, Instructions, announcements, 
posters and requests for co-operation, and also to in¬ 
terpret verbal statements when this is necessary. 


2/8A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/30/43 
Release ft 168 


Method of 

ProJeot 

Nervrspepors 


Policy on 
St atone nt 8 
in the 
Japanese 
Language 


Use at 
Translators 


C-2044 P9 bu 





AKA Manual 


Information and Reports 20.10 


Selection 

of 

Translators 


.13 Evacuees selected to do translating work will be 

those deemed thoroughly loyal to the United States, 
of high integrity ana accomplished in the use of 
both the English and Japanese languages. The di¬ 
rector of each center shall submit to the Director 
in Yuashington the name of each evacuee whose ser¬ 
vices are to be used in making translations, eith¬ 
er written or spoken, together with information on 
education and experience which would tend to indi¬ 
cate his competence in each of the two languages. 
The Director will notify eacn Project Director of 
translators approvec or disapproved for such ser¬ 
vice. 





C-2044 P10 l)«-flnal 


2/8A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/30/U3 
Release if 168 




- k/ZK/kk 
















fl 

o 

* 

M 

* 

4» 



•f o 1° . 

a «p *h o a 

C g * 

O O 4» p d 
P O t> O ►» 


«f» 

B 


3 f 


•p 

§ 


C5 

4* 

CO 



•p 

o 


8 


2 


I 

o 

« 


ii! 

d d jd O 
«?P 
« H -H 
c8 O jc >>*P| 


p C 

«t O 8 MO O 

W I® d i o 


11 


«n a 

o « o 

+* «rl 

44 fa « 

© O T« 

«H P* t> 
•P O «H 

o o: o 


T 

H 

O 

U 

a 


8 

•» 

a 

U 

V 

1 

V 

p 


a 

3 

1 

I 


a 

o 



r» 

o 

J 

8 

o 

•p 

u 

o 


Vi 3 4» 

° §4* 

m: 

«rl O 4 s 

p a 

«H VI jj 
4* O *P 

t >.Q • 

1 


a 

8 

a 

8 

a 


CO 

-P 

S 

In 

o 

a 

,§ 

£ 

•H 

+> 

4* 

«d 

s 

o 


a 


8 

4 s 


a w „ 
p fl 

■H O h O 

mm - * 

to+» . 
O tfl o 
« o pd 


II 


a 

t 

P, 




>30 


gP 

>30 © 

O X! 

fi 

55 E4 


• • 

«a /} 


C-1908 Pfl t>u 


















C- 19 98 P7 bu 


b/28 M 

































C-1998 Pi 



U/28/U h 
















C-l998 P9 bu 


U/28/h h 




















of InfoiEMCtion 



C-19®8 Pio tou final 


U/ 28 M 





Informa tion and Reports 20. IQ 


.14 A* Notwithstanding previous instructions to the con¬ 
trary, the use of the Japanese language in the 
project newspaper announcements, posters and 
other graphic materials is no longer restricted 
to translations of materials published or other¬ 
wise produced in English, except at the Tula Lake 
Center, where the restriction stated above shall 
continue. At other centers, production of orig¬ 
inal material in the Japanese language supplement 
" to the project newspaper is hereby specifically 
permitted. 

B. Tne Japanese language section of the paper shall 
be translated into English, and the translation 
checked for accuracy by the Reports Officer or by 
other responsible members of the appointed staff, 
before publication. The translator may be an 
evacuee,' but shall be a person not regularly en¬ 
gaged in the writing or production of the Japan¬ 
ese language section of the paper. 

.15 It is recognized that the differences in idiom be¬ 
tween the English and Japanese languages are such 
that an exact literal translation from one language 
into the other, may distort the meaning. Therefore, 
translators should be instructed to depart from lit¬ 
eral translations to such extent as may be necessary 
to transmit the accurate meaning. 

.16 A copy of each issue of the project newspaper, in¬ 
cluding the Japanese language supplement, shall be 
sent to Special War Policies Unit, Department of 
Justice, 501 Hutchins Building, Washington, D. C. 

.17 The Washington office of WRA will issue several types 
of material primarily for staff information, to be 
distributed to staff members at all points. There 
will be no objection to making the contents of these 
documents available to evacuees or to the public. 
Materials issued will include the following: 

• 

A. Information Digest — bi-weekly summary of ad¬ 

ministrative developments. 

B. Fress Review — listing and summaries of clip¬ 

pings from newspapers and magazines. 

The Reports Division in Washington will maintain a 
comprehensive file of clippings pertaining to the V/RA 
program. 


Published 

Materiel 

in 

Japanese 

Language 


Use of 
Idiom 


Special 

Distribution 

of 

Newspaper 


Staff 

Information 

Material 


0/26/44 , 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/30/43 


C-14 03 





















WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20.10 


.20 It is essential that the Director in Washington and 
members of his staff be kept promptly and adequately 
informed of progress and developments at each of the 
centers and in each Relocation Area. To provide 
that information, a system of administrative reports 
has been established and is hereby continued. 

A. The Project Director at each center is responsible 
to the Director in Washington for making regular 
reports of progress and activity. The Project 
Director may, hcwrever, delegate the responsibility 
for actually preparing such repoits to the head of 
each operating division or section since such per¬ 
sons are in the best position to compile the in¬ 
formation needed. He may also delegate to the 
Reports Officer responsibility for assisting div¬ 
ision or section heads in preparing the reports 
and for seeing that all reports are in good order 
and completed on time. 

B. Relocation Supervisors -will be responsible for sub¬ 
mitting monthly reports of progress of the relo¬ 
cation program in their area to the Chief of the 
Relocation Division. Responsibility for assembling 
information and preparing the report may be dele¬ 
gated to the Relocation Reports Officer. 

.21 Project reports shall be made each month on the follow¬ 
ing prescribed forms: 


YJRA-123, 

Rev 

WRA-125, 

Rev 

VRA-158, 

Rev 

VfRA-235 


WRA-236 


WRA-237 


WRA-23S 


WRA-239 


V/RA-2U0 


WRA-2U1, 

Rev 

7/RA-2U2 


WRA-2U3 


V/RA-2UU 


WRA-2U5 


WRA-3U1 


WRA-375 



12/?0 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 
Release # 153 


Agriculture 
Office of Reports 
Fire Protection 
Engineering 
Internal Security 
Government 
Education 

Community Activities 
Business Enterprises 
Evacuee Property 
Public Health 
7felfare 
Housing 

Vocational Training 
Relocation 

Medical Social Service 


i/iUM 


A<taini3t rative 
Reporting 


from 
Projeots 


from 

Relocation 

Area 


Project 

Report 

Forms 


C- l 904 bu-wp 





WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20.10 


« 


Preparation 

of 

Reports 


Submission 

and 

Summary 


•22 A, (1) The Project report forms listed above are 

designed to provide information in both 
statistical and narrative form. In some 
cases space is provided for the narrative 
report on the form itself. If additional 
sheets are used, they should be attached 
to the form, 

(2) Reports from Relocation Supervisors will 
be in narrative style, and no blank forms 
are provided. 

B, (1) Heads of project divisions should submit 
their reports to the Project Director on 
the last day of the month for which the 
report is made or as soon thereafter as 
possible. The Project Director, with the 
assistance of the Reports Officer, should 
assemble the reports fran the various div¬ 
isions and mail them to the Reports Lib¬ 
rary in Washington by regular mail not 
later than five days after the close of the 
calendar month* Monthly reports submitted 
by the various sections and divisions shall 
be summarized by the Project Director or 
persons acting for him before being trans¬ 
mitted to the Director, 


Number of 
Copies and 
Distribution 


(2) Reports from Relocation Supervisor should 
be mailed out not less than five days after 
the close of the calendar month, 

C, (1) An original and at least four copies should 
be made of each monthly report - both of 
the report farm itself and,any narrative re¬ 
port which may accompany it. Three copies 
should be sent to the Reports Library in 
Washington, one copy of the Evacuee Property 
Report to the Assistant Director in San 
Francisco, and one copy (or as many addition¬ 
al copies as may be needed) retained for 
center files. Copies to Washington should 
be assembled in three sets, each set contain¬ 
ing one copy of the report for each different 
division, with notations if any are omitted 
or are to be sent later. 


12 / 20 M 

Supersedes Issuence of 
Releese jf- 153 










C- 1 904 bu-final 









WRA 


Information and Reports 20.10 


(.22C) 

(2) Relocation Supervisors should submit three 

copies of each monthly report to the Reloca¬ 
tion Library in Washington. One copy will 
be placed in the Document files, one will be 
routed to the Chief of the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion, and one to the Director and division 
heads. 


.23 At the end of each week, the Project Director should 
prepare a brief narrative report to the Director in 
Washington setting forth the most significant develop¬ 
ments, problems and events of that week. Three copies 
of this report should be sent AIR-MAIL to Washington 
and one copy to the respective Field Assistant Dir¬ 
ector. (No regular form is prescribed for this report.) 

It is of the utmost importance, both from the stand¬ 
point of good administration and in answering requests 
for information, that the Director in Washington be 
kept informed of current developments at each of the 
centers. This weekly narrative report by the Project 
Director should not be a review of routine administra¬ 
tive activities. It should be brief, clear, and con¬ 
fined entirely to matters which have been of signifi¬ 
cant interest and concern to the staff and residents Weekly 

of the center during the week. Other members of the Report 

staff are urged to informthe Project Director of any¬ 
thing they may wish to have included in this weekly 
report• 


.2U In any emergency situation which may develop, the Pro¬ 
ject Director shall immediately communicate with the 
Direotor in Washington by telephone or telegraph. 

Such a report should be followed immediately by & 
written report giving detailed information and sent 
air-mail• 


Telegraphic 

Reports 


.25 Since the monthly reports on prescribed forms will not 
ordinarily provide an overall or complete picture of a 
continuing administrative activity, the Project Director 
should require that supplementary narrative reports be 
prepared from time to time on such continuing activity 
and also on outstanding events of community-wide inter- 
est--such as dedications of school buildings, agricul¬ 
tural fairs, and similar occasions. The responsibility 


Supplemental 

Report# 


11 / 50 /ki 

Supersede. A.I* § 57 


C-07B6 Pl3 bu 








Information and Bsports 20,10 


WRA 


(.25) 


ott «n 
Report* 


for preparing ouoh reports should be delegated to the 
Reports Officer who will assist and direct the staff 
of evacuee writers in the Documents Section in their 
compilation. These supplemental narrative reports 
may cover any phase of program of center administra¬ 
tion and of life among residents of the center, and 
may constitute a very important part of the document¬ 
ation program. They should be regarded as separate 
and distinct parts of that program and not be included 
with or considered as parts of the regular monthly "re¬ 
ports. These supplemental reports should be numbered 
in series and two copies of each should be submitted 
to the Director in Washington as soon as completed. 

.26 The Semi-annual Report of the War Relocation Authority 
to Congress and the President will be prepared by the 
Washington Office. Quarterly reports from the centers 
will no longer be required. Each division of the 
Washington office will submit a report to the Director 
on activities for which it is responsible, in January 
and July of each year. 


11/30/U3 

Supersedes A*I. ^ 57 


C-0755 P M bu 






m a 


Information and Reports 20.10 


•30 The preparation of historical reports of the War Relocation 
Authority program shall be a function of the Reports Division. 
This type of report shall include periodic administrative 
reports (quarterly or semi-annual) and a complete admin¬ 
istrative history of the agency, based on official reports 
and records of the agency, and on special reports requested 
from the Reports Officers in the field. 


Historical 

Reports 


•31 Reports Division staff members responsible for historical 

Reports shall consult with the WRA Records Officer on the 

handling of types of official records to be used in the 

preparation of such reports* 

•32 The WRA Library shall be maintained within the Reports 

Division of the Washington Office* Its functions will be: 

A* To order and maintain a library of books, periodicals, 
and other printed materials particularly pertinent 
to the operations of WRA. 

B. To operate an inter-library loan service through 
OEM Library for printed material needed by the 
Washington WRA staff for temporary use # 

C. To receive, record, and route all Center and Relo¬ 
cation Office reports, documents, and publications 
submitted by Reports Officers. 

D. To maintain a bibliographical record of magazine 
articles about WRA and Japanese Americans. 

E. To serve as library reference center for Yfashington 
staff* 

F. To provide research service for the Washington Re¬ 
ports Division. 

G. To maintain an order file of all printed matter 
ordered by al1 Divisions of the Washington office. 

H. To prepare abstracts of important magazine articles 
relative to the WRA program. 


Liaison 

Wilt 

Raocrd# 

Officer 


KRA 

Library 


11/25/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 56 





C-0758 PlS nobu-final 










WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20*10 


.50 It is the intention of tne War Relocation Author¬ 
ity to document its program as fully as possible by 
means of photographs. The major part of such docu¬ 
mentation will be in black and white still photo¬ 
graphs, but to a lesser extent photographic documen¬ 
tation also will include color stills and movies. 
Photographs will be used not only for documentary 
purposes, but also for information to be made avail¬ 
able to the public and to the evacuees. The objec¬ 
tive is to document all significant phases of tne 
relocation program; this does not necessarily involve 
the photographing of all activities at every center; 
subjects satisfactorily documented at one center will 
not usually, in the interest of economy, be photo¬ 
graphed elsewr.ere. 

.51 Responsibility for photographic documentation is as¬ 
signed to the Pnotographic Section stationed at Den¬ 
ver, which is directly responsible to the Chief of 
the Reports Division in Washington. Personnel of 
the Photographic Section will include such photogra¬ 
phers, laboratory workers, ana clerical help as are 
necessary. 

•52 In carrying out their assigned duties, WRA Photogra¬ 
phers will at all times be subject to the following 
rules. 

A. WRA photographers will visit all WRA centers, 

and will make photographic records of activities, 
giving approximately equal attention to all. 

They also will visit areas in which evacuees have 
relocated, to obtain photographs showing evacuees 
in their new locations, and places in which eva¬ 
cuee property is located. Full cooperation of 
staff members will be necessary to insure adequate 
documentation. In selecting suejects to be pm to- 
graphed ootn in and out of centers, photographers 
will be guided Dy general outlines formulated by 
the Chief of the Division. Before going into an 
area where evacuees have relocated, the photo¬ 
grapher will also consult with tne appropriate 
Relocation Supervisor or Officer and will seek his 
advice in the selection of subjects. He will con¬ 
sult with Property Supervisors on photographs of 
evacuee property, 

2/26A5 

Supersedes Issuance of y/l6/U3 

Release # 177 




Objectives of 
Photographic 
Dootzs station 
Prograc 


WRA 

Photographic 

Section 


Rules for 
Phot ograpeers 


Selection 

of 

Subjects 


C—2110 ?3 fcu 







WRA Manual 


Info mat! on and Reports 20.10 


Protaction 
of Privacy 


Industrial 

Photographs 


Military- 

Photographs 


Requests 

for 

Photographers 


Cameras 

in 

Relocation 

Centers 


Permits for 
Photographic 
Equipment 


(.52) 

B# "WRA photograpners will at all times observe the 
right of privacy of the individual# 

C. WRA photograpners will take photographs of in¬ 
dustries within relocation centers making goods 
and articles for the armed forces, as a necessary 
part of documentation, provided such goods or 
articles have not been classified by tne armed 
services as secret, confidential, or restricted 
equipment# With the permission of the appropriate 
military authorities, they also may make photo¬ 
graphs in industries outside relocation centers 
where relocated evacuees are employed in making 
goods or articles for the armed forces# However, 
such pictures will not be used for any purpose 
other than documentation without approval of ap¬ 
propriate officials of the Anny or Navy# (See 
Solicitor's Opinion No. 2k) 

D. WRA photographers will not take photographs of 
personnel, equipment, or installations of mili¬ 
tary forces at relocation centers, unless speci¬ 
fic permission to do so is secured from appropri¬ 
ate officials of the Army# (See Solicitor's Op¬ 
inion No# 2U) 

E# Requests for visits by photographers may be sub¬ 
mitted to the Chief of the Reports Division by 
the Project Director, Relocation Supervisor, or 
Property Supervisor to the Reports Division in 
Washington. Under ordinary circumstances, visits 
of photographers will be made as part of a longer 
trip in which visits are made to several centers. 
Itineraries of photographers must oe approved in 
advance by the Chief of the Division# 

#53 Citizen evacuees may be employed as photographers in 
relocation centers# In the use of cameras in relo¬ 
cation centers, all War Department and Justice De¬ 
partment regulations shall be observed# (See Manual 
Sections 20#.10#52 and 50.3.30 et. seq#) 

A# Permits to enter a relocation center with photo¬ 
graphic equipment and to take photographs may 
be granted by the Project Director at his discre¬ 
tion, within the limits of the regulations of the 

2/26/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/16/U3 

Release # 177 


C-2U0 





WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20.10 


(.53A) 

War Department and the Department of Justice 
here summarized. 

B. Where tne Business Enterprise at a center es¬ 
tablishes pnotographic service, the prohibition 
against the use of cameras by alien evacuees, 
which is applicable to all centers, must be ob¬ 
served. 

C. In the event that individual evacuees desire 
photographs of funerals and no photographic ser¬ 
vice is available through Business Enterprises, 
the Project Director may instruct the Reports 
Officer or other staff member to use WRA equip¬ 
ment and supplies in taking funeral photographs. 
Arrangements should be made locally for develop¬ 
ing and printing the photographs, which should 
be done at the expense of the evacuee family 
concerned. If however, local arrangements can¬ 
not be made for this service, exposed films may 
be sent to the photographic laboratory in Den¬ 
ver, which will develop the film, returning the 
negative and two d x 10 inch prints to the Re¬ 
ports Officer for delivery to the evacuee fami¬ 
ly. No charge will be made for this service. 

No additional prints will be provided by the 
photographic laboratory. 

The Reports Officer in each center will be provided 
with a camera and with the necessary supplies and 
equipment for taking photographs, with the objective 
of enabling him to photograph significant events 
and activities at the center when no official photo¬ 
grapher is present, and also to render certain limi¬ 
ted photographic service to the evacuees. (See Sec¬ 
tion 20.10.53) Other members of the staff may be 
designated by the Project Director to take official 
photographs, using equipment and materials supplied 
by WRA. All photographs so taken will be regarded 
as official photographs and the property of WRA. 

.55 Property Supervisors in the field, and Reports Of¬ 
ficers assisting Relocation Supervisors and the As¬ 
sistant Director in San Francisco may procure the 

2/26/U5 , . 

Supersedes Issuance of U/13/UU 

Release # 177 


Photography by 
Business 
Enterprises 


Photographs 

of 

Funerals 


Photography 

by 

Center Staff 


Phot ©grapby 
by 

Field Offices 


C-2110 p 6 t> u 





WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20,IQ 


(.55) 


services of commercial photographers in instances 
where photographs are important, to the furtherance 
of the WRA program; and WRA photographers are not 
available# All photographs taken with WRA equip¬ 
ment and/or supplies, or by commercial photographers 
engaged by WRA, will be regarded as official photo¬ 
graphs and the property of WRA, and are subject to 
provisions set forth in Section 20«10#57# 


Provisions of 
Photographic 
Prints 


Photographic 

Section 

Pictures 


.56 After photographs are taken, negatives will be kept 
and prints will be made, and distributed in the fol¬ 
lowing manner# 

A. Films of official photographs taken by WRA photo¬ 
graphers attacned to the Photographic Section 
shall be sent or delivered to the Sections lab¬ 
oratory in Denver. One file print of each ex¬ 
posure (usually U x 5 inches in size) shall be 
sent promptly to the Chief of the Reports Divi¬ 
sion in Washington. Another shall be sent to the 
center concerned, and the third shall be placed 
in the files of the Photographic Section in Den¬ 
ver# In case of the photographs of relocated 
evacuees, one file print shall be sent to the Re¬ 
location Supervisor in whose area the photograph 
was taken# 


Military 
CIs©ranee 


field Offices 
and Center 
Photograph# 


B# Fhotographers will be responsible for ascertaining 
if the subject of the photograph is of such na¬ 
ture that clearance by the War Department or Navy 
Department is necessary before the pictures can 
be used for publication, and for notifying the 
Photographic Section and the Reports Division in 
Washington of the necessity for such clearance. 
Necessary clearance will be negotiated by the 
Reports Division in Washington, and the Photogra¬ 
phic Section will be notified of approval or dis¬ 
approval of the appropriate agency# In the event 
that approval cannot be obtained, all prints and 
negatives will be sent to the Reports Division in 
Washington for impounding# 

C# Official photographs taken by staff members serv¬ 
ing as official photographers at centers and at 
field offices shall oe developed and printed lo¬ 
cally# One print, approximately U x 5 inches 


C-2110 Pfl DU 


2/26/1*5 

Supersedes Issuance of k/13/UU 
Release # 177 




WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20*10 


(.56C) 

in size, of each exposure shall be sent to the 
Reports Division in Washington* Those pic¬ 
tures which are deemed of value and interest 
for greater than local use, will be designated 
by the Chief of the Division or someone acting 
for him, and the negatives of such pictures 
shall be transmitted to the Pnotographic Sec¬ 
tion. Photographs made by Reports Officers or 
other staff members of relocation centers shall 
be subject to such clearance, prior to release, 
as the Project Director may specify. 

D. While clearance prior to the distribution of 
prints will not be required on WRA official 
photographs which do not require clearance by 
other agencies, the Chief of the Division shall 
have authority to order the impounding of prints 
and negatives of any WRA official photograph 
which because of its subject matter, is deemed 
to be unsuited or inappropriate for publication 
or display. 

E* Project Directors, Reports Officers, Assistant 
Director in San Francisco, Relocation Supervi¬ 
sors, Relocation Officers, or Property Officers 
may request enlargements of selected pictures 
suitable for publication or display. 

F. WRA staff members desiring prints of official 
photographs for other than official purposes, to 
be made at their own expense, may request the 
loan of designated negatives from the files of 
the photographic laboratory, stating in writing 
that the borrowed negatives will be returned in 
good condition in less than 30 days. Favorable 
consideration will be given to requests for neg¬ 
atives, provided* 

(1) 30 days have elapsed since the negatives 
requested were approved for release by the 
Reports Division. 

(2) The photographs have not been designated 
for impounding; 

2/26A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/13/UU 

Release # 177 


Impounding 


Enlargements 


Personal 
Use of 
WRA 

Negatives 


C—2110 P7 bu 






WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20*10 


Photographic 

Files 


Release of 
WRA 

Photographs 


C-2110 P8 


(.56?) 

(3) The photographs have not been designated by 
the Division as "Not Available for Loan*. 

(The latter classification will be applied 
only to those photographs of exceptional 
value for publication, display, or documen¬ 
tation*) 

(U) The photographs have not been released for 
exclusive publication* 

Q. A complete file of negatives (except those im¬ 
pounded) will be maintained at the photographic 
laboratory* A complete file of prints will be 
maintained by the Reports Division in Washington* 
Each center will be provided with prints of all 
pictures taken at that center (except those im¬ 
pounded)* Each Relocation Supervisor and each 
Property Supervisor will be provided with prints 
of all pictures taken in his area (except those 
impounded•) 

♦57 Photographs may be released by the Reports Division 
in Washington, the Photographic Laboratory in Denver, 
by a Project Director, Reports Officer, Assistant 
Director in San Francisco, Relocation Supervisors or 
Relocation Officer* Requests made to any other staff 
menber should be referred to one of the authorized 
releasing officers* Photographs requiring approval 
of War or Navy Departments will not be released for 
publication or display until necessary approval has 
been obtained* Such approval, when obtained, will be 
noted on each print* Release of photographs initiat¬ 
ed by the Reports Division in Washington will be made 
through CWI* Releases made outside of Washington, 
and releases made at the request of publications will 
not require OWI clearance* Releases will be made 
subject to the following provisions* 

A* Authorized staff members may release photographs 
for exclusive use to publications of large circu¬ 
lation provided the recipient will agree to a rea¬ 
sonable period of time for which such exclusive 
right shall be in force, and provided clearance 
is secured from photographic headquarters in Den¬ 
ver* 

2/2 6/1*5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/13/Ui 

Release # 177 




WRA Manual 


Information and Reports 20*10 


(.57) 

B. Each staff member releasing photographs shall im¬ 
mediately inform photographic headquarters in 
Denver of photographs released, to whom, and any 
exclusive rights which have been granted, A com¬ 
plete record of photographs released shall oe 
maintained at photographic headquarters and in 
the Washington Reports Division, 

•58 Photographers representing the press and news reels 
shall be permitted to enter centers with their photo¬ 
graphic equipment unless the Project Director, for good 
reason, judges their presence and activity to be unde¬ 
sirable, 

A, Such photographers shall be given cooperation by 
the Project Director, usually by designating the 
Reports Officer to accompany them in taking pic¬ 
tures, The Reports Officer or other designated 
staff member shall have the authority to disap¬ 
prove the taking of any photograph which he re¬ 
gards as being opposed to the interest of the WRA 
program, or in violation of the privacy of the in¬ 
dividual evacuee. He may request that prints of 
photographs be su Dm it ted for review by himself and 
the Project Director before publication. Such re¬ 
quests, however, should be made with discretion 
and tact, and only in instances where there is good 
reason to question the advisability of having cer¬ 
tain photographs published, 

B. Press photographers will not be permitted by WRA 
to take photographs in relocation centers of in¬ 
dustries which manufacture goods or articles far 
the Armed Services, unless permission has been ob¬ 
tained in advance from the Army or the Navy by the 
photographer, WRA staff members may facilitate 
procurement of necessary permission* 


2/26/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/16/h 3 
Release # 177 


Activities of 
Kon-G aver me nt 
Photographers 


Cooperation 

by 

Centers 


Military 

Clearance 


C-2110 P9 n*bu-fInal 



























































































WRA Manual_Bonding of Employees 20*11 

•1 Every employee of the War Relocation Authority, who 
serves as either an agent-cashier, a property account¬ 
able officer, a certifying officer, or a collection of¬ 
ficial; or who, in the course of his official duties is 
required to have in his custody, control or possession, 
property belonging to evacuees or refugees; shall be re¬ 
quired to furnish a surety bond. In addition, employees 
of the Authority who wish travel advances must be bonded. 
(See Section 20.11.7) All agent-cashiers are designated 
as collection officials. 

A. The specific bond farms to be used in each case are 
outlined in the following subsections* 

B. It shall be the responsibility of the designated em¬ 
ployees to secure their bonds from one of the author¬ 
ized companies shewn on Treasury Form 356. Applica¬ 
tion shall be made on the form prescribed by the com¬ 
pany selected. The original only of a bond shall be 
executed, and, that shall be forwarded to the Wash¬ 
ington Office. Field headquarters may maintain a 
card record on bonded employees. 

C• The various bonds required under 20.11.2-5 inclusive, 
shall be completely executed, except for the approval 
required on the reverse of the forms. These bonds will 
be approved by the Washington Office prior to trans¬ 
mittal to the Treasury Department. 

D. The attention of all employees executing bonds is part¬ 
icularly called to the instructions appearing on the 
reverse of the bond forms. Particular care must be 
taken to show the residence address, including number 
and street, of the principal and witnesses. / 

E. Each bended officer and employee of WRA, shall forward 
to the Washington office, attention Finance and Supply 
Officer, the receipt shewing payment of the renewal 
premium for each ensuing year during which he contin¬ 
ues to operate under the bond, except that officers or 
employees accountable for evacuee-owned property, bond¬ 
ed under the provisions of 20.11.6 below, shall forward 
renewal receipts to the Assistant Director, War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority, San Francisco, California. The receipt 
shall be executed by a duly authorized officer or agent 
of surety writing the bond, and shall show the name of 
the principal and the surety, the date, amount and type 
of bond involved, and period oovered by the receipt. 





Bonding 

Requirements 


SA7AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25A3 
Release # 192 


C-226S PS 







t 


WRA Manual _ Bonding of Employees 20,11 _ 

(.IE) 

This is to comply with the requirements of Public Law 
275, 78th Congress, as interpreted by Treasury Circu¬ 
lar No, 7h%» 

All receipts must be forwarded prior to the expira¬ 
tion of the premium date of the boncl ♦ Receipts shall 
be submitted for the next regular annual premium when 
it becomes due. In view of Public Law 275, it is no 
longer necessary to execute new bonds every four years. 

/ 

F. The manner in which each type of bond is to be execu¬ 
ted is shown on the sample forms following this Sec¬ 
tion (Exhibits Nos, 1 to 7 inclusive), 

•2 Agent-cashier bonds shall be executed on Treasury Form 
1671-G Revised, "Bond-Miscellaneous." (Exhibit No, 1) 

Agest-cashler The number of employees to be bonded and the penal amount 

Bonds of the bonds will depend upon the volume of business to 

be handled; however, bonds must be in the amount of $3500 
or over. Under this bond, cash will be advanced only in 
an amount up to J the penal amount, the balance being re¬ 
served to protect the Government by reason of the employ¬ 
ee’s activity as a collection officer'. If desired. Agent- 
cashier bonds may be executed on Treasury Form 1671-E Re¬ 
vised 1, under which cash will be advanced in an amount 
up to the penal amount of the bond. If this form is used, 
a Collection Official bond. Treasury Form 280 "Bond-Mis¬ 
cellaneous", must also be executed. (Exhibit No, 5)# 


Property 

Accountable 

Officer 

Bonds 


.3 The Project Director (or Shelter Director) will be person¬ 
ally bonded to the government far all property on the cen¬ 
ter. Each Successor to that office must execute a new 
bond. Each subordinate property offier for whom a bond 
is required as indicated in the Property Control Handbook 
will be personally bonded to the individual occupying the 
position of the Project Director (or Shelter Director) or 
his successor or successors. 


A. Bonds for the Project Director or Shelter Director 
shall be executed on Treasury Form 200 "Bond-Miscell 
a'neous" (Exhibit No, 2). 

3. A WRA "Bond-Miscellaneous" form (Exhibit No, 3) will 
be executed for each subordinate property officer to 
bond him to the individual occupying the position of 
the Project Director (or Shelter Director). The WRA 
"Bond-Miscellaneous" forms are obtainable on request 
from the Washington Finance and Supply Section, 


5/17/45 . . 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/43 
Release # 192 


C-2265 P4 bu 






WRA Manual 


Bonding of Employees 20,11 


(.3) 

C. Bonds ^or property accountable officers shall be in 
the penal amount of $5,000, 

Jj. Bonds for certifying officers shall be executed on the 
unnumbered Treasury Form entitled "Bond-Certifying Offi¬ 
cer", (Exhibit No, U), and should be accompanied by eight 
Signature Cards, Treasury Department Form No. 1686, (Ex¬ 
hibit No. Ua) It is necessary that particular care be 
taken to complete the reverse side of this form, 

A, It is recommended that the Head of Budget and Accounts 
Unit of each center act as the primary certifying of¬ 
ficer, with the Head of the Finance Section also des¬ 
ignated as certifying officer. Bonds for certifying 
officers shall be in the penal amount of $5,000, 

B, In accordance with the provisions of Treasury Depart¬ 
ment Circular No. 680, dated February 16, 19U2, it is 
requested that notification of termination of servi¬ 
ces of certifying officers of the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority be promptly forwarded to the Finance and Sup¬ 
ply Section in Washington. This Circular states in 
part; "Whenever the authorization of a certifying of¬ 
ficer or employee is revoked or amended, notice there¬ 
of should be given promptly to the Chief Disbursing 
Officer signed by the head of the department, estab¬ 
lishment or agency and giving the effective date of 
the revocation or amendment. Care should be exercis¬ 
ed promptly to notify the Chief Disbursing Officer, in 
writing, of termination of the services of a certify¬ 
ing officer by death, resignation, otherwise•" 

\ 

,5 Any employee of the War Relocation Authority other than 
an agent-cashier whose official duties will necessitate 
the acceptance or custody of funds and remittances in any 
form in a total sum in excess of $500 during a year, other 
than remittances drawn payable to the Treasurer of the 
United States, shall "be requirecTtcT furnish a Son? In an 
amount determined sufficient to protect the United States 
against loss, but in no case for less than $1,000* 

A, Each center and the Emergency Refugee Shelter shall 

maintain records to determine the amount of remittances 
of the type mentioned received by each employee, and 
if it appears that the rate will be in excess of $500 
a year, the necessary bonds shall be executed oh Trea¬ 
sury Form 280 "Bond-Miscellaneous". (Exhibit No. 5)» 


5/17/45 , , . 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/11/43 

Release # 192 


Certifying 

Officer 

Bonds 


CeUeotien 

Offloer 

Bonds 


C-2288 PB bu 














WRA Manual 


Bonding of Employees 20.11 


Evaouee 

Property 

Officer 

.Bonds 


,6 Every employee, "who, in the course of his official 
duties, is required to have in his custody, control 
or possession, property belonging to evacuees, shall 
be bonded in the penal sum of $5,000. Such bond 
shall be executed on Treasury Form 280 "Bond-Miscel¬ 
laneous”, (Exhibit No. 6), and such bonds shall be 
approved by the Assistant Director, War Relocation 
Authority, San Francisco, California. 

In the event that the provisions of the bond which 
are typed in the body of Exhibit No. 6 cannot be in¬ 
cluded in the space provided therefor, it is permis¬ 
sible to type the provisions on a separate sheet of 
paper and affix it securely (preferably by pasting 
it) to the bond underneath the words ’’The Condition 
of the Foregoing Obligation is Such". 


Release of 
Bond 

Liability 


Travel 

Advance 

Bonds 


.7 In the event an employee bonded under the provisions 
of 20.11.2, 20.11.3, 20.11.U, 20.11.5 or 20.11.6 
leaves the service of the War Relocation Authority 
or has a change of duties and no longer requires a 
bond, the Washington Office should be so advised. 

It is important that notice of any such changes be 
Torwarded to the Washington oTfice immediately* Tn 
transmitting this information, please furnish the 
name of the employee, the date on which liability 
under the bond should cease, the name and address 
of the bonding company and the date of the bond. In 
those cases where releases are required, they will 
be prepared in Washington and the office concerned 
furnished a copy thereof. 

.8 The Treasury Department, on August 26, 19U2, issued 
an instruction which discontinues the use of funds 
to the credit of an employee in the Civil Service 
Retirement and Disability Fund as security for tra¬ 
vel advances. Accordingly, any employee of WRA who 
wishes an advance of travel funds must be bonded. 
This may be accompanied ty having one copy of Stan¬ 
dard Form No. 19 (Exhibit No. 7), executed by the 
bonding company. The employee will pay the bonding 
company its fee at this time. The Form 19 shall be 
forwarded to the Finance and Supply Section in Wash¬ 
ington for further transmittal to the Treasury De¬ 
partment. (See Section 20.5 for further details). 


5/17/45 , , 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/43 
Release # 192 


C-2266 Pfl bu 












Exhibit So. 1 
( 20 . 11 . 2 ) 


Fern No. 1671-G-Revised-1 
TREASURY EEPAKTUEKT 
Division of Dis'oursosent 

BOND-MISCELLANEOUS 

(When surety is a corporation) 

KXCW ALL MEN 3Y THESE PRESENTS: 

Biat _ John J. Doe _, of 1226 Oak Street _ 

(Name in full) (Street) 

Manzcnar, _. California _, as Principal, and_ 

(■City) (State) 

Naryland Casualty Company 

a corporation organized under tht lavs of the State of Karr land _as surety, are 

held and firmly bound unto the Inited States of America, its officers, agents, and 

agencies, in the penal sun cf ten thousand _dollars (t 10.000 _), 

for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and 
severally,, our Joint and several heirs, executors and administrators, successors 
and assigns, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with cur seals, and dated this First _day of Ja' v _19 45 . 

THE CONDITION Or THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCK, That whereas the above 
bounder. Principal an employee of the 'fer Relocation Authority. Pert, of the Interior 

has been designated and appointed Agent-Cashier _cf the said 

War Relocation Authority. Dent, of the Interior at Iterranar Relocation Ce =±er_ 

Has*safer. ^wfcrpla_> 

WHEREAS, To the aforesaid bounder, principal has oeen delegated by the Division 
of Disbursement of the Treasury Department, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 
2 of Section 4 of Executive Order No. 6166, dated June 10, 1933, as amended, the 

function of making disbursements at Marry-isr Sail ferula _ 

and elsewhere in the United States or its possessions, on account of properly 
authorized obligations of the saic War Relocation Authority. Pert, of the Interior : 
and, 


T/TET'-EAS, the said Principal has been designated by G. F. Allen, Chief Disbursing 
Officer, Division of Disbursement, Treasury Department, as Agent-Cashier to act in 
his place and stead in making payments, as aforesaid, in cash; and 

WHEREAS, in the event the said Chief Disbursing Officer shall cease to act as 
such Chief Disbursing Officer, it is contemplated that the said Principal shel? be 
designated Agent Cashier to the successor or successors of the said Chief Disbursing 
Officer. 


SXW, TNStEFORE, If the said Principal shall at all tines during his employment 

as_ Agent-Cashier _of the saic Var Relocation Authority. _ 

Dent, of the Interior _or duri: ? his remaining on duty ur.cer any position to 

which he r.av be assigned, appointed, or transferred as an em 7 .cyee of the said 
Var Relocation Authority.De -1 .cf the In terion it being expressly agreed that this is 
a continuing obligation covering r.ot only the term of said principal under said 
Principal's present appointment in the service of the Var Relocation Authority 

?- the Interior _out also the term or terms of all such future 

appointments and designations of said, Principal as an employee or' the said War 
Relocation Authority. Dect. of the Interior ) faithfu-iy discharge the duties 
thereof, according to the laws cf the United States and regulations naze in con¬ 
formity therewith, including instructions issued from time to time by or under the 

authority of the Var Relocation Authority, Dent, of the Interior _ 

safely keeping and properly accounting for ana paying over to the party, cr parties 

thereunto entitled, all public and private moneys and propert’ advanced to or 

coming into the hands of said Principal as an employee of tic Var ?.el:cation Autho rity. 

Dent, of the Interior _without lending, using, depositing ir bank, or exchanging 

for other funds or property than as allowed by law, and. 

If the said Principal shall well and truly execute and discharge all the duties 
of said office of A.gent Cashier to the said Chief Disnursing Officer, Division of 
Disbursement, Treasury Department, or his successor or successors in office (it being 
specifically agreed that this is a continuity obligation covering net only the term 
of the said Princ: pal under his present designation but also under any future desig¬ 
nations as Agent Cashier to the successor or successors in office of the sale Chief 
Disbursing Officer) according to the laws of the United States and regulations made 
in conformity therewith, ar.d shall safely keep and care for all public moneys and 
all other funds which nay cone into his har.de by virtue of hi’s said office ar.d shall 
faithfully disburse and honestly account, without fraud or delay, for the same and 
for all public property placed in his chsrre or coming into his possession cr control 
by virtue of his said office, and at the expiration cr earlier termination of his 

tent of office, faithfully account for and turn over to the proper official or 
authority thereto entitled, the moneys, securities or other property for which 
he may be accountable; then the above obligation tc oe void and of no effect 
otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 


Signed, sealed, and delivered ir the presence of— 


f */ Henry A. Ring 

(Name) 


Apt. 4-A. Kanzamar Relocation Center 

(Street) 


Kan saner. 

California 

(City) 

v (State) 

/»/Albert J. Brown 

(Naoa) 


Apt. 14-3. Kancanar 

Relocation Center 

(Street) 


Mansanar. 

Callforaia 


(City) (state) 


• /s/ John J. Doe 

(SEAL) 

(Principal) 

(CORPORATE 

SEAL) 

(Surety) 

37 


Attest 


The rate of premium on this bond i 3 $ l. _per thousand; the annual 

premium on this bond is $ 1 " pn _, as shown by premium r-ceipt hereto 

attached. 


5/17/45 
Release f 192 


C-*3« P7 ki 













































I 


OFFICIAL BOND 
OF 


Agent Cashier 


Dated_ 

$. 


TREASURY DEPARTMENT 

Bureau of Accounts 
Section of Surety Bonds 

Examined and recorded. 

The within corporate surety 
is duly qualified and evidence of 
the authority of the officers or 
agents signing on its behalf is 
on file in this office. 


Jt 


Approved: 


Date 


TREASURY DEPARTMENT 


Date 

Approved, by direction of the Secretary 


Under Secretary of the Treasury 


INSTRUCTIONS 

1. The full name and residence of the principal must be clearly written in the 
body of the bond. 

2. The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it was actually executed. 

3. The bond must be signed by the principal and his signature must be made in 
the presence of two persons, who must sign their names as witnesses, and 
give their flill residence addresses. If a signature of a witness is not 
legible, the name of that witness should be indicated below the signature 
by printing or by the use of a typewriter. 

4. The corporate surety must affix its corporate seal. 

5. Evidence of the qualification of a surety company under department regula¬ 
tions and of the authority of its officers or i ^ents executing the bond on 
its behalf, must be filed in the department, but MUST - NOT BE ATTACKED TO THE 
BOND. 

6 . All erasures or interlineations must be described and noted as having been 
made with the knowledge and consent of the principal and surety. This 
statement may be made on the margin of the bond and must be signed by both 
lrincipal and surety. 


) 


C-22G8 PS 2a 
















Form 280 

TREASURY DEPARTMENT 


Exhibit No. 2 
(20.11.3A) 


iBonb—jtttscellaheous 

(When surety is a corporation) 

(Read carefully and follow strictly rules and instructions on reverse side) 


&noto all itlen tip tflese presents: 

That we .. .Joha.J*. Doe......., o/..1226..Qek.51re.e.t. 

(Number and street) 

Manzanar»—California... as principal, and .. Maryland. Casualty Company 

(City) (State) 


a corporation organized under the laics of the State of .... Maryland 

as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the (Unite!) States of amertta in the full and 


fust sum of Wye..- - tliousawd dollars 

(£.5,_0Q.Q._ ...), for which payment, well and tridy to be made, we bind ourselves, 


jointly and severally, our joint and several heirs, executors and administrators, successors 
and assigns, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals and dated this ... .First.. day of .duly___ 

in the year one thousand nine hundred and . forty-five __ 

(Cfie Contrition of tfje foregoing Obligation is sucf) That whereas the above-bounden nrincipal has 
been designated Project Director, in the War Relocation Authority, Department of the 
Interior, for duty at Manzanar, California, and such other places as he may be assigned 
to from time to tine: 

HOW, THEREFORE, if the said principal shall honestly, faithfully and diligently perform, 
execute and discharge all of the duties of the said position or employment and such 
other duties as shall or may be assigned to him from time to time by competent authority, 
according to the laws of the United States and regulations made in conformity therewith 
(it being expressly agreed that this is a continuing obligation, covering not only the 
term of the said principal under his present appointment in the United States Depart¬ 
ment of the Interior, War Relocation Authority, but also the term or terms of all future 
appointments and designations continuing him as an employee in the United States Depart¬ 
ment of the Interior, War Relocation Authority), and shall faithfully keep and care for 
all property delivered to him or that may come into his hands by virtue of his said 
office, and shall faithfully administer and honestly account, without fraud or delay, for 
the same, and at the expiration or earlier termination of his employment, faithfully 
account for and turn over to the proper official or authority thereto entitled, all prop¬ 
erty for which he may be accountable; then this obligation to be void and of no effect; 
otherwise, to remain in full force and virtue. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of 

Witnesses to signature of principal: 

. /s/— . H.su.ry. .A... Fing. .. 

(Name) 

Apt. 4-A, nzanar..Relocation Center 

(Number and street) 

..Manzanar,.. .. California. 

• (City I (.State) 

/«/ Albert J. 3r own.... 

(Name) 

Apt., 1.4-3, Manzanar Re locati on. .Center 

(Number and street) 

Manzanar, . Caliiornia. 

(City) (State) 


_ /s/ J ohn J. D oe__[ Se al] 

(Principal) 

[Corporate 

(Surety). Seal) 

By... 

Attest.... 


The rate of premium on this bond is £..1.*?5..... per thousand; the annual 

premium on this bond is £..6*75..., as shown by premium receipt hereto attached. 

The annual premium on a similar bond for the year 1908 was . 

5/17/45 
Release # 192 

C-22«S P9 *>» 







































I 


INSTRUCTIONS 

1. The full name and residence of the principal must be clearly written in the body of the bond. 

2. The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it was actually executed. 

3. The bond must be signed by the principal and his signature must be made in the presence of two 
persons, who must sign their names as witnesses and give their full addresses. 

4. The corporate surety must affix its corporate seal. 

5. Evidence of the qualification of a surety company under Department regulations, and of the 

authority of its officers or agents executing the bond on its behalf, must be filed in the Department, but 
MUST NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE BOND. x 

6. All erasures or interlineations must be described and noted as having been made with the knowl¬ 
edge and consent of the principal and surety. Thi3 statement may be written on the margin of the bond 
and must be signed by the principal and surety. 




H 


<35 


1 

5 


UJ jfl 0 

? z 0 
in 


< 

0. 

UJ 


>- 

a. 

t n 


a: 

H 


3 

< _ 
UJ o 
K Z 
3 b 
m u 
B 


TS § 
cu J 
T3 <U 

Sm ■+-> 

O C3 
c j i h 
<D O 

a 

•O £ 
C O 

c 

’2 ic 
c +£ 


« 05 

x x 
a h 


O 

.■a 
&•§ 
r* CO 

73 +* 
3 

oS C 
O 

J§ 

-M C 


& 


CO 

0) 

CO 

c ^ a) 
0 ) c u 

2 &E 

> « o 

* *..S 

•O ° 


§ S:i 

o| " 
d o «c 


l 

I 

I 

I 


i 

i 

1 


C-2268 P10 bu 

































30SD - KISCELLAFBOUS 


(^hen. surety is a coraor.-'tion) 

(Read carefully and. follow strictly rules 
and instructions on reverse side) 


Exhibit Ho. 3 
(20.11.3B) 


KITOV aIL HEP 3Y CHZS2 -RUSZUTS: 


That we John J. Poa _, of 1226 Oak Street. _ 

(Dumber and street) 

Manzanar. _ Californi a_ as principal, and Maryland _ 

(City) (State) 

Casualty Company 

corporation organized under the laws of the State of Mprvlanri _ 

• s surety, are held and firmly hound unto John Smith, Project Director, Manzanar Rel oca¬ 
tion Center . Manzanar, California , or his successor or successors in office, in the 
full and J ust sun of - - _ - rive - -- -- -- -- thousand dollars (g 5,000 ). 

for which payment, well and truly to he nade, we hind ourselves, jointly and sever¬ 
ally, our joint and several heirs, executors end administrators, successors and 
assigns, fimly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals and dated this First _ day of July _ 

in the year one thousand nine hundred and forty-five _ 

THE COxTDITIOl 1 OF CHZ FOHZGOIFC- OBLIGATIOF IS SUCH That whereas the abore-hounden 

irincipal ha.s been designated Storekegoer _ in the United 

States Department of the Interior, Ver Relocrtion authority, for duty at Manzanar, 

California _, and such other places as he nay he assigned to from tine 

to tine; 

UCV, THEREFORE, if the said principal shall honestly, faithfully and diligently 
perform, execute and discharge all of the duties of the said position or employ¬ 
ment and such other duties as he shall or nay he assigned to hin from tine to tine 
by competent authority, according to the law? of the United States and regulations 
•nade in conformity therewith (it being expressly agreed that -this is ? continuing 
obligation, covering not only the term of the said principal under his present ap¬ 
pointment in the ”r.r Relocation Authority, Interior Department, hut also the term, 
or terms of all future appointments and designations continuing him as an employee 
In the W- r Relocation Authority, Interior Department), and sha.ll faithfully keep 
-nd care for all property delivered to him or that nay cork, into his hands by vir- 
uc of his said office, and shall faithfully administer and honestly recount, with¬ 
out fr-ud or delay, for the same, ~nd ~t the expiration or c rly termination of 
;is employment, faithfully account for and turn over to the proper official or 
uthority thereto entitled, all property for 'hich he nay he accountable; then 
this obligation to he void -nd of no effect; otherwise, to remain in full force 
nd virtue. 

Signed, sc-lca, nd delivered in the presence of 
Witnesses to signature of principal: 

.. hi _ Henry A. Ring _ 

(Fame) 

Apt. 4-A, Manzanar Relocation Center 

(Dumber and street) 

Manzanar. C California 

(City) * (State) 

_ Ul _Aloert J. Brown _ 

(Tame) 

Ant. 14-3, Manzanar Relocation Center 

(lumber and street) 

M«nzftnAr. _ California _ Attest _ 

(City) (State) 

The rate of premium on this bond is $ 1.35 _ per thousand; the annual 

•emium on this bond is P 6.75 _, as shown by premium receipt hereto atta.chcd. 

The annual premium on a similar bond for the year 1908 was $ - - - - - __ 

5/17/45 0U=1SD 


J s/—Jn nn .T. Dos 


(Principa.1) 


.(Seal) 


(Corporate 
Seal) 


(Surety) 


C-JS86 PU t>s 









































Ilf STRUCT 101TS 


1. The full name and residence of the principal must 'oe clearly 
written in the body of the bond. 

2. The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it was actually 
executed. 

3. The bond must be signed by the principal and his signature must 
be made in the presence of two persons, who must sign their names as wit¬ 
nesses and give their full addresses. 

4. The corporate surety must affix its corporate seal, 

5. Evidence of the oualification of a surety company under Depart¬ 
ment regulations, and of the authority of its officers or agents exe¬ 
cuting the bond on its behalf, must be filed in the Department, but HUST 
rOI 3S ATTACHED TO THE 301TD. 

5. All erasures or interlineations must be described and noted as 
having been made with the knov/ledge and consent of the principal and 
surety. This statement may be written on the margin of the bond and must 
be signed by the principal and surety. 





to 

! 



CO 

£ 

§ 

>> 


o 

-P 

«. 

o 

o 

0. 

c 

u 

g 

<. 

3 

CO 

>- 

o 

Cm 


3 

O 

i h 

TO 

C 


O 

o 

frl 


•H 

P 

3 

-P 

E-> 

CD 

O 



O 

CO 


& i 

% fe 

.c 
w -P 
•H 3 

>> 

+3 




V o 


o 

o 

o 

u 

TJ 

C 

TO 


■8 


TO 


£ 

O 

o 

o > 

O O *H 


-Cxs 

c I 

•H 

C C 
to 

•H CO 
10 f-l 

s: 

CO -P 
4-5 

C C 

C) 

to 

TO O 

rH 

U 

O V. 


C 

o 


TO 


C 
•H 
Xt 
- -P 
C .H TJ 

•g E 3 

' (D 

-C »H 

TO 
3 
cr 


Vh 

o 

o 

•*5 


TO 

xr 

v) 

JO 


to 

O .p 

» 

>> 

-p 


o 

o 




























X 

2 

; 

4 

5 

6 

1 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

u 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

->1 

J 

32 

33 

34 

35 

3« 

31 


BOND — CERTIFYING OFFICER 

Surety It • Corporation) 


Exhibit Ho. 4 
( 20 . 11 . 4 ) 


(Retd carefully and follow strictly rules and instructions on reverse side) 


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 


That we John »- T - Coe _ 

(First nun (Middle Initial <•)) (Summit) 

_ Manzanar _ California 

ICItyl (State) 


1226 Oak Street_ 

(Residence: Huiaber and Straat) 

__ os Principal, 


and _ Maryland Casualty Company __ 

a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland _, 

as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the United States of America In the penal 

sum of - - - Five Thousand - - - dollars IS r,COD.CO _) , for the payment of 

which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, 
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 
presents. 


Sealed with our seals, and dated this First _ day o f -^uly _, 

i9il. This bond shall be effectlve_^Z_hJ2^ _ 

I Data I 

HBEREAS, under the Act of Congress approved December 29, 1941, entitled "An Act 
to fix the responsibilities of disbursing and certifying officers, and for other 
purposes, " the above-bounden principal has been duly designated and authorized In 
writing by the head of the _ Be-nrrtnent cf the Interior __ 

I Department, e s t a b I I > im. n l, or agancyl 

to certify vouchers to disbursing off leers under the Executive Branch of the Government; 
and under said Act shall be held responsible for the existence and correctness of the 
facts recited in the certificates, or otherwise stated on the vouchers or their 
supporting papers, and for the legality of proposed payments under the appropriations 
or funds involved; and subject to all provisions of said Act shall beheld accountable 
for and required to make good to the United States the amount of any illegal, improper, 
or incorrect payment resulting from any false, inaccurate, or misleading certificate 
made by him, as well as for any payment prohibited by law, or which did not represent 
a legal obligation under the appropriations or funds involved; 


BOV, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That if the 
said principal shall well and truly per form and discharge, according to the laws of the 
United states and rules, regulations and instructions now or hereafter enacted, 
prescribed or issued, the duties imposed upon him in connection with the certification 
of vouchers to such disbursing officers, and shall make good to the United States any 
amount for which he shall be held accountable pursuant to such laws, rules, regulations, 
and instructions; then this obligation shall be void and of no effect; otherwise it 
shall remain in full force and effect. 

It Is expressly agreed that this is a continuing obligation covering not only the 
term of the said principal under his present appointment and designation but also the 
term or terms of all such future appointments and designations by the head of the 
department, establishment, or agency referred to above, under which he shall continue 
to exercise such duties. 


Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of — 


Witnesses to signature of principal: 

/a/ Henry A. King 

( aa*e I 

Ant . 4-A 

(Residence: Number and Street) 

Manzanar Relocation Center, Manzanar, C *llf. 

iCity) (State) 

/a/ Albert J. Brown 

(»a«a l 

Apt. 14-3 

(Residence; auieber and Street) 

Manzanar Relocation Center, Manzanar, C rlif. 

(City) „ l St at e ) 


/a/ John J. Eoe 

(First name) (Middle initial 
(Pr i nc Ipa I ) 


_[SE AlJ 

(sl) ( Sur name ) 


^CORPORATE 

_ SEAL] 

I Surety I 


By 


The rate of annual premium on this bond is S " ___ per thousand; 

the annual premium on this bond is S 5.QQ _. 

5/17/45 


C-2188 PH bu 




























INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXECUTING BOND 


1. Date of execution. — The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it was 
actually executed. Effective date must be written in bond at time of execution. 

2. Names and residence. —The name, including first name, middle initial or initials, 
if any, and last name of the principal, together with his residence address, bystreet, 
number, city, and State, must be given in the first paragraph of bond. The name and 
address should be printed or typewritten, or otherwise clearly written. 

3. Signature and seal. —The principal must sign the bond at the foot thereof, by 
first name, middle initial or initials, if any, and last name, to correspond with his 
name as shown in the first paragraph of bond. The corporate surety must affix its 
corporate seal. 

4. Witnesses. —The signature of the principal must be made in the presence of two 
witnesses. The signatures of the witnesses must appear in the appropriate places, with 
their full residence addresses. If the signature of a witness is illegible, the name 
should be indicated by printing or typewriting. 

5. Errors, erasures, etc.— Care should be exercised in the execution of the bond 
to avoid erasures and corrections. If, however, a correction should be necessary, and 
it is impracticable to obtain another form, a separate notation should be made on the 
margin of the bond, setting forth the change or correction, which statement should be 
signed by principal and surety. For example: "The change in the date, line 9, to 
August 18, I 9 *i 5 (or recite other change), was made with full knowledge and consent of 

the undersigned_(Principal), 

_(Surety)." The corporate surety must affix its 

seal to such notation. 


& 



H 

z 


SB 

Q 

X 

UJ 

CO 

O 


h- 

s 

)— 

CC 

z 

=> 

O 

(-« 

•< 

O 

w 

CL. 

O 

cc 

UJ 


3 

a 

Li_ 

a> 

>- 

O 

0 

a: 

Z3 


rD 

•< 


CO 

■« 

UJ 

a: 

0 

M 

UJ 

CO 

u 

cc 


w 

H- 


CO 


>» 

p 

3 

*0 

V) 

>> 

P 

ft> 

u 

3 

• 95 

3 

ft) ft) 
*3 P 
u o5 
O 

O O 

v a 
u u 
o 

■3 o 
c 

C 

3 x: 

U P 

c -H 

■H * 

E 

4 ft) 

x x: 
U H 


| 95 

I- C -H 
O «H Si 
x: cp 
P bC 
3 *H 
«3 95 C 


ft) 95 

•C t ft, 

p c w 

ft) 

** 

O y ft-. 

® U 

u : c 

c 0 o 

ft) 9> 

_ a, « 

> ft) 

ft) P 

3 ft- 

c O oJ 

aS £ 
ft) ft) 

3 x: x) 

ft) ■*> 

ft-. ft* ® ft) 

•H O ~ O 


* >» V- 

3 p C ^ 
W p o O 



C-2365 Pi4 *>u 















Exhibit No. 4a 
(20.11.4) 


FORM NO* 1686 
TREASURY DEPARTMENT 
Bureau of Account* 
R*v I tad 


SIGNATURE CARD 


Certifying officer 
under public law 
No. 389 , approved 
December 29, 1941 


Department, Establishment, or Agency Dept. Of the Interior 

Bureau or office War Relocation Authority _ 

Signature of officer or 
employee authorized to 

certify vouchers for payment /a/ John J. Doe _ 

Title of officer or employee Finance Officer _ 

Class of vouchers_ All _ 

I certify that the above signature is that of John J. Doe_ 

vho has been authorized to certify vouchers for payment. 


Signature /b/ John Smith 


Date 3/20/45 _ Title Asst. Project Director 

(Reverse euat be completed) 


(Form No. 1686) 

Reverse 

Certifying Officer's Bond: 1 


BOND REFERENCE 


Date of bond_ March 25, 1945_ 

Surety_ Maryland Casualty Company 

Penalty _ $5,000 _ 

Date of expiration_ March 35, 1946 _ 


POST OFFICE ADDRESS 
Street and Number 1226 Oak Street 

City and State _ Manzanar. California 


5/17/45 
Release # 192 


C-2SBB Pre nmeo 



























« 


Form 260 

TREASURY DEPARTMENT 


Exhibit Mo. 5 

( 20 * 11 . 2 ) 


Jionb—iHtgceUaraous 

(When surety is a corporation) 

(Read carefully and follow’ strictly rules and instructions on reverse side) 


&noto all itlen bv tfjese presents: 

That we ... f of .1226. Oak. street 

(Number and street) 

Manzanar* California.. as principal, and Maryland Casualty Company 

(City) (Stale) 


a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland ___ 

as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Slniteb States of amenta in the full and 


just sum of - - One - - - - ------ thousand dollars 

(£1,000 ._.. ), for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, 


jointly and severally, our joint and several heirs, executors and administrators, successors 
and assigns, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals and dated this .. first.. day of _.. 

in the year one thousand nine hundred and ... forty-five __ 

tCfje Coubtttoti of tfje foregoing Obligation is surf) That whereas the above-bounden principal has 
been designated collection official, in the War Relocation Authority, Department of the 
Interior, for duty at Kanzanar, California, and at such other places as he may be assigned 
from time to time; 

MOW, THEREFORE, if the said principal shall honestly, faithfully and diligently perform, 
execute and discharge all of the duties of the said position or employment and such 
other duties as shall or may be assigned to him from time to time by competent authority, 
according to the laws of the United States and regulations made in conformity therewith 
(it oeing expressly agreed that tuis is a continuing ooligation, covering not only tne 
term of the said principal under his present appointment in the War Relocation Authority, 
Department of the Interior, but also tne term or terms of all future appointments and 
designations continuing him as an employee in tne War Relocation Authority, Department 
of the Interior, and shall safely keep, correctly and faitnfully account for, and pay 
over any and all moneys, checks, drafts, and the like which by virtue of his aforesaid 
employment are now in nis custody, control and/or possession, or which shall hereafter 
come into his custody, control and/or possession, without loaning, using, depositing 
in bank, or exchanging for other funds than as allowed by law; then this ooligation to 
be void and of no effect; otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of 


Witnesses to signature of principal: 

lsj Henry A. King. 

(Name) 

Apt. 4-A...Konzanar..Re.lo.cation Center. 

(Number mid street) 

Manz.anar, ..... California ... 

(City i (State) 

../?/....Albert J. Brown . 

(Name) 

Apt. 14-B, Kanzanar Relocation Center 

(Number and street) 

Manzanar, _ _ California. 

(C.t»i (Slat*) 


/s/ John J. Doe 

. [Seal] 

(Principal) 



[Corporate 

(Surety) 

Seal] 

Bv... ..... 



Attest_____ 

... per thousand; the annual 

, as shown by premium receipt hereto attached. 


The rate of premium on this bond is £1.35 
premium on this bond is £. 5.00 


The annual premium on a similar bond for the year 1908 was £ 


5/17/45 
Release a 192 


C-22SS PI? 





































I 


INSTRUCTIONS 

1. The full name and residence of the principal must be clearly written in the body of the bond. 

2. The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it w r as actually executed. 

3. The bond must be signed by the principal and his signature must be maue in the presence of two 
persons, who must sign their names as witnesses and give their full addresses. 

4. The corporate surety must affix its corporate seal. 

5. Evidence of the qualification of a surety company under Department regulations, and of the 
authority of its officers or agents executing the bond on its behalf, must be filed in the Department, but 
MUST NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE BOND. 

6. All erasures or interlineations must be described and noted as having been made with the knowl¬ 
edge and consent of the principal and surety. This statement may be written on the margin of the bond 
and must be signed by the principal and surety. 

16—34662-1 0. •. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 




H 

< 




to 

s 


h 

Z 

LJ 

s 

H 

cl 

< 

CL 

Ui 

□ 

>- 

CL 

ID 

cn 


U m u 

in 


CL 

h 



C-22SB PIS bu 



































Form 2S0 

TREASURY DEPARTMENT 


Exhibit No. 6 

( 20 . 11 . 6 ) 


Ponii—filiscdlatieous 

(When surety ia a corporation) 

(Read carefully and follow strictly rules and instructions on reverse side) 


&noto all ittert by ttjesie presents: 

That we __ .Jak».J*_D.oe.. _____, of ..... 1226 . oak.street. 

(Number and atreet) 

iianzanar, California . OS principal, and, . ’Maryland Casualty Company 

(City) (State) 


a corporation organized under the laws of the State of ..—-Maryland.- _______ 

as surety, are held and firmly hound unto the ftlniteb States of America in the fall and 


fust sum of - - —.-- - FI-?® - - --------thousand dollars 

(# 5 ,.000.00-... _ ), for which payment, well and truly to he made, we bind ourselves, 

jointly and severally, our joint and several heirs, executors and administrators, successors 


and assigns, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals and dated this _First_ day of . July_ 

in the year one thousand nine hundred and .... forty-fire .... 

(Cfje Contrition of tfje foregoing (Dfaligation is sucf) That whereas the above-bounden principal has been 
designated an employee in the War Relocation Authority, Department of the Interior, for duty at Manzanar, Cal¬ 
ifornia, and such other places as he may be assigned to from time to time, and by virtue of said employment 
is required to have in his oustody, control, or possession money and property belonging to others; 

NOW, HffiKEFC/RE, if the said principal shall honestly, faithfully and diligently perform, execute and discharge 
all of -the duties of the said position or employment and such other duties as shall or may be assigned to him 
from time to time by competent authority, according to the laws of the United States and regulations made in 
conformity therewith (it being expressly agreed that this is a continuing obligation, covering not only the 
term of the said principal under his present appointment in the War Relocation Authority, Department of the In¬ 
terior, but also the term or terms of all future appointments and designations continuing him as an employee in 
the War Relocation Authority, Department of the Interior), and shall faithfully kBep and oare for all property 
delivered to him or that may come into his hands by virtue of his said office belonging to the persons for whose 
benefit the foregoing obligation has been made, and shall faithfully and honestly account, without fraud or de¬ 
lay, for the same, to -the said Assistant Director, San Francisco, California, and at the expiration or earlier 
termination of his employment, faithfully aocount for and trn over to the Assistant Direotor, San Franoisoo, 
California, his representative or successor, or persons thereto entitled, all property for which he may be ac¬ 
countable; then this obligation to be void and of no effeot; otherwise, to remain in full force and virtue. 

The f ore go ing obligation is intended for the benefit of any and all persons whose property, real, personal, 
tangible, intangible, or mixed, money, or any other thing of value, may be in the aotual or constructive con¬ 
trol, custody, or possession of the principal named above in connection with his employment by the United 
States; and it is further intended that said obligation shall be governed by tie laws of -the State of Califor¬ 
nia. Any and all sums which may become due and owing under the said obligation shall be paid to the Assistant 
Direotor, War Relocation Authority, San Franoisoo, California, who shall receive them on behalf of the persons 
thereto entitled. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the pre3enoe of 

Witnesses to signature of principal: 

_/s/Henry.A* King...... 

(Name) 

Apt. 4-fe , Manz anar Re 1 oo at ion Center 

(Number and street) 

.J&raanar,. California ... 

(City) (State) 

./a/...Albert I» Brown . 

(Name) 

_Ap.t«__14^R.Miazaoar Relocation Center 

(Number and street) 

Linz anar, California_ Attest 

.(City) (State) 


/s/ John J. Doe 

(Principal) 


[Seal] 


(Surety) 


[Corporate 

Seal] 


The rate of premium on this bond is $1*35 ... per thousand; the annual 

premium on this bond is $6*75 .., as shown by premium receipt hereto attached. 

The annual premium on a similar bond for the year 1908 ivas $ . 

5/17/45 
Release # 192 

C—22 66 Pl» )u 
















































INSTRUCTIONS 

1. The full name and residence of the principal .must be clearly written in the body of the bond. 

2. The bond must bear date as of the day upon which it was actually executed. 

3. The bond must be signed by the principal and his signature must be made in the presence of two 
persons, who must sign their names as witnesses and give their full addresses. 

4. The corporate surety must affix its corporate seal. 

5. Evidence of the qualification of a surety company under Department regulations, and of the 
authority of its officers or agents executing the bond on its behalf, must be filed in the Department, but 
MUST NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE BOND. 

6. All erasures or interlineations must be described and noted as having been made with the knowl¬ 
edge and consent of the principal and surety. This statement may be written on the margin of the bond 
and must be signed by the principal and surety. 

16-34662-1 tf. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING Orriv* 




d 

rH 




a 

i 

■s 



§ 

O 


1 





$ 

u 

0 





c 



% « 

.j ft 


1 

1 



•n o 

Q <o 

■e o 

8 | 

•p R 




0) 

> 

O 

u 

ft 

" ** 

S 9 

CO 




a 

< 




H 

< 




^3 

<» 

so 

<s 


(“ 

Z 

LU 

2 

P 

£ 

< 

CL 

111 

Q 

>■ 

£ 

(/) 


< 3 b 

111 11 U 

U1 


£ 

h 



C-2268 P20 Bu 






























Exhibit No, 7 — (20.11.8) 


Standard Form No. 19—Revised 
Approved by the Secretary 
of the Treasury 
August 26, 1942 


War ..Relocation Author! ty A . Dept. .of Inter! o r 


(Department, establishment, or agency) 


BOND OF INDEMNITY—ADVANCES, “SUBSISTENCE EXPENSE ACT OF 1926” 


Know All Men by Ihese Presents: 

That we, _ .J.ohn..J_..._I>Q_e .__of .__1226„0ak ..street. 

(First name) (Initials) (Surname) (Residence: Number and street) 

~-.jM&Azaz@£x- California .. ., as principal, and Maryland. Casualt^.C.omp.anx. 


(City) 


and 


(State) 

of ....Baltimore_i n the state of_ _Maryland. 

.-----, of ..... 


in the State of _____, as suret.J - _, are held and firmly bound unto the United 

States of America in the sum of One—. thousand dollars ($-l_iQQQ...__), lawful money of the United 

States, to be paid to the United States of America or its agents or assigns; to which payment, well and truly to be made, 
we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 
presents. 

Sealed with our seals, and dated this ..JEli.Z18.il _day of .. ., in the year one thousand 

nine hundred and_jf.QJT.ty-fiv©. 


Whereas, The above-bounden principal is required to travel in the performance of his duties as an employee of the 
United States Government and, under the provisions of existing law, he is entitled to receive, and has received or it is con¬ 
templated that he will receive, from applicable appropriations, an advance or advances of funds for actual expenses or per 
diem allowance in lieu thereof on account of such travel; 

Now, Therefore, The condition of this obligation is such that if the said above-bounden principal shall safely keep and 
correctly pay out solely and only for authorized purposes, without lending, using, or exchanging for other funds than as 
allowed by law, such funds as have been or which may hereafter be advanced to him at any time, and shall honestly and 
promptly account for the same according to law, and rules, regulations, and instructions made and given in conformity 
therewith and shall promptly repay to the proper parties thereto entitled, as required, any unexpended balances remaining 
in his possession or standing to his credit, then this obligation shall be void and of no effect; otherwise to be and remain in 
full force and virtue. 

It is specifically understood and agreed that the above-bounden surety will not be released pro tanto or at all because 
of any payments by the United States to the principal, after breach of the aforesaid condition, of funds, salaries, credits, 
or other moneys in the possession of the United States or under its control, otherwise due or owing from the United States 
to the principal. 

And the above-bounden principal hereby consents and expressly agrees to furnish a new bond of indemnity with satis¬ 
factory surety (or sureties), in case the surety (or sureties) on this obligation should not for any reason, in the opinion of 
the Secretary of the Treasury, or in the opinion of the head of the department or establishment making the advance, 
afford the United States sufficient protection and security. 


Two witnesses (with complete residence addresses) as 
to each signature; or two witnesses as to all signatures: 


./.?/. P®®.... [seal] 

Principal. 


_/_s/_... He nry;. A... King.. 

(Name) 

.Apt., _. 4-A... 

(Residence: Number and street) 

Man&anar Rel.Q.Q.atipp. Center t _ .Man z ana r,. _ Cal if.... [seat.] 

(City) (State) Surety. 

...is/— Alb e r t_. _J,.. Brown. 

(Name) 

Apt. 14-B... [seal] 

(Residence: Number and street) x Surety. 

Manzanar Rslocat:ion...Center•.Manzanarf. 

. (City). (State) 

I CERTIFY that each of the sureties named in and who executed the above bond is well known to me and has sufficient 
unincumbered property, liable to execution, to cover the penalty thereof. 


(Title) 

IMPORTANT NOTICE.—Do not execute this instrument without first reading the instructions on the reverse side hereof. 

16-26504-1 

5/17/45 
Release w 192 


C-220B P21 bu 


































INSTRUCTIONS 


The following instructions should be strictly observed in executing bonds of indemnity: 

1. Names. —The Christian names of the principal and sureties must be written in the body of the 
bond in full and so signed to the bond. 

2. Witnesses. —The signature of each party must be made in the presence of two persons, who must 
sign their names as witnesses. Witnesses to signature of officer or agent signing for corporate surety 
are not necessary. All erasures and interlineations on the bond must be noted by the witnesses, who must 
certify that they were made before the execution of the bond. 

3. Seal.—A corporate surety must affix its corporate seal. 

4. Residence. —The residence and post-office address (giving number and street, where the residence 
is so designated) of the principal and each surety and witness must be given. 

5. Sureties. —The sureties on the bond, if individuals, must be two in number and citizens and resi¬ 
dents of the United States. When a surety is a woman, it should appear affirmatively that she is single, 
as a married woman will not be accepted as surety. A corporate surety, duly qualified under the Act of 
August 13, 1894, as amended by the Act of March 23, 1910, will be accepted as sole surety, but only such 
surety companies as have been accepted by the Secretary of the Treasury as sureties on Federal bonds 
shall be accepted, a list of which companies may be obtained upon application to the Secretary of the 
Treasury, Section of Surety Bonds. 

6. Certificates as to Sureties. —The sufficiency of individual sureties must be certified by one of 
the following-named officers: A chief clerk of any of the departments or establishments, or official occu¬ 
pying a similar position in those establishments having no official with the title “Chief Clerk”; judge of 
a United States court; United States Commissioner; United States district attorney; United States post¬ 
master; United States marshal; collector of internal revenue; collector of customs; a clerk of a court of 
record, under seal of the court; executive officer of an incorporated bank or trust company, under his offi¬ 
cial designation and the seal of the bank or trust company; a notary public, under his seal; a commis¬ 
sioned officer of the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Coast and Geodetic Survey, or Public 
Health Service of the United States for persons in any of those services; or a diplomatic or consular 
officer of the United States, under his official seal, in case the applicant for an advance resides abroad. 
This action should not be taken by these officers in a perfunctory manner, but only after they have 
obtained accurate knowledge of the financial standing of the sureties. 


C-2286 P22 bu—final 



WRA Manual 


Field Ex ami not ions 20.13 


.1 Field exaninations shall be carried out by the 
staff of the Field Examination and Investigation 
Section of the Washington Administrative Manage¬ 
ment Division. Under the direction of the Assist¬ 
ant Director and the immediate supervision of the 
Section Head, the personnel of this Section shall 
be accountable to the Director in Washington. 

.2 When and as directed, the Field Examiners of this 
Section shall engage in inspections, examinations 
and audits of all books, records and activities of 
Centers and field offices. All activities of the 
Section shell be based on the procedures of the WRA 
or specific written instructions by the proper 
authority. 

- 

.3 The section shall make special reports concerning 
field operations when directed to do so by the Di¬ 
rector. 

.4 Activities and irregularities which require special 
investigations will be so investigated by persons 
specially designated to do so by the Director and 
will not be part of the regular examinations. 

Field Examiners will not engage in personnel in¬ 
vestigations. 

.5 Since members of the Section staff will be in al¬ 
most continuous travel status, in order to carry 
on their work, Project Directors and Heads of 
Field Offices should extend them necessary coop¬ 
eration through furnishing office space, steno¬ 
graphic assistance, necessary local transportation, 
arranging conferences with the field staff, and in 
other appropriate ways. 


ll/ll ,/hh 
Release # 139 


Examination 

Seotion 


Activities 


Speoial 

Reports 


Investigations 


Field 

Cooperation 


\ 


C-1795 















■ 












* 

- 

* 


















. 











. 


















































WRA Manual 


Operation of Motor Vehicles 20.20 


.1 Ho person shall operate a Government-owned vehicle under 
jurisdiction of the War Relocation Authority without an 
mployee Driver’s Permit issued by the War Relocation Drivers* 

Authority. The issuing officer shall assure himself of Permits 

the applicant’s competence to operate a motor vehicle by Q ^^tcrs at 
an appropriate driving test; or, in lieu thereof, he may Government 
accept a recently issued State driving permit as evidence cars 

of such competence. 


A. The official 2inployee Driver’s Permit of the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority shall be Form Y/RA-22. Supplies of 
this form will be kept in the Washington office of the 
?iRA. 


3. Form WRA-22 nay be issued only by the Director, Pro¬ 
ject Director, Field Assistant Director, or Relocation 
Supervisor. 


C. A record of each Form WRA-22 issued shall be kept by 
the issuing officer, and each license shall be recal¬ 
led and destroyed at the termination of the employee’s 
service. A record of the destroyed licenses shall 
likewise be maintained. 


.2 War Relocation Authority personnel operating WRA-owned 
motor vehicles, or other vehicles on WRA business, shel] 
observe the following rules at all times. 

A. Government-owned cars may be used only for official 
and necessary Government business. It is the res¬ 
ponsibility of supervisory officials to see that 
this regulation is followed and that use is held to 
a minimum consistent with necessity. 


Rules 

far 

Drivers 


3. Federal, State and local traffic regulations shell be 
observed at all times by WRA drivers, as well as reg¬ 
ulations of other agencies if their vehicles are 
driven by WRA employees. In addition to this Manual 
Section, drivers at WRA centers should be familiar 
with Handbook Section 40.5. 


G. Common sense and caution shall be exercised at all 
tines on the road. Courtesy, compliance with local 
safety requirements, and the safe operation of each 
car are important contributions to satisfactory 
public relations. 


10/30/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/18/43 
Release # 134 


C—l772 P3 bu 







WRA Manual 

(. 2 ) 


Operation of Votor Vehicles 20.20 


t 


Driving 

Accidents 



D. Ho vehicle used on official business of the WRA shall 
be driven at a speed of more than 35 miles per hour. 

A. A car shall never be left unattended until the 
ignition key has been removed and the hand brake set. 

F. Driving a car while under the influence of alcohol 

is prohibited and will result in disciplinary action. 

G. Government-owned vehicles shall be maintained in good 
working order, and all defects or repair needs 
reported promptly. 

.3 A. In case of an accident, the first concern of all 
should be for rescue end treatment of injuries. 

B. All accidents occurring to vehicles driven on official 
businss of the WRA shall be reported as promptly as 
possible to the driver’s superior and through regular 
channels to the Washington office. Copies of Standard 
Form 26 shall be kept in each vehicle for this purpose. 
On the scene of the accident there should be secured 
the names and addresses of the principals, signed 
statements of witnesses, notations of insurance, if 
any, and a detailed statement of all the facts of 

the accident. One copy of Standard Form 27 executed by 
the employee’s superior or investigating officer shall 
accompany one copy of Standard Form 26 with narrative 
statements to the Washington office. One signed copy 
of each of these forms should be kept by the employee 
and one signed copy of each should be kept by the 
employee’s supervisor. Standard Form 28, Claim for 
Damages, will also be used when necessary, and dis¬ 
tributed in the same manner os Forms 26 and 27. 

C. Federal employees are entitled to medical, surgical 
and hospital treatment for injuries sustained in 
performance of duty, and in certain cases to compen¬ 
sation under the provisions of the U. S. ihployeei’ 
Compensation Act. 

\ 

D. In cases involving accidents where culpable negli¬ 
gence can be proved, WRA personnel may be required to 
pay the costs of danage or repair, or disciplinary 
actions may be instituted, or both. 


10/30/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/18/43 
Release # 134 


i 


, 




WRA Manual 

(.3) 


Operation of Motor Vehicles 20.20 


E. The operator of a Government car is not absolved 

fran personal liability in the event of an accident. 
Public liability and property damage insurance is 
suggested for employees who are authorized to 
operate such cars. Any insurance premiums must be 
paid by the anployee. 

.4 WRA drivers operating out of Washington or field offices 
shall be subject to the following additional regulations 
and procedures, 

A. Credit cards will be furnished for use with each 
Government-owned car, through channels, by the 
appropriate Field Procurement Office or Washington 
Procurement Section. At the end of each month, 
copies of all credit sales slips should be sub¬ 
mitted through channels to the Finance Officer in 
Washington. 

B. Gasoline ration coupons will also be furnished for 
use with the cars. When new gasoline ration coupon 
books are obtained, the old books together with any 
unuse'd coupons must be returned through channels 

to the ration boards which first issued the books, 

C. Arrangements for services, purchases of parts or 
equipment, and repairs, and subsequent payments, 
incurred in the maintenance of each vehicle should* 
be made with the appropriate Procurement Office. 

D. The following records shall be maintained on the 
operation of non-Center WRA cars: 

(1) Each trip in a Government car must be covered 
by a Form DI-122 made out in triplicate. In 
addition, a statement must be made on the 
reverse of each DI-122 of expended gasoline 
ration coupons during the travel listed. 

(2) At the end of each month each employee to 
whom a car has been assigned must forward 
two copies of the DI-122’s made out during 
the month, through channels, to the 
Washington Finance Officer. 

(3) Form DI-120, Operator’s Record, must accompany 
each Government car operated by a WRA 


10/30/44 
Release # 134 

C-1772 P8 


Rule8 for 
Washington 
and 
Field 
^Offices 









i 

WRA Manual _ Operation of Motor Vehicle 20.20 

(.4D-3) 

employee at all times. Information requested 
must be posted currently and accurately. At 
the end of each month a summary, as outlined 
in the back of DI-120, must be prepared in 
triplicate and submitted with the DI-122. 

✓ '.si 

9 

2. A Government car shall not be operated within the 
limits of the headquarter city, except as necessary- 
in getting it in and out of storage, and in getting 
to parts of the city where public conveyances are not 
available. 

/ 



Rules for 
Washington 
and 
Field 
Offioes 
(Cont*d«) 


0-17*51 P6 





WRA Manual 


Identification Cards 20,21 


.1 


Official WRA identification cards. Form WRA-82, shall be 
used by War Relocation Authority personnel whose work re¬ 
quires them* The cards may be issued at the discretion 
of, and over the signature of the Director, Project Direc¬ 
tor, or Field Assistant Director, No War Relocation Author¬ 
ity identification card may be photographed, or otherwise 
duplicated. Cards shall be used only to further official 
business of the War Relocation Authority. 


Offioial 

Foam 

for 

Identification 

Cards 


,2 The card shall be filled in on the typewriter by a repre¬ 
sentative of the issuing officer. Care should be exercised 
in typing, since erasures or strike-overs render the cre¬ 
dential void. Appropriate wording shall be typed on the 
back when an official other than the Director is to sign. 


Preparation 

of 

Cards 


,3 After the card has been filled out, and signed by the em¬ 
ployee, a full-face photo of the employee, approximately 
lj u square, shall be affixed on the right hand side of the 
front. The photo should be affixed to the card by the use 
of dry mounting tissue. In offices of the War Relocation 
Authority where Government photographic equipment is avail¬ 
able, it may be used to make photographs for the identifi¬ 
cation cards, at no expense to the employee. Otherwise it 
will be the responsibility of the employee to furnish suit¬ 
able photographs. 


Next, a hand seal bearing the impression of the War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority seal shall be used to make an impression, 
partly on the picture and partly on the card. This will 
ensure that the photo is never detached and another sub¬ 
stituted. The credential should then be countersigned by 
the appropriate official and recorded on Form WRA-36, in 
duplicate. One set of Form 36 may be filed by serial 
number, and the other alphabetically by the name of the 
employee. 


,5> A record shall be kept in each issuing office of the name 
and title of each person to whom a War Relocation Authority 
identification card is issued, together with the serial 
number of the card. Employees who receive cards shall also 
sign a listing sheet. Form 7/RA-37. At the time of an em¬ 
ployee’s separation from service with the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority, the card must be returned to the proper official 
and the necessary adjustment made in the records, that is. 


Reoords 

of 

Cards 

Issued 


| 

j 



7/15M 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/l/i*3 






> 


WRA Manual 


Identification 20.21 


cancellation of the two copies of WRA-36 referring to 
the employee and cancellation of his signature on the 
listing sheet. 


Ideatif ioatlo a 
Card 
Supplies 


•6 Supplies of WRA-82, WRA-36, WRA-37, dry mounting tissue. 
War Relocation Authority seals, together with instruc¬ 
tions for mounting photographs, have been supplied from 
the Washington office. 









7 ASM 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/1/U3 


C-1471-p4-bu-f ina-l 





Damage Claims Against WRA 20*22 


WRA 


•1 Under the Act of December 28, 1922, (42 Stat. 1066), 

claims against the Government involving property damages 
may under certain conditions be certified to Congress for 
payment. The Act applies when a government employee is 
adjudged negligent in the operation of a government ve¬ 
hicle or other government equipment while acting within 
the scope of his official duties, and his negligence re¬ 
sults in damaging private property. 


Claims 

for 

Property 
Damage e 


.2 Claims arising under the provisions of this Act must be 
submitted to the Washington office of the War Relocation 
Authority for consideration. Claims resulting from 
traffic accidents must be submitted on standard form 28 
completely executed and signed before a Notary Public by 
the legal owner of the property damaged. Standard forms 
26 and 27 properly executed and signed by the legal owner 
of the property must accompany form 28. Also a narrative 
report of incidents must be included in the file giving 
all facts and the names and addresses of the principals 
involved and of any witnesses. The notarized standard form 
28, (submitted in triplicate to Washington), must be ac- 
| companied by an itemized estimate of repairs needed or a 

receipted bill for repairs made together with the state¬ 
ment by the repairman that the repairs estimated or 
itemized on the bill include only those made necessary 
by the accident in question. 


Subcdesiee 

of 

Damage 

Claims 


•3 The Act of September 28, 1922, does not authorize the 

certification to Congress of claims for personal injuries 
resulting from the negligence of Government employees. 
Special legislation is required for payment of these 
claims. The claimant usually submits his claim direct to 
his Congressman, who may introduce a private relief bill 
to provide payment. The Congressional Committee on Small 
Claims will normally refer to the Director of the War Re¬ 
location Authority any such legislation arising from the 
activities of WRA employees. The Director will then be 
expected to report to the Committee on the bill and give 
his reasons for recommending either for or against passage 
of the bill. 


Claims 

for 

Personal 

Injuries 


9A/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 90 


C-0486 P7 bu 







Damage, Claims Against WRA 20«22 


wra 


Reports 
on Cases 
of 

Perecmal 

Injury 


•4 It is, therefore, essential in all cases of personal injury- 
arising from the acts of a War Relocation Authority- employee 
-while engaged in his official business that a comprehensive 
report be immediately- submitted to the Director in Washington. 
All facts of the incident must be completely reported to¬ 
gether -with a statement as to the justifiability of any claim 
against the government and complete reasons therefor. 


"WRA 

Settlement of 
Claims 


•5 In no case may a claim for either damages or personal in¬ 
juries be settled out of War Relocation Authority appropri¬ 
ations. This is absolutely prohibited by law. 


9A/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 90 


C-0486 P8 bu 





JB1 


Purchase of War Bonds 20.23 


•1 It is the policy of the l&r Relocation Authority to en¬ 
courage all employees to purchase War Bonds to the limit 
of their abilities. All appointed personnel are urged to 
purchase bonds through a system of automatic deductions 
from their salary payments# Bonds are issued to the em¬ 
ployees in lieu of the sums deducted# This program is 
preferable to one of encouraging direct cash purchase by 
employees because 


WA 

Policy 

on 

Bond 

Purchase* 


A# It is more convenient to the employee# 

B# It assures the Treasury Department a steady source of 
revenue# 

C. It records Bond sales on the official payroll so that 
these can be credited against the WRA quota in reports. 


At the same time, staff members are encouraged to supplement 
their payroll deductions by direct purchase of Har Bonds 
and Stamps, whenever they are able# 


•2 Payroll deductions by IRA personnel shall be solicited on a 
voluntary basis and no coercion shall be exercised against 
any employee to participate or increase his participation 
in this program. For the War Relocation Authority as a 
whole, however, and for each unit of the WRA, the Director 
shares the President's hope that the following goals can be 
reached and maintained# 


Quota 

for 

Payroll 
Deduct!cm 


A. At least 90 percent of the staff participating 

B# At least 10 percent of the total payroll pledged 

C. 15 percent of the total payroll pledged in the near 
future• 


.3 


Payroll deductions must be authorized by the employee on 
Form TD-2254# Periodically the staff in each unit of WRA 
should be actively canvassed to make sure that each person 
ready to participate in the program is given a chance to do 
so# Also, each new employee shall be acquainted with the 
program at the time of his induction into WRA• 


Payroll 

Deduction 

Atrthorizetlca 


9A/43 

Supersedes A.I# # 75 


C-0486 P9 bu 







KRA 


Purchase of Tfer Bonda 20.21 


ZutiUnai 

Purchase 


•4 The amount of the pledge must be an aliquot fraction of the 
purchase price of a Bond* That is, the Bond must be paid 
for by an even number of deductions, with no balance re¬ 
maining to be carried over, since this constitutes a heavy 
bookkeeping burden* When a Bond is purchased by install¬ 
ments,, extending over several months the Bond is dated as of 
the median month* 


•5 Deductions authorised by the Treasury Department are as 
follows: 


Authorised 
Fayroll 
Deduct! «ts 


Payroll 

Allotment 

Procedures 


$25*00 Bond $500.00 Bond 


5 

Deductions 

at 

* 3.75 

30 

Deductions at 

$ 12.50 

3 

t! 

it 

6.25 

25 

tt n 

15*00 

2 

n 

tt 

9.38 

20 

tt tt 

18.75 

1 

it 

it 

18.75 

15 

ft tt 

25.00 





12 

tt tt 

31.25 


$50.00 

Bond 


10 

tt tt 

37.50 




6 

tt tt 

62*50 

10 

Deductions 

at 

$ 3.75 

5 

tt tt 

75.00 

6 

it 

tt 

6.25 

3 

n tt 

125.00 

5 

it 

tt 

7*50 

2 

tt tt 

187.50 

4 

n 

ti 

9.38 

1 

t» tt 

375.00 

3 

n 

tt 

12*50 




2 

it 

tt 

18.75 


$1000*00 Bond 

1 

n 

it 

37.50 








30 

Deductions at 

$ 25.00 


$100.00 Bond 


25 

tt tt 

30.00 





20 

it ti 

37.50 

20 

Deductions 

at 

* 3.75 

15 

it it 

50.00 

15 

it 

it 

5.00 

12 

tt tt 

62.50 

12 

tt 

it 

6.25 

10 

» tt 

75.00 

10 

it 

tt 

7*50 

6 

»' tt 

125.00 

8 

tt 

tt 

9.38 

5 

*' tt 

150.00 

6 

rt 

»♦ 

12*50 

3 

« tt 

250.00 

4 

tt 

tt 

18.75 

2 

tt tt 

375.00 

3 

tt 

tt 

25*00 

1 

tt tt 

750.00 

2 

tt 

it 

37.50 


• 


1 

n 

tt 

75.00 





•6 Payroll and purchase procedures are as follows• 


» • 

A* Field Offices which perform their own payrolling* 

The authorization card Form TD-2254 after execution shall 





4 


9/1/43 

Supersedes A.I* #75 















PuE-CMm of War Bonds 20.23 


m 


(•6) (A*) be forwarded to the Finance Office, where the 

payroll will be prepared showing Bond purchase de¬ 
ductions and arrangements will be made for purchase 
and delivery of the Bonds. The following documents 
giving instructions on deductions and purchase of 
Bonds are in the hands of all centers: 

1. Treasury Department Procedures for making 
allotments and issuing Bonds, attachment No. 2. 

2. Administrative Instruction 41 apd Supplement 5. 

3. General Regulations 96 . 

The new revised Form 1013 has a special column for 
listing Bond deductions. 

B. In Field Offices which do not perform their own 
payrolling. Form TD-2254 will be forwarded to the 
Fiscal Office of Central Administrative Services, 

OEM, which performs payrolling service for the 
Office in qiestion. Central Administrative Services 
will take care of recording deductions and procuring 
Bonds. 

C. At the Washington Office, Form TD-2254 will be for¬ 
warded to the Fiscal Office of Central Administrative 
Services, OEM, which will take care of recording de¬ 
ductions and procuring Bonds. 

•7 The amounts and percentages of Bond Payroll deductions 

for all Federal establishments are published periodically Reports 
by the War Savings Bond Committee in Washington. The War of 

Relocation Authority must report monthly to the Committee, F**’fci°ip*fcie& 
using Form IWSBC-2 for this purpose. Each field station 
of the War Relocation Authority shall report for its em¬ 
ployees to the Washington office where the reports will be 
consolidated with that for Washington and the whole for¬ 
ward ed to the Coamitteew Field reports on Form IWSBC-2 
shall be sent by air mail on the first day of each month 
for the month preceding, and the consolidated reports 
must be sent to the Committee not later than the fifth. 

Only War Bond purchases made under the payroll deductions 
plan can be included in this report. 

•8 Fora TD-2254 may be secured from the WRA Washington office j Tarn* 
also Form IWSBC-2. 

9A/43 

Supersedes A.I# #75 


C-04S6 Pll nobu-flnal 










t. 


w 


♦ 




















































































. 




















































t 
























































































WBJL Manual 


Internal Security 30.1 


(.30) 

DD. Any person who shall wilfully and knowingly make, 
or cause to he made, an uni awful arrest, detention 
or imprisonment of another person, shall he deemed 
guilty of false arrest. 

EE. Any person who shall wilfully and knowingly, hy 

force or violence, resist or assist another person 
to resist a lawful arrest shall he deemed guilty of 
resisting lawful arrest. 


False 

Arrest 


Resisting 
Lawful Arrest 


FF. Any person who shall neglect or refuse, when called 
upon hy any police officer, to assist in the arrest 
of any person charged with or convicted of any of¬ 
fense or in securing such offender when apprehended, 
or in conveying such offender to the nearest place of 
confinement shall he deemed guilty of refusing to aid 
an officer. 


Refusing to 
Aid Officer 


GO. Any person, who, being in lawful custody for any of¬ 
fense, shall escape or attempt to escape or who shall 
permit or assist or attempt to permit or assist 
another person to escape from lawful custody shall he 
deemed guilty of an offense. 


HH. Any person who shall wilfully disobey any subpoena, 
warrant or written order duly issued hy the Project 
Director shall he deemed guilty of an offense. 


Disobedience 

to 

Lawful Orders 


.31 Since the list of offenses defined in 30.1.30 is not an 
exhaustive one, and since the Project Director is re¬ 
sponsible for maintaining law and order in the relocation Other 

center, he may punish hy disciplinary action in accord- Offenses 

ance with the provisions of this Manual Section any other 
act of an evacuee that he considers inimical to the or¬ 
derly administration of the center or that violates any 
regulation applicable to the center. All such cases shall 
he reported immediately to the Director. 


.32 The maximum penalty that may he imposed hy the Project Director, 
in the exercise of his disciplinary powers, for commission of 
an offense shall he imprisonment in jail for not more than three 
months. The Project Director may permit a defendant to pay a 
fine of a fixed sum of money as an alternative to serving a p 
fixed period of imprisonment. The maximum fine so imposed 
shall not exceed the sum of $300 for any single offense. Die 
Project Director may also impose other suitable punishments, 
exoept the performance without pay of work for which the de¬ 
fendant is regularly employed. The Community Council may pro¬ 
vide, hy regulation duly promulgated, that the Judicial Com*- 


is/5/Uh 

Supersedes Issuance 
Rel«aBO # 150 


of 11/29/1*3 


C-I877 P8 bn 







Internal Security 50.1 


WRA Manual 


(.32) 


mission may, in oe«es within its jurisdiction as here¬ 
inafter defined, impose penalties of imprisonment in 
jail, fine, or other suitable punishments, except the 
performance without pay of work for which the defend¬ 
ant is regularly employed, subject to the limitations 
applicable to imposition of such penalties by the Pro¬ 
ject Director. Amounts received as a result of fines 
imposed by the Project Director or by the Judicial 
Commission, shall be paid into the United States Trea¬ 
sury as miscellaneous receipts. 


.33 A. 


Disoiplinaiy 
Action by 
Project Director 


The Project Director shall exercise his disciplin¬ 
ary power personally after granting to the person 
charged with an offense a hearing at which the Pro¬ 
ject Director shall preside. He may, if he wishes, 
ask representatives of his staff or a representative 
committee of evacuees to attend the hearing and ad¬ 
vise him before a penalty is imposed. 


Calendar 

and 

Records 


B. The’ Project Director shall designate some person to 
keep a calendar of pending cases, a record of de¬ 
cisions, and a complete file of each case. The re¬ 
cords shall be maintained as a part of the official 
files of the project. A bailiff shall be appointed 
to keep order during the hearing and to take charge 
of witnesses. A stenographer shall be appointed to 
make a transcript of all proceedings. The trans¬ 
cript shall be corrected.and approved in writing by 
the Project Director. 


Content 


C. The Project Director may issue subpoenas over his 
own signature to subpoena witnesses needed at a 
hearing. He may punish for contempt witnesses who 
refuse to appear or to testify. The maximum punish¬ 
ment shall not exceed that stated in Section 30.1.32. 


Advisor to 
Accused 


Proseoutor 


D. The Project Director may assign an adviser to the 
defendant to help him present his case if he does 
not choose one for himself. 

E. The Project Director may assign some person to pre¬ 
sent the case against the defendant at the hearing. 
This person may be either an evacuee or a rnanber of 
the administrative staff and need not be the same 
person at all hearings. 


Responsibility 

of 


Project Director 


F. The Project Director shall himself be responsible 
for seeing that a complete case is fairly presented. 
The defendant’s adviser and the person assigned to 
present the ease against the defendant are intended 


i 


C—1877 P4 b u 


l2/5/l4l| 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/29/^3 
Release # 150 







WRA Manual 


Internal Security 30. 1 


r 

> 


(.36) 


a misdemeanor, or the offense is a felony under State law 
but is only a misdemeanor under Federal law, or the Project 
Director and the local prosecuting official agree that the 
case is one that can be better handled on the center. In 
any of these events, the Project Director may elect to treat 
the offense either as a misdemeanor or as a violation of a 
regulation of the Community Council, if it is one. 

•37 In the case of an offense that is a violation of a regulation 
of the Community Council, the offender shall be tried before 
the Judicial Commission, and the Project Director shall not 
hold a hearing or impose punishment in any such case, except 
that - 


A. If the offense charged is aggravated assault and battery, 
or 


B. If the offense charged is punishable under State or 
Federal law by a more severe penalty than the maximum 
permissible under this Manual Section, and the Project 
Director believes that the penalty available under this 
Section will not be an appropriate punishment under the 
circumstances, then, in either such event, the Project 
^ Director may issue an order removing the case from the 

docket of the Judicial Commission and may set it down 
for hearing before himself or may refer the case to the 
State or Federal courts, as may be appropriate in the 
particular case. 


.38 In the case of an offense that is a misdemeanor under Federal 
or State law but is not a violation of a regulation of the 
Community Council, the Project Director may either turn the 
offender over to the local authorities for prosecution in the 
State or Federal courts or punish the offender by the exer¬ 
cise of his disciplinary power. 


.39 In the- case of an action that is an offense under Sections 
30.1.30 or 30 . 1.31 but is not defined as an offense in any 
regulation of the Community Council or by State or Federal 
law, the offender, may be punished by the exercise of the 
of the disciplinary power of the Project Director as pro¬ 
vided in this Manual Section. 


.40 As soon as practicable, the Project Director shall arrange 
to lease or hire the use of space in a suitable jail in a 
conveniently located city or town, and shall thereupon use 
such jail for imprisoning evacuees sentenced to jail either 
by himself or the Judicial Commission, in lieu of maintain-* 
ing a jail within the boundaries of the center. If such 
arrangements cannot be made, the Director shall be promptly 
informed, so that alternative provision may be made. 


Violation of 
Regulation of 
Community Council 


Misdemeanors, 
State or 
Federal 


Discipline by 
Project Director 


Projeot 
Jail 


Superseded Issuance of 11/29/43 


C-1192 tu-p<in-*P 






WPA. Manual 


Articles Seized 
from Gamblers 


Articles Seized 
from Thieves 


Internal Security 30.1 


•41 Money or articles used in gambling and seized by project 
police shall be marked with the name, family number and 
address of the owner* They shall be deposited in a locked 
place on the center, except where the gambling cases are 
prosecuted in outside courts under State law and the State 
law provides for other disposition. If the owner is ad¬ 
judged innocent the money or articles shall be immediately 
returned to him. Where he is adjudged guilty the money or 
articles shall also be returned to him, but not uhtil his 
departure from the center on seasonal or indefinite leave, 
except that in the discretion of the Project Director all 
or part of the money may be returned to the owner prior to 
such time for the purpose of paying fines or upon a satis¬ 
factory showing of need* Receipts shall be taken for all 
money and articles returned. If ownership of the money 
or articles is not promptly established, the provisions of 
Sub-section 30*1*42 shall become applicable. 

*42 Money or articles seized by project police and adjudged 
to have been stolen, embezzled, or obtained by fraud or 
extortion shall be kept in a locked £lace on the center 
until ownership has been established to the satisfaction 
of the Project Director. Where the owner is unknown the 
Project Director shall cause a notice to be published in 
the project newspaper describing the money or articles, 
setting forth all the relevant circumstances, and stating 
that the money or articles will be turned over to the 
owner upon satisfactory proof of ownership. Such notice 
shall be published once each week for three consecutive 
weeks unless the owner is found in the meantime. In 
case ownership of money is not established to the satis¬ 
faction of the Project Director in accordance with this 
procedure, the money shall, be deposited in Miscellaneous 
Receipts Account 3900 (’’Forfeiture of Unclaimed Funds”) 
of the United States Treasury, or such other account 
as may hereafter be designated in lieu thereof. Articles 
to which ownership is not established to the satisfaction 
of the Project Director shall be kept in a locked place 
on the project. 


4/8/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/29/43 


C-H92 bu-final 










WRA Manual 


Internal Security 30.1 


• 43 A* With the approval of the Director and under the 
limitations hereinafter set forth, Project Di¬ 
rectors may evict from the centers residents 
whose continued presence is causing serious dis¬ 
ruption of center administration. Such evic¬ 
tions shall be made only after the Project Di¬ 
rector has exhausted his present disciplinary au¬ 
thority (see Manual 30.1.30, et seq.), and cannot 
of course be effected against individuals desig¬ 
nated as ineligible for relocation by the War De¬ 
partment or other governmental agency. 

B. In any case in which ejection of a person is 
deemed necessary, the Project Director shall sub¬ 
mit his recommendations to the Director, includ¬ 
ing complete identification of the person, a com¬ 
plete statement of the charges against him , de¬ 
tailed evidence supporting his charges (inducing 
signed statements based on personal knowledge, 
transcripts of interviews with witnesses, confes¬ 
sions, conduct records and circumstantial evid¬ 
ence), and the specific reasons why disciolinary 
action will be inadequate and ejection is neces¬ 
sary. 

Where it appears that the person may have commit¬ 
ted a crime under State or Federa] law, the Pro¬ 
ject Director shall not submit his recommenda¬ 
tions to the Director until the matter has been 
referred to the appropriate law enforcement of¬ 
ficials and such officials have indicated that 
they do not wash to prosecute. A statement to 
this effect shall be included among the recom¬ 
mendations • 

C. Before preparing his recommendations and trans¬ 
mitting them to the Director, the Project Direc¬ 
tor may give the person a hearing (which need not 
be public), advising the person of the charges . 
against him and permitting him to testify and pre¬ 
sent evidence by witnesses* affidavits or in any 
other form. The person may call in an aoviser 
and witnesses in such dumber as will not inter¬ 
fere with the decorum of the hearing or the main¬ 
tenance of law and order in the center. An ab¬ 
stract of the hearing, including any exhibits 
that may have been introduced at the hearing, 
shall accompany the Project Director's recom¬ 
mendations • 


Eviction 
of Persons 
Seriously 
Disrupting 
Center 

A <trdni strati on 


Rec amend ati on 
to 

Dir actor 


Referral 
to Law- 
Enforcement 
Of fi cials 
in Speoial 
Cases 


Hearing 
Before 
Projeot 
Dir eo tor 


1/23/45 
Release #166 


C-1985 P3 bu 






WRA Manual 


Internal Security 30,1 


Determination 

by 

Director 


Aliena 


Relocation 

Assistance 


(. 43 ) 

D. On reviewing tne Project Director*s recommenda¬ 
tions and accompanying material, the Director 
will determine wnether the person should be re¬ 
quired to leave the center. If his determina¬ 
tion is in the negative, the Director may indi¬ 
cate legal prosecution or other action that he 
deems appropriate or necessary under the circum¬ 
stances . 

E. Tne provisions of this Section 30.1.43 do not 
supersede the provisions of Manual 80.2.4, et 
seq., with respect to recommendations for the In¬ 
ternment of dangerous enemy aliens. In the case 
of aliens, the Project Director may proceed un¬ 
der either section and make his recommendations 
accordingly. 

F. A determination hereunder that a center resident 
eligible for relocation shall be required to 
leave the center shall not preclude relocation 
assistance and other assistance to such person 
under Manual Chapter 150, if he is otherwise e] 
igible* 


1/23/45 
Release #166 


C-1988 P4 bu-final 




WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


. 1 Health services at WRA centers shall be the re¬ 
sponsibility of the Health Section in the Commun¬ 
ity Management Division. The Section will operate 
under the supervision of the Center Medical Of¬ 
ficer, xvho will receive technical guidance frctn 
the Chief Medical Officer in Washington. 


WRA 

Organization 
For Health. 


.2 The Health Section shall be responsible for all 
services that promote the health of the community 
or of individual evacuees therein. This respon¬ 
sibility embraces: 


A. Curative and preventive medicine, including 
specialized services. 

B. Related services such as dentistry, nutrition, 
pharmacy, optometry, laboratory services, hos¬ 
pital and public health nursing including mid¬ 
wifery and nurses* aides, medicel and psychiat¬ 
ric social work, and health education. 

C. Disease control measures, including a communic¬ 
able disease program; an immunization program; 
maternal, infant, pre-school and school health 
services; an industrial hygiene service; nutri¬ 
tional consultation service concerning the gen¬ 
eral diet at the center; and a general sanita¬ 
tion program concerning the production, trans¬ 
portation, storage and preparation of food, 
milk, and water, and also concerning living 
quarters, kitchens, dining rooms, washrooms, 
toilets, showers, garbage disposal and sewage 
disposal. 

D. Operation of the center hospital and appropriate 
clinics. 


Health 

Functions 

at 

Centers 


.3 In order that the health of the center shall be 
most effectively and efficiently protected, it is 
necessary that the closest working relationship ex¬ 
ist between the Health Section and the other sections 
of the Community Management Division, and between 
the Health Section and the Operations and Adminis- 


Cjopc ration 
With Olhor 
Programs 


12/4/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 
Release § 147 


€—1860 PS 




WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


(.3) 


trative Management Divisions. To this end each 
division or section that may be concerned with 
any function outlined in Paragraph 30.2.2 will 
organize its activities. The Health Section, 
however, will retain full responsibility for the 
scope, expense, and relative importance of each 
health service, program, or activity and for all 
health reconanendations related thereto. The 
Assistance of the Community Council will be 
sought in the adoption of health rules and regu¬ 
lations and in their interpretation to the com¬ 
munity. Such regulations must, of course, be 
consistent with applicable laws of the federal, 
State and local govei nents, as well as with the 
regulations of WRA. 


Health Staff 

at 

Centers 


.4 A. Evacuees who are specifically trained in any 
health field shall be encouraged to serve the 
center through the health program. Requests 
of health professional or technical personnel 
for transfers from one center to another shall 
be reviewed by the center and Washington Medi¬ 
cal Officers before such transfers are made. 
(See Manual Section on Personnel). All health 
workers who are legally required to have a 
license to practice their profession must hold 
such a license in active status in one of the 
States or territories of the United States be¬ 
fore being allowed to practice in a WRA center. 
(See Section 50.1.50). 


Health 
Services Tar 
Ivaotiees 


.5 


B. Because of the limited resources of medical 
personnel, the Health Section in Washington 
should be informed well in advance by teletype 
of expected absences fran duty of both appoint¬ 
ed and evacuee physicians. Except in emergen¬ 
cies, no appointed physician should be granted 
leave of more than five days without first 
clearing with the Washington Health Section. 
(See also Personnel Handbook Section 20.1.110). 

Evacuee residents of the center will be furnished 
medical, surgical, dental and nursing care, medi¬ 
cines, appliances, the services of all professional 


12/4/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 

Release # 147 


C 1866 P4 t* 0 











WHA Manual 


Health 30.2 


M 


personnel employed on the medical staff and all 

hospital facilities necessary for the protection, 

maintenance and recovery of their health. 

A. General diagnostic service and treatment of 
acute or emergency illness will be available 
to all evacuees under direction of the pro¬ 
fessional personnel on duty. General poli¬ 
cies with respect to highly specialized and 
unusual diagnostic procedures, treatment of 
elective nature, treatment of doubtful or un¬ 
proven therapeutic value, and treatment in¬ 
volving unusual drugs or procedures or of 
highly specialized character shall be review¬ 
ed and approved by the Project Director, with 
the advice of the Center Medical Officer, be¬ 
fore being carried out. The Center Medical 
Officer shall satisfy himself that such diag¬ 
nostic and therapeutic procedure is necessary 
for the proper care of the individual and is 
justifiable procedure to be carried out by 
the hospital staff in view of the limited 
hospital personnel, supplies, or equipment, 
so as not to place in jeopardy the care of 
individuals in more urgent need of immediate 
care. If such care is not approved, the evac¬ 
uee may obtain it, provided personnel and 
facilities are available, by paying such costs 
as are involved. The Center Medical Officer 
shall consider the welfare of the individual, 
and the economical use of procedures and ma¬ 
terials which will serve with the same merit 
as more expensive procedures and materials. 

He shall avoid the use of materials and pro¬ 
cedures of experimental nature and of ques¬ 
tionable therapeutic value. 

B. Until such time as the dental clinic and lab¬ 
oratory are completely equipped, dental care 
shall be confined to palliative and emergency 
work. Thereafter, or until such time as it is 
determined that the existing dental facilities 
are able to provide additional dental services, 
the following shall constitute the scope of 
services available to evacuees: 


12/4/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 
Release # 147 


Diagnosis 

and 

Treatment 


C-U866 P6 du 









»VHA Manual 


Health 30.2 


Dexrt&l 

Serrloe 


(.5B) 

(1) Prophylaxis, extractions, alloy fill¬ 
ings, Silicate cement fillings, porce¬ 
lain crowns, full dentures, root canal 
treatments and fillings, treatments for 
allaying pain and for acute oral patho¬ 
logical conditions such, as Vincents in¬ 
fection, pyorrhea, alveolaris, atoma- 
titis, acute gingivitis, and similar 
pathological conditions. 

(2) Oold. inlays and gold crowns where the 
anployment of other less expensive ma¬ 
terials is definitely contra-indicated. 

(3) Partial dentures, when occluding tooth 
surfaces are so depleted that proper 
mastication of food is not possible. 

(4) All dental work required to restore the 
mouth to its original condition follow¬ 
ing injury in line of duty. 


Elaotlve 

Dental 

Service 


All dental work performed must be essential 
for the health of the individual. All mater¬ 
ials must be in general use and acceptance. 
Special materials will not be used where other 
materials of less cost will serve with equal 
merit. 

C. Dental services not specifically described 

above shall be considered elective. Elective 
dental care and the use of more expensive 
materials or procedures than are indicated 
above must be reviewed and approved by the 
center Medical. Officer. Such services nay be 
rendered at cost to the evacuees, provided it 
is determined that sufficient dental personnel, 
equipment, and supplies are available so that 
rendering such care will not jeopardize essen¬ 
tial dental care for other evacuees. It shall 
be the purpose to render dental treatment to 
many patients rather than elective dental ser¬ 
vices to the few. 




12/4/44 ^ 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 
Release ft 147 








WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


(.5) 

D. Until complete optical equipment and staff 
are available to each center, arrangements 
shall be made outside the center for refrac¬ 
tions, procurement of new glasses and re¬ 
pairs. When optical equipment and staff are 
in operation, refraction and other eye exam¬ 
inations will be available to evacuees at the 
project hospital. Glasses should be recommend¬ 
ed only when there is definite medical indica¬ 
tion of need, and they shall be provided at 
government expense only when the Project Di¬ 
rector or his representative determines that 
the evacuee involved is not able to bear the 
expense. 

.6 Under certain circumstances, center medical facil¬ 
ities shall be used for treatment of evacuee em¬ 
ployees of the Government who are injured in line 
of duty and entitled to benefits under the Accident 
Compensation Act, (See Section 50.5.50). 

.7 Although it is not WRA policy to use center health 
facilities for treatment of the appointed staff 
and their families, the facilities may be so used 
under certain circumstances, provided the Govern¬ 
ment is given fair compensation. (See Section 50. 
2.20 end following). 

.8 When regular Army facilities are not available far 
the Military Police Unit at a Center, arrangements 
usually will have been made with physicians or hos¬ 
pitals in neighboring communities to render treat¬ 
ment. In cases of emergency or when off-center 
facilities or personnel far treatment are at such 
distance that delay or movement would be detrimental 
to the welfare of the soldier, services shall be 
made available upon request of the commanding of¬ 
ficer of the military police at the center hospital 
until such time as the soldier may be moved to the 
nearest other civilian or Army facility. If re¬ 
quested by the Commanding Officer, Medical Depart¬ 
ment soldiers may render nursing care to soldiers 
in the center hospital except in cases requiring 
the attendance of a registered nurse. It is desir¬ 
able that services of physicians or nurses to sol¬ 
diers in the center hospital shall be rendered by 
members of the appointed staff. 


Optical 

Service 


Treatnent 
For Injury 
in Line 
of Duty 


Health 

Service 

for 

Appointed 

Personnel 


Health 

Service 

for 

Military 

Police 


12/4/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43* 
Release # 147 


C-aS06 P7 nobs fin«l 


























































* 

. 









































. 



















■ 




















' 




































WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


.9 Specialized Hospitalization treatment or consulta¬ 
tion services, such as highly specialized surgery, 
radiation therapy and treatment of mental cases not 
available on the Center, when determined to be nec¬ 
essary by the Project Director with the advice of 
the center Medical Officer, nay be arranged for in 
the nearest community where adequate facilities are 
available, at the expense of the War Relocation 
Authority. Evacuees desiring hospitalization or 
physicians' services other than those arranged for 
by the ’War Relocation Authority may obtain than at 
their own expense. Hospitalization of mental pa¬ 
tients shall in general be in State institutions. 


Specialized 

Services 

off 

The Center 


.10 When treatment required for a mental case is not 
available on the center, arrangements may be made 
for commitment of the patient to a State institution. 
This will be done through the Project Medical Of¬ 
ficer who shall follow the usual procedure of the 
State in which the project is located. The estab¬ 
lishment by the Project Medical Officer of profes¬ 
sional relationships with the appropriate medical 
authorities at State institutions through personal 
contacts and direct medical reports to them on in¬ 
dividual cases may facilitate acceptance of patients. 


When an evacuee mental patient fran a center is 
committed to a State institution in a West Coast 
state (e.g. commitments from Tule and Manzanar to 
California State institutions), the patient becomes 
the responsibility of the San Francisco Health Of¬ 
fice. In such cases, a detailed report of the 
commitment, with a copy of the social history pre¬ 
pared for the state institution, shall be sent to 
the Health Section of the San Francisco office and 
all correspondence regarding the patient after his 
commitment shall be handled through that office. 


Commitment 

Transfer 

and 

Parole of 
Mental 
Patients 


As soon as a mental patient is committed to a State 
institution (other than a West Coast institution) 
from a center, three copies of the social summary 
prepared in connection with commitment shall be 
sent to the Health Section in San Francisco together 
with a copy of Form WRA-26. These copies are held 
for use in case of the later transfer of the pa¬ 


ll/18/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 
Release ji 143 


C-1822 P3 bu 



IYHA Manual 


Health 30.2 


Transfer 


C-1 822 P4 bu 


(. 10 ) 

tient to an institution in his state of legal 
settlement. If, and when, such a transfer is 
nade, the patient becomes the responsibility 
of the San Francisco Health Section and all 
correspondence regarding the patient subsequent 
to the transfer shall be handled through that 
office. This includes requests for reports as 
to the patient’s condition which may be made 
by relatives remaining at the centers. 

A. Arrangements have been made with the States 
of California, Oregon, and Washington for 
acceptance into the institutions of these 
States by transfer from State institutions 
of other States of mental patients whose 
legal residence is in these States. The 
procedure in such cases is as follows: 

(1) Following commitment into an institu¬ 
tion in the State in which a center is 
located, the appropriate official 
(usually the Director of State insti¬ 
tutions) of the State where commitment 
has taken place may apply to the appro¬ 
priate official in the State of legal 
residence for trensfer to the latter 
State. In California, the application 
should be directed to the Director of 
the Department of Institutions at Sacra¬ 
mento, California; in Oregon, to the 
Secretary of the Oregon, State Board of 
Control, Salem, Oregon; and in Washington, 
to the Director -of the Department of 
Finance, Budget, and Business, Olympia, 
Washington. The patient’s name, address, 
length of legal residence in the State 

to which transfer is being made, and in 
the county of residence in that State, 
age, sex, a complete diagnosis, and all 
'Other pertinent data should accompany 
this application for transfer. 

(2) The State agency receiving the request 
will inform the Health Section in San 
Francisco of such request. 

11/18/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 

Release ft 143 





WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


(.10A) 

(3) If it is mutually agreed by the two State 
agencies that the patient is an appropri¬ 
ate one for transfer, the transferring 
State shall be requested to forward to 
the San Francisco Health Section three 
copies of the patient’s clinical summary 
(one copy is for the San Francisco office, 
one copy is to be delivered with the pa¬ 
tient to the accepting agent, and one 
copy follows the patient to the insti¬ 
tution of commitment). The San Francisco 
office wall obtain military oermits for 
travel within the restricted area; and 
will furnish ait8ndant and escort ser¬ 
vice or authorize the state agency which 
requests the transfer to furnish such 
service at WRA expense. 

(4) Bills for the expense of interstate trans¬ 
fers and for any subsequent institutional 
costs properly chargeable to WRA shall 

be sent to the San Francisco office for 
approval by the Health Section and for 
payment. 

B. Recovered or improved mental patients to be 
released to centers will be accepted by the 
Health Section of the San Francisco office. 
These patients ordinarily will be on limited 
parole and will remain under the institution’s 
supervision. The maximum period of any such 
parole will be one year, after which the parole 
will automatically terminate and the discharge 
become final. During the parole period, the 
patient may reenter the institution at any 
time his reentry is determined to be advisable 
by the Project Medical Officer and is approved 
by the Health Section in San Francisco. The 
Project Medical Officer will furnish - to the 
institution such reports as are requested 
during the parole period. Should the patient 
while still on parole leave the center, the 
parole will be terminated automatically. The 
Project Director shall notify the San Francisco 
office of the departure from his center of 
paroled patients. All correspondence with in¬ 
stitutions about paroled patients, except cor¬ 
respondence pertaining to the furnishing of 
reports, shall be through the San Francisco 
Office. 


11/18/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/43 
Release ff 143 


♦ 


Parole 


C-1822 PO N'SDu 
























































« 















































. 










* 


* 




' 










. 





• 







• 





































V/RA 


Health 30.2 


.11 


Project and Washington professional health personnel 
should develop and maintain close relationship with all 
appropriate official health agencies and professional 
organizations, and utilize their services when available. 
Formation of a society for each of the professional 
groups at each center, or affiliation with a local so¬ 
ciety is recommended. 


Relation* 
-with Health 
Organization* 


.12 Nurses’ aides who are specifically trained in certain 
minor nursing procedures and techniques shall perform 
such procedures and techniques in the project hospital 
only under the supervision of a registered nurse. They 
shall be on the nursing staff • In-service training shall 
be given all nurses’ aides at project hospitals. Such 
training shall follow the Red Cross Nurses’ Aide Manual 
until such time as a special War Relocation Authority 
Nurses’ Aide Manual is prepared. Medications and treat¬ 
ments of a major nature shall not be taught or assigned 
to nurses’ aides as a groups. V.here there is an acute 
shortage of registered and student nurses, a nurses’ 
aide who has shown herself capable of assuming respon¬ 
sibility may be taught and permitted to give medications 
and treatments usually the responsibility of a registered 
or senior student nurse. 


Nurse** Aide* 


.13 Health service programs for children of school age shall 
be the responisiblity of the Chief Medical Officer at the 
project. When such activities are carried out in the 
school building or during school hours, the Chief Medical 
Officer shall work out with the Superintendent of Schools 
a suitable plan to permit the least possible disturbances 
of school procedure and yet obtain efficient use of the 
limited health personnel’s time and facilities. School 
children and nursery school children shall have available 
to them the regular health service of the community. A 
health examination program for such children shall be 
provided. Examinations of teachers and other school per¬ 
sonnel shall be made for those conditions which may af¬ 
fect the welfare and health of the children. Sanitation 
inspections of the schools and recommendations of measures 
for improved sanitation shall be made in accordance with 
such service for the entire project. 


Sohool 

Health 

Program 


.14 


.15 


Standards to warrant approval by the American College of 
Surgeons should be maintained as soon as possible. Staff 
meetings of the hospital group and the various special 
staff workers should be held regularly. 

Medical social work shall constitute a part of the medi¬ 
cal service available on WRA Centers. It will give as- 


Hosj&tal 

Standards 

Msdioal Sooial 
Wort at 
Centers 


12/7/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 54 


C-0778 P9 bu 





Health . 30.2 


WtA 


(.15) 

sistance (1) to patients, in helping them to meet the so¬ 
cial problems associated with illness; (2) to the medical 
staff, in reporting social factors having a SDecific re¬ 
lation to diagnosis and treatment, and in planning with 
physicians the patient’s care in the light of complicat¬ 
ing social and psychological factors; and (3) to commun¬ 
ity agencies in rendering medical-social reports and in- 
terpretations• 


Uedio&l 

Sool&l 

Work 

at 

CentorB 

(oont’d) 


A. The Medical Social Worker shall function under the 
administrative direction of the Project Medical Of¬ 
ficer, and shall receive technical supervision from 
the Medical Social Consultant in the Washington Of¬ 
fice • 

B. He shall be responsible for in-service training and 
supervision of other medical social personnel, and 
shall cooperate with the Welfare Section in basic 
training of social work personnel, and shall take 
part in a planned lecture and case conference train¬ 
ing program. 

C. He will cooperate vtith the social, recreational, edu¬ 
cational and other services available in the Center 
for meeting the needs of patients. 

D. He will bring to the attention of the Medical Officer 
or other appropriate personnel recurring social fac¬ 
tors which impede adequate medical care for any group 
of patients. 

S. He will provide information to the attending physi¬ 
cians regarding social situations of patients which 
may influence medical treatment or hospital discharge 
plans • 

F. He will assist patients to carry out medical recom¬ 
mendations through an adjustment of social problems 
interfering with medical care. 

G. He will help patients and families meet the social 
problems involved in convalescent, chronic or termin¬ 
al care. 

A separate record of each case shall be kept in a confid¬ 
ential file. A monthly statistical and narrative report 

shall be made to the Center Medical Officer. 


12/7/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 54 


C-0778 Pi0 bu 







Health 30.2 


n/ftA 


.16 Special cooperation with the Welfare Section is necessary 

for the Medical Social work program. This will include: 

A. When the basic problem is a medical one in which the 
social situation or the patient's reaction to it may 
have a direct bearing on the illness or on medical 
care, case work responsibility will be carried by the 
Medical Social Worker and reports given to the V/el- 
fare Section if the family is known to them. 

B. V«hen the basic problem is social, case work responsi¬ 
bility rests with the Welfare Section. The Medical 
Social rYorker will receive social reports from Wel¬ 
fare Section, give pertinent social data to the exam¬ 
ining physician, and report medical recommendations 
to the Welfare Section. She will assist the patient 
in her clinic or hospital adjustment and give medical 
social interpretation as needed. 

C. When a basic medical and a basic social problem of 
equal importance occur in a given case, the point of 
origin and of the first intensive case work relation¬ 
ship may be the determining factor in deciding case 
work responsibility. Good team-work will reveal sit¬ 
uations in which transfer of responsibility will ef¬ 
fect best results. 

D. It may happen that in a family known to the 7/elf are 
Section one member has a medical condition in which 
medical social work can be helpful. In such a situa¬ 
tion, a consultation is indicated with a decision as 
to the responsibility to be carried by each. 

Sequent, regular case conferences at which cases of 
mutual interest are discussed will furnish the best 
onportunity for constructive planning in individual 
cases and for allocation of responsibility in carry¬ 
ing out part or all of the plan. 


Cooperation 

witlx 

Ws liars Seotion 
for 

Uedioal Sooial 
woric 


C-0778 Pll nobu 


12/7/43 

■ Supersedes A.I. 4 54 





< 


< 






WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


•17 The following procedures cover care for those patients 
who, while not requiring hospitalisation with an at¬ 
tendant physician’s close supervision and beside nurs¬ 
ing care, are too ill or infirm to care for theasleves 
in barracks and for whom satisfactory provision cannot 
be made by relatives or by housekeeping aid service. 
Such persons are ambulatory within a small radius; are 
able to care for all or part of their personal needs; 
may assist in caring for others, but require occasional 
medical and nursing supervision*. 

A. Barracks may be remodeled to provide space for the 
care of these patients* Such barracks should pro¬ 
vide separation for the sexes; should have several 
small roora3 as well as the mors commonly used large 
rooms; should have at least minimum sanitary faci¬ 
lities; and if possible, small serving kitchens. 

(1) A title such as Convalescent Barrack or Hospi¬ 
tal Annex may be used. It is believed psy¬ 
chologically unwise for the word "Chronic” to 
appear in the name of this facility. Loca¬ 
tion in a block adjacent to the hospital 
grounds is recommended. If this is not pos¬ 
sible, the barrack should be near a mess hall 
and bath house. 

B. Such a facility should be operated as a hospital 
ward — suitably staffed, equipped and supplied. 

The immediate staff should be part of the nurses’ 
aide and attendant staff of the hospital and 
should be under the supervision of the Chief Nhirse, 
probabljr through the public health nurse. It is 
recommended that a resident man and wife be em¬ 
ployed in the positions of Attendant and Nurses’ 
Aide as the nucleus of the staff. One of them may 
be designated as supervisor. If additional nurses’ 
aides are needed, they should rotate from other 
wards in the usual manner. Medical supervision 
should be provided by a physician designated by 
the Chief Medical Officer. 

C* Responsibility for decision on admission is a func¬ 
tion of the Health Section and referrals may be 
through either the hospital or the clinic* The de¬ 
cision is usually a medical-social one, and social 
factors should in. each instance be presented fully 

9/20 AU 

Release # 119 


Case for 
Isflxa 
A 

P »W0 M 




Emm 

aai 




Atedfsiaa 


FS be 




WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 



Snpplia* 


Meads 


Rooorda 


(.17C) 

to the physician in charge. In Centers which 
have a Medical Social Worker, recommendations 
for admission are within her function. When 
persons who are under the supervision of the 
Welfare Section are recommended for admission, 
a full report of the social situation should 
be given to the Medical Social Worker, or in 
her absence, to the Chief Nurse or her repre¬ 
sentative for/(presentation to the physician in 
charge. 

D. Linens and all other necessary supplies should 
be provided ^n the same manner as for the hospi¬ 
tal wards upon requisition to the Chief Nurse. 

E. Appropriate arrangements should be worked out 
with Mess Operations and the Health Section. 

The planning and preparation of meals should be 
under the supervision of the hospital dietitian 
and in cooperation with Mess Operations. If the 
building is near the hospital, food can be served 
from the hospital kitchen for those persons not 
able to walk to the hospital mess for meals; if 
it is located in a block, it will be necessary to 
send food from the block mess hall to the barrack 
for those persons unable to walk to the Mess Hall. 

F. A brief summary record or file should be kept 
for each patient. This provides space for notes 
when the physician or nurse visits the patient. 

In addition, deviations from the usual condition 
of the patient should be noted by the attendant 
or nurses* aide. 


Variation* 


Q. The above procedure is based upon the experience 
at several centers. Variations may be authorized 
far particular centers to fix local conditions. 


9/20AU 

Release # 119 



C.1054 P4 bu-fin»l 










WRA 


Health 30.2 


•30 Immediately upon the death of an evacuee resident of a 
WRA. center, the Center Medical Officer shall notify the 
Project Director, informing him as to the cause of the 
deeth. In all states where local law requires the fil¬ 
ing of a death certificate, the Center Medical Officer 
shall fill out the necessary form and shell cause it to 
be properly recorded. "Where an evacuee resident shall 
die without a physician in attendance, the Center Medi¬ 
cal Officer shall ntoify the county coroner and arrange 
for the holding of an inquest. The Center Medical Of¬ 
ficer shall also render the required report of the 
death to the U. S. Bureau of the Census on the pre¬ 
scribed forms. 


Death of 
Center 
Resident 


.31 Unless the family wishes to make other arrangements, the 
Project Director shell assume the responsibility of dis¬ 
posing of the remains of the deceased in a suitable man¬ 
ner. 


Disposal 

of 

Remains 


.32 At each center, bids shall be solicited on a contract 
for funeral services. The form of such contract shall 
be approved by the Project Director. All local under¬ 
takers who may be interested shall be given an oppor¬ 
tunity to bid. The terms of such contract shall provide 

A. A stated per-funeral fee for each funeral where 
ordinary burial service is requested, which will 
cover all costs for the funeral service, including 
embalming and other undertaking services, cost of 
casket, and the hire of a hearse. 

B. A stated per-funeral fee for each funeral where 
orematory service is requested, such stated fee 
to cover all costs for the funerel service', in¬ 
cluding the cost of cremation, cost of an urn and 
other necessary articles and services. 

The contract shall be awarded to the lowest re¬ 
sponsible bidder. The contract, after execution, 
shall be registered and numbered in the prescribed 
manner. In addition to the services above de¬ 
scribed, necessary expenses incident to the re¬ 
covery of bodies and the cost of opening and clos¬ 
ing graves may be paid by the WRA v when required. 


Center 

Contract 

for 

Funeral 

Services 


10/7/i*3 

Supersedes A,I. jf 18 


C-0778 


p 13 bu 





Health 30#2 


WRA 


.33 


Notification 

to 

Funeral 

Contractor 


Whenever the services of the contracting undertaker 
are required, the Project Director shall notify him 
to that effect, and, at the same time, shall make a 
report to Washington. The Center Medical Officer s 
shall be responsible for ascertaining that the re¬ 
mains of the deceased are properly prepered by the 
contractor in conformance with the provisions oon- 
teined in the contract. In thi6 capacity he shall 
serve as an inspector for the War Relocation Authority. 
No payments shall be made on bills for undertakers 1 
services rendered until the Medical Officer shall cer¬ 
tify that the provisions of the contract has been fully 
met • 


Evacuee 

Morticians 


♦3U Accredited and licensed morticians and embalmers within 
the evacuee population at relocation centers shall be 
permitted to practice their profession as a regular 
work assignment* 


Issue of 
Clothing 


*35 If the clothing of the deceased is not suitable to clothe 
the remains and the family is unable to provide suitable 
clothing, the Project Director is authorized to purchase 
or issue from stook the necessary olothing* If clothing 
is issued from stock# the same procedure shall be followed 
as in the issue of clothing to a living personI 


•36 Each Project Director shall establish a center cemetery. 

In those instances where the United States does not hold 
Canter title to the land on which the center is located and where 

CearrteaHLe* there is a possibility that a center cemetery might be 

disturbed after the termination of the project, no ceme¬ 
tery shall be established until a covenant running with 
the land protecting the continuation of the use of the 
land as a cemetery has been entered into between the land 
owner or owners and the United States. Where State laws 
require approval of cemetery sites by designated offi¬ 
cial before a cemetery may be established, such laws 
shall be observed. 


•37 Where suitable arrangements for a center cemetery have 

been made, interment of deceased persons shall usually be 
in the center cemetery. Until such time as designation of 
a project cemetery is feasible, interment shall be at the 
nearest available cemetery to the center which is accept¬ 
able both to the family of the deceased and to the Project 


I0/7/U3 

Supersedes A.I. # 16 


C-0778 P 14 bu 





WRA Manual 


Health 30.2 


(.37) 

Director. Where the family of the deceased wishes 
interment to take place at a cemetery other than 
those customarily used for burial of project resi¬ 
dents, the additional cost of such arrangements 
shall be required to be borne by the family or 
friends. 


.38 Where cremation was the wish of the deceased, or is 
desired by his immediate family, the Project Direc¬ 
tor, on request shall make the necessary arrange- 
maits. Construction of a crematorium may be made a 
work project at each relocation center. Management 
of the crematorium may later be assumed by Business 
Enterprises. In instances where cremation is desired 
prior to the establishment of a crematorium at any 
center, the Project Director shall arrange for -trans¬ 
portation of the remains of the deceased to the 
nearest place of cremation. 


.39 The Project Medical Officer shall, for all interments 
) in the center cemetery and for all inumraemts in the 

center columbarium, of deaths and stillbirths, main¬ 
tain a record of the name of the decedent or stillbirth 
and the number of the grave or niche. 


The Health Section shall, for deaths and stillbirths 
occurring at a center and whenever possible for deaths 
and stillbirths occurring to evacuees on short-term 
and seasonal leave, prepare the following number of 
copies of certificates required by state law and sub¬ 
mit them to the Center Statistics Section which shall 
make proper distribution: citizens, original and one 
copy; aliens, original and two copies. The Center 
Statistics Section shall maintain the original in its 
files for the use of the project and shall transmit 
one copy far each citizen and two copies for each alien 
to the Washington Office as directed by the Statistics 
Handbook 5>0.8*3>A, B, and C. 

.1*0 


(Cancelled) 


8/lSAU 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/7/U3 


Cremation 


Reoord 

of 

Funeral* 





























































































. 



















































































WRA 


Health 30.?? 


,50 The Act of December 17, 19^1, as emended, governs the 
importation, manufacture, production, compounding, 
sale, dealing in, dispensing and giving away of nar- 
ootios. Section 1 of the Act provides in part as 
followsl 


"Officials of the United States, who in the 
exercise of their official duties engage in 
any of the business herein described, shall 
not be required to register, nor pay special 
tax, but their right to this exemption shall, 
be evidenced in such manner as the Secretory 
may by regulations prescribe." 


Ant of 

as amended, 
m 

Narootioe 


,51 The U.S, Treasury Department, Bureau of Narcotics, 
has issued Regulations No. 5 relating to narcotics. 
Articles 93# 9U, and 95 of Regulation No. 5 provide 
as fol 1 ow 81 


"ART.93»Civil officers.—Each civil officer of 
the United States, or the District of Columbia, 
or any State Territory, or insular possession 
of the United States, or any country, munici¬ 
pality, or other political sub-division, who 
is engaged in any activity mentioned in the Act 
and who claims exemption from registration and 
tax under the Act, shall file with the collec¬ 
tor for the district in which he is located a 
certificate from a superior official showing the 
official status and official address of the per¬ 
son claiming exemption and (1) whether he is to 
purchase the narcotics or obtain them from of¬ 
ficial stocks, and (2) whether or not the officer 
is to administer or dispense narcotics. Each 
such statement shall be renewed on or before July 
1 of each year and, except in the case of civil 
officers of the United States, shall be accom¬ 
panied by an inventory on Form 713 of the nar¬ 
cotics drugs and preparations on hand at the time 
the certificate is filed. 


Treasury 

Narocrfcios 

Regulation 

No* 5 


"ART 9U. Procurement of narcotics .—Each order 
for the purchase of taxable narcotic drugs by an 


IO/7/U3 

Supersedes A. I. # 67 


C-0778 P17 bu 




WRA 


Health 30*2 


i 


(.51) 

exempt official shall be accompanied by 8 cer¬ 
tificate, issued by the collector for the dis¬ 
trict in which the purchasing official is lo¬ 
cated, on official stationery in the following 
form: 


Treasury 
Naroortios 
Regulation 
No. 5 
(oontM.) 




(Name) 

(Rank or official capacity 


^Post of duty or official address) 


has evidenced his exemption from registration and 
payment of taxes under the Act of December 17# 

19l!*, as amended, in the manner prescribed by the 
Commissioner of Narcotics, with the approval of 
the Secretary of the Treasury, and is entitled to 
purchase narcotios without the use of official 
order forms for the use of j 


(Na me 


of government and department thereof') 


Certificates in accordance with the foregoing form 
shall be issued by the collectors upon request, 
but no certificate ehall be issued for any officer 
or official unless the list or statement on file 
indicates that such officer or official is required 
to purchase narcotic drugs. These certificates are 
not required for the purchase of exempt prepara¬ 
tions by exempt officials. 

If an official is engated in a private business or 
privately practices a profession in which narcotics 
are manufactured, produced, compounded, sold, dealt, 
dispensed, prescribed, administered, or given away, 
such official shall register and pay the special tax 
for such private aotivity, and the narcotics for 
such private pruposes shall be secured upon regular 
order forms. 


10/7/U3 

Supersedes A. I. # 67 


C-0778 P18 bu 











) 


WRA 


Health 30.2 


(•51) "ART.95» Orders snd prescriptions .—Orders and 

prescriptions for taxable narcotic drugs and 
preparations issued by exempt officials as such 
shall be prepared on official blanks if such 
blanks are provided, or otherwise on official 
stationery, and shall show the name, title and 
official address of the person oy whom executed." 


•52 The War Relocation Authority has reached an agreement 
with the Bureau of Narcotics of the Treasury Depart¬ 
ment whereby one appointed physician and one evacuee 
physioian may obtain exempt status under the Federal 
Narcotics Laws. Although medical supplies and nar¬ 
cotics will usually be purchased through Army facili¬ 
ties, this procedure will allow the purchase of nar¬ 
cotics from local sources in the event of an emer¬ 
gency. The Prcjeot Director of each center shall 
designate two such physicians and file the necessary 
statements outlined under Section 30,2.51 with the 
Collector of Internal Revenue for the district in 
which the center is located. 

.53 The Medicpl Officer of each center has been furnished 
a copy of Regulation No. 5 ® s issued by the Treasury 
Department. The regulations contained therein must 
be strictly observed by center officials. 


NRA Purchase 

•f 

Narcotics 


VJRA 

Adherence 

to 

Regulation 
No* 5 


10/7A3 

Supersede. A,I* jf- 67 




C-0778 P19 nobu-final 





< 


I 


IRA 


Education 30.3 


•1 As a part of the program authorized by Executive Order 
No* 9102 the War Relocation Authority shall establish and 
maintain an educational system providing essential school 
programs at each center. The school organization shall 
be a Section of the Conmunity Management Division* School 
staff members shall be federal employees, either appoint¬ 
ed to classified positions under Civil Service rules and 
regulations, or in the case of evacuees, selected for 
regularly established evacuee positions* Appointments of 
educational personnel shall provide for year-round duty 
status, and appointees shall have the same rights and 
responsibilities as other WRA employees* The WPA will 
have full financial responsibility for and administrative 
control over the center schools. 

•2 The WRA should, in so far as possible, consult and seek 
the cooperation of local. State, federal, and other edu¬ 
cational organizations• 

A. The WRA will seek to develop with State educational 
authorities a memorandum of agreement setting up a 
State board of educational consultants in each of the 
States where centers are located. 

B* The WRA should consult the State Department of Educa¬ 
tion and/or other educational leaders in the selec¬ 
tion of key personnel, in determining school standards^ 
teacher qualification requirements, and curricular 
content and organization. 

C* The WRA shall seek the advice and assistance of the 
United States Office of Education in developing the 
educational program. 

D, Participation in the activities of and affiliation 
with such organizations as the Four-H Clubs, Future 
Farmers of America, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Camp 
Fire Girls, Red Cross, and Parent Teacher Associations 
shall be encouraged. 

.3 The WRA schools shall meet the local State requirements in 
regard to teacher qualifications, courses of study, and 
graduation from elementary and high schools; and will pro¬ 
vide the usual courses needed for admission to local State 
colleges and universities. The WRA schools shall also 
conform to State requirements for attendance. Unless prior 
approval of the Director has been secured, the language of 
instruction in all WRA schools within the center shall be 
English. 


Organization 


Relations 
with Other 
Organizations 


I.femoranda 

of 

Agreement 

with 

States 

Relations 

with 

State Ed¬ 
ucation 
Departments 


U. S. Of floe 
of 

Education 

Affiliation 

with 

Membership 

Organizations 


Meeting 

State 

Standards 




Supersedes A.I. # 23 


C-I891 P3 *u 






Sobool 

Terra 


Administrative 
Control from 
Washington 


Sobool 

Administration 


Reoords 

and 

Report* 


Selection 

of 

Teacher* 


C-1991 P4 bu 


S4u£atjqn 30 .3 

•4 The school year shall be eleven months and the terms 

shall be organized to provide for approximately 180 days 
of classroom and vocational instruction for each year 
leading to graduation from elementary and high schools, 
and a modified summer program providing work opportuni¬ 
ties, vocational and avocational experiences, and essen¬ 
tial health instruction# 


.5 

A# The appointive positions and staff organization auth¬ 
orized for the school system at each center are in¬ 
cluded in the approved charts for administrative 
functions. Likewise, educational funds are allotted 
to the centers under regular WRA budgetary and allot¬ 
ment procedures. Requests for changes must be made 
and justified in the same manner as for other center 
activities. 

B. The school superintendent shall have charge of the 
elementary school (kindergarten to grade six, inclus¬ 
ive), and high school (grades 7 to 12 inclusive), and 
shall exercise supervisory control over the adult and 
nursery school programs, under the authority of the 
Project Director, and with the professional guidance 
of the Chief of Community Management and his staff in 
the Washington office. 

.6 Adequate personnel and progress records showing pupil ach¬ 
ievements, teacher qualifications and duties, and (in co¬ 
operation with the Finance Section) budgetary, property, 
and supply records essential to the operation and evalua¬ 
tion of a school system shall be maintained. Reports of 
such information, as requested under the authority of the 
Director, shall be prerequisite for periodic allotment of 
WRA funds for education. 

.7 Candidates for appointive positions in the WRA school sys¬ 
tem must qualify under both TJ• S• Civil Service Commission 
requirements for the positions in question and State re¬ 
quirements for certification to positions of like charac¬ 
ter and scope. Prior consideration should be given to 
qualified candidates in the State in which the center is 
located, but qualified teachers from outside the State may 
be appointed after or subject to certification by the 
State in question. No recruiting activities for teachers 
should be carried on except with prior approval of the 
Civil Service Commission and under its direction. In gen¬ 
eral, selection will be made from lists of eligibles furn¬ 
ished by the Civil Service Commission. 



10/5/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 23 








WRA Education 30 >3 

•8 All possible positions should be filled by qualified 
evacuees nho will work under the employment policies of 
WRA. To serve in the place of appointed personnel, 
evacuees must meet the same professional standards, in¬ 
cluding State certification, required of appointed educa¬ 
tional personnel* They need not, hoi^ver, be certified 
by the Civil Service Conraission and will not be appointed 
Federal employees. 

*9 All students should be given opportunity and encouraged 
to acquire some vocational training before graduation 
from high school. Where feasible, a part of this voca¬ 
tional training shall be obtained through work-experience 
in some section of the Center Operations Division, enter¬ 
prises, offices, institutions and services of the center, 
and shall be carried on as apprentice training. The Pro¬ 
ject Director shall require that all divisions and activ¬ 
ities on the project share the responsibility for formul¬ 
ating and operating this vocational and training program. 
The placement and vocational and training program of the 
schools shall be closely integrated with employment and 
the production program on the center. At the discretion 
of the Project Director, definite responsibilities may be 
assigned to the schools for soma part in the production, 
operations, and maintenance programs in the center, and 
the schools should be assigned the use of the land, equip¬ 
ment, and supplies necessary to carry out these responsib¬ 
ilities. High schpol students, aged sixteen years or 
above, specializing in a vocational field may, under the 
direction of the Superintendent of Education, spend not 
to exceed one-half their time in apprentice training or 
work-experience during the regular school year. 

.10 Day nurseries to provide supervised play and rest periods 
for young children shall be carried on in all centers. 

They shall be operated by center residents, under the sup¬ 
ervision of a qualified leader. 

•11 An adult education program to meet the needs of adult 
evacuees shall be provided on each center. The program 
shall be organized and supervised by the Night School Dir¬ 
ector under the direction and authority of the Superin¬ 
tendent of Education. The program shall be organized to 
provide education essential to relocation and to adapta¬ 
tion to American community life. While other courses may 
be justified and offered, emphasis shall be placed on ed¬ 
ucation for vocational activities, overcoming language 
difficulties, and American ideals and practices. Instruc- 


Xr&ouee 
Te sobers 


Vooational 
Eduo at ion 


Day 

Nurseries 


Adult 

Education 


10/5/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 23 






WRA 


, 2.Q.i3 


Adult 

Education 

(oont'd*) 


(• 11 ) 

tlon shall be provided by qualified evacuees, elementary 
and secondary teachers and other center employees, and 
others approved by the Project Director* 


Poet-Graduate 

mi 

Collegiate 

Training 


•12 Qualified evacuees may obtain leave for the purpose of 
attending approved institutions for post-graduate and 
collegiate training under the applicable regulations of 
the War Relocation Authority. (See Section 60*5). 


Religious 
Instruction 
on WRA 
Proud sos 


.13 

A* Religious denominations within the centers may with 
the approval of the Community Council, be permitted 
the use of school premises for religious instruction 
at times and under conditions which will not interfere 
with the general school program* Hours and regula¬ 
tions regarding such use-of school premises shall be 
determined by the Superintendent of Education* 


Organization 

of 

Denominational 

Schools 


B. Religious denominations within the centers may be per¬ 
mitted to organize full-time schools with the approval 
of the Community Council and the Project Director* 

Such schools shall meet all requirements for attend¬ 
ance, courses of study, and standards required by the 
State in which the center is located, and shall be in¬ 
spected periodically by the War Relocation Authority 
to insure conformity to such standards* 


10/5/43 

Supersedes A*I* # 23 


C-1901 P® bu-flnal 






WRA Manual 


Education 30.3 


i 


/ 


•50 Vocational training is to serve two main 
goals•' It Is to provide such employment 
skills for evacuees as will aid them in purpose of 

securing employment out of the centers, vocational 

preferably in essential occupations. The Training 
program should also provide workers neces- 
sary for the day-to-day operation of acti¬ 
vities within the center. In providing 
evacuees with skills necessary for project 
employment, the training program will at 
the same time fulfill a considerable part 
of its function in preparing evacuees for 
relocation. 


.51 The vocational training program involves the 
close participation of nearly every division. 
Therefore, responsibility for planning and 
supervising the program is vested in a Wash¬ 
ington staff committee containing representa¬ 
tives of the Community Management, Administra¬ 
tive Management, Relocation and Operations 
Divisions. The WRA Supervisor of the voca¬ 
tional training program,attached to the Com¬ 
munity Management Division, is chairman of the 
committee. Supervision of vocational training 
activities in each center is vested in a simi¬ 
lar committee with which the Washington Com¬ 
mittee will maintain close relationship. 


.52 A. The Center Committee shall have charge of 
all aspects of the vocational training 
program on the project except for high 
school trades classes. The Committee 
shall also have an advisory function with 
regard to the high school vocational 
training program. 


Project 

Vooatioml 

Training 

CoMcdtta© 

Soepe 


B. Working within present divisional organ¬ 
ization, this committee will, in effect, 
be an operating unit. It is important, size 

therefore, that the Committee be small, 
consisting of no more than five or six 
members• 


12/28/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 87 


C-08 14 P3 bu 








WRA 


Education 30,3 


(.52) 

C. 


Membership 


The Committee is to include representa¬ 
tives of the Education Section, the Re¬ 
location Division, the Personnel Man¬ 
agement Section, the Operations Divi¬ 
sion, and the evacuees. A representa¬ 
tive of the Project Director may be 
designated as an ex-officio member of 
the Committee. 


Executive 

Officer 


D. The Executive Officer of the Committee 
shall be the Project Vocational Train¬ 
ing Supervisor. 


Function of 
the Committee 


E. The Committee shall meet at regular in¬ 
tervals and act as a policy making body 
for the training program, deciding on 
the initiation of apprenticeships, trade 
classes, etc. 


Functions 
of the 
Washington 
C octal tiee 


.53 The Washington Committee will furnish leader¬ 
ship and technical assistance in all phases 
of the vocational training program. In visits 
to the centers, the chairman and other members 
of the Committee will consult with Project Com¬ 
mittees and will work directly with project 
training supervisors. 


There are four important areas in the vocation¬ 
al training program: 

A. (1) The apprenticeship training approach 
takes advantage of the natural train¬ 
ing opportunities in operational and 
maintenance activities on the Project. 
These represent a very considerable 
spread of occupations. Through speci¬ 
fic agreements reached with division 
heads, shop foremen and appropriate 
supervisors, a pre-determined number 
of apprentices are referred to the ac¬ 
tivity. The agreement includes pro¬ 
vision for reotation of the apprentice 
in a preascertained series of opera- 


12/28/42 

Supersedes A.I. # 87 


Nature of 
the Progran 


.54 


Apprenticeship 
Training Program 


C-08 14 p4 bu 






WRA 


Education 50.3 


(.54A-1) 

tions. The list of operations is a re¬ 
sult of a job analysis conducted jointly 
by the shop supervisor and Project Vo¬ 
cational Training Supervisor. Supple¬ 
mentary classes for apprentices should 
be a feature of this program. Appren¬ 
tices are observed at work, their pro¬ 
gress is checked and they are Interviewed 
regularly by the training supervisor. 

The head of the unit and the training 
supervisor confer on apprentice problems. 
Procedures to follow in setting up ap¬ 
prentice training programs are discussed 
in detail in the Handbook. 


(2) A number of apprentice training posi¬ 
tions have been allocated to each project 
over and above the center f s employment 
quota. These jobs are usually assigned 
by the Personnel Management Section to 

I the Education Section earmarked for ap¬ 
prentice training. Apprenticeships are 
paid at the n A” rate. Following usual 
fiscal procedures, allotment advices 
will be sent each center each quarter 
concerning the size of the Apprentice 
Training Fund. 

Authorization for each group of trainees 
is to be obtained from the Washington 
Vocational Training Committee. It will 
be the responsibility of the Project 
Director to see that all requests for 
expenditures from this reserve are ap¬ 
proved in writing by the Washington Vo¬ 
cational Training Committee. The fol¬ 
lowing procedure should be followed: 

(a) The Project Vocational Training 

Committee should plan an on-the-job 
training program for any given unit 
on the motor pool, hospital, mess 
halls, much as outlined in the Hand¬ 
book release on On-the-job Training. 


12/26/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 87 


Allcoctioa 

of 

Apprentice 

Positions 


C- 08 14 PH * 



WRA 


Education 30.3 


(.S4A-2) 

(b) Agreement as to referral of 
trainees, conditions under which 
the program will be operated, etc., 
must of course, be reached with 
the head of the unit affected. 

(c) The plan should then be submitted 
in duplicate to the Washington Vo¬ 
cational Training Committee. 
Specific attention should be paid 
to number of trainees, period of 
training, outline of work and in¬ 
struction, etc. 

(d) The Washington Vocational Training 
Committee will consider and approve 
each request and immediately notify 
the Center. 


Government- 

Sponsored 

Training 

Courses 


B. Centers should take the greatest possible 
advantage of the emergency war training 
courses, financed by Congressional appro¬ 
priations, with funds allocated to the 
various states through the TJ. S. Office 
of Education. Methods of securing State 
aid in setting up training courses are 
discussed in detail in the Handbook. It 
is important to state here, however, that 
with t he limited WRA funds available for 
vocational training, such aid forms an 
important resource. Two programs are ad¬ 
ministered by the States with U.S. Office 
of Education Funds. 


(1) Rural War Production Training Program: 

This program is designed to train 
farm workers, to aid farmers increase 
their production, and to promote the 
conservation of foods generally. Two 
types of courses are available in this 
program: A series of commodity courses 
as in swine production, poultry farm¬ 
ing, etc.,and a group of mechanics 
courses as in repair and maintenance of 
farm machinery and equipment, farm con¬ 
struction, etc. In setting up such 


12/28/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 87 





WRA 


Education 30,3 


(.54B-2) 

classes the States supply full-time 
instructors, supplement equipment, 
help In securing materials, and gen¬ 
erally aid in supervising Instruction* 

(2) War Production Training Program: 

This program is designed to prepare 
workers for critical war industry oc¬ 
cupations as In machine shop, welding, 
aeroplane engine mechanics, etc. 

However, of particular Importance to 
WRA, is the fact that this program 
offers assistance in preparing workers 
for essential civilian occupations, 
such as automobile mechanics, general 
sheet metal, refrigeration service, 
etc. The States offer the samp aid In 
organizing various classes as does the 
program described above. It is impprt- 
ant to note that this is a much more 
extensive program and Involves a con¬ 
siderably larger grant than does the 
Rural War Production Program. 

C. Adult Trade Classes are geared primarily to 
serve relocation needs. They involve the 
organization of classes for adults during 
the day or in the evening. Among the courses 
recommended for consideration are refrigera¬ 
tion service, radio service, typewriter re¬ 
pair, auto mechanics, auto body and fender 
work, secretarial work, pastry baking, beauty 
culture, furniture finishing. These and simi¬ 
lar fields can be adequately enough covered in 
periods up to five or six months to enable 
trainees to secure employment in the fields of 
training. The factors determining whether a 
center shall give one or another course are: 
availability of evacuee teacher personnel, ac¬ 
cessibility of equipment or tools, ability to 
secure materials, budget, interest of eva¬ 
cuees, etc. 

Courses should be as Intensive as possible. 

If at all feasible adult courses should be 
given on an eight-hour-a-day basis. If a 


12/28/43 

Supersedes A.I# # 87 


Adult Trade 
Classes 


C-08 14 P7 bo 



WRA 


Education 30*3 


(.54C) 


D. 


High School 
Vocational 
Training 

Classes 


12/28/43 

Supersedes 


course is given in the evening, the longest 
possible session is in order for as many 
days a week as evacuees and instructors 
are ready to attend. 

RWPTP and WPTP resources should be used 
wherever they may be made available for 
adults. Examples are courses involving 
five three-hour sessions a week in auto 
mechanics or refrigeration service. Ut¬ 
most advantage should be taken of center 
facilities, using maintenance shops in 
the evening for trade classes, and 
utilizing the skills of available ap¬ 
pointed staff. 

Center High Schools face a definite need 
to expand their curriculum to include 
trades training. With the greater avail¬ 
ability of shop space, there is every 
reason to work toward the establishment 
of auto mechanics, radi,o servlet, re¬ 
frigeration service, general sheet metal 
or any other type of training which will 
meet essential labor needs in or out of 
the projects. Direction as to vocational 
training emphases in the high schools 
should come from the Center Vocational 
Training Committees. 

All high schools already offer secretarial 
training. In line with center and reloca¬ 
tion needs, however, this program on a 
high school and adult level can be expanded 
considerably. All available teaching and 
typewriter resources should be tapped. 

The nature of center organization makes 
possible extensive use of work-experience 
programs for high school students. This 
type of program can contribute not merely 

to the student*s growth and training; but 
it can also be of genuine help to the pro- 


A. I.# 87 


P8 bu- 





WRA 


Education 30*3 


(•54D) 

jects in meeting an Increasingly strin¬ 
gent labor situation. Principles and 
techniques to follow in inaugurating and 
supervising this type of work will be 
included in the Handbook. 


.55 A. 


As Indicated in Section «54A, under objec¬ 
tive classification 01.3 an Apprentice 
Training Fund has been set up to which 
apprentice wages at the "A” rate are to 
be charged. 


Finanoiag of 
Program 


Supplementary instruction classes for 
apprentices, usually held in the evening, 
should be given at the shops in which 
they are working during the day. Instruc¬ 
tors’ salaries may be drawn from RWPTP or 
WPTP funds. Procedures to follow where 
such aid is not available are discussed 
below. 


Apprenticeship* 


B. With the exception of initial shop equip- cevemineat- 

raent investment, government sponsored Sponsored 

courses are financed almost entirely by classes 

the various States. 

C. In organizing WRA Adult Education classes 
the greatest possible advantage must be 
taken of existing center facilities. It 
will probably not be possible to make bud¬ 
get provision for teaching staff for adult 
classes. Most such instructors, therefore, 
would’have to come from the available ap¬ 
pointed staff paid either from WITP or 
WPTP funds, or, as in the case of teaching 

staff, working on a compensatory time ar- mi xtalt 

rangement. idoowtion 

ClMMS 

The practice of charging costs of equipment 
and materials In adult trade classes to 
education funds can be continued where there 
are sufficient education funds to cover such 
needs. It should be general practice, how¬ 
ever, for the Vocational Training Supervisor 
to plan his program sufficiently far ahead so 


12/28/43 

Supersedes A. I. # 87 


008 14 P9 *>u 




WRA 


Education 30.3 


High School 
Vooatlosftl 

Classes 




(.55C) 

as to be able to anticipate costs for 
each approaching quarterly period and 
to request necessary funds apart from 
the education budget. Each request 
should be specifically presented and 
amply justified. 

It is Important to emphasize that such 
requests for funds must be highly spe¬ 
cific and carry full justification in 
terms of aims to be fulfilled and organ¬ 
ization of course or project. This 
applies equally to budget requests for 
supplementary classes for apprentices. 

D. Trade classes in the high schools may 
also, in part, be financed through the 
State administered programs. For 
courses not available under these pro¬ 
grams or where there is inadequate state 
cooperation, budget requests for trade 
training should be made as part of the 
education budget. As in the case of 
fund requests for adult education, bud¬ 
get needs should be amply anticipated 
and trade training budget items should 
be well justified. As far as possible 
contemplated purchase of equipment 
should be noted item by item with es¬ 
timated costs. Hand tools and materials 
costs should be similarly treated. 

The Education budget may be made to in¬ 
clude special teacher positions for vo¬ 
cational training, but these requests 
should also be made to stand out, if 
necessary, in a separate category. On 
a Washington level, within the limits 
of available budget, every consideration 
will be given to such center requests. 


12/28/43 

Supersedes A. I. # 87 


C-0814 P 10 bu-fInal 



Welfare 3Q.»4 


MU 

•1 The Welfare Section at WRA centers operates as a part 
of the Community Management Division* The head of the 
Section, known as Counselor, is administratively res¬ 
ponsible to, and comes under the supervision of, the 
Assistant Project Director in charge of the Community 
Management Division* From the standpoint of the tech¬ 
niques to be applied, the Counselor is responsible to 
the Head of the Welfare Section in Washington* 

«2 Policies, procedures and regulations governing the opera¬ 
tion of the Welfare Section are determined and issued by 
the Director of the War Relocation Authority* It is the 
administrative responsibility of the Project Director to 
see that such policies, procedures and regulations are 
carefully adhered to. The application of these policies, 
procedures and regulations will, from time to time, be 
further augmented by technical instructions and advice 
with regard to method and technique by the Washington 
Welfare Section* 

-3 The general functions of the Center Welfare Section are: 

A* To establish and maintain such practices as will ef¬ 
fectuate the general public welfare policies establish¬ 
ed by the War Relocation Authority, allowing — with¬ 
in the general principles established — for such ad¬ 
aptation as local conditions may require* 

B* To assist families and individuals through such ser¬ 
vices as will develop and make use of their own capac¬ 
ity in meeting difficult personal and environmental 
problems* This will mean counseling with individuals 
and families on problems such as delinquency, personal 
maladjustment, family difficulties, and broken homes* 

C* To provide child welfare services* Such services 
would includes 

(1) Consultative services to working mothers; 

(2) Services relating to day care, and foster care; 

(3) Treatment for dependent and neglected children, 
and for children with special problems; 

(4) Child placement; 

(5) A program of counseling for youth* 

D* To establish and maintain cooperative relations with 
public and private social, health and welfare agencies 

11/18/43 

Supersedes A*I* #91 


OvganiswILaa 

Kt 

Cewtors 


Fvlloia*, 

Prooe&xrwt 

and 

Ratfulatlras 



C-1818 P3 bu 











swXBJWXWmm 

(ooirfc'4*) 


WRA .. . Welfare 30*4„ 

(.3D) 

and institutions* Such assistance would be in the 
form of advice, counsel and other services dealing 
with specialized problems such as psychiatric case 
work, child guidance and child welfare* 

£• To administer a program of clothing allowances* 

F* To administer public assistance grants to those indi¬ 
viduals and families whose income is inadequate to 
meet minimum needs. 

Q* To cooperate with the Relocation Division in planning 
for individuals and families who are relocating. 

H. To assign living quarters to individuals and families, 
other than appointed personnel, with consideration giv¬ 
en to the size of the family, the family*s preference 
as to location; and, in the case of individuals, if ad¬ 
visable, an opportunity to select those individuals 
with whom they would prefer to live. To concern itself 
with other problems pertaining to the social aspects of 
housing* 

I. To establish and maintain records essential to the op¬ 
eration of the Section; and to prepare periodic reports 
of the work of the Section. 

J* To plan and effectuate a program of in-service training 
for evacuee case aides in the functions of individual 
and family counseling services. 

K* To coordinate the Welfare program with that of other 
Sections of the Community Management Division and with 
the activities of the other Divisions at the Center* 

L* To counsel with and to assist individuals and families 
with their repatriation plans; to refer to and cooper¬ 
ate with the Project Attorney on all matters pertaining 
to the legal aspects of repatriation; to cooperate with 
the Statistician regarding the maintenance of the offi¬ 
cial records of requests for repatriation and cancella¬ 
tions • 

M. To recommend to the Project Director approval or disap¬ 
proval of requests of evacuees to transfer residence 
to another Center; and, in the case of approved cases, 
to make all the necessary arrangements for the transfer 
to the second Center. 


n/18/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 91 


C-1819 P4 bu-fInal 



WRA 


Welfare 30. 4 











•10 Project Directors are authorized to make public assist¬ 
ance grants to evacuees -whose income is inadequate to 
meet minimum needs. 


Policy on 
Issuance of 
Publio Assistance 
Grants 


A. Those persons shall be eligible for grants who are 
without adequate means of support for themselves and 
their dependents and who are in need of public as¬ 
sistance, including the following: 

(1) Single individuals and heads of families who are 
unable to work because of illness or incaoacity. 
Eligibility under this classification shall not 
exist until after all rights to illness comoen- 
sation under regulations of the War Relocation 
Authority have expired. 


(2) Children without support under 16 years of age. 

(3) The heads of families itfiich have a total net in¬ 
come (from all sources) that is inadequate to 
meet their needs. 


Eligibility 


B. Eligibility shall not exist for employable persons 
who refuse to work. 

A. The amounts of grants for needs other than clothing 
shall not exceed the following except as orovided in 
D below: 


(1) For men - $4»75 per month 

(2) For women - $4*25 per month 

# 

(3) For children (13-17) - $2.50 per month 

(4) For children (under 13) - $1*50 per month 

B. The nearest age at the beginning of the fiscal year 
shall determine the age throughout the year, for the 
purposes of the preceding paragraph. 

C. The grant for any family shall be the total of the 
grants for which the individual members are eligible. 

D. In addition to the amounts stated above in A, the 
Project Director is authorized to make special grants 
to meet cases of critical need. Each such case shall 
be approved by the Project Director. 

S. Grants for clothing may be made in particular cases, 
in addition to other public assistance grants, in ac¬ 
cordance with need. However, such grants shall not 


Anaounts 

of 

Grants 










Suoersedes A.I. # 3*> 

i 


C-0797 P3 bu 









Approval of 
Vouchers for 
Grants 


Re sponsibility 
for Reoeipt and 
Investigation 
of Applications 
for 

Assistance 


Regulations 


Frooednre 


C-0 7 97 P4 


WRA _Welfare , 3.Q..4 

(.12E) 

exceed the rates for clothing allowances set forth in 
Section 30.4*51. 

F. The total grant in any instance shall not exceed the 
applicant’s needs. 

.13 Grants will be payable on the basis of vouchers approved 
by the Project Director or his authorized representative, 
and certified by the Project Certifying Officer. 

.14 It shall be the responsibility of the Welfare Section of 
the Community Management Division to receive and investi- . 
gate all applications for public assistance grants, and 
to render such follow-un service and perform such other 
services as are necessary to good family case work. 

.15 

A. No assistance shall be extended for a longer period 
than 30 days at one time. The circumstances of each 
recipient shall be reviewed or reinvestigated at 
least once each 30 days before further assistance is 
approved. For continuing cases, however, a new ap¬ 
plication will not be required for each grant payment. 
The original application will be sufficient unless 
the case has been inactive for at least 30 days. 

B. Public assistance grants must be used for the pur¬ 
poses for -which they have been made. Any misuse of 
public assistance funds shall be sufficient reason 
for discontinuance of further assistance. 

C. No assistance grant shall be made where the applicant 
is eligible for the sarafe or equivalent assistance 
from another agency, or where another type of assist¬ 
ance will better enable the applicant to meet his 
real needs. 

.16 

A. All applications for public assistance grants shall 
be made on Form WRA-76, entitled "Application for 
Public Assistance Grant"• This form shall be prepar¬ 
ed in duplicate. The original ^iall be retained in 
the Welfare Section, and the copy shall be forwarded 
immediately to the center files. 

B. The Welfare Section shall promptly investigate the 
need of each applicant fbr assistance. On the basis 
of such investigation the Section shall determine 
whether a grant is necessary and the amount of grant 
required. 


12/16/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 35 


bu 



WRA _Welfare 30.4 

(. 16 ) 

C. If it is determined that a grant is necessary, the 
Welfare Section shall assign a case number to the ap¬ 
plication from a register kept for that purpose, and 
shall prepare Form WRA.-77, entitled "Voucher for Pub¬ 
lic Assistance Grant"• It shall fill out each voucher 
completely with the exception of the 7/RA and D. C. 
Voucher Number. Vouchers shall be prepared in quin- 
tuplicate for distribution as hereinafter prescribed. 
(Note that more than one grant can be listed on one 
voucher form)• The Head or the Assistant Head of the 
Welfare Section shall sign the original of each vouch¬ 
er in the space indicated for verification. The 

x 

voucher shall then be forwarded with the original ap¬ 
plication (or applications) containing the facts con¬ 
cerning the case and the recommendations to the Chief 
of the Division of Community Management for approval. 
(If the Project Director so desires, he may require 
each voucher to be approved by himself.) 

D. Approved vouchers shall be forwarded to the Project 
Finance Officer, who will examine them to determine 
that they are properly made out but will not pass on 
the recipient's eligibility fcr assistance. Payment 
will be made in cash by the Agent-cashier on the bas¬ 
is of approved and audited vouchers. The Project 
Director may if he wishes have the grants paid by 
check issued by the Assistant Regional Disbursing Of¬ 
fice r-in-Charge, rather than in cash. This may be 
done only if the evacuees are able to cash the check 
easily and without the payment of a service charge in 
excess of five cents (5£) per check. 

.17 Grants made shall be reported to Washington monthly on 
Form WRA-243• 


12/16/43 

Supersedes A. I. # 35 


C-0797 


Procedure 

(ooot'd*) 


Reports 


' 


P5 nobu-flnal 















id 








- . 




>• > 

































' 








* 




































" 






















































- 


WKA Manual 


Community Activltlea 50*5 


•1 The Community Actlyities program at relocation 
centers is concerned with the development and 
direction of group work activities to meat the 
leisura-time needs of all of the project resi¬ 
dents, to contribute to the relocation process, 
to help improve morale, and to help strengthen 
relationships between the project personnel— 
both evacuee and appointed* 

A. Suphasi a is placed on the initiation and 
operation of community activities by the 
evacuees themselves. The Community Activ¬ 
ities Supervisor will not assume unneces¬ 
sary control over organizations and groups 
of evacuees within the community, but rath¬ 
er will facilitate the development of 
groups of evacuees according to the interests 
and needs of all of the residents in the 
community; and will encourage evacuees to 
assume increasing responsibility for and 
participation in the community activities 
program. 

.2 The Community Activities Section at WRA centers 
operates as a part of the Community Management 
Division. The head of the section, known as 
the Supervisor of Community Activities, is ad¬ 
ministratively responsible to, and comes under 
the supervision of the Assistant Project Di¬ 
rector in charge of the Community Management 
Division. 

.3 The general responsibilities and functions of 
the Community Activities Section are: 

A. To work with evacuees in the establishment, 
development, and direction of a coranunity 
activities and group work program designed 
to meet the leisure-time needs of the com¬ 
munity and contribute to the relocation 
process. 

B. To work with other sections within the 
Community Management Division so that 
there may be full utilization made of a- 
vailable project facilities, equipment, 
and personnel in the development of a 
broad group activities program for all 
elements within the ccmmunity. 


Objective# 


Evaooee 
Responsibility 


Organisation 
of ooBomity 
activities 
section 


Responsibility 
of the Comnonlty 
Activities 
Section 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A.I. #73 


C-1383 Pi of 10 bu-*c os-pun-»p 




WRA Manual 


Comnunity Activities 30,5 


ImnM 

personnel 

im 

oommmlty 

activities 


• 3) 

C. To cooperate with the Relocation Division in 
planning these group activities which will 
contribute to the relocation process, 

D. To establish and maintain cooperative rela¬ 
tionships with recreation and group work 
agencies, both public and private, for the 
purpose of encouraging the participation of 
evacuees in leisure-time activities typical¬ 
ly American in concept, and thus facilitate 
the relocation objectives of WRA. 

E. To work with religious groups and other agen¬ 
cies interested in contributing to the de¬ 
velopment of the ccmmunity activities program, 

F. To plan and carry out a program of in-service 

training for evacuee assistants assigned to 
the section in the functions of the comnunity 
activities program, • 

Cr. To maintain records essential to the operation 
of the Section, and to prepare, periodically, 
reports on the work of the Section, 

H, In consultation with the Administrative Manage¬ 
ment Division, to assist in the development of 
recreation services for the appointed personnel, 

•4 The Project may employ and assign to the Community 
Activities Section such evacuee personnel as may be 
necessary to effectively operate the ccmmunity activ¬ 
ities program consistent with established employment 
ceilings. Evacuee personnel assigned to the Com¬ 
munity Activities Section will assist in the adminis¬ 
tration, supervision, and coordination of the pro¬ 
gram; in serving as club advisors or group leaders; 
in providing leadership to interest groups and for 
recreational skills such as music, dramatics, arts 
and crafts, and athletics; and in providing techni¬ 
cal services, and any other services necessary for 
the provision of ccnmunity recreation services. 

Evacuee personnel assigned to the Community Activi¬ 
ties Section will be under the supervision of the 
Community Activities Supervisor. 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A,I, #75 



WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30,5 


•5 To facilitate the relocation process and the 
basic objectives of WRA, the participation 
of evacuees with groups typically American 
in concept is encouraged* Opportunities should 
be made available through the Community Activ¬ 
ities program for the participation of evacuees 
in the programs of national private leisure¬ 
time agencies* 

A* Cooperative relationships are maintained 
through the Community Activities Super¬ 
visor with representatives of private 
recreation agencies so that the services 
and resources of these agencies may be 
utilized by interested groups of evacuees* 
The Community Activities Supervisor and 
evacuee assistants engaged in the operation 
of the Community Activities program can 
facilitate the development of these phases 
of the total program of community services 
on the centers. 

B. Eyacuee personnel engaged in the develop¬ 
ment of these activities, however, should 
be designated as Club Advisors and should 
be carried on the payroll of the Community 
Activities Section, working under the di¬ 
rection of the Community Activities Super¬ 
visor. It is not possible to assign e- 
vacuees to private agencies since this 
would represent the subsidy of private a- 
gencies through the use of public funds* 

.6 The Community Activities Advisor in the Wash¬ 
ington office of the Community Management Divi¬ 
sion is responsible for the provision of tech¬ 
nical supervision to the Community Activities 
Sections at the projects and other services of 
assistance in the development of the community 
activities program. Policies relating to the 
Community Activities Section are determined and 
issued by the Director of the War Relocation 
Authority. 


Inphasis 

on 

activities 


Relationships 
with national 
agencies 


Evacuee 

personnel 

of 

private national 
agencies 


Relationship 

with 

Washington 

office 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A*l* #73 


C-1383 P3 bu 



WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30. 


.• 


Relationships 
•with other 
sections 


Comaaxdty 

Analysis 


Welfare 


Edao&tion 


.7 The development of the community activities 
program, while a specialized area organized 
as a separate section, is an integral part 
of the total community management program* 
Bnphasis is placed on the establishment of 
working relationships with the other sec¬ 
tions within the Community Management Divi¬ 
sion and with the other divisions on the 
project in the interests of developing a 
broad community activities program. 

A. The services of the Community Analysis 
Section may be utilized by the Com¬ 
munity Activities Section in determin¬ 
ing the need for group activities and 
the kinds of services necessary. 

B. The Welfare Section may refer to the Com¬ 
munity Activities Section individuals 
interested in participating in group 
activities, and the Community Activities 
Section may refer to the Welfare Section 
Individuals in need of counseling services. 

C. Close relationships between the Education 
Section and the Community Activities Sec¬ 
tion should be established so that the 
facilities, personnel, and equipment of 
the schools may be utilized in the com¬ 
munity activities program. Joint plan¬ 
ning between the Education Section and the 
Community Activities Section will be parti- 
ticularly helpful in the provision of li¬ 
brary services to meet the combined edu¬ 
cation and community needs, in working out 
the use of school buildings during non¬ 
school hours for the operation of community 
recreation programs, and in the organi¬ 
zation and administration of the Summer 
Activity Program. Formal educational in¬ 
struction is not a function of community 
activities. 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A.I. #73 


C-1383 P4 bu 





WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30,5 


(.7) 

D. In connection with the Relocation pro¬ 
gram, the Community Activities Section 
shall work with field representatives 
of appropriate national agencies to¬ 
ward increasing center membership in 
such nationally-affiliated groups and 
organizations* It shall assist in ar¬ 
ranging membership transfers of persons 
planning relocation, and assure that 
relevant material concerning their lei¬ 
sure-time interests and group affili¬ 
ations are Included in the Relocation 
Summary prepared by the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion. It shall also assist in arrange¬ 
ments for visitors from outside com¬ 
munities to participate at the center 
community activities, and wherever fea¬ 
sible shall encourage participation of 
center residents in activities outside 
the centers. 

.8 In order to facilitate the participation of 
the project residents in the planning and 
operation of the community activities pro¬ 
gram, there should be established an advi¬ 
sory committee, a recreation comnlttee of 
the community council, or some body con¬ 
cerned with the provision of community rec¬ 
reation services. Representation from 
other sections, suoh as the Education Sec¬ 
tion, should be included in such a group so 
that the full resources of the project may 
be utilized in the development of a broad 
program of community activities. 

.9 The voluntary participation of residents at 
the relocation centers in Japanese-style 
games, sports, and cultural activities which 
are not specifically nationalistic in nature 
will be allowed® However, where such activ¬ 
ity is justified because of a deficite con¬ 
tribution to community life, not more than 
one paid evacuee instructor will be permitted 
for each Japanese-style activity® Such activ¬ 
ities shall be subject to continioua review 
and evaluation. Other leadership necessary 
will be provided only on a volunteer vasis. 


Relocation 


Community 

Activities 

Advisory 

Comaittoe 


Japane se-slyle 
activities 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A®I® #75 


C-1383 P5 bu 





WRA Manual 


Ccmmun' , Activities 30.5 


Center 

volunteer* 

•10 In addition to paid evacuee personnel engaged 
in community activities, special effort should 
be made to use volunteer group leaders. At¬ 
tention should be given to the supervision and 
training of such volunteers in the principles 
of group leadership so that such volunteers 
may make an effective contribution to the com¬ 
munity activities program* 

Paid or 
Volunteer 
group leaders 
from outside 
the ©enter 

•11 Wherever the project administration wishes to 
use the services of representatives from out¬ 
side agencies for group leadership work or 
training Institutes, such services may be uti¬ 
lized on a voluntary basis, especially during 
the summer months, providing the expenses are 
paid by the outside agency, and provided ar¬ 
rangements can be made for residence of such 
workers off the center* 

Organisation 

of 

C amenity 
Activities 
Associations 

.12 In order to systematize the contributions of 
the evacuee community to the Community Activ¬ 
ities Program, and in order to provide for the 
management of funds collected from evacuees 
for the support of the program, it is recom¬ 
mended that the evacuees create a community 
activities organization of their own, to con¬ 
duct a community Activities program at each 
center* The organization may be a trust, a 
corporation, a cooperative association or an 
unincorporated association* 

WRA 

Assistance 

to 

Association 

A* Technical advice and assistance by the 
Community Activities Supervisor will be 
rendered to the organization, in plan¬ 
ning community activities, and in deve¬ 
loping adequate fiscal and business pro¬ 
cedures* The Project Attorney will ad¬ 
vise on the establishment of the organi¬ 
zation and assist in the handling of 
legal problems Incident to its operation* 
The organization should also be encouraged 
to consult with the center Business J&iter- 
prlses on all matters in which the Enter- 
prise's experience may be helpful* 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A*I. #73 





WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30.5 


(. 12 ) 

B. The Coranunity Activities organization 
should develop plans for raising funds 
to support the community activities 
program in the center* It should col¬ 
lect and disburse funds, according to 
a budget prepared by it to cover all 
phases of the program. The Associa¬ 
tion should be empowered to manage rev¬ 
enue-producing events, the receipts of 
which go to finance the center activ¬ 
ities program. Otherwise, if the events 
are managed by WRA the revenue must go 
as Miscellaneous Receipts into the Fed¬ 
eral Treasury. 

C. Where Business Enterprises at the cen¬ 
ter operate recreational activities 
from which revenue is derived, the Com¬ 
munity Activities organization may wish 
to suggest to Business Enterprises that 
they donate the profits from these activ¬ 
ities to the organization, to be used in 
financing the center's community activ¬ 
ities program. 

D. The Community Activities organization or 
Section shall not operate workshops for 
the manufacture or production of articles, 
for sale* Such workshops must be operated 
by WRA, if goods are for official center 
use, or by the Business Enterprises. How 
ever, some articles may be produced in¬ 
cident to purely recreational activities 
sponsored by either the Community Activ¬ 
ities Section or the Community Activities 
organization* In such activities the 

WRA will not furnish any raw materials or 
supplies* The finish>d products will be¬ 
come the property of the organization or 
the participant* If they become the pro¬ 
perty of the organization, and are sold 
within the center, the proceeds will be 
devoted to community purposes* 


Management 
of Funds 


Funds from 
Business 
enterprise 
for 

Coanmity 

Activities 


Manufacture 

of 

articles 


6/15/44 

Supsrssd** A.I. #73 


C-1383 P7 bu 





WRA Manual 


Community Activities 50,5 


(. 12 ) 


Sponsorship «f 
at her events 


Payment of 
taxes 


KRL assistance 
in oonrainity 
activities 
program 


E, The Conmunity Activities organization may, 
in addition to its regular functions, 
sponsor special events promoted toy private 
organizations within the center, such as 
the Boy Scouts, church groups, or the YUCk, 
It shall sponsor all such revenue-producing 
activities except those sponsored toy school 
groups. Requests toy private organizations 
and groups within the center for permission 
to carry on such special activities to 
raise revenue shall toe channelled through 
the organization to the Community Activ¬ 
ities Supervisor, the Chief of Community 
Management or the Project Director. All 
applicable regulations of the Community 
Council shall toe complied with, in sched¬ 
uling such activities. All revenue derived 
will toe collected toy the Community Activi¬ 
ties organization for allocation for com¬ 
munity recreation purposes. The Comnunity 
Activities organization may, under appro¬ 
priate agreements, retain a portion of the 
profits. 

F. Whan there is a charge for admission to 
recreational events at a center, a Fed¬ 
eral admission tax must toe paid and often 
a State admission tax in addition, with¬ 
out regard to the sponsorship of the event 
or the fact that it takes place on Govern¬ 
ment-owned or leased property. (See Solic¬ 
itor’s opinions No. 44, with Supplement). 

It should toe noted that the Federal Admis¬ 
sion tax has been revises since the orig¬ 
inal date of Op. Sol. No. 44, January 22, 
1943. The new tax rates are given in the 
Supplement to the opinion. Project Di¬ 
rectors should assist in seeing that all 
admission taxes are collected and paid 

to the proper authorities. 

13 Insofar as possible, community activities should 
toe managed and financially supported toy the e- 
vacuee residents of the centers. The War Relo¬ 
cation Authority will provide the following 
types of assistance to the activities. 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A.I. 


#73 






WRA Manual 


Community Activities 50.5 


(•13) 

A* The WRA will pay the salary of the Com¬ 
munity Activities Supervisor and of 
other staff members of the Community 
Activities Section. (30.5.7). 

B. The Project Director shall designate 
buildings and areas at the center 
which shall be available to the resi¬ 
dents rent-free on a full-time or 
part-time basis, for community activ¬ 
ities. At least one building for each 
two blocks should be so designated. 

The Operations Division will provide 
necessary custodial and maintenance 
services for recreational facilities 
and will assist in the surfacing of 
athletic fields and play areas. The 
Community Activities Section will co¬ 
operate with the Fire Protection Sec¬ 
tion in securing observance of all 
applicable fire regulations (See Hand¬ 
book 40.4.6). The scheduling of the 
use of recreation buildings will be 
centralized in the Community Activities 
Section to avoid conflicts and to make 
for the fullest utilization of avail¬ 
able facilities. 

C. The War Relocation Authority may pro¬ 
vide assistance to activities from which 
revenue is derived by permitting the 
use of government-owned buildings and 
equipment but not the services of e- 
vacuee personnel on the WRA payroll where 
such services contribute directly to in¬ 
come. Whenever government-owned equip¬ 
ment or buildings are used, tae revenue 
from the activities shall not be used 
for the benefit of private individuals, 
but shall be available only for devel¬ 
opment of center-wide activities of 
service to the center residents and the 
community in general. 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A.I. #73 


Paid Staff 


Building! 

and 

grounds 


Assistance to 
revenue-Pro duoing 
Activities 


C-1383 P9 bu 



WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30.5 


Other types 
of assistasoe 


Budgeting 

and 

Expenditures 


(.13) 

D. Other assistance to the activities may be 
rendered by WRA in the provision of sup¬ 
plies, equipment, and necessary services 
which the evacuee organization is unable 
to furnish* WRA assistance should usual¬ 
ly be limited to furnishing supplies and 
equipment for non-revenue producing activ¬ 
ities and the salaries and clothing allow¬ 
ances of the Community Activities Section 
staff. Clothing allowances of persons 
paid by the Community Activities organi¬ 
zation will be handled on the same basis 
as for employees of other organizations 
(See Manual Section 30.5.24C). 

E. All WRA expenditures for community ac¬ 
tivities will be made as regular adminis¬ 
trative expenditures for carrying out 
the program and are subject to all pro¬ 
cedures and limitations applicable to 
other center expenditures. The Com¬ 
munity Activities evacuee organization 
shall draw up a budget listing all the 
items and services including personnel 
services it will request from WRA. 

The Project Director in making up the 
center budget requests for allotments 
for the Community Activities Section 
will take this estimate from the e- 
vacuee organization into account. All 
expenditures by WRA in connection with 
the community activities program will 
be charged to the allotment of the Com¬ 
munity Section. 


6/15/44 

Supersedes A.I. #73 


C-1383 PK> bu-flnal 



ViTRA Manual 


Community Activities 30*5 


•3 h A • 


B. 


C. 


11/6/44 

Release 


No evacuee nersonnel shall be employed out of WRA 
funds in the Community Activities Section or in 
any other Section to operate motion picture ser¬ 
vices where an admission is charged. 

The provision of adequate motion picture services 
is an essential part of a total community recreatiOi 
program within the Centers, and it is expected that 
arrangements will be worked out so that motion pic¬ 
ture entertainment where admission is charged may 
be maintained* Three types of operation of commer¬ 
cial motion pictures are suggestedt 

(1) Through the Business Enterprises. Under this 
plan the Business Enterprises would operate 
motion picture services for which an admis¬ 
sion is charged and would employ evacuee per¬ 
sonnel necessary to operate the services, pay 
for film rentals and any other incidental 
costs • 

( Z ) Through the Community Activities Trust or Asso¬ 
ciation. Under this plan the Community Activi¬ 
ties Trust or Association would operate the 
motion picture services for which an admission 
is charged and would employ evacuee personnel 
necessary to operate the service, pay for film 
rentals and any other incidental costs. 

(3) Through a Recreation on Motion Picture coop¬ 
erative association or trust organized on the 
same principles as the Business Enterprises and 
for the specific purpose of operating the mo¬ 
tion picture service wnere admission is charg¬ 
ed and any other recreation activities involv¬ 
ing admission charges. Under this plan, the 
Recreation cooperative, association or trust 
would operate the motion picture services for 
which an admission is charged and would employ 
evacuee oersonnel necessary to operate the ser¬ 
vices, pay for film rentals and any other in¬ 
cidental costs. 

Where the motion picture service is operated as a 
part of the Business Enterprises, it comes under the 
general supervision cf the Business Enterprises 


136 


Motion 

Picture 

Services 


C—1777 F3 bu 




7/RA Manual 


Community Activities 30*5 


Motion 

Pioture 

Services 

(Gont*d) 


(•lhC) 

Section, ti/here such a service is operated eixner 
throu^i a Community Activities or Recreation coop¬ 
erative, association or trust, it comes under the 
general supervision of the Community Activities 
Supervisor. 

D. This policy is applicable only in reference to the 
provision of motion pictures when admission is 
charged, and is not meant to restrict the showing 
of motion pictures when no admission is charged. 
Such motion pictures may make an effective contri¬ 
bution to the eduction and community activities 
program, and in facilitating relocation. 


I 


11/6/44 
Release # 136 


C-1777 P4 bu 




WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30.5 


•20 The right of freedom of religious worship in 

WRA centers Is recognized and shall be respected* 
Religious services may be conducted in the Jap¬ 
anese language where that has been customary* 


Religious 
Rights 
at Centers 


.21 An inter-faith Council should be constituted at 

each center, with representatives of all sects, inteiwraith 
denominations and religions holding services council 

represented. This council should consult with 
the Chief of Community Management or his designee 
concerning problems of general religious interest. 


.22 


Requests of pastors, ministers, priests, or other 
religious workers residing outside a center for 
permission to engage in religious activities within 
a center shall be submitted to the Project Direc¬ 
tor, and through him to the Community Council 
for approval. Permits to such religious workers 
shall be issued by the Project Director only when 
approved both by the Community Council and by 
him. The Community Council may designate the 
Inter-faith Council to act for it in such matters. 


Requo sts 
for 

Religious 
Service 8 


• 23 A. At each center, the War Relocation Authority, 
if materials are available, will provide for 
the construction of one building to be used 
as a general place of worship by the several 
denominations represented in the center. 


B. Labor for the erection of church buildings 
shall be provided by the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority from among the evacuees, as a work 

pr o j e c t • Church 

Buildings 

C. Altar furnishings and other religious e- 
quipment will be provided by each denomina¬ 
tion. 

D. The Project Director may make available for 
church purposes other quarters such as re¬ 
creation halls, school assembly halls, etc. 


E. Should church quarters be inadequate to 
permit separate rooms to be set aside for 
the sole use of each sect or denomination. 


1/3/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 32 


C-0834 P3 bu 




WRA Manual 


Community Activities 30.5 


Chnroh 

Buildings 

(ooni»d.) 


(.23E) 

the successive use of one building or room 
by several denominations or groups may be 
required. In such event the Community 
Council shall establish a schedule for 
each available facility indicating the days 
and hours of each week when such facilities 
may be used by each denomination. 

P. Where the successive use of church quarters 
is necessary, each denomination will be re¬ 
quired, when necessary, to remove and store 
at the conclusion of each service, any al¬ 
tars or other equipment peculiar to its own 
use and leave the quarters in readiness for 
the next user. 

G. In the event any recognized religious de¬ 
nomination wishes to construct a church or 
chapel within a relocation area at its own 
expense, it shall make application to the 
Project Director for that privilege. The 
Project Director shall present such applica¬ 
tion to the Community Council and, if the 
application is approved by both the Commun¬ 
ity Council and the Project Director, the 
Project Director shall designate a place 
within the relocation area for the erection 
of such a structure. The Project Director 
shall advise the Director of every such 
decision and in the event that the Director 
approves the decision, he shall request the 
Solicitor to prepare a lease between the 
church and the War Relocation Authority, 
setting forth the terms and conditions upon 
which construction of the church shall be 
permitted. The terms of such lease shall 
contain among other necessary conditions, 
the following: 

(1) A rental of $1.00 per year for use of 
the ground occupied by such church. 


C-0834 P4 bu 


1/3/44 

Supersedes A.I. # 32 




.YRA Manual 


Community Activities 30 ,5 


(.230) 

(2) Evacuee labor used in the construction of such 
church buildings shall be on a voluntary basis 
and on the evacuees* uncompensated time. 

(3) The War Relocation Authority will furnish water, 
light, and heat for such churches, but all other 
expenses, including maintenance, repairs, re¬ 
placement and janitor service, shall be borne by 
the denomination. 

.2ij, The following regulations shall govern the compensa¬ 
tion of religious workers* 

A. Evacuee religious workers may either be assigned 
to any regular project work for which they are 
qualified, and may receive compensation, includ¬ 
ing clothing allowances, for such duties, at the 
rates prescribed by the War Relocation Authority, 
or 

B. Evacuee religious workers may receive compensa¬ 
tion from their congregation in the center or from 
the denomination which they represent. 

C. Evacuee religious workers shall not be eligible 
to receive WRA compensation (including clothing 
allowance) for the performance of religious duties. 
Where a worker receives compensation from a con¬ 
gregation or denomination in an amount not exceed¬ 
ing #19 per month, plus the amount granted in his 
center for an adult clothing allowance, his im¬ 
mediate family members shall be eligible to re¬ 
ceive regular clothing allowances from the War Re¬ 
location Authority. 

.25 In order to alleviate the shortage of evacuee minis¬ 
ters on the projeots, short-term visits are authorised 
for evacuee ministers formerly in relocation centers 
and now out on indefinite leave in various parts of 
the U.S. under the following conditions* 

A. Suoh visits shall not exceed three months* dura¬ 
tion* 


11/6/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 3/13/44 
Release # 136 


Condensation 
of Religious 
Workers 


Short-term 

Visits 

Evacuee 

Ministers 




YjRA Manual 


Community Activities 30*5 


Residence of 
Religious 
Workers 


(.?5) 

B. They shall be admitted on short-term visitors 1 
passes obtained from the nearest Relocation Of¬ 
ficer upon request of the Project Director where 
assignment is to be made. Project Director 
shall be governed in their requests for assign¬ 
ments by the provisions of Manual Section 30.5*22. 

C. Such visiting ministers may reside with friends 
or relatives in the center without charge for 
quarters, but if quarters are set up for them by 
VYRA they will be expected to pay the established 
fee for lodging furnished to evacuee visitors. 

They shall be required to pay for meals at the 
established rate for evacuee visitors. (See Man¬ 
ual Section 30.1.7). 

D. Salaries and other expenses of such religious work¬ 
ers will be at no cost to YiRA. 

\ 

.26 Religious workers other than evacuees shall not be per¬ 
mitted to reside permanently within any relocation area. 


11/6/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 3/13/44 
Release # 136 


C-1777 P8 bu 



WRA Manual 


Community Government 30.6 


. 1 Until it 'becomes possible to organise a democratic 
form of community evacuee government in accordance 
with the procedures hereinafter provided, the Project 
Director of each relocation center is authorized to 
organize a temporary community government. In provid¬ 
ing for such temporary government, the Project Direct¬ 
ors shall follow the Director's memorandum of June 5, 
1942, except that the voting age shall be 18 years, 
the person receiving the highest vote in each block shall 
be declared elected, and both citizens and aliens shall 
be eligible to hold elective office unless they have been 
denied leave clearance. 


.2 

A. It shall be the responsibility of the project Di¬ 
rector, not later than 30 days after 75 percent 
of the residence units are occupied, to provide 
for the selection of an organization commission 
to prepare a plan of community evacuee government 
in accordance with the controlling provisions 

of this instruction. 

B. The plan of government shall provide for a 
representative legislative body to be known as 
the Community Council. Ihe Community Council 
may be authorized to establish such regular and 
special committees and commissions as may be 
necessary to carry out its duties and functions 
or to cooperate with the Project Director in 
promoting the general welfare of the residents. 

C. The plan of government shall provide for the 
nomination, election and tenure of office of 
council members. It shall also provide for the 
organization of the council, its officers and the 
methods of their selection. Election to the 
Council shall be by secret ballot. 

D. The plan of government, and any subsequent amend¬ 
ments, shall be submitted to the Project Director 
for review. Before such plan or amendment is 
submitted to the referendum provided for in Para¬ 
graph E, the Project Director shall satisfy him¬ 
self that none of its provisions violates any 


Temporary 

Caraminity 

Government 


Organization 

Commission 


Commmi'ty 

Council 


Eleotion 


Review 


12/5 Ah 

Supersedes Issuance of 
Release # 150 


C-1877 P5 bu 





Approval 

and 

Amendments 


WRA Manual Community Government 30.6 

(.2D) 

regulation or instruction of the War Relocation 
Authority. 

\ . s 

E. The plan of government shall become effective when 
approved by a majority of the qualified voters vot¬ 
ing at a special election. When the plan of gov¬ 
ernment has been thus approved, emendments may be 
initiated only by a twp-thirds vote of the council 
or by a signed petition of one-fdurth of the quali¬ 
fied voters. Amendments shall become effective 
only when approved by a majority of the voters 
voting either at a general or special election. 

.3 A. All persons eighteen years of age or over shall be 
eligible to vote in all elections held pursuant to 
this instruction. 


Qraalifioat±one 
for 

Voting and 
Holding Offioe 


B. The following persons shall be eligible to hold 

elective office and to serve on appointive commit¬ 
tees, commissions, boards and other administrative 
positions in community evacuee government that may 
be established: All persons who are 21 years of 
age or over, whether citizens or aliens, except 
persons who have been denied leave clearance. 


Functions of 
Conramity Council 


.4 The plan of government shall provide that the Community 
Council shall have the following duties and functions: 


Regulations 

and 

Penalties 


A. To prescribe regulations and to provide penalties 
for their violation on all matters, other than 
those defined as felonies by the law of the State 
in which the project is located, which affect the 
internal peace and order of the project and the wel¬ 
fare of the residents, in so far as such regulations 
are not in conflict with any federal law, military 
proclamation, law of the State in which the project 
is located, or any order issued by an appropriate 
officer of the War Relocation Authority* The Coun¬ 
cil may provide for confinement, fine, and other 
suitable punishments, except the performance with¬ 
out pay of work for which the defendant is regular¬ 
ly employed, in accordance with the provisions of 
Manual Section 30.1 x .32. 


12/3/Uh 

Supersedes Issuance of Il/l8/li3 
Release # 150 


C-TO77 F« btt 






WRA Manual 


Community Government 30.6 


(.4 


B. To present to the Project Director resolutions 
or questions affecting the welfare of the 
residents of the center. 


C. To solicit and receive funds and property for 
community purposes, and to administer such funds 
and property. 


D. To license and require reasonable license fees 
from evacuee-operated enterprises, The total of 
such license fees collected from all sources in 
any one relocation center shall not exceed $1000 
for any calendar year. No license requirement 
shall he effective until approved ty the Project 
Director. All funds collected under this provi¬ 
sion must he deposited in the Treasury of the 
United States as miscellaneous receipts. The 
Council shall not have authority to regulate the 
management, operation or conduct of business 
enterprises within the center. 


3C. To appoint such committees or commissions as may 
he desirable for the exercise of its functions. 

P. To exercise such other duties and functions as 
may he conferred upon it from time to time by 
the War Relocation Authority. 


Resolutions 


Finance 


Licensing 
Autb cr 3fc y 


Committees 


Other 


.5 


A. The plan of government shall provide for a 
Judicial Committee or Commission of not less 
than three members which shall hear cases and 
apply penalties for violation of law and order 
regulations prescribed ty the Community Council* 


Judioial 

Commission 


B. The Judicial Commission shall, sifter appropriate 
notice and hearing, render a decision finding 
the defendant either guilty or not guilty and 
stating the penalty to be applied. Such decision 
shall at once be communicated to the Project 
Director for review. If the Project Director 


12/5A k 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/18/45 
Release # 150 


C-IS77 F7 bu 



WRA Manual 


Community government 30,6 


Dooisions 

and 

Review 1 


Civil Cases 


Arbitration 


• 5B) 

shall have taken no action by the expiration of 
twenty-four hours after the Judicial Commission's 
decision has been submitted to him, such decision 
shall become final. The Project Director may 
affirm the decision and order the penalty to be 
carried out, or may remand the case to the 
Judicial Commission with his recommendations. 

Where the Project Director has remanded a case 
within the required twenty-four hours, he may 
submit his recommendations within a reasonable 
time thereafter. Upon such remand, the Commiss¬ 
ion shall further consider the case and enter 
such Judgment as may seem appropriate. Such 
Judgment shall also be subject to review by the 
Project Director in accordance with the provisions 
of this paragraph. 

C. In civil cases where parties refuse to arbitrate, 
probate cases, cases of adoption of children, etc., 
arrangements should be made to give the parties 
leave from the center and other proper assistance 
to enable them to take advantage of the regular 
state and local courts. 

D. The plan of go vsriment shall provide for orderly 
methods of arbitration for settling civil disputes 
between residents of the project who voluntarily 
agree to submit their disputes to an arbitration 
commission (or such other name as used for this 
type of agency by the law of the State where the 
project is located). 


12/5 Ah , „ 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/1Q/U3 
Release # 150 


C-t 877 P8 bu- 




WRA Manual 


Community Government 30*6 




.6 


A« v The Project Director may, at any time, in a 
communication addressed to the members of the 
Council, act aside and make void any regula¬ 
tions made tyr the Council which he finds to 
be in excess of the functions of the Council 
herein defined* 

B. During the time that may elapse before action 
is taken by the Community Council in exercising 
any of its functions or duties, the Project 
Director may establish such organization or pro¬ 
vide such regulations as he may find necessary* 

C. The authority herein conferred in the field of 
community evacuee government is in addition to, 
and not in substitution for, the functions and 
responsibilities of the Project Director in ad¬ 
ministering the relocation center* 

* 

D. All official records of the community evacuee 
government and all official actions of the gov¬ 
ernment that are reduced to writing shall be 
written in the English language. 

E. The provisions of this Manual Sections do not 
apply to the Leupp or Tule Lake Centers. 


n/5M ( „ 

Supersedes Issuance of II/I 8 /U .5 
Release # 1^0 


Limitations 










* 
















































































































Business Enterprises 30.7 


WRA 


•1 Business Enterprises are those enterprises at relocation 
centers which supply goods, wares, merchandise, personal 
services or entertainment to residents of the center. 
Such enterprises exist primarily to fill the needs of 
evacuees. They shall be operated by, and in the inter¬ 
est of, the evacuee population. Business Enterprises 
may produce, as an incident to their operation, mater¬ 
ials and commodities used or sold in their businesses* 
The basic purposes of Business Enterprises may be sta¬ 
ted as follows. 


Purpose 

of 

Business 

Enterprises 


A. To aid evacuee residents of centers to obtain goods 
and services not provided by the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority. 

B. To enable evacuees to procure goods and services at 
as low a cost as possible. 

C. To provide a means whereby individual needs, desires, 
and tastes may be expressed and satisfied. 

.2 Business Enterprises may be organized at centers in the 

following forms. 

A. A Consumers’ Cooperative is the form recommended for 
permanent business enterprises. 

B. Evacuees may elect to set up a Trust as an alterna¬ 
tive to a consumers’ cooperative. Trusts shall oper¬ 
ate under the same rules and principles as coopera¬ 
tives, except for the difference in form of organiza¬ 
tion. (See 30.7.10). 

C. Private enterprises for the sale at retail of consum¬ 
ers goods and services to center residents shall not 
be permitted. 

•3 Consumers’ cooperative associations shall be operated ac¬ 
cording to the following principles. 

A. Unlimited voluntary membership available to all evac¬ 
uees • 

B. Only one vote for each member, and no voting by 
proxy. 

C. Limited interest rates and restricted capital invest¬ 
ment. 


forms of 
Businass 
Enterprises 


Mandatory 

Principles 

for 

Cooperative 

Enterprises 


11/13/43 

Supersedes A.I. #26 


C-1994 P3 bu 



Business Enter pr ise _3-0*2 


Roocraoended 

Principles 

f«r 

Cooperative 

Enterprises 


Responsibilities 

of 

Cooperative 
k* sooiatione 


mk 

(.3) 

D. The Board of Directors shall encourage members to 
plan expansion of services and the addition of new 
services, provided there is nee0 for such expansions 
or additions in the community; and provided that 
they are planned and budgeted and that funds are av¬ 
ailable to support such activities. 

E. The various enterprises shall operate as departments 
or branches of the over-all association. There shall 
be kept in the central accounting and fiscal depart¬ 
ment for the entire association a separate, but com¬ 
plete, set of records for each department. The cost 
of maintaining the central accounting and fiscal de¬ 
partment shall be shared equitably by all other de¬ 
partments • 

F. All enterprises may be patronized by non-members as 
well as by members. 

.4 The following policies are recommended for cooperative 
associations: 

A. Payment of patronage dividends wherever possible. 

This policy is especially recommended for enterprises 
engaged in the sale of goods, wares, merchandise and 
commodities; 

B. No credit business; 

C. Sales made at prevailing market prices; 

D. Provision by the cooperative associations of proper 
informational programs so that members may be regul¬ 
arly informed as. to the operation of their association 

.5 The Board of Directors of a cooperative association shall 
conduct the Association’s affairs in conformity with all 
applicable statutory requirements and the Association’s 
Articles of Incorporation and By-laws. The following 
practices are recommended in the interest of efficient op¬ 
eration: 

A. Adequate records of all operations and meetings. 

B. Bonding of all responsible managers and all other per¬ 
sons handling the association’s funds. 

C. Adequate insurance to protect the association from un¬ 
due loss from any probable cause. 


11/13/43 

Supersedes A.I. #26 




WRA Manual 


Business arterarlses 50.7 


Audit of all record* quarterly for the first twelve 
months of operations and at least semi-annually there¬ 
after. This audit is for benefit of the association 
and should be in addition to the audit prescribed in 
Section 30.7.9, Paragraph C. 

6. Members of consumers* cooperative associations should 
have the following basic rights or responsibilities. 

A. Access to the records of the associations (in¬ 
cluding minutes of meeting and accounting records) 
at all reasonable times. 

B. Right to a hearing and representation by counsel 
before any properly called regular or special 
membership meetings prior to expulsion from member¬ 
ship. 

C. Proper notice of, and full voice with all other 
members in, membership meetings. 

D. Eligibility for any office in the associations. 

7. The WRA will render advisory and instructional assist¬ 
ance to the cooperative associations, but control of 
the associations will be vested in the members. This 
assistance shall Include training in business and co¬ 
operative methods, and advioe and suggestions to the 
members and board of directors relative to efficient 
management and operation. Certain requirements upon 
the associations are laid down in this Manual, in 
Sections 30.7.3 and 30.7.9. Assistance rendered a co¬ 
operative association shall be contingent upon com¬ 
pliance by it with the requirements in Sections 30.7.3 
and 30.7.9. 



Rights of 
Members of 
Cooperative 
Interprises 


Relations 
Between 
Cooperative 
Associations 
and WRA 




8. The WRA will render assistance to Business 2hterprlses 
at centers as follows. 

A. Upon request of center residents, the WRA, through 
the Project Director, will aid in the organisation 
of associations. This may Include drafting pro¬ 
posed articles of incorporation or by-laws; or plana 
for setting up the administrative structure;.also 
advice on flnanoing, accounting practices, purchas¬ 
ing, merchandising, personnel training, methods of 
enoouraging membership participation; legal ser¬ 
vices; information; and advioe on consumers problems. 


WRA 

Assistance to 
Cooperative 
Associations 


Organisation 


5/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/13/43 



VRA Manual 


Business lihterprlses 50*7 


Ccopensstion 

sad 

Allowances 


Buildings 


Ratos of 
Building 
Rental 


B. The business enterprise shall pay Its onployees at 
the scale of wages paid bjr VBA to Its evacuee em¬ 
ployees, plus the amount granted in the particular 
center for an adult clothing allowance* VBA will 
furnish subsistence to evacuees employed by a busi¬ 
ness enterprise, and their Immediate family members 
shall be eligible to receive clothing allowances 
from the War Relocation Authority* 

C* Business enterprises may occupy buildings constructed 
at centers at Government expense, but shall be charged 
a fair rental* This rental will reflect the expenses 
that would ordinarily be elements in the cost of goods 
sold if the enterprise were operated by the VRA* The 
rmital rates prescribed include reasonable compensation 
for depreciation, maintenance, utilities, and, unless 
otherwise mentioned, heating. All rentals are based on 
completed buildings, winterized and equipped with stoves 
but do not, lnolude cabinets, etc* If In a particular 
case the Consumer fiiterprise has borne the cost of main¬ 
taining the exterior of the buildings, the rental rate 
under the applicable plan given below may be reduced at 
the rate of #*0625 per square foot per annum for the 
period involved* If a Consumer Biterprise has borne some 
part of the cost of winterizing or otherwise completing 
the buildings, the facts should be reported to the Pro¬ 
ject Director with a recommendation that the free use of 
the buildings by the enterprise be authorized for an ap¬ 
propriate period of months* This recocmendatlon should 
not delay the execution of a license agreement as pro¬ 
vided in paragraph D, below* The rental rates shall be 
as follows: 

(1) For eaoh barrack-type building utilized as stores, 
warehouse or for office spaoe: 

Plan "A" - including heat, power, water, rubbish 
disposal, depreciation and maintenance - 28 1/2 
cents per square foot per annum* 

Plan "B” - same it was as Plan "A" but excluding 
heat - 22 1/2 cents per square foot per annum* 

If desired, separate agreements may be negotiated 
under one plan for store space, under another plan 
for warehouses, etc* 

(2) For buildings constructed by the VRA specifically as 
stores for the Consumer Siterprises, add six cants per 
square foot per annum to each of the rates quoted 
above for the barrack-type buildings. 

These rental rates have been computed in accordance with 
the following table: 


0/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/13/43 


C-1324.p4-bu-f ln*l 






Business Enterprises 30.7 


JELL 


(.8C) 


Rental Table for 1QQ 1 x 20* Barrack-Type Building 


Plan »A" Plan »B" 


Depreciation and Maintenance 
Power, water, and rubbish dis¬ 
posal 
Heat 

Rental per annum 

Rental per sq* ft* per annum 
Rental per month (2000 sq* ft*) 


350 

120 

100 


% 


350 

120 


$ 570 


$ 470 


28 i (f 
47.50 


23 £ t 
39.17 


D* The Project Director shall, with the assistance of the 
Project Attorney, negotiate and execute a license ag¬ 
reement with the business enterprise for space to be 
occupied by the enterprises* The executed originals 
of the agreement shall be forwarded to the Director 
.for filing with the General Accounting Office* 

S. Hie WRA shall be reimbursed for wages and other comp¬ 
ensation paid employees of business enterprises prior 
to March 1, 1943* The enterprise shall also reimburse 
WRA for occupancy of government buildings prior to 
March 1, 1943* at the rates prescribed in paragraph C, 
above* If -the enterprise is financially able, the en¬ 
tire payment should be made in cash* Otherwise, the 
obligations for rental attributable to the period prior 
to March 1, 1943> may be covered by a Loan Agreement 
executed by the enterprise on Form WRA-166, providing 
for liquidation of the obligation on or before March 1, 
1944> and secured by a chattel mortgage pledging the 
assets of the enterprise as collateral for the loan* 
Interest at 3% per annum will be charged on the unpaid 
balance* The Project Director should also secure a 
promissory note on Form WRA-167 signed by appropriate 
officers of the business enterprise* 

F* Government materials other than structures will also 
• be furnished business enterprises, when available, on 
the basis of a fair return to the Government, as fol¬ 
lows : 

(1) Large equipment of a durable nature, such as bar¬ 
ber equipment, shoe repair equipment, tailoring 
and laundry equipment, may be either sold or ren¬ 
ted to business enterprises* 


License 

Agreeoaarl 


Reimbursement 

far Prior 
Assistance 


Other 

Gover nm ent 

Material 


Large 

Durable 

Equipment 


11/13/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 26 


C-1994 P7 bu 












WRA 


£usAns. 3 s. jditg.rarlsag 30*2 


Snail 

Equipment 


Fixture* 


Expandable 

Equipment 


Repair 

of 


Equipment 


Rental 

Prooedure 


Reotlpta 


(.8F) 

(2) Small equipment and tools which depreciate 
readily or require continuous accountability be¬ 
cause of issuance to individuals, or which may 
be lost or expended, should be sold* 

(3) Equipment, fixtures and implements which are in¬ 
stalled as permanent attachments or parts of a 
building, or whether through the nature of in¬ 
stallation or attachment are rendered not read¬ 
ily salvageable without excessive loss of value, 
should be sold. 

(4) Expendable materials should be sold. 

G. The War Relocation Authority shall receive reasonable 
compensation for the., repair or maintenance of both Bus¬ 
iness Enterprise-owned equipment and materials and 
such government-owned materials and equipment used by 
the Business Enterprises as shall have been made avail¬ 
able to the enterprises pursuant to Paragraph F. 

H. The rental of equipment should be accomplished through 
the negotiating of a lease-contract stipulating the 
rate and period of rental. The period of rental may 
be for the duration of the emergency or for a specific 
lesser time but the agreement shall provide that either 
party may terminate it upon giving 30 days* notice. 

The agreement shall contain conditions concerning (1) 
installation, (2) removal, (3) repair and maintenance, 
and (4) responsibility in the event of destruction, in 
order that the Government's interests will be protect¬ 
ed. The agreement shall also provide that the property 
may not be sub-leased. The rate of rental shall be 
negotiated by the Project Director. Such rental charg¬ 
es should reflect (1) condition of equipment, and (2) 
rate of depreciation, considering appraised value and 
average longevity under normal usage. The value of 
equipment and materials for sale or rent, and of repair 
or maintenance furnished by the Authority, shall be de¬ 
termined by the Project Director. If the Project Dir¬ 
ector is of the opinion that the beet interest of the 
Government warrants utilizing the specialized knowledge 
of a qualified, independent appraiser, such services 
should be secured from other government agencies if 
available. If not available, such service may be con¬ 
tracted for. 

I. Income derived from the sale or rental of properties and 
materials shall be deposited as Miscellaneous Receipts. 


UA3/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 26 


C—1994 P8 bu 




WRA Manuel 


Business Enterprises 50»7 


•9 The following rules shall be observed by all Business Requirements on 

Enterprises organized at Relocation Centers* Business En¬ 

terprises 

A. Evacuee employees of the enterprise 6hall be hired 
by the boera of directors. Personnel Management 
may be requested by the Board of directors to ren¬ 
der assistance in recruiting employees. The enter¬ 
prise shall pay its employees cash allowances in Employment 

accordance with the scale of cash wages and other 
cash allowances established for wRa evacuee em¬ 
ployees. Subsistence will be furnished Business 
Enterprise employees by the Authority. (See *>.5.9). 


B. Under the terms of a special license issued by the 
Treasury Department, each cooperative enterprise 
must at once forward two of the copies of its au¬ 
dits to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank. 

C. A reserve fund of at least J>0% of the total cap¬ 
ital assets of the enterprise must be established. 
This reserve fund is to be accumulated by setting 
aside at least 10% of the net surplus - savings 
and earnings, until the fund reaches this percent¬ 
age. Thereafter, the enterprise may continue to 
set aside \Q% of its net surplus - savings and earn¬ 
ings as an additional reserve fund. If applicable 
State laws require larger reserves, such larger re¬ 
serve shall be established. The cash position of 
all enterprises must be no lower than 2 to 1. That 
is, current assets must be twice the amount of cur¬ 
rent liabilities. Furthermore, patronage refunds 
paid out to members may not exceed 25 %> of the net 
operating profit until a rate of 3 bo 1 has been 
established. This is necessary in order (1) to ob¬ 
tain merchandise, (2) to facilitate payments of eq¬ 
uities to evacuees permanently leaving the Project, 
and (3) to place the business in a sound financial 
position. 


Audits 


Reserve 

Funds 


Cash 

Position 


D. Reports shall be made monthly to the Director by the 
Project Director on the condition of the business en¬ 
terprise in each center. These reports shall be made Reports 
on Forms WftA-233 and WRA-23I4, and must be placed in 
the mail not later than the 20th of each month for the 
month preceding. 

.10 In the absence of a properly incorporated cooperative, a 

trust i6 acceptable as a means of administering a business 

u/6/44 • . . 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/25/44 

Release # 136 


C-4777 P7 bu 



WRA Manual 


Business Enterprises 50*7 


Trusts 


Operation 

of 

Motion 

Piotures 


Credit 

Unions 


Supervision 

from 

Washington 


Work with 
Center 
Officials 


(. 10 ) 

enterprise. However, it shall be the policy of WRA 
to encourage formation of incorporated co-operatives 
and to regard a trust as an expedient to formalize 
temporary organizations. 

.11 The Business Enterprises at the Centers may operate 
motion piotures at which admission is charged. (See 
Manual Section 30.5.14). 

.12 Should the residents of a relocation center decide 
that a Credit Union is essential, necessary or con¬ 
venient to the needs of residents, they may apply to 
the Project Director for assistance in its organiza¬ 
tion. The Washington office will assist Project Di¬ 
rectors in this connection, upon request, with plajaa 
for organization, suggested articles of incorpora¬ 
tion, by-laws, and procedures. 

.13 Technical advice and of business enterprises at cen¬ 
ters will be furnished from Washington through Au¬ 
ditor-supervisors in the Business Enterprises Sec¬ 
tion of the Community Management Division. The Au¬ 
ditor-supervisors shall visit the centers at regular 
intervals to render this service, and shall report 
to the Head of the Business Enterprises Section in 
Washington on the state of the Enterprises in the 
centers. 

.lU After arriving at a center the Auditor-supervisor 
should plan to meet with the Project Director, As¬ 
sistant Project Director in charge of Community Man¬ 
agement, and the Project Attorney on current prob¬ 
lems of the Center enterprise from the standpoint 
of center management. He should also meet with the 
Executive Secretary of the enterprise, the Cabinet, 
and the Board of Directors on problems of policy and 
administration faced by the enterprise. 

.15 The Auditor-supervisor shall specifically examine 
the followings 

A. The educational set-up and program of the enter¬ 
prise . 

B. The financial and business position of the en- 
. terprise. 


C—1777 P8 »» 


ll/o/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/25/U4 
Release # 136 



WRA Manual 


Business Enterprises 30«7 


(.15) 


C. The merchandise buying practices of the enter¬ 
prise . 

.16 Following his examination the Auditor-supervisor 
shell take the following steps* 


A* He shall encourage the enterprise to establish 
and implement an eduoationel program, if this 
is needed. He should make suggestions as to 
methods to be used and techniques for carrying 
them out. 

B. He shall give particular attention to the or¬ 
ganisation of enterprise employees. 

C. He should discuss all aspects of business op¬ 
eration with the enterprises management and 
make suggestions toward improvement of its po¬ 
sition. 


D. He shall present the form, merchandise oheck 
list, provided by the New York Business Ser¬ 
vice office, to the business enterprise man¬ 
agement with the request that the desired in¬ 
formation be filled in and the form mailed to 
New York within two weeks. He should assist 
the enterprise with all off-center relation¬ 
ships, such as priorities and rationing mat¬ 
ters . 


Exandnati on 
by 

Auditori- 

Supervisor 


E. He should discuss the Federation of Center Bus¬ 
iness Enterprises with the Board of Directors, 
with a view to its future development in the 
commercial and educational fields. 


F. He shall pay particular attention to the func¬ 
tioning of committee methods of enterprise ad¬ 
ministration. 

G. He shall examine the lines of authority between 
commercial, fiscal end administrative operations. 


11/6/14* 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/2 5/hh 
Release # 136 


C-1777 P9 n*bu-final 











































































































■ 


























































































WRA Manual 


Community Analysis 30.8 


•1 It is the intention of the lifer Relocation Authority to 
analyze the cultural patterns existing in the community 
at each relocation center, and to observe social trends 
and study their underlying causes in order to 

A* Increase understanding of the factors governing so¬ 
cial development within the center; 

B. Facilitate the program of resettlement and re-as¬ 
similation of evacuees into American life; and 

i 

C. Provide a guide for dealing with any comparable so¬ 
cial situation that may become the responsibility 
of a federal agency. 


Purpose 

of 

CoBxmmity 

Analysis 


•2 To carry out the functions in 30.8.1, a Community An¬ 
alysis Section shall be established in the Community 
Management Division at each center. The work of the 
Section will be under direction of a Community Analyst 
reporting to the Project Director throu^i the Assistant 
Director in charge of Community Management. Evacuee 
workers may be assigned to the Section at the Centers, 
within budgetary limitations. 


Community 

Analysis 

Section 


.3 The Community Analysis Section at a Center shall make 
an intensive study of the community there, including 
all significant formal and informal social groups, with 
special emphasis upon the degree of assimilation of the 
various groups, their social roles in the community, 
their attitudes toward one another and toward the War 
Relocation Authority, the effect of the evacuation upon 
family controls and group social controls, and the ef¬ 
fect of administrative policies and decisions upon the 
evacuee community# It should further observe and an¬ 
alyze all social trends within the center, with special 
attention to the development of new social groupings 
and to developments that may improve social relations 
within the center, or that might lead to crises. 


Conraonity 

Analysis 

Program 


/ 


.4 All administrative personnel at the Center shall cooper¬ 
ate with the program by making available to the Commun¬ 
ity Analysis Section such records and personal informa¬ 
tion as may be of value to it. The Community Analysis 
staff shall not be required or expected to divulge such 
information received nor the individual sources of its 
records and reports. 


Relations 

with 

Other Staff 
Unit 8 


4/15/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/4/43 


C—1215 bu-pi»fc-wp 








WRA Manual 


2H±1 


Reports 


Limitation 

of 

Coumiuiity 

Analysis 

Servioa 


•5 At least monthly, the Section at each Center shall re¬ 
port on its activities to the Project Director, through 
the Assistant Director in charge of Community Manage¬ 
ment* From time to time other reports shall be made as 
deemed advisable by the Section, or as the Project Dir¬ 
ector may request* One copy of each regular or occas¬ 
ional report must be sent to the Director in Washington* 

*6 The function of the Community Analysis Section at each 
center, as outlined in 30.8*3, is the objective analysis 
of center life. No Community Analyst should be required 
to assume operating responsibilities, or to make invest¬ 
igations of such occurrences as disputes between indi¬ 
vidual evacuees, where it is within the sphere of the 
Internal Security or Welfare Sections to collect the 
facts* The work of the Community Analyst can thus serve 
as a general aid to all phases of center administration. 


4/15/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/4/43 


C—1215 bu-flnal 





Agriculture 40.1 


WRA 


.1 It is the policy of the War Relocation Authority to 
produce as large a percentage as possible of the crop 
and livestock products needed in feeding evacuee resi¬ 
dents of W.R.A. centers. It is not planned to produce 
vegetables or livestock products in excess of the needs 
of the Authority. In planning the acreage needed to 
produce the required amounts of the several crops, 
yields per acre shall be estimated at the amounts which 
might reasonably be expected under normal conditions. 

If, because of larger yields per acre or a greater de¬ 
crease in population than anticipated, the amounts pro¬ 
duced are in excess of the Authority’s needs, such ex¬ 
cess will be offered for sale, provided there is a market 
demand for such produce. 


Pwrpese ef 

Agriomltarel 

?ro*utisft 


.2 The need for agricultural products is the major factor 
in determining the acreage of crops to be planted on 
any center. Other considerations affecting this deter¬ 
mination are the amount and quality of tillable agricul¬ 
tural land, labor, and equipment available. In deter- Priorities 

mining the use which will be made of the land, priorities in Crso 
shall be given to the production of food crops, feed crops, Prsdnotism 
seed crops for local use, and n war crops" in the order 
named. Land conditioning or soil improving crops shall 
also be considered. In many cases these must be considered 
jointly with food and feed crops. The planting of war 
crops must be approved in advance by the Director. 


.3 First priority in the use of land is given to food crop 
production. 


Pood Crops 


A. The food crop production program must be carefully 
planned in order that the crops produced shall, 
insofar as possible, meet the consumption needs, 
thereby reducing to a minimum the purchase of food. 
It also may be necessary to produce crops for ship¬ 
ment to other centers. 


PI sailing 
Pood Crop 
Production 


. _ Cooperation Between 

(1) In planning the annual food crop production Agrlottlture 

program the Agricultural Section shall work and 

closely with the Mess Operations Section in Operatiens 

determining the kinds and amounts of food crops 
to be grown. Mess Operations should be looked 
to for information as to the kinds and amounts 
of produce needed, while the members of the 
Agricultural Section are more familiar with the 
feasibility of producing the retired crops. 


11/23/43 

Supersedes A* I. $14, $63 





WRA 

(.3A) 


Agriculture 40*1 


Criteria fear 
Selaetioa of 
Crept 


(2) Numerous factors must be consiaered in deter¬ 
mining the crops to be grown. Among these are 
the following* 


(a) 

The relative desirability of 
vegetables. 

the several 

(b) 

The economy of production. 


(o) 

The certainty of production. 


(d) 

The seasonal distribution of 

harvest. 

(«) 

Ease of storage or shipping. 


it) 

The desirability of production of "Japanese 
vegetables," such as daikon and shiro uri. 


Paokatflatf 
and Shipping 
Yogatables 


B. In shipping vegetables from one center to another 
the Authority is not subject to State or Federal 
regulations relative to grading and packing. Meth¬ 
ods of packing and shipping may therefore differ 
considerably from those ordinarily used in commer¬ 
cial shipments. 


C. Food preservation holds an important place in the 
WRA program, especially in view of the fundamental 
policy of producing as large a percentage as possible 
of the food needed in feeding the evacuees. The pre¬ 
servation of vegetables produced on the areas will* 
(1) Reduce the amount of food which must be pur- 
fMi chased, thereby reducing costs of mess operations; 

iservatdLon (2) Utilize temporary small surpluses of vegetables 

which might otherwise be wasted; (3) Afford sup¬ 
plies of certain vegetables during seasons when they 
would not otherwise be available from current pro¬ 
duction; (4) Serve as "emergency rations" when re¬ 
ceipt of fresh produce is delayed. In view of its 
importance, each center should therefore carefully 
plan a food conservation program. The annual agri¬ 
cultural production program should be planned so as 
to provide products for preservation. 


11/23/43 

Supersedes A. I. #14, #63 


C-0739 P4 bu 



WRA 

(.3) 


Agriculture 40.1 


D. Produce which is surplus to the entire needs of the 
Authority may be offered for sale. 


.4 While first priority in use of land is given to food 
crops, the crops needed for feeding center livestock 
should be produced on the center if possible. The 
kinds and quantities of feed crops to be grown are de¬ 
pendent upon the kinds and amounts of livestock. Where 
both roughage and grain are needed, priority should be 
given to the production of roughage, since grain can 
usually be purchased to better advantage than can rough- 
age. 

.5 It is desirable that the Authority produce at least & 
portion of the vegetable seeds needed. This is espe¬ 
cially true of the Japanese vegetables such as daikon, 
shiro uri, etc. Vegetable seed production for use on 
the center should be confined to those which can be 
handled without special equipment. Special attention 
should be given to the purity and quality of planting 
seed used for the growing of crops intended for seed 
production. Arrangements will probably be made for two 
or more centers to produce some vegetable seeds for 
other centers. Vegetable seeds will be produced in ex¬ 
cess of local needs only upon request or approval of 
the Washington office, 

.6 In planning the agricultural program, consideration 
shall be given to crops necessary in conditioning land 
or in maintaining or increasing its productivity. 

Maximum use shall be made of soil improving and green 
manure crops thereby maintaining soil productivity and 
reducing to a minimum the purchases of commercial fer¬ 
tilizer. 

.7 If land and labor in addition to that needed in the 
production of subsistence crops are available, they 
should be used in producing crops needed in the war 
effort. The crops so selected should be adapted to 
the region, and those most vitally needed in the war 
effort. The planting of such crops must be approved 
by the Director. 


Sale of Surplus 
Vegetables 


Food Crops 


Vegetables 
Seed Crops 


Land Cond&» 
tinning or 
Soil 

Improving 

Crops 


War 

Crops 


11/23/43 

Supersedes A. !• #14, #63 


C-0739 P5 bu 




V.RA 


Agriculture 40.1 


Livsstook 

Production 


.3 Livestock is an important source of food and therefore 
has a place in the agricultural program of each center. 
The kind of livestock and the extent of operations will 
vary from center to center. 


.9 


Reporting 
Progress and 
Aoooeqpli stsoents 


It is necessary that the Washington Offioe be currently 
informed of the statue and progress of the agricultural 
program in order that it may assist in problems which 
arise relative to production or the shipment of produce 
between centers. This information is also necessary in 
complying with requests for information from Members of 
Congress and others. 


A. The Agricultural Section is responsible for prepar¬ 
ing a monthly report on Form WRA-1£3, Revised. The 
reports should be for the month and made as of the 
last day of the month. Reports should be submitted 
to the Project Director not later than the second 
day of the following month. An original and four 
copies should be submitted to the Project Director, 
three of which he will forward to Washington, and 
one to the respective Field Assistant Director. 


11/23/43 

Supersedes A. I. #14, #63 

C-0739 P6 bu-final 




WRA Manual 


Industry hO-2 


.1 Industrial enterprises as treated in this manual in¬ 
clude activities, such as the following, employing 
evacuee labor in relocation centers in the production 
or manufacture of goods and materials; operation of 
mattress factories, garment factories, silk screen 
shops, and ship model factories. Industries operated 
by WRA may be any of the following three types; 

A. Industries to aid in meeting the center’s operating 
requirements. 

B. Industries to produce essential commodities for use 
by more than one relocation center. 

C. Enterprises for the production of supplies and equip¬ 
ment for military services. 

•? The objectives of the industrial program shall be to in¬ 
itiate and put into operation enterprises in relocation 
centers in order that useful employment may be provided 
for evacuees and in order to reduce operating expenses of 
the relocation centers by the production of goods and ma¬ 
terials for project use. Under certain conditions, goods 
may be manufactured for the military services. 

•3 The Industry Section of the Operations Division at centers 
will manage enterprises not directly connected with center 
functions; those enterprises directly connected with cen¬ 
ter functions will be managed by the anpropriate admini¬ 
strative units. 

♦U In establishing industrial enterprises in relocation cen¬ 
ters, emphasis shall be given to those types of enterprises 
which offer the greatest opportunities for vocational 
training for the evacuees, the intent being to offer 
through this work program training, whenever possible, 
which may be helpful in enabling the evacuees, on their 
return to civilian life, to contribute more fully to man¬ 
power needs. 

Industrial enterprises will not be operated by the W»r 
Relocation Authroity to perform work under contract for 
private persons or corporations. The establishment of 
industries to be owned or managed by evacuees or other 


UA3AU 

Supersedes A«I« 


lypes of 

Industrial 

Enterprises 


Objectives 


Management 


Selection of 
Enterprises 


Limitations on 

Enterprises 

Authorized 


C-1209 Pi of 3 bu-cos-pun—»p 









WRA Manna! 


Industry 1*0.2 


Condensation 
to -workers 


E s tabli shine nt 
of an 

Industrial 

Enterprise 


private individuals or companies will not be permitted. 
This shall not be interpreted as applying to the eva¬ 
cuee managed business enterprises described in Manhal 
Section 30.7. 

.6 Evacuees employed in industries shall be paid, under 
the applicable regulations or instructions of the Au¬ 
thority and in accordance with the established employ¬ 
ment classifications, the respective sums of $12, $16, 
and $19 per month, plus the clothing allowances and 
subsistence provided for the worker and each of his de¬ 
pendents (See Manual Section 50.5). 

.7 Proposals to establish industrial enterprises in relo¬ 
cation centers shall be submitted to the Director for 
approval. Before any action is taken toward establish¬ 
ing an industrial enterprise, and before a proposal is 
discussed With the evacuees, a propectus shall be sub¬ 
mitted to the Director, marked for the attention of the 
Chief of the Operations Division at Washington, for re¬ 
view and appropriate recommendation. This propectus 
shall include the following information* 

A. Demand for the products of the industry in the re¬ 
location centers. 

3. An estimate of the number of employees and the 
skill and training required. 

C. A statement of amount and type of non-evacuee super¬ 
visory staff required. 

D. A statement specifying the equipment necessary for 
operating the plant, and if possible, an indication 
of where such equipment can be obtaiiied. 

E. A statement covering the availability, volume and 
source of raw materials. 

F. A description of the buildings needed for the pro¬ 
posed industry; an estimate of the power require¬ 
ments and a statement of the effect of such power 
use on other project operations; an estimate of 
other utility requirements, such as water supply, 
etc • 

1: A3 All 

Supersedes A.I. # UU 


C-1209 P2 bu 



WRA Manual 


Industry U0.2 


(.7) 

G. A statement giving in detail the estimated cost 
of establishing the industry, opera ting costs, 
and expected returns. 

H. A statement covering the training value of the 
proposed industry. 

.8 After an industrial enterprise has been approved by 
the Director, but before any investment in plant or 
equipment is made, the proposal shall be presented 
to the evacuee through the community planning board 
for their consideration and recommendation. 

•9 Before production is actually started in any approved 
industrial enterprise, an operating plan, a production 
schedule, and a budget shall be prepared. The Wash¬ 
ington office will render any assistance required. 


4/13/4/, 

Supersedes A.I. #44 


Approval by 

Evacuee 

Conmunity 


Plan and 
Budget 


C-1209 P3 nobu-fln»1 




r~ 








WRA Manual 


Engineering 40.3 



.1 


A planned program of construction and maintenance work to be 
undertaken by each WRA center and the approval of such pro¬ 
gram by the Washington office of WRA is prescribed as a 
basic policy of the War Relocation Authority. Compliance 
with the following procedures will govern all allotments made 
for these purposes. 


WRA 

Construction 

and 

Mainte nance 
Prog ran 


.2 The overall construction, maintenance and operations program 
prepared on Form WRA-330 or other prescribed form for each 
center for each fiscal year shall be submitted to the Wash¬ 
ington office with the other budget estimates for that year. 

A. Each project must be broken down to show: 


(1) Evacuee Labor - estimate in dollars. Submission 

of 

(2) Labor, Other - in cases where skilled labor in addi- construct! on 

tion to evacuee labor is required. Program 

an estimate of requirements (exclu¬ 
sive of supervision) will appear in 
Column (4)* 

(3) Supplies and Materials - estimate in dollars. 


B. After the overall program has been approved, preliminary 
plans and estimates for each construction project will be 
submitted to the Washington office for checking and review. 


C. If the preliminary plans and estimates are found to be in 
order, they will be returned to the center with instruc¬ 
tions to prepare WPB Form 617 for War Production Board 
authorization to begin construction. 

D. In no event will construction restricted by the War Pro¬ 
duction Board be started until WPB authorization has been 
received at the center. (See Handbook Section 20.7.14 
through 20.7.16). Emergency exceptions to this restric¬ 
tion must be strongly justified and a regular application 
(Form WPB-617) prepared in accordance with the WPB-617 in¬ 
struction sheet. 


E. No changes may be made in the approved overall program 
without prior approval of the Washington office. 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/43 



r.-l 1 86 -p3 -b u 



WRA Manual 


Ehgineering 40.3 


Submission 

of 

Quarterly 
Cans tract ion 
Pro gran 


.3 Because each center's funds are allotted on a quarterly basis, 
the portion of the overall construction program to be worked 
on during a particular quarter, broken down aa indicated in 
.2A, must be submitted to the Washington office 30 days in 
advance of the beginning of each quarter. 


Authority 

for 

MisceH ane ous 
Construction 


.4 Authority to do miscellaneous routine construction jobs will 
be requested by all centers on Form WPB-617 and should be 
listed on form WRA-330 when the center's annual program is 
prepared. Funds to accomplish this work will be requested 
in the same manner as for other construction. 


Changes 

in 

Approved 

Plans 


.5 Plans and specifications as approved by the WRA Washington 
office and the War Production Board must be closely followed 
during actual construction in the field. If minor changes 
are made from the approved plans, revised plans will be made 
and forwarded with a letter justifying and describing such 
changes. If major changes are proposed requiring additional 
materials, controlled materials, or additions to other build¬ 
ings or utilities, advance approval must be obtained from the 
Washington office and from the War Production Board before 
work is started or materials are purchased for the change. 


. 6 . 

Polic3e s 
aid 

Standards 

far 

Construct! cn 


The following policies and standards will be adhered to in 
planning construction projects: 

A. Existing facilities must be utilised wherever possible. 

B. Since the program of the War Relocation Authority is a 
temporary war duration activity, all new construction 
must be carefully considered with that fact in mind and 
conservation of critical materials must be a constant 
aim. 


C. Materials on hand which are suitable for proposed work 
must be considered and listed when applying to this of¬ 
fice and the War Production Board for priority assist¬ 
ance and project approval. 

D. Except in unusual cases, no work should be undertaken or 
proposed that cannot be accomplished by evacuee crews 
with the minimum amount of supervision by appointed per¬ 
sonnel. 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/43 







WRA Manual 


Engineering 40.3 



(.6) E. Light frame construction suitable to the proposed use 
of the structure must be employed. Long span trusses 
requiring large quantities of structural grade lumber, 
bolts and timber connectors shall be avoided in struc¬ 
ture designs. 

F. Outside wall construction and finish should not exceed 
the original center standards of primary construction 
fixed by the U.S.E.D. 

G. Foundations should generally be of posts and sills on 
wood blocks or pads. Use of concrete piers or concrete 
foundation walls must be strongly justified and will be 
approved only for the heavier type of buildings. 

H. No reinforcing steel shall be used in concrete slabs. 
Concrete floors, wherever they are considered necessary, 
will not exceed V in thickness unless unusually heavy 
use or traffic is expected. 

I. Substitute materials such as celotex shall be used in¬ 
stead of wood sub-floors or wood sheathing. 

J. Interior walls shall be sheetrock or other composition 
board nailed directly to studs. 

K. Electrical and plumbing work shall be held to a minimum 
to conserve critical materials. 

L. Wherever possible space heating shall be accomplished 
by individual room heaters or stoves instead of central 
heating plants. The Fire Protection Officer shall re¬ 
view all designs for fire hazard elimination. 

M. All War Production Board regulations will be complied 
with and requirements pertaining to project approval 
and/or the purchase and use of controlled materials and 
restricting the use of equipment and other construction 
materials. (See Manual Section 20.7) 

.7 A complete file of accurate plans, specifications and lists 
of material used for all projects constructed by WRA shall 
be maintained at the Center. 


* 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance 


of 9/25/43 




Construction 

File 




C- l t86-p5-bu 






BRA Manual 


Engineering 40^3 


,3 Maintenance work shall be performed only to the extent neces¬ 
sary to continue the center in a sound working condition 
and appropriate to the original type of construction. 

Maintenance 

Program a. The following will define the construction and mainte¬ 

nance program and will be observed in preparing the con¬ 
struction and maintenance program in making requests for 
project approval and in preparing annual budget estimates: 


Construction 


Maintenance 


(1) Construction* means the erection, construction, re¬ 
construction, restoration, or remodeling of any struc¬ 
ture or project, or additions thereto or extensions 

or alterations thereof. M (See also 20.7.14B) 

(2) *** Maintenance and repair* means such work as is neces¬ 
sary to keep a structure or project in sound working 
condition, or to rehabilitate a structure or project 
or any portion thereof when the same has been ren¬ 
dered unsafe or unfit for service by wear and tear 

or other similar causes. The term does not include 
any building operation or job *rhere a structural al¬ 
teration or change in design is to be made.” (See 
also 20.7.15E) 


B. Authority to alter or improve an existing project must be 
requested as set forth in 40.3*4* 


C. No more than three months supply of maintenance material 
should be on hand at any time. 


Janitorial 


D, A building and utilities maintenance project on which to 
base quarterly budget estimates shall be prepared at the 
center. It shall be prepared for each fiscal year after 
careful consideration of probable requirements. Mainte¬ 
nance requirements will be set up on Form WRA-330 and 
given a number the same as other work projects. 

E. An estimate of the requirements for the Janitorial Pro¬ 
gram will be made and submitted on Form WRA-330 and given 
a project number. This project will include an estimate 
of all supplies ordinarily required to assure a good 
housekeeping job and labor for cleaning public buildings, 
firing stoves, water heaters and other general janitorial 
work. 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/43 


C-U 86-p6-bu 











\ 


B 

M 

CtS 

o 

E 

:=> 

-5: 



1 


PROPOSED CONSTRUCT!-^ a PROGRAM 

FISCAL YEAR 

Relocation Center 

Value of 

Mater'la 

On Hand 

(8) 

■ % 


Total 

Cost 

(7) 

♦ 


Mater'1 

Cost 

(6) 



Cost of 
Evacuee 
Labor 

(5) 



Cost of 
Skilled 
Labor 

(4) 



Overh'd 
Cost 

(3) 



Project Name 

Description and Justification 

(2) 

1 

* 

l 

1 



Project 

Number 

(1)_ 

• 

Totals 


V 


C_1186-p7-bu 


3/22/44 

















Instructions for Preparing Form WJl-330 

* l 

1. Number each project starting with 1 each year, suffix¬ 
ing number with 45 or the last two units date of fiscal 
year. (1-45) 

2. Give each project a name then describe briefly and 
justify. A clear description of proposed project will 
be very helpful. List all materials on hand. 

) 

3. An estimate of the overhead costs. No supervision of 
other costs that can be charged directly to a project 
should appear in this column. 

I 

4. Include only such skilled labor required in addition to 
evacuee labor and supervision. 

5. Estimated cost of evacuee labor required. 

6. Estimated total material cost. 

7. The total estimated cost of the project. 

8. Value of material on hand. 







WRA Manual 


Engineering 40.3 




(.8) F. Each center will set up an utility operation service pro¬ 
gram including labor and supplies required to operate 
the sewage disposal plant, domestic water system, boiler 
house at hospital and all other utilities but not includ¬ 
ing utility maintenance. The program will be listed on 
Form WRA-330 and will be assigned a number. 


Utility 

Operation 

Service 


\ 


G. The center will set up the necessary procedure to insure 
that all construction, maintenance, janitorial and 
utility operating service costs (materials and other) are 
charged against the proper classification. 


H. The project engineer or other qualified officer will in 
consultation with the center accounting section determine 
the method of reporting required to assure the keeping of 
complete and accurate costs on each project or activity 
of the construction and maintenance section and will pre¬ 
pare the necessary reporting forms and determine lines 
of responsibility for preparing reports and recording 
material and labor used in the construction and maintenance 
section. 


.9 Form WRA-307, Project Cost Estimate Sheet, shall be prepared 
in duplicate and forwarded with each application prepared 
for the consideration of the War Relocation Authority and 
the War Production Board as provided in Section 40.3.2B. 

This form is prepared to cover standard requirements but has 
a column added to indicate materials on hand. Following are 
brief instructions for preparation: 


Use of 
Form WRA—307 
Project Cost 
Estimate Sheet 


A. Item No. - Number each entry in numerical order for all 

items listed. 

B. Description - Name or describe briefly materials such as 

nails, lumber, cement and etc. 

C. Quantity - Your best estimate of quantities of materials 

required. 

D. .Units - Unit of measure such as lbs., cwt., bags, MBF. 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/1/44 




C-l186-p9-bu 



I 








O' 

o 

-t 


3 


O 

£ 

CD 


St 

o 

M 

Eh 

<C 

O 




C-H86-pl0-bu 


































































» 


WRA Manual 


Engineering 40.3 


(.9) E. • Unit Coat - (l) Labor - labor including evacuee and 

skilled required to fabricate and instructions 
place each unit or material. (Do on 

not include supervision or overhead) Form Wwk-307 

(2) Material - the estimated cost of 
each unit of material required. 

F. Labor - The total cost of labor required to fabricate 
and place material required under each item. 

G. Material - The total cost of materials required under 
each item . 

H. Total - The total cost of material and labor required 
to purchase and place each item . 

I. Value Material on Hand - The value of material required 
under any item where all or a part of such material is 
on hand or on order. 

.10 The preparation of Quarterly Budget Estimates. 


Budget estimates received from all centers should be an 
estimate of funds required for carrying on a well planned General 

and balanced construction, maintenance, janitorial and Sunnary 

utility operations service program. 


A. Construction shall consist of all new work, remodelling construction 
and improvement. 


B. Maintenance work shall consist only of repairs and re¬ 
placement required to keep buildings, utilities and 
other improvements up to original standard. 


Maintenance 


C. Janitorial shall consist of all housekeeping including 
supplies and labor required for a center, including 
schools, hospitals, administrative buildings, staff 
housing, evacuee housing, (not to be confused with policy 
on initial issues of janitorial supplies to evacuees) 
evacuee service buildings, garbage and trash disposal 
and all other janitorial requirements that cannot be 
accomplished with the regular employed staff. 


i 


3/22/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/1/44 




C_1186-v 1l - bu 





WRA Manual 


Engineering 40*3 


(.10) Supplies will be itemized indicating units required and 
price. 

Fuel Fuel requirements will be itemized listing requirements 

by class and an estimate of requirements for the quarter. 


Utility 

Operating 

Service 


D. Utility Operations Service shall include all evacuee 
labor required to operate the domestic water pumps, 
treatment plants, etc., the sewage disposal plant, hos¬ 
pital boiler plant and other stationary utility equipment, 
but not the general maintenance of utilities, include all 
operating supplies, gasoline, fuel oil, grease, oil, 
chlorine and other water and sewage treatment chemicals 
and other such operating supplies as may be required 
itemizing by class and indicating requirements for the 
quarter and estimated price. 


Electricity 

Domestic 

Water 


Include an estimate of the cost of electrical current 
needed, the cost of water (excepting irrigation water) 

and other services not specifically covered. 


Review 

of 

Budget 


.11 The budget should be carefully reviewed with reference to 
center requirements, correctness of estimates, limitation 
of funds and the center’s construction program. 


W A . 

Applioations 


.12 Quarterly budget estimates should be supported by requests 
to the War Production Board (when required) and detailed 
material estimates indicating the amount to be purchased. 


Allotment 
of Funds 


Funds will not be allotted a center until WRA and WPB approval 
has been obtained. 


Cost 

Reports 


Overall 
Pro gran 




Project 

Numbers 


.13 Cost#reports indicating the amount expended for labor and 
materials will be forwarded to this office upon the comple¬ 
tion of each job. 

.14 Quarterly budgets will be judged according to the overall 
program. Funds requested for projects not in this program 
must be fully justified. 

.15 Reference to all projects listed in your 1945 budget will 
be by number and name. This information should also appear 
on project cost records. 


3/22/44 






WRA Manual 


Engineering 40.3 


.16 When a request is made for authority to purchase equipment 
a detailed description of equipment requirements must 
accompany the estimate. A complete justification must be 
furnished each unit of equipment and an estimate of price. 
(See also Section 20.6.15) 


Equipment 

Purchase 


.17 An estimate of irrigation water charges, where irrigation irrigation 
water is paid for by the center will appear in the center's water 
quarterly budget estimate. 


.18 


i 


Requests for funds will be fully justified stating clearly 
why existing equipment will not be satisfactory. The rental 
of equipment by the day or otherwise should be discouraged 
excepting in cases where such equipment is needed for short 
periods of time, no WRA equipment is available and a definite 
saving to the government can be shown. (See also Section 
20.6.15) 


Equipment 

Rentals 


.19 


Contracts for construction work will be considered only 
when it is not possible to perform the task with WRA forces 
and will generally be considered only for the installation 
of refrigeration or other special equipment, drilling wells 
or other work requiring highly specialized skills and/or 
special equipment. All requests for funds for construction 
contracts must be fully justified. (See also Subsection 
20.6.10-.11 and .88) 


Construction 

Contracts 

Special Skills 
and/or 
Equipment 


.20 Generally speaking a construction job costing five hundred 
dollars ($500) or more should be listed as a PROJECT and 
set up on a separate form 617. If WPB approval is required, 
it should be given a WRA Project Number and included in 

your overall program. Miscellaneous 

Constr uotion 

Miscellaneous construction will include remodelling and 
altering projects where the total cost of any job is less 
than ($500) five hundred dollars. Separate plans are not 
required for such miscellaneous jobs, but each job should 
be listed as a unit and a complete justification and des¬ 
cription of work to be undertaken furnished. 

A single project number will be given to a group of mis¬ 
cellaneous projects. Such proposed work will be included 
in your overall program and quarterly budget estimate. 


3/22/44 





s 


WRA Manual Engineering .40,.:- 


.21 Identify your request for funds required for project 
construction as follows: 

If the project has been approved by the War Production 
Board and a serial number assigned, use that serial 
number in identifying the project for which funds are 
requested. 

Identify all requests by the W,R.A. project number 
used in your 1945 fiscal year construction program. 


A. 

Iderrfcifioa-ti on 

B. 


i 



3/22/44 



C-1186-pl4-bu-finftl 





WRA Manual 


.. 4,o.»3 


•22 Responsibility for manufacturing furniture required in WRA 

centers is placed upon the Construction and Maintenance Manufacture 
Section* The following procedures shall be followed* Furniture 


A* The manufacture of furniture shall be set up as a reg- set Up as 
ular project, included in the construction program. Project 

given a number and otherwise considered a project* 


B. Budget estimates shall be made each quarter as for 
other construction projects* Budget estimates shall 
include a list of all furniture to be manufactured 
during the quarter segregated by division. An inven¬ 
tory of all lumber on hand shall be furnished with a 
quarterly budget estimate* 


Budgeting 

Requirements 


C* All WPB requirements shall be observed. (See Form CMP- 

4B issued under date of 3-15-44 and Conservation Orders wpb 

L-260 and L-260A and/or other requirements) The nec- Requirements 

essary cooperation shall be maintained with the Finance 

and Property Control Officers in pricing and recording 

furniture manufactured in accordance with established 

procedure. 


D. A narrative report shall be attached to the Monthly 
Engineering Report (Form WRA-235) listing all furniture 
manufactured during the month and the activity for 
which furniture was manufactured. AH items of furni¬ 
ture shall be priced at cost and the cost and total 
value of furniture produced shall appear in the monthly 
narrative report. 

E. No furniture shall be manufactured for sale without the 
specific authority of the Director. 


Narratiwe 

Report 


Sale 


F. Furniture shall not be manufactured far other centers For other 
without the approval of the Director* Centers 

Q. A separate inventory shall be maintained for lumber and 
other supplies purchased for the manufacture of furni¬ 
ture • 


.23 The manufacture of furniture shall be carried on in the p lcoe of 
Carpenter Shop, where all of the woodworking activities for Manufacture 
a center will be conducted under one management* Where 
space will permit, the equipment required to equip this 
shop fully shall be consolidated into one shop building. 

Cabinet and millwork will be considered as part of a pro¬ 
ject or building and will consist of built in or attached 
cabinet or millwork that is fabricated in the Carpenter 
Shop. Lumber and other material required for this work 
shall be obtained under farm 617 (Conservation Order L-41) 


5/6/44 


C-1270-p3-bu 



Engineering . AQ*1 


S-urplus 

Eqtdpnent 




(.23) 


and all costs of material and supplies, labor, 
charged as part of a project or building* 


etc* 


shall be 


A* Equipment made available by this consolidation shall be 
declared surplus for distribution to other centers* 


Super?i»or» 


Cl&e «ificatio& 


Design 


B. One Carpenter Foreman or Foreman Mechanic shall be in 
full charge of the Carpenter Shop and all furniture, 
millwork and cabinet work that is manufactured pr fab¬ 
ricated shall be done in this shop. 

C* Generally- speaking furniture manufactured at a center 
shall be classified under one of the following headings: 

(1) Furniture for schools* 

(2) Furniture for Employed personnel housing* 

(3) Furniture for administration (office) buildings* 

(4) Recreational furniture* 

(5) Hospital furniture. 

Other classes of furniture required shall be listed un¬ 
der an appropriate heading. 

ST 

D* All furniture requirements shall be kept to the minimum 
and simplicity in pattern and design shall be maintained, 
keeping in mind the temporary nature of the centers and 
the comparatively short period of time the furniture will 
be used* 


•24 Sawmill Operation. Centers that are operating sawmills shall 
set up the project in the Construction, Maintenance and Oper¬ 
ations Program and assign a number the same as for other 
projects* 


Budget 

Estimate 


Regulations 


Production 

Records 


A* Quarterly budget estimates shall be prepared as for all 
projects, estimating the funds required for the quarter 
operation, broken down by objective class* An inventory 
of the amount of lumber produced b;y the sawmill during 
the last quarter the mill was in operation, the amount of 
such lumber now on hand, and an estimate of the production 
for the next quarter shall be furnished with the quarterly 
budget estimate* 

B* Each center operating a sawmill for the manufacture of 
lumber shall observe Wl?B and other regulations covering 
the manufacture and disposition of lumber* 

C* Daily production records shall be maintained and a narra¬ 
tive report of operations shall be attached to the Monthly 
Engineering Report showing total production for the month 
and the total cost of operation. 









WRA Manual 


Engineering U0#3 


.?5 


When additional refrigeration storage warehousing, com¬ 
mercial or domestic boxes are required at a center, a 
special justification should be prepared setting forth 
the need for additional refrigeration. At the same time 
every effort should be made to make adjustments in equip¬ 
ment already provided that will make it unnecessary to 
buy additional equipment or to construct additional ware¬ 
housing facilities# 


Refrigeration 

Equipment 


•26 Each center shall maintain a current inventory of all 

refrigeration equipment and a record of the location and 
use being made of each unit in accordance with the Pro¬ 
perty Handbook 20«[*# This will make it possible to de- Current 

ternine the equipment that is surplus to the center 1 s inventory 

immediate need; surplus equipment may be transferred in 
accordance with 20#b between centers to meet emergen¬ 
cies. No authority will be issued by the Washington of¬ 
fice to purchase new equipment until the possibility of 
transferring equipment that is surplus from some other 
center has been fully explored. 


.27 A request to Washington to purchase commercial or domes¬ 
tic boxes or to construct refrigeration warehouse must 
be supported by a full justification of need and a state¬ 
ment indicating that the equipment required is not avail¬ 
able for transfer from treasury procurement surplus. 


Requests 

to 

Puroh&se 


.28 Planning and maintaining a service organization and ser¬ 
vicing facilities will be the responsibility of the En¬ 
gineering Section under the direct supervision of the 
refrigeration foreman or another responsible officer. 


Responsibility 

for 

Refrigeration 

Services 


A. A program of operation will be drawn up under the 
supervision of the Senior Engineer to govern the re¬ 
frigeration maintenance unit. Included in this pro¬ 
gram will be the training of refrigeration foremen 
and resident workmen in the care of refrigeration 
equipment, its maintenance how to adjust and repair 
all of the several types of refrigeration equipment 
in use at a center. 

B. Service records will be kept that will reveal the 
number of service calls answered each day and re¬ 
cords of the units of equipment that are serviced# 
Service card record will be attached to each unit 
of refrigeration equipment 8nd the date of the last 


Program 




Records 


11/28M 

Release # lU8 




C-184JJ p 3 *u 





IRA Manual 


Engineering 40,3 


Stock 

of 

Parts 


(.28B) 

service and inspection and a record of repairs 
made will be entered on this card. It will be 
possible then at any time a unit of equipment 
is being inspected to determine the last date 
of service. 

C. A parts stock for all the various kinds of re¬ 
frigeration equipment shall be maintained, and 
arrangements should be made to keep a perpetual 
inventory of the parts stock. (See 20.4 for 
procedure). This inventory should be available 
for the refrigeration units* inspection at all 
times. The refrigeration foreman in cooperation 
with the Procurement Unit will also maintain a 
record of dealers who carry a stock of parts for 
the several kinds of equipment used. 


Catalogs 


Instructional 

Material 


D. A complete file of parts catalogs shall be main¬ 
tained by the refrigeration unit for all the 
various kinds of refrigeration equipment in use 
at a center. 

E. Instruction manuals and service charts shall be 
maintained for all types of refrigeration equip¬ 
ment. 


Stock 

of 

Tools 


Repairs 

by 


Contract 


F. A complete stock of tools including any special 
tool that may be required shall be maintained at 
all times. (See 20.4). Also arrangements should 
be made to store and safeguard refrigeration re¬ 
pair tools in such a way that they are available 
for use by the refrigeration unit at all times. 

The refrigeration foreman shall be charged with 
the care of all refrigeration maintenance tools 
and other maintenance and repair supplies that 
may be issued to the unit. 

.29 A. Major repairs may be made by contract in accord¬ 
ance with Handbook Section 20.6.15F. Where it is 
possible, the local representative of the company 
that manufactures a specific kind of refrigeration 
equipment should be given an opportunity by the 
Procurement Unit to bid on major repairs. When 


11/28/44 
Release # 148 


c-m* n %« 






WRA Manual 


Engineering 1+0*3 


(.29A) 

specialized type of help is not available at the 
Center to service adequately refrigeration equip¬ 
ment such assistance may be secured through con¬ 
tract upon approval by the Washington office* 
Arrangements should also be made to call in such 
local representatives to assist in making adjust¬ 
ments where such additional skill is found to be 
necessary* 

F. WPB-Order M-28 shall be observed in determining 
the availability of Freon 12 for use in any re¬ 
frigeration equipment. Since M-28 restricts the 
use of Freon 12 by WRA, the following steps should 
be taken: 

(1) Immediate inspection of all units to insure 
that leakage of F-12 gas does not take place* 

(2) In case of a major breakdown, which results 
in the loss of F-12 gas, where the equipment 
is of a type other than that listed in'(b) 

(2) (iii) and (v) of WPB-Order M-28, the 
equipment should be converted to the use of 
methyl chloride as described in the November 
issue of Refrigeration Engineer which has 
been sent to all Centers by the Washington 
Operations Division. 

(3) All F-12 gas should be salvaged from any part¬ 
ially discharged machine; and such gas should 
be used to recharge smaller units or a large 
unit which needs only a partial recharge* 

„30 The Washington Refrigeration Engineer will assist the 
various centers in organizing the maintenance staff 
in setting up a stock of parts, tools and supplies 
and will instruct the foreman in charge of refrigera¬ 
tion maintenance and assist in establishing the pro¬ 
cedure for instructing maintenance workmen or render 
such other assistance as may be required to maintain 
all refrigeration equipment in a serviceable condition. 
Periodical visits will be made to all centers at which 
time all of the refrigeration equipment and storage 
warehouse space will be inspected. 


11 / 28 M 

Release # 1U8 


Restrictions 
on Use of 
Freon Gas 


Inspection of 
all Units 


Conversion 


Salvage 

of 

Freon 


Assistance 

by 

Washington 


C-1849 p5 *u 















ViRA Manual 


Engineering Uu,3 


Instructions 
to be 
followed 
Where 

Methyl Chloride 
is Used 


•31 Because of the restrictions on the use of Freon-12 
gas it has been found necessary to convert a number 
of refrigeration units to the use of methyl chloride 
gas; in all cases where methyl chloride gas is used 
the following instructions must be carefully observed: 

A. Posters must be displayed at each unit using me¬ 
thyl chloride warning employees, and the center 
residents, of the danger involved in the improper 
use of this gas. 


B. Necessary steps should be taken to protect employ¬ 
ees from injury and Government property from loss 
by fire or explosion from escaping methyl chloride 

gas. 


C. All switches in any building housing refrigeration 
equipment that is charged with methyl chloride gas 
must be of the enclosed flash proof type. 


D. No Smoking and No Open Flame warning signs must be 
posted in conspicuous places, both inside and out¬ 
side of refrigeration warehouses, walk-in boxes 
and outside of all commercial boxes using methyl 
chloride gas and at the entrance of building hous¬ 
ing equipment using methyl chloride gas. 

E. Methyl chloride shall not be uced as a substitute 
for Freon-12 unless it contains acrolein or other 
approved warning agents. 

F. Employees who are required to enter refrigeration 
storage or otherwise frequent buildings housing 
refrigeration or other equipment using methyl 
chloride gas must be fully instructed of the dan¬ 
gers and made acquainted with the effect of the 
warning agent being used. 

G. All other precautions must be taken to prevent in¬ 
jury to employees and the health of center resi¬ 
dents .through the use of food made toxic through 
its exposure to methyl chloride gas. 

H. The responsibility for preparing and posting warn¬ 
ing signs and instructing center personnel con¬ 
cerning the hazards of methyl chloride gas will 


11/28/UU 
Release # lb8 


C-1840 p6 »a 






WRA Manual 


Engineering UO.l 


* 


C.31H) 


be given to one individual on the staff, preferably 
in the Engineering Section, who will report to the 
Assistant Project Director in charge of operations 
each week regarding the status of warning signs 
and the training given employees, 

I. Care must be exercised in storing methyl chloride 
gas to guard against possible injury and proper 
danger caused from leaking or faulty gas contain 
ers. 


Instructions 
to be 
Followed 

Y/here 

Fiethyl Chloride 
is Used 
(Cont* d*) 


11/28AU 

Release # ll±8 


C-1840 P 7 n*fc u f lnal 









































































' 
















































■ f 






































' 































WRA Manual 


Fire Protection UO.U 


•1 Fire protection and fire control at each WRA Center 
shall be the responsibility of the Fire Protection 
Section of the Operations Division. The work of the 
Section shall be carried on under supervision of the 
Fire Protection Officer, assisted by at least one As 
sociate Fire Protection Officer. 


Tire 

Protection 
at WRA 
Centers 


A. It shall be the duty of the Internal Security Sec¬ 
tion to assist in the enforcement of the regulations 
contained in this section when such assistance is 
requested by the Fire Protection Officer, or by the 
Heads of Sections in aopropriate cases. 

(1) All such assistance shall be in accordance 
with Section 30.1, and the instructions is¬ 
sued by the Project Director. 

(2) The Chief of the Internal Security Section 
and the Fire Protection Officer shall confer 
with each other on the matters of a routine 
nature in which the Internal Security Section 
will assist in carrying out the provisions of 
this section. Among such routine matters they 
shall consider: 

(a) Responding to fire alarms, and the es¬ 
tablishment of fire lines. (Section 
U0.li.19A) 

(b) Use of fire reporting telephones. (Sec¬ 
tion UO.U*20) 

(c) Proper use of portable first-aid fire 
extinquishers. (Section U0.U.22) 

(d) Enforcement of safety regulations in 
places of public assembly. (Section 
U0.U.6) 

(e) Enforcement of parking regulations in 
matters relating to fire protection. 
(Section U0.U.12) 

(f) Investigations and reports on fires in¬ 
volving suspicion of incendiarism, arson, 
carelessness or neglect. (Section UO.U 
.19E) 

7/U/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/1U/U3 


Assistance 

*y 

Internal 

Security 


C—1432 bu-'vp 



WRA Manual 


Fire Protection liOJi 


(.1A-2) (g) Reporting fires 

(h) Enforcing trash burning, disposal of 
ashes and trash regulations. 

(i) Any other matters where the service 
of the Internal Security Section can 
be of assistance in safeguarding lives 
and property from loss by fire. 


Appointed 

Fire 

Protection 

Personnel 


B. Members of the Fire Protection Section, insofar as 
necessary to the performance of their official duty, 
shall have the right to enter any office, apartment, 
structure or location in the Relocation Area. 


♦2 The officially approved chart for each center lists the 
position in the Fire Protection Section approved for 
filling by appointed personnel. Organization of the 
Fire Protection Section is subject to change in the 
same manner as that of other Sections on the chart. 




7/U/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/l!i/h3 


C-1432 bu-^lnal 









Fire.Protection UO*U 


WRA 


(. 2 ) 

B, Suitable living quarters on the center shell be 

provided for the Fire Protection Officer end Asso¬ 
ciate Fire Protection Officers. When two or more 
such quarters ere loceted in one camp or center 
they shell, if possible, be adjoining. A telephone 
shell be provided which mey be cn the seme circuit 
es the fire stetion. No other telephone shell be 
on e fire stetion circuit. When this telephone is 
on « fire circuit its use sh®ll be limited to fire 
department business end it shell not be used by 
other th®n Fire Protection Section personnel, ex¬ 
cept for reporting fires, unless another one-p*rty 
line telephone is provided #t the fire station for 
fire cells only. If only one telephone is avail-, 
able for adjoining Fire Protection Officer's 
quarters, it shell be accessible to both such 
quarters. Quarters for Fire Protection Officers 
end Associate Fire Protection Officers shell be 
for the incumbents end shell be equipped «s sta¬ 
tions of duty, with housing for automobiles, with 
lights, end with satisfactory access roads or 
driveways to the streets, where climatic conditions 
make this advisable. 


l?/\h/U3 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 



Quarters •• 
Telephones 


C-0810 P5 nobu 



























H } 



























































. 





























. 



















































. 


































































3 






WRA 


Fire Protection 


.3 Each center has a list of officially approved posi¬ 
tions for the fire fighting force and the Fire Pre¬ 
vention Bureau in the Fire Protection Section to he 
filled by evacuee personnel.. 

•U A fire prevention training course shall be held for 
all members of the Fire Department and the Fire Pre¬ 
vention Bureau. A volunteer fire brigade shall be 
organiied in each evacuee, administrative and ware¬ 
house district block. Volunteer fire brigades shall 
be trained by the Fire Department. Instructions 
shall be given and plans made for evacuation of the 
hospital and other buildings, in the event of fire, 
and for salvaging as much as possible therefrom. 

,5 The following, in addition to the Handbook, shall be 
the official text-books in matters of fire protect ionj 

A. Crosby-Fiske-Forster Handbook of Fire Protection 
(9th edition or l«ter) 

B* Regulations, codes, or standards issued by either 
of the followingt 

"National Fire Protection Association" 

"National Board of Fire Underwriters 1 ’ 

A copy of the Crosby-Fiske-Forster Handbook of 
Fire Protection (9th edition or l«ter) and «t 
least one complete set of either NFPA or NBFU 
regulations shall be assigned to the Fire Pro¬ 
tection Officer and/or the Associate Fire Pro¬ 
tection Officer, and one to the Engineering 
Section of each center. 

C, When any deviation from the practices set forth 

in the official text-books or in these regulations 
is necessary because of shortage of critical mate¬ 
rials and/or supplies, the Fire Protection Officer 
shall be consulted before a change is made, «nd he 
shall suomit a report to the Project Director to¬ 
gether with his recommendations regarding such pro¬ 
posed deviation. A copy of this report shall be 
submitted to the Washington office for its infor¬ 
mation. 


12/iU/h} 

Supersedes A. I, # 81 


Evacuee 

Fire 

Protection 

Personnel 


Fire 

Prevention 

Training 


Offioial 

Text-Cocks 


Deviations 


C-0810 P7 bu 






Fire Protection Uo.U 


WRA 


(.5) 

D. If an emergency should arise for -which no regu¬ 
lation exist, it shall be the duty of the Fire 
Protection Officer to use his initiative and 
Emergencies take whatever action is necessary. He shall, 

however, submit a written report to the Project 
Director of such action together with his recom¬ 
mendation for covering any similar case which may 
a rise• 


Regulations 
for Pisces 
of Public 
Assembly 


.6 Any building where more than fifty people are assembled 
at any one time shall oe considered a place of public 
assemble. Mess halls shall be required to meet the re¬ 
quirements of this section, except that no permit shall 
be required from the fire department when used for 
serving of regular meals. The Fire Protection Officer 
shall be notified before any building is used for a 
place of public assembly and he shall issue a permit 
for such use, provided all provisions of these regula¬ 
tions and the official text-books «re complied with. 
When assemblies are to be held on a regular schedule, 
a permit may be granted for a stated period. All such 
permits shall expire on the last day of each month. 


A. The number of persons admitted shall be limited to 
a safe number. 

B. Doors, exits and aisles shall not bebLocked. Doors 
shall not be bolted, fastened or locked during oc¬ 
cupancy. 

C. All doors shall open outward. 

D. There shall be no less than two approved exits. 

Safe stairs or ramps shall be provided from the 
exits doors to the ground. 

E. All exits shall be marked by signs having white let¬ 
ters not less than four inches in height on a red 
background. 

F* Flammable decorations, flammable light shades and 
open fires shall not be allowed. 

G. Smoking shall not be permitted, «nd proper signs 
shall be posted to this effect. 


12/1 h/ki 

Supersedes X*I* $.81 


C-0810 P8 bu 










WRk 


Fir© Protection UO.4 


(. 6 ) 

H. There shall be no rubbish or other fire hazards in 
in or about the building. 

I. No display, event or condition shall be permitted 
which might endanger life. 

J. No showing of motion pictures shall be allowed which 
might endanger the audience. In particular, nitrate 
base films may not be shown except from an approved 
fireproof projection booth. 

K. All fire extinguishers and other first-aid fire 
fighting equipment shall be full, in good working 
order, and in their proper places. Access lanes to 
reach such equipment shall be kept open at all times. 

L. A representative from the Fire Protection Section 
shall be detailed to* 

(1) Inspect the premises before assembly. 

(2) Be present during assembly to enforce these 
regulations. 

(3) Carefully inspect the premises alter assembly. 
(U) Direct the orderly evacuation of the building 

in case of fire. 


.7 Fire protection regulations for buildings are as follows* 


A. The problems of fire and safety hazards shall be 
considered during the designing and planning of 
buildings and the Fire Protection Officer shall be 
consulted during these periods. Requirements of the 
official text-books and these regulations shall be 
followed. In planning new structures, alterations 
or additions to existing structxires, the occupancy, 
proximity to other buildings, availability of fire 
hydrants or water supply for fire fighting, accessi¬ 
bility to fire reporting telephones ana fire fignting 
equipment shall be considered. 


Regulations 
tar Other 
Buildings 


B. A bulkheed fire-stop shall be constructed to close 
the a-otic when the ceiling does not cover the entire 
floor space of a dining hall, latrine or similar 
building. 


C-08 10 P8 bu 


i2/iyu3 

Supersed.6 A.I* # 81 




WRA 


Fire Protection UO,h 


(.7) 

C, In the following cpses there shall be at least 
two exits, and all doors shall open outward; 

§ 

(1) School 

(2) Places of public assembly. 

(J) Residence quarters where oocupants of more 

than one apartment or room use a single exit, 
(i*) Residence quarters where occupants of more 
than apartments or rooms use no more than 
two exits. 

(5) Offices, stores, and workshops. 

D. The Fire Pro tection Officer shall make inspec¬ 
tions during the construction or alteration of 
buildings, and shall see th«t the requirements 
set forth in the official text-books are followed. 


RegulaHoro 
for Heating 
Services 


.8 Fire Protection regulations to be observed in the use 

of heating devices are as follows; 

A. The installation of stoves or heaters shall be in¬ 
spected by the Fire Protection Officer or his 
assistant before actually being put into use. 

B. Ventilated shields installed to protect combustible 
walls or ceilings shall meet the requirements of 
the official text-books. The use of Gypsum Board 
or Sheet-Rock is not approved for these purposes. 

C. When.stoves, heaters, flues, boilers, or any other 
such equipment have been installed in an unsafe 
manner, or where evidence of scorching or char is 
observed, corrective measures shall be taken with¬ 
out delay. The Fire Protection Officer shall 
either approve such corrective measures, or if in 
his opinion the corrections are not satisfactory 
in that they do not remove the hazard, he shall 
indicate his disapproval in writing. When unsafe 
installations must be used, a very close watch 
shall be maintained and some me«ns of extinguish¬ 
ing a fire shall always be at hand. 


C-08 10 pio bu 


12AVU3 

Supersedes A.I. #81 





Fire Protection i 4 O.Ii. 


WRA 


•9 Fire protection regulations for electrical systems 

are «s follows: 

A. Tampering with electrical wiring is prohibited. 

B. Defective wires, switches, drop-cords, etc., shall 
be reported to the electrician who shall arrange 
for repair or replacement. 

C. Fire Prevention Bureau Inspectors shall watoh for 
improper use of extension cords. 

D. Use of electrical appliances, such as electric 
cords, irons, hot plates, etc., in living quarters 
must have prior approval of the Fire Protection 
Officer. 

E. Overloading of electrical circuits is prohibited. 
Inspectors shall be alert to discover bridged, 
fuses and overloading. 










•10 No open fires shall be allowed without a written per¬ 
mit from the Fire Protection Officer setting forth 
permissable hours of burning and conditions under 
which burning is allowed. No burning permit shall 
be issued during periods of extremely low humidity, 
high winds, or when the water supply or «ny other 
factors are such that lives Or property might be en-. 
dangered. 

A. Centers shall adopt Burning Regulations, which 

8 ha 11 deal with the following: 

(1) Hours during which burning without a permit 
is permissable, and hours after which no 
permit will be issued. 

(2) Prohibition of burning during periods of 
wind, low humidity, low water supply, and 
electric power failures. 

(3) Minimum distance from buildings or combust¬ 
ible materials at which burning must take 
place, and restrictions on looation of per¬ 
missible burning. 


12/1U/U3 „ 

Supersedes A.I. #81 


Regulation* 
fear Ucotri*- 
oal Systoas 


Regulations 

far 

Open Fixes 


Burning 

Regulation* 


r-08 10 PH 





WPA 


Fire Protection 


(*10A) 

(I 4 ,) Size of piles of materials or wren to be 
burned end precautions to be taken* 

(5) Requirements for e capable person to be 
present during such burning end for ex¬ 
tinguishing the fires when burning has 
been completed or efter burning hours* 

( 6 ) Precautions to be taken, including the 
means of extinguishing fires, which must be 
made readily available. 

(7) Procedures for issuing permits; provisions 
for revoking them; and requiring permits 
for «11 fires outside of hours when burning 
is allowed without a permit. 


•11 Fire protection regulations relative to miscellaneous 
combustibles are «s follows: 

A. Smoking end open fires ere prohibited in the fol¬ 
lowing places: 


U) 

( 2 ) 


Regulations 

(3) 

for 

ifl.Bcellaiieou* 

Coohustitles 

(M 

(5) 


Near r,ny highly fammable matter. 

In or near warehouses (except in offices 
thereof where smoking is allowed). 

Wherever « "No Smoking" or "Keep Fire 
Away" sign is posted. 

In any building used for public assembly. 

In or near any hospital or operating room, 
especially if fammable anaethetics are used. 


B. Suitable ash trays shall be provided in all rooms, 
buildings, and *11 other places where smoking is 
permitted. 


C. The use of flanir.able liquids for cleaning purposes 
is probihited with the following exception: Kero¬ 
sene may be used to clean automotive parts, if 
cleaning is done 20 feet away from a building* 

D* Drums or other receptacles containing gasoline, 
other flammable liquids, varnish, etc., shall not 


12/1UA5 

Supersedes A.I. jt Q 1 


C-08 10 P 12 bu 







WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(.11D) 

be kept In buildings where flammable ma¬ 
terials are stored. 




E. Blow torches, soldering irons, or any other 
equipment requiring open flame, shall be used 
only where there is sufficient circulation 
of air to prevent collection of vapors from 
gasoline or other flammables, and where such 
use would not otherwise create a fire hazard. 


F. Oily rags and waste shall be safely disposed 
of. They shall not be left on shop floors or 
work benches. Oily mops and other flammable 
materials shall not be left in living quar¬ 
ters or in office buildings. 


G. 


H. 


Hoods and vents over kitchen stoves shall be 
cleaned regularly to prevent the fire hazard 
caused by an accumulation of grease. Kit¬ 
chens not equipped with hoods shall be wash¬ 
ed to keep them free from grease. The Fire Regulation* 
Prevention Bureau shall include this item in for. 
its schedule of regular inspections. lasoeileneccs 

Cocnbu* title* 


All rubbish shall be kept at least 20 feet 
from buildings and shall be removed daily to 
a safe location for final disposition. Night 
crews for the removal of rubbish and other 
hazards shall be used if shortage of trucks 
and equipment makes daytime removal impossible 
Combustible rubbish shall be kept in recep¬ 
tacles (metal if obtainable). Space under 
buildings shall not be used to store combust ¬ 
ible materlalsT" 


(oont*d.) 




I. The s torage of fuel oil or ether flammable 
liquids in living quarters, offices and in¬ 
dustrial buildings is prohibited unless kept 
in a safety can approved by the National Board 
of Fire Underwriters. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 












WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 





Regulations 

«n 

Parking 


• 

• 12 No parking of vehicles shall he allowed within 
twenty feet of any building or fire hydrant, 
or within forty feet on either side of the 
street in front of the fire station driveway. 

. Vehicles actually loading or unloading shall 
not.be construed to be parked, if the regular 
driver is on the vehicle. Parking that would 
interfere with passing of fire engines shall 
not be allowed on streets. In parking lots, 
not more than twenty-five vehicles shall be 
parked in a row without a break of at least 
twenty-five feet. Portable fire extinguishers 
shall be provided in such spaces, and these 
shall remain clear and accessible at all times. 
There shall be not less than three feet space 
between vehicles. They shall be so parked that* 
anjr vehicle can be moved should a fire occur in 
an adjacent vehicle. 


.13 All serious fire hazards shall be removed immed¬ 
iately. Removal of such hazards shall be first 
on the priority list of work to be done. 






Enforcement 

•f 

Regulations 


Heads of Sections shall be held directly respon¬ 
sible for the enforcement of these regulations 
insofar as they apply to the property, residents, 
and personnel under their jurisdiction. They 
shall confer with the Fire Protection Officer on 
matters of fire control and give their active 
support In removing fire hazards. They shall 
make specific details of responsibilities to 
their subordinates and hold them strictly ac¬ 
countable for any violations of these regulations, 
or for any neglect that may result in a hazardous 
condition. The Fire Protection Officer or his 
assistants shall cooperate in giving information 
and training to all personnel in matters of fire 
protection. 


\ 


The Fire Protection Officer or his representative 
shall serve all "Notices of Violation”, Form WRA- 
205, 206, and 207, on Section Heads or Acting 
Section Heads. These notices shall be returned 
to the office of the Fire Protection Officer 
within twenty-four hours, with the report of 
action taken and signed by the responsible Sec¬ 
tion Head. 




12/14/43 

Supersedes A. I. # 81 




WRA 


Fire Protection 40*4 


(.15) ' 

All persons in charge of units shall become 
familiar with fire prevention and fire control 
regulations and practices, and be held respon¬ 
sible for unsafe practices, especially in the 
disposal of lighted cigarettes, cigars, pipe 
ashes, matches, ashes, and in the handling of 
heating equipment, etc. In particular, they 
will be held responsible in and about their 
stations of duty to see that all personnel un¬ 
der their jurisdiction are familiar with: 

A. The various types of fire extinguishers, their 
location, and the method of selecting and 
using the proper type of extinguisher for 

any fire that may occur. 

B. The methods of turning in a fire alarm. 

C. The location of fire reporting telephones 
and the restrictions on their use. 

D. Means of exit from the building. 

E. The location of valuable records that 
should be protected or removed. 

F. Detailed plans for saving of life and pro¬ 
perty that may be endangered. 

.14 Regular fire inspections shall be made at each 
center. - 

A. The Fire Protection Officer shall schedule 
in advance the territory to be inspected 
each day by members of the Fire Prevention 
Bureau. 

B. At least once each week Fire Prevention 

Bureau Inspectors shall make a detailed Tire 

inspection of the entire center. Inspections 

C. Fire Prevention Inspectors shall spend as 
much of their working time as possible in 
the territories assigned to them# 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


C-0810 P15 bu 





WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


Notices 

of 

Violet! o«x 


Water 

Mains 


(.14) 

D. Instructions shall he given in correct 
firing of stoves. boilers, hot water 
heaters, etc., to prevent accumulation 
of soot and to reduce fire hazards due 
to overheating and other hazardous prac¬ 
tices • 

E. Special attention shall be given to the 
cleaning of flues and chimmeys. Internal 
Security wardens shall watch for any in¬ 
dication of fire from this source. 

F. Fire Prevention Inspectors shall keep a 
daily record of their inspections. 

.15 All notices of violation for fire regulations 
shall be served without delay. In no case 
shall the serving of a notice be delayed long¬ 
er than 24 hours. If the violation can be 
satisfactorily corrected immediately by verbal 
notice. Form WRA-205 need not be served. 

A Final Notice, Form WRA-207, shall be signed 
by the Project Director when no action has been 
taken on the First and Second Notices and rein¬ 
spection by the Fire Protection Officer reveals 
that corrections have not been made. The Fire 
Protection Officer shall serve the Final Notice. 


.16 Each gate valve In the water main system shall 
be tested before the last day of each March, 
June, September and December, by the Maintenance 
Section. A member of the Fire Protection Sec¬ 
tion should accompany the Maintenance crew when 
the tests are made. A brief statement that 
these tests were made and of the conditions 
found shall be given in the narrative portion 
of Form WRA-158 for the respective months. 

A. A record shall be made of the position in 
which the valves are found(whether open 

or closed) and also of the position In which 
they are left. 

B. A check shall be made against the blueprint 
of the water mains to see that^all valves 
are either open or closed, according to the 
requirements for normal operation. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes 


A.I. # 81 








WRA 


Fire Protection 40*4 


(.16) 

C• All water main gate valves shall be num¬ 
bered, and their locations shall be re¬ 
corded on a map. 

D. Unless absolutely unavoidable, no large 
area of the center shall be left without 
water service. When the domestic water 
supply is to be interrupted, either for 
the entire center or any section thereof, 
the Fire Department shall be notified in 
sufficient time to plan effective fire 
protection during such period. When the 
water is turned on, the Fire Department 
shall again be notified. 

E. WATER SUPPLY IN WATER MAINS SHALL NOT BE 
USED FOR WATERING GARDENS, LAWNS, OR FOR 
SETTLING DUST. However, during periods 
when there is no water in irrigation 
ditches or canals,, or during freezing 
weather, a limited amount of water may be 
used from this source for sprinking streets 
with water-wagons. Such use will be per¬ 
mitted only if there is an adequate reserve 
supply of water available for fire fight¬ 
ing purposes after such withdrawal. 

♦17 Each fire hydrant shall be tested by the Fire 
Protection Section before the last day of 
March, Jun^ September and December, and a re¬ 
cord kept of the results of each test. 

A. All fire hydrants shall be made accessible 
to the fire apparatus, for attaching to 
the hydrants and so that fire hose lines 
may be laid In any kind of weather or soil 
condition at all times. When conditions 
do not meet these requirements, hydrants 
shall be raised or moved, approaches, pro¬ 
vided, or other satisfactory measures to 
meet these requirements shall be taken 
without delay. 


Tire 


Hyareati 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


C-08 10 Pl7 bu 



( 


WRA 


Fir© Protection 40.4 


(.17) 

B. Leaky or damaged fire hydrants shall he 
reported to the Fire Protection Officer, 
who in turn shall notify the Chief of 
Operations. Parking shall not he allowed 
within 20 feet of any fire hydrant. They 
shall he kept free from tall weeds and 
any other obstruction, ^he official color 
for fire hydrants is yellow with numbers 
painted in black. 

C. The location of all fire hydrants shall 
he recorded on maps. 


Fir© 

Hydrfcxrt* 

(oorrMd.) 


D. The use of fire hydrants for purposes 
other than fire fighting and authorized 
fire drills is prohibited. However, tem¬ 
porary permits may he granted by the Fire 
Protection Officer for use of fire hydrants, 
provided they are equipped with approved 
type eddy-valves, having the same standard 
female thread as the male nipple of the 
hydrant, and also having a male nipple with 
the same size and type thread as used by 
the Fire Department. If such hydrant has 
two outlets, each outlet must be equipped 
with an eddy-valve. 


All connections to such hydrant must be 
made only with a short section of fire hose, 
with sufficient slack provided to permit 
uninterrupted speed in disconnecting in 
event of a fire. The hydrant valve will be 
opened wide during such use and only the 
eddy-valve will be used to control water- 
flow. Spanners used on such eddy-valves 
shall fit the valve stem and no pipe or 
other type wrenches shall be permitted. 


E. In climates where temperatures drop to 
below freezing, the use of hydrants as 
here outlined shall be discontinued com¬ 
pletely before the winter period, the ed¬ 
dy-valve removed, and the hydrant* checked 
to be sure threads are in good Order and 
that they drain properly. Such use shall 


1 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 








WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(.17E) 

not be permitted until all danger of freez¬ 
ing has passed. Such hydrants shall always 
be opened and closed slowly. Except in 
cases of emergency, these hydrants shall be 
operated only by peraons holding a permit 
from the Fire Protection Officer. A oermit 
shall not be granted until the Fire Protec¬ 
tion Officer is certain that such person can 
and will operate the hydrant in accordance 
with these and other safety requirements. 

No permits shall be granted during periods 
of low water supply, when the operation 
would jeopardize the reserve needed for fire 
fighting purposes. 

.18 At the scene of a fire, the Fire Protection 
Officer shall be in charge. 

.19 Fire protection personnel and equipment shall 
be ready at all times for immediate response to 
fires or alarms of fire. Fire apparatus, even 
though responding to alarms of fire, shall 
travel at safe speeds, and shall not exceed 25 
miles per hour within the center at any time. 
While responding to alarms of fire, they shall 
sound their sirens or exhaust whistles con«- 
stantly, and shall have red lights burning. 
Officers and drivers on such apparatus shall 
be held accountable for any violations of this 
Section, including responsibility for injuries 
to persons or property. 

A. The Internal Security Section shall send 

a detail of officers or wardens to estab¬ 
lish fire lines and to prevent vehicles 
from passing over fire hose. Should it 
become necessary, however, for a fire 
apparatus to run over hose in order to 
reach a fire, the driver shall coast 
while riding over the hose and shall take 
care not to run over any couplings. 

B. In the event of a serious fire, the hos¬ 
pital shall send an ambulance to the 
scene of the fire. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. #81 


Officer 
In Charge 


Response 

to 

Fire llanos 


C-0810 P19 bu 



WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(•19) 

C. Provision shall be made for a utility man 
from the Engineering Section to be subject 
to call at all times. He shall respond to 
alarms of fire by reporting to the Fire 
Protection Officer and shall be subject to 
his orders at the scene of the fire. 


D. All fires shall be reported immediately to 
the Fire Department, even though they have 
been extinguished without aid of the Fire 
Department. The Procurement Section shall 
be promptly notified of all fires where 
losses are sustained to enable them to 
comply with War Production Board*s Limita¬ 
tion Order No. L-41. The Property Officer 
shall also be notified of all fires. 


E. Fire Protection Officers shall make every 
effort to determine the cause of fires, 
and shall be explicit in their reports on 
this subject. All fires caused by care¬ 
lessness or neglect, where there is a loss 
of~ Government property, shall be reported 

In detail by the Fire Protection Officer 

and other parties concerned. 


F. Telegraphic notification of a serious fall 
shall be sent to the Washington Office, 
followed by a detailed written report. 

♦20 An adequate fire alarm system shall be main¬ 
tained at each center. The following rules 
prescribe the minimum for adequate maintenance 
of such a system: 


Fire 

Alarm 

Systems 


A. All calls originating on a fire reporting 
telephone shall be connected to the fire 
station only. 

(1) Two telephones shall be Installed in 
each fire station, one of which shall 
be used exclusively for transmitting 
alarms of fire. This telephone shall 
be equipped with a loud gong of dis¬ 
tinctive tone and one long ring will 
be used, where practical, as an alarm 
of fire. The other telephone shall 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


C-0810 P 20 bu 







WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(.20A (1) 

be used for all other purposes. 

(2) The following notice, with Japanese 

translation, properly weather-proofed to 
preserve it, shall be posted at each fire 
reporting telephone. 


NOTICE 

THIS FIRE REPORTING TELEPHONE GOES DIRECT¬ 
LY TO THE FIRE STATION AND CANNOT BE CON¬ 
NECTED TO ANY OTHER TELEPHONE. IT IS 
PLACED HERE FOR REPORTING FIRES. 

IN CASE OF SERIOUS EMERGENCY, THE FIRE DE¬ 
PARTMENT WILL CALL THE AMBULANCE, A DOCTOR 
OR THE INTERNAL SECURITY OFFICER FOR YOU. 
YOU CANNOT BE CONNECTED TO THESE OFFICES 
FROM THIS TELEPHONE. 

B. Fire reporting telephones shall be used for* 
fire reporting only, with the following excep¬ 
tions: 

(1) The Internal Security division may use 
fire reporting telephones for reports of 
Beat Officers in cases where such reports 
are required at least once during each 
tour of duty, and for emergency calls. 

This shall not be construed to change the 
provisions of Paragraph E, (2) 

(2) Bona fide emergency calls for ambulance 
or medical service may be relayed through 
the fire station to the hospital if the 
provisions of Paragraph E are observed. 

C. All fire reporting telephone circuits shall be 
tested daily by talking over each of them. 

D. The Fire Protection Officer and the fire sta¬ 
tion may be on the same telephone circuit. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


c- 


rire 

Reporting 

Telephones 


Tests of 
Telephones 


08 10 P 21 bu 





WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(• 20 ) 

E. Where fire reporting telephones terminate 
at the regular switchboards, the following 
shall apply: 


Cooperation 
Frcsca Regular 
Switoliboard 


(1) An operator shall always be on duty 
and shall not leave her post for any 
unless properly relieved by a quali¬ 
fied operator. 

(2) Calls originating on a fire reporting 
telephone circuit or on any fire re¬ 
porting telephone shall be connected 
to the fire stations only . 

(3) The telephone operator shall give 
first attention to any call origina- 
ting on a fire reporting telephone, 
shall listen in on all such calls, 

and shall make a record of the fol¬ 
lowing: 

(a) Time call was received. 

(b) Number of the fire reporting 
phone on which the call origina¬ 
ted. 

(c) Location of the fire. 

(d) What is burning and the extent 
of the fire, if known. 

(4) The operator shall also: 

(a) Connect to, and call the proper 
fire station and assist in the 
rapid transmission of the alarm. 

(b) See that the Fire Protection Of¬ 
ficer on duty receives the call, 
and carry out any orders from 
him. 

(c) Notify all other persons who 
should be notified in the event 
of fire. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. jf 81 


C-08 10 P 22 bu 








Fire Protection 40.4 


20E) 

(d) Check the location of the fire as 
verbally reported against the location 
of the fire reporting telephone over 
which the alarm is being received and, 
incase of any great discrepancy, re¬ 
port the discrepancy to the Fire Depart¬ 
ment. This may be very Important . 

(e) If the Fire Department has already left 
the fire station when a great difference 
in location of fire is discovered, get 
this information to the officer in 
charge as soon as possible . 

F. When fire reporting telephones terminate at 
the fire station most of the duties listed 
for switchboard operators shall be performed 
by the fire alarm operator. However, the 
switchboard operator will cooperate with the 
fire alarm operator in receiving and trans¬ 
mitting alarms of fire. Fire alarm call s 
shall have priority over all other calls . 

G. When the Fire Protection personnel arrive at 
the location of the fire, or the alarm of 
fire, they shall call in over the fire re¬ 
porting telephone as soon as possible to re¬ 
port: 

(1) What is burning. 

(2) Need for additional help. 

(3) How long company will be there. 

(4) Companies returning to quarters. 

(5) Folse alarm. 

or to ask for latest information on location 
of fire, to give instructions, eto. 

H. All information regarding fire alarms shall 
be recorded, and all instructions shall be 
carried out with dispatch. 

I. The operator and fire alarm operator should 
know the whereabouts of Fire Protection Of¬ 
ficers on duty* Fire Protection Officers 
shall at all times keep the telephone opera- 


riro-Cxw 

CalVCcck 


RdSpttUH' 

ftt 


‘ Whore about» 
of 

Fereoxmol 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A»I. # 61 


C-oito pap bu 










WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(. 201 ) 

tor and fire alarm operator informed as to 
where they can be reached. They shall in¬ 
form the operators before they change their 
location, telling where they are going, and 
report In immediately after arrival, giving 
the telephone number of their new location. 


Constant 

Telephone 

Service 


Fire 

Plume 

Boxes 


Provision shall always be made for promptly 
notifying a Fire Protection Officer or As¬ 
sociate Fire Protection Officer at his liv¬ 
ing quarters if no telephone has been in¬ 
stalled there. The services of the Motor 
Pool and Internal Security Section may be 
used for this purpose. 

Fire Protection Officers or Associate Fire 
Protection Officers on duty shall always be 
provided with reliable transportation that 
will enable them to immediately respond to 
alarms of fire. Cars assigned to them shall 
be equipped with good tires, windshield de¬ 
frosters in cold climates, red lights, and 
an exhaust whistle or siren. In event of a 
breakdown of their regularly assigned car, 
a reliable relief car shall be immediately 
assigned, at any time of the day or night. 

J. As It must always be possible to reach by 
telephone any fire fighting unit or Fire 
Protection Officer on duty, telephone service 
shall be constantly maintained so that com¬ 
munication may be possible at any time of 
the day or night between fire stations or 
between different camps on the same center. 

K. Fire reporting telephones shall be placed in 
weather-proof boxes which shall be painted 
red . A number shall be assigned to each such 
telephone, and this number shall be painted 
on the outside of the telephone box. The 
poles on which fire reporting telephones are 
placed shall be distinctively painted; where 
lights have been installed, a red light shall 
be kept burning-between sunset and sunrise. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


C- 08 10 P 24 bu 




Fire Protection 40*4 


WRA 


(. 20 ) 

L. A list of the numbers and locations of 
fire reporting telephones shall be kept 
at the telephone operator’s station* 

She shall also have close at hand a map 
showing the number and location of each 
such phone, which can be easily read 
without leaving her chair. 

M. Each fire alarm operator station, fire 
station office, office and residence of 
each Fire Protection Officer and Associate 
Fire Protection Officer shall have close 
at hand a list of the numbers and locations 
of fire reporting telephones. Each shall 
also have a map on which shall be shown • 
the number of each fire reporting tele¬ 


phone, and the location of the following: 

(i) 

Fire reporting telephones. 


(2) 

Fire hydrants. 


(3) 

Water mains. 


(4) 

Water main control valves. 


(5) 

Gas main. 


(6) 

Gas main valves. 


(7) 

Wells. 


(8) 

Pump houses. 


(9) 

Water storage tanks. 

/ 

Any 

telephones or communicat ion 

systems 

used 

in whole or in part for the 

trans- 


mission of fire alarms shall have more 
than one source of power—either a motor 
generator set or batteries equipped with 
a rectifier. Plans shall be made to trans¬ 
mit alarms of fire in case of failure of 
fire reporting systems by some other means, 
and all residents on the center shall be 
informed of such plans. 

.21 The Fire Protection Officer shall Initiate re¬ 
quisitions for Fire Department equipment and 
supplies. Requisitions should be placed suf¬ 
ficiently early so that delivery can be made 
in time to maintain efficient operation of the 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


Operators* 
Chart «f 
Telephones 


lire 

Protection 
Chart of 
Telephones 


Scarce 

of 

Power 


Requisitions 

fer 

Equipment 


C-0810 P 25 bu 




WRA 


Fire Protection 40,4 


(. 21 ) 

Fire Department and fire fighting equipment at 
all times. Needs shall be anticipated at least 
90 days in advance and Procurement Section re¬ 
quirements shall be met, (Section 20.6) When 
fire protection supplies for recharging ex¬ 
tinguishers, repairs to fire hose, gaskets, etc. 
are difficult to obtain, or when delivery re¬ 
quires considerable time, existing stocks shall 
not be declared surplus unless unreasonable 
quantities are on hand. 


Use of 

Apparatus 

eood 

Equipment 


.22 Fire fighting equipment and appliances shall 

not be tampered with. They shall be used only 
in case of fire, for authorized fire drills, 

’ or for the purpose of Inspection, testing and 
servicing by the Fire Department. This means 
that no automotive fire apparatus, fire hose 
or other fire equipment shall be used for 
pumping out sewers or basements, wetting down 
ground, or for any similar purpose. Motorized 
fire apparatus and their 'fire figh^ng crews 
shall not be sent off the center proper, for 
stand-by protection during burning operations. 
Such burning operations shall be done in ac¬ 
cordance with safety measures prescribed in 
burning permits issued by the Fire Protection 
Officer. 


Maintenance 

of Motor*. 

$ 

ized Fire 
Apparatus 


A. Fire apparatus shall not leave the fire 
station for any checking, servicing, re¬ 
fueling or repairs that can be done at 
the fire station. This work shall be done 
at the fire station, by a mechanic detail¬ 
ed from the Motor Transport and Maintenance 
Section. Such work shall be accomplish as 
quickly as possible so as to reduce the 
time off duty to a minimum. 

In climates where freezing weather is en¬ 
countered, pumps shall be drained of all 
water and precautions shall be taken to 
prevent refilling of the pumps with water 
when not In actual use. ^n adequate supply 
of safely stored gasoline shall be reserved 
for the Fire Department to provide suffi- 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 

f -'>810 p 26 bu 


I ' 








WRA 


Fire Protection 40♦4 


- (.22k) 

clent fuel in case a serious fire should occur 
during a period of acute shortage of gasoline* 

B. Fire Protection Officers shall see that all 
personnel of the Fire Protection Section, the 
Operations Division, and any other concerned, 
understand the principles of the automatic 
sprinkler systems Installed on the center. 

Such personnel should know the location of 
valves, drains, air compressors and space fuse- 
able heads, and should be familiar with all 
instructions relative to the efficient opera¬ 
tion and use of the sprinkler system. 

(1) An adequate supply of spare or extra 
heads shall be available to the Fire De¬ 
partment at all times. 

(2) All dry pipe valves shall be tripped, 
cleaned and reset once a year. 

(3) The average normal, static pressures 
shall be determined for the sprinkler 
system; also the normal pressure drop 
with 2-inch drain valve wide open. 

(4) Flow tests shall be made frequently in 
accordance with provisions in the text¬ 
books • 

(5) The hospital and the sprinkler systems 
shall be inspected daily by a competent 
Fire Department Inspector to be sure the 
systems are in operating condition. Each 
shut-off valve, pressure gauge, indicator 
post valve and air compressor shall be 
inspected. 

(6) Any water shut-off on the center that 
would affect the sprinkler systems shall 
be for as short a period of time as pos¬ 
sible • 

(7) A "Sprinkler Journal" shall be kept at 
the Fire Department headquarters. 

.23 Fire fighting equipment shall be given at least 
the minimum care outlined in this subsection. 
Portable equipment shall be used only for fire 
fighting, and for no other purposes. 


Sprinkler 

Systems 


Care of 
Fire 
Fighting 
Equipment 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 


C-08 10 P27 bu 




WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(.23) 

A. The person in charge of a building or a 
block shall be responsible to the Head of 
his respective Section for the care of all 
fire extinguishers, and shall instruct all 
personnel under his jurisdiction in their 
use. He shall see that all extinguishers 
assigned to him are fully charged, are in 
their proper places, and in good working 
order. He shall immediately report to the 
fire station any extinguisher that needs 
servicing of any kind. 


General Cere 
of Fire 
Extinguishers 


(1) A tag shall be attached to every fire 
extinguisher and shall not be removed 
so long as the extinguisher is in use 
on the center. This tag shall show 
the date the fire extinguisher was 
charged, the date it was recharged, 
and the dates on which it was inspect¬ 
ed. 

(2) Fire extinguishers shall be protected 
from freezing weather if they are the 
kind that can be damaged thereby. 

(3) There shall be kept on hand at all 
times a sufficient quantity of re¬ 
charging materials for all types of 
extinguishers. 


Care of 
Soda»-&oid 
Extinguisher s 


B. Soda-acid and foam-type extinguishers shall 
be inspected at least once every six months 
and recharged at least once a year. 

Note: The 2-| gallon pump-type extinguisher 
is an acceptable substitute for the 2h gal¬ 
lon soda-acid extinguisher which is now un¬ 
obtainable . 


Care of 
Carton 

Tetrachloride 

Extinguishers 


C. All automotive equipment shall be supplied 
with at least a quart-3ize carbon tetrach¬ 
loride extinguisher. The Fire Protection 
Section shall set up a schedule for the 
regular inspection of such equipment. With 
the exception of the hand grenade type, all 
carbon tetrachloride extinguishers shall be 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 








WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


(.230) 

serviced annually by straining all liquid 
from the extinguisher through a chamois skin 
to remove moisture, etc. This liquid should 
then be replaced in the extinguisher, since 
it is good until used. Carbon tetrachloride 
extinguishers shall be kept full at all times 
and shall be frequently inspected. If liquid 
from these extinguishers is used in violation 
of these regulations, immediate action shall 
be taken to prevent a recurrence of such vio¬ 
lation. 

h / 

D. Carbon dioxide (COg) extinguishers shall be 
tested for leaks and weighed when received 
and the weight compared to the stamped weight 
shown on the extinguisher. After 10 days 
these extinguishers shall be weighed again 
and if the weight has decreased the cause 
should be determined, and if possible remedied. 
If sufficient COg has been lost, the extin¬ 
guisher should be recharged. Fire Protection 
Officers shall see that the 5-year test on car¬ 
bon dioxide extinguishers is made when due. 
These extinguishers shall not be left in the 
direct rays of the sun or exposed to undue heat 

E. Fire hose for each center has been, or will be 
received from several different sources. All 
hose should be properly listed according to 
size, showing quantity received, the source 
from which It was obtained, i.e., from TJ.S.E.D. 
transfer, etc., the name of the manufacturer, 
date manufactured, and date received. 

a 

(1) Identification of all fire hose is nec- 

cessary in order to keep accurate records 
The letters "WRA" and the proper identi¬ 
fication numbers shall be stamped on the 
male coupling of each section of fire hose 
Numbers from 1 to 500 shall be set aside 
for numbering 2^ M hose; from 500 to 600 for 
2" hose; from 600 to 700 for l£" hose; and 
from 700 to 800 for 1" hose. 


12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. #*81 


Care of 
Carton 
Dioxide 
Extinguisher* 


Fire 

Eoee 


Identification 


C-08 10 P29 bu 




WRA 


Fire Protection 40.4 


Jcmnoale 


Sucxnary 

of 

Reports 

Regiired 


.24 A journal shall be kept by each of the following: 

Fire Protection Officer 
Associate Fire Protection Officer 
Fire Chief 

Captain in charge of fire station 
Officer in charge of Fire Prevention 
Bureau, who shall keep a Sprinkler 
Journal (see .22B (7). 

Fire alarm operator 

.25 The following reports are to be submitted to.the 

Washington Office: 

A. Quarterly Drill Report - Form WRA-117 - To 
be submitted with the Project Director’s 
regular report. (See Section 40.4.4B) 

B. Monthly Fire Department Report - Form WRA- 
158 (See also Section 40.4.8D). 

C. Report of Fire - Form WRA-98. To be sub¬ 
mitted for each response to an alarm of 
fire, with the exception of false alarms. 






12/14/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 81 




WRA Manual 


Fire ^otection hO.Lj 


(.2$C) 

A list of these enclosures shall be placed under "Re¬ 
marks” on each Form WRA-98 submitted. 

t> 

The Words "Government loss" shall be added in a line 
directly/ under the portion of the form stating the 
facts of the loss and this shall show the Government 
loss of contents, building or vehicle and the total 
Government loss. 

D. The Federal Fire Council, created by Executive Order 
No. 7397 of June 20, 1936, requires a report to thv 
' Council of each fire occurring on Government ovmed or 
leased property, on forms provided by the Council. 

(A copy is attached as an Exhibit) 

(1) ’WRA is required to furnish reports to the Federal 
Fire Council on all fires occurring on Government 
owned or Government leased property under its 
jurisdiction since June 30, 19U3. Reports on ALL 
such fires not already reported m these forms 
will be submitted immediately. Reports on all 
subsequent fires will be reported on federal ^ire 
Council forms in triplicate and shall be sent to 
the WASHINGTON OFFICE OF WRA with the "Report of 
Fire", Form Y/RA-98; The Washington WRA office will 
forward the original copy to the Federal Fire 
Council. The Federal Fire Council Fire Report 
will be listed as an enclosure under "Remarks" on 
Form WRA-98. THESE REPORTS SHOULD NOT BE SENT 
DIRECT TO THE FEDERAL FIRE COUNCIL. 

(2) ALL QUESTIONS ON THE FORM SHALL BE ANSWERED FULLY 
AND COMPLETELY. 

(3) The information requested in questions Nos. U, 5, 
and 7 on these forms relates ONLY to Government 
property. Losses suffered by evacuees, appointed 
personnel, or other private parties should not be 
listed under these items. Private losses may be 
discussed under, "Thr Story of the Fire", item 
No." 1 U. 

(U) Fire losses for types of Government property not 

listed on the form, such as vehicles, farm machinery, 
etc. should be listed under item No. lU. Vehicles 


8/25/hh 


Sunxnary 

of 

Reports 
Required 
(cont'd) 


C -1 5 84- u 








WRA Manual 


Fire Protection );0.h 


(.25D-U) 


Summary 

of 

Reports 

Required 

(oont*d) 


or equipment, etc. damaged by fire while in 
garages or other buildings will be listed as 
contents, under item No. 7-(a)-(2). "The Story 
of the Fire", item No. lU, should fully meet 
the requirements as listed in the "Instructions" 
attached to the form. The person making the re¬ 
port should ALWAYS indicate his name, title and 
the date the report is submitted. This should 
be done even though records, from which the in¬ 
formation is taken, do not indicate the Fire 
Protection Officer who was in charge of the fire. 


(5) Each report should give the full name and address 
of the center. 



e /2 5 Ah 





Motor Trejigoort and Mal ntananc* AO.S 


WRA 


•1 The Motor Transport} and Maintenance Section of the Oper¬ 
ations Division shall have supervision over all motor- 
driven mobile equipment not assigned to officials for 
indefinite period^ and shall be responsible for mainten¬ 
ance of all motorised equipment* These functions are to 
be carried out in accordance with policies detailed be¬ 
low. 


Organisation 
of tho Motor 
Transport an& 
Maintenance 
Section 


10/28/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 62 




























* 











































. 























Motor .Transport and Maintenance AO.5 


WRA. 

•10 Passenger cars may be assigned to such members of tne 

Center staff as require them to be available at any time 
for use in connection with carrying out of their duties. 
This list will be recommended by the Maintenance Super¬ 
intendent and approved by the Project Director. Those 
vehicles which have not been so allotted to Center offi¬ 
cials will be held in the motor pool for daily assign¬ 
ment by the Motor Pool Supervisor on trip sheet requests* 
In determining these daily assignments, the Motor Pool 
Supervisor will take into account necessity for the use 
requested, mileage quotas for the Center, gasoline and 
oil consumption regulations, and any other factors rele¬ 
vant to making the most efficient and economical use of 
passenger cars. 

•11 All trucks will be retained in the motor pool for assign¬ 
ment to various units on a job basis. These assignments 
will be made on trip sheet requests, and as in the case 
of passenger cars, will take into account mileage quotas, 
necessity for use, etc. 

•12 Special Use equipment will be assigned as follows: 

A. All heavy motorized construction and engineering 
equipment will be assigned by the Equipment Mainten¬ 
ance Superintendent to the Construction and Mainten¬ 
ance Section for supervision of its use. 

B. All motorized farm equipment, such as tractors and 
power machinery, will be assigned by the Equipment 
Maintenance Superintendent to the Agricultural Sec¬ 
tion for supervision and regulation of its use. 

C. After initial inspection by the Motor Transport and 
Maintenance Section, all fire trucks will be placed 
in the custody of the Fire Protection Officers. 

D. Ambulances will be assigned to the supervision of the 
hospital, after initial inspection by the Motor Trans¬ 
port and Maintenance Section. 


10/28/43 

SuparMdas A.I. # 62 


Asaigagent of 
Passenger Cars 


\ssignment of 
Tracks 

Assignment of 
Spoolal Use 
Equipment 


Heavy Motorized 
Equipment 


Motorized Farm 
Equipment 


Fire Trucks 


Ambulances 


C-1992 P8 n.bu 






















































■ 






. 











































Motor Transport and Maintenance AO.S 


BRA 

•20 Passenger cars will be operated by the individual to 
whom they have been assigned either for an indefinite 
period or on a trip basis, except in some eases of 
temporary group use* 

•21 Truck operators, employed by the Motor Transport and 
Maintenance Section, will be under the supervision of 
the unit to which the truck was assigned for direction 
as to its use on that particular job. They will, how¬ 
ever, be responsible to the Motor Transport and Main¬ 
tenance Section for the operating condition of the 
trucks to which they are assigned* 

•22 Special Use equipment operators will be employed by and 
under the superivision of the particular unit to which 
that equipment has been assigned in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 40*5*12, Paragraph C, for direc¬ 
tion as to its use* They are, however, responsible to 
the Motor Transport and Maintenance Section for operator 
maintenance on the equipmentv 

•23 Operators will be trained by the Motor Transport and 
Maintenance Section for employment on cars, trucks and 
special use equipment* Drivers* permits to qualified 
persons will be issued on recommendation of that Section 
and in the event that any individuals so employed should 
prove to be unsatisfactory operators, permits will be 
revoked. (See also Section 20*20). 

.24 Laborers will no longer be under the supervision of the 
Motor Transport and Maintenance Section. For provisions 
governing their employment and supervision, see Manual 
Section 20.4* 


Passenger Car 
Operators 


Truak 

Operators 


Spaoisl Use 
Iquijsnaat 
Operators 


Training of 
Operators — 
Driver* s 
Permits 


Laborers 


10/28/43 

Supersed«s A.I. #62 










.. 























* 







. 

































■ 

. 






' 

















































































ML 


Motor Transport folntenance 


•50 Where mobile field service units are maintained, they 
will function under the supervision of the Motor Trans¬ 
port and Maintenance Section. All equipment and person¬ 
nel now used in the performance of this work will be 
transferred from the unit under which it now operates to 
this Section* 


10/28/43 

Supersedes A«I* # 62 


C-1602 Pit 


Mobile 

field 

Serriee 

Units 


n»bu-fInal 





WRA Manual 


Motor Transport and Maintenance LtO.5 


Field 
Offloes 
and 

Shelter 


Dispatching 

System 


(.62) 

E. Submit quarterly reports to the Washington mile¬ 
age administrator on OPA Form R-£67 (see attached 
exhibit) to be received in Washington not later 
than the tenth of the month following the end 
of the quarter, 

.63 Heads of field offices and the Director of the Shel¬ 
ter shall designate a responsible employee to assume 
the duties and responsibilities outlined in subsec¬ 
tion .62 for all offices under their supervision. 

•6h A system of dispatching shall be instituted by the 

Emergency Refugee Shelter and by each center and field 
office which shall insure that proposed trips whether 
by rail or motor to outside points be registered and 
planned in advance on a reservation basis in order 
that (1) common carriers may be used to the fullest 
extent and (2) whenever motor travel is justified, 
the fullest possible use may be made of all vehicles 
so assigned. 


12/20M 

Release # 15U 


C-l-017 P4 bu 




) 


a. 
x 

Ui 
-I 

«c 
> 

3 
X 
a. 

tt. mh 

< M 


0 

5 

x 

O 


H 

D 

O 

K 

H 


2 

O 

<fe 

O (Z 

CE 

“ 00 


0 

w 

o 

D 

Q 

0 

K 

0 . 

§ 


< — 


u. 2 
O Q 
</> < 
£ u 
< o 

oi 0£ 

Q Q_ 
u u. 
t O 

Z 


LU 

o 


Lu 

u. 

O 


- 


5 < Ch 

wog 

d 2 £ 


W 

>< 


H g 

z 2.. 

a h & 
s < g 

£«« 

^ £ O' 
O 

u 


o 

o 


rj" 


rf 

O* 


CO 


O ^ 

« .8 


S3 E 


XI 

S 

<L) 


U 

O 

<D 

p 


a ft 
y P 
co 


V 

- 1 X 

>. O 

X* 4-» 

3 O 


□ □ 


o> 


.-< rj- 
CO Ol 


X 

Si O 
3 « 


O 

4-1 


U 

3 

3 


3 _, 

3 *C 
S ft 
£ < 


□ □ 



w 

n 


o 

H 


+■» 

S 


•2 « .' X 

gS-2-§ g 

Kisl 


y •»—t- 

u tj cs n u 
v ^ W > 


3 ±i *d o 
» 2-g be bo 
oo 3c 

JJ *—t 


^ W-S C 03 

4J .2 w o y 
C (o ^-TS^ 

^ -tJ u S- 

Um >i 


t> _ 

at ct 


V% 2 w x 


n 


3 

„ o* >>’b 

T3 •— i) ~n U 
•2 X Tl 0 ** J 

d “ Q. 4J 

oX« 3 -s 

^ C> «3 

ft C O .5 *4 
8'S‘SoS 
.2 § E ft 

ko •'i O 


•d 

.E 

5 


v 

X 

H 


U 


911 - 

u « 3 >> 

y w < -r 
x « S3 
£ u at 
o 5.2 2 

4h ^ 4j d 

g (0 (0 CT 
•2 

o .2 u 


to 

CN 


St 6< 
»• £/> 


3 .£ 2 


c .2-5 


« 

W 

H 

Di 

< 

D 

a 

« 

< 

p 

w 

X 

< 

o 

M 

u 

<c 

w 

ffl 

o 

fc 

p 

w 

ffl 

< 

04 

w 

« 

04 


» -s !s < -> 
“3-0 w 8 
* “' c e 


X 

05 

« ^ 3 


D(L „ 

c M ° 


a ° 
o w 
« 2 

: O 


> 

P „ 

- - -3 

bA 4-> 

® *4H 

o 


3 

o 


v 

_ o 
3 Sfi 

K - 


o • w 
? U o 

£0,n*.!2 

E ^.S 
Ex fl S 

«J-W 03 
> fn rt 

M° C « 

X M 


Ofl-S ffl 

■■nil 


03 


O CO 


1^1 


,X t) 


els, 


2^ 


S3" E' 

flW 3 


CO 

05 

o 

< 

Oi 

H 

oi 


Z 

h* 

a 

Q 

< 

W 

o 

4 

W 

X 


i 


' 00 
w 

■a-S 

1x2 

•§ s: 3 

rt ~x 

15 r 2 B5 
bi 3 
3 M*J 

2 S O 
•3 >- o. 

JiSB 
2 8.2 

^ t! ^ 

T; u 4J 

a; O 

fr's 

x fc* 

^« 

S w 


v 2r? 
xxO 

op 


□ ■ 
2-25 

4-» rt 

4 -# y 

■*+ yJ 

Bti 
.3 


..&1 
hh y « 


x 

>, 3 

0 a 
y o 

^ *N 

CO 

I ^ 
> 


CP 


« <1* 


S 


> 

V 

Z 

H 

O 

< 


3 O c 2 

3 ^ q 3 
O-P M 


04 

E S 

•d Oh 

ch 
" c 


3 

y 


Q 

5 


bfl 

•c 
s° 
c ^ 

a 5 

3 t3 


3 

Oh 

>» 


gw 


3 


H 

2 

M 

a 

H 

Pu 

« 

Q 


u y 

. . U 


r w J? 

O 3 O 
3 b* 4-5 £ > 

' 5.S2' 5 
a E 2 


o 

E 

-IS 
. 3 
i< 
d 


H 

W 

D 

u 

(K 

!x 

ffl 


o 

•flSr 

ggg,s 

y -S y a 
X “ -o 3 

4-» * T3 u 

MO-s «.2 
c . X o 4-1 
•r n <4- X 3 

&P a 

S c C'S-S 

*o o o u C 

C; 4-» v-* 00 *3 

» “t3 JJ s 

>..E^x^ 

3 X 05 y < 

^ S "C x y 

o 

M 


c 

•H 

X 


> 3 ".H 
^ c > 


E •* 
O y 

tJ ”0 
a 
3 


3 

h 


y O 
C y 
'3 0 
2*6 
V r\ 
u vJ 


(U P 5 

Wi ^ 

• H O " 

E1 § e. 

m 03 3 

e 3 -M W 
y w .2 y 

E JJ .8 .S: 

£•= Ho 


at >, 


U X 3 O 
y -3 T3 p 

o > „ 2 

“X ^ 3 

U 3 4-1 <J 

S c- s d 

W 'C -O 0 

y y y t! 
_c > C 3 

O 3 4J 

. y 4J co 

y tl 8 'e 
"Oy'3 
aftJ“ 
r; <u T; 

2* u 12 ^ 
a o p 


t. O ^ 

2U-3-C 
'flu “i* 
flflx.04 


30 2 O 
&y 


^ HH *7 

X J u 0 
r\. ^ 


u CU 

a — 
v 


- ^ co {£ 

03 1-4 *2 x 


S 50 

oH-^ 

•g.S >>0 
Sy§*2 

y 3 y •« 
x a y P 
** p c t! 

c ft® E 

■53 .■§ 

o 3 y « 

2 -sSI 


(0 


O S .X 

3 ti ■£ 5 

^ ^ iw 
4J ft 
V) 0 


O 

fO 


:l 


III! 

•M’S 5 3 

> m r£ 


w 

o 

5: 

« 

w 

co 

O 


P 

n 

P 

0h 


UJ 

O 


> 

cc 

Ui 

ID 


O 

X 

CQ 

3 

a. 

z 


Ui 

> 


<Z 

Q 


cn 

ui 


u. 

O 


cn 

ui 

CO 


Z) 

z 


Ui 

CO 


CO 


0 


■r 

> 


cn 

x 

co 

2 

z 


CD- 

op 

l£- 

sSS 

os a: 
oui 
u°- 



zl 


Sis 






k< 

Od 

Uo 


I- 

2 Q 

3s-?: 

~3o 

§o£] 
o a 




^ 52 


^2r 


Z L 

y ulo 

U QJ — 

m 5 o: 


cc. 


< 

H 

O 


§2 

>| 

^ O 


o: 

CL 


U. Ui 

°d 

a! X 

> 


b 

be 

g 

tn 

m 

Oh 


y 

I 

O 

44 

o 

3 


CO 

d 

w 


p 

< 

H 

O 

H 


b >* 

O y 

.X 

05 4-* 

X ^ 

U -S 


SI 


o, 5 

3 b 

O X 


* ■ 


g 

bo o 

C 3 
y 3 

05 Ih 

05 

3 y 
ft.S 


2 o 

3 05 
„ 3 

2 bfl 

w 

o *« 
be o 

3 05 
£ 05 


a 


c y 


x o 


2 »e 

O) c 


u "rt 

y 2 


05 

a 

o 

O 


O y 

y x 
y rz 
3 be 


S y 

CO 

3 _ 
X 3 


y 


01 

U 

cx: 


u 

.0 


E 

a 


y 

u 


C 

o 


c 

• H 


s 

00 

I 

© 


T3 

4) 




4) 

-O 


T) 

CJ 

CJ 

C 


03 

V 

>> 


03 

S 0 

E 


y 


h 3 

2 o 


8 * 


y o 

05 W 

y w. 
x y 


3 

3 

cr 


1 y ^—' 

3 




4J *2 

0 2: 

C 05 


•d 
y 
y 1 
C 


T3 < 

S-< 


Wh * 

a- 
y . 


d- 

05 


-JI4 

— XX -4- 

t 05 >- 

0 0 

5 y a 4^ 
5 ee\ 

O y OJ 

ax f-i 


r.-i <n 7 Pfi nobu-flnal 

































































































































\ 







































. 
































































































































WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


Administrative Manual 
Chapter 50 - Relocation Center Management 


General ^dministration 


.1 It is not the policy of the War Relocation Authority to 
seek exclusive jurisdiction in the United States over 
the lands included within relocation areas administered 
by the Authority. (For full discussion of the reasons 
for this policy, see Solicitor's Opinion No. 16). 

.2 The outer boundaries of all lands in relocation areas 
in actual possession or control of the War Relocation 
Authority shall be clearly posted. 

A. All relocation areas have been designated military 
areas by the military establishment and, as much, 
may not be quitted by an evacuee without a release 
granted under authority of the military establish¬ 
ment. The prohibition against departure from relo¬ 
cation centers without military authority was pres¬ 
cribed as to centers in the Western Defense Command 
by W.D.C. Civilian Restrictive Order No. 1; as to 
centers outside the Western Defense Command, the 
prohibition appears in Public Proclamation No. WD-1. 

B. Public Proclamation No. WD-1 authorizes the Director 
of WRA to issue permits in writing for departures 
from centers outside the Western Defense Command. 

For centers in the Western Defense Command, author¬ 
ity to issue written permits for such departures 
was delegated to the Director of WRA by a memoran¬ 
dum from Captain Hugh T. Fullerton, Assistant Ad¬ 
jutant General, dated August 11, 1942. Authority 
to issue such permits has in turn been re-delegated 
by the Director to the Project Director of all WRA 
centers. 

C. The limits of relocation areas must be posted with 
notices every 500 feet along the outer boundary. 
These should be in the form of notice boards, car¬ 
rying the name of the project, notice of the area 
limits in both the English and Japanese languages; 
and the text of the Civilian Restrictive Order, or 
Public Proclamation, whichever is appropriate; in 
both English and Japanese. 


l/ll/b5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/7/43 
Release if 163 


JS&sJk 


WRA Policy 
on Exclusive 
Jurisdiction 


Postlag 

Boundaries 


Restrict! mm 
• a Departure 
of Evacuees 
from 
Centers 


Permits 

to 

Depart 


Notloe of 
Boundary 


C- 1881 P* 



WRA Manual 


General Administration 50.1 


Plaoemrt of 
Notice 
Beards 


Quotes 


Cards 

Bearish 

Tart 

af Orders 


Display 
and Use 
of the 

Fla* 


Laadsoapisl 


(. 2 ) 

D. The notice hoards (three feet square) should be manu¬ 
factured at each center and should be of a sturdy 
and permanent nature. If there are fences, hedges, 
or other barriers which define the limits of the re¬ 
location area, the boards may be attached thereto if 
physically possible; otherwise, to nosts or stakes 
driven into the ground. The notices should face in 
toward the relocation area. Where the limits of the 
relocation area are not defined by markers already 

in existence, the placement of the notice boards 
will serve this purpose but must oe supplemented by 
such other markers as may be necessary to define the 
boundary clearly. 

E. If the boundaries of relocation areas are changed, 
the change must be reflected by moving the boundary 
notices. 

F. Cards have been prepared for nailing to the notice 
boards, bearing the text of W.D.C. Civilian Restric¬ 
tive Order No. 1, or of Public Proclanation No. WD-1, 
in both English and Japanese. Supplies of these 
cards may be secured through the Washington Office. 

.3 A. The flag of the United States of America shall be 

displayed at relocation centers, above or before the 
Administration building, each school building and at 
such other points as the Project Director may deem 
appropriate. 

B. Rules for the care of the flag are set forth in Pub¬ 
lic Law No. 623, 77th Congress, and these rules 
shall be followed carefully by all WRA personnel who 
have occasion to display or use the flag. 

.4 Landscaping at relocation centers may be carried on with 

government-owned landscaping materials and labor on of¬ 
ficial time, only. 

A. To execute an agricultural program approved under 
the terms of Section 40.1. 

B. To plant grass or other ground cover for erosion 
control purposes. 


1/11A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/7/U3 
Release # 163 


C-1981 P4 bu 



WRA Manual 


General Administration 5>0 # 1 


(.10 

C. To carry on simple landscaping, using inexpensive 
materials, around schools, administrative offices, 
and the hospital* 

Restrictions on the procurement of landscaping mater¬ 
ials are listed in the Procurement Handbook, Section 
20*6. Landscaping in the residential blocks shall be 
the responsibility of the block residents under such 
regulations as may be laid down by the Project Direc¬ 
tor* In general, such landscaping may involve the 
work of individual residents in their yards or other 
block areas assigned to them, or it may involve block 
cooperation under an approved block plan* It is sug¬ 
gested that a wide latitude of choice be given to block 
residents. All landscaping in residential blocks must 
be carried out with materials and labor provided by the 
residents and without cost to the Authority; except that 
surplus materials may be marie available by the Project 
Director for such purposes* 

.5 There are no further inductions or re-inductions into 
WRA centers (see Manual 1^0*1*10). 

.6 Re-admission to relocation centers of persons who pre¬ 
viously left on indefinite leave (trial period) is 
covered under Section 60.12 of the Handbook. 

•7 Charges for sxfcsistense against Japanese-Americans vis¬ 
iting relocation centers will be made according to the 
following scale* Collection will be made in cash and 
will be deposited in the Treasury as Miscellaneous Re¬ 
ceipts* 

A. A charge of' 2Qi per meal will be made for all meals 
furnished visiting Japanese-Americans except as 
otherwise provided in Manual 1E>0.1.10* 

B. A charge of 20^ per night shall be made occupancy 
of living quarters except when space is occupied in 
the quarters of family, friends, or relative^, and 
except as otherwise provided in Manual 13>0.1.10. 

.8 All persons wishing to enter or leave a Relocation Cen¬ 
ter must present proper credentials to the Military 
Police at the entrance. (See Section 10.1 and 5>0.1 *2B). 


5/15A5 . .., 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/11/4? 

Release # 191 


Charges to 
Visit! ag 
Japansso— 
Americans 


Credentials 
for Entering 
a Center 


C—2257 P3 t>u 





WRA Manual 


General Administration 50.1 



jLdmimistratiTa 

Employees 


.9 In the case of administrative employees of the War 
Relocation Authority, the credential will consist 
of the War Relocation Authority identification card. 
Form WRA-82 properly executed. 


Visitors 
to the 
Center 


Evsouee 

Residents 


•10 A. In the case of visitors to the Center, the cre¬ 
dential will consist of Form WRA-38 or WRA-338 
properly executed, and signed by the Director 
of the Center to be visited, or his representa¬ 
tive. The form should be made out in duplicate, 
with the original given to the visitor and the 
copy retained in the center files. The origin¬ 
al frill be shown to the Military Police upon 
entrance and left with the Military Police up¬ 
on leaving the Center. 

B. Visitor*s passes will be issued at the discre¬ 
tion of the Project Director. In general, 
passes may be granted for the following reasons: 

(1) To further official business of the War 
Relocation Authority or other agencies of 
the Federal, State or local government. 

(2) For reasons of public relations. 

(3) For visiting relatives or friends within 
the Center, either evacuees or employees. 

C. Hours of visiting will be determined by the 
Project Director. Guides should be provided 
if they are needed for the convenience of vi¬ 
sitors who enter. In general, visitors are free 
to enter administrative offices on the Center 
and, upon invitation, the living quarters of em¬ 
ployees or evacuees. It should be remembered 
that these quarters are homes and not to be en¬ 
tered except upon invitation of the occupant. 

.11 Procedures governing departure from centers by eva¬ 
cuee residents are outlined in Chapter 60. Admis¬ 
sion of non-evacuee for residence is Drescribed in 
50.1.5. 


Other types of admission will be arranged under 
50.1.10 or in transfers between centers as provided 
by 50.3.12; or in connection with return from leaves 
as provided by Handbook 60.3.18B,*60.U.21B, and 60. 
12.7. 

5/15/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of I/II/I 45 
Release # 191 









WRA Manual 


General Administration $0.1 


♦12 The Project Director at each MIA Center is responsi¬ 
ble for maintaining a strict control over the passage 
of persons into and out of the center. He must also 
be able to account at all times.for all evacuees who 
have ever entered the center. 

A. The Project Director is responsible for seeing 
that no person ineligible to leave the center un¬ 
der regulations of the War Department or the De¬ 
partment of Justice does leave the center. He is 
responsible for seeing that no person ineligible 
to enter the center under regulations of the War 
Relocation Authority does enter; or if the person 
is eligible to enter, the Project Director shall 
see that he complies with applicable regulations 
of the War Relocation Authority and does not over¬ 
stay the term of his permitted stay in the center. 
For the regulations governing departure from and 
entrance to a WRA center, see Manual Section 1E>0.1, 
50.11 and $0.12. In addition to determining eli¬ 
gibility to leave or enter a center, the Project 
Director shall keep a record, for administrative 
purposes, of all persons currently in, or depart¬ 
ed from, his center (See Paragraph D below). 

B. In "Policies Pertaining to the Use of Military 
Police at Relocation Centers" (Circular No. 19, 
September 17, 19U2, paragraph 8) the following 
provisions appear: (a) "They (military police 
on duty) shall control the traffic on and the 
passage of all persons at arteries leading to the 
area;" and (b) "They shall allow no person to 
pass the center gates without proper authority 
from the Project Director". 

C. In cooperation with the appropriate agents of the 
Departments of War and Justice, the Internal Se¬ 
curity Section at the center shall act for the 
Project Director in preventing any person fran 
leaving, entering, or remaining in the center when 
he is not eligible to do so. 

D. The Project Director is responsible for keeping 
a record of current population, admissions and 
departures on the basis of which the evacuee pop¬ 
ulation, both statistically and by individuals, 

U/2/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/U5 

Release # 183 


Gate Control 


at 

TOA Centers 


Re spons ibilit ie s 
of 

Projeot 

Direotor 


Military 

Polioe 

Functions 


Internal 

Security 

Functions 


Statistics 

Section 

Functions 




WRA Manual 


General Administration £0*1 


Gate 

Clerk 


Relocation 

Center 

Gate Controls 
Affecting 
Evacuees 


Definitions 


Admission or 
Departure 
Advioe 


C.12D) 

can be ascertained at all times. The official col¬ 
lection and recording of complete and accurate in¬ 
formation as to names, status (visitor or resident) 
and other prescribed identifying information con¬ 
cerning resident and visiting evacuees shall be the 
responsibility of the center Statistics Section 
(See Handbook Section £0.8). The Statistics Section 
shall be responsible for collection and distribution 
of all official population information* 

E. An appointed Gate Clerk, on the staff of the Statis¬ 
tics Section, shall remain on duty at the main gate 
to the residential center area proper, during such 
hours as the movement of evacuees in or out the gate 
is normally consequential. 

At other gates to the center area an evacuee Gate 
Clerk shall remain on duty during the time such gates 
remain open* At the main gate, the Internal Secur¬ 
ity Officer on duty or on call shall perform the 
functions of the Gate Clerk when there is not a Gate 
Clerk on duty* 

.13 The following subsections, SO.l.ll* to 50.1*31 outline 
uniform gate control procedures required at all reloca¬ 
tion centers. Other procedures are in force at the 
Tule Lake center* The procedures in the following sub¬ 
sections apply only to evacuees. 

A. The word ’‘gate” in these subsections refers to all 
gates in the boundary of the inner residential cen¬ 
ter area through which ingress and egress to and 
from such center may occur. ’’Center area” refers to 
this residential area, while ’’project area” covers 
the entire site under jurisdiction of the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority. 

B. In each instance that a form is cleared by the Gate 
Clerk for entrance or exit of a resident from the 
center, the form shall be routed through the Sta¬ 
tistics Section central office as confirmation for 
the release of an Admission Advice or Departure Ad¬ 
vice, or other action, in time for this action to 
be taken not more than one day following the en¬ 
trance or exit. 


C-2188-P4—bo 


h /2 /\6 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/l6/U5 
Release # 183 












WRA Manual 


General Administration 50*1 


(.13) 

C. Failure to observe these gate control procedures 
shall be reported to the Project Director* Any 
violation constitutes an offense punishable by 
WRA disciplinary procedures as prescribed by Man-* 
ual Section 30*1, and may be dealt with by the 
Project Director accordingly* 

*14 No evacuee shall be admitted to the center area by 

other than the main gate, unless he is a resident who 
departed with proper authorization by a back gate 24 
hours or less previously* No person shall leave by 
a back gate unless he is a center resident going on 
work or personal business to a point within the pro¬ 
ject area without passing off the project area before 
returning to the center area* Only the main gate may 
be used for departures from the project area* 


Violations 


Use of 
Center 
Gates 


*15 If an evacuee presents himself at a center and re¬ 
quests permission to enter either as a visitor or as 
a resident, the Project Director may in his discre¬ 
tion deny admission at the gates if the person obvious¬ 
ly does not fall within any of the categories of eli¬ 
gibility to enter (See Manual 150*1*10)* 

*16 If an evacuee desires to enter as a regular visitor 
he may be admitted provided he has visited the center 
not more than once and for less than thirty days since 
April 16, 1945* Regular visitors are subject to lim¬ 
itations prescribed in Manual 150*1*100(1) and shall 
be admitted according to the following procedure* 

A* The Gate Clerk shall execute a Gate Slip, Form 
WRA-338 Rev* (See copy appended) in triplicate, 
recording among other things the name and address 
of individual, the name and block address of pei>- 
aon to be visited, purpose of visit, and proposed 
duration of visit* Payment for estimated length 
of visit will be made to Gate Clerk and receipted 
on all- copies of WBA-338 Rev. which will then be 
time-stamped, the original retained in a tickler 
file under last day for which payment is made 
(i*e*, estimated date of departure), (me copy giv¬ 
en to the evacuee, and one copy filed in an alpha¬ 
betical file of all visitors admitted to center 
after April 16, 1945, to be maintained at Main Gate* 
A regular evacuee visitor, if on first visit since 
April 16, 1945, shall not be allowed to remain at 
center nor pay in advance for more than thirty days; 


Denial of 
Entrance 
to 

Center 


Entrance 

as 

Regular 

Visitor 




8/22/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/2/45 

Release # 202 


C-2379 PS ta 






Oenaral j tdnrinls-fcr atian 50»1 


WSAUanual 

TaS) 

if second regular visit he say remain and pay in 
advance for as many days of his allotted thirty as 
were not used on first visit* No evacuee who has 

(1) been a regular visitor to the center twice or 

(2) been a regular visitor only once but for thirty 
days may again be admitted as a regular visitor ex¬ 
cept as prescribed in Manual 150*1 •100* 

A relocated evacuee who has passed the Amy prein¬ 
duction physical examination shall be admitted as 
a regular visitor and is subject to limitations 
prescribed in Manual 150*1*100(1)* However, he shall 
not be required to pay any guest charges* (See Man¬ 
ual 150*1*10D)* The original copy of his WRA-338 Rev* 
will be filed under the last day he is permitted to 
remain as regular visitor* 

A paroled alien who presents to the gate clerk the 
original of Fora WRA-338 Rev* as authorization by the 
Project Director to visit, shall be admitted to the 
center as a visitor subject to the limitations in Man¬ 
ual 150*1*100(1)* However, he shall not be required to 
pay guest charges* 

B* The evacuee shall report to Housing Office for assign¬ 
ment to quarters if this is required* 


•17 If an evacuee desires to enter as a visitor under one of 
the special categories of eligibility specified in Manual 
150*1*100(2), (3)> (4), and (5), he may be admitted ac¬ 
cording to the following procedure* 


Introjooe 

Witt 

Authorization 


A* If the evacuee presents himself at the Gate with author¬ 
ization to enter, he shall be admitted as a special vi¬ 
sitor as prescribed below* Authorization to enter may 
consist of correspondence verifying existence of an 
emergency, the uniform of a soldier in active status, the 
E*R*C* card of a member of the Enlisted Reserve Corps, a 
letter from an appropriate school authority for students 
falling within 150*1*100(4), and correspondence verifying 
WRA business, etc*, for persons falling within 150*1*100(5)* 

The Gate Clerk shall execute a Gate Slip, Fora WRA-338 Rev* 
The same procedure will be followed as in 50*1 *16A with the 
exceptions set forth below* 

(1) Special visitors are not limited to two visits and 
thirty days visiting time* 


C-3979 ?4 fco 


8/22/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/2/45 
Release # 202 






50.1.16a 

Form WRA- 33 S Rev. Tickler , 1945 

WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY- 

| GATE SLIP — INCOMING VISITORS 

Name . From 

~"(Last') (First') (Middle) (street & No.) (City) (State) 

To Visit____ of Block Address___ 

Center Address of Visitor_Expected Length of Visit_ 


Charge for Meals; days $ 

I N 

Time Date 

Charge for Quarters: days $ 

Total $ 

paid: Rec*d. "by 7 7~ 

By 

Additional Charge 

Charge for Meals: days $ 

CUT 

Time Date 

Charge for Quarters: days $ 

Total $ 

Paid: Rec*d. by / / 

By 

Refund days $ 

Purpose of Visit 

Rec f d. by 

Number of Days This Visit 

(Signature of Visitor) 

Paid by / / 

n 1 st; n 2 nd; visit since 4-15-45 
Special Visit 


(Specify*—see 150.1.IOC) 

* 



C—ai8 8-p7'-n©bu 













































































































































WRA Manual 


General Administration 5>0.1 


(.17A) 

(2) The item “Special Visit’* on WRA-338 Rev. 
shall be completed classifying the visit in 
one of the categories under l^O.l.lOC (2), 

(3), (h), or (5). 

(3) An evacuee entering as a special visitor un¬ 
der Manual l£0.1.1X(2) shall be escorted to 
Health Section before being admitted where 
duration of visit shall be determined, and 
then escorted back to the Main Gate. Such a 
visitor shall pay guest charges through dura¬ 
tion of visit authorized by Health Section* 
original copy of WRA-338 Rev. will be filed 
in tickler file under last day authorized 
for visit. 

(U) An evacuee entering as special visitor under 
Manual l£0.1.1X(3) shall immediately be ad¬ 
mitted. Members of Armed Forces in active 
status shall be charged for board but not for 
lodging (See Manual l£0.1.10D); original copy 
of WRA-338 Rev. vdll be filed in tickler file 
under last day for which board is paid. Mem¬ 
bers of Enlisted Reserve Corps shall not be 
required to pay guest charges (See Manual 
l^O.l.lGD)* original copy of WRA-338 Rev. will 
be filed in tickler file under a no date cate¬ 
gory since there is no limit on length of 
visit. 

(5) An evacuee entering as special visitor under 
Manual 1£0.1.10C(U) shall not be required to 
pay guest charges (See Manual l^O.l.lQD); 
original copy of WRA-338 Rev. will be filed 
under date ninety days after admission, 

(6) An evacuee entering as special visitor under 
Manual l50.1.10C(5>) shall be escorted to Of¬ 
fice of Project Director where duration of 
visit shall be determined and escorted back 
to Main Gate. Such a visitor shall pay guest 
charges for authorized length of visit; ori¬ 
ginal copy of WRA-333 Rev. will be filed un¬ 
der last day authorized for visit. 


h/2/b5 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/l6/U5> 
Release # 183 


Emergency 

Visitors 


Armed 

Forces 

and 

E.R.C * 


Students 


WRA 

Business, 

etc* 


C-2168-P9“*»u 




WRA Manual 


General Administration 50.1 


Without 

Authorization 


EEnertfenoy 
Visit ' 


Studoats 


WRA 

Buaiaossj 

etc. 


(.17) 

* # 

B. If the evacuee presents himself at the Gate with¬ 
out authorization to enter as special visitor, he 
shall be directed as follows for determination of 
his status* 

(1) If evacuee claims to fall within Manual 150. 
1.100(2) he shall be escorted to Health Sec¬ 
tion for determination of validity of emer¬ 
gency visit. If Health Section approves the 
emergency visit for specified period he shall 
be escorted back to Gate and admitted as spe¬ 
cial visitor for specified period. If Health 
Section does not approve an emergency visit, 
he shall be required to leave the center or to 
enter as a regular visitor as prescribed in 
50 . 1 . 16 . 

(2) If evacuee claims to fall within Manual 150. 
l.lOC(U) he shall be admitted as a regular 
visitor, pay two weeks guest charges in ad¬ 
vance and be directed to write to the appro¬ 
priate school authority for,proper authoriza¬ 
tion; original copy of WRA-338 Rev. shall be 
filed under last day for which payment is 
made. When authorization is obtained the eva¬ 
cuee shall be refunded in full the guest char¬ 
ges paid and converted to a special visitor. 
The conversion shall be back-dated to origin¬ 
al date of admission, and the visiting days 
prior to receipt of authorization shall be de¬ 
ducted from maximum of 105 days to which he 

is entitled as a student. 

(3) If evacuee claims to fall within Manual 150. 
1.100(5) he shall be escorted to office of 
Project Director for authorization to enter 
and determination of duration of visit• If 
approved he shall be escorted back to the 
Gate, admitted as a special visitor, and re¬ 
quired to pay guest charges for the authoriz¬ 
ed length of visit; original copy of TiVRA- 338 
Rev. will be filed in tickler file under last 
day authorized for visit. If the Project Di¬ 
rector does not authorize the visit he shall 
be required to leave the center or may be per¬ 
mitted to enter as a regular visitor as pres¬ 
cribed in 50.1.16, if eligible. 

U/2/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/U5 

Release # 183 




C~a 188 -pl 0 -*>u 








m Xuml 


Qeneral Administration SQ.l 


•18 Each Project Director should make physical arrange¬ 
ments to expedite the process outlined In «16 and 
•17 Insofar as is practicable. 


Desirable 

Physical 

Jurattagemrarts 


•19 Each morning the Qate Clerk shall check his tickler 
fils of Forms IRA-338 Rev* to determine ifcether a 
’visitor has overstayed the time for which his visit 
is authorised or paid whichever the case may be. 

All such cases shall be reported at once to Intern¬ 
al Security Office which shall take steps to summon 
the evacuee to main gate* If authorisation has ex¬ 
pired, the evacuee shall be required to leave.the 
center unless authorisation is extended in accord¬ 
ance vlth Manual 150.1.100. If period for which 
payment in advance was made has expired but the 
evacuee has not used up all his authorized visiting 
time, he shall be required to pay in advance for the 
remainder of the authorized visiting time* 


Wetter 

Tile 

Check on 
Visitors 


\ 


5/31/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/2/45 
Release # 196 


C-2293 P 3 bu 






*RA Manual 


flanftTYi frjnri.nl rtrrrtl ?n 19 ■! 





Ltat 

of 

Visitors 


Departoxe 

of 

Visitor 


Use of 

AlphAb© tio&l 


Departure of 
Resident on 
Shart-ffarm 
Pass 


Return 

of 

Resident 


•20 Each day the gate clerk shall prepare Fora WRA-39? 

(copy of which is appended) in quadruplicate and for¬ 
ward to the Statistician. Form WRA-397 shall be pre¬ 
pared from the copies of WRA-33# Rev* for visitors 
admitted the previous day which are to be inserted in 
the alphabetical file of all visitors admitted after 
April 16, 1945* The Statistician shall be responsible 
for the accuracy of this list and shall forward copies 
to the Relocation and Finance Offices; the two remain¬ 
ing copies shall be retained in the Statistics Section 
Central Office and at the Main Gate. 


• 21 When a visitor leaves the center, he shall surrender 
his copy of WRA-33# Rev. to the Gate Clerk who will 
pull the duplicate copies from the tickler and alpha¬ 
betical files of visitors respectively. Necessary ad¬ 
justments shall be made if a refund is due visitor and 
care shall be taken to make the necessary entries un¬ 
der Length of Visit on WRA-33# Rev. All three copies 
of the fora will be receipted in full and retained by 
the Gate Clerk who shall forward one copy to the Fi¬ 
nance Office, one copy to Statistics Section Central 
Office, and retain one copy for filing in the alpha¬ 
betical file of visitors maintained at the gate. 

•22 The alphabetical file of all visitors admitted after 
April 16, 1945, shall be used by the Oate Clerk to 
check the eligibility of each evacuee applying for 
entrance as a regular visitor and to determine the 
permissible length of regular visit in conformity 
with Manual 150.1*10C(1)• 

•23 When a resident of a center is granted a short-term 
pass Gate Slip Form WRA-339 Rev. (see exhibit append¬ 
ed) shall also be completed in duplicate* On depart¬ 
ing the evacuee shall surrender both copies of WRA-339 
Rev. to the Gate Clerk and retain the pass for show¬ 
ing to guard. 


A. 


The original copy of WRA-339 Rev. shall be kept by 
the Gate Clerk in tickler file, arranged according 
to the date on which the leave expires; the second 
copy shall be forwarded to the Statistics Section 
Central Office for preparation of a Departure Ad¬ 
vice. When the evacuee returns, he shall use his 
pass to enter. The Form WRA-339 Rev. shall be re¬ 
moved from the tickler file, time-stamped and for¬ 
warded to the Statistics Section Central Office 
for preparation of an Admission Advice. (No form 
WRA-33# Rev. need be made out in this case). 








C-2293 P4 


Supersedes Issuance of 4/2/45 
Release # 196 








IRA-339 Rev. 


Ticklers. 

(50.1.23) 

HR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


^ 19. 


Gate Slip—Outgoing 


Permit No. 


Name. 


(Surname) 

Citizenships_ 


(First Name) 

Sex: 


(Initial) 


Age. 


Alien Registration No*. 
Block Address:_ 


Family No*. 


Absence from Center authorized from 
Type of Leave:_ 


19_to. 


Address at Destination: 


Employer or Sponsor:, 
(street) 


(City) 


Type of Ibrks. 


Address Prior to Evacuation: 


(Street) 

(Over) 


(City) 


19. 


(State) 


(State) 


(Reverse Side) 

For Aliens Only 

1. 7.B.I. Address on Certificate of Identification. 


2. Itinerary. 


Form Issued By: 


(Signature) 


(Date) 



5/31/45 
Release # 196 


C—2293 P5 n.bu-fln.l 


















































I 




' 





























. ■ 












































*• 






























. 





. 





















V 






. 














































1 








WRA. Manual 


general Administration 5Q.1 


(.23) 


B. Whenever an evacuee on a short-term pass re¬ 
quests and is granted an extension of his pass - 
by the Project Director or by a Relocation Of¬ 
ficer as provided in Section 50.11.9, or when¬ 
ever he becomes ineligible to return for center 
residence although the pass has not expired 
(See 50 . 11 * 8 ), this fact shall be promptly re¬ 
ported by the Relocation Division to the Statis¬ 
tics Section and by it to the Gate Clerk so that 
he can make a notation on the duplicate copy of 
the leave form and re-arrange it in the tickler 
file or make other appropriate disposition* 


Change In 
Leave Status 


C. Each day the tickler file shall be consulted to 
see whether any passes have expired without the 
evacuees having returned* For example, all pass¬ 
es expiring on the 9th of the month should be in 
the tickler for the 10th, and will be found on the 
10 th if the evacuee has not returned previously. 
Each case of absence beyond expiration of the oass 
shall be reported prcraptly to the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion by the Gate Clerk. 


Use . 
Tick. 
File 


D* After confirmation of the absence beyond expira¬ 
tion of the leave, the Relocation Division shall 
cancel the evacuee’s short-tem pass status, and 
notify the Statistics Section accordingly so that Cancellation 
a Change of Status Advice may be prepared. Both ot Pass 

the Relocation Division and the Gate Clerk shall 
arrange their records so that the evacuee shall 
not thereafter be admitted to the center, except 
as a visitor. 


E. (Cancelled without replacement) 

F* (Cancelled without replacement) 

.24 No further departures on seasonal or indefinite (trial 
period) leave are authorized, however, at the time of 
previous departures copies of Form WRA-339 were made 
out and placed in the tickler file pending evacuee’s 
return or conversion to indefinite leave. 


Authorization to rjtum to center may consist of a 
valid seasonal or indefinite (trial period) leave 
form if the evacuee is otherwise eligible to return 


4/2/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/45 
Release # 183 











WRA Manual 


General Administration 50.1 


(.2h) 

(See Emergency Instructions, December 3C, 19UU, and 
January 6, 19U5)* The procedure of admission shall 
be same as prescribed in 50.1.23A. • 


Departures 

OB 

Sefcs&cal car 
Indefinite 
(Trial Period) 


Leave 


Adodssions 


If the evacuee has not returned to the center when 
his leave expires, or he otherwise becomes ineligi¬ 
ble to return as a resident, (See Emergency Instruc 
tions January 6, 1 9h5, December 30, 19UU) the pro¬ 
cedure set forth in 50.1,23 B, C, or D, as the case 
may be, shall be followed. 

If an evacuee on seasonal or indefinite (trial per¬ 
iod) leave wishes to return to the center as a vi¬ 
sitor intending to resume his leave after visit, he 
may be admitted as a regular visitor as prescribed 
in 50.1.16. 


.25 A person who is not a center resident, may be admit¬ 
ted a3 a resident, if authorized (1) under Manual 
150.1.10B (transfers from Tule Lake) or (2) by spe¬ 
cial approval of Director (discharged cases from in¬ 
stitutions.) 


idzsisslGB 

for 

Residence 


The Gate Clerk shall execute WRA-338 Rev. in dupli¬ 
cate, recording the name of the person and address 
from which admitted, and shall enter winduction” 
across the face of the form. Both copies of the 
form shall be time-stamped, the copy given to the 
evacuee, and the original forwarded to the Statistics 
Section Central Office for preparation of an Admis¬ 
sion Adv5.ce. 


If the person claims eligibility for induction as a 
resident but does not have the required authorization, 
he may be admitted as a regular visitor, if otherwise 
eligible, pending a final decision. If approval to 
enter as a resident is granted, he shall be inducted 
as a resident and refunded in flill the guest charges 
paid as a regular visitor. If approval is denied he 
may remain as a regular visitor until his regular 
visiting time is used up, at which time he shall be 
required to leave the center. 

.26 Yifhen an evacuee eligible to leave the center pre¬ 
sents himself for terminal departure, one copy of 

U/2/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/U5 

Release # 183 


C- 2 l 58 -pl 8 “l»u 





JB&.Manual-Oanaral Admini at.rat. jgn 50.1 


(.26) 


WRA-339 shall be made out by the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion and surrendered by the evacuee to the Gate 
Clerk at his departure* It shall then be time- 
stamped and forwarded to the Statistics Section 
Central Office for confirmation in preparing a De¬ 
parture Advice* Another copy of Form WRA-339 shall 
be made out by the Relocation Division for the evac¬ 
uee to surrender to the military police if they re¬ 
quire it. 

.27 Persons leaving the center escorted by a represen¬ 
tative of Health, Welfare, or Internal Security 
Sections shall have a Form WRA-339 prepared for 
them by the Relocation Division. In the case of 
persons leaving under escort by a representative 
of a federal, state, or local agency, the appro¬ 
priate Section shall request the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion to prepare a short-term pass if this is need¬ 
ed and Form WRA-339 will be surrendered to the Gate 
Clerk at the time the evacuee departs. In an emer¬ 
gency when the Section does not have time to pre¬ 
pare the form, oral information of the departure 
shall be given the Gate Clerk by the appropriate 
Section Head. (The Section Head shall also at the 
earliest time possible give the Relocation Division 
information for preparation of a short-term pass 
and/or WRA-339). These shall then be processed in 
the regular manner. No representative of any agen¬ 
cy, federal, state, or local shall be permitted to 
escort any evacuee from a center until such passage 
has been reported to and approved by the Project Di¬ 
rector. If this approval has not been secured be¬ 
fore, it shall be secured by the Internal Security 
Officer at the gate. 

.28 Each person required to leave the center area reg¬ 
ularly on official business of the War Relocation 
Authority shall be given a daily work pass Form WRA- 
139 , issued by the Project Director, or under his 
delegation by the Division or Section Head concerned* 
This will show among other things the name and Cen¬ 
ter Address of the evacuee, and the period for which 
the Pass is valid. A person possessing a valid Pass 


Terminal 

Departure 


Departure 

with 

Escort 


Daily 
Departures 
on WA 
Business 


Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/45 
Release # 183 





WRA Manual 


tenoral Administration SO.l 


(.28) 

may leave the center area by any &ate which is open 
and attended by a Gate Clerk. Upon leaving he shall 
surrender his pass to the Gate Clerk and receive in 
return a War Relocation Authority badge. The badge 
will be evidence of his right to leave the center 
area and to return to it. Blue badges •will be is¬ 
sued to persons authorized to leave the Project 
area, and red badges to those authorized to leave 
the residential center area but not the project 
area. 


.29 

Daily Returns • 

From WRA 
Business 


"When a person absent from the center area on a Pass 
returns, he must return by the same gate by which 
he left so long as it is open, ^e shall surrender 
his badge and call for his Pass by name. 


Control 

on 

Returns 


A. When a back gate closes for the night, all bad¬ 
ges will ordinarily have been returned and all 
Passes picked up. If a pass has not been picked 
up it will be evidence that the evacuee whose 
name appears thereon is absent from the center 
area. 


Closure of 

Back Gates 


Unauthorized 

Absence 


B. When a back gate closes, any Passes remaining 
with that Gate Clerk will be transferred to a 
Main Gate through which all persons will then 
have to enter. 

C* Any absences indicated by expired Passes still 
not picked up, shall at the beginning of business 
the next day be reported to the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion. Any subsequent return of the evacuee shall 
be handled under 50.1.15 or 50.1.16. 


Departure e 
on 

Personal 

Business 


.30 Evacuees desiring to leave the Project area on busi¬ 
ness other than that of the War Relocation Authority 
may be authorized on Form WRA-139A to do so by the 
Project Director for periods of not to exceed 24 
hours except that in the case of persons designated 
by the War Department or Justice Department as inel¬ 
igible for relocation and excludees residing in cen¬ 
ters within the West Coast exclusion area prior au¬ 
thorization of the Department concerned shall be re- 


4/2/45 

Release # 183 


C-2158-P13“^° 








WRA Manual 


Qanaral Administration SQ.l 


(.30) 


quired. The Pass in this instance will be good for 
a stated period not in excess of 24 hours* The 
evacuee shall surrender the Pass to the Gate Clerk 
on leaving and shall be issued a blue badge* Oh re¬ 
turn he shall surrender the badge* and his Pass will 
be time-stamped and forwarded to the Statistics Sec¬ 
tion for destruction* In this case also, a failure 
to return will be indicated by the retention of a 
Pass by the Gate Clerk, and subsequent procedure 
will be as outlined in 50*1*23* 

*31 Evacuees desiring to leave the canter area but not 
the project area on personal business may pass 
through the back gate in accordance with one of the 
following procedures: 

A* At centers where the War Relocation Authority 
has agreed with the Military Police unit to re¬ 
quire a permit to pass through center gates into 
the project area, this permit shall be issued by 
the evacuee*s Block Manager on a form to be pre¬ 
scribed by the Project Director. The Form shall 
show the name and center address of the evacuee, 
and shall, be valid for a stated period not in ex¬ 
cess of 24 hours. The evacuee may use the permit 
at a back gate, and receive in return a red badge. 
On returning he shall re-enter by the same gate, 
where he will surrender the badge. The Gate Cleri 
will time stamp it and forward it to the Statis¬ 
tics Section Central Office for use and disposal* 
Any case of unauthorized absence will be indicat¬ 
ed by an expired pass not picked up, and shall be 
reported to the Relocation Division. Any subse¬ 
quent return shall be handled under 50.1.15 or 
50 . 1 . 16 . 

B. At centers where there is no agreement with the 
Military Police unit to require permits for pass¬ 
age into the project area, none shall be required. 
However, each evacuee who passes out through the 
back gate shall be given a red badge by the Gate 
Clerk and his name and center address entered on 
a gate register. Chi returning he will identify 


4/2/46 

Release # 183 


Outside 
Project Are*. 


Personal 

Business 

Within 

Project 

Area 


Use of 

Permit 


Without 

Permit 


C-2l68-plB“ fcu 







Limitations 


License to 
Maintain 
Privately 
Owned 
Animals 


WRA_jfemaai__,___„ ....Gma te i. Adjani 3 % rat 

* $ 

(.31B) 

himself and surrender his badge and his name 
will be checked off the gate register. Fail¬ 
ure to return will be indicated by a name not 
checked► v 

C. In no case shall the procedures in this subsec¬ 
tion apply to passage through a main gate, or to 
passage to a Project area separated from a back 
gate by a stretch of territory not under the 
jurisdiction of WRA. 

.32 It is unlawful for any person to maintain livestock 
or poultry on lands or facilities belonging to the 
Government unless he is authorized to do so by the 
agency having jurisdiction over the lands or facili¬ 
ties. At WRA centers the Project Director may issue 
licenses to the appointed staff members to maintain 
horses and milch cows on ’WRA lands and in WRA bams 
and stables, when he determines that it is in the 
interest of the Government as well as advantageous to 
the licensee. 

% v 

A. The license shall follow the form attached to 
this subsection. 

B. The rate charged under the terms of the license 
shall represent a fair return to the government, 
considering the value of the grazing right and 
barn or stable space furnished the licensee. 

When an employee of WRA is required by the condi¬ 
tions of his employment to maintain an animal at 
a center and no extra compensation is given for 
the services of the animal, the license may au¬ 
thorize granting of grazing rights and barn or 
stable space without charge to the licensee. In 
such cases the license should show that the ani¬ 
mal is used in connection with WRA employment. 

C. Feed needed for licensed animals to supplement 

their grazing must in all cases by furnished by 
their owner. 

D. No licensee may sign his own license on behalf 
of the Government. 


4/2/45 

Release # 183 


C—2 lS8”P20-to*i 









50.1.32 


AGREEMENT 


The United States (hereinafter called the w Government”), acting 
through the War Relocation Authority, Hereby gives td 
for a period from , 19h , to , l9h , 

license and permission to keep the following described livestock on 
the R elocation Areas 

The permittee shall use such earns or stables and such grazing 
lands for keeping the said livestock as may be designated from time to 
time oy the Project Director of the _ Relocation Center. 

The permittee agrees to use the bams or stables and the grazing 
land designated by the said Project Director in accordance with the 
following conditions t 

The permittee, in return for the privileges herein granted, shall 

pay _______ dollars per month, payable on or before the_day 

of the month for which payment is made. 

The license and permission hereby granted may be revoked in whole 
or in part at any time in the discretion of the Government by giving 
days notice to the permittee in writing. 

In the event of termination of this permit before the expiration 
thereof, the permittee shall not be obligated to make any payments at* 
tributable to the period following the effective date of such termina¬ 
tion. 


The Government retains the right to use the above described pre¬ 
mises and all portions thereof during the time this permit remains in 
effect for any purpose not inconsistent with the license and permission 
herein granted. 

No member of or delegate to Congress or resident commissioner 
shall be admitted to any part or share of this permit or to any benefit 
to arise therefrom. Nothing, however, in this paragraph shall be con¬ 
strued to extend to this permit if the permit is for the general bene¬ 
fit of a corporation or incorporated company. 


WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 




Witness 


ay_ _ 

Project Director 

Relocation Center 


“Witness 

,4/3/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/16/45 


Permittee 

C-2 158-pai-nobu 








































































































. 









































































' 
































































_ 










_ 















WRA Manual 


General Administration 50*1 


.50 Many professional workers among the evacuees in WRA 
centers are required, by the laws of the States in 
which they were formerly practicing their profes¬ 
sions and were regularly licensed, to pay an annual 
renewal registration or license fee as a condition 
to maintenance of their professional status; and 
many professional persons protected themselves a- 
gainst malpractice suits by carrying insurance a- 
gainst liability. Physicians and other professional 
personnel employed by the Federal Government may be 
personnaly liable for malpractice, and since the 
government is not responsible for the negligent acts 
of its employees, insurance protection for certain 
classes of professional workers against such liabil¬ 
ity may be considered a necessity by such workers. 
Financial outlays in this regard are usually of a 
considerable amount, and it is not equitable to ex¬ 
pect evacuee professional workers to meet them from 
the small monthly War Relocation Authority wage, 

,51 Only persons who are licensed under the law of the 
State from which they were evacuated to engage in a 
trade or profession, who are regularly employed by 
the WRA. at the Center, and who are required by 
State law to pay annual or other renewal fees to 
keep their licenses effective shall be eligible for 
grants under the terms of Manual Section 50,1,50, 
to maintain their professional status; and only 
physicians and surgeons, dentists and pharmacists 
employed by the WRA shall oe eligible for grants to 
pay premiums for liability insurance in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 50,1.52 hereof. No¬ 
thing in this instruction is intended to allow 
grants for membership, organization, society or 
Union dues, 

,52 Cash grants may be made to professional evacuees 
regularly employed on the WRA staff, eligible for 
suoh grants under Section 50*1.51 hereof, under the 
following conditions; 

A. The evacuee must be working in his specific pro¬ 
fessional field unless such employment is tem¬ 
porarily not available at the center and the eva¬ 
cuee has applied for work in his professional 
field as soon as such work becomes available. 


12/3 M 


Policy on 
Grants for 
Professional 
Expenses of 
Evacuee Woikers 


Evacuee Workers 
Eligible far 
Grants 


Conditions 
under -which 
Grants may 

be made 


Employment 


00811 P 3 bu 



WRA Manual 


General Administration 50*1 


(.52) 


Application 


B. The evacuee shall file an application for the 
grant in -which he shall expalin in detail the 
facts justifying the grant. 


C* The grant may cover payment to the evacuee 
worker for the expense incurred for (1) State 
license or registration renewal fees and (2) 
insurances for physicians and surgeons, dentists 
Pur P 06 ® and pharmacists, covering liabilities arising 

out of work done as an employee of the War Re¬ 
location Authority* Such expense, however, 
must relate specifically to the evacuee*s pro¬ 
fession* 


Review of 
Application 


D* Application will be prepared on Form WRA-76 

and Y/RA-308 in an original and three copies and 
distributed as follows: 

Original and one copy for Finance Section 
One copy for applicants Section Head 
One copy for applicant 

Application will be processed in the following 
manner: 


The original and two copies of the application 
will be submitted by the applicant to his Sec¬ 
tion Head ltio will review the application, in¬ 
dicate thereon the amount of cash grant he 
recommends, and transmit it to the Division 
head* Following approval by the Division head, 
the original and one copy of the application 
will be routed to the Administrative Management 
Division where it will be checked relative to 
the employment requirements of this instruction* 
Approval by the Project Director shall next be 
secured. The original and one copy of the 
application shall then be forwarded to the 
Finance Section which will prepare the necessary 
voucher for payment. 

E* In the case of liability insurance applications, 
the procedures described in paragraph D, shall 
be supplemented as follows: 

12/3/43 


\ 


C-0811 V 4 bu 




WRA Manual 


General Administration 50.1 


(.52B) 

The heeds of the section 8nd division in which 
the evacuee works shall review the application 
and shall prepare a statement indicating whether 
they believe the evacuee's services are of a 
type which might make him liable to suit. This 
statement shall be reviewed by the Project Attor¬ 
ney, who shall indicate whether the applicant 
may be subjected to a legal liability for damages 
to individual evacuees on account of professional 
work done by him as an employee of the War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority, The statement of the heads of the 
section and division and the Project Attorney's 
review shall then be forwarded to the Project Di¬ 
rector, who shall then approve or disapprove the 
application for the grant to cover the cost of 
such liability insurance. 

.53 The maximum amount of sny such grant under this section 
to any evacuee for a given fiscal year shall be deter¬ 
mined as follows: 

A. The evacuee shail prepare a list of all his State 
licenses in effect on the date he was evacuated 
showing the annual renewal costs, if any, and the 
expiration dates. The maximum which may be paid 
to an evacuee during any fiscal year, on account 
of professional license and registration fees, is 
the total of such renewal costs. However, when 
it has not been possible for an individual to be¬ 
come licensed by reason of his having been eva¬ 
cuated, the initial registration and license fee 
nay be paid, provided evidence is submitted es¬ 
tablishing that the State will grant such license 
to the individual evacuee. 

B. The evacuee shall prepare b list of all liability 
insurance in effect at evacuation date, showing 
the total yearly cost, the total amount of pro¬ 
tection, and the expiration date. The maximum 


12/3 /U3 


Additional 

Reviews 

fa* 

Liability 

Inmiraaoe 


Amount of 
Grant 


For License 


For Liability 
Insurance 


C-08 11 Po Du 










WRA Manual 


General Administration 50*1 


(.53B) 

cash grant paid an evacuee in any fiscal year shall 
not exceed the total amount required to obtain the 
amount of insurance issued to him and in force on 
the date he was evacuated. For those individuals 
who carried no such insurance prior to evacuation, 
the maximum cash grant shall not exceed an amount 
which will provide $10,000 protection in a single 
oase or a #15*000 total in one year. In no event 
shall the cash grant exceed an amount sufficient to 
pay the cost of a policy of insurance oovering li¬ 
abilities whioh are reasonably risked in the profes¬ 
sional work in which the evacuee is engaged as a WRA 
employee. 


Tims Coverage 
of Grant 


Confirmation 

of Use of 
Grant 


*5U Cash grants shall be made only to professional work¬ 
ers currently employed at the center but, for such 
persons, grants may be provided to cover expenses 
for registration and renewal fees and liability in¬ 
surance premiums for the period, since July 1, 19^2, 
or any portion thereof, provided the workers have 
actually made or will sake a cash outlay for these 
items oovering suoh period. Any cash grant due an 
evacuee unaer this instruction for the period ending 
September 30, 19^5, shall be paid in a lump sum. 

Cash grants for the current fisoal year, insofar as 
they cover cost of license fees or their renewals, 
shall be paid in a lump sum when due; insofar as they 
cover liability insurance, shall be prorated on a 
twelve-month basis and shall be paid the lasx day of 
each month. Cash grants under this instruction shall 
cease whenever the evacuee is no longer employed by 
WRA at the center. When an evacuee ceases to be so 
employed but is later reemployed, he shall receive 
no grant hereunder for the period he was unemployed. 

.55 After a grant is made to any evacuee for payment of 
lioense and registration fees and/or liability insur¬ 
ance premiums, the evacuee shall be required to ex¬ 
hibit to the head of the Finance Section, as soon as 
possible, receipts showing that such fees and/or prem¬ 
iums have in fact been paid. No further payment of 
grants for these purposes shall be made to the evacuee 
until after he has exhibited 6uoh receipts covering 
ell previous payments made to him. 


12/3 M 


C-08 11 P6 bu - fin al 









WRA Manual 


flanaral trtnri gt.ra Unn Vl - 1 


.60 k . Bach evacuee who is enployad or who is eligible 
for extended illness compensation shall receive 
a supplementary allowance for clothing for him¬ 
self and each of his dependents* Clothing al¬ 
lowances shall also be paid to dependents of em¬ 
ployees of Business Enterprises and to dependents 
of evacuee religious workers whose compensation 
from a congregation or denomination does not ex¬ 
ceed $19*00 per month (30.5*240 and 30*7*8B). 

B* An evacuee shall be eligible for a clothing al¬ 
lowance at the end of each monthly pay period if 
he has been employed for at least one-half the 
monthly scheduled hours or has received extended 
illness compensation during at least 15 days of 
that month* 



Eligibility 

for 

Clothing 
• Allowance 


C* The clothing allowance shall be paid to the head 
of the family for himself and all dependents who 
are not employed or receiving extended illness 
compensation* All other members of the family 
who are employed or who are receiving extended 
illness compensation shall receive their cloth¬ 
ing allowances as individuals* 

•61 A* The following schedule for clothing allowances 
shall apply to the Tule Lake, Minidoka, Heart 
Mountain, Central Utah, Manzanar, and Granada Re¬ 
location Centers* 

Annually Monthly 
Persons 16 yrs. of age or over $45*00 $3*75 

Persons 8 to 16 yrs. of age 39.00 3*25 

Persons under 8 yrs* of age 27*00 2*25 


Clothing 

Allowance 

Rates 


B* The following schedule for clothing allowances 
shall apply to the Colorado River, Gila River and 
Rohwer Relocation Centerss 

Annually Monthly 
Persons 16 yrs* of age or over $42*00 $3*50 

Persons 8 to 16 yrs. of age 36*00 3*00 

Persons under 8 yrs. of age 24*00 2*00 


*62 In order to have uniformity in terminology and in ap¬ 
plication of policy, the following guides should be 
used in determining basic family units* 

A. A family in most instances consists of father, 
mother, and unmarried children* For all such un- 


Guidos for 
Determining 
the Baaio 
F amity 
Unit 


8/10/45 

Release # 200 


C-2307 P3 bu 









WRA &mual 


general Administration 50.1 


(.62A) 


Guides foa? 
Determining 
■the Baaio 
Family 
Unit 
(Cont«d) 


\ 


its a Basic Family Card, Form flRA-95, should be 
prepared* 

B* In instances where there are deviations from the 
normal family group the following suggestions 
are madei 

(1) A married son of an evacuee, his wife, and 
children if any, should be considered a bas¬ 
ic family unit* 

(2) A married daughter of an evacuee, her hus¬ 
band, and children if any, should be consid¬ 
ered a basic family unit# 

(3) A married son who is a widower, and his un¬ 
married children, should be considered a 
basic family unit* 

(4) A married daughter who is a widow, and her 
unmarried children, should be considered a 
basic family unit. 

(5) Children who are without parents and who are 
living with relatives should be considered a 
part of the basic family unit of the relative. 

(6) Children who have been adopted, whether leg¬ 
ally or otherwise, even though their own fam¬ 
ilies may be living should be considered a 
part of the basic family unit of the foster 
parents* 

(7) Single unattached individuals should in most 
instances be considered a basic unit* 

(8) In the case, however, that an elderly rela¬ 
tive of either the man or woman of a basic 
family unit is living with the basic family, 
he or she should be considered a part of the 
basic family unit. This might be a parent, 
grandparent, aunt, uncle, or some other 
close relative. 


.63 The Finance Section shall be responsible for the main¬ 
tenance of Basic Family Cards, Form WdA-95, and for 


C-2307 P4 bu 


8/10/45 
Release # 200 







JS&JfeaaHi. 

(.63) 


flanaral Mini nitration_5fl>1 


the preparation, audit, and certification of Grant 
Vouchers* 


A* Basic Family Cards, Form WRA-95, shall be main¬ 
tained in the following manner* 

(1) Basic Family Cards, which have been pre¬ 
pared for all basic family units, shall be 
filed in alphabetical order* 

(2) Changes on the front of the card and on the 
"Family Earnings and Compensation Record" 
on the reverse of the card shall be made 
only on the basis of the following* 


Response, t&lity 
for 

Maintenance 

of 

Records and 
Payments 
of 

Clothing 

AUcwranoes 


(a) 

WRA-176A 

Daily Evacuee Population Sum¬ 
mary by Individuals 


(b) 

WRA-316 

Monthly Listing of Live Births 
and Still Births 


(c) 

WKA-317 

Monthly Listing of Deaths 

Basic 

Family 

(d) 

WRA-318 

Monthly Listing of Marriages 

Card 

(a) 

WRA-319 

Monthly Listing of Divorces 


(f) 

Memoranda signed by the Head Counselor 
of the Welfare Section 


(g) 

Notices of changes of address 



Changes in "Age" column of the "Family Earn¬ 
ings and Compensation Record" may be made as 
substantiated by Section 8 on the front of 
the card* 


(3) New Basic Family Cards, arising from changes 
in family composition, shall be prepared by 
the Finance Section on the basis of memoran¬ 
da from the Welfare Section* 


(4) Payrolls and grant vouchers shall be posted 
on the backs of the Basic Family Cards immed¬ 
iately. Information from certified Forms 
WRA-92, Rev., "Application for Extended Ill¬ 
ness Compensation" shall be noted immediately 
on the back of the cards* 


8/10/45 
Release # 200 


C-2307 P6 






mjaaaal 

(.63) 


nanaral AHmini st.rat/i r>n W.l 


Basis 

Family 

Card 

(Coxrt*d) 


(5) Computations shall be made of the amount of 
clothing allowances due to individuals, or 
to heads of families with dependents, in ac¬ 
cordance with the conditions of eligibility 
specified in Section 50*1.60. 

4 

(6) If there are omissions or other errors they 
shall, upon the securing of adequate infor¬ 
mation, be corrected in the next allowance. 
However, corrections cannot be made if the 
error is not discovered within a two-month 
period. 


B. The Finance Section will be responsible for pre¬ 
paring Grant Vouchers on the basis of Basic Fami¬ 
ly Cards. After preparation, the Grant Voucher 
will be approved by the Project Director or the 
person to whom this authority has been delegated, 
and then forwarded to the Agent-Cashier for pay¬ 
ment. Agent-Cashiers will pay clothing allow¬ 
ances on the basis of approved and certified 
Voucher for Public Assistance Grant, Form WRA-77. 
The Project Director, in his discretion, may have 
clothing allowances paid by checks issued by the 
Assistant Regional Disbursing Officer-in-Charge 
rather than in cash paid by the Agent-Cashier. 
This may be done only if the evacuees are able 
to cash the checks easily and without the pay¬ 
ment of a service charge in excess of five cents 
(5$) per check. (See Finance Handbook, page 
0-43)• 


8/10/45 
Release # 200 


C-2367 P6 bu-final 






WRA 


Regulations Affecting Admin,Personnel 50.2 




•1 The mess at relocation centers for appointed personnel 
must be operated on a self-sustaining financial basis. 

The rates charged for meals shall be the reasonable Tiaaaoial 

value thereof. This reasonable value is defined as baaia toe 

the cost of the foodstuffs plus the cost of preparing adndnia tar ative 

and serving them. Payment for food, mess supplies and 
equipment purchased shall be made from federal funds 
alloted to the center, and the expense recovered from 
the personnel who eat at the mess. 


.2 All types of rood required for the administrative meSs 
shall, insofar as possible, be requisitioned from the 
Army Quartermaster Depot and Market Center. The esti- Procurement 

mated requirements shall be included in the regular of 

requisitions prepared by the Project Steward. When 3oed«tuffs 

food is issued for the administrative mess from sup¬ 
plies procured for use by both administrative and 
evacuee personnel, no discrimination in favor of either 
mess snail be exercised with respect to the quality of 
food, choice of meat cuts, etc., issued. 


.3 Charges for meals eaten at the administrative mess 

shall be computed in one of the following manners * 

A. (1) A personnel mess acoount shall be maintained 
in such a manner as to provide costs of all 
meals served on a 15-day basis. The charge 
per meal against each employee shall be 
based on the average cost per meal for each 
semi-monthly period. The average oost snail 
be arrived at by dividing the number of 
meals served into the total cost for all 
food and mess supplies, plus labor oosts, 
including both appointed and evacuee labor, 
after deducting from the total oost the a- 
mount of collections from the sale of meals, 
and deducting from the total meals served 
the number of meals sold. In arriving at 
the number of meals Berved, each meal served 
to a child under 8 years of age shall be 
considered one-half a meal. Thus, if 800 
adult and UOO ohildren meals are served at a 
cost of $200.00, the cost per meal for the 


Charges 

for 

IfesO* 


H/5A3 

Supersedes A.I. #36 


C 0710 PS bu 






fegulations Affecting Admin.Personnel 50.2 


WRA 


(.3^1) 

adults will be 20p and for the children 10/* 
Meals eaten by evacuees employed in the admini¬ 
strative personnel mess will also be charged to 
the administrative personnel mess account. This 
will be done as follows* The cost of meals 
eaten by the evacuees will be included in the 
total meal cost figure, but the number of meals 
eaten by the evacuee will be deducted from the 
total number of meals served in figuring the 
average cost of meals served. However, a credit 
will be taken for each authorized evacuee meal 
at the rate of #0.15 per meal. 


cfcaargM 

fees* 

Ifcala 

(o«Bt*4e) 


(2) The account established and maintained in the 

cost ledger shall be charged with the various ele¬ 
ments of cost involved in the operation of per¬ 
sonnel messes, including cost of food, mess sup¬ 
plies, and labor. This account shall be credited 
with the amount of collections from the sale of 
meals to administrative personnel and transients 
and the payroll deductions made for center em¬ 
ployees. Theoretically, the credits to this ac¬ 
count should offset the charges against the ac¬ 
count. Should any debt or credit balance remain 
in the account, however, such balance will be 
carried over to* the next period. 

(3) No charge shall be made against the personnel 
mess accounts for liquidation purposes, for de¬ 
preciation of building and plant, mess equipment, 
or for provision or maintenance of utilities. 

(U) Meals eaten by members of an employee's immediate 
family shall be charged to the employee's account 
at the rate applicable to center employees and de¬ 
ductions made on the payroll accordingly, except 
that the rate for children under 8 years of age 
will be one-half the rate charged adults. 

(5) Persons employed by private institutions or or¬ 
ganizations and assigned to the center for definite 
or indefinite periods, who are working with the 


11/ &A3 

Supersedes A.I. #36 


C-0710 P4 bu 






WRA Manual 


Regulations Affectin g Admin. Personnel 50.2 


(.3A-5) 

consent of and under the supervision of the Pro¬ 
ject Director, may be allowed to secure meals at 
the rate charged center employees* 

( 6 ) Charges for other visitors may be set in accord¬ 
ance with B-l-b, below. 

B* In lieu of the procedure in Paragraph A, above, for 
computing charges for meals, the procedure outlined 
below may be followed, if desireds 


% 


(1) Form WRA-73* Revised, Schedule of Rates, shall 
be submitted listing charges for meals, separ¬ 
ate rates being specified as follows: 

(a) Monthly rate, to be charged whether or not 
all meals are taken, for 

(I) Adults 

(II) Children under 8 years of age 

(b) Rates for individual meals separated ac¬ 
cording to 

(I) Breakfast 

(II) Lunch 

(III) Dinner 

(2) The following minimum and maximum charges are 
prescribed for each of the above classes, the 
actual amounts to be determined by each center, 
subject to approval on Form WRA-73* Rev., by 
the Washington offices 


a -1 

$25 

to 

$40 

a-II 

$13 

to 

$20 

b-I 

25* 

to 

50* 

b-II 

35* 

to 

60 * 

b-III 

50* 

to 

75* 


Alternate 

Method 

for Computing 
Meal 
Charges 


Any combination of rates under (1-b), however, 
should not exceed $1.60 per day. Rates for 
children under 8 years of age may be set at not 
less than one-half the prescribed rate for 
adult meals. 


5 / 11 /44 • 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5/43 


C-1278-p3-tou 






WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Admin. Personnel 50.2 


Collection 
for 
Me ala 


Use of 
Goveraraeirt— 
Owned 
Vehicles 


.4 Collection for meals eaten at the administrative mess 
shall be made as follows: 

A. Center employees carried on the center payroll- 
payroll deductions, 

B. Employees working at the center on detail from 
the Washington office or another center-payment 
to be made in cash either for each meal consumed 
or periodically, according to center requirements. 

C. All others-in cash as meals are taken. 

.5 The use of government-owned vehicles for personal bus¬ 
iness is prohibited by law. The Comptroller General 
has ruled that the transportation of employees from 
their homes to their places of business is their per- 
\ eonal responsibility, and therefore, that government- 
owned vehicles may not be used for this purpose. All 
center employees of WRA who live outside the center 
must therefore provide for their own transportation 
between their homes and their offices on the center, 
and government-owned cars may not be used for this 
purpose. Anyone found violating this ruling will be 
subject to disciplinary action. 

The ruling does not apply to necessary transportation 
between centers and nearest common carrier stations, 
or other similiar transportation necessary for carry¬ 
ing out the program of the Authority. 


5/11/44 

Supersedes Issuance of H/ 5/43 




RaaiUtlons Affecting Aria. Personnel TO .2 


WR ^ Mapnal 


•10 The War Relocation Authority will furnish housing 
and house furnishings in the minimum amount nec¬ 
essary for comfortable living conditions, to 
employees and their families living at relocation 
centers* Domestic service or inside janitorial 
service will not be provided in housekeeping apart¬ 
ments* A fair rental will be charged* 

•11 Furnishings shall be substantial but plain and in¬ 
expensive, and expenditures for this purpose shall 
be limited as follows: 

Housekeeping Apartment Complete 

1 bedroom $350*00 

2 bedrooms 400.00 

Non-housekeeping Apartments Complete 

Apartment $200.00 

•12 The scale of rental charges shall cover the fair 

rental value of housing, including electricity, heat, 
water and fuel for cooking, and amortization of fur¬ 
niture and equipment costs over a reasonable period* 
The rental scale should be established by the Pro¬ 
ject Director and approved by the Washington office. 
Form WRA-73, Revised, explained under Section 50*2*14* 
shall be used for this purpose* 

•13 Payment for housing shall be effected in the follow¬ 
ing manner* 

A* For housing permanently assigned, one-half the 
monthly rental will be deducted from the em¬ 
ployee's salary on each semi-monthly payroll* 

Such deductions shall be made even though housing 
is not actually occupied, so long as it is re¬ 
served for the employee during his absence* 

B* Employees in travel status with a per diem allow¬ 
ance, who visit centers, shall deduct one-fifth 
of the pBr diem allowance for each day that gov¬ 
ernment housing is occupied, in accordance with 
Paragraph 47(a) of the Standard Travel Regula¬ 
tions. If Housing is occupied by an employee in 

3/6/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5/13 


Housing 

for 

Appointed 

Personnel 


House 

Furnishings 


Rental 

Scale 


Payment for 
Housing 


Permanent 

Occupancy 


Temporary 

Oocupanoy 


1080-p3-bu 








Collection 

for 

Housing 


Records 


WRA Manual _ Regulations Affecting Adm. Personnel S0.2.. 

'S. 

(.13B) 

travel status, but not on per diem, no deduction 
or collection shall be made. In case of any 
other temporary occupancy, fifty cents shall be 
collected from each person for each night*s lodg¬ 
ing. (For guests of evacuees, see 50.1.7). 

.14 Collections for housing permanently assigned id.ll 
be made in the following manner. 

A. Schedule of Fates, Form WRA-73, Revised, 
shall be prepared in an original and three 
copies, and the original and two copies sub¬ 
mitted to the Washington office for approval. 

After approval, the original shall be trans¬ 
mitted by the Washington office to the Gener¬ 
al Accounting Office and an approved copy 
will be returned to the center. The approved 
copy shall be retained in the files of the 
Administrative Management Division at the 
Center. 

\ 

B. As quarters are occupied. Notice of Quarters 
Occupied, Form WRA-74* Revised shall be pre¬ 
pared in an original and two copies. The 
original and one copy shall be forwarded to 
the Washington Office, and the other copy re¬ 
tained in the Administrative Management Divi¬ 
sion files as support for deductions to be 
made from payrolls. 

. 

C. As quarters are vacated, Notice of Quarters 
Vacated, Form WRA-75, Revised, will be pre¬ 
pared in an original and two copies and dis¬ 
tributed in the same manner as Form WRA-74, 

Revised. 

D. Names appearing on notices shall correspond 
exactly with the names as they appear on pay¬ 
roll records. 

E. Each form shall be numbered in separate se¬ 
quence, prefixed by the project symbol, and 
the first payroll on which deductions are 
made should contain a reference to the ap¬ 
plicable Schedule of Rates. 


3/6/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5/43 



C- 1080 - p 4 - bu- final 






TTRA 


Regulations infecting Admin. Personnel $0,2 


.19 


Beoause of the gasoline and rubber shortage and the 
traffic hatard, use of privately owned vehicles at 
relocation centers* by appointed personnel* shall 
be restricted to a minimum consistent with necessity* 


Use of 
Automobiles 


.20 Appointed employees should utilise the services of 
physicians and hospitals in neighboring communities. 
In emergencies or when facilities or personnel for 
such medical or hospital care in any particular in¬ 
stance are at such a distance that delay or movement 
would be detrimental to the welfare of the individual 
or the operation of the oenter, such medical or hos¬ 
pital care shall be made available at the center hos¬ 
pital . 


Circumstances 

for 

Medical Care 
at Center 


.21 


All injuries to appointed personnel which are compen¬ 
sable under the United States Employees’ Compensation 
Act shall be treated at the center hospitals and by 
the center physicians. The regulations of the United 
States Compensation Commission should be consulted 
for the procedure for the treatment of compensable in¬ 
juries, at the expense of the Goverment where the 
facilities at the centers are inadequate or unavailable. 


Treatment 

of 

Compensable 

injuries 


.22 Center health services made available to appointed per¬ 
sonnel and their families shall be provided under the 
same conditions and regulations as apply to the evacuees, 
except that all suoh services, which are not furnished 
under the United States Employee^ Compensation Act, shall 
be paid for by employees on the fee schedule established 
by the War Relocation Authority. No charge shall be made 
for the treatment of injuries compensable under the Com¬ 
pensation Act, 


.23 The following charges for medical care to appointed per» 
sonnel shall be in effect on and after August 1, 19^3* 
The listing of a fee for the items appearing below does 
not imply or suggest the necessity of rendering all or 
part of the listed services to appointed personnel and 
their families at centers. The specific services to be 
rendered at each Center must be determined from time to 
time, in accordance with subsections.20 and .22 above. 


Schedule 

of 

Charges 


A. Ward Rate 


13.00 


Rates 


11/5/13 

Supersedes A.I. S-2 




Regulations Affecting Admin. Personnel 50*2 


WRA 


(.23A) 

2-Bed Ward without Toilet, Rate $3*50 

2-Bed Ward with Toilet, Ifete ^,§0 

Single Room without Toilet, Rate 1*.00 

Single Room with Toilet, Rate 5*00 


Above rates include general duty nursing, commonly 
used medicines, and diet* Special medications and 
prescriptions. X-rays, laboratory work, special 
thereapy, and physicians and surgeons fees are 
extra charges. 


Charges for 
professional 
Service 


(B) (1) Hospital Patients 

Admission history and physical examination 
for any one illness (unless complete in 
OPD) $2.50-1**00 

Surgery Cases - after 15th 

day in 

Hospital 1,00 per day 
Medical Cases - from 2nd thru 

10th day in 

Hospital 2*00 " * 

- after 10th day 

in Hospital 1.00 * * 

(2) Outpatient Department 

Physicians 

Initial visit with history, physical examina¬ 
tion for any one illness, and report includ¬ 
ing necessary treatment not specifically 
listed elsewhere in this fee schedule as a 
separate charge. 

$2.50-1**00 

Successive visits for same 
illness 1*50 

Special treatment or diagnostic service - 
according to service (see under proper 
heading hereafter). 

Dentists 

According to Service (see (10) below). 


11/5/1*3 

Supersedes A,I. S-2 


C-07 10 P 10 bu 








Regulations Affecting Admin. Personnel 50.2 


WRfc 


(.23B) 


(3) 


Optical 

Examination (with or without mydriatics) 
and report 


Prescription for lenses (filled off Center 
at patient’s own handling and expense) 

House Calls 

Day 

Night 

(4) Surgical Fees Including Fractures 

Minor Cases 
Major Cases 


Above fees include one day’s post-operative 
professional service for dressings and rou¬ 
tine care for each $5.00 of the fee charged 
up to fifteen days. 

(5) Fee for Medical and Surgical Diagnostic or 
Therapeutlo Procedures 

(Special drugs, serums, etc. required in 
these procedures are extra). 


Spinal punctures, cystoscopy, bronchoscopy, 
proctoscopy, etc. 

Venipuncture, hypodermic, hypodermoclysis 
If other charge is made for laboratory 
work, OPD visit, or hospital per diem 


(6) Obstetrical Fees 

. Normal delivery 

Instrumental, manipulative or 
surgical delivery 

Above fees include one day’s post- 


H/5A3 ^ , 

Supersedes A.I. # 5U# S-2 


$2.50 


No charge 


#3.50 

5.00 


$5.00- 35.00 

50.00-123.00 


Charges fear 
Professional 
Service 
(oant*<U) 


I5.oo-35.oo 


No charge 


$35.00 

50.00-100.00 


C-07 10 P 1 1 bu 











TiVRA 


Regulations Affecting Admin. Personnel 50*2 


(.23B-6) 

operative professional service for dress¬ 
ings and routine care for each 15.00 of 
the fee charged up to fifteen days. 


(7) Anaesthesia Fees - All types 


Major Surgery 
Minor Surgery 
Obstetrical 
Local 

(8) Operating Room and 


17.50 

3.75 

3.00-7.00 

No charge 

Delivery Room Fee 


Charges for 
Professional 
Service 
(c cart'd*) 


Major Surgery 
Minor Surgery 
Obstetrics 


$10.00 

5.00 

5 . 00 - 10.00 


(9) X-Pays 


Fluoroscopy without film 
Single llpLll 
Additional llixl7, each 
Single 10x12 
Additional 10x12, each 
Single 8x10 
Additional 8x10, each 
Conglete Serial Examination 
Teeth, Single 

Teeth, each additional up to 
Teeth, 5 films up to and in¬ 
cluding full mouth 


$ 2.00 
U.00 
1.75 

3.25 

1.25 
2.50 
l.oo 

10 . 00 - 15.00 

1.50 

5A.00 


5.50 


(10) Dental Fees 


Examination and report 
Prophylaxis 
Emergency Palliative 
Extractions 
Fillings 

Analgam 
Gold 

Silicate Cement 
Crowns 

Procelain 

Gold 

Extirpation of pulp and 
root canal 


No charge 
$2.50-5.00 
1.00 

1.00-3.00 

1.00-3.00 

2.50- 8.00 
1.00 

7.50- 12.00 
5.00- 8.00 

l.oo- 3.oo 


11/5/1*3 

Sutxraedes A.I I5U. S-P 


00710 P 12 bu 









WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Admin* Personnel 50.2 


(.239-10) 


Bridgework 

Dentures 

Repairs 

(11) Physiotherapy 

Minimum - any treatment 
Maximum - anyone day 

(12) Laboratory Examination 


ft 3.00-8.00 
12.00-21.00 
1.00-9.00 


1.00 

2.50 


Urinalysis, routine chemical and 

microscopical 1.00 

routine partial .50 

Blood Count, routine, complete 2.50 

, n , hemoglobin .75 

, “ , R.B.C. .75 

, " , W.B.C. .75 


" , Differential 1.00 


Bacteriology 


Microscopic slide examination 
Cultural examination 
Animal inoculation and preparation 
of autogenous vaccine 


.75-1.50 

2.50-5.00 

7.50 


Charges for 
Professional 
Service 
(Cont*d.) 


Serology 


Complement fixation tests 2.50 

Precipitation tests 1.50 


Chemistry 

Blood, spinal fluids, urine 2.00-5.00 

(except routine) gastric con¬ 
tents, other body fluids, etc. 

Minimum for single determination 
for single specimen 2.00 


12/23AU 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5A3 
Release # 155 


C-t 926-p3-bu 








WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Admin. Personnel 5>0.2 


Off Center 
Service 
Charges 


Deposit 

of 

Collection 


(.23B-12) 

Maximum for 3 or more determinations 
for single specimen or for single 
determination 3 or more specimens in 
series (Ex. glucose tolerance test) $5«00 

Allergic Tests 

Per test up to 10 at one visit .25 

Each additional 10 tests at same visit 1.00 

Special Instrument Tests 


Electrocardiogram, basal metabolism 



rate, etc. 

5.00 

(13) 

Ambulance Service 



Per mile, one way 

(Minimum charge - $1.00) 

.25 

(lH) 

Prescriptions 



Cost plus 1C$ - Minimum 

.50 


(15) Dressings 


Cost of material plus 10£ for outpatient 
cases. No charge if hospital inpatient 
and per diem rate paid, 

C. When any work is sent off-center to be done by a 
private source, the fee charged by that private 
source shall determine the service cost. 

.2U Collections for subsistence and quarters except those 
effected through payroll deduct ons and all collections 
for medical care rendered must be deposited to Miscel¬ 
laneous Receipts. 


12/23 Ah 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/5A3 
Release # 155 


C-l 925-p4-btl-firm 1 











WRA Manual_Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50.3 


•1 The possession or use of a short-wave radio receiving 
set by any citizen evacuee in a center shall be an of¬ 
fense against the peace and security of the center, 
and the offender may be punished by disciplinary ac¬ 
tion of the Project Director in accordance with the re¬ 
gulations of the Authority. (See Section 30.1) 

•2 The reasons for this order are as follows r 

A. Under Presidential Proclamation No. 2525, no enemy 
alien may have in his possession, custody, or con¬ 
trol, or use or operate a short-wave radio receiv¬ 
ing set anywhere in the United States. Severe pen¬ 
alties can be imposed upon persons violating this 
prohibition. 

B. Citizens are not forbidden by the foregoing procla¬ 
mation from possessing or using short-wave radio 
sets. Nevertheless, citizens and aliens live in 
close proximity, many of them even sharing the same 
apartments. It is impossible, under these condi¬ 
tions, to keep the aliens from access to short-wave 
sets or from appearing to possess or control them. 
They may, as a result, be interned or otherwise 
penalized for violation of the Presidential Procla¬ 
mation. 

C• In order to protect innocent evacuees, promote the 
policy underlying the Presidential Proclamation, 
and further the administration of the relocation 
centers, it is therefore deemed advisable to make 
uniform for all evacuees in centers the prohibition 
against possession or use of short-wave radio re¬ 
ceiving sets. 

•3 Any short-waVe receiving set in possession of an evacuee 
at a center shall be dealt with as follows t 

A. Each Project Director shall keep in prominent places 
throughout the center, a notice in both English and 
Japanese which shall set forth the provisions of Sec¬ 
tions 50.3.1 and 50.3.2 and shall indicate that any 
citizen evacuee possessing a short-wave radio shall 
surrender it to a designated project official; that 
if the short-wave attachments are readily removable 
they will be removed on the evacuee 1 s request and 


Prohibition 
Against 
Short wa vs 
Radio 
Reoeiving 
Sots in 
Conkers 


Aliens 


Centers 


Uniformity 

of 

Rule 


Collection 

of 

Shor t -w av e 
Radio Sets 


2/20/2*5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/h/h 3 
Release # IJk 


C-S088-*3-ku 



WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees $0*3 


j 


Removal 

of 

Sh o r t mm 
Attaobmocts 


Receipt 

and 

Storage 


Return 

of 

Sots 


Infer oemexxt 
of 

Prohibition 


Tutore 
Application 
for Return 
of 

Impounded 

Sets 


(.34) 

the remainder of the set returned to him; that a 
receipt will be issued for all items retained; and 
that sets or attachments retained will be stared 
by the War Relocation Authority during such time 
as the evacuee remains in the center and returned 
to him when he leaves* 

B* The Project Director shall designate a member of 
his staff to be responsible for receiving sets sur¬ 
rendered by evacuees and for removing short-wave at¬ 
tachments on request where they are readily remov¬ 
able* Each evacuee surrendering a set or an attach¬ 
ment shall be given a receipt therefor* The set or 
attachment shall be tagged with the evacuee*s name, 
family number, and address, and stored in a locked 
place in the center to which no evacuee has access* 

•U Any set or attachment surrendered under 50.3*3 shall, 
upon request, be returned to the citizen evacuee who 
surrendered it upon his departure from the relocation 
center* 

•5 Where short-wave radio receiving sets are discovered 
within any center and the possession or use thereof is 
prohibited by Presidential Proclamation No. 2525, the 
Project Director shall seize the sets and communicate 
with the Federal Bureau of Investigation informing that 
agency of the facts and asking what disposition should 
be made of the articles seized* Where such sets are 
discovered within any center and the possession or use 
thereof is prohibited oy Section 50*3 «1, the Project 
Director shall, in addition to taking appropriate dis¬ 
ciplinary action, seize the sets* The provisions of 
50*3*3B and 50*3*U relating to removal of attachments, 
issuance of receipts, storage,and return shall be ap¬ 
plicable to sets seized under this subsection. 

•b A* No Project Director shall approve any evacuee*s ap¬ 
plication to the Department of Justice or to an 
Area Supervisor of the Evacuee Property Division 
requesting the return of short-wave radio receiving 
sets surrendered pursuant to Presidential Proclama¬ 
tion No. 2525 and the regulations of the Attorney 
General, or WDC Proclamation No. 3, or endorse any 
certification with respect thereto, unless (1) the 


C-3098-M-feu 


2/20/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/U/U3 
Release # 174 






WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50*3 


(.<*) 

evacuee is an American citizen -who has left the cen¬ 
ter on relocation; or (2) the applicant requests in 
the application that the War Relocation Authority 
pick up the set, consign the set to itself at the 
center, and remove the short-wave attachment prior 
to delivery to the applicant* In the latter event 
the Project Director shall also certify on the ap¬ 
plication that he will so cause the short-wave at¬ 
tachment to be removed prior to delivery to the ap¬ 
plicant; and he shall, upon receipt of the set, 
cause the attachment to be removed prior to such de¬ 
livery* The provisions of Paragraph B of Section 
50*3«3 relating to the issuance of receipts and stor¬ 
age shall be applicable to short-wave attachments so 
removed* No such attachments shall be returned to 
evacuees in any case where possession or use would 
be a violation of this Manual Section, or President¬ 
ial Proclamation No* 2525* 

B* No employee of the War Relocation Authority shall 
pick up a short-wave radio receiving set surrender¬ 
ed pursuant to Presidential Proclamation No* 2525 
and the regulations of the Attorney General except 
where a Project Director has approved an applica¬ 
tion for the return of the set under the provisions 
of the preceding paragraph* 


.7 Each citizen evacuee returning to a center shall be in- Svaouees 

formed upon arrival of the provisions of this Manual Returning 

Section and shall be required to surrender any short- rrom 

wave radio receiving set that he may have in his pos- howr& 

ession, in accordance with the provisions hereof* 


2/20/1*5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/U/U3 
Release # 17U 


C-8O08~p5»n«bu~flntl 

































































































WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50,3 


•10 Evacuees shall not have the custody or use of mo¬ 
tor vehicles at relocation centers for their pri¬ 
vate purposes, except as specifically authorized 
in i n dividual cases by the Project Directors* It 
is suggested to Project Directors that such speci¬ 
fic authorization may be appropriate in individual 
cases in which evacuees, about to depart from cen¬ 
ters on leave, own or have lawful control over mo¬ 
tor vehicles and wish to bring such vehicles into 
the centers for the purpose of removing personal 
belongings. Other specific authorizations, though 
governed by the discretion of the Project Directors, 
should be rare. 


Evsuou*e 
Use of 
Motor 
Vehicles 


•11 (Cancelled) 


•12 There shall be no farther transfers of evacuees from 
one center, other than the Tule Lake Center, to an¬ 
other for residence, except upon specific authoriza¬ 
tion of the Director, Transfers will be authorized 
by the Director only where deemed necessary to the 
program of the Authority, Evacuees not designated 
for detention may transfer from the Tule Lake Center 
to another center upon approval of the Tule Lake 
Project Director and the Project Director of the cen 
ter to which the evacuee proposes to transfer. 


Tr*uwf«rs 

of 

Residence 


A, Applications ty evacuees at all centers other 
than Tule Lake shall be referred to the Welfare 
. Section which, after careful study, including 
if necessary, a check with the other center, 
shall make a recommendation to the Project Di¬ 
rector. The Project Director may then either 
disapprove the request or recommend to the Di¬ 
rector that it be granted, stating his reasons 
for his recommendation to the Director, 

3* Transfers may be initialed by the WRA on re¬ 
commendation to the Project Director by the Di¬ 
vision concerned. In such cases, the Project 
Director before submitting his reconmendation 
to the Director shall check with the Welfare Sec¬ 
tion to ascertain whether there are family fac¬ 
tors affecting the advisability of the transfer. 

The Project Director may then either disapprove 
the request or submit his recommendation to the 
Director with a statement of the reasons sup¬ 
porting it, 

3A3AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/h/h3 

Release # 181 

C-2127 1*3 t>u 




IfRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50*3 


(. 12 ) 

C* Visits are permissible to further relocation, 
but transfers from one center to another are 
not permissible for this purpose* (See Manual 
Section 50.1.15C, with respect to visits)* 


Transportation 
of Personal 
Effects 


•13 Household effects and personal property of evacuees 
being transferred under the provisions of Section 
50*3*12 may be shipped at Government expense* The 
expense incident to such shipments shall be borne 
by the relocation center from which the evacuee is 
transferred. 


Visits 
B«tween 
Centers 


.lU (Cancelled) 

.15 Visits of evacuees from one center to another shall 
be permitted only for one of the purposes listed in 
this paragraph. The Assistant Project Director in 
charge of Community Management shall recommend to 
the Project Director approval or disapproval of ap¬ 
plications for permission to make visits under A, 

B, and D below, and the Relocation Program Officer 
shall make such recommendations to the Project Di¬ 
rector on applications under C* Approval shall not 
be given until the Project Director has checked di¬ 
rectly with the Director of the center to be visited. 


Funerals 


Illnesses 


Relocation 

Plans 


In Interest 
of WRA 
Program 


A* To attend the funeral of a menber of the immedi¬ 
ate family. 

B* To visit a close relative who is ill, if in the 
opinion of the attending physician such a visit 
will serve the best interest of the patient. 

o 

o 

C* To join other family members, personal friends 
or potential business associates, to work out 
a relocation plan, if the Relocation Divisions 
in the respective centers have been unable to 
work out a satisfactory relocation plan and the 
visit is recommended by them as necessary to 
complete and carry out a plan* 

D* To assist in the conduct of established commun¬ 
ity activities such as business enterprises, 
comnunity government or religious functions. 


C-2127 P4 bu 


3A3A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9 /h/h3 
Release # 181 



WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50.3 


•16 Visits of evacuees to members of the immediate fami¬ 
ly in internment camps with the right of return to 
the center may be permitted by the Project Director 
on recommendation of the Assistant Project Director 
in charge of Community Management, provided the fol¬ 
lowing conditions are met: 

A* Prior clearance has been secured from the offi¬ 
cial in charge of the internment camp, as to 
date, time and extent of visit# 

B. The length of such visits shall be held to a min¬ 
imum in view of the fact that internment camps 
noimally do not have facilities for feeding vi¬ 
sitors or providing overni^it accommodations, 

C. All provisions of the short term pass procedure 
are complied with, (See Manual Section 50.11). 

,17, .18, .19, .20, and .21 — (Cancelled) 

.22 Except as provided in subparagraphs A and B hereun¬ 
der, persons who are ineligible without military 
permit to depart from a center or to travel in the 
West Coast exclusion area (including travel to and 
from centers within that area), shall be advised to 
apply directly to the Commanding General, Western 
Defense Command for military permits for such de¬ 
parture and travel, and to be prepared to provide 
their own escorts if the terms of their travel per¬ 
mits require them to be escorted: 

A. Where travel is necessary in the course of cen¬ 
ter administration (e.g. incarceration, hospital¬ 
ization and emergencies) WRA will apply for mili¬ 
tary travel permits and will furnish escorts when 
necessary• 

B. WRA will apply for travel permits and furnish 
escorts when necessary for evacuees ineligible 
to enter the West Coast exclusion area who are 
permitted to depart from a center in order to 
relocate in other areas. 

.23 In general, the War Relocation Authority will pay 
the cost of transfers authorized under 50.3.12. 


3/13A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/25AU 
Release # 181 


Visits to 
Interimsat 
C*S$)S 


Escorts 

and 

Military 

Fassas 


C-2187 1*6 bu 



WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees £0#3 


(.23) 


Costs 
Paid By 

WRA 


Evacuees should bear the cost of visits# The Pro¬ 
ject Director may in unusual cases authorize travel 
at WRA expense under Sections 5>0#3#15> and 3>0.3*l6 
if in his Judgment circumstances warrant# He may 
also authorize travel at WRA expense, to visit a 
member of the immediate family who is serving in the 
armed forces and who is ill, or to attend the funer¬ 
al of such family member if the family has no funds 
available to pay the cost and cannot secure funds 
from other sources, such as the local Red Cross unit# 


#2U The scale of allowable payments by WRA for evacuee 
travel is as follows* 


Scale of 
Trawl Costa 
Paid ty 
WRA. 


A# By common carrier: 

(1) On trips not involving overnight travel, 
evacuees shall be advanced sufficient funds 
to cover their transportation by coach 
(rail) or bus, and funds to cover meals at 
the rate of $1.00 per meal# 

(2) On trips involving overnight travel, grants 
shall be made to cover first class trans¬ 
portation and Pullman berth, if the travel, 
is performed at the request of the Govern¬ 
ment or if the Project Medical Officer cer¬ 
tifies that Pullman acconmodations are nec¬ 
essary due to the health of the evacuee# 

In all other cases, grants will be made to 
cover coach transportation# In addition, 
funds will be advanced for meals at the 
rate of $1.00 per meal# 

B. By auto: 

(1) By government car, grants shall be made to 
cover meals at the rate of $1 #00 per meal. 

(2) If use of a personally owned car is author¬ 
ized, grants shall be made for meals en 
route at the rate of $1#00 per meal, plus 
mileage at not to exceed $$ per mile by the 
shortest route; provided that in no case 


c-ai#7 Pa 


3/13A5 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/lj/Uk 
Release # 181 




WRA Manual 


Regulations Affecting Evacuees 50.3 


C.2UB-2) 


may the total grant exceed the total for 
the same travel by common carrier under 
(A) above. 

(3) If the travel is at the request of the Gov¬ 
ernment, grants may be made to cover lodg¬ 
ing en route at the rate of $2.5>0 per per¬ 
son per night. 


• 2£ Payment for evacuees* expenses will be made by cash 
grant and shall be made by the agent-cashier at the 
Center of origin, in cash, rather than by check is¬ 
sued by a disbursing officer. 


Methods of 
Paying Evacuee 
Travel Costs 


• 26 The transfer of an alien from one center to another 
is not the same kind of change of address as is the 
leaving of a center upon indefinite leave and does 
not require certain of the notices required by the 
Leave Handbook Section 60.U.11 upon the granting of 
indefinite leave. In the case of transfer, no no¬ 
tice need be given to the U. S. Attorney for the 
District of the center of departure, to the U. S. 
Attorney for the district of the center of destina¬ 
tion, or to the Federal Bureau of Investigation. 

The alien transferee should, however, be advised to 
mail a change of address card, Department of Justice 
Form AR-11, to the Philadelphia office of the Immi¬ 
gration and Naturalization Service. In addition, if 
the transferee is a parolee, the Project Director 
should notify the District Director of the Immigra¬ 
tion and Naturalization Service District in which 
the center of departure is located. 


Transfer* 

Between 

Centers 


3A3A£ 

Supersedes Issuance of lo/25/U* 
Release # 181 


C—2137 f7 nobu-final 







' 


* 
















































































■ 






















































































KL— 

(»22A) 

and escorts will be provided for evacuees» Military 
passes and escorts are required for travel in Military 
Area No# 1 and that part of Military Area No# 2 which 
is in the State of California# Escorts may also be 
provided in other cases when the Project Director be¬ 
lieves it advisable to do so# Escorts must be employ¬ 
ees of the War Relocation Authority selected from 
among the appointed personnel. 

B# Regular appointed employees, especially those occupy¬ 
ing positions in the higher brackets, should not be 
used as escorts unless it is clear that the assignment 
will not interfere with the performance of their regu¬ 
lar duties# Temporary appointments may be made of per¬ 
sons qualified to act as escorts# If it is necessary 
for evacuees from other centers to travel in the Wsst¬ 
ern Defense Command and escorts are required, arrange¬ 
ments should be made between the centers to have an es¬ 
cort from one of the Western Centers meet the evacuee 
before he reaches the evacuated area# 

C. Military authority for travel in the Western Defense 
Command will be obtained by the Project Director re¬ 
questing the transfer or travel through the WRA Field 
Assistant Director in San Francisco. Each request for 
a permit is passed upon individually by the Military 
authorities# The following information shall be sup¬ 
plied the Field Assistant Director in applying for a 
permits 

(Ij) Name of individual (s) 

(2) Route of travel 

(3) Date travel will begin 

(4) Mode of transportation 

(5) Date of return 

(6) Destination 

(7) Full and detailed justification of request 

(8) Name of escort accompanying traveler 

No travel of evacuees to the evacuated areas of the 
Western Defense Command shall be started prior to re¬ 
ceipt of military permit authorizing the travel, or be¬ 
fore definite arrangements for the escort have been 
completed# In emergencies, travel permits can be ar¬ 
ranged by wire; otherwise, ample time shall be allowed 
to complete arrangements by mail. Upon completion of 
travel, the evacuee will deliver his travel permit to 
the registration section of the center to which his 
travel is completed to be returned to the Western De¬ 
fense Command. 


u/2/43 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/4/43 and A.I. # 58 





Esoerta 

and 

Military 

Passes 

(oont*d.) 


C-0693 P7 bu 








Regulations .AffacMajr-BagnaM— 


Travel 
Paid for 


mk 


Seal® of 
Sfcave1 Costs 
M by 
mk 


Excuses on leave from cantors may request arrangements 
for ir&vsl in the evacuated areas through the Project 
Director of the center of their former residence * 

E. The procedure outlined in this subsection applies also 
to travel incident to leave (see Sections 60*2*4$ 60*3®6, 
and 60.4*8 of the Leave Handbook). Note that under cer¬ 
tain circumstances the military travel permits can be 
arranged by the Military Police Captain (M&nzanar and 
Tule Lake) in direct negotiation with the Project Director. 

•23 In general the War Relocation Authority will pay the cost of 
all travel authorized under Section 50.3*12. Evacuees should 
bear the cost of all other travel. The Project Director may 
in unusual cases authorize travel at War Relocation Authority 
expense under Sections 50.3.15 or 50.3*16, if the circumstanc¬ 
es warrant. He may also authorize travel at WRA expense under 
Section 50.3.17, if the family has no funds available to pay 
the cost and cannot secure funds from other sources, such as 
the local Red Cross unit. Travel should never be authorized 
at War Relocation Authority expense for: 

A. Social visits. 

B. To attend funerals unless other factors necessitate attend¬ 
ance* 

V 

.24 The scale of allowable expense for evacuees whose travel is 
made at Government expense shall be as follows: 

A* By common carrier: 

(1) On trips not involving overnight travel, evacuees 
shall be advanced sufficient funds to cover their 
transportation by coach or bus and funds to cover 
meals at the rate of $1.00 per meal. 

(2) On trips involving overnight travel, grants shall be 
made to cover first class transportation and Pullman 
berth, if the travel is performed at the request of 
the Government or if the Project Medical Officer cert¬ 
ifies that Pullman accomodations are necessary due to 
health of the evacuee. In aLl other cases, grants will 
be made to cover coach transportation. In addition, 
funds will be advanced for meals at the rate of $1.00 
per meal. 

B * By auto: 


(# 22 ) 


Grants shall be made to cover lodging at the rate of not to 
exceed $2.50 per night and meals at the rate of $1.00 par meal. 


u/2/43 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/4/43 and A.I. # 58 







C—0693 P8 bu 







WRA 


(.24B) 




Regulations Affecting, EyaeaQeg SQ^. 


The War Relocation Authority will pay the traveling 
expenses of an escort in all instances that an escort 
is provided, at the regular rates for administrative 
employees in travel status. 


.25 Payment for evacuees* expenses will be made by cash grant 
and shall be made by the agent-cashier at the Center of 
origin, in cash, rather than by check issued by a disburs¬ 
ing officer. 


Methods of 
Paying 
Evacuee 
Travel 
Costs 



11/2/43 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/4/43 and A.I. # 58 




C-0693 P9 nobu 














Regulations _ Affeeting Evacue 93 50.3 


WRA 


(.38B) 

(3) If the property is not to be picked up by an 
Evacuee Property Supervisor, the Department of 
Justice application form in quadruplicate and 
one copy of the center certification should be 
sent to the United States Attorney, and the or¬ 
iginal receipt should be sent to the person who 
is authorized to pick up the property* The 
United States Attorney should be asked to noti¬ 
fy that person if he approves the release of 
the property* 

( 4 ) The other two copies of the center certification 
are for the center's file and the evacuee con¬ 
cerned* 


C. For the present, the WRA will not help citizen evacu¬ 
ees residing at the Heart Mountain, Granada, Rohwer, 
or Jerome Centers to recover articles surrendered as 
contraband, with the exception of cameras and radios 
in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 
. 50*3* 6 * Citizen evacuees residing at these centers 
who apply for the return of cameras should be inform¬ 
ed that it is unlawful to make these articles avail¬ 
able to aliens, even though they may reside in the 
same household* 


WRA Policy 
on Return of 
Surrendered 
Contraband 
to Centers 


D* Citizen evacuees who have relocated into civilian 

life outside centers, and outside the Western Defense 
Command, may follow the same general procedure out¬ 
lined in the paragraphs above, in recovering contra¬ 
band articles* The WRA will render advice but no as¬ 
sistance other than that rendered by Evacuee Property 
Supervisors under the provisions of Manual Chapter 
100, except in special cases. 


Return of 
Surrendered 
Contraband 
to 

Relocated 

Evacuees 


10 / 21/43 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/11/43 


C-0693 Pll nobu-final 






Legal Services 50.4 


m 


•1 At each relocation center there shall be an appointed 
Project Attorney, assisted by qualified attorneys and 
legal secretaries assigned from the evacuee popula¬ 
tion* The Project Attorney shall be responsible, un¬ 
der the supervision of the Solicitor, for furnishing 
legal advice and services to the Project Director and 
members of his staff, to the Community Council, the 
Judicial Commission, the Merit Rating Board, the Faiy 
Practice Committee, evacuee-operated enterprises and 
other evacuee-managed institutions functioning within 
the relocation center, and to any evacuee who may re¬ 
quest such advice or services* 


Office 

of 

Projeot 

Attorney 


I 


•2 The private practice of law within a relocation center 
for fees to be charged to evacuee clients, is forbid¬ 
den* 

No fees shall be charged to any evacuee for legal ser¬ 
vices rendered by the Project Attorney or by any evac¬ 
uee lawyer assigned to the office of the Project At- Fees 

torney* Fees for recordation, filing, notarization, 
and the like, shall be required to be borne by the 
client• 

•3 The Project Attorney shall supervise and be respon¬ 
sible for the work of the evacuee attorneys assigned 
to his office* In those cases, however, where an e- 
, vacuee wishes to secure the personal advice or assist¬ 
ance of one of the evacuee lawyers assigned to the of¬ 
fice of the Project Attorney, the lawyer may in such Evacuee 

case render the required legal services on his own Attorneys 

responsibility without the supervision of the Project 
Attorney, and in such case the Project Attorney shall 
not be responsible for the advice given or work per¬ 
formed • 


•4 In cases involving divorce, delinquent children, dis¬ 
putes among members of a family, slander or libel, and 
other cases in which the services of a welfare worker 
can be of value, the Community Management Division 
shall be requested to consult on the case, especially 
if it appears that arrangements will be initiated to 
refer such a case to private counsel outside the relo¬ 
cation center* 

•5 In matters involving property, the Evacuee Property Of¬ 
fices at the centers and on the Vfest Coast, as well as the 
Project Attorneys, stand ready to give assistance to 
evacuees* 


Family 

Welfare 

Cases 


Property 

Cases 


8 / 5/43 

Supersedes A*I* #52, 102 


C-0 427 PI of 9 bu- co s- pun- wp 






Legal S ervices 50, 4 


Obtaining 

Outside 

Counsel 


ITo 

Recommendation 
of speoifio 
attorney 


Attorney 
Re:' erral 
System 




•6 In all matter* on which he may be consulted by an evacuee, 
the Project Attorney shall take all proper steps in assist¬ 
ing the evacuee to accomplish the results desired, in so 
far as assistance can be furnished at the Center, include 
ing examination of law to the extent that the authorities 
are available, preparation of documents, handling of 
correspondence for the evacuees, etc. However, where the 
services involved require lengthy research, personal deal« 
ings or negotiations with others outside th© Center, or 
litigation, or it appears advisable for some other reason 
that outside counsel be obtained (as when an ev&cuee 
wishes advice regarding a claim against the United States), 
the Project Attorney will assist the evacuee to cbt&in 
such counsel by way of the procedure outlined, in the 
following subsections. 

• 7 In no case shall any representative of the Authority rec¬ 
ommend any attorney to an evacuee. On every occasion that 
an evacuee wishes to employ counsel, either of his own 
volition or as a result of a representative of the Author¬ 
ity advising him that he ought to employ counsel, he shall 
first be asked whether he is already represented or knows 
of an attorney whom he wishes to employ. In either such 
case, the only further duty of the Project Attorney shall 
be to render such assistance as the evacuee desires in 
presenting his problem to his attorney, helping him to 
correspond with such attorney, etc. 

.8 A. If the evacuee is not already represented, and does 

not know of any attorney whom he wishes to employ, he 
shall be offered the opportunity of making use of th* 
Authority's attorney referral system, 

3. The San Francisco Office of the Solicitor, working in 
cooperation with the State Bar of California, has com¬ 
piled lists of qualified attorneys which have been 
divided into referral lists classified on the basis 
of geographical area and specialty. It is hoped that 
similar arrangements can be worked out for Arizona, 
Oregon, and Washington, and negotiations are under way 
to that end. 

C* In order to be listed in any referral lists, attorneys 
were required to furnish certain basic information con¬ 
cerning their admission to the Bar, the nature of their 


e /5 /43 

Supersedes A.I. # 52, 102 


0427 P2 bu 




Legal Services 50.4 


WSA 


(•8-C) practice, etc., and have agreed in writing that such 

information and any other information in the files and 
records of the State Bar may be furnished to evacuees 
who request it. Evacuees ought not to oe encouraged 
to make such inquiries, but to the extent that the in¬ 
formation is available, the San Francisco Office of 
the Solicitor will furnish it on request. When occa¬ 
sion arises, it should be pointed out to evacuees that 
such inquiry is in most cases not necessary in view of 
the fact that the names of all attorneys deemed not 
qualified have already been eliminated. 

•9 When an evacuee desires to make use of the Authority’s 
attorney referral system, the following steps shall be 
taken: 


Use of 
System 


A* The Project Attorney shall inform the San Francisco 
Office of the Solicitor that cm evacuee wishes to 
employ counsel, and shall designate the area in which 
the services are to be rendered, and the field of law Notify 

involved, as, for example foreclosures, divorces, tax Son Francisco 
matters, probate matters, etc. However, if the evacuee Office 
prefers or the nature of the cases makes it more ad¬ 
visable, the field of law may be designated as 
"general practice". 


B. The San Francisco Office of the Solicitor shall then 
furnish the Project Attorney with the names, ages 
(whenever available), ana addresses of the three at¬ 
torneys who are next in alphabetical sequence in the 
designated geographical area and field of law. (If 
no specific field of law is designated, or if the Lirfc of 

field is designated only as "general practice", the throe 

first ten names and addresses shall be furnished.) Attorneys 

If there are fewer than three attorneys available in 
the list of available attorneys for any geographical 
area ana field of law (or fewer than ten if "general 
practice" or no specific field of law is designated), 
then all the available names, ages, and addresses on 
such list shall be furnished, with the added informa¬ 
tion, which is to be relayed by the Project Attorney 
to the evacuee, that no others are available. 


0. The evacuee shall then make his selection of an attor- f.-clectiui 
ney. He shall not be aided in this selection by any of. 

representative of the Authority, except that to the - tiorney 


8/5/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 52, 102 


C-0 427 P 3 bu 




Determination 
of fee 


Fee 

Schedule 


m 


te gjil Ser ving.. 10 sk 


( # 9 -C) extent he makes further inquiries as to other facts having 
a bearing upon the qualifications of the attorneys whose 
names are offered him, those facts shall be ascertained 
for him if known or ascertainable by the Project Attorney 
or by the San Francisco Office of the Solicitor. Also, 
the evacuee shall of course be fully informed as to how 
the referral system operates (see paragraphs D, E, F be¬ 
low), how the referral lists were compiled, etc. 


D. At the same time, the evacuee shall be shown a copy of the 
applicable fee schedule and specific reference shall be 
made to the fee which applies to his case. In the event 
that the legal services the evacuee requires are not in¬ 
cluded in the Schedule of Fees, the evacuee may request 
that the attorney furnish, both to the evacuee and the 
Authority, an estimate of the fee to be charged, before 
the evacuee incurs any obligation. The Schedule of Fees 
approved for use in California is as follows: 


In counties 
under 
100,000 
population 


In counties 
100,000 
to 400,000 
population 


In counties 
over 
400,000 
population 


(1) Mortgage foreclosure 
cases 

(.Representing plaintiff) 

Uncontested cases: $75*00 $75*00 $75.00 


Contested cases 
(a) Defendant defaults 
after appearance: 
Less than $1000.00 


involved: 

75*00 

75*00 

75.00 

$1000.00 or more 


, 


involved: 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

(b) Defendant defaults 




after issue joined: 

125.00 

125.00 

125.00 

(c) Case tried: 

150.00 

150.00 

150.00 


8/5/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 52, 102 


C-0427 P4 bu 










Legal Services 50.4 


WRA 

(.9-D) 

In uncontested foreclosure cases in which it is necessary 
to appoint a receiver, guardian ad litem or administrator, and 
which involve more work than the ordinary cases of that type, 
additional fee of not -exceeding $25.00 may be paid to the fore¬ 
closure attorney, with the understanding that he will pay such re¬ 
ceiver such sum as might be due him for his services. A fee not 
exceeding $25.00 may, if necessary, be paid to Administrators. A 
fee not exceeding $10,00 may be paid to Guardians ad Litem. 



In counties 

In counties 

In counties 


under 

100,000 

over 


100,000 

to 400,000 

400,000 


population 

population 

population 

Foreclosure of Deed 

of Trust: 

$50.00 

$50.00 

$50.00 

Vendee foreclosure to 
quiet title under 
sales contract: 
Uncontested: 

50.00 

50.00 

50.00 

Contested: 

75.00 

75.00 

75.00 

Writs of possession 
in connection with 
foreclosure: 

10.00 

10.00 

10.00 

Obtaining notarized 
deed in lieu of 
foreclosure: 

5.00 

5.00 

5.00 


(2) Foreclosure cases 
(Representing defendant) 

See "Trial Work (representing defendant)*, below. 

(3) Trial work (represent¬ 

ing defendant): 

pe r day 20 • 00 25.00 35 • 00 

(4) Trial work (represent¬ 

ing plaintiff): 

pe r day 20 • 00 1/ 25.00 1/ 35.00 1/ 

Per diem to be apportioned (i.e. fractions of day to represent 
equivalent fractions of the per diem) on all court work except actual 
time in trial, in which case 3f days, for example, shall be paid as 
4 days. 

1 / Plus not to exceed bj> recovery in excess of amount defendant admits 
owing. 


8/5/43 


C - 0 4£7 ?5 t>u 










WRA 


Legal Services 50.4 


(.9-D) 


In counties 
under 
100,000 
•population 


In counties 
100,000 
to 400,000 
•population 


In counties 
over 
400,000 
pQ-oulat ion 


(5) Appeal work , per case $100.00 $150.00 

Trials do novo (appeals from Justice of Peace): 

"Trial Work", above. 


$ 200.00 

See 


(6) Administrative hearings , 
per day 


20.00 


25.00 


35.00 


(?) Probate estat es: In accordance with statute. 

(8) Corporate work — 

Charter, by-laws, 

minutes, etc. 50.00 65.00 80.00 

(9) Divorces 

Uncontested: 25.00 40.00 60.00 

Plus additional fee as provided under "Contracts", below, 
if property settlement involves more than $2500.00. 
Contested: As in uncontested divorce cases or as in "Trial 
Work", above, at attorney’s option. 


do) 

Contracts *5.00 

*10.00 

*15.00 


* Plus 1$ of amount involved up to $15,000.00. 


(11) 

Leases 1# of 

2 $ of 

3 & of 


total rent** 

total rent** 

total rent** 


** But not in excess of $100.00. 

* 



(12) 

Mortgages & Trust Deeds 




Minimum: 5.00 

7.50 

10.00 

(13) 

Deeds 2.00 

3.00 

5.00 

(14) 

Collections 




On first $500.00: 

15# 



On next $500.00: 

10 # 



On excess over $1000.00: 5# 



Minimum fee: $7.50, except collections 
If suit filed 

under $15.00 

- 50#. 


Minimum: 7.50 

Maximum: Collection 

7.50 

7.50 


rates, above, plus: 20.00 

30.00' 

50.00 


8/5/43 

Supersedes A.I. #52, 102 


-0427 P6 bu 

















WRA Manual 


Legal Services 50»U 


(.9D) 

(15) Consultation and Other 

Reparation for Trial t $3 for first half- 

hour or less; 

$5 for first hour; 

$1 for each hour 
thereafter. 

F, When the evacuee has selected an attorney, he shall 
sign a "Client's Statement" (Form WRA-220) after 
having first inserted the name and address of the 
attorney he has chosen. Project Attorneys should 
make certain that the evacuee fully understands the 
Statement, including the reference therein to the 
Schedule of Fees, and that the relationship between 
the evacuee and the attorney he has selected shall, 
as far as possible, be the normal relationship of 
attorney and client, without responsibility on the 
part of the Authority either for th9 rendering of 
the legal services or for the payment of the fee 
therefor, 

F. The Project Attorney shall then notify the attor¬ 
ney of his selection, forwarding to him the Form 
WRA-220 signed by the evacuee and also Form WRA- 
15U properly executed in order that the attorney 
may know (unless there are other circumstances which 
put him on notice to the contrary) that he is .free 
to deal with the evacuee, remit moneys to him, etc. 
If the evacuee is a blocked national, this fact 
shall be made knam to the evacuee's attorney by 
the Project Attorney so that the attorney may take 
all necessary steps in complying with Treasury re¬ 
gulations in the course of representing such evac¬ 
uee, remitting moneys to him, etc. In addition, 
the Project Attorney shall render every other as¬ 
sistance desired by the evacuee in fully informing 
the attorney about the evacuee's case, forwarding 
pertinent documents, etc. 

G. The Project Attorney shall then notify the San 
Francisco Office of the Solicitor as to which at¬ 
torney was selected so that such name may be placed 
at the end of the appropriate referral list and 
not again offered to an evacuee for selection un¬ 
til the other names on that list have first been 
offered. When the names of attorneys A, B, and C 

2/21/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of d/5/U3 

Release # 175 


Client's 

Statement 


Notification 

to 

Attorney 

of 

Seleotion 


Notification 

to 

San Franoisoo 
Office 


C-2092 P* * u 





WHA Manual 


Legal Services ^o.k 


Refusal of 
Attorney to 
Serve 


Inability 

to 

Pay 

Attorney 

Fee 


Evacuees 

Outside 

Centers 


(.9U) 

on a given referral list are suomitted and attor¬ 
ney B is selected, the name of Attorney B then Be¬ 
comes the last name in such list, the fourth name 
in alphabetical sequence in such lists Becomes the 
third, the third becomes, the second; and accord¬ 
ingly the three names next submitted from that 
list are A, C, and D. 

H. If, after having been selected, an attorney for 
any reason declines to represent the evacuee, or 
the evacuee prefers not to continue to be represen¬ 
ted by that attorney (and the attorney has indica¬ 
ted his readiness to lathdraw), the next series of 
names in sequence (three or ten, as the case may¬ 
be) shall be submitted to the evacuee; and the 
name of the attorney originally selected by him 
shall be placed at the end of the referral list in 
question, unless, by reason of the circumstances, 
his name ought to be eliminated from the list, in 
’which case he will be informed to that effect by 
the San Francisco Office of' the Solicitor* 

.10 If an evacuee is unable to pay for the services of an 
attorney in accordance with the free schedule, and if 
it should appear that, in the nature of the case, the 
attorney representing such evacuee will not be able 
to collect the fee out of the probable proceeds of the 
case, this procedure shall be followed* 

A# The evacuee shall make an affidavit clearly set¬ 
ting forth his lack of assets and the facts show¬ 
ing his inability to pay an attorney in accordance 
with the fee schedule. 

B. The Project Attorney shall then refer the matter 
to the Legal Aid Society in or nearest to the 
area in which the services of an attorney are re¬ 
quired (See Section 50.9.11.) 

•11 Evacuees residing outside of relocation centers who de¬ 
sire to use the Authority’s referral system may do so 
by writing to the Office of the Solicitor at San Fran¬ 
cisco. The foregoing procedure will then be followed 
as closely as possible, allowing for the fact that 
personal contact, such as between Project Attorney and 
evacuee, will probably not be practicable. 

?/2iA5 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/5A3 
Release # 175 


C—2092 P4 bu 




WRA Manual 


Legal Services 50.1 


•12 Whenever the services of an attorney are required 

in an area far which no referral lists have been 

% 

compiled, and for a matter which cannot well be 
handled by an attorney within a State for which an 
attorney referral list nas been compiled, the Pro¬ 
ject Attorney shall submit to the evacuee requir¬ 
ing such services a list of attorneys practicing 
in said area, as published in a standard lawyer’s 
directory such as the Martindale-Hubbell Directory, 
the Commercial Law League Directory, etc*, and the 
evacuee may then make his selection from such list 
or lists* The Project Attorney shall furnish such 
further assistance as the evacuee desires, buu in 
so doing shall inform both evacuee and his attor¬ 
ney that the Authority is acting merely as inter¬ 
mediary and without responsibility for the render¬ 
ing of the service or the payment of the fee* In 
the absence of available law lists, or whenever 
Project Attorneys consider it preferable, they may 
contact local bar associations for their reconmen- 
ations* In all such cases, the names of al.\ attor¬ 
neys in the area in question, or all those recom¬ 
mended by the local bar association, shall be made 
' available to the evacuee for his selection. 

.13 In order that the Athority may continue to act as 
intermediary whenever advisable and may continue to 
be in position to facilitate contact between the 
evacuee and his attorney, all attorneys on the re¬ 
ferral lists have agreed to cooperate with the Au¬ 
thority in all respects, keeping the San Francisco 
Office of the Solicitor advised as to progress. 

To that end, the evacuee, in the "Client’s State¬ 
ment", requests his attorney to keep the Authority 
advised of all developments* This request relieves 
the attorney from any obligation to keep the af¬ 
fairs of his client confidential so far as the Au¬ 
thority is concerned, and in fact requires disclo¬ 
sure to the Authority. However, in any case in 
which the Government of the United States is in¬ 
volved as a party in interest, such requirement of 
disclosure is of course suspended; and the attorney 
shall in every case by the sole judge as to whether 
the Government is so involved* 

2/21/US 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/5/U3 

Release # 175 


Choice 
of Attorney 
in 

Absence of 
Referral 
Lirt 


Cooperation 

With 

Attorney 


C— 2092 P5 n»bu-fInal 











WRA Manual 


Project Employment, 50.5 


•1 There shall be established at each center a Personnel 

Management Section responsible to the Assistant Troj- Personnel 

ect Director in charge of Administrative Management. Management Section 
This section shall be responsible for the entire per- Centers 

sonnel management program on the center, concerning 
both evacuee and appointed personnel. 


•? A.. Within the limitations of the WRA Leave Regulations, 

evacuees shall be free to accept employment and 
establish residence outside the relocation centers. 
The normal outlet for persons desiring employment is 
relocation outside the centers. The War Relocation 
Authority, through its Project Relocation Divisions 
and its Relocation Offices in the field, will assist 
evacuees in finding suitable employment and reloca¬ 
tion opportunities. Financial assistance in reloca¬ 
tion will be provided under the terms of Section 
60.13. 


Basic 

Polioies 

for 

Evacuee 

Employees 


Emplcyr&ent 

Through 

Relocation 


B. It is the policy of the War Relocation Authority 
to provide for the subsistence needs of evacuee 
residents. It is also the policy of the Authority 
to provide facilities for the basic services avail¬ 
able to a normal community, including provision for 
internal security, fire protection, welfare ser¬ 
vice, legal service, community activities and faci¬ 
lities for community government. 


Subsistence and 
Services Pro¬ 
vided by the 
Authority 


C. It is the policy of the Authority to employ eva¬ 
cuees, insofar as qualified applicants are avail¬ 
able, in all technical and administrative positions, 
except the principal staff positions. This shall 
include evacuee applicants who are qualified through 
center training and experience. For the ultimate 
welfare of the evacuees, for the maintenance of 
sound work haoits, in the interests of sound govern¬ 
ment, and because of the crisis of the war, it is 
imperative that the centers be operated with the 
most economical use of manpower consistent with 
efficient management. 


Efficient Use 
of Manpower 
at Centers 


WRA, by Executive order, has responsibility for 
administration of the centers, establishes the 
regulations under whicn the centers operate, and 
provides the materials, administrative staff and 
money required for their operation. 


WRA Responsi 
bility for Cen¬ 
ter Administra¬ 
tion 


2/23/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


C-1123 pa bu 







WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.2C) 


Evacuee 

Responsibility 


Joint 

Re sponsibility 


Within the centers, the evacuees have, in large part, 
the responsibility for providing services to the com¬ 
munity* The appointive staff in the centers is re¬ 
sponsible for over-all administration of WRA polioies 
and procedures with a responsibility to the Government 
for fair treatment of the evacuees and accountability 
for manpower, money and material, Hie actual opera¬ 
tions of the centers, within the policies laid down 
by WRA, are carried out by the cooperative efforts of 
the evacuees and the appointive staff. 


Selection for 
Place rent and 
Promotion 


D. Selection of evacuee personnel for project employment 
shall be made on the basis of experience, education, 
training and aptitude. Ihese shall form the only 
criteria for selection. Promotion to supervisory po¬ 
sitions shall include consideration of performance on 
the job. 


£. 


Private Enter*- 
prise and Cen¬ 
ter Employment 


Business Enterprises have been established by the 
evacuees to provide a means whereby the community may 
secure for itself activities and services not supplied 
by the WRA. The development of private enterprise, or 
the employment of evacuees other than by the WRA, Busi¬ 
ness Enterprises, community trust or other persons or 
associations specifically authorized by the Director, 
is not permitted within WRA Centers. (See Manual Sec¬ 
tion 50.5.2.) 


Employment 
of Evacuees 
by Appointed 
Personnel 


Designation of 
Business 
Enterprise as 
Employment 
Agency 


F. After May 1, 1944, evacuee residents, as private em¬ 
ployees, shall not perform domestic or other personal 
services for members of the appointed staff, or for 
other evacuees, except under the following plan: 

(1) The Business Enterprises at each center may employ 
evacuees and assign them to perform domestic or 
other duties for the appointed personnel or evacuee 
resident. The Business Enterprises may employ the 
evacuees, may negotiate service contracts with the 
appointed personnel or evacuee residents who wish 
to obtain the services of evacuees, and collect all 
fees for such services. Hie Business Enterprises 
will pay the workers the standard WRA wage, togeth¬ 
er with allowances. The Business Enterprises will 
retain as a part of their regular income all sums 
received from the appointed personnel or evacuee 
resident for such services in excess of the cash 
wages and allowances paid to the workers. 


01128 P4 * u 


2/23/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 







WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50*5 


(.2F) 

The Project Director, in consultation with the Bus¬ 
iness Enterprises, shall establish a schedule of 
minimum fees that may be paid to the Business Enter¬ 
prises for domestic and other services. In establish¬ 
ing the schedule of minimum fees, the Project Director' 
may inquire in the nearest community with a population 
approximately the same as the Project and may consult 
the nearest office of the United States Employment Ser¬ 
vice to ascertain the wage rate prevailing in the area 
for such services. The schedule of minimum fees to be 
paid at the center shall not be lower than the rate of 
wages for such services prevailing in the area in com¬ 
munities of approximately the same population as the 
Project. The schedule of minimum fees shall be published 
in the Project newspaper at least once every three months. 

Any appointed staff member or evacuee resident who shall 
employ an evacuee to perform domestic or other services, 
and any evacuee who shall perform domestic or other ser¬ 
vices for any appointed personnel, or evacuee resident 
except in accordance with the provisions of this para¬ 
graph, shall be subject to disciplinary action. 

G. Evacuees who accept employment outside the centers will 
not be permitted to live in a center. Evacuees who wish 
to accept such employment must apply for seasonal or in¬ 
definite leave and make arrangements to live outside 
the center. 

H. While the normal outlet for persons seeking employment 
is relocation outside the centers, it is recognized that 
situations will occur where it will be necessary to 
develoD new work projects to provide constructive employ¬ 
ment at centers where a sudden increase in population 
has occurred, or in centers where an abnormal number of 
unemployed may create a problem of morale. It will be 
the policy of the Authority to give favorable consider¬ 
ation to proposals for new and constructive projects or 
increases in budgetary and labor ceilings when such pro¬ 
posals are submitted by the centers with the purpose of 
avoiding an abnormal number of unemployed. 


2/23/44 , . 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


Dete ruination 
of Amount of 
Wages to be 
Paid to 
Business 
Enterprise 
far Services 


Disciplinary 

Action 



at Centers 


New Projects 
to Relieve 
Abnormal Un¬ 
employment 


Lifting Budget¬ 
ary Ceilings 


C-U23 PS bu 








WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.S 


Work 

Efficiency 


Hours 

of 

Work 


Availability 
of Labor for 
Center Needs 


Certification 
of Availabili¬ 
ty of Labor 


Evacuees who accept employment with the Jfar Reloca¬ 
tion Authority in the centers will he required to 
observe the same standards of work efficiency which 
prevail in ordinary employment, including a full work 
day, a full work week, and efficient performance of 
assigned tasks. 

a. The work week for evacuee employees shall be 44 
hours. Insofar as practicable, the working hours 
shall be the same as those established for ap¬ 
pointed personnel, except as affected by the dif¬ 
ference in length of the work me k. 

B. The Project Director shall have the authority to 
require a longer work week, or work at other 
hours, or both, when the nature of the work, in 
his judgment so requires. 

C. This sub-section shall not be construed to pre¬ 
vent the employment of workers on a part-time 
basis. Any employee who is regularly assigned 
to work less than 44 hours a week shall be con¬ 
sidered to be employed on a part-time basis. 
Part-time employees shall be paid at the hourly 
rates specified in the Finance Handbook. 

A. The Personnel Management Section has a respon¬ 
sibility to the center operating divisions to 
provide the necessary information on availabi¬ 
lity of labor to fill center positions. In 
discharging this responsibility the Personnel 
Management Section shall prepare a monthly 
report according to instructions in Handbook 
Section 50.5.4. The report will indicate the 
general trend and volume of employment and pro¬ 
vide the operating divisions with basic employ¬ 
ment figures on which to plan work programs. 

B. Operating officials in charge of work project 
planning shall clear all proposed work programs 
with the Personnel Management Section and re¬ 
ceive certification on the availability of la¬ 
bor. Operating divisions shall supply the Per¬ 
sonnel Management Section with infonnation on 
the type of work program planned, approximate 
date work is to be started, and the number and 
type of skills that would be required. 


3/2/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 







WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.4) 

C. It is desirable for the Personnel Management 
Section to call to the attention of the Project 
Director an anticipated or growing abnormal 
number of unemployed so that new activities may 
be planned in advance* to alleviate an unemploy¬ 
ment problem which might otherwise become acute. 


Abnormal 

Unemployment 


.5 The Personnel Management Section shall maintain em¬ 
ployment records on all evacuees, covering occupa¬ 
tions, skills, aptitudes, employment in the center, 
training received in the center, merit ratings re¬ 
ceived, and related data. The Personnel Manage- 
ment Section shall also prepare and submit such reg¬ 
ular and special reports as shall be required. 


Reoards 

and 

Reports 


.6 A. Evacuees shall be employed in accordance with 

standard job classification schedules and rates 
of compensation approved by the Director. The 
maximum number of jobs necessary for the main¬ 
tenance and operation of each center, includ¬ 
ing subsistence production, shall be determined 
by the Director. The maximum may be varied 
from time to time as conditions warrant. The 
total number of evacuees employed by the War 
Relocation Authority in each center shall not 
exceed the established maximum without specific 
approval of the Director, except in the follow¬ 
ing circumstances: 

(1) Evacuees employed in staff positions ori¬ 
ginally authorized for appointed personnel 
shall not apply against the maximum for 
evacuee employment. 

(2) Employees of Business Enterprises or other 
authorized employees, not paia by the War 
Relocation Authority, are not considered in 
determining maximum evacuee personnel. 

B. Evacuees employed by the War Relocation Authori¬ 
ty shall receive compensation, in addition to 
subsistence, at the rates of $12, $16, and $19 
per month as follows: 

(1) $12 per month (Group *A") shall be an "en¬ 

trance rate” and shall apply to trainees, 


Job 

Ceilings 


Evacuee Can. 
pensation and 
Work Rules 


Pay Rates 


3/17/44 , . 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


C-112 3 P7 bu 




1VRA Manual 


Project Employment 50,5 


(.6B) 

partially qualified workers, and appren¬ 
tices, Everyone in this group shall work 
under the imme diate supervision of a more 
experienced worker. This rate shall not 
apply to common labor on simple tasks re¬ 
quiring hard physical work, 

$16 per month (Group H B n ) shall apply to 
all workers not included in Groups V and 
*C* and is intended to include the majori¬ 
ty of evacuee workers, 

$19 per month (Group rt C w ) shall include: 

(a) Jobs involving responsible supervi¬ 
sion of the work of other employees, 

(b) Jobs requiring professional training. 


Proportion 
at $19 


C. Not more than 15 per cent of the evacuee employ¬ 
ees in each center may be compensated at the 
rate of $19 per month, except as follows: 

(1) Evacuees employed in classified positions 
on the project organization chart, of pro¬ 
fessional or supervisory character, re¬ 
placing appointed personnel, may be com¬ 
pensated at $19 per month without regard 
to the 15 per cent limitation. Evacuees 
filling such positions must meet the min¬ 
imum qualifications for appointment to such 
positions. 

(2) At the discretion of Project Directors, 
evacuee employees performing unusually hard 
or disagreeable tasks may be compensated at 
the rate of $19 per month without regard to 
the 15 per cent limitation, provided the 
number of such employees shall not exceed 

5 per cent of the total evacuee personnel at 
the center. 


(3) The 15 per cent limitation shall not apply 
to employees of Business Enterprises or 
other authorized employees not paid by the 
War Relocation Authority. 


-1128 PS * u 


3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 





WRA Manual 


Project Employment, 50.5 


(. 6 ) 

D. The compensation of an evacuee employee for a 
monthly pay period shall be determined at the 
rate in which he was classified at the begin¬ 
ning of the period. A change in classification 
shall become effective at the beginning of the 
pay period following the date of reclassifica¬ 
tion. 


Change 

in 

Rate 


E. Compensation of part-time employees shall be cal¬ 
culated in accordance with the provisions of the 
Finance Handbook. 


Part-time 

Employment 


F. The Personnel Management Section shall maintain 
a record of each approved job showing the number 
of incumbents authorized and number currently 
assigned and shall be responsible for the number 
of workers placed in each job and compensation 
rates paid. 


Responsibility 

of 

Personnel 

Management 


.7 A. 


The recruiting and placement of personnel to fill 
center evacuee positions shall be the responsibility 
of the Personnel Management Section. Selection 
shall be based on experience, training, aptitude 
and job interest. Form WRA-12, Occupational His¬ 
tory Card, shall be coded according to the Diction¬ 
ary of Occupational Titles and maintained in files 
as indicated under Section 50.5*5 of the Handbook. 
Form WPvA-12 shall be used as a basis for select¬ 
ing candidates for center positions. 


Reoruiting 

and 

Placement 



All evacuees interested in center employment should 
be encouraged to register at the Personnel office. 
Frequently, information that there are no jobs 
immediately available, or jobs available only in 
unskilled or less popular occupations, results in 
residents failing to register or to keep their 
registrations current. This situation results in 
inaccuracies in the monthly reporting of unem¬ 
ployed, makes planning of center activities diffi¬ 
cult and generally handicaps the Personnel office 
in selecting the most qualified to fill center 
vacancies. The Personnel Management Section shall, 
in addition to encouraging canter residents to re¬ 
gister for employment, make use of the following 
sources in securing additional candidates for po¬ 
sitions: 


Registering 

for 

Employment 


4/3/44 . . 

Supersede® Issuance of 3/l r 7/44 




Project Employment 50>5 


Registering 

for 

Employment 

(Cont*d.) 


WRA Manual 

(*7B) 

(1) Interview and register graduating classes in 
high schools and in cooperation with the Vo¬ 
cational Training Committee, discuss employ¬ 
ment plans, training opportunities and 
available center positions. 

(2) Interview and register high school youth over 
14 years of age for part-time work during the 
school year and full-time assignments during 
vacations. Employment of children shall at all 
times comply with Section 50.5*11 of the Manual, 
on Employment of Minors. 


(3) Make necessary surveys, and interviews and re¬ 
gister men and women who may have become employ¬ 
able (children have reached school age, recovery 
from illness, etc.). 




4/3/44 


C-1101 bu-final 





CO Co 


WRA. Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


•8 A fair employment practice procedure shall be es¬ 
tablished at each center to enable workers who feel 
that they have received unjust treatment to obtain 
a hearing. This procedure relates only to complaints 
regarding employment working rules and employment 
compensation. 

.9 Referrals of evacuees to joba-within the centers 

shall be centralized in the Personnel Management Sec¬ 
tion. No evacuee shall be assigned, transferred, or 
separated from any job with the War Relocation author¬ 
ity within the center unless such action is specifi¬ 
cally approved in advance by the Personnel Management 
Section. Assignments to trainee positions shall be 
made with the joint approval of the Personnel Manage¬ 
ment Section and the Vocational Retraining Commit¬ 
tee. Trainees may be appointed only after the Voca¬ 
tional Retraining Committee has certified that a 
training course is or can be conducted in that par¬ 
ticular job and has approved the selection of the 
trainee. 

* a. Assignment of workers to the job will be effect¬ 
ed by the Personnel Management Section on Form 
WRA-21, Revised, which the worker will present 
to the Division in reporting for work. 

B. Transfer of workers between divisions will be 
controlled by the Personnel Management Section. 
All requests for transfer, whether originating 
with an individual worker or with a division 

or section, shall be made to the Personnel 
Management Section, which will complete the 
transaction by use of Form WRA-116. It will be 
the responsibility of the Personnel Management 
Section to determine that the transfer is jus¬ 
tified and secure the concurrence of those con¬ 
cerned. The Finance Section will in no in¬ 
stance payroll a worker transferred between divi¬ 
sions before receipt of a properly validated Form 
'.VRA-116 from the Personnel Management Section. 

C. Separation of a vrorker from his job will be ef¬ 
fected by Form V/RA-114, prepared in the Person¬ 
nel Management Section. Grounds for discharge 
shall be determined by the Project Director, but 
shall include the following: 


3/17/44 

uoersedes Issuance 
upersedes A. I. # 10 


of 10/30/43 


Evacuee 
Fair Employ¬ 
ment 

Practices 


Transactions 


Assignment 


Transfer 


Separation 


C- 1123 Pll »>u 







WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50*5. 


(.90) 

(1) Unexcused absence from work* Absences not 
due to illness must be excused in advance, 

A medical certificate shall be required 

to excuse absences due to illness if of more 
than three days* duration, 

(2) Habitual tardiness and leaving the job be¬ 
fore quitting time, 

(3) Slackness and inefficiency on the job. 

(4) iifilful or careless misuse of equipment* 


• 10 A, 


Timekeeping 

and 

Payrolling 


Timekeeping and payrolling of evacuee workers 
at centers are the responsibility of the Finance 
Section. Detailed procedures on timekeeping and 
payrolling will be found in Finance Handbook 
(see Pages D-24 to D-28; E-92 to E-100; and G-36)* 
Time worked will be recorded on Form WRA-115, Re¬ 
vised, by a time-checker on the staff of the Fi¬ 
nance Section but assigned to the division. 

Form WRA-115, Revised, will be made up by the 
Finance Section on the basis of its copy of Form 
'.'FRA-21, Revised, and will be forwarded to the di¬ 
vision for use by the time-checker there. All 
the time worked each day will be entered on the 
face of Form WRA-115, Revised, except that not 
more than eight hours can be recorded five days 
a week, and not more than four hours on the sixth 
day. Eight hours will be credited each worker 
for each holiday observed, provided he Works the 
day preceding and the day following the holiday, 
or was on excused absence on those days. The 
use of an intervening form as a "Daily Time Re¬ 
port* for subsequent posting to Form 1VRA-115, Re¬ 
vised, is acceptable. 


B. Ihe monthly rates of pay are prescribed in Man¬ 
ual Section 50.5.6. Hourly rates appear in the 
Finance Handbook, Page D-24. 


C. Evacuee payrolls will be prepared by the Finance 
Section on Form :TRA-210. 

D. Payment in cash will be made by the Agent-Cash¬ 
ier on the basis of Form *RA-113 prepared from 
Form m-210. 

3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 
Supersedes A.I. # 10 












WBA Manual 


Project Employment 50*5 


(. 10 ) 

E. 


F 


G. 


.11 A. 


Payment by check will be made by submitting the 
payroll on Form WRA-210 to the Treasury Depart¬ 
ment, Assistant Regional Disbursing Officer in 
charge of check issue. 

A record of payments to each evacuee worker 
will be kept by the Finance Section on Form 
WRA-118, Revised. 

Expenditures for evacuee staff must be charged 
against each activity for cost accounting pur¬ 
poses. This will be done by the Finance Sec¬ 
tion using Form WRA-115, Revised, for the 
basic figures. 

The following minimum standards for the employ¬ 
ment of children and young persons will be fol¬ 
lowed by the War Relocation Authority. In gen¬ 
eral these standards are at least as high as 
those required by the child labor laws in the 
States in which centers are situated, but, if 
in any case the State standards are higher, 
they should be observed. These standards are 
designed to safeguard the educational opportu¬ 
nities and health of students who undertake 
joint school-work programs. These require¬ 
ments were drawn up in cooperation with the 
Childrens Bureau of the U. S. Department of 
Labor, and conform closely to the standards 
adopted by the United States Office of Educa¬ 
tion and the War Manpower Commission. 

(1) The minimum age for general employment is 
16 in factories and 14 in non-factory em¬ 
ployment. Children 14 to 16 may be em¬ 
ployed in non-factory employment, but only 
outside school hours. 

(2) In hazardous occupations, 18 will be the 
minimum age of employment. Hazardous oc¬ 
cupations will include those which have 
been so declared by the Children’s Bureau 
for the employment of minors of 16 and 17 
under the Federal Fair Labor Standards 
Act, and such other hazardous occupations 


Employment 
Standard for 
Persons 14 to 
18 years of 
age 


3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 




WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50*5 


(.11A) 

as the Project Director or the Director 
may designate* At present the following 
occupations among others have been des¬ 
ignated as hazardous by the Childrens 
Bureau: 


Employment 
Standards for 
Persons 14 to 
18 years of 

age 

(oont*d*) 


(a) Work in sawmilling and logging 

(b) Work in coal mines 

(c) Work in or about plants manufactur¬ 
ing explosives 

(d) Work involving exposure to radio¬ 
active substances 

(3) The maximum hours of work for persons 
under 18 shall be 8 hours a day and 40 
hours a week* The work week shall not 
exceed six days* Adequate provision 
shall be made for a lunch period* Com¬ 
bined hours of work and school for persons 
under 16 years of age shall not exceed 8 
hours a day. Combined hours of work and 
school for persons 16 and 17 years of age 
shall not exceed 9 hours a day* 

(4) Children attending school shall not be em¬ 
ployed during school hours except as such 
employment is performed as an authorized 
part of vocational education within the 
school program* 


(5) Each employed person under 18 shall have 
time off for an uninterrupted period of 
at least 12 hours nightly, starting no 
later than 9:00 p*m* and ending no earli¬ 
er than 6:00 a*m* 

(6) An examination by a physician to deter¬ 
mine physical fitness shall be given per¬ 
sons under 18 before they are placed in 
any employment or training requiring phys¬ 
ical exertion. 

(7) The Personnel Management Section shall 
not refer a person under 18 years of age 

3/17/44 , , 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 

-1123 Pi* bU 



WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50*5 


(.11A) 


to work until his age has been deter¬ 
mined from a birth certificate or from 
the Individual Record Form (WRA-26), 
and the physical examination has shown 
that the young person is physically fit 
to perform the intended work* In all 
cases there should be written evidence 
of parental consent. 


.12 All regularly assigned full and part-time 

workers (those regularly assigned to work 
less than 44 hours a week) are entitled to 
vacation leave at the rate of one work day for 
each calendar month. Trainees and emergency 
or intermittent workers, assigned for one month 
or less, are not entitled to vacation leave. 
Vacation leave can be taken only as it has been 
earned and can be accumulated up to and includ¬ 
ing twelve working days. Vacation leave may 
be taken as elected by the worker subject to the 
approval of the Section Head, but may not be 
taken in units of less than one hour. 

(1) Workers absent on sick leave and on leave 
without pay up to and including twelve 
working days, shall continue to earn va¬ 
cation leave during such absence. However, 
when leave without pay extends beyond 
twelve working days, no vacation leave 
shall be earned during absence from duty. 

(2) Workers receiving extended illness compen¬ 
sation may not earn vacation leave. 

(3) Workers transferring between divisions, 
involuntarily transferring to another cen¬ 
ter or transferring to another center at 
the request of WRA shall, at the time of 
transfer, be credited with all earned va¬ 
cation leave. 

(4) Earned vacation leave should be liquidat¬ 
ed whenever possible before leaving the 
center on indefinite leave, seasonal leave 
or leave to enter the Armed Forces of the 
United States. Workers shall be paid for 

3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


Vacation 

Leave 


Accuxnulati on 
While on Siok 
Leave, Leave 
Without Pay 


Extended Illness 
Condensation 


Transfer 

of 

Credited 

Leave 


Vacation 
Le ave at Time 
of 

Relocation 


C-1123 P15 *>U 



IBA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.12A) 

any vacation leave to their credit at the 
time of departure. In such cases the 
date of separation shall be extended to 
cover the number of days vacation leave 
to their credit* Workers absent from the 
center on short-term leave who convert to 
indefinite leave without returning to the 
center shall be paid for all*vacation 
leave to their credit* 


(5) Workers in the following categories who 
are separated from the job, shall have 
the date of separation extended to cover 

Separation earned vacation leave: 

from Job 

(a) Those voluntarily resigning and re¬ 
maining in the center. 

(b) Those who are involuntarily sepa¬ 
rated because of reduction in staff 
or termination of the job* 

Ic) Those assigned on a trial basis, in 
excess of one month, and separated 
because of inability to perform the 
work* 


Compensatory 

Leave 


Siok 

Leave 


Vacation leave may be allowed workers 
separated by WRA for cause, if approved 
by the Project Director who may seek the 
counsel of the Fair Employment Practice 
Committee. 

B. When, at the direction of their Section Head, 
workers are employed in excess of the stand¬ 
ard work week, they shall be entitled to com¬ 
pensatory leave. The worker may, with the ap¬ 
proval of his Section Head, elect the dates 

of such compensatory leave, but any such leave 
must be taken prior to the employee’s termina¬ 
tion from the job. A job may be extended to 
cover the period of compensatory time but such 
time may not be transferred between divisions. 

C. (1) All regularly assigned workers, both full¬ 

time and part-time, are entitled to fif- 


3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


-1123 P18 bu 



WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.12C) 


teen days sick leave a year. Sick leave 
may be granted because of the illness of 
a worker or the illness of a member of 
his immediate family which requires his 
presence in the home. Application for 
sick leave must be made not later than 
the day of return to duty, and in the 
case of absence extending beyond three 
days, application shall be supported by 
a physician’s statement. Workers trans¬ 
ferring between divisions or transfer¬ 
ring to another project shall, at the 
time of transfer, be credited with all 
unused sick leave. 


(2) Regularly employed, full-time evacuee 

workers who are unable to report for work 
due to illness, including pregnancy and 
confinement, shall be eligible for ill¬ 
ness compensation after exhaustion of 
sick leave. This shall not apply to dis¬ 
abilities resulting from injury in line 
of duty, covered by Section 50.5.50 and 
following: 

(a) Illness compensation shall be 60 
per cent of the compensation rate 
at which the applicant was last em¬ 
ployed, i.e. $7.20, $9.60, or 
$11.40 per month. 

(b) Application for illness compensa¬ 
tion shall be made to the Personnel 
Management Section on Form WRA-92, 
in quadruplicate, supported by a 
medical certificate. The Project 
Personnel Officer shall certify as 
to the applicant’s eligibility and 
compensation shall take effect im¬ 
mediately upon expiration of sick 
leave. 

(c) Illness compensation shall be paid 
on a monthly basis for a maximum 
period of 90 days, provided the 
recipient re-establishes his eligi- 


Extended 

Illness 

Condensation 


(Formerly Un»- 
Enployment 
Condensation) 


3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 


C- 1128 P17 t>u 



WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.12C) 

bllity each 30-day period by sub¬ 
mitting a medical certificate stat¬ 
ing that he is still unable to work. 


(d) The original application for illness 
compensation shall serve as the ba¬ 
sis for payment until the Personnel 
Management Section directs the ter¬ 
mination of payments because the 
employee has (1) reported that he is 
physically able to work, or (2) 
failed to re-establish his eligibi¬ 
lity each 30-day period, or (3) has 
received compensation for 90 days. 


Leave With¬ 
out Pay 


D. Workers who need time off from their Jobs and 
have not earned sufficient vacation leave 
may, with the approval of the Section Head, 
be given leave without pay. Leave without 
pay up to and including six working days may 
be taken with the approval of the Section 
Head. Leave without pay over six working days 
must be approved by the Personnel Officer and 
shall not exceed twelve working days unless 
the worker’s presence outside the center is re¬ 
quired in which case leave without pay may be 
approved at the discretion of the Project Di¬ 
rector. 


Unauthorized 

Leave 


E. A worker who feils to report for duty without 
reason of illness and without having been ex¬ 
cused shall be charged with an unauthorized 
leave without pay. Unauthorized leave of five 
working days shall be reason for discharge. 


Rule8 for 
Employment by 
Other than Y/RA 


•13 Business Enterprises, or other authorized employ¬ 
ers other than the War Relocation Authority, op¬ 
erating within the centers shall: 


A. Pay the same compensation rates for their 
evacuee employees as are paid to evacuees em¬ 
ployed by the War Relocation Authority. 

B. Prescribe the same hours of work. (A person 
regularly assigned to work less than 44 hours 
a week must be paid on a part-time basis in 


3/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 



WRA Manual 


ProjectEmployment b0.5 


(.13B) 

accordance with the provisions of the Finance 
Handbook*) 

C. Pay extended illness compensation as set forth 
in Section £0.5.12. 

D. Observe employment standards for persons lU to 
18 years of age as set forth in Section 50.5.11. 
Other conditions of employment set by the War 
Relocation Authority, including limitations up¬ 
on number of evacuees employed, are not binding 
upon Business Enterprises. At the request of 
Business Enterprises, however, the Personnel 
Management Section will survey the enterprises 
and make recommendations upon such matters as 
job classifications and percentage of total 
positions at the different compensation levels, 
in order to tring these into line with center 
standards• 

.lU A. Work clothing shall be issued free to evacuees 
at the centers only when needed as an essential 
part of a worker 1 s occupational equipment and, 
as such, necessary for the efficient performance 
of assigned tasks and protection of the health 
and welfare of the worker. That is, work cloth¬ 
ing shall be considered to be in the same cate¬ 
gory as tools of the trade. 

B« Project Directors are authorized to purchase 
and issue items of work clothing as follows: 

(1) Arm Bands, badges, or uniform headgear 
may be issued to Police and Fire Depart¬ 
ment personnel. 

(2) Sanitary caps and aprons may be issued to 
Mess personnel, slaughterhouse workers and 
butchers• 

(3) Waterproof aprons may be issued to dish¬ 
washers, slaughterhouse workers, produce 
handlers and pharmacists. 

(U) The Health Section is authorized to issue 
types of occupational clothing usual and 
necessary to the performance of specific 

12/11 /Uh 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/2/l|ii 
Release # 152 


Issuance of 
Work 
Clolh ing 


Items of 
Work 
Cloihing 


C-1891 bu-wp 




WRA Manual 


Project Employment £0»5> 


(.1UB-U) 


Is 81103 to 
Hospital 
Departments 


Issues to 

Hospital 

Personnel 


duties within the hospital and with regard 
to the health and welfare of employees and 
patients • 

(a) The following items normally required 
for the operation of specific depart¬ 
ments and normally worn by individuals 
working therein shall be issued as sup¬ 
ply items to the departments concerned* 
Operating suits and caps; masks; gowns; 
plain, leaded, rubber or otherwise spec¬ 
ifically treated aprons; rubber, leaded 
or otherwise specifically treated gloves; 
rubber boots (laundry only)* The res¬ 
ponsibility for these items will be charg 
ed to the department to whom issued* 

(b) The following items shall be issued on 
memorandum receipt by the hospital ad¬ 
ministrator to currently employed hos¬ 
pital personnel as follows* 

1* Nurses, student nurses 
ii/hite nurses uniforms 

2* Nurse Aides 

Pinafores,blouses 

3* Physicians, dentists, optometrists 
Duck pants, intern blouses and coats 

U* Orderlies 

thick pants and coats 

5* Ambulance 
Coats 

6. Pharmacy and Laboratory workers 
Suitable smocks 

Any item issued under this authorization 
will remain hospital property* Washable 
items shall be issued in quantity to al¬ 
low for two overlapping laundry periods. 
The hospital administrator will maintain 
proper accountability records far all 
items issued. Replacement of worn items 
will be on an exchange basis only* 


12/11 /hh 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/2/Uli 
Release # 152 


6-1891 bu—fln*l 









WRA Manual 


Pro j act Bnployment 50 . 5 


(.14B) 

(5) Aprons may be issued to carpenters, carpen¬ 
ter helpers, blacksmiths, blacksmith helpers 
and mimeograph operators. 

(6) Gloves may be issued to garbage crews, weld¬ 
ers, electricians, stevedores (special type) 
equipment operators, workers engaged in pack¬ 
ing vegetables requiring icing, coal crews, 
and brush crews. At centers where severe 
winter conditions prevail, gloves may be 
furnished to other outdoor manual workers 
where necessary to protect the health of the 
worker. 

(7) Goggles, dust masks, welders masks, shin or 
toe guards, and other similar items may be 
issued as needed for the worker*s safety. 

(8) Rubber boots may be issued to irrigators, 
slaughterhouse workers and other required to 
work in water. 

(9) Fire helmets, raincoats or turnout coat6, but 
not both, turnout pants, rubber boots and 
gloves may be issued to firemen. These items 
must be considered, however, as a part of the 
fire-house or fire truck equipment and may 

be used only when fighting fires. 

(10) Coveralls may be issued to workers on hog 
projects, coal crews, garage mechanics and 
grease crews, garbage disposal and sewage 
crews, tractor, bulldozer and grader opera¬ 
tors where working in excessive dust. 

C. No issuance other than those enumerated in Sec¬ 
tion B above may be made by the centers without 
specific prior authorization of the Director. 

D. Work clothing shall be issued through divisional 
storehouses to the prescribed classes of workers 
and shall be considered part of the division or 
section work crew equipment. Issuances will be 
made under the provisions of the Handbook on Pro¬ 
perty Control and Warehousing, supplementing Manual 
Section 20.4; that is, items will be issued to 
workers in exchange for a memorandum receipt. Re¬ 
turn of worn-out items shall be required before 
new issuances are made. 


Other 

Items 


Method 

of 

Issuance 


Supersedes Issuance of ll/2/bh 
Release # lij6 


C-1836 P3 bn 




WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.14) 

E. Items listed on B(2) B(4) and 3(10) will be laun¬ 
dered by the Authority. Property accountability 
records will be maintained for clothing laundered, 
and fresh issues will be made at regular periods 
by the Mess and Health Section storehouses. 

The conditions of employment for wanen, including the 
hours of work, shall conform to standards set by the 
States in which the centers are located. The Person¬ 
nel Management Section is responsible for determining 
State requirements with respect to the employment of 
wanen and shall secure the assistance of the Project 
Attorney in the interpretation of such laws and their 
application within the center. 







Laundering 


.15 

Standards of 
Employment 
for 
Women 


11/29/Uk 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/2/l\U 
Release # 11*6 









WRA Manual 


Project Employment 50.5 


(.14) 

D. Work clothing shall be issued through division¬ 


al storehouses to the prescribed classes of 
workers and shall be considered part of the 
division or section work crew equipment. Is¬ 
suances will be made under the provisions of 
the Handbook on Property Control and Warehous¬ 
ing, supplementing Manual Section 20.4; that 
is, items will be issued to workers in ex¬ 
change for a memorandum receipt. Return of 
worn-out items shall be required before new 
issuances are made. 

£• Items listed on B(2) and B(4) will be laun¬ 
dered by the Authority. Property accounta¬ 
bility records will be maintained for cloth¬ 
ing laundered, and fresh issues will be made 
at regular periods by the Mess and Health Sec¬ 
tion storehouses. 

* .15 ^he conditions of employment for women, including 

the hours of work, shall conform to standards set 


by the States in which the centers are located. 

The Personnel Management Section is responsible 
for determining State requirements with respect 
to the employment of women and shall secure the 
assistance of the Project Attorney in the interpre¬ 
tation of such laws and their application within 
the center. 


Method 

of 

Issu&noe 


Laundering 


Standards of 
Eiqployment 
for 
Women 



Supersedes Issuance of 10/30/43 















J 




■ ' 


WRA Manual 




' 

. ■ 

Project Qrcplqyment 50*5 




5o 


The First Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Act, 
19U3, (Public Law No. 6?b, 77th Congress, approved July 25, 
19U2), whicn made appropriations for the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority for the fiscal year, 19U3, made the Compensation 
Act of Septemember 7, 1910, as modified by the Act of 
February 1$, 193U, as amended, applicable to persons receiv¬ 
ing from the United States compensation In the form of sub¬ 
sistence, cash advances, or other allowances in accordance 
witn regulations prescribed by the Director of the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority for work performed in connection with the 
relocation program. This is also provided for by the Na¬ 
tional War Agencies Appropriation Act, 19UU, making appropri 
ations to the War Relocation Authority for the fiscal year 
19UU. 




Legislative 

Authority 

for 

Compensation 

Benefits 

for 

Evacuee 

Workers 




.51 Evacuees employed by the V/ar Relocation Authority who sustain 
traumatic injuries in the performance of duty are entitled 
to the following compensation benefits under the provisions of 
the Compensation Act: 

A. Necessary medical treatment including ftospital care. 


Compensation 

Benefits 

Available 

to 

Evaouee 
Workers • 


B. Compensation payments during a period of total disabil¬ 
ity, excluding tne period during which a worker re¬ 
ceives pay after any injury, also excluding a three-day 
waiting period after pay stops, in the amount of two- 
thirds of the worker’s monthly wage as of the date of 
the acci dent. Compensation may not exceed $50.00 a 
month and may not total more than $U,000.00, exclusive 
of the cost of medical treatment and hospital care*. 










C. Compensation awards for permanent partial disability 
resulting from the loss of limbs, eyes, fingers, dbc., 
in accordance with a schedule of awards prescribed by 
the U. S. Employees’ Compensation Commission and approv 
ed by the President. 

D. In case of death, burial expenses not in excess of 

$ 200 . 00 . 

E. Compensation awards to dependents if the injury causes 
death, in accordance with a schedule of awards pre¬ 
scribed by the U. S. Employees’ Compensation Commission 
and approved by the President. 

It is important for the evacuees to establish their rights 

under the Compensation Act inasmuch as the Act in some cas- 


/ 


5/2U/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25A3 


C-1388-p3-bU 








WRA Manual 


Project Employment 


Injuries 

for wbloh 
Benefits 
are 

Provided 


Administration 

of 

Compensation 

Aot 


(.5i; 

after they 8 are n rf^pi™d ddl *: i ? n t0 . pay for services 
after the termination of the reSVSS C ° nttnUe 

' 52 StS £££ stSi C rr satl ° n Act ^end on* 

duty status in the service of^h® VaCUee " hile in 8 
receiving compensation in the for U! 4 ted States and while 
advances, or other allowances Th«°h SU $5* Stence ’ cash 
send to persons who are eneared in ° ene f its do not ex- 
such as employment bv £ S . in P riva ^e employment, 
vate employerToperating en^A^r ent f^ ris8 ^dby £*- 
compensation benefits are pro^idld®? ** th ® Centers * The 
Injured only while engage/i „ !? f ~ evacuees who are 

trm^orted b^thf*Gov^rnLnfb ^^^"rthile being® 

relocation centers and the^lacfTLai^^ ^ 11,6 

and Provides^tet°a II traumatic f ° r traumatic injuries 

an injury by accident Sna ha^ S , haU inClude W 
nical structure of the bodv and shall" fTf i° the phy_ 
e*ase in any form except vf 11 ot incl ^e a dis- 

the injury". shall naturally result from 

*»«■ « b» hi, LSa” Dirt'S'™” 4 " »« KrS 

death of himself or another Tt h° about the Injury or 
fits where the intoxication *nf L d °? S not provide bene- 
proximate cause of the de^h or inj^ ^ W ° rker is the 

The U 9 S• Employees* Pnmnon .. 
with responsibility for the^dm*^ C ® Inmission is vested 

sation A et. The C^elon is autho^V* the Cc “ pe “- 

aary rules and r-egulations for f? th 2:? ed to make neces- 

Act and to decide all cuestim* ’ * e . admin istration of the 

absence of fraud or mistake “ Mder iU T n the 

the findings of facts in and the dlTf' 41 emulations, 

sion upon the merits of claim,^ deoi f ions °f the Commis- 

ized by the Act, if suppor^bv eT^f ™ der - author- ■ 

not subject to review. There is no o^T'* evlde nce, are 

for review of npy decision by the Co^f ^ 0 ^ auth °rity 

?l? V\ aiB * ^e Commission has ad^i^^T Wlth respect 
2u, inclusive 0 f its rPfn,i a ^ advised that parts 21 to 

1939, will be’appiie^n^ 8 ^ “ am , ended to June 30° 

pensation under the Act- The inetA^°f rS claimi ng coL 

SMM i. 

Supersedes Issuance of 9 / 2 $/hl 


C-1382_p4„bu-fin»i 


Project Employment 50>5 


1/VRA 


(.53) 

50*5.50 to 50*5*64 are based upon the regulations pres¬ 
cribed by the Commission for the administration of the 
Compensation Act. 

•54 The medical facilities at WA centers shall be used in 
all injury cases where such facilities can be used and 
are adequate • V/here the medical facilities at the cen¬ 
ters are not adequate or where the medical facilities at 
the centers are not accessible, medical treatment of the 
injured worker may be applied for and obtained at other 
United States Medical establishments at the expense of 
the Commission. Private medical facilities may be used 
at the expense of the Commission only where adequate Fed¬ 
eral medical facilities are not available* No claims 
shall be made against the Commission for the cost of med¬ 
ical services or hospitilization furnished an injured 
worker at a center hospital or by a center physician. 

All injury cases which do not come within the scope of 
the provisions of the Compensation Act and which require 
the attention of private physicians and private hospital 
care shall be handled in accordance with the provisions 
of that part of Section 30.2 pertaining to hospitalization 
and specialized consultation services away from the cen¬ 
ter. 

*55 Regulations of the Authority which provide 15 days’ sick 
leave benefits for workers, shstfJL extend to workers who 
are unable to perform their duties due to injuries. A 
worker may elect to receive either sick leave benefits or 
compensation benefits for 15 days following an injury 
during which he is disabled, but he may not receive both. 

A worker who has elected to receive sick leave benefits 
may claim compensation for disabilities continuing*after 
the expiration of the sick leave benefits* Thereafter, 
he shall not be eligible for extended illness compensa¬ 
tion under WRA regulations while entitled to benefits un¬ 
der the Compensation Act* 

*56 Injured workers whose benefits under the Compensation Act 
are insufficient to enable them to support themselves and 
their families may apply for and receive public assistance 
grants in accordance with the regular procedure with res¬ 
pect to grants (Section 30*4). 

.57 It shall be the responsibility of the Project Director in 
the event of the injury of a worker: 


9 / 25/43 

Supersedes A.I* #79 


Medical 

Treatment 

of 

Injured 

Evacuee 

Workers 


Choice 

of 

Cocopensatioii 

of 

Slok Leave 


Grants to 
Injured 
Evacuee 
Workers 


First 

Steps After 
Injury 


C-0 6 59 P3 »u 




m 


Rrefoct Saplgyaant 


Teem 

for 

Coope&ftfttien 

CftMt 


(.57) 

A* To investigate the circumstances of the injury to de¬ 
termine whether it was incurred in the performance of 
duty. 

B. To advise the injured worker of the compensation ben¬ 
efits to which he may be entitled* 

C. To assist the injured worker in the preparation of 
the forms provided for the submission of compensation 
claims* 

D* To maintain a sufficient record of each case to as¬ 
sure prompt attention to active cases* 

The Project Director may delegate to a member of his 
staff such of the duties conferred upon him by this in¬ 
struction as he shall deem advisable* He may authorize 
such staff member to execute forms in connection with 
compensation claims as the "official superior" of injured 
evacuees who claim compensation* 

•58 The following forms prescribed by the U* S. Employees* 
Compensation Commission shall be used in preparing re¬ 
ports and claims in connection with injuries to evacuee 
workers: 

CA-1 Worker*s Notice of Injury 
CA-2 Official Superior*s Report of Injury 
CA-3 Report of Termination of Disability or 
Report of Death 

CA-4 Worker*s Claim for Compensation on Ac¬ 

count of Disability 

CA-5 Claim of Dependents for Compensation on 
Account of Death 

CA-8 Claim for Continuance of Disability Com¬ 
pensation 

Special Form CA-16 Authorization for Medical 
Treatment (Includes Physician’s Report) 

Form CA-42 Affidavit Relating to Representa¬ 
tives of Deceased Beneficiaries 
Special Form CA-43 Affidavit of Undertaker 
Form S-69 Public Voucher for Services and Sup¬ 
plies of Hospitals and Physicians 

The Commission has been requested to send an adequate 
supply of forms to each Project Director. If additional 
forms are needed, each Project Director is authorized to 
request an additional supply from the Commission. All 

9/25/43 

Supersedes A.I. #79 


C-05 89 P4 bu 








Erodsct Employment 50.5 


WRA 


(.58) 

‘ communications to the Commission should be addressed to 
U* S* Employees* Compensation Commission, 285 Madison 
Avenue, New York City* 

All forms shall be prepared in duplicate except Special 
Form CA-16 which shall be prepared in triplicate* The 
originals shall be transmitted to the Commission, as 
herein provided, and copies shall be retained in the Cen¬ 
ter files. An extra copy of Special Form CA-16 shall be 
delivered to the hospital or physician providing private 
medical care for an injured worker* 

.59 

A* All reports of injury shall be given by the injured 
worker within 48 hours after the injury occurs* 

Special justification for failure to report an injury 
is required where a report is not made within 48 
hours* The Commission is authorized to disallow a 
claim which is not reported within 60 days* It may 
not allow a claim which is not reported within one 
year. 

B* Item- No* 16 on Form CA-2 is required to specify the 
rate of pay of the injured worker on the date of the 
injury* The monthly rate of the cash payment which 
the worker was receiving on the date of the injury 
shall be inserted in the fi^st blank in Item No* 16* 

In the blank for the value of subsistence furnished, 
the total value of the- clothing allowance, which the 
worker was receiving, plus $19.00, which is the value 
of the subsistence, shall be inserted. In the blank 
for the value of quarters furnished, the figure $ 6 * 50 , 
shall be inserted* 

C* In all cases involving permanent partial disability, 
such as the loss of a finger, hand, or limb, the in¬ 
jured worker shall be advised that he may claim and 
receive compensation in accordance with regulations 
prescribed by the Commission even though he is able 
to return to work* 

D* The Project Director shall delegate to the Chief of 
the Administrative Management Division the duties and 
responsibilities imposed upon the Project Director by 
this Instruction. The Administrative Management Di¬ 
vision in the Washington office shall handle all prob¬ 
lems arising there under these instructions* 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A.I* #79 






General 

Instruction 

on 

Reporting 

Injuries 


C-0559 P6 





Project Employment SO>5 


WRA 


Injuries 


Injuries 
Inverting 
Lees of Time 
from Work 
or Private 
Medioal 
Treatment 


Private 

liedioal 

Treatment 


.60 Notice of any injury to a worker, however slight, shall be 
prepared on Form CA-1. Form CA-1 shall be prepared even 
though the injury appears to be so slight in character 
that the injured worker has no intention of making a 
claim for compensation* Reports of such minor injuries 
shall be retained in the files at the center until the 
termination of the relocation program, and may then be 
transmitted to the Commission with the permission of the 
Director. 

•61 If a worker’s disability resulting from an injury contin¬ 
ues after his pay has stopped and if he wishes to claim 
compensation for the injury. Form CA-2 and Form CA-4, in 
addition to Form CA-1, shall be prepared for submitting 
the claim to the Commission. 

A. Form CA-4 shall be sent to the Commission upon the 
termination of the disability if the duration of the 
disability is less than 18 days after the worker’s 
pay has stopped. The forms shall be sent to the Com¬ 
mission upon the expiration of 18 days after the 
worker’s pay has stopped if he is still unable to re¬ 
turn to his duties. 

B. Form CA-4 shall be accompanied by Forms CA-1 and CA-2 
when transmitted to the Commission. 

C. In each case where CA-4 has been filed with the Com¬ 
mission, Form CA-8 shall be prepared and submitted to 
the Commission semi-monthly as long as the disability 
of the worker continues. 

D. In cases where neither Form CA-2 nor Form CA-4 indi¬ 
cate that the worker returned to duty. Form CA-3 
shall be prepared and shall be sent to the Commission 
when the worker’s disability terminates. It is not 
necessary to prepare and submit Form CA-3 to the Com¬ 
mission if the date of the termination of disability 
of the worker or his return to work is shown on the 
Form CA-2 or Form CA-4* 

E. In all hernia cases. Form CA-32 shall be prepared and 
shall accompany Form CA-4 when submitted to the Com¬ 
mission. 

•62 If the medical facilities of the War Relocation Authority 
are not available or are not adequate for the treatment 
of an injury, private medical facilities may be used to 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A. I. #79 


C;-0559 P6 t>u 




Wk 


Protect anplormant SO. 5 



(. 62 ) 

treat the worker under the conditions specified in Sec¬ 
tion 50.5*54 hereof. A claim shall be made against the 
Commission for the cost of hospitalization and medical 
care where private medical facilities are utilized. 

A* Forms CA-1 and CA-2 shall be prepared and transmitted 
to the Commission. Where these forms are filed with 
the Commission for the purpose of claiming the cost 
of medical care, it will be unnecessary to file addi¬ 
tional copies of such forms if a claim is made by the 
evacuee for cash compensation. 

B. In cases in which there is no doubt concerning the 
right of the worker to receive medical care under the 
Compensation Act, the original and one copy of Spec¬ 
ial Form CA-16 shall be issued by the Project Direc¬ 
tor to the physician or hospital requested to provide 
the medical treatment or hospital care. Special Form 
CA-16 is the physician’s or hospital’s authority for 
rendering services for the account of the Commission, 
and the charges willjiot be paid by the Commission in 
the absence of such'"authority. 

C. Where there is doubt as to whether an injury is com¬ 
pensable, the Project Director shall authorize neces¬ 
sary medical treatment and care by a private physi¬ 
cian or a private hospital. He shall request the 
physician to examine the injured worker and shall 
make such further investigation as may be necessary 
to determine whether the injury is compensable. 

If, following the medical examination and further in¬ 
vestigation, the Project Director has no doubt that 
the injury is compensable, he shall issue Special 
Form CA-16 to the physician or hospital and shall re¬ 
quest the physician or hospital to submit a claim for 
reimbursement to the Commission. If the Project Dir¬ 
ector has any doubt that the injury is compensable, 
he shall refer the facts to the Commission. Tele¬ 
graph service, at the expense of the Commission, 
shall be used for this purpose. Night letter service 
shall be used where practicable• If the Commission 
finds the injury to be compensable, the Project Dir¬ 
ector shall request the physician or hospital to sub¬ 
mit a claim for reimbursement to the Commission. 



Cases where 
Condensability 
Is not in DouM 


Cases where 
Condensability 
is in Doubt 


If the Project Director finds, or if the Commission 
rules, that the injury is not compensable, the ex- 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A.I. #79 


C-0559 P7 bu 






Project Bnolovment 50>5 


WRA 


Hernia 

Cases 


Changes 

of 

Physiols® 


Special 

Nurses 


Dental 

Treatment 


(•62C) 

penses incurred shall be paid pursuant to the sub¬ 
section on hospitalization and specialized consulta¬ 
tion services away from the centers, in Section 30*2. 

D* In all hernia cases, Form CA-32 shall be prepared 
and submitted to the Commission* No hernia opera¬ 
tion at a private hospital shall be authorized by 
the Project Director at the expense of the Commis¬ 
sion, except that in an emergency due to strangula¬ 
tion or incarceration where it is clear that the com¬ 
plication is due to traumatic injury in performance 
of duty, the Project Director may authorize such an 
operation locally. The items of information request¬ 
ed on Form CA-32 shall be furnished in detail* 

S* Authorization for medical treatment shall not be is¬ 
sued to more than one private physician. If a sec¬ 
ond physician is necessary, the attending physician 
has authority to procure such assistance as he may 
deem necessary. If it is necessary to change physi¬ 
cians, Special Form CA-16 shall be issued to the 
physician to whom the case is referred. The first 
physician shall be asked to submit all his charges 
to date on voucher Form S- 69 , in accordance with 
Paragraph H of this subsection, and the reasons for 
the change of physicians shall be reported to the 
Commission. 

F* Attending physicians are authorized to engage spec¬ 
ial nurses where such special care is essential. 
Written authorization need not be issued by the Pro¬ 
ject Director for the services of nurses engaged by 
the attending physician. The Commission’s allowance 
for hospitalization covers all general nursing ser¬ 
vice. The necessity for special nurses must be 
shown in each case. Voucher Form S -69 shall be fur¬ 
nished to nurses who wish to submit claims for ser¬ 
vices rendered. Nurses submitting vouchers shall 
certify that they were not employed on a salary bas¬ 
is by the attending physician, or the hospital in 
which the service was rendered. Such vouchers shall 
be approved by the attending physician. 

G. Emergency dental treatment shall be handled in the 
same manner as other private medical services. No 
dental reconstruction work by private dentists shall 
be authorized for the account of the Commission with¬ 
out its prior approval. 


C-0 559 P8 bu 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A.I. #79 




Protect Employment 50.5 


mx 


(. 62 ) 

H* The Project Director shall follow up all cases under 
private medical care, shall secure medical reports, 
and shall endorse each voucher for medical services. 
Form S-69, before it is sent to the Commission, cer¬ 
tifying that the services for which the claim is 
made were rendered to the injured person* This en¬ 
dorsement shall be made in the right margin of the 
original form* A rubber stamp shall be used for 
this purpose where practicable• The endorsement 
shall be in the following form: 

”1 certify that the services covered by this 
voucher were rendered as claimed* 


Indorsement 

of 

Vouoher 

for 

ifcdioal 

Care 


(Title) 

The- voucher when submitted to the Commission shall be 
accompanied by the original Form CA-16 which author¬ 
ized the performance of the services* 


.63 

A* ‘'Where an injury sustained by a worker in the perfor¬ 
mance of duty results in death, or is alleged to have 
caused the death of a worker, the Project Director 
shall notify the Commission immediately by telegraph. 
Night letter service shall be used where practicable. 
The following information shall be furnished the Com¬ 
mission in a telegraphic report of the death of a 
worker. 

(1) The full name of the deceased worker. 

(2) The name and location of the center where the 
worker was employed* 

(3) The date of the accident and a brief statement 
of the facts relating thereto. 

(4) The name and address of the examining physician, 
a brief statement of his diagnosis, and a state¬ 
ment as to whether he recommends an autopsy. 

(5) A statement as to whether the worker’s family 
will consent to an autopsy if one is desired by 
the United States Employees’ Compensation Com¬ 
mission • 


Injuries 

Involving 
Death and 
Claim 
*7 

Dependents 

of 

Evacuee 

Workers 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A.I. #79 


C-0559 P9 bu 




Project Employment 50.5 


WRA 

(.63A) 

(6) A statement as to whether the Project Director 
has proceeded with funeral arrangements at ex¬ 
pense of the Commission or whether a decision 
by the Commission is requested before he pro¬ 
ceeds with burial arrangements. 

B. After the telegraphic report of an injury has been 
made to the Commission, Form CA-2 and CA-3 shall be 
prepared and sent to the Commission in all cases 
where the injury of a worker results in death. 

C. Complete medical reports covering the condition of 
the deceased from the date of injury to the date of 
death, including copies of clinical records, X-ray 
reports, laboratory findings, autopsy reports, if 
any, and the opinions of the attending physician as 
to the cause of death shall accompany the official 
reports in each case• 

D. A certified copy of the death certificate or the cor¬ 
oner’s report shall also be sent to the Commission 

at the earliest possible date after the death of the 
worker. 

E. Where compensation is claimed by the dependents of 
an injured worker. Form CA-5 shall be prepared. The 
Commission will furnish instructions with respect to 
the preparation of Form CA-5 and the documentary ev¬ 
idence required to suDport the claims of the depend¬ 
ants . 

.64 Arrangements for the burial of a deceased worker shall be 
e as follows j 

Where there is no doubt uhat the injury sustained by 
the deceased was within the scope of the Compensation 
Act, the Project Director shall proceed with arrange¬ 
ments for burial or cremation under the contract for 
funeral services at the relocation center obtained 
pursuant to Section 30.2, except that the contractor 
shall be requested to submit his claim for reimburse¬ 
ment to the Commission. The undertaker shall be re¬ 
quested to submit his claim to the Commission on 
Standard Voucher Form No. 1034. The voucher shall be 
accompanied by Form CA-43, Affidavit of Undertaker, 
when transmitted to the Commission. 

1 

.Where there is a doubt as to whether the injury sus¬ 
tained by the deceased worker was within the scope of 

9 / 25/43 

Supersedes A.I. #79 


Axraageinettte 

far 

Burial of 
Deceased 
Evacuee 
Workers 


raadi 


A. 


B. 



559 P10 bu- 












WRA 


Project Employment 50*5 


(.64B) 

the Compensation Act, the Project Director shall not 
request the undertaker to submit his claim to the 
Commission without its approval, but shall request 
authorization from the Commission to do so in making 
his telegraphic report of the death. -If the Commis¬ 
sion rules that the claim is not compensable, the 
undertaker’s claim for reimbursement vti.ll be paid by 
the Authority in accordance with Section 30.2. 

C. Form CA-42 shall be orepared and submitted to the 
Commission in each case where the undertaker submits 
his claim to the Commission. 























p 11 nobu-final 


9/25/43 

Supersedes A. I. # 79 


C-0 559 



































WRA Manual 


Megs Operations 5Q>6 


.1 


In all centers administered by the War Relocation Auth¬ 
ority the evacuee residents are served their meals in 
mess halls operated by the Authority. It is the WRA pol¬ 
icy to provide at these mess halls food in quantity and 
quality comparable to that available to the general pub- 
lio. Foodstuffs are procured through the U.S. Army Quar¬ 
termaster Corps under the specifications used for the Ar¬ 
my's mess procurement unless they conflict with or exceed 
WRA policy* The foodstuffs are then issued to mess kit¬ 
chens under a strict control as to kind and quantity of 
food served* All rationing regulations applicable to the 
general civilian population of the United States are 

strictly applied in the operation of WRA . If regulations 

affecting the publio are modified, corresponding modifica¬ 
tions will be made by WRA. 


Policy on 
Meals Served 
Evacuees in 
Centers 


.2 Mess operations at each center will be the responsibility 
of the Mess Operations Section of the Administrative Man¬ 
agement Divisi^ 


Mess 

Operations 

Seotion 


•3 A. Meals served to evacuees at center will be based on 
menus prepared by the Evacuee Menu Maker in conjunc¬ 
tion with and with the approval of the Chief Project ^" Da 3 r 

Steward, who in turn shall forward monthly the menus 
for the previous month to the Chief of Mess Operations 
together with any suggestions he may have for improve¬ 
ments in meal planning at his own or other relocation 
centers. 


,k For the detailed procurement procedures, see Seotion 20.6 
of this Handbook. 


A. 


The Chief Project Steward shall prepare requisitions 
for food, based on the component and rationing require¬ 
ments of the approved menus and the population at the 
center. Requisitions will be submitted to the Supply 
Officer for counter-signature and transmittal to the 
Projeot Procurement Oflioe for purchase, in time to en¬ 
sure satisfactory delivery. Staple articles will be 
procured from the U.S. Quartermaster Depot stock. These 
Depots will also procure special items. Perishables will 
be procured direct from the market centers. 


Foodstuff 

Procurement 


.5 The Chief Medical Officer will submit requisitions, through 
the Chief Project Steward, for supplies of pablum, S.M.A., 
and infant cereals as required to be dispensed upon physi¬ 
cian's prescription by the Mess Hall Mother. Strained or 


Baby 

Foods 


10/20/UU 

Supersedes Issuance of 
Release # 130 


C— 1774 PS ba 










WRA' Manual 


Mess Operations 50.6 


Food 
for Use 
Other Than 
at 
Mess 


pureed baby foods must be prepared from project supplies. 
The Health Section shall also requisition and distribute 
Cod Liver Oil and all other vitamin preparations. The. 
cost of Cod Liver Oil shall not be included in the cost 
of subsistence. Centers may designate Block Kitchens and 
select Mess Hail Mothers to assist in the preparation and 
serving of special diets and infants* and childrens’ food* 
The preparation and issuance of these foods shall be at 
the mess halls, except for cases requiring feeding at the 
hospital. 

.6 Food for Home Economics classes sha21 be issued by the 
Chief Project Steward. Rationed food for this purpose 
must come from the Center’s regular allowances, and must 
be limited as much as possible. Centers are prohibited 
from securing additional food rations points, for any pur ¬ 
pose , from local boards. All requisitions must be drawn 
up by the Chief Project Steward, regardless of whether 
food is to be used in the mess, hospital, or Home Econom¬ 
ics classes, or off the Center (See 50.10.9)* 




10/20/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/10/43 
Release § 130 





C-A77* P* bn 




WRA Manual 


Mess Operations 5>0.6 


•9 All Centers shall plan mess operations so as to have 
tvro meatless days per week at both evacuee and admin¬ 
istrative messes. This complies with the present na¬ 
tional policy for civilian and civilian institutions. 
The Centers shall designate their own meatless days 
and may change the schedule at will in order to pro¬ 
vide for observances of holidays and other soecial 
occasions• 

.10 The Chief Project Steward shall make the following 

reports and submissions to the Director in Washington, 
attention of the Chief of Mes3 Operations. 

A. Center menus for the previous month. 

B. Copies of all requisitions submitted to Quarter- 
•master Depots and Market Centers. 

C. (Cancelled without replacement). 

D. A report on the inventory of all subsistence sup¬ 
plies on hand. 

E. Monthly report on production of processed foods. 

•11 The Chief Project Steward shall have direct respon¬ 
sibility for operating the subsistence warehouses. 

All warehousing staff will be on the payrolls of the 
Mess Operations and will be administratively responsi¬ 
ble to the Chief Project Steward. TECHNICAL ADVICE 
on procedures will be given by the Property Control 
and Warehousing Section upon the request of the Chief 
Project Steward. 

.12 Food inventories at Centers must not exceed US days' 
normal requirements. Whenever the inventory does 
exceed US days' supply, steps should be taken at once 
to reduce it. U. S. Quartermaster facilities may be 
used to dispose of surpluses. 

.13 So long as deliveries are satisfactorily maintained, 
a US days' supply of rationed and unrationed staple 
food should be sufficient as a maximum inventory. 
Maintenance of supplies at this level will insure a 


1 / 12 /US 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/10/U3 
Release # 15>7 


Meatless 

Days 


Reports 

to 

"Washington 


Food Storage 

on 

Centers 


Di sposition 
of Excess 
Inventories 


Normal 

Inventory 

of 

Staple Foods 


C-fi0l7 P3 bu 






V/RA Manual 


Ordering 
Staple Foods 


Mess Operations £0*6 


(.13) 


fifteen days’ carry-over as a protection against 
delayed deliveries* In determining the maximum 
points allaved for a 15-day inventory, to the pro¬ 
ject strength should be added (1) administrative 
personnel based on tho number of meals served di¬ 
vided by three times the number of days in the 
month, and (2) Military Police if provided for at 
the Center* The total strength thus arrived at 
should be multiplied by the allowable U8 points 
(the Processed Poods allowed for one month by 
OPA)* This result will determine the number of 
ooints allowable for 30-day period inventory; for 
15-day period, add one half (J) of 30-day total, 
which will determine number of ooints allowable 
for a 15-day inventory of Processed Foods. Meats 
and Dairy Products, Oils, etc* must be figured in 
a like manner using a 16 point per week value* 
Requisitions must be figured so the due items on 
incoming requisitions will not increase the point 
value of inventory to exceed the L5-day point le¬ 
vel as of any particular date* Under no circum¬ 
stances will points be granted for requisitions 
which exceed the total value for the period cov¬ 
ered by the requisitions* 

•111 A contributing factor in the growth of excess in¬ 
ventories has been a more or less automatic re¬ 
ordering of identical quantities of staple foods 
monthly without regard to actual consumption fi¬ 
gures or current inventory position. With a view 
to assisting Project Stewards in more accurately 
gauging their requirements, all Centers are in¬ 
structed, in requisitioning staple foods to com¬ 
plete Requisition Forms QMC-hOO and L01 so as to 
show, for each item requisitioned, quantities 
”on hand and due” and quantities ’’consumed”* 


1/12/15 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/10/U3 
Release # 1^7 


C-20t7 P4 


bu .final 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50*9 


•1 It is improbable that evacuees in a relocation cen¬ 
ter will acquire a voting residence in the State and 
county where the center is located, but it is probable 
that they may vote by absentee ballot in the State and 
county from which tney were evacuated if they are pro¬ 
perly registered there. This question is given full 
discussion in Solicitor’s Opinion No. 20, which also 
outlines procedures for registration and absentee 
voting in the States evacuated. It is important that 
all evacuees be advised of their rights in connection 
with registration and voting, and of the necessary pro¬ 
cedures. Project Directors shall see that these facts 
are given publicity to center evacuee residents. 

.? In most cases it will be desirable for evacuees who 
held State professional licenses to continue these li¬ 
censes in effect, wherever it is possible for them to 
do so. Each evacuee will need to consider whether he 
wants to continue his license to practice as a doctor, 
lawyer, dentist, nurse, barber, etc. No definite as¬ 
surance can be given that the States issuing the var¬ 
ious licenses held by evacuees will renew them, but 
it is important that all licensed evacuees be advised 
of the licensing provisions of State Laws so that they 
will have adequate information upon which they can 
reach a decision about attempting to renew their li¬ 
censes each year. Pertinent provisions of the laws of 
Arizona, California, Oregon, and Washington are sum¬ 
marized in Solicitor’s Opinion No. 39 • These should 
be brought to the attention of all evacuee residents 
of centers. 

.3 In accordance with the policy of the War Relocation 
Authority to encourage evacuees to seek employment 
outside of the centers, and in recognition of the dif¬ 
ficulty evacuees might encounter in obtaining War Ra¬ 
tion Books, the following procedure for the issuance 
of ration books to evacuees has been worked out with 
the Office of Price Administrations 

Special panels will be appointed for the Ration Boards 
nearest each relocation center. One of the members of 
the panel will be a present member of the Board. Tne 
other two members will be the Project Director or As¬ 
sistant Project Director and one other appointive em¬ 
ployee of the center nominated by the Project Director. 


2/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/u3 
Release # 178 


Voting 

Ri£lt8 

of 

Evacuees 


Renewal 

of 

Evacuees* 

State 

Professional 

Licenses 


War Ration 
Books for 
Evacuees 
Leaving 
Centers 


C-2110 P3 bu 




WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 


Sooiil 

Soourlty 

Benefits 

for 

Evaonees 


All necessary forms will be provided by the responsible 
local board* Clerical help and incidental supplies will 
be furnished by the center* The authority and activi¬ 
ties of the panel will be limited to the issuance of 
War Ration Rooks I, II, IH, and special shoe certifi¬ 
cates* All detailed procedure for the operation of the 
panel will be supplied by the member of the responsible 
Board. The Washington Office of Price Administration 
has requested all State Directors to cooperate with the 
WRA Project Directors in setting up these special panels* 


•U Persons evacuated from military areas and now residing 
in relocation centers are entitled to the benefits of 
the Old Age and Survivors Insurance provisions of the 
Federal Social Security Act, if otherwise eligible. A 
number of evacuees who could not be reached by the So¬ 
cial Security Board were eligible for these benefits. 
Furthermore, Social Security payments were being sent 
to other persons prior to their evacuation, whose later 
addresses were not reported to the Board, and delivery 
of checks was held up for them. This information should 
be circulated to residents of relocation centers: all 
persons who believe they are eligible to receive, or to 
resume receiving Social Security benefits, should make 
application at the nearest office of the Social Secur¬ 
ity Board. The office of the Board nearest each relo¬ 
cation center is as follows? (Corarrunications should be 
sent to M Social Security Board* 1 at each address.) 


Center 

Manzanar 

Tule Lake 

Gila River 

Colorado River 

Minidoka 


Social Security Board Office 

Federal Building 

Los Angeles, California 

921 Main Street 
Klamath Falls, Oregon 

122 South Central Avenue 
Phoenix, Arizona 

120j North Cortex 
Prescott, Arizona 

229 Main Avenue, West 
Twin Falls, Idaho 


2/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/2S/U3 
Release # 178 








WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50*9 


V 


(•lj) 


Central Utah 


8 South Main Street 
Richfield, Utah 


Heart Mountain 


Post Office Building 
Caper, Wyoming 


Granada 


Post Office Building 
Pueblo, Colorado 


Rohwer 


Poet Office Building 
Pine Bluff, Arkansas 


•5 The Bureau of Internal Revenue has ruled that the fol¬ 
lowing payments to evacuees in accordance with current 
Administrative Instructions of the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority, whether paid by the War Relocation Authority, 
by consumer enterprises, or by any other employer, must 
be regarded as income to evacuees for income tax pur¬ 
poses: 

A. Wages 

B. Clothing allowances paid to employed evacuees# 

The Bureau of Internal Revenue has ruled that the fol¬ 
lowing payments to evacuees in accordance with current 
Administrative Instructions of the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority should not be regarded as income to evacuees 
for income tax purposes> 

C. Subsistence furnished evacuees, including food, 
housing, medical care, and education* 

D. Public assistance grants. 

E# Unemployment compensation. 

F# Clothing allowancespaid to evacuees involuntarily 
unemployed# 

G# Travel grants for evacuees granted leave. 

This information should be made available to the evac¬ 
uees for their guidance in preparing income tax returns. 


Income 

Tax 

Liability 

of 

Evacuees 


2/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/U3 
Release # 178 


c-aiia r* b * 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50,9 


Withholding 
Exemptions 
of Evacuees 
on Leave 


,6 The "Current Tax Payment Act of 19U3 tt , Public Law 68 
of the 78th Congress, approved June 9, 19U3, as amend 
ed by the Individual Income Tax Act of 19U1;, Public 
Law No, 3l5, 78th Congress, approved May 29, 19HU, 
provides for a "Family Status Withholding Exemption"; 
and the withholding tax provided for by the law ap¬ 
plies only to the amount of wages in excess of this 
exemption. To enable an employer to determine the 
amount of the exemption to which an employee is en¬ 
titled, it is necessary for the employee to advise 
the employer of the number of his dependents. Trea¬ 
sury Form WF-U must be used for this purpose. Sev¬ 
eral changes were made in the Federal Income Tax laws 
with respect to personal exemptions and credits for 
dependents ty amendments adopted in 19UU* 


Federal 
Income Taxes 


A, There are two types of individual Federal income 
taxes—the normal tax and the surtax• (For 19UU 
and later years, the Victory Tax has been abol¬ 
ished,) 


Normal 

Tax 

Exemption 


Surtax 
Exemptions 
and Credits 
for 

Dependents 


B, The normal tax exemption for each tax payer is 
$500, On a joint return, the normal tax exemp¬ 
tion is $1,000 unless the adjusted gross income 
of one spouse is less than $500, in which case 
the normal tax exemption is $500, plus the adjus¬ 
ted gross income of that spouse. 

There is no credit for dependents for normal tax 
purposes, 

C, The surtax exemptions ares $500 for the tax pay¬ 
er, $500 for his spouse, if a joint return is 
filed (regardless of the amount of the spouse*s 
income) or if the spouse has no gross income and 
is not the dependent of another person, and $500 
for each dependent whose gross income for the 
calendar year in which the taxable year of the 
tax payer begins is less than $500, 

For the purposes of the surtax, a dependent is a 
person (1) whose gross income, for the calendar 
year in which the taxable year of the tax payer 
begins, is under $500; (2) over half of whose sup¬ 
port for that calendar year was received from the 
tax payer; and (3) who is related in one of the 
following relationshipst 

2/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25A3 

Release # 1?8 


C-2116 P6 tu 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 5>0.9 


Children, grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc. 
Stepchildren (but not their children) 

Brothers and sisters 
Stepbrothers and sisters 
Halfbrothers and sisters 

Parents, grandparents, great-grandparents, etc. 
Stepfather or stepmother (but not their parents) 
Nephews and nieces. 

Uncles and aunts. 

"In-laws”—son, daughter, father, mother, brother or 
sister. 


.7 


The terms "brother" and "sister", as used above, include 
a brother or sister of the half blood. The above rela¬ 
tionships apply to a legally adopted child the same as 
though he or she were a child by blood. 


Remote relatives, cousins, for example, do not give a 
dependency exemption. Instructions of the Bureau of In¬ 
ternal Revenue also deny the credit to an aunt, uncle, 
niece or nephew if related to the tax payer only by mar¬ 
riage. Non-resident aliens cannot be dependents 
they are residents of Canada or Mexico. 


D. 


Whether the children (or other dependents related to the 
tax payer in the manner indicated in C above) of an eva¬ 
cuee on leave who remain at the center are dependents 
for the purpose of the withholding tax is governed by 
this section and depends on whether the evacuee is their 
chief support. It has been informally indicated by the 
Bureau of Internal Revenue that the evacuee will be re¬ 
garded as the chief support of the children only if he 
actually contributes to their support more than 50 per 
cent of the total cost of such support. Since, in all 
cases, the Government furnishes to the children remain¬ 
ing at the center housing, food, and medical attention, 
and in many cases clothing also, the child in most cases 
will not be dependent; but this must be determined sep¬ 
arately for each case, taking into account all pertin¬ 
ent circumstances. Where several children are involved 
and the amount contributed is less than £0 per cent of 
the total cost of their support, but more than 50 per 
cent of the cost of supporting one of the children, it 
is permissible for the evacuee to treat his contributions 
as having been made for the support of a particular child 
and claim this child as a dependent without claiming the 
others as dependents. 


Children in 
Centers Whose 
Parent or 
Parents are 
on Leave 


The Servicemen's Dependents Allowance Act of 19b2 as amend¬ 
ed provides for allowances to the dependents of enlisted 
persons in the armed forces. Dependency of Class A relatives 


2/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/27Ah 
Release § 178 


C-2H6 P7 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees £0.9 


(.7) 


Benefits 
Available to 
Dependents 
of Men 
in the 

Aimed Faroes 


Dependants 

in 

Centers 


Proof 

of 

Citizenship 


(wives, some divorced wives, and children) is assumed. 

They are eligible and deduction from the enlisted man’s 
pay is mandatory when a family allowance for this class 
of dependents has been approved following proof of re¬ 
lationship. Dependent Class B or B1 relatives (parents, 
brothers, and sisters) may be eligible for allowances if 
the soldier applies, or agrees to the application, and 
if the relationship and actual dependency for a substan¬ 
tial (Class B) or the chief (Class Bl) portion of the 
dependent’s support is established by acceptable evidence. 
Parents may include grandparents, step-parents, adoptive 
or substitute parents of the soldier or his spouse. Bro¬ 
thers and sisters may include half brothers, half sisters, 
step-brothers, step-sisters, and adoptive brothers or sis¬ 
ters who are under 18 years of age and are unmarried or 
are over 18 years of age and are incapacitated. 

A. The War Department has ruled that the fact that Class 
B and Bl dependents of Japanese nationality reside in 
a relocation center, where food, shelter, and medical 
care are furnished by the Government, does not render 
them ineligible for an allowance provided all the ele¬ 
ments of dependency are present. The question of de¬ 
pendency will be decided by the War Department in each 
case after consideration of all the circumstances af¬ 
fecting the individuals concerned. 

B. Family relationship must be established by evidence 
acceptable to the Office of Dependency Benefits of the 
War Department. Such evidence may include certificates 
of marriage records and affidavits of eye witnesses, 

as well as other documentary proof of modification of 
marital status and relationship. Kinds of proof of 
relationship, age, and status of children may include 
certified copies of birth records, court decrees, writ¬ 
ten acknowledgements, etc. The status of stepchildren 
or fosterchildren may be shown by the marriage record 
of the parent to the soldier, by proof of residence 
in the soldier’s household, and/or by affidavits of 
two persons knowing the facts . Married children ai d those 
over 18 years of age, excepting certain ones who are 
incapacitated, are not considered dependent. A fos¬ 
ter child must have been living within parental control 
for at least a year prior to enlistment or induction. 

C. The facts relating to the dependency of a family or 
person for support from a soldier must be presented 

2/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/27/U* 

Release # 178 








WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 


(.70) 


and substantiated to the satisfaction of the War 
Department. In addition to proof of relationship, 
age, and status, dependency must be established 
by those who may be eligible for Class B or B1 
allowances. Such proof should be presented by the 
signed and witnessed facts outlined by the depend^ 
ency certificate, W.D., A.G.O., Form No. 620. 

D. Dependents other than wife or children who look to 
the soldier for chief support (fifty percent or more 
of their requirements) are Class B1 dependents and 
may receive allotments based on a scale of amounts 
which are higher than the amount for those -who look 
to the soldier for only substantial support. Dep¬ 
endents living in a center probably receive more 
than half of their support from the War Relocation 
Authority, but relocation may result in an increase 
in the amount of dependency so that they may prove 
dependency for chief support upon the proper presen¬ 
tation of the new facts. 


Proof of 
Dependency, 
Class B 
or B1 


Class B1 
Dependents 


E. Dependents other than wife or children who look to 
the soldier for substantial support are Class B de¬ 
pendents and may receive a monthly allowance of $37 
provided a need for such substantial support is 
established by acceptable evidence. The act pro¬ 
vides that the soldier contribute $22 which is de¬ 
ducted from his pay and is matched by $lb to make 
the Class B payment of $37. If the additional sup¬ 
port needed is $22 or less, the Office of Depend¬ 
ency Benefits would probably not consider the ap¬ 
plication favorably, because the $22 could be given 
to the family by the soldier as a voluntary allot¬ 
ment -of -pay. 

F. The Office of Dependency Benefits does not make pub¬ 
lic its gauges for determining the amounts of need 
in monetary terms or percentages which might be con¬ 
sidered substantial. The basic data for determining 
this factor in the information requested by the 
certificate of dependency, W.D., A.G.O. Form 620, 
especially the entries under numbers U, 5, and 6. 

A simple and direct entry for number U might give 

the average monthly living expenses as $_ 

per month above food, shelter, and medical care 


Class B 
Dependents 


Substantial 

Support 


Supersedes Issuance of lO/lh/Uh 
Release # 159 


C-l934 pB bo 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 5>0.? 


(.7F) 

furnished by the Government. The dependents of 
applicants should, be prepared to substantiate 
the amount entered by a breakdown of the various 
items of expense making up this amount. 


Applications 


Change of 
Status 
or 

I no ora© 


Initial 

Family 

Allowaaoe 


G. Applications for allowances may be filed by either 
the soldier or his relatives or denendents on Ap¬ 
plication for Dependency Benefits, W.G., A.G.O. 

Form No. 625. The application should be made by 
the soldier ■where practicable. The American Red 
Cross has been designated by the Army as the of¬ 
ficial agency to render service to men in the 
Armed forces and their ‘families and will assist 
soldiers and families in preparing applications 
for allowances. However, it may be necessary for 
the Welfare Section at each center to assume some 
responsibility for assisting evacuees in preparing 
such applications. In providing such' services, 
the Welfare Section will cooperate with the Red 
Cross unit at the center. 

H. Those who are eligible for Class B benefits may 
become eligible for Class B1 benefits upon re¬ 
settling outside centers, and those nhore in¬ 
eligible in a center might, under certain circum¬ 
stances, become eligible after leaving. Changes 
in the family composition of the dependents and 
significant changes in the amounts of expenses or 
income should be promptly reported on "Report of 
Change of Status and Address”, W.D., A.G.O. Form 
No. 6Ul. 

Correspondence about family allowances should be 
addressed to: Office of Dependency Benefits, 213 
Washington Street, Newark 2, New Jersey, and it 
should include the name of the serviceman, his 
army serial number, the application (X) number of 
family allowance, and the family’s correct address. 

I. The Servicemen’s Dependents Allowance Act of 19U2 
provides for an initial family allowance for Class 
A and Class B1 dependents for the month in which an 
enlisted man enters a pay status. Class B depend¬ 
ents are not eligible for an initial allowance 

and this class in addition to the wives and child- * 
ren will include the largest group of those eli¬ 
gible among the residents of the centers. 


C—1934 p6 bu 


12/27 Ah 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/lU/UU 
Release # 159 




WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees £0*9 


(.71) 

The initial family allowance is paid to a desig¬ 
nated dependent (wife, child, parent, brother, 
or sister) only when a written application is 
filed by the enlisted man within IS days after 
the date of his entry into active service in a 
pay status. The full amount of such initial fam¬ 
ily allowance is paid by the Government and no 
reduction in or charge to the pay of the enlisted 
man is made for such payment. No monthly family 
allowance is paid for the month for which an ini¬ 
tial family allowance is paid. 

J. Under Public Law U90 approved March 7, 19U2 as 
amended December 2li, 19h2 dependency allotments- 
of-pay may be authorized to provide support for 
dependents of Array personnel officially report¬ 
ed missing, missing in action, beleaguered, be¬ 
sieged, interned in a neutral country, or cap¬ 
tured by the enemy* Such payments may be a con¬ 
tinuation of allotments previously made, an in¬ 
creased allotment, or a new allotment. Eligible 
relatives may arrange to obtain a family allow¬ 
ance during the absence of an enlisted man by 
filing the official aopli.cation and submitting 
sufficient documentary proof. Aoplications and 
correspondence regarding dependency allotments 
should, in general, be submitted to the Office of 
Special Settlement Accounts, Office of the Fiscal 
Director, 27 ^ine St., New York 5, New York. 

K. Reference to the following publications should 
provide answers to most questions about Depend¬ 
ency Benefits and Allotments: 

’’The A B C of Dependency Benefits’ 1 , Office of 
Dependency Benefits, 213 Washington Street, 

Newark 2, New Jersey* 

’’Family Allowances and Allotments of Pay for Sol¬ 
diers’ Dependents”, Booklet FA)*, War Department, 
Office of Dependency Benefits. 

'•Army Regulations No. 33-35HO, Finance Depart¬ 
ment, Family Allowances, Enlisted Men” War Depart¬ 
ment, Washington 2$, D. C., January 5, I9hh. 


Other 

Dependency 

Allotments 


Additional 
Info xroation 


12/27 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/lU/UU 
Release $ 159 


C-193 4 p7 tu 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50*9 


C.7K) 


The first two booklets listed above have been 
supplied to each center for the use of the Wel¬ 
fare Section. A copy of the Army Regulations 
can be procured from nearly any military post, 
probably from the office of the military police 
attached to the center. 


Information 
on Military 
Service 


.8 Persons of Japanese ancestry living in the United 
States are subject to all provisions of the Selec¬ 
tive Service and Training Act of 19U0, as amended. 
The Project Directors and the Relocation Officers 
should, at appropriate times, bring the following 
information to the attention of the evacuees. 


Requirements 
of Registra¬ 
tion and Re¬ 
porting Change 
of Address 


Place of 
Residence 


Reporting for 
Induction 


A. Evacuees are required to register with the ap¬ 
propriate selective service local board under 
precisely the same conditions as other persons 
subject to the Selective Service and Training 
Act. 

After registration, they are required to keep 
the board informed of all changes of address. 
Young men approaching their 18th birthday should 
he informed of their duty to register upon be¬ 
coming 18 years of age. Male evacuees of mil¬ 
itary age should be reminded, when indefinite 
leave is issued to them, of their duty to ad¬ 
vise their local boards of their change of ad¬ 
dress and of all future changes of address. 

Failure by a person subject to the Selective 
Service and Training Act to register or to keep 
his local board informed of changes of address 
is a violation of the Act and the regulations 
issued pursuant thereto. 

B. Evacuees living in WRA centers at the time they 
register under the Selective Service and Train¬ 
ing Act should give the center as their "Place 
of residence 11 on Line 2 of the registration 
card. 

C. Failure to report for induction when called and 
efforts to oursuade others not to report for 
induction are violations of Federal statutes. 


C-1 934 p8 bu 


12/27 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/lh/hh 
Release # 159 



Information Useful to Evacuees 5>0,9 


WRA Manual 


(.8C) 

The Project Directors and Relocation Officers 
will report all cases involving violations of 
the Selective Service and Training Act which 
come to their attention to the appropriate 
authorities, and will cooperate with those au¬ 
thorities thereafter in investigating and pro¬ 
secuting the cases, 

D. Japanese-American soldiers in uniform may go 
into the evacuated area without escort when on 
active duty, leave or furlough, subject to the 
permission of their Commanding Officers, 

E. Japanese-Americans may volunteer for service in 
the armed forces. Female evacuees may volun¬ 
teer for service in the WAC or the U,S. Cadet 
Nurses Corps, 

F. Evacuees absent fran a center on indefinite 
leave or seasonal leave who have been accepted 
for service with the armed forces upon pre-in¬ 
duction physical examination under the recent¬ 
ly revised selective service regulations, or 
who have been inducted and assigned to the En¬ 
listed Reserve, may return to the relocation 
centers, pending call to report for active duty. 
Those who have passed pre-induction physical 
examinations and wish to be visitors will be 
required to pay for food and lodging during the 
period of such residence. It will not be the 
policy of the War Relocation Authority to re¬ 
quire them to be visitors. If they wish to be 
residents, they are to be re-inducted, into 

the center. 

Those who have been inducted into the armed 
forces and assigned to the Enlisted Reserve 
Corps will be considered non-paying visitors. 

If any such person applies to a Relocation Of¬ 
ficer for return to a relocation center, upon 
production of his certificate of fitness in¬ 
dicating that he has been accepted for service 
in the armed forces, or upon production of 
evidence indicating that he has been accepted 
by the Amy and assigned to the Enlisted Re- 


Soldiers in 
Evacuated 
Area 


Volunteers 


Return 

to 

Centers 


12/27M 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/lU/Uh 
Release #159 


C- 1934 p9 bu 






WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 


(.8F) 

serve, he shall be certified by the Relocation 
Officer for return to a relocation center. If 
he returns to a relocation center ■without first 
obtaining such certification, the Project Direc¬ 
tor shall, nevertheless, admit him as a resident 
upon production of such a certificate of fitness 
or evidence of having been accepted and assigned 
to the Enlisted Reserve. A recommendation need 
not thereafter be obtained frcm the Relocation 
Officer under Section 60.3#18-B or Section 
60.U.21-B of the heave Handbook. Upon admission 
to the center, the evacuee shall be required to 
surrender his leave card in accordance with Sec¬ 
tion 60.3.18-C or Section 60.U.21-C of the Leave 
Handbo ok. 

G. The War Relocation Authority will not generally 
approve the induction or reinduction to reloca¬ 
tion centers of discharged servicemen of Japan¬ 
ese descent, unless in the Project Director’s 
opinion it is not practical to work out a sat¬ 
isfactory plan outside the center. In this case 
the Project Director may, in his discretion, re¬ 
induct or induct discharged servicemen. We want 
to encourage these servicemen to continue to ex¬ 
ercise their full rights and duties as American 
citizens in normal American communities. 


Induction 

of 

Reinduotion 
of Medioally 
Discharged 
Servicemen 


Sufficient facilities are available in communities 
to assist the veteran in his economic and medical 
rehabilitation. The Veterans Administration and 
government organizations cooperating with this 
agency, (notably the USES) are fully equipped to 
handle his problems. Additional assistance, 
where necessary, can be given by the Relocation 
Offices of WRA and by their cooperating committees 
and already existing local welfare and health or¬ 
ganizations. In situations where the reuniting 
of the serviceman with his family is desirable, 
the WRA is ready to assist the family in reloca¬ 
ting to the city where the serviceman chooses 
to reside. 


If the serviceman needs an opportunity to be with 
his family at the center in order to develop re¬ 
location plans, he will be granted a visitors' 


C-1934 plO ton 


12/27/U* 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/9/4U 
Release # 159 




IrVRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 


(.60) 

permit for one month and will not be required 
to nay for food and lodging during this resi¬ 
dence at the center. During this period the 
assistance of the Relocation Division, Welfare 
Section and Hospital, through the medical so¬ 
cial worker, will be extended to help in re¬ 
location planning. 

Even though the family may not be prepared to 
leave at the tine the serviceman visit to the 
center terminates, he should be advised to pro¬ 
ceed to the canmimity of his choice which has 
been worked out on the basis of a "Community 
Invitation ^lan" or "Advance Anproval Plan", 

H. Dependents of men in the armedvforces who are 
on indefinite leave and who are unable to make 
an adjustment outside a center, may be inducted 
into a center on the same basis as other persons 
who have been granted indefinite leave. (See 
Handbook Section 60,U,21). It will be the po¬ 
licy of the WRA, however, to encourage them to 
continue to live outside a center. 

’.Then they apply to the Relocation Officers for 
permission to return to relocation centers, the 
Relocation Officers will inform them of the bene¬ 
fits available to them by virtue of their status 
as dependents of men in the armed forces, (see 
Section 50,9.7), and will inform them of the 
WRA and Social Security .Board assistance avail¬ 
able to persons on indefinite leave (see Hand¬ 
book Section 60,13 and Administrative Notice 
No. U3). 

T. The policy of the War Relocation Authority is 
to CQoperate fully 'with the Selective Service 
System in the application of selective service 
orocedures to Nisei evacuees for induction into 
the Armed Forces of the United States. Respon¬ 
sible WRA officials at the relocation centers 
and in the field will assist in expediting, in 
all oracticable ways, the prompt report 1 ng of 
acceptable registrants for pre-induction phy¬ 
sical examinations and inductions. Movements 


12/27 M 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/9/44 
Release jf 159 


Residence 

of 

Dependents 


WRA 

Assi stance 
in Induction 

of 

Evaouees 


C-1934 pll bu 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50*9 


Deferment 

of 

Svaouces 


(. 81 ) 

by registrants from relocation centers to outside 
communities, between outside communities, or back 
to the relocation centers should be discouraged, 
ordinarily, when the registrants are expecting 
early calls for examinations or inductions in the 
communities from which they are planning to depart# 

J. No action designed to influence induction of an 
evacuee will be taken by any WRA office or member 
of the WRA staff; nor, on the other hand, will any 
action designed to influence deferment be taken, 
except as evidence appears that severe personal 
hardship, or serious impairment to the work pro¬ 
gram of an essential war industry would result 
from the induction, and that the request for defer¬ 
ment merits more thorough and equitable considera¬ 
tion than it has received. Deferment cases refer¬ 
red by evacuees or employers to representatives of 
the WRA for advice and assistance should be handled 
locally, if possible, with the counsel and coopera¬ 
tion of Selective Service officials in the communit¬ 
ies and states where they arise. 

All relations with National Selective Service will 
be handled through the Washington WRA office, which 
will assist the relocation centers and relocation 
offices in obtaining interpretations of Selective 
Service policy with regard to special problems of 
inter-agency relationships not amenable to local 
solution. Deferraent cases may also be referred to 
the Washington office when efforts to resolve them 
locally are unsucessful, and when the relocation 
officers or other responsible members of the 'WRA 
staff consider them sufficiently deserving to war¬ 
rant further attention. 

In submitting a deferment case for review by the 
Washington office, full information should be giv¬ 
en on all matters pertaining to it. This informa¬ 
tion should include: (1) name, age, address, and 
order number of the applicant, (2) number, relation¬ 
ships, and place of residence of dependents, if any, 
(3) relocation center where applicant formerly re¬ 
sided, (U) address and number of local Selective Ser¬ 
vice bear'd with which he is registered, (5) descrip¬ 
tion of employment, (6) date when employment began, 


C-1934 p12 bu 


12/27/W* 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/7/UU 
Release # 159 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful To Evacuees i?0.9 


(.8J) 

(7) name and address of employer, or, if the appli¬ 
cant is self-employed, a complete description of 
his enterprise* Full details should also be given 
regarding the basis for the deferment request, in¬ 
cluding a report on what has been done by the ap¬ 
plicant, himself, tc obtain a deferment through 
regular Selective Service channels. No action will 
be taken by the Washington office on any case which 
has not been fully presented and appealed in accord¬ 
ance with Selective Service regulations. If the ap¬ 
plication has been considered by a local U.S.D.A. 

War Board, or any other Goyernment agency properly 
interested in it, the statement of the agency should 
accompany the other information. 

K. Selective Service registrants who have been induct¬ 
ed into the Enlisted Reserve Corps are under the 
jurisdiction of the Aniy. A member of the Enlisted 
Reserve Corps who moves away from the place where 
he resided at the time of his induction must prompt¬ 
ly report his change of address to the Commanding 
General of the Amy Service Command in the area where 
he was inducted, and similar notifications must be 
given for all subsequent changes of address within 
the jurisdiction of the same Service Command. If 
he moves to the jurisdiction of another Service Com¬ 
mand, this Service Command must be promptly notified 
if he moves again* Failure to give prompt notifica¬ 
tion to the Service Command of proper jurisdiction 
may lead to serious charges* 

•9 A. Regulations of the Department of Justice require that 
all Japanese nationals must receive advance permission 
from the appropriate United States Attorney to travel 
from their place of residence. There are only two 
exceptions to this requirement: 

(1) In the case of an alien departing from a center 
on leave granted by the War Relocation Authority, 
no travel permission need be obtained from the 
United States Attorney for the judicial district 
in which the center is located (See Handbook 
60.2.6A, 60.3.9 and 60.ti.ll.) 

(2) In the case of an alien obtaining short-term 
leave for the purpose of investigating relocation 


12/27AI4 . .., 

Supersedes Issuance of 1P/7/UU 
Release if 159 


c 


Changes of 
Address 
ERC 

Members 


Requirement 

of 

Advance 
Permission 
to Travel 


1934 p!3 bu 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees £0.9 


Information 

on 

Change of 
Address 


Notification 

to 

Evacuee s 


C -1 934 pl4 *>u 


(.9A-2) 

opportunities and then returning to the center, 
nhere more than one destination is involved, no 
travel permission need be obtained from the ap¬ 
propriate United States Attorney to travel from 
one destination to another or back to the cen¬ 
ter if the alien*s approved itinerary is adher- 
red So (See Handbook 60.2.6B). 

In all other cases — including travel from the des¬ 
tination specified in the leave erither to another des¬ 
tination or back to a center, and regardless of the 
type of leave issued, whether short-term, seasonal, or 
indefinite — advance travel permission must be secured 
from the United States Attorney for the judicial dis¬ 
trict in which the alien is located, 

B. In addition to obtaining advance travel permission to 
move to a new address, aliens are required to inform 
the Alien Registration Division, Immigration and Na¬ 
turalization Service, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and 
the field office of the Federal Bureau of Investiga¬ 
tion mentioned in the alien’s certificate of identi- 
cation of the new address within five days after ar¬ 
rival , Tne Alien Registration bivision has its own 
form for reporting change of address of aliens. It 

is kncwn as "Address Record Card—Alien Regis tration**. 
Form AR-11 (Revised), and is obtainable at any Post 
Office, A common post card is used in notifying the 
Federal Bureau of Investigation. Aliens are likewise 
required to notify these offices of any change of em¬ 
ployment (Handbook 60.3*9, 60.U.9A-U, 60.U.11). For 
reporting change of address as a result of the evacua¬ 
tion, See Manual 80.2.3* 

C. The importance of compliance with the requirements set 
forth in paragraphs A and B above shall be emphasized 
to alien evacuees at all appropriate times. The re¬ 
quirements and the importance of compliance by aliens 
on leave shall be explained to the Center Relocation 
Planning Commission, the Community Council, and other 
center evacuee organizations interested in relocation 
with a request for their cooperation in advising the 
evacuees. When alien evacuees depart from a center 

on leave they shall, in addition to oral instructions, 
be given.written instructions in English and Japanese, 
making the Department of Justice requirements clear. 


12/27/bb 

Supersedes Iss 
Release f 159 


u&nce of 7/20/UL 


final 







WRA Mpnual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50^9 


.10 The Migratory Bird Treaty Act (16 U. S. C. 
703-711) makes it unlawful to hunt, capture, 
kill, sell, buy or transport any migratory 
bird protected by the migratory bird trea¬ 
ties with Great Britain and Mexico, or to 
attempt to do so. A violation of this pro¬ 
vision is a misdemeanor punishable by fine 
(up to $500) or imprisonment (up to six 
months) or Doth. 

This law is applicable to evacuees in relo¬ 
cation centers. 

A list of the migratory birds protected by 
the migratory bird treaties is attached. 


Migratory- 

Bird 

Treaties 




7/28/44 


C-1004 Pi *f 8 bu-««a-*p 



BIRDS PRO TEC BCD BY MIGRATORY BIRD TREATIES 


Loons: Ducks: 


Cournon loon and subsp 
Yellow-billed loon 
Pacific loon and subsp 
Red-throated loon 

Grebe 3: 

Holboell grebe 
Homed grebe 
Eared grebe 
Western grebe 
Pied-billed grebe 

Petrels and Shearwaters: 

Slender-billed shearwater 
Black-Dented shearwater 
Greater shearwater 
Cory shearwater 
Atlantio fulmar and subsp 
Rodgers fulmar 
Fork-tailed petrel 
Leach petrel and subsp 
Kaeding petrel 

Wilson petrel 
Sooty shearwater 

Herons: 

Great blue heron and subsp 

Amerioan egret 

Snowy egret and subsp 

Little blue heron 

Green heron and subsp 

Blaob-orowned nightheren 

Amerloan bittern 

Eastern least bittern and subsp 

Cory least bittern 

Geese and 9wans: 

Whistling swan 
Trumpeter swan 
Canada goose and subsp 
American brant 
Blaok brant 
Bamaole goose 
Emperor goose 

White—fronted goose and subsp 
Snow goose and subsp 
Blue goose 
Ross goose 


Blaok-bellied tree duck 
Fulvous tree duck and subsp 
Mallard and subsp 
New Mexican duck and subsp 
Black duck and subsp 
Florida duck and subsp 
Gadwall 

European widgeon 
Baldpate 

American pintail and subsp 
European teal 
Green-Twinged teal 
Blue-winged teal 
Cinnamon teal 
Shoveler 
Wood duck 
Redhead 

Ring-necked duoK 

Canvasback 

Greater scaup duok 

Lesser scaup duok 

American goldeneye and subsp 

Barrow goldeneye 

Buffehead 

Oldsqusw 

Harlequin duck and subsp 
Labrador duok 
Steller eider 
Northern elder and subsp 
American eider and subsp 
Pacific eider 
King eider 
White-winged scoter 
Surf sooter 
American sooter 
Ruddy duok 
Masked duok 
Hooded merganser 
Amerio&n merganser 
Red—breasted merganser 

Cranes: 

Whooping orano 
Little brown crane 
Sandhill crane and subsp 

Rails and Gallinulesi 

King rail 

Virginia rail and subsp 


7/28/44 






Rails and Gallinales — Continued 


Sora 

Yellow rail 
Black rail and subsp 
Farallon rail 
Corn orake 
Purple gallirrule 
Florida gallinule 
American coot 

Shorebirda: 

Black oystercatoher 
Lapwing 

Piping plover and subsp 
Western snowy plover and subsp 
Semipalxoated plover 
Wilson plover and subsp 
Mountain plover 
Killdeer 

Goldern plover and subsp 
Black-bellied plover and subsp 
Surfbird 

Turnstone and subsp 

Black turnstone 

American woodcock 

European woodoook 

Wilson snipe and subsp 

Long-billed curlew and subsp 

Hudson!an curlew 

Eskimo curlew 

Upland plover 

Spotted sandpiper 

Solitary sandpiper and subsp 

Wandering tattler 

Willet and subsp 

Greater yellowlegs 

Lesser yellowlegs 

Knot 

Purple sandpiper 
Sharp-tailed sandpiper 
Peotoral sandpiper 
Whitednrumped sandpiper 
Baird sandpiper 
Least sandpiper 
Curlew sandpiper 
Dunlin and subsp 
Dowitoher and subsp 
Stilt sandpiper 
Setuipalmated sandpiper 
Western sandpiper 
Buff-breasted sandpiper 
Marbled godwit 
Hudson!an godwit 
Ruff 

Sanderling 

Avooet 


Jilsofc-neoked stilt 
Red phalarope 
Wilson pfealarope 
Northern phalarope 

Skuas and Jaegers: 

Pomarine jaeger 
Parasitic jaeger 
Long-tailed jaeger 
Northern skua 

Gulls: 

Glaucous gull and subsp 
Iceland gull 
Glaucous-winged gull 
Kumlien gull 
Great black-backed gull 
Western gull and subsp 
Herring gull and subsp 
Vega gull 
California gull 
Ring-billed gull 
Short-billed gull 
Franklin gull 
Bonaparte gull 
Hoermann gull 
Ivory gull 

Atlantic kittiwake and subsp 
Red-legged kittiwake 
Ross gull 
Sabine gull 

Terns: 

Forster tern 
Coionon tern 
Arotic tern 
Roseate tern 
Caspian tern 
Black tern 

Auks: 

Great auk 
Razor-billed auk 
Atlantic nmrre and subsp 
Bruxmich murre and subsp 
Dovekie 

Black guillemot and subsp 
Mandt guillemot 
Pigeon guillemot 
Marbled mnrrelet 
Ancient mnrrelet 
Casein auklet 


7/28/44 



Auk e — Continued 


Woodpeckers — Continued 


- 3 - 


Parakeet anklet 
Least auklet 
Rhinoceros auklet 
Atlantic puffin and subsp 
Homed puffin 
Tufted puffin 

Pigeons and Doves< 

Band-tailed pigeon and subsp 
Red-billed pigeon and subsp 
Mourning dove and subsp 
Passenger pigeon 
White-winged dove and subsp 
White-fronted dove and subsp 
Ground dove and subsp 

Cuckoos: 

Yellow-billed cuckoo and subgp 
Blade-billed cuckoo 

Goatsuckers : 

Chuokwillswidow 
Whippoorwill and subsp 
Poorwill and subsp 
Nighthank and subsp 
Texas nighthawk and subsp 

Swifts: 

Black swift 
Chimney swift 
Vsux swift 
White-throated swift 

Hunmingbirds: 

Luoifer hummingbird 
Ruby-thro at ed hummingbird 
Black-chinned hummingbird 
Costa hummingblrft 
Anna htarmingbird 

Broad-tailed hummingbird and subsp 
Rufous hummingbird 
Allen hummingbird and subsp 
Calliope h u mmingbird 
Rlvoli hummingbird 

Arls* blue-throated hummingbird and subsp 
Buff—bellied hummingbird and subsp 
White-eared hummingbird 
Broad-billed hummingbird and subsp 

Weodpeckers: 

Flicker and subsp 

Red—shafted flicker and subsp 

7/28/44 




Red-bellied woodpecker 

Red-headed woodpecker and subsp 

Lewis woodpecker 

Yellow-bellied sapsucker 

Red-breasted sapsucker and subsp 

Williamson sapsuoker and subsp 

Hairy woodpecker and subsp 

Downy woodpecker and subsp 

Arctic three—toed woodpecker and subsp 

American three—thed woodpecker ans subsp 

Flycatchers: 

Eastern kingbird and subsp 

Couch kingbird and subsp 

Arkansas kingbird 

Cassin kingbird 

Scissor—tailed flycatcher 

Sulphur—bellied flyoatoher and subsp 

Crested flycatcher and subsp 

Arizona crested flycatcher and subsp 

Ash-throated flycatcher and subsp 

Olivaceous flycatcher and subsp 

Eastern phoebe 

Black phoebe and subsp 

Say phoebe and subsp 

Yellow-bellied flyoatoher 

Acadian flycatcher a 

Alder flycatcher and subsp ! 

Least flycatcher 

Hammond flycatcher 

Wright flycatcher 

Gray flycatcher 

Western flycatcher and subsp 

Buff—breasted flycatcher and subsp 

Coues flyoatoher 

Eastern wood pewee 

Western wood pewee and subsp 

Olive-sided flycatcher and subsp 

Vermillion flycatcher and subsp 

Beardless flycatcher and subsp 

Larks: 

Homed lark and subsp 
. Swallows: 

Northern violet-green swallow 
Tree swallow 
Bank swallow 

Rough-winged swallow and subsp 
Barn swallow 
Cliff swallow and subsp 
Cuban cliff swallow and subsp 
Purple martin and subsp 
Gray-breasted martin 

I 


C-1B04 P4 bu 


i 












- 4 - 


Titmice: 

Blaob-oappod chickadee and subsp 
Hudson!an chickadee and subsp 
Bridled titmouse and subsp 

Nuthatches: 

White-breasted nuthatch and subsp 
Red-breasted nuthatch 

Creepers* 

Brcrwn oreaper and subsp 
Wrens: 

House wren and subsp 
Winter wren and subsp 
Aleutian wren and subsp 
Alaska wren and subsp 
Long-billed marsh wren and subsp 
Short-billed marsh wren 
Rook wren and subsp 

Mockingbirds and Thrashers: 

Eastern mockingbird and subsp 
Catbird 

Brown thrasher and subsp 

Sage thrasher 
Bendire thrasher 

Thrushes: 

American rebin and subsp 
Varied thrush and subsp 
Wood thrush 

Hermit thrush and subsp 
Russet-backed thrush and subsp 
Gray-checked thrus and subsp 
Veery and subsp 
Eastern bluebird and subsp 
Western bluebird and subsp 
Mountain bluebird 
Wheatoar and subsp 
Townsend solitaire 

Gnateatehere* 

* 

Blue-gray gnatoatcher and subsp 
Kinglets: 

- Golden-crowned kinglet and subsp 
Ruby-crowned kinglet and subsp 

Wagtailj and Pipits: 

American pipit and subsp 
Sprague pipit 

1 7/28/44 


Waxwings: 

Bohemian waxwing 
Cedar waxwing 

Phainopeplas: 

Phainopepla and subsp 

Shrikes: 

Northern shrike and subsp 
Loggerhead shrike and subsp 

Vireos: 

Black-capped vireo 
White-eyed vireo and subsp 
Hutton vireo and subsp 
Bell vireo and subsp 
Gray vireo 

Yellow-throated vireo 
Blue-headed vireo and subsp 
Red-eyed vireo 
Philadelphia vireo 
Warbling vireo and subsp 

Warblers: 

Black-end-white warbler 

Prothonotary warbler 

Swains on warbler 

Worm-eating warbler 

Golden-winged warbler 

Blue-winged warbler 

Tennessee warbler 

Orange-crowned warbler and subsp 

Nashville warbler and subsp 

Virginia warbler 

Colima warbler 

Lucy warbler 

Parole warbler and subsp 

Sennett warbler and subsp 

Olive warbler and subsp 

Yellow warbler and subsp 

Magnolia warbler 

Cape May warbler 

Black-throated blue warbler and subsp 

Myrtle warbler and subsp 

Audubon warbler and subsp 

Black-throated gray warbler and subsp 

Townsend warbler 

Golden-cheeked warbler 

Hermit warbler 

Cerulean warbler 

Blackburnian warbler 

Yello**-thro feted warbler and subsp 

Grace warbler and subsp 

Chestnut—sided warbler 

Blaok—throated green warbler and subsp 


C-1504 P5 bu 



5 


Warblers — Continued 


Bay-breasted -warbler 

Blaok-polled -warbler 

Pine -warbler and subsp 

Portland -warbler 

Prairie warbler and subsp 

Palm warbler and subsp 

Ovenbird and subsp 

Northora waterthrush and subsp 

Louisiana -waterthrush 

Kentucky warbler 

Connecticut warbler 

Mourning warbler 

Maogilli-TTay warbler 

Maryland yellow throat and subsp 

Rio Grande yellcwtliroat and subsp 

Yellow-breasted chat and subsp 

Red-faced warbler 

Hooded warbler 

Wilson warbler and subsp 

Canada warbler 

American redstart 

Fainted restart 

Meadowlarks, Orioles, and Blackbirds* 
Bobolink 

Eastern meadowlark subsp 

Western meadowlark subsp 

Yellowy-headed blackbird 

Eastern redwing and subsp 

Bicolor redwing 

Tricolor redwing 

Orchard oriole 

Sennett oriole and subsp 

Scott oriole 

Baltimore oriole 

Bullook oriole 

Brewer blackbird and subsp 

Boat-tailed graokle and subsp 

Eastern cowbird and subsp x 

Red-eyed cowbird and subsp 

Tanagers t 

Western tanager 
Scarlet tanager 
Hepatic tanager and subsp 
Sumner tanager and subsp 

Grosbeaks, Finches, Sparrows* Buntings 


Painted bunting and subsp 
Diokcissel 

Evening grosbeak and subsp 
Cassin purple finch 
Ecru8e finch and subsp 
Sharpe seedeater and subsp 
Pine grosbeak and subsp 
Northern pine siskin and subsp 
Eastern goldfinch and subsp 
Arkansas goldfinch and subsp 
Lawrence goldfinch 
Red crossbill and subsp 
Green-tailed towhee and subsp 
Arctic towhee and subsp 
Lark bunting 

Savannah sparrow and subsp 
Belding sparrow 
Large-billed sparrow and subsp 
Grasshopper sparrow and subsp 
Baird sparrow 
Leconte sparrow 
Vesper sparrow and subsp 
Lark yarrow and subsp 
Botteri sparrow and subsp 
Cassin sparrow 

Black-throated sparrow and subsp 
Northern sage sparrow and subsp 
Slate-colored junoo and subsp 
Oregon Junoo and subsp 
Fink-sided Junoo 
Gray-headed Junoo 
Rod-backed Junoo 
Arizona Junoo and subsp 
Chipping sparrow and subsp 
Clay-colored sparrow 

Brewer sparrow and subsp 

Field sparrow and subsp 

Black-chinned sparrow and subsp 

White-crowned sparrow and subsp 

Gambel sparrow 

Nuttall sparrow and subsp 

Golden-crowned sparrow 

White-throated sparrow 

Fox sparrow and subsp 

Lincoln sparrow and subsp 

Swamp sparrow 

Song sparrow and subsp 

MoCown long8pur 

Chestnut—cellard longspur 


Rose—breasted grosbeak Gannets* 

Black-headed grosbeak and subsp 

Blue grosbeak and subsp Gannet 

Indigo bunting 

Lazuli bunting 

Varied bunting and subsp 


7/28/44 




C-1004 P6 bu-fInal 





WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 50.9 


•11 The following statement (Exhibit I) outlines the 
services which Legal Aid Societies can provide to 
evacuees who lack financial means to employ a law¬ 
yer, It has been prepared by the Executive Commit¬ 
tee of the National Association of Legal Aid Or¬ 
ganizations, Exhibit II is a list of Legal Aid So¬ 
cieties with their addresses and secretaries. The 
National Association of Legal Aid Organizations is 
supplying each of its affiliates with a copy of this 
statement so that they will be informed in the event 
an evacuee is referred for legal assistance. There 
are also several non-member cooperating groups whose 
services would probably be available. However, these 
groups would be referred to us on given cases by one 
of the Societies in the attached list. 


Legal Aid 
Services to 
Evacuees 


A, Evacuees still residing in relocation centers 

who need legal services should be guided by pro¬ 
visions outlined in Section 50.U. However, Pro- In Centers 
ject Attorneys may refer a cast; involving an 
evacuee who does not have funds to employ an at¬ 
torney to one of the Legal Aid Societies (50.Li.10B). 


B, Relocated evacuees, as well as evacuees still re¬ 
siding in relocation centers, who are unable to Ovrfcsidc 

pay for the services of an attorney shall be ad- Cantors 

vised that they are eligible to receive legal 
aid as provided in this subsection, upon direct 
application to the appropriate Society, 


.12 A, The Federal Explosives Act, approved December 26, 
19Ul (50 U.S.C. 121 to 1U2), provides that, with 
certain exceptions not relevant here, no person 
shall distribute, sell, issue, give, or otherwise 
dispose of explosives, and no person shall possess 
purchase, accept, receive, acquire, or use explo¬ 
sives unless licensed by the Director of the Bur¬ 
eau of Mines. 


Poasdssion 
and Use 
of 

Explosives 


B. The regulations of the Bureau of Mines, issued 

under the authority of the Federal Explosives Act, 
provide that no person will be licensed to use or 
possess explosives if he is prohibited from using 
or possessing them by regulation or proclamation 
,of the War Department or other Federal agency. 

(Code of Fed, Reg., Title 32, ch. 3 , sec. 301.6(c).) 


2/28A5 
Release # 178 


C-211« PS bu 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful to Evacuees 3>0.9 


(.12B) 


Possession 
and Use 
of 

Explosives 

(CoirfcM.) 


The regulations also forbid a person who is licens¬ 
ed under the Act to permit any person under his su¬ 
pervision to use or possess explosives, if such use 
or possession is prohibited by the regulations of 
any Federal agency. These regulations apply to 
both citizens and aliens. 

C. Presidential Proclamation 2^25, and the regulations 
issued by the Department of Justice pursuant there¬ 
to, forbid the use or possession of explosives or 
ingredients thereof by aliens of Japanese national¬ 
ity anywhere within the United States, except upon 
specific authorization of a United States Attorney. 
Applications for permission to use or possess ex¬ 
plosives may be made by aliens of Japanese nation¬ 
ality to the United States Attorney of the area in 
which the use or possession would occur. 

Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33 prescribes a sim¬ 
ilar restriction applicable to all persons (citizens 
and aliens) who have been served with individual 
exclusion orders while within the area of the West¬ 
ern Defense Command. The order prescribes no pro¬ 
cedure for exceptions, although applications for ex¬ 
ceptions may be made to the Commanding General of 
the Western Defense Command. 

D. Alien evacuees, and all evacuees in the Western De¬ 
fense Command area who are subject to individual 
exclusion orders, are therefore prohibited from us¬ 
ing or possessing explosives, and their employers 
are prohibited from allowing them to use or possess 
explosives in connection with their work. Explo¬ 
sives Inspectors of the Bureau of Mines have report¬ 
ed, however, that in some instances evacuees have 
been employed for work involving the use of explo¬ 
sives in violation of the foregoing regulations. 

The Project Directors and Relocation Officers should 
be careful to call these prohibitions to the atten¬ 
tion of prospective employers of alien evacuees and 
evacuees subject to individual exclusion orders, 
and to the attention of such evacuees themselves 
when prospective employment involves the use of ex¬ 
plosives . 


2/28/U5 
Release # 178 


C-2116 PIO 




EXHIBIT I 


(50.9.11) 


LEGAL AID SERVICE AND 

fHE WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


Purpose and Nature 


It is the purpose of legal aid organizations 
to provide the services of a lawyer to any person who 
has a legal problem and is unable, far lack of means, to 
employ one. The service covers both advice and repre¬ 
sentation in court and generally covers all types of 
civil matters with a few varying exceptions dictated by 
local circumstances. Some of these organizations also 
handle criminal matters. 

The National Association of Legal Aid Organiza¬ 
tions is a voluntary association of about sixty of these 
organizations. Within the scope of its objectives, it 
will cooperate with the Viar Relocation Authority in meet¬ 
ing the need of Americans of Japanese ancestry far legal 
services and will encourage its member organizations to 
offer their services accordingly. 

Among the more common problems requiring legal 
aid are installment contracts, wage claims, landlord and 
tenant, recovery of personal property, small loans, 
family relations and workmen’s compensation. 

Attached is a list of our member Legal Aid 

Societies. 


12/28/1*5 

Release # 176 












(50.9.11) 

EXHIBIT II 

MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF IEGAL AID ORGANIZATIONS 


Legal Aid Foundation 
440 Cotton Exchange Bldg* 

106 Host Third St* 

Los Angeles, California 
Edwin F* Frank©, Esq* 

Legal Aid Sooiety of Alameda County 
406 — 12th Street 
Oakland, California 
Samuel H. Wagoner, Esq* 

Legal Aid Society 
1160 Phelan Bldg* 

San Francisco, California 
Alex Sherriffs, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau of the United 
Charities 

330 South Wells St* 

Chicago, 6, Illinois 
Mrs* Marguerite H* Gariepy 

Legal Aid Sooiety 
314 Fourteenth St* 

Denver, Colorado 
Paul F* 1Toy, Esq* 

Legal Aid Division 
Dept* of Public Charities 
Public Welfare Bldg* 

Brideport, Conneotiout 
Oscar A* H* Dannenberg, Esq* 

Municipal Legal Aid Bureau 
City Hall 

New Haven, Connectiovrt 
Max H* Sobwartz, Esq* 

Duval County Legal Aid Assn* I no* 
400 Consolidated Bldg* 

Jacksonville, Florida 
LI* G* Boyce, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau of the 
District of Columbia 
1400 L* St* N* W. 

Washington 5, D* C* 

Miss Beatrice A* Clephane 

Legal Aid Bureau, Ino* 

7 St* Paul St* 

Baltimore 2, Maryland 
Gerald Monsman, Esq* 

Legal Aid Society 
234 Union Street 
New Bedford, Massachusetts 
C* C* Connor, Esq* 


Legal Aid C or.rd.ttee of the Tampa & 
Hillsborough Co* B* A* 

315& Franklin St* 

Tanpa, Florida 
W* Marion Hendry, Churn* 

Atlanta Legal Aid Society 
216 Fulton County Court House 
Atlanta, Georgia 
Mrs* Frances C* Dwyer 

Legal Aid Society 
224 North Meridian St* 

Indianapolis, Indiana 
George W* Eggleston, Esq* 

Legal Aid Dept* of the Jewish Social 
Service Bureau 
130 North Wells St* 

Chicago 6, Illinois 
Mrs* Sarah B* Sohaar 

Legal Aid Bureau 
Municipal Bldg* 

Hartford 4, Conneotiout 
Alfred F* Kotohen, Esq* 

Legal Aid Dept*, Polk County 
Dept* of Sooial welfare 
701 Fifth Ave* 

Des Moines, Iowa 
Howard M* Hall, Esq* 

The Legal Aid Sooiety of Louisville 
312 Realty Bldg* 

Louisville, Kentucky 
Emnet R* Field, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau (Civil Div*) 

602 United Fruit Co* Bldg* 

New Orleans, La* 

Eugene Thorpe, Esq* 

Legal Aid ConrfLttee 
Dade County Barr Assn* 

52 West Flagler St* 

Miami, Florida 
Max R* Silver, Esq* 

The Boston Legal Aid Sooiety 
16A Ashburton Place 
Boston, Massachusetts 
Raynor M* Gardiner, Esq* 

Legal Aid Society- 
82 State St* 

Albany, New York 
Arthur J* Harvey, Esq* 


2/28/45 
Release & 178 


C-2116 PIS bu 






- 2 - 


The Legal Aid Sooiety of 
Springfield, Inc* 

145 State St* 

Springfield, Massachusetts 
Mi's* Gertrude D* Meaney 

Harvard Legal Aid Bureau, Inc* 

Kendall House, 1563 Massachusetts Ave * 
Cambridge, Massachusetts 
{Disoont'd* for the duration) 

Legal Aid Bureau of the Family 
Sorvice Assn. 

306 Association of Camneroe Bldg* 

Grand Rapids, Michigan 
Richard C* Annis, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau 
416 Prudential Bldg* 

3uffalo, N* Y* 

Elmer C* Miller, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau 
572 Hollister Bldg* 

Lansing, Michigan 
John 3rattin, Esq* 

The Legal Aid Society of 
Minneapolis, Inc* 

200 Citizens Aid Bldg* 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
Riohard H* Bachelder, Esq* 

Legal Aid Sooiety 
25 Exchange St* 

Rochester 4, New York 
Emery A* Brownell, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau 
Dept* of Publio Welfare 
353 Municipal Courts Bldg* 

St* Louis, Missouri 
Milton C* Lauenstein, Esq* 

Duke University Legal Aid Clinic 
Law Library 

Durham, North Carolina 
John S* Bradway, Esq* 

Legal Aid Society 
614 Fidelity Bldg* 

Cleveland 14, Ohio 
Claude E* Clarke, Esq* 

Legal Aid Clinic 
Ohio State University 
Columbus, Ohio 
Miss Margaret L* Daehler 

t 

Free Legal Aid Bureau 
>4unioipal Building 
Dallas, Texas 

Mrs* Mabel Spellman Barber 


Legal Aid Coranitteo 
Perth Amboy Barr Assn* 

280 Hobart St* 

Perth Amboy, Nerw Jersey 
Matthew F* Melko, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau 
51 West Warren Ave* 

Detroit 1, Michigan 
Anthoiy P* Marchese. Esq* 

Legal Aid Committee 
Suffolk County Barr Assn* 

45 West Main St* 

Bay Shore, N* Y* 

Julia L* Seider, Chmn* 

The Legal Aid Sooiety 
11 Park Plaoe 
New York 7, N* Y* 

Louis Fabricant. Esq* 

National Desertion Bureau 
71 West 47th St* 

New York, N. Y* 

Charles Zunzer, Esq* 

Legal Aid Dept*, of the Family 
Service of St* Paul 
Wilder Bldg. 

St* Paul 2, Minnesota 
Robert MoGuigan, Esq* 

Legal Aid Bureau 
City Hall 

Kansas City, Missouri 
Otto 0* Bowen, Esq* 

Legal Aid Committee 
Family Service Sooiety of Yorkers 
55 South Broadway 
Yonkers, New York 

Miss Julia V* Grandin, Gen*1* Seoy* 

Legal Aid Sooiety 
312 West Ninth St* 

Cincinnati, Ohio 
George H* Silverman, Esq* 

Legal Aid Sooiety 
100 North Main St* 

Providence, R* I* 

LeRoy G* Pilling, Esq* 

The Family Welfare Sooiety 
of Greater Greenville 
Greenville, South Carolina 
Mrs* H* Merrills Lewis 

Legal Aid Sooiety 
Beason Building 
Salt LakB City, Utah 
Benjamin Spence, Esq* 


2/28/45 
Release # 178 



WRA Manual 


Information Useful for Evacuees 50*9 


.13 The Selective Service Act provides that any person who 
is inducted into the land or naval forces under the 
Selective Service Act subsequent to May 1, 1940 and 
who, when so inducted, was an employee of the United 
States Government, or of a private employer, unless 
such employer’s circumstances have so changed as to 
make such restoration impossible or unreasonable, shall 
be 2 a estored to his position or to a position of like 
seniority, status and pay, provided: 

(1) He has left such position (other than a temporary 
one) to perform his training and service; and 

(2) He has received a certificate certifying to the 
satisfactory termination of his services; and 

(3) He is still qualified to perform the duties of 
such position; and 

(4) He makes application for reemployment within 40 
days after he is relieved from training or service. 


The Act aiso states that it is the sense of the Congress 
that the employee of any State or subdivision thereof 
should be restored to his position or to a position of 
like seniority, status and pay under the same condition*. 

Any person so restored to his position shall not lose 
his seniority and is entitled to participate in in¬ 
surance and other benefits as though he had been on 
furlough or leave of absence. An employer cannot with¬ 
out cause discharge an employee within one year after 
reemployment. 


Reemployment 
Benefits 
Under 
Selective 
Service Act 


An employee may bring an action against a non-oomplying 
employer in the District Court of the United States, 
which may require the employer to comply with the pro¬ 
visions of the law and to compensate the employee for 
any loss of wages or benefits suffered by reason of the 
employer’s failure to restore him to his former position. 

No fees or court costs will be taxed against the employee, 
and he may call upon the United States District Attorney 
to act as his attorney in the case. The United States 
District Attorney will represent him in the amicable ad¬ 
justment of the claim or in the filing of any motion, 
petition or other pleading and the prosecution thereof 
to specifically require such employer to restore the 
employee to his job, if the United States Attorney is 
reasonably satisfied that the employer is entitled thereto. 


4/3/45 

Release #184 

C-2t6t-p3-nobu-fInal 








' 












.. 







































JRA-Rationing 50.10 

•1 The War Relocation Authority is registered with the Of¬ 
fice of Price Administration, under General Ration Order 
No. 5, as an institutional user of rationed foods, is 
bound by all regulations governing such users, and is en¬ 
titled to rationed food allowances accorded such users. 
Administratively, however, the Authority has elected to 
place restrictions upon the consumption of rationed foods 
in Centers greater than those imposed by OPA on institu¬ 
tional users, and has adopted the policy of limiting the 
per capita consumption of such foods in Relocation Centers 
to the allowances established or recommended by the Office 
of Price Administration for individual civilian consumers. 
These allowances are somewhat lower than those for insti- 
tional users, and apply to both Evacuee and Administrative 
Messes. It is of utmost importance that the Chief Project 
Steward and his staff keep fully informed on OPA regula¬ 
tions and see that they are complied with. In this regard 
the Washington Office will transmit all available material 
to Centers as soon as it is issued. The Chief Project 
Steward shall be kept informed with all rationing proced¬ 
ure as issued by the OPA Office in Washington to institu¬ 
tional users. In order that evacuees may understand the 
rationing program and how it applies to their Center, the 
Chief Project Steward should arrange for posting copies of 
civilian rationing regulations in all kitchens and mess 
halls• 

.2 Food rationing authority, as well as authority to ration 
other commodities, was vested in the War Production Board 
by Executive Order No. 9024, January 16, 1942, and Execu¬ 
tive Order No. 9040, January 24, 1942. These rationing 
powers, as they affected particular commodities, were de¬ 
legated to the Office of Price Administration by War Pro¬ 
duction Board Directive No. 1 and succeeding supplement¬ 
ary directives, and these delegations were confirmed by 
Executive Order No. 9125, April 7, 1942. Subsequently, 
all priorities allocations control of food was vested in 
the Secretary of Agriculture by Executive Order No. 9280, 
December 5, 1942. However, the Secretary of Agriculture 
continued the War Production Board*s policy of delegating 
food rationing authority to the Office of Price Administra¬ 
tion by superseding WPB’s **food directives” and issuing new 
food directives authorizing food rationing by OPA. A change 
in food control administration, effected by Executive Order 
No. 9322, March 26, 1943, transferred the Secretary*s prior¬ 
ities allocations powers to the Administrator of the Food 
Production and Distribution Administration. Following are 
the effective dates of the several OPA Rationing Orders af¬ 
fecting foods: 


WRA 

Policy 


Legal Basie 
for 

Rationing 


12A0/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 33 


C-0798 P7 



WftiL as an 
Institutional 
T59&T 


s 

Registration 

and 

Allotment 

Procedures 


Base Period 


Point 

Factors 


TOA_Ra t i on ing,, 50 JO_ 

(* 2 ) . 

R.O. No. 3 - Sugar - April 20, 1942 

R.O. No. 13 - Processed Foods - March 1, 1943 

R.O. No. 16 - Meats, Fats, Fish, and Dairy Products - 

March 29, 1943 

•3 The War Relocation Authority*s participation in compulsory 
rationing of foods dates from its registration with the 
Office of Price Administration as an institutional user in 
March, 1943* Since registration with OPA the Authority 
has been subject to all regulations applicable to institu¬ 
tional users. The regulations define an institutional use 
as any use by a person of rationed food in the preparation 
of food for serving consumers. (An exception is made for 
households in which a limited number of boarders are serv¬ 
ed.) Institutional users are classified into three groups 

Group I — made up of those #10 pool ration books, 

as in boarding houses 

Group II — instiutions of involuntary confinement 
Group III — hotels, restaurants, etc. 

The War Relocation Authority has been classified as a 
Group II institutional user. 

.4 The registration and allotment procedures to be followed 
by WRA are as follows: 

A. Initial allotments of ration points or quotas to in¬ 
stitutional users were based on the number of persons 
(i.e., meals) served during December, 1942. Allot¬ 
ments for the July-August, 1943 period were based on 
April and May, 1943 meal counts. The base period for 
future allotments will be the most recent two months* 
period for which meal count figures are available. 

B. In computing initial allotments, the number of persons 
served during December, 1942 was multiplied by the 
following factors: 

(1) Processed Foods - 0.6 point per person served 

(2) Sugar - 0.03 pound per person served 

(3) Meat - 0.93 point per person served 

For initial allotment periods of two months the re¬ 
sults obtained above were multiplied by two. (The in¬ 
itial allotment for meat was for the period March 29, 
to April 30, 1943, thirty-three days; therefore the 
monthly quota was multiplied by 1.1). Effective with 
the allotments for the July-August period, the aggre¬ 
gate meal count for April and May, 1943 was multiplied 


12/10/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 33 







WRA Manual 


Rationing 50.10 


C.UB) 

by the factors referred to above. The factors refer¬ 
red to above are not to be used in the computation of 
allowable quotas Tor center consumption. Instead the 
current quotas for individual civilian users must be 
used as the maximum permissible per capita consumption. 


C. Institutional users were charged by OPA with the point 
or pound value of all inventories of foods rationed or 
to oe rationed which were on hand at specified dates. 
For processed foods and sugar, this date was February 
28, 19U3; for meats, March 28, 19h3. For the purpose 
of computing the point value of such inventories, the 
following figures were used* 

(1) Canned and bottled foods, dried peas and beans, 

11 points per pound. 

(2) Frozen foods - 13 points per pound. 

(3) Dried and dehydrated fruits, soups and soup mix¬ 
tures - 18 points per pound. 

(U) Meat, canned fish, cheese, butter, margarine, 
shortening and oils - 5 points per pound. 


These figures are not to be used in computing the point 
value of Center inventories or issues. Instead, the 
current point values as shown by OPA Official Tables of 
Point Values MOST BE USED (See 50.10.5). At the time 
of registration it was disclosed that excess inventor¬ 
ies of processed foods were on hand in most Center?, 
partly because rationing greatly reduced permissible 
consumption of processed foods. Liquidation of these 
excess inventories became necessary before OPA would 
authorize further purchases of rationed processed 
foods on the scale indicated by the Authority’s re¬ 
cords of meals served. First ration point certificates 
for processed foods were for 5Q£ of the indicated al¬ 
lotment. Further certificates for the purchase of ra¬ 
tioned processed foods will be requested from OPA only 
as they become necessary. The liquidation of excess 
invenuories is being accomplished principally byt 


(5) The normal processes of consumption 

(6) Transfers between Centers 

(?) The transfer of surpluses to Army establishments 
and other Government agencies. (OPA requires 
that in all such transfers, the receiving agency 
make prompt payment by ration check for the point 
or pound value of all rationed foods involved.) 
Checks should be made payable to the War Reloca- 
I tion Authority and should be forwarded prompt’ 

10/20/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/10/43 
Release # 130 


Opening 

Inventories 






WRA Manual 


Rationing 50.10 


(.4C-7) 

by centers to the Washington Office with a state¬ 
ment of foods covered by the transfer, in order 
that WRA may receive credit. 


* / 

Ration Point 
Allotments 


D. OPA makes allotments to institutional users for a two- 
month period. These allotments, based on meal counts 
as noted above, authorize the institutional user to 
consume specified quantities or point values during 
the allotment period. In the absence of excess inven¬ 
tories, the usei*>is given a certificate for the amount 
of each allotment to be deposited in its ration bank 
account. Where excess inventories exist, OPA will is¬ 
sue certificates authorizing purchases of additional 
rationed fbods only upon a showing by the use that 
such purchases are necessary to supplement existing 
inventories. Separate accounts are maintained for 
processed foods, sugar, and meat. Until excess in¬ 
ventories of processed foods are reduced, ration 
checks for processed foods will be issued to centers 
only upon a showing that purchases are necessary in 
order that balanced menus may be served. 


*5 

A. Centers shall limit their pBr capita consumption of 
rationed foods to current civilian quotas. At 
present these per capita quotas are as follows: 


Consumption 


Quotas 

and 

Feint Values 


1. Processed Foods - 10 points per week 

2. Meat, fats, fish, dairy products, and evaporated 

milk - one point per day 

3. Sugar - one-half pound per week 

B. These quotas are to be considered as maxima but ra¬ 
tion points not expended during previous periods may 
be accumulated and used during succeeding periods. 
These accumulations are possible during months when 
fresh fruits and vegetables are available. 


C. Any changes in quotas announced by the Office of 

Price Administration should be placed into effect by 
centers on the effective date specified by OPA. 


D. The Official Tables of Point Values issued by the 
OPA should be used to determine which foods are 
rationed and their current point value. 


10/20M 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/10/43 
Release # 130 





C-t774 PG bu 







WRA kanuftl 


Rationing 50.10 


(.5) 

E. Currently most changes in point values, as well as 

additions to and subtractions from the list of rationed 
foods, are announced early each month and incorporated 
in the revised Official Tables for that month. 

.6 Ration regulations affecting foodstuffs produced at WFA 

centers are as follows: 

A* Fruits and vegetables produoed by centers are not sub¬ 
ject to rationing as long as they are consumed without 
processing. Fruits and-vegetables canned by centers 
acquire a point value of 4 points per pound. Centers 
must submit to the Chief of Mess Operations, Washington, 
a monthly report on production of processed fruits and 
vegetables, indicating items, quantities, and point 
values. This report must reach Washington by the 8th 
of each month. Center processed foods should be in¬ 
cluded in subsistence inventories at the indicated 
point value, and should be designated in inventory 
reports as project-produced. 

B. At present milk, poultry, and eggs are not subject to 
rationing so long as they are consumed without process¬ 
ing. 

C. Rationed meats, lard, etc., produced by centers must 
be assigned point values in accordance with the OPA 
Official Table of Trade Point Values for meats. 

Centers must submit to the Chief of Mess Operations, 
Washington, a monthly report on home slaughtered, 
project-produced meats and fats and a monthly report 
on custom slaughtered, project-produced meats and 
fats, indicating items, quantities, and point values 
on each report. These reports must reach Washington 
by the 8th of each month. Project-produced meats 

and fats should be included in subsistence inventories 
at current point value, and should be designated in 
inventory reports as project-produced. In requesting 
allotments of meat points, centers should deduct the 
estimated point value of home slaughtered , project- 
produced meat for the allotment period. 


10/20 M . 

Supersedes Issuanoe of 12/10/43 
Release # 130 


Foodstuffs 

Produced 

at 

Centers 


01774 P7 










Rationing 50 »1Q 


Y/RA 


•9 Rationed foods will be supplied to the hospital or 
nharmacy for use in special diets upon written certi¬ 
fication signed by the Chief Medical Officer, speci¬ 
fying the purpose to which such foods are to be put. 
Such issues will not be charged against ration quotas. 
Centers wi 11 be reimbursed for the point or pound 
value of such issues upon request to the Washington 
Office, supported ty the certification mentioned above. 
This procedure does not apply to ordinary issues to 
the hospital mess, -which must be provided out of th3 
consumption allowance for the Center. (See 50.6.6). 


Rationed Food 
for 

Hospital 








12/10/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 33 


C-079 5 P13 nobu-final 















<* 1 



















■ ■ . 

. 






































































































































WRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50.11 


•1 In accordance with WRA Manual Section 150.1.2B, an 
eligible citizen evacuee desiring to leave a relo¬ 
cation area for a temporary period of more than 2U 
hours to attend to affairs requiring his presence 
outside the area, such as the serious illness or 
death of a relative, or for purposes such as invest¬ 
igation of a permanent relocation opportunity, in¬ 
terview with a prospective employer, or to look for 
permanent employment with privilege of return, may¬ 
be issued a short-term pass. Form WRA-133 Rev*, for 
the time necessaiy to accomplish the purpose stated, 
but in no event for more than 30 days, except in 
special cases indicated in 50.11.10 following. Ap¬ 
plication shall be made on Form WRA-128 Rev. 

.2 An eligible alien may also be issued a short-term 
pass under the same conditions and for the same pur¬ 
poses set forth in section .1 hereof, except that 
the provisions of 50.11.6 governing notification to 
U.S. Attorneys and 50.11.7 requiring advance appro¬ 
val from the Department of Justice in the case of 
parolees and deportees shall be foil cared. 

•3 A. A short-term pass to a destination in any area 
from which the applicant is excluded by mili¬ 
tary order shall not be granted under any cir¬ 
cumstances unless he has received a permit for 
the proposed trip from the Western Defense Com¬ 
mand. 

B. Any person designated by the War Department to 
be ineligible for relocation shall be ineligi¬ 
ble to receive a short-term pass without the 
approval of the War Department. 

•U A. A short-term pass shall not be issued for pur¬ 
poses of seeking or accepting temporary or sea¬ 
sonal employment. 

B. Departures from the center for periods of 2k 
hours or less shall be governed by Manual Sec¬ 
tions 50.1.22 and 50.1.2U* 

C. No evacuee shall be eligible for more than three 
short-term passes exceeding 5 days except under 
one of the following conditions* 


2/11/16 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/27/U5 
Release § 172 


( 


Purpose 


Issuance 

to 

Aliens 


Issuanoe 

to 

Eaoludoes 


Issuance 

to 

Detainees 


Conditions 

of 

Issuaxoe 


C-2082 PS b* 




WRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50.11 


Information 

on 

Pass 


(.14C) 

(1) Where the evacuee*s presence is required out¬ 
side the center due to serious illness or death 
of a family member. 

(2) For & trip to investigate a group relocation op¬ 
portunity in accordance with the conditions set 
forth in Handbook Section 130.1*8.11# 

(3) Where, in the opinion of the Relocation Program 
Officer, the evacuee*s absence is essential to 
the investigation of permanent relocation oppor¬ 
tunities far himself or his family, or to make 
advance arrangements for the relocation of his 
family, and such investigation or arrangements 
are in accordance with a relocation plan -which 
he has discussed in detail with the Relocation 
Program Officer. 

/ 

A short-term pass should not be granted under 
sub—paragraphs (1), (2), or (3) immediately ab¬ 
ove to an applicant under 21 years of age ex¬ 
cept (1) to accompany an older member of the im¬ 
mediate family, or (2) where he is married and 
the head of a family, or (3) in the case of emer¬ 
gencies involving members of the immediate fam¬ 
ily or business matters requiring the applicant’s 
personal attention, or (U) where the leave is for 
the purpose of investigating relocation opportun¬ 
ities and the Relocation Program Officer and the 
Project Director believe that the applicant is a 
mature and responsible individual, or (5) where 
he has been accepted after physical examination 
for service in the armed forces. 

D. For each person departing from a center on a shore- 
term pass and for each person entering from a short¬ 
term pass or short-term leave. Form WRA-338 or WRA- 
339 shall be prepared as outlined in Manual 50.1.18. 
Departure and Admission Advices, WRA-178 and WRA-177 
shall also be prepared in accordance with Handbook 
Section 50.8.30 and D. 

♦5 Every short-term pass, WRA-133 Rev., issued under this 
Section 50.11 shall contain the following information* 

Name of center, name of evacuee, citizenship, alien re- 

2A7/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/27A£ 

Release # 172 


C— 208 2 P4 bu 




flRA-133 Rev. 


WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


(MlUt 50.11*1) 



SHORT-TERM PASS 

Center 


Name_ ____ Date of Issuance 

Center Address _ Date of Authorized Departure 

Expiration Date' 

Citizen /~~~7 Alien f~ / Alien Registration No. __Re¬ 

purpose for which pass issued: 


Itinerary (destinations and estimated stop-over at each destination): 


Mode of trave l Route of travel 

* 

* /Applicable to aliens7 The travel set forth above has been permitted by the Depart¬ 
ment of Justice. Any travel thereafter or deviation in itinerary, except return to 
the center, may take place only with the permission of the United States Attorney 
for the judicial district in which the alien is located. 





Project Director 

(Reverse Side) 


Notice to Holder 

If you do not return to the center by the expiration date noted 
on this pass, or if you accept employment, you will not be re¬ 
admitted to the center unless you qualify as a visiter. If you 
decide not to return to the center and wish relocation assistance 
you must apply to the nearest Relocation Officer for such assist¬ 
ance before the expiration date of this pass, and before or at 
the time you accept employment. 



» „ 

1/27A5 

Release # 167 


C-2022 P 5 nobu 






















< 



IRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50.11 


C.5) 


giatration number if an alien, date of issue, date of 
expiration (not more than 30 days after departure), 
itinerary of evacuee, and purpose of the trip in de¬ 
tail# Mode of travel and routes to be traveled s^all 
be accurately specified. 


•6 A. Where a short-term pass Is issued to an alien ex¬ 
cept as provided in paragraph B below, the Project 
Director shall notify the United States Attorney 
of the Judicial District in which the alien* s des¬ 
tination is located concerning the name, descrip¬ 
tion, last residence, destination and date of de¬ 
parture from the relocation center of such alien. 
Fora WRA-178 may be used for this purpose. The 
Department of Justice has indicated by letter that 
this notice will make it unnecessary for the alien 
to supply a change of address notice to the United 
States Attorney for the district in which the re¬ 
location center is located, which would otherwise 
be required by Department of Justice regulations 
controlling the conduct of enemy aliens. (7 Fed. 
Reg. 8UU*) The Project Director shall inform the 
alien, in accordance with the Department of Jus¬ 
tice regulations, that any subsequent travel, ex¬ 
cept for return to the center , may take place only 
with the permission of the (jnited States Attorney 
for the district in which the alien's destination 
Is located. 


Notice to 
United States 
Attorney 
of Departure of 
Alien 


B. (1) Where a short-term pass is issued to an alien 
for the purpose of investigating relocation 
opportunities and there is more than one des¬ 
tination, the Project Director shall notify 
the United States Attorney for each Judicial 
District in which .the alien plans to stop 
over of the alien's name, description, last 
residence, date of departure from the Relo¬ 
cation Center, and the alien's itinerary, 
including the names of the cities where stop- 
osrers are to be made, the approximate length 
of time to be spent in each such city, and 
the date by which the alien will return to 
the center. The Department of Justice has 
indicated that this notice will make it un¬ 
necessary for the alien to supply a change 


1/27A5 

Release # 167 


c- 2 oaa P7 







WRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50,11 


(.6B-1) 

of address card to the United States Attorney 
for the district in -which the relocation cen¬ 
ter is located, and will also make it unneces¬ 
sary for the alien to obtain a travel permit, 
either for continuance of travel or for return 
to the relocation center, from the Unites States 
Attorney for any Judicial District in which a 
stop-over is to be made, so long as the alien 
follows the schedule set Torth in~"Die Itinerary , 

(2) The alien shall be furnished with the names ana 
addresses of all United States Attorneys in whose 
districts a stop-over ia contemplated by the it¬ 
inerary, It is highly important that the alien 
be specifically instructed that in the eveut he 
departs in any respects frcm the itinerary, whe¬ 
ther to accept a relocation opportunity or far 
any other reason: 

(a) He must imnediately notify the United 
States Attorney for the District in which 
he is located and shall thereafter not un¬ 
dertake any subsequent travel, except to 
return to the center, without prior permis¬ 
sion of the United States Attorney, 

(b) He must also immediately notify, by tele¬ 
graph, the Project Director of his change 
in itinerary and his reasons thereof. The 
Project Director shall thereupon notify by 
telegraph any other United States Attorneys, 
through whose District a stop-over was in¬ 
dicated on the itinerary, of the change. 


Paroled Aliena 
and 

Deportees 


•7 "When the Project Director is ready to issue a short-term 
pass to a paroled alien or to a person released under 
bond or on his own recognizance pending deportation, he 
shall follow the procedure specified in Section 60,U,12 
of the Handbook, except where a short-term pass of not 
more than 10 days to a paroled alien is to be issued. 

In the latter case, the Project Director shall, at the 
time of issuance of the leave, transmit in writing to 
the District Director of the Immigration and Naturaliza¬ 
tion Service within whose district the center is located 
the name of the parolee, the length of time of the leave 


1/27A5 „ 

Release if 167 


C-2022 P8 bu 














WRA Manual 


Short-term Paasea £0.11 


L 

C.7) 


approved and date of departure; upon return to the pa¬ 
roled alien to the center, the District Director shall 
promptly be informed in writing of the date of the 
alien*s return. The District Director shall also be 
promptly notified of any failure of the paroled alien 
to return to the center within 10 days after departure. 

•8 A* Any person leaving a center on a short-term pass or 
who is absent from the center on short-term leave 
issued under former procedures who does not return 
to the center by the expiration date of the pass or 
leave (which will in no case be more than 30 days 
from the date of departure unless extended as pro¬ 
vided in Section 50.11.9B), or who accepts employ¬ 
ment during his absence from the center, shall not 
be eligible to return to the center except as a vi¬ 
sitor under the conditions specified in Manual Sec¬ 
tion 150.1.10. The Relocation Officer shall notify 
the Project Director of every case coning to his 
attention of acceptance of employment prior to ex¬ 
piration of the short-term pass. 

B. Any person leaving a center on a short-terra pass or 
who is absent from the center on a short-term leave 
issued under former procedures who decides to relo¬ 
cate without returning to the center may secure re¬ 
location assistance on the same basis as a center 
resident, subject to the limitations set forth in 
Handbook 130.1*8, if he applies for such assistance 
before the expiration date of his short-term pass 
or leave and before or at the time he accepts em¬ 
ployment. This may include reimbursement for travel 
to his present location if that is where he intends 
to settle. No relocation assistance of any kind 
shall be given such person unless he applies for 
such assistance before the expiration date of his 
short-term pass or before or at the time he accepts 
employment • 

The application for relocation assistance must be 
made to the Relocation Officer in the field and not 
to the center. Upon approval of the requests for 
relocation assistance, the evacuee shall be ineli¬ 
gible for reinduction to the center and for further 
relocation assistance. 


Failure 

to 

Return 


Relocation 

Assistance 


1/27A5 

Ftelease # 167 




C-3022 P0 bu 














WRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50.11 


i 


Information of 
Condition of Pass 


Short-terra pass 
for 

Relocation 

Planning 

t' 


Extension 

for 

Ralooation 

Planning 


(. 8 ) 

C. Each applicant for a short-term pass shall be in¬ 
formed of the conditions set forth in subparagraphs 
A and B above when the pass is issued. 

•9 A. Whenever a short-term pass is issued to an evacuee 
for any purpose connected with his relocation plan¬ 
ning, the Relocation Program Officer shall forward 
to each Relocation Officer in whose district the 
evacuee plans to stop a copy of the short-term pass, 
stating the purpose of the pass, and a copy of the 
itinerary. The Relocation Officer shall advise the 
evacuee prior to his departure to get in touch with 
the Relocation Officer if it is feasible for him to 
do so, and shall inform the evacuee of the assist¬ 
ance and information that the Relocation Officer can 
give him concerning local conditions affecting re¬ 
location in the district, as well as employment, 
favorable or unfavorable business and farming oppor¬ 
tunities, and arrangements with local agencies to 
assist in the resettlement problems of evacuees. 

B. If an evacuee who is outside a center on short-term 
pass finds that it is necessary to the final com¬ 
pletion of his relocation plans to have additional 
time in which to complete arrangements essential to 
the plan or, if he has applied far relocation as¬ 
sistance, to receive word from the center of the ap¬ 
proval or disapproval of the application, he may 
apply to the nearest Relocation Officer for an ex¬ 
tension of his short-term pass. If the Relocation 
Officer upon investigation determines that the re¬ 
quest is reasonable and that the arrangements can¬ 
not be completed within the original period of the 
pass, he may extend the pass for the necessary time 
which in no case shall exceed 30 days beyond the 
original expiration date of the short-term pass. 

When a Relocation Officer extends a short-term pass, 
he shall make an appropriate notation on the face 
of the evacuee* s pass, including the date of the ex¬ 
tension, the new expiration date, his signature, and 
the location of the office. The Relocation Officer 
shall immediately advise the Project Director at the 
evacuee's center by wire, stating the reason for the 
extension and the date to which the short-term pass 


1/27A5 

Hleleoje # 167 


C-2022 PIO bu 








WRA Manual Short-term Passes 50.11 


(.9B) 

is extended so that the Project records may be 
corrected accordingly. No such extension may 
be granted by the Project Director without the 
approval of the Relocation Officer. 

C. Each extension of a short-term pass (50.11.9B) 
shall be reported by the Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer to the Statistics Section so that its re¬ 
cords, including the Gate records, can be ad¬ 
justed accordingly. Each case of a short-term 
pass being converted to an indefinite departure, 
which comes to the attention of the Relocation 
Program Officer (such as through an application 
for relocation assistance), shall be reported 
to the Statistics Section in order than a Change 
of Status Advice, Form WRA-222, may be prepared. 

In ary case, the Statistics Section shall auto¬ 
matically prepare a Form WRA-222 for each person 
away from the center on a short-term pass who 
does not return to the center within ten days 
after expiration of his pass or extension of his 
pass, if an extension or conversion has not al¬ 
ready been reported. 

.10 A short-term pass shall be issued for the following 

types of departure? 

A. Center residents departing for pre-induction pny- 
sical examination or for induction into the Aimed 
Forces, for such period as may be necessary in 
the event they are not called to active duty and 
wish to return to the center. 

B. Emergency hospitalization where project facilities 
are inadequate and it appears that the need for 
such care will continue for a temporary rather 
than an indefinite period. The pass shall be is¬ 
sued for such period as appears necessary and may 
be extended by the Project Director far such ad¬ 
ditional periods as may be necessary# 

C. Criminal proceedings against a center resident, 
for such period as may be necessary. 

D. Incarceration in a jail or other penal institution 
for a period not to exceed six months. 

2/17/1*5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/27/1*5 

Release # 172 


M&intenanoe 

of 

Statistical 

Reoords 


Speoial 

Cases 


Saleotire 
Serrioe 
Calls 


Emergency 

Hospitalization 


Criminal 

Proceedings 


Incarceration 


C-2082 PB bu 





WRA Manual 


Short-term Passes 50*11 


Itffuaaoe to 
Persons 
on 
Bail 


C-2082 P8 bu 


.11 Short-term passes may be issued to evacuees in centers 
who have been released on bail pending trial for Se¬ 
lective Service violations, if they are otherwise eli¬ 
gible. Tne fact tnat a person is a draft delinquent 
is not in itself sufficient to make him ineligible. 
Where a pass is issued to any such person, tne United 
States Attorney for the district in which the trial is 
to be held shall be promptly notified of the issuance 
and the destination, and of the date the person returns 
to the center if he returns before the date set for 
trial. 


2/17A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/27/U5 
Release # 172 


final 






WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 70 — International Relationships 

Repatriation and Exchange 70*1 

.1 In general, exchange is a process by which nationals (or 
persons having a claim to nationality) of hostile coun¬ 
tries are exchanged during the period of hostilities, in 
accordance with agreements reached between the two govern¬ 
ments, either directly or through their respective Pro¬ 
tecting Powers* This section of the Manual has reference 
to exchange with Japan* For the purposes of this Section, 
if a person is exchanged, he is said to have been repatri¬ 
ated. 

.2 In accomplishing an exchange, persons going to Japan are 
placed aboard the exchange vessel at New York or other 
designated port, and it proceeds to the exchange point in 
neutral territory where it is met by a boat from Japan* 

The exchange takes place there, the exchange vessel from 
New York returning with Americans from the Orient, and 
the Japanese ship returning to Japan. Approximately three 
months are required for a round trip from New York. The 
neutral government is responsible for insuring the trans¬ 
fer of the nationals of the two hostile powers at the ex¬ 
change point in accordance with the exchange agreement* 

.3 Negotiations with Japan regarding exchange are handled by 
the State Department for the United States, which deals 
with the Swiss Government as the Protecting Power for 
United States* interests in Japan, and with the Spanish 
Government as the Protecting Power for Japanese interests 
in the United States. Exchange procedures are based on 
reciprocal agreements and must adhere fully and strictly 
to the understandings reached between the two hostile 
governments. Within the United States, the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority cooperates with the State Department in 
making inquiry of persons who have been requested by the 
Japanese Government and with all appropriate agencies in 
processing for repatriation those residents of WRA centers 
who are to participate in an exchange. The difficulties 
of carrying on negotiations between hostile powers are 
obvious. The complicated problems involved in exchanging 
Americans in Japan who want to return to the United States 
and who are acceptable to the United States Government 
for Japanese in the United States who want to return to 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 3/21 /hh 
Release # 180 


Definition 
of Exchange, 
Repatriation 
and 

Expatriation 


Exchange 

Prooess 


Reciprocal 

Character 

of 

Exchange 


0^2188 P3 bu 





YfRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70»1 


Japan and are aoceptabl6 to Japan require discussion 
between the hostile powers to determine which persons 
are to reoeive prior consideration, inquiry of the 
persons concerned and members of their families to 
determine their wishes in the matter, and reports to 
the Japanese Government of the wishes of persons con¬ 
cerned • 


WRA General 
Policy on 
Repatriation 


•4 It is the policy of the WRA to give all evacuees in the 
centers named on any list originating with the Japanese 
Government or its Protecting Power and submitted to the 
WRA by the State Department of the United States, an 
opportunity to indicate acceptance or declination of ex¬ 
change according to their own desires. Offering this 
opportunity, however, carries no guaranty, expressed or 
implied, that an exchange to Japan can be accomplished, 
or that the name of a person onoe requesting exchange 
can be removed after the approval by the Japanese Govern¬ 
ment of a sailing list including such a name. It is im¬ 
portant to impress upon evacuees the seriousness of re¬ 
questing repatriation and to discourage capricious changes 
of mind. It is furthermore the policy of WRA to permit 
every person named on any such list, who has reached the 
age of discretion and responsibility, to make his own 
decision as to whether he wishes to be exchanged, un¬ 
influenced, insofar as possible, by other persons. 


Function* of 
Washington 
Offloe 


,5 A. The Washington Office of WRA maintains necessary 

liaison with the State Department and transmits such 
inquiries and instructions to centers as may be nec¬ 
essary to coordinate the activities of the WRA with 
those of other agencies in connection with all oper¬ 
ations connected with exchanges. The chief of the 
Relocation Planning Division is authorized to trans¬ 
mit lists of names to centers, maintain necessary 
communication with centers, and issue such detailed 
instructions to centers as may be necessary to ac¬ 
complish these objectives, within the general policy 
established herein. 


* 

Function* of 
Project 
Directors 


B. Project Directors will be responsible for accomplish¬ 
ing or expediting all phases of an exchange at the 
WRA centers. They shall make space available and 
shall cooperate with representatives of other Govern¬ 
ment agencies in helping them carry on their assigned 
functions at the centers, as hereafter designated, or 


C-2128 P* tu 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 3/21/IiU 
Release jf 180 



WRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 






I 


(.5B) 

a8 nay be indicated by instructions when an actual 
movement is under way. They shall expedite action 
on requests from the Washington Office. 

C. Project Directors will forward all applications for 
repatriation or exchange obtained as a result of 
queries on lists sent to projects by the Washington 
Office promptly (normally within 48 hours) upon 
their execution at the project, with a transmittal 
list in quadruplicate giving surname, Japanese 
given name, English given name, family number, sex, 
age, and citizenship for each person involved. In 
the same manner, cancellations and declinations 
resulting from such queries shall be transmitted 
promptly Using a separate transmittal list in quad¬ 
ruplicate for each type of action. One copy of the 
transmittal list will be receipted and returned to 
the project. 

Project Directors will forward to Washington all 
such requests for repatriation received as a 
result of queries even though the applicant can¬ 
cels his application shortly after completing Form 
WRA-230, "Individual Request for Repatriation.” 

WRA Project Directors shall no longer (after 
December 28, 1944) accept either applications or 
cancellations for repatriation except in response 
to a query from the Washington Office as outlined 
above. 

.6 A. Any person of Japanese ancestory in a Relocation 
Center not named on a list originating with the 
Japanese Government or ibs Protecting Power, and 
submitted to the WRA by the State Department of 
the United States, wishing to apply for exohange 
to Japan after December 28, 1944, shall be advised 
to write to the State Department, Special War Prob¬ 
lems Division, Washington, D. C., and to the Spanish 
Embassy in Washington, D. C., and also to the United 
States Attorney in the District in which such person 
is residing. War Relocation Authority Staff Members 
shall not accept applications for repatriation from 
voluntary evacuees. 

B. Persons other than those on query lists who have 
requested repatriation and who desire to cancel 


Submission 

of 

Information 
to Yfoshington 
Office 


Requests for 
Exchange or 
C anoellations 
of Requests 
"by Center 
Residents 
Not on Lists 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/20 /Uh 
Release # 180 


C—2128 P8 ba 






WRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70,1 


(.6B) 

should be advised to notify the Special War Problems 
Division of the State Department, "Washington, D. C., 
and the Spanish Embassy, Washington, D, C, The for¬ 
mat below may be suggested for the purposes 

Department of State 
Washington, D. C, 

Attention: Special War Problems Division 

I,_, requested repatri¬ 
ation and exchange to Japan on_ date 

at _ Center, I now certify that I 

wish to cancel that application and to remain in 
the United States* I respectfully request that my 
name be taken off the list of persons to be con¬ 
sidered for exchange. 


Name 


Japanese signature, if any 
Date 

Family Number 


Submitting 
Lists of 
Neats to 
Centers 
for Query 


Date and Place of Birth 


Citizenship: U.S, Japan Dual 

Addre s s before evacuation 

Intended Destination on 

leaving center 

•7 Every person whose name is submitted to centers for query 
must be given the opportunity to indicate privately on 
the basis of his own choice and determination whether he 
wishes to be exchanged to Japan, Failure to query the 
individuals may result in such persons' names being 
placed on an exchange list without their knowledge. If, 
as a consequence, the two governments become committed 
on the exchange of such persons, the removal of their 
names from the list at the last minute may become quite 
difficult, if not impossible, and the persons may be 
exchanged unwillingly.\ 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of II/ 20 /I 4 I; 
Release # }.80 

C-2I28 P6 bu 
















V/RA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 


\ 


i 




(.7) 

A* Persons on lists, who desire to be exchanged, shall 
sign in quadruplicate an ’’Individual Request for Re¬ 
patriation,” Form WRA-230. Similarly, Form WRA-231, 
"Family Summary,” shall be prepared in quadruplicate 
for members of families signing applications and de¬ 
siring to be exchanged together. One copy of eaoh 
form shall be retained in the center, and three 
legible copies shall be forwarded at once to the 
Washington Office. WCCA Forms 100 and 101 have been 
supplanted by Forms WRA-230 and -231 and the WCCA 
forms shall not be used hereafter. Forms WRA-230 
and 231 may be obtained by writing to the Washington 
Office. 


Acceptance 
by Persons 
Listed 


(1) Every person executing Form WRA-230 should com¬ 
plete Section 1 by giving the surname first, 
the Japanese first name, the American first 
name, if any, plus any other names as indicated 
in 1-a such as nicknames, pen names, or aliases. 

Also in Section 10, "Relatives in the United 
States or Abroad (include parents, husband or 

wife, children and brothers and sisters, whether Completing 

or not they are members of the immediate house- Forms 

hold)” the names of both parents together with WRA-230 

their present location, whether in Japan or the 

United States should be given. If one or both 

parents are deceased, the word * deceased* should 

follow the name. Should there be one or more 

step-parents, or foster-parents, the real 

parents should also be given. 

(2) In the case of widowed applicants, the name of 
the deceased spouse should be given. Also, an 
applicant who has been divorced should give the 
name of the ex-spouse. In the case of remarriage 
of either widowed or divorced applicants the 
names of both the previous husband or wife and 
the present husband or wife should be given. In 
the case of a ’yoshi* marriage, where the husband 
takes the wife*s surname, the husband should in¬ 
dicate in Part B of Section 1 of the Form WRA-230 
that it is a *yoshi* marriage and should also 
give his surname before marriage in order that 
Section 1 and Section 10 will not be contradic¬ 
tory. 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/20/kU 
Release # 180 






WRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 


Signatures 
on Forms 
WRA—230 


(.7A) 

(3) The Project Director, by appropriate designation 
of a member of his staff will assure himself that 
all required information is accurately and com¬ 
pletely reported, and that every application is 
signed by the applicant personally , except as 
authorized under Section 70.1•7-A5• Eve^y person 
signing Form WRA-230 should sign his American 
signature and his Japanese signature, if any* 


Completing 
Forms 
WRA—231 


(4) Form WRA-231, "Family Summary,” shall include 
only family members desiring to be repatriated 
together, and an individual application must be 
attached for each person listed on the "Family 
Summary,” except that a memorandum listing , 
clearly marked as such, may be made of family 
members known to want to be exchanged but who 
are separated from the family as by internment. 
The location of eaoh such person should be given. 


Completing 
Forms WRA-230 
by Parent 
or Guardian 


(5) No person may execute an Individual Application 
for another, except that a parent or guardian of 
a person who is too young to write his name or 
who is incompetent, may sign for child or incom¬ 
petent, indicating that he does so in his capa¬ 
city as parent or guardian. All applications or 
declinations shall be witnessed by a responsible 
project official who shall satisfy himself that 
the person signing the document is the identioal 
person whose name is signed and that in cases of 
signing by parent or guardian, that the parent 
or guardian has authority to sign in,behalf of 
the young child or incompetent person. Such 
persons shall be given assistance in getting 
their affairs in order. 


Deolination 

Persons 

Listed 


B. Evacuees named by the Japanese Government who do not 
wish to be exchanged to Japan or who desire to cancel 
a request once made shall, in complete privacy, sign 
a "Declaration of Declination” in quadruplicate (one 
copy to be retained in the center, the remaining 3 
copies to be sent to the Washington Office of WRA). 
The wording of the Declination form to be used with 
respect to any particular group of names that may be 
submitted for query will be prescribed with the in¬ 
structions accompanying the list of names to be 
queried. A parent or guardian may execute a decli¬ 
nation as indicated under Section 70.1.7A-5 for 
Applications. 


3/14/45 

Supersedes issuance of ll/2o/i4* 
Release # 180 

C-2128 P8 *u 




















WRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 


(.7B) 

The prescribed declination form accompanying each list 
of names to be queried should be duplicated as needed 
at each center* Forms WRA-152-Rev., 152q, and 152b 
are hereby discontinued and persons not named by the 
Japanese Government wishing to cancel previous appli¬ 
cations for repatriation should follow the procedure 
as indicated under Seotion 70*1*6B for cancellations. 

C* Any alien who has been requested by the Japanese 
Government and who refuses to indicate his desires 
within a reasonable time will be deemed to desire to 
be exchanged. (As used in this context, *a reason¬ 
able time* shall be construed so as to permit com¬ 
munication with other family members if the evacuee 
so desires). 

D. It is not the desire of the United States to send 

persons born in the United States, who have retained 
American Citizenship, to Japan unless they so desire. 
However, in any case where suoh persons have re¬ 
quested exchange, and more particularly after the 
Japanese Government has accepted them on a proposed 
sailing list, proof of United States citizenship 
satisfactory to the State Department may be required, 
as a pre-requisite to cancellation. 

Moreover, any such American citizen who has requested 
exchange and whose name has been accepted by the 
Japanese Government on the proposed sailing list, and 
who, subsequent to the original application, decides 
that he does not wish to be exchanged, will be ex¬ 
pected to prepare himself for exchange and proceed 
as if he were going to be exchanged until he has 
been notified that proof of his United States citizen¬ 
ship has been accepted as satisfactory by the State 
Department. 

£• In some instances individuals have applied to the 

Spanish Embassy for exchange for themselves and other 
family members without their knowledge or oonsent. 

In such cases it may be that one or all of the family 
members would be unwilling to sign an application 
because they do not desire to go to Japan and at the 
same time hesitate to sign a declination which would 
mean a definite break in their family relationship. 
Should this be the case, rather than force a decision, 

3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/20/14* 

Release jr 180 


Refusal 

to 

Indicate 

Choice 


Proof 

of 

Citizenship 


Special 

Cases 


C-3128 P 9 bu 







WRA Manuel 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 


Minors 


Special 

Privileges 


(.73) 

it will be acceptable to submit a statement, which 
can be used if the need arises, giving full par¬ 
ticulars of the situation. However, insofar as 
practicable with fairness, final decisions should 
be documented as described in Subsections 70.1.7A-B. 

In any oase where minors born or raised in the United 
States object to returning to Japan with their 
parents, the WRA policy is to extend every possible 
assistance in helping to work out arrangements so 
that they may remain in the United States. In the 
case of a minor less than 16 years of age, guardian¬ 
ship or adoption by some other family remaining in 
the United States should ordinarily be required, 
although in special cases the Project Director may, 
in his discretion, approve some other arrangement 
which he deems feasible, and which is acceptable to 
the minor. 

The Welfare Counselor should make special studies of 
cases of this type, secure agreement of the persons 
involved, and request the Project Attorney to take 
such steps as may be necessary to establish guardian¬ 
ship, effect adoption, or put into effect any other 
acceptable arrangement. If oases arise which cannot 
be worked out satisfactorily it is suggested that 
the Counselor make a complete study of the case and 
make a recommendation to the Director for considera¬ 
tion. Every effort shall l j made to protect the 
interests of United States Citizens to avoid their 
being sent to Japan against their will. 

F. Certain special privileges shall be granted where 
necessary to persons being queried for exchange or 
repatriation, as follows: 

They may write or telegraph at their own expense 
to relatives in other centers or in internment camps 
concerning their decision in order to make necessary 
preparations or to facilitate family arrangements. 
(Note: In letters or telegrams to family members in 
internment, it will be helpful in expediting the 
communication if a notation is made on the envelope 
that the person to whom the communication is addressed 
is the husband, brother, father, etc., as the case 
may be, of the correspondent.) 


c-at 28 pro tu 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of II/ 20 /I 4 I 4 
Release # 180 






WRA Manuel 


Repatriation and Exchange 70.1 


.8 Persons who have already applied for exchange and who 
desire information as to their status may write to the 
Spanish Embassy in Yfashington. Japanese Nationals 
should be advised not to make such inquiries of the 
State Department, but to address their inquiries to 
the Spanish Embassy in charge of Japanese interests in 
the United States, 

.9 In the event an exchange is arranged, the sailing date 
established, and a sailing list determined, a processing 
and transportation plan will be developed in Washington 
through consultation with the interested agencies. 

Centers will be notified promptly of the sailing date 
and specific instructions concerning details of pro¬ 
cessing and regulations regarding amount of baggage 
and description of articles that repatriates may take 
with them, disposition of personal property, and 
other pertinent information with respect to the ex¬ 
change will be issued as necessary. 

.10 Exchange negotiations are still under way, and it is 

important for persons desiring to leave the centers who 
still wish to be exchanged to keep the proper authorities 
notified so that they can be reached in case their names 
come up on the exchange list. 

When any person presently on record as asking for re¬ 
patriation leaves the center (on cleared list, of course), 
he should be asked whether he desires to exchange to 
Japan. If he still desires to be exchanged, he should 
be specifically advised to keep both the Spanish Embassy 
and the Special War Problems Division of the State 
Department, Washington, D. C., currently advised of his 
location. The last exchange boat had to leave within 
two weeks from the time the exchange agreement was 
reached. It is not unlikely that the next exchange 
will develop just as suddenly. It is imperative to 
keep both the State Department and the Spanish Embassy 
constantly advised of his address where he oan b6 
reached by mail or by telegram in case of necessity. 

The importan ce of this must be emphasized to the 
evacuee . 

Any person presently on record as requesting repatri¬ 
ation, upon being queried when leaving the center, who 
indicates that he is no longer interested in being 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/20/1414- 
Release $ 180 


Inquiry 

Concerning 

Status 


Preparation 

of 

Repatriates 

for 

Exchange 


Notification 
of Current 
Address by 
Applicants 
Leaving 
Center 


Notification 

of 

Desire to 
Cancel 


C-8 128 Ptl bu 


















WRA Manual 


Repatriation and Exchange 70,1 


Notification 
of Desire 
to 

Cancel 

(Cont* d.) 


(. 10 ) 

exchanged should be requested to mail to the State Depart¬ 
ment, attention of the Special War Problems Division, 
Washington, D. C., the statement set forth in Section 
70.1.6B, so that the exchange list will not include a 
group of people difficult to looate. He should also be 
advised to notify the Spanish Embassy of his desire to 
cancel his repatriation request. Copies of the statement 
set forth in Section 70.1.6B should be duplicated at the 
Center as needed and sufficient copies given such persons 
to enable them to notify both the State Department and 
the Spanish Embassy. 

To insure the continuation of the cooperation with the 
State Department on repatriation activities, this re¬ 
patriation check should be made on all persons leaving 
the oenter who have outstanding requests for repatriation. 


C-2128 P12 bu-flnal 


3/14/45 

Supersedes Issuance of H/ 20 /I 4 I 4 
Release # 180 



WRA Manual 


Protecting Power for Japanese Interests 70,3 


• 1 The War Relocation Authority will promptly notify the 
Spanish Embassy at Washington, through the State Depart¬ 
ment, of the initiation, against any Japanese national 
residing in any center, of any criminal prosecution in 
any Federal, State, County or Municipal Court. Upon the 
institution of any such prosecution against a Japanese 
national the Piyjeot Director shall at once advise the 
Director in Vfashington of the facts. This advice shall 
include the following informations 


A. The name of the evacuee concerned; 

B. The name and place of the Court in which the prose¬ 
cution has been brought; 

C. A statement of the offenses alleged in the informa¬ 
tion or indictment, v/lth a reference to the relevant 
law; 

D. A brief summary of such evidence in the case as ap¬ 
pears on the Internal Security records of the center 
or is otherwise available to the Project Director; 
and 

E. A brief summary of all steps taken in the case at 
the Center prior or incident to initiation of the 
outside prosecution. 

F. The date of the trial. 




Reports on 
Outside 
Prosecutions 
of Aliens 




Upon receipt of this advice, the Director will transmit 
to the State Department, for transmission to the Spanish 
Embassy, a statement containing the information described 
in items A, E, C, and E, of this subsection, and any 
other information that is appropriate under the circum¬ 
stances of the case. The above information shall be 
provided promptly in order that the State Department may 
notify the Embassy three weeks in advance of the date of 
the trial. 





.2 When the Spanish Ambassador or his representative writes 
to a Project Director or Head of a WRA field office, 
requesting information concerning the program or ac¬ 
tivities of the War Relocation Authority or matters re¬ 
lating to individual evacuees, such as property, estates, 
criminal prosecutions, etc., the request shall be re¬ 
ferred to the Director in Washington for reply. Along 


Inquiries 
From Spanish 
Embassy or 
Consulate 

' fj 

f 





3/31/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 
Release $ 182 










WRA Manual 


Protecting; Power for Japanese Interests 70*3 


with it should be transmitted a summary of any informa¬ 
tion available in the field which would be of use in 
preparing the reply* Diplomatic protocol requires an 
Embassy to secure information of this type by submitting 
a written request to the Secretary of State for trans¬ 
mission to the Federal agency in question. 


.3 A* The Spanish Embassy as protecting Power for Japanese 
interests has the right through its representatives 
to visit Japanese nationals either in or out of re¬ 
location centers and to interview them in private* 
The Spanish Embassy, in its capaoity as Protecting 
Power, however, is concerned only with Japanese 
Nationals, and not with American citizens, irre¬ 
spective of whether they have dual nationality. 

The Ambassador or his representative may visit all 
parts of any project which is used by Japanese 
nationals* 


Visits of 
Representative 
ef Spanish 
Embassy 


B* The representative of the Spanish Embassy will 

normally be accompanied by a representative of the 
State Department, and the visit, as a rule, will be 
arranged through consultation with the Washington 
office of the War Relocation Authority which will 
advise the projects concerning the approximate time 
of the visit* Should the representative of the 
Spanish Embassy at any time appear without such 
previous advice or without an accompanying repre¬ 
sentative of the State Department, the Project 
Director shall receive the representative of the 
Embassy in his office but shall defer visits with 
Japanese nationals until he has communicated with 
the Director by telephone. 


C* The Project Director is authorized to provide to 
the representative of the protecting Power, either 
at the time of his visit or as soon as convenient 
thereafter, the customary report of factual in¬ 
formation concerning the project and matters which 
relate to Japanese nationals* Inasmuch as death 
certificates, names of Japanese nationals in 
residenoe and their next of kin, and lists of 
persons requesting repatriation are being handled 
through established channels, it is neither neces¬ 
sary nor desirable to furnish this information as 
part of the report* 




3/31/46 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/30/44 
Release # 182 








I ERA Manual Protecting Power for Japanese Interests 70.3 

" 

(.sc) 

It is permissible, however, to provide statistical 
information concerning the number of evacuees in 
residence and other statistical information concern¬ 
ing them, giving wherever possible, the breakdown 
between aliens and citizens. A copy of such report 
shall be sent to Washington iumediately. 

D. The spokesman for Japanese nationals, or a committee 
representing Japanese nationals, may consult with 
the representative of the protecting Power and may 
present such information as they may desire. It is 
no*-- the policy of the Authority to open the project 
records to suoh a spokesman or committee. 


E* Every oourtesy shall be extended to the representa¬ 
tive of the protecting Power and the representative 
of the State Department, including transportation 
to and from the project, and accommodations or as- 
sistance in securing accommodations in local hotels. 


Visits O t 
Representative 
of Spanish 
Embassy 
(Cont’d) 


F. The Projeot Direotor in meeting with the representa¬ 
tive of the protecting Power may answer questions 
directly and verbally as long as they refer to exist¬ 
ing defined policy or administrative practice. 





3/51/46 

Supersedes Issuance 
Release # 182 


of 11/30/44 


C-2lBB-p6ino6n-rin»l 






WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 80 - Relations with Other Federal Agencies 


80*0 


> 


No center or other field office of WRA may communi¬ 
cate with the National Office of another federal a- 
tency, whether this National Office is located in 

Washington, Philadelphia, Chicago, or any other city. cosmunioatioas 
Letters to such agencies will be sent by the Direc- *ith other 

tor at the request of the field office. If a center or Federal Agenoieo 

other field office receives a communication direct 
from the National office of another federal agency, 
this must be referred to the Director for reply, to¬ 
gether with any information which the field office 
believes will be of use in preparing the answer. 

Centers and other field offices of WRA may communi¬ 
cate directly with field units of other federal a- 
gencies so long as the subject is within their juris¬ 
diction and the communication conforms to established 
WRA policy. 


7/8/44 


C-1443 










/ 






*< I 



































' 







































. 













































' 































































t 

























WRA Manual 


War Department 80>1 


.1 In order to facilitate handling requests for return t.o 
Hawaii the following procedure is established* 

A. An evacuee in a Relocation Center desiring to return 
to Hawaii should be advised^fco prepare a letter to 
the Provost Marshal General, War Department, Washing¬ 
ton, D. C., applying for permission to return to 
Hawaii and giving the following information: 

(1) Name and present address of applicant-* 

(2) Date and place of birth. 

(3) Usual address in Hawaii prior to December 7* 19^1. 
(ii) Name, relation and address of members of im¬ 
mediate family both in Hawaii and on mainland. 

(5) Name and address of former employers and dates 
of employment. 

(6) Purpose of original visit to mainland. 

(7) Reasons for return tc Hawaii. 

B. The evacuee desiring to return to Hawaii should send 
his communication to the Provost Marshal General's 
Office, War Department, Washington, D. C. The Pro¬ 
vost Marshal General’s Office or the Commanding Gen¬ 
eral of the Central Pacific Command will edvise the 
evacuee concerning the action taken on the application. 
In cases approved for return, the evacuee will normal¬ 
ly receive notice from the 12th Naval District con¬ 
cerning his travel priority. 

C. Project Directors and Relocation Supervisors shall re¬ 
frain from communioatirig directly with the Provost Mar¬ 
shal General's Office. In the rare cases in which the 
Project Director or Relocation Supervisors desires 

to make inquires concerning any particular case, 
he shall direct his inquiry to the Director of the 
WRA; in case the inquiry relates to travel priority 
or to travel through the restricted area, the 
Project Director or Relocation Supervisors ehall 
direct his inquiry to the San Francisco office of 
the War Relocation Authority. 

D. Persons outside Relocation Centers inquiring about 
return to Hawaii should be advised to apply direct¬ 
ly to the Provost Marshal General. 


Return 

to 

Hawaii 


9/Zl/hh 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/8/44 

Release # 121 





WRA Manual 


War Department 80.1 


Relocation 
Relationships 
•with Miliary 
and llaTt'l 
Intel11ger.ce 


Relocation 
Relationships 
with Atty 
Serrice 
C orrmands 


Clearance for 
Employs* nt in 
Plante and 
Facilities 
Important to 
War Effort 


.2 The Relocation Supervis/or should contact the area or regional 
heads of the Office of Naval Intelligence and Army Intellig¬ 
ence to explain the relocation program and the status of ev¬ 
acuees, The Relocation Supervisor should advise the heads 
of the intelligence agencies that WRA wishes to cooperate in 
every way possible, and also wishes to secure their coopera¬ 
tion and support in helping the evacuee to relocate with a 
minimum of surveillance. Any request by the Army or Navy 
Intelligence for information concerning speoific evacuees 
should be complied with. It is not necessary to give a 
list of the names and addresses of all evacuees in a dis¬ 
trict or area although statistical information on the num¬ 
bers of evacuees may be furnished from time to time* 

.3 The Relocation Supervisor should develop working relations 
with the Chief Security Officer of the Army Service Command 
supervising the internal security program in his Area. The 
Relocation Officer should likewise become acquainted with 
the Security Officer in his District. Definite plans should 
be made for the referral and processing of applications for 
employment in war plants and facilities vital to the success¬ 
ful prosecution of the war. (See Handbook Section 130.10.3)• 

Frequently, the Relocation Supervisor, on an Area-wide basis, 
or the Relocation Officer, on a Distriot basis, will be able 
to arrange for immediate employment of evacuees in some plants 
that are not considered especially important to the war effort. 
The Relocation Officer or Relocation Supervisor should develop 
a satisfactory procedure for the handling of appeals of evaou- 
ees who have been determined ineligible for employment in de¬ 
fense plants by the Provost Marshal General’s Offioe. 

It is important for the Relocation Supervisor and SBlocation 
Officers to keep informed of changes of Security Officers. 

When a new Security Officer comes into supervision of an 
Area or District, a visit shouLd be made to explain the re¬ 
location program and its progress in the area end to develop 
a mutually satisfactory working arrangement. 

b Section deals with clearance of persons of Japanese 

ancestry for employment in plants or facilities important 
to the war effort, and in army posts and establishments, 
and for employment or attendance at educational institutions 
important to the war effort. Throughout this instruction, 
the title "plants and facilities important to the war effort* 
will be used to cover all three types of institutions men¬ 
tioned ebove, unless otherwise specified. 

9/^1/lb 

Supersedes Issuance of Q/6/1 b 

Release § 121 




673-p4-bu 








WRA Manual 


War Department 80.1 






> 


% 

7 


(.4) 


Eligibility of American citizens of Japanese descent and of 
Japanese aliens for employment in plants and facilities im¬ 
portant to the war effort is determined in accordance wifR 
a War Department order of October 14, 1943, entitled, "Bn- 
ployment of Persons of Japanese Ancestry in Plants and Fac¬ 
ilities Important to the War Effort." This clearance pro¬ 
cedure for persons of Japanese ancestry is also required 
for employment in army posts and establishments. The pro¬ 
visions are set forth in a separate War Department order 
of April 8, 1944, entitled, "Employment of Persons of Jap¬ 
anese ancestry in Army Posts and Establishments, and the 
Issuance of Airman Identification Cards to American-born 
Japanese, and Naturalized Citezens of Enemy Alien Descent." 


A. Evacuees who wish to apply for such employment must com¬ 
plete "Personnel Security Questionnaire" forms (WD-PMOO-ID 
Form 58 for citizens of Japanese ancestry or WD-IMGO Form 
301 for Japanese aliens or nationals). A PSQ should not 
be accepted from any evacuee, whose case was considered 
by the Japanese-American Joint Board, but who was not 
recommended favorably by the Joint Board for indefinite 
leave. WRA personnel should not assist evacuees in pre¬ 
paring a Personnel Security Questionnaire except: 

(1) where the evacuee has evident training or skills 
for the work in question; 

(2) where he has a bona fide intention to accept em¬ 
ployment if offered and 

(3) where he is planning to relocate, or is already 
on indefinite leave outside a relocation center. 


B. 


The method of handling applications for war plant em¬ 
ployment from centers will depend on whether the evacuee 
is going out on a community invitation or advance ap¬ 
proval plan* If on Community Invitation the evacuee 
will not expect to line up a definite employment op¬ 
portunity until he reaches the community and will not 
fill out the Personnel Security Questionnaire until he 
is in the community and the Relocation Officer has ad¬ 
vised him that it is necessary. He should expect to 
take temporary employment for a month or more while 
determination is being made of his eligibiltiy for war 
plant employment. If the evacuee is going out on an 
Advance Approval plan, he will fill out a Personnel 
Security Questionnaire, which will be transmitted to¬ 
gether with the Family Relocation -Summary to the Re¬ 
location Officer in the District where the evacuee 
wishes to be employed. 


Type of 
Relocation 
Plan 


f 


i 

j 












9/8/44 


C-1647 P5 bu 







Appeal 


WRA Manual War leparfaant 80.1 

(.4B) 

The evacuee ordinarily will wait until he has been notified that 
he has a definite job and has been cleared by the War Department 
for this employment before leaving the oenter. 

G. A person of Japanese ancestry who has been denied permission 
for employment in a plant or facility important to the war 
effort may file an appeal for reconsideration with the Office 
of the Provost Marshal General. The War Department directive 
of October 14, 1943, outlines the method of making such an 
appeal. Such an appeal may also be made in person before 
the Industrial Review Board in Washington, D. G. 


C—1647 Pfl bu 



WRA Manual 


Justice Departmant 80.2 


el From time to time officials of the Department of Jus¬ 
tice* notably agents of the Federal Bureau of Inves¬ 
tigation, have appeared at WRA centers with warrants 
for the arrest of certain enemy aliens. The Depart¬ 
ment of Justice has suggested informally that when¬ 
ever such incident occurs, it would be helpful in 
giving consideration to the case if the Project Di¬ 
rector would submit, through the Washington office of 
the War Relocation Authority, a conduct report for 
the period in which the allon in question was under 
the jurisdiction of WRA. Whenever such an apprehen¬ 
sion occurs in the future, Project. Directors are 
therefore requested to submit promptly such a conduct 
report to the Washington office. It will be referred 
to the Department of Justice for consideration when 
the case comes up for review. 

.2 Occasionally alien residents of WRA centers will be 
found not to have in their possession the Alien Reg¬ 
istration Certificate required by the Alien Registra¬ 
tion Act of 1940. This may arise either through 
failure to register as required by law, or through 
loss of the original Certificate. Any alien not hav¬ 
ing such Certificate in his possession shall be ad¬ 
vised to apply on Form AR-AE-28 to the District Di¬ 
rector of the Immigration and Naturalization Service 
having jurisdiction over the place in which the alien 
resides. The application should be accompanied by 
three unmounted photographs of the applicant. Copies 
of the Form AR-AE-28 may be secured from the District 
Director of the Service. After such application has 
been made the District Director will conduct an ap¬ 
propriate investigation, and may call upon the Pro¬ 
ject Director for information concerning the appli¬ 
cant, which information should be furnished promptly* 

Aliens not in possession of Alien Registration Certi¬ 
ficates are violating the law. 

.3 The Immigration and Naturalization Service requests 
that all aliens resident in Relocation Centers be ad¬ 
vised that they must, if they have not already done 
so, prepare and individually mail to the Department 
of Justice, Immigration and Naturalization Service, 
Alien Registration Division, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- 


Remoral of 
Enemy Aliens 
From WRA 
Centers 


Aliens in 
Centers 
Not Possessing 
Alien 

Registration 

Certificates 


Alien* s 
Reporting of 
Address at 
WRA Center 


7/25/45 . . 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/19/45 
Release # 198 


C~2358-P3-bu 







WRA Manual 


JuaUfffl Pgpftrtawt. -9Q,*2 


Information 

Conoerniag 

Evacuees 

to 

Intelligence 

Agencies 


(.3) 


vania, an Alien Registration Change of Address Card, 
Fora AR-ll, covering their change of address to the 
Relocation Center. This is the same card which 
aliens outside of Relocation Centers are required to 
use, and it is necessary that every change of address 
be recorded. Additional cards may be secured by ad¬ 
dressing a request to the Chief, Relocation Planning 
Division, Washington, D. C« 

•4 A* In view of the revocation of the general exclu¬ 
sion orders and the adoption by the War Depart¬ 
ment of a system of individual exclusion and con¬ 
trol, the WRA leave clearance procedure has been 
abolished. WRA, nevertheless, has a continuing 
responsibility to bring to the attention of the 
Department of Justice information which may af¬ 
fect the national security. 

B* Project Directors and WRA field officers may 
furnish information concerning individual evac¬ 
uees to the Federal Bureau of Investigation or 
other agency of the Department of Justice upon 
request* All other requests for information 
from intelligence agencies shall be referred to 
the Director for reply and shall be accompanied 
with a statement of such information requested 
as may be in the possession of the person to 
whom the request is made. Derogatory informa¬ 
tion received by Project Directors or WRA field 
officers concerning particular persons shall be 
referred to the Director as set forth below and 
not to any other agency, unless a violation of 
State or Federal law appears to be involved* 


c -a3S8^P4-ba-fla«i 


7/25/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/19/45 
Release # 198 





WRA Manual 

Justice Department 80*2 

(.'4) 



C* If any evacuee in a relocation center at any time 
demonstrates such pronounced pro-Japanese sympathy, 
antipathy to the United States or subversive be¬ 
havior that in the Project Director’s judgment the 
person would probably take steps if permitted to 
leave the center to impede the war effort, the Pro¬ 
ject Director shall submit the case to the Direc¬ 
tor as set forth in Section 80*2*5 belcw # If a 
violation of State or Federal law or WRA regulation 
is involved, he shall also proceed in accordance 
with Manual 30*1. 








* 


D* If any WRA field officer outside the center learns 
that any relocated evacuee has demonstrated such 
pronounced pro-Japanese sympathy, antipathy to the 
United States or subversive behavior that the per¬ 
son would probably take steps to impede the war ef¬ 
fort, the field officer 6hall subnit the case to 
the Director as set forth in Section 60.2*5 below. 

.5 The submission, to be made in triplicate, snail identi¬ 
fy the subject as completely as possible, including 
where available full name and aliases, age, place and 
daze of birth, alien registration number if any, fami¬ 
ly number and listing of other family numbers, and shall 
contain a complete statement of the charges against the 
person and detailed evidence supporting the charges (in¬ 
cluding signed statements based on personal knowledge, 
transcripts of interviews with witnesses or with the 
subject, confessions, conduct records, and circumstan¬ 
tial evidence)* 

.6 The Director will review the submission and if he con¬ 
curs in the judgment of the Project Director or field 
officer he will refer the case to the Department of 
Justice for appropriate action. In the case of aliens, 
internment as a dangerous enerty alien may be recommend¬ 
ed. The Director will promptly notify the Project Di¬ 
rector or field officer of the action taken* If the 
Director does not concur in such judgment, he may in¬ 
dicate the other action that he deems necessary or ap¬ 
propriate under the circumstances. 

.7 Until the Project Director or Relocation Officer re¬ 
ceives notice to the contrary, no relocation plan of any 


Information 
to be 
Submitted 
to 

Director 


lotion 

by 

Director 




i 




2/19A* , , 

Supersedes Issuance of Q/10/hh 
Release # 173 




Departure 

of 

Xreouee 

ITon 

Center 


TffRA Manual _ Justice Department 80*2 

(•7) 

»# 

person whose case is submitted by him to the Director 
under the preceding paragraphs shall be approved with¬ 
out the prior concurrence of the Director* If the per¬ 
son is a citizen evacuee in a center and eligible for 
relocation, he shall nevertheless be permitted to leave 
the center in accordance with WRA regulations unless 
contrary instructions are received from the Department 
of Justice* If he is an alien, no travel permit (Form 
WRA-39U) shall be issued to him by the Project Director 
and he shall be required to obtain a travel permit from 
the United States Attorney for the judicial district 
in which the center is located, until notice is receiv¬ 
ed from the Director to the contrary* 

•8 In order that the Immigration and Naturalization Ser¬ 
vice may be properly advised concerning the history of 
cases transferred from’Relocation Centers to internment 
camps, Projects shall provide the following information 
with respect to every individual transferred from a Re¬ 
location Center to any internment camp (including Cry¬ 
stal City and Santa Fe)t 


Information on 
Transferees to 
Internment 
Camp 


A* The full name; citizenship, Alien Registration num¬ 
ber; sex; age; place of birth; occupation* 

B* A brief summary of the significant medical history 
and findings* 


C. Summary of Internal Security record* (If none. 
Indicate this fact.) 

D* Any significant information from the Welfare Division 
concerning family problems and relationships. 

E* Summary of the school record of any children of school 
age moved to Crystal City with the family* 

F* Summary of repatriation applications, declinations, 
or cancellations* 

0* Leave clearance status* 

The above information shall be prepared under the direc¬ 
tion of the Project Director and forwarded over his sig¬ 
nature to the Inspector in Charge 6f the internment camp 
to which the evacuee is being transferred. 

2/19/1*5 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/lO/U* 

Release # 173 









WRA Manual 


Justice Department 80.2 


•9 The United States Attorney is directly responsible to the 
United States Attorney General in Washington and is a 
representative of the Department of Justice, It is im¬ 
portant for the Relocation Supervisor or the Relocation 
Officer to establish and maintain a cooperative relation¬ 
ship with the United States Attorney# The first step 
should be to arrange a meeting with the U,S. District At¬ 
torney for the purpose of discussing the over-all program 
of the War Relocation Authority and more specifically the 
relocation program and other phases of WRA work outside 
Relocation Centers, as well as plans for relocation in 
the district or state. If the Attorney is not already 
intimately familiar with the leave policies of the WRA 
and Ihe different types of leave, they should be careful¬ 
ly explained to him. The procedures set forth in the 
Handbook on short-term leave for aliens investigating 
relocation opportunities. Section 60.2.6, should be 
particularly mentioned. Both the Relocation Supervisor 
or Relocation Officer and the U.S* District Attorney 
will then be in a position to develop arrangements for 
working with each other which should be mutally advan¬ 
tageous • 


Relocation 
Relationship* 
with U*S« 
Attorney 


A* Since it is possible that incidents may arise affect¬ 
ing the civil rights of evacuees, the Relocation Of¬ 
ficer should discuss this possibility with the United 
States Attorney to secure his cooperation should such 
situations arise. In case the civil liberties of any 
of the evacuees are threatened by the action of in¬ 
dividuals or groups in a community, or in case any 
other federal offense is committed against the evac¬ 
uees, the U. S. Attorney should be notified immediate¬ 
ly so that he can take proper action. In the event 
an evacuee who has been released from a Relocation 
Center conducts himself in such a manner as to raise 
a question as to the propriety, from the standpoint 
of the internal security of the country, of his be¬ 
ing permitted to remain at large, the Relocation Of¬ 
ficer will refer the matter, giving full facts in 
writing, to the U. S. Attorney in charge of the dis¬ 
trict and he will proceed in accordance with Deoart- 
ment of Justice Directives. At the same time, the 
Relocation Officer shall advise the Washington Office 
of the facts in the case and the action taken. 


Civil Rights 
of 

2VOOUOOS 


9 / 8 / 14 * 


C-1047 P7 bu 




7/RA Manual 


Justice Department 80.2 


(.9) 

B # Prior permission of the United States Attorney 
must be secured by any alien -who wishes to travel 
outside of a certain radius from his residence. 
Frequently, this radius is five miles. However, 
some United States Attorneys permit an alien to 
travel as much as 20 miles and, in other instances, 
anywhere within the county of residence. The Re¬ 
location Officer should confer with the United 
States Attorney to ascertain his attitude on the 
travel of aliens and the travel radius for aliens 
in his district. He should also ascertain from 
the Attorney the method he wishes to have aliens 
follow in applying for travel permits, and under 
what circumstances exceptions will be made to 
the usual waiting period of 7 days between receipt 
of the application and issuance of the travel per¬ 
mission. 


Travel 

Restriction* 

and 

Special 

Arrangements 


Relocation 

Relationships 

with 

7BI 


When a Relocation Officer learns of an evacuee 
having broken the travel regulations of the Depart¬ 
ment of Justice, he should report the facts to 
the appropriate U. S. Attorney for such action as 
the Attorney deems advisable. Special arrangements 
may sometimes be made to take care of the special 
needs of alien seasonal agricultural workers who 
may need to move from farm to farm within a general 
agricultural comnunity. It may be desirable to 
secure similar latitude for alien workers who are 
employed by someone who has several places of bus¬ 
iness, each of which is some distance from the 
other. 

Where possible, arrangements should be made with 
the United States Attorney for the prompt issuance, 
by telegram or letter, of travel permission for 
aliens in emergency situations uporl receipts of 
necessary information from the Relocation Officer. 

•10 A close working relationship should be developed 
with the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The Re¬ 
location Supervisor cr Relocation Officer should 
make sure that the special agent in charge of the 
state or area thoroughly understands the relocation 
program and the status of evacuees, both citizens 
and aliens. 



9/8 /U* 


i 






WRA Manual 


Justice Department 80.2 


(. 10 ) 

Any request for information about an evacuee made 
by an authorized agent of the FBI should be 
honored by the relocation office and full informa¬ 
tion given as requested. The Federal Bureau of 
Investigation should be shown the various types of 
leave permits so they will be familiar with the 
forms carried by evacuees when properly on leave. 

Ordinarily, the FBI should not be called upon for 
assistance in finding an evacuee whose whereabouts 
is unknown unless other methods have failed. The 
FBI cannot be expected to enforce WRA leave regu¬ 
lations or to arrest an evacuee who has broken 
such regulations: However, the FBI, in connection 
with the Office of the United States Attorney, may 
be in a position to render aid with reference to 
assuring proper regard for the civil rights of 
evacuees where these are being violated. 

.11 The Department of Justice is responsible for the 
supervision of enemy aliens. The Alien Registra¬ 
tion Division of the Immigration and Naturaliza¬ 
tion Service is responsible for maintaining records 
covering the residence of all eneny aliens. All 
enemy aliens are required by law to furnish this 
Division with a Change of Address card. Alien Reg¬ 
istration Division Form AR-11, whenever they change 
their place of residence. A change from one street 
address to another within the same city is regarded 
as a change of address. They are also required to 
notify the office of the FBI shown in the holder's 
Certificate of Identification. Before traveling 
from his home community, or changing his address, 
an alien is required to secure a permit seven days 
in advance from the nearest United States Attorney.. 
Evacuee aliens should be advised to secure from 
the U.S. Attorney or the Department of Justice in 
Washington a copy of the Department of Justice cir¬ 
cular "Questions and Answers on Regulations Concern¬ 
ing Aliens of Enemy Nationalities." 

Enemy aliens, when found to be dangerous to the 
peace and security of the United States under pro¬ 
cedures established by the Attorney General, are 


Relocation 

Relationships 

with 

Immigration 

and 

Naturalization 

Servien 


9/8 M 



C—1847 P9 bu 




WRA Manual 


Justice Department 80.2 


Sponsorship 

of 

Parolaos 

and 

Doportoaa 


(. 11 ) 

interned. Upon review of cases, either by rehearing 
or otherwise, the Department of Justice may release 
from internment, or may parole, aliens when it is 
determined that such action will not endanger inter¬ 
nal security. 

The responsibility for the enforcement of the condi¬ 
tions of parole rests with the Department of Justice, 
primarily through the Immigration and Naturalization 
Service, and not with the Relocation Officer. WRA 
employees must not agree to sponsor parolees. How¬ 
ever, when requested by a Project Director or a repre¬ 
sentative of the Immigration and Naturalization Ser¬ 
vice, the Relocation Officer, with the aid of the 
local Relocation Committee, should attempt to locate 
a satisfactory sponsor for a parolee. 

.12 Parolees and deportees resident in a relocation cen¬ 
ter may not depart from the center on any type of 
leave until appropriate arrangements have been made 
with the Immigration and Naturalization Service for 
sponsorship or supervision. They should be informed 
that arrangements for authorizations from the Immi¬ 
gration and Naturalization Service will be initiated 
by the Project Director upon receipt of the alien 1 s 
application for leave. See Section 60.2.7, 60.3.10, 
60.U.12, 60.12.2G of the Leave Handbook. 


9/8/UU 


C—164 7 PlQ bo-'tfin*! 



WBfc Manual 


Juatioa Depftrtnant 80.2 


•13 A* No further induction of paroled aliens into WRA 

centers as residents shall be permitted (Manual 150*1• 
10A) • 

B* Paroled aliens who have left internment camps may be 
admitted to centers as visitors under the following 
conditions! (See Manual 150*1 *1GC)• 


Adtadsslcm 

•f 

Paroled 
Aliens to 
Centers 


C* (1) Alien internees who have been paroled and wish 
to proceed directly to a WRA center from an in* 
temment camp for a visit may apply on Form WRA- 
388 to the Project Director for permission to 
visit* The form (copies of which have been made 
available to the Department of Justice) should 
be mailed in duplicate directly to the Project 
Director* 


Application 

and 

Admission 

Prooeduros 


(2) The Project Director shall not approve appli¬ 
cations for visiting unless it appears that 
the visit will result in aiding the relocation 
planning of center residents* No preliminary 
clearance will be made by the Alien Enemy Con¬ 
trol unit of the Department of Justice with the 
Washington office of WRA* 

(3) No parolee shall be permitted to make more than 
two visits to a center, and the total duration 
of both visits may not exceed 30 days* The vi¬ 
sitor may divide the 30 days between the two vi¬ 
sits in any way he wishes, or elect to utilise 
the entire 30 days for one visit* 

(4) If an application is approved, the original Form 
WRA-388 shall be mailed to the parolee and the 
copy retained in the files of the Relocation Di¬ 
vision* When the parolee arrives at the center 
he 8ha11 be admitted as a visitor as provided 

in Manual 50*1*16 a upon presentation of the origi¬ 
nal of WRA-3SS as authorisation for admission* 

He shall not be required to pay guest charges for 
the period of his authorized stay* 

(5) The parole and sponsor arrangements will have 
been made before the parolee leaves the intern¬ 
ment camp, hence WRA will have no special re¬ 
sponsibility for the parolee while he is a visitor 
at the center* 


8/22/45 , . , 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/19/45 

Release # 202 











WRA Manual 


JuaUo* Ejpartaant 80.2 


Fareltes 

JJLjready 

ledaeted 


(.13C) ' 

(6) On or before the expiration date of his visit 
the parolee must leave the center* No notice 
will be given by WBA to any Department of 
Justice agency whan he leaves* The parolee 
will have full responsibility for informing 
the Immigration and Naturalization Service and 
the FBI of his movements and for securing ad¬ 
vance permission to travel from the United 
States Attorney* 

D* The foregoing provisions do not affect the status 
of parolees inducted into a center as residents 
prior to the prohibition against further inductions 
in Manual 150*1*10* 

£• Aliens released from Internment Camps may be admit¬ 
ted to centers as visitors under the same conditions 
as other persons of Japanese Ancestry* 


8/22/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 2/19/45 

Release # 202 





f 



t 

r 


9 

aaf 


a 

8 O ”2 O T> 'o.o 
p p o a p * <*\ 

rj -P ® Q 
C S3 * < 

O ® ft P O M « 
O O A O ® O ® 

® a oh ft o 
C ® B • O S H 

°tl 1.8 * o * 

a ® p ftp o 

ft * 5 P H OP-P 

® m CO 

§§ e i*S«|-8 

43 cos®®® 
® O ft ft ft ft ft 
{►coeMH 
.O « ® C ft W 

OS l, Oft 
® ft ® ® 8 > 
M SQO V O 

a a co 

i»» ® p >> Q ft * 
J3 ft ft o ® ft P 

o s h ® b « 
p •o ® *-» •a p o 
id o a ® p p 


fH O 

•c as 

CO S3 

ft ® § 
ft ® ft 

m 9 

ft © 

s § * 

A O «? 
Eh P 8 

c £ S 

aSs. 

•si 


ITS 

3 


,d o S ® ft ft H ® 3 

i s ;i 

® ft £» >» ft _ ft r-t rj O O 

P P « O ij( rlS 


®p E ftS3®g E 

° 8 al & & e 

--S»o_g_o.® 


do 

gs 

3U 




> S3 C i5 o 

cp a a 
p p o a, c o 
o n < op 

® « ft ft 

S ® C « 
p C J3 O ® 0 

ft O Eh ft ® ft - 

ft h toe e 

oo £ c <3 

c C^ 3 x ® 

p o • .fl ® © 

P c • o « 

•3 3 

0 ^ CQ <H i 

« c ftp n ft 

a P p >> 

►.H Q D o -O 

® « O P ft • 

ss o • p > a 

P A ft 0 O 

o w p ® O o o 

ch >> o a p c 

§ H O SOPP o 

5 Q ft,o p o «8 ft 

ft C3 P ® fl 3 

m C’SCO'O'p'O 
OK SO® A C C « 

35 ® ft > ® ft ft © C 

H ^PC«®®a'S 

W PC - ' 



O' 


§•& 

ir® 

& 

& 

JS 

o 

■p 
© 
© 

& 
a 

ft 


ft O 


.. ftp .. 

a& ao 


a 

° o 




'3 ® s* 


K« 9 

p © 

© © 

© 3 © 

O V« «P 

S 2** 


Sh 
© 

a 

® ft 0 ft 
m ft id o « 
® O P A 
O Q « 

S cop t 
o * o s»> 

® t» ® P a p 
® ® ft ft 2 T? 

S* .S* s §•§ 

ft o c o ® n ft 

1C P OP c 

Ip® ® p ft 

. j o « ft Q O 
ft ® fl ® fl 

O ® « c c fl 

oop® • ® o 

PA Q ft S3 C P 

gsEpgr^ 

• © o a. © .p o 

•£.d H 5 rH 

kS § 2 §P g‘ ~ 2 

c p ® £ o o « 

■ np c 0 ►> 

Is &.£l s-5 «2 


*-3 * 


rs 

a 


vr\ 

I 


o 

vn 


O 

e 

co 

M 

> 


cr 

fe 2 

0 a 
© © ^ 
© © 

© U)4> 

. § 

° ?■§ 


*S fl c 
"o « 

a £ 

m p 
p 

® a O • 

® p a a 
> o 

« CP 
C OP 
• • ft ® 

P ® o 

a c ® o 

® o ® P 
OP to C 
ft c o 
C®« 

® p A S3 
P > o ® 

8 s .S 

Its | 

t»»5 "fij 8 

c p o 

POP® 
n « ® 

« ® 
y S3 ft « 

s g^- 0 

o * c 


P ® P c o 

O ® rH O ft 

W ® « P P 


® O P ft 
o fC\ P O 


Sd B P 


ft O -H O 
© fH 


2 


I 


3B • 

O S3 
ft 


35 

O 

P 

5! 

O 

►H 

M 

& 


O 

e« 

OT O 

Sg 

* P 
^ P P 

%Ui 

— co ■ 


f 


8* 

4> 

« 

JG • • 

c to 

S£ 

© 

® a 3 

ft § i 

® p p 

B®P 

3 S * 

• • 

ft o« DC 

o c 

<n o a 

_ o ® 

A 9 

PMC 


IS 


l| 

& s 


43 O 
-P «H 

o 0 

re in 


Ol 

o 


-P 


c 

•» 

.3 

h 


p 

§ 

S3 O 
O S3 


l 


S3 > 

$ . 

8 bC 
• 
ft« 

a s 


<8 


-a 

g£ 

gg 


5o| 


I 


§1 


e .a, 

OOP 

g 


CO 


Pi 

« 

OS 

« 

M 


o 


f 

Of o 


1 


8 


& 

ft « > -« P 

*** 7 o 8 ^ 

• "o • P c 
O ® ftp o 

P C CO ® , 

> Op 

be ft m p p 
^ P S3 S3 P V 

sfpl 

•P -P O .• O 


^ §p 
fl 


►i ~ S! 
C P ®f 


® « 
P 

"5 


« p 
§ 


•> C p ” ^ o 


o 


« « . - 
ft « A. 

p • SUM) 

® p *3 ® P ® 

p p ® p ® 

S ® •» I 
O O fl S3 C I 

13 ® ft g & 

S S 2 J o -5 


8 sj p 
ft A 

U 

♦ Mb O 

a © © Vt 

8 JP& . . 


o »d 


E S, 


^ iH 

3iJ 

• & o 
■J ft co 


co 


% 


o 


i 

fl 

bO 8 o 
a p 

3 3 0 

y o 
3 be © 
•a fl p 
fl p p 

81ST! 

p p 

• OP 

!»* 

p ® ►» 

« p 

*. o 

O A 

C P . 

a .i 

o ® o 

poo 

c. ® 

§ZJ 

© © 

© 3 *p 
► 43 © 
•H © 

U'Sft 

©•HO 
& O 
© *H -P 

“ ^ O 

O T3 


QJ 

£ 


1§ 

II 


© o 

«r-» © 

Is 


03 


s 

« 

<50 

Ib 


o 


s, 

S3 

55 


•P 

O 


II 

o 

JQ © 

IS 


S ! 




Vf\ 

< 

OJ 

< 

GO 


i) 




Releaa® # 202 















































■ 



























































WRA Manual _ Agricultural Agencies 80.5 

.1 A summary of Procedures of the War Food Administration and 
the Extension Service, USDA, in connection with the recruit¬ 
ment of evacuee for seasonal agricultural labor is outlined 
below. 

A. The farmer (employer) should make application for work¬ 
ers at the County Extension Agent, with the assistance 
of the County Farm Labor Advisory Committee of farmers 
and other responsible citizens will determine the need 
for workers from outside the county. 

B. If the employer desires to designate names of specific 
workers now in WRA centers, he should submit to the 
County Extension Office a list of the names of such work¬ 
ers and the address of the center where they now reside. 
Such list of names should be made in duplicate. However, 
the anployer cannot be assured he will secure the indi¬ 
vidual workers requested. 

C. The County Agent will certify to the State Director of the 
Agricultural Extension Service the need for workers which 
cannot be met within the county. This certification 
should include a list in duplicate of the names of any spe¬ 
cific workers desired. 

D. The State Director of the Agricultural Extension Service 
will secure the approval of the War Relocation Authority 
representative designated for each state to give written 
approval or disapproval of requests for evacuees for sea¬ 
sonal agricultural employment. The Stats Director will 
certify the need for seasonal workers to the Director of 
Labor, War Food Administration, Washington, specifying 
that evacuees are requested. A copy of the letter of ap¬ 
proval of the War Relocation Authority representative 
will be attached to the certification of the State Direc¬ 
tor. The certification when approved by the Director of 
Labor will serve &3 the basis for the final execution of 
the contract between the anployer and the Office of Labor. 
It will also serve as the basis for the execution of con¬ 
tracts between workers and the Office of Labor, WFA, and 
for the subsequent transportation of contracted workers 
to fill employer’s contracts. 

E* Upon receipt of an approved certification for the recruit¬ 
ment of seasonal workers, the State Extension Service will 
fully explain to the employer, the responsibilities and 
obligations of the employer, including keeping and submit- 


» 


71/LA 

persedes Issuance of 7/19/44 

lease # 121 


■ 


Reoruiting 

for 

Seasonal 

Agricultural 

Labor 

Through 

Extension 

Servioe 

and 

WFA 


C-lA73-p5-bu 




Manual 


A gricultural .Agencies BQ-3.- 


(.IE) ting payrolls. The employment agreement will then be 
signed by the employer in an original and two conies. 
The representative of the State Extension Service will 
sign as a witness. The executed conics of the employ¬ 
er’s agreement will be forwarded to the Divisional 
Chief of Operations, Office of Labor, who will sign 
the contract for the War Food Administration; one copy 
will be returned to the State Extension Director for 
use in the recruitment of worker*. 


Recruiting 

for 

Seasonal 
Agricultural 
Labor 
Through 
Extension 
Servioe 
and WTA 
(Cant'd*) 


F. County Agents or other representatives of the State Ex¬ 
tension Service will function as representatives of 
the Office of Labor, War Food Administration, in the 
signing of work agreements with evacuees. The work a- 
greement will be executed in an original and two copies 
which will be distributed ae follows: original to work¬ 
er; first copy to Divisional Chief of Operations, Office 
of Labor, in the area of employment; second copy to the 
representative of the Extension Service. Ordinarily, 

a representative of the Extension Service in the atate 
of employment will serve as recruiting officer; similar¬ 
ly, where an escort is needed, he will be a represent¬ 
ative of the State Extension Service. 

G. Where groups of more than 25 workers are ordered, the 
State Director of Extension in the state of employment 
will arrange for recruitment and transportation from 
the relocation center. Recruiting officers will in all 
cases be provided with a copy of the letter of approval 
from the WRA Representative in the state of employment, 
which will also indicate the travel district approved 
by WRA for the travel of evacuees after arrival at 
their place of employment. 

H. Where groups of less than 25 workers are ordered, the 
State Extension Director may either proceed to recruit 
from the designated relocation center or the War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority may be requested to handle the recruitment. 
In the letter case, the Relocation Program Officer shall 
advise the State Extension Director when the workers are 
recruited and available. Where an Extension Service or 
WFA representative handles the recruitment, he will sign 
the work agreement 'or the War Food Administration. 

Where there is no representative of the Extension Service 
or W^A, the local Oounty Agent may be called upon to sign 
the work agreement between the evacuees and the War ^ood 
Administration. 


C-l673—pft-bu 


9/27/14 

Supersedes Issuance of 7 / 19/44 

Release # 121 




WRA Manual 


Agricultural Agencies 80,3 


.2 In considering the possibility of farm financing # the eva¬ 
cuees’ attention should be directed to the possibility 
of loans from private sources. Which include private in¬ 
dividuals, local banks, savings and loan associations, and 
insurance companies. Some lending agencies make crop 
loans, while others make loans only on the besis of farm 
ownership or equity. Several insurance companies make 
loans through local agents, who frequently determine 
the ownership equity on which loans of h$> to 5% will be 
made. If a case arises for which a loan would not be 
available from any of the following agencies, a oheck 
should be made with the County Extension Agent, as he has 
up-to-date, complete information on all types of farm 
financing. 

A. In nany respects Farm Security Administration loans 
seem to fit the needs of the small scale evacuee 
farmer better than any other type of loan. However, 
FSA loans are not available to aliens and at present 
the Farm Security Administration’s funds for all 
loans are limited. 

(1) The Farm Security Administration will make 
loans to farmers, excluding aliens , who share- 
crop, rent or own land for farming purposes. 

If money is available, FSA will make a loan 
for operating expenses not to exceed #2,500 
per family in any one year. The loan is not 
available for land payments or rent. 

(2) Farm Security Administration loans are secured 
by crops to be grown, machinery and equipment 
purchased, or other personal, property owned 

by the borrower. The money from these loans 
oan be used for the following purposes t feed 
for livestock, seed for planting crops, ferti¬ 
lizer, machinery, equipment (either farm or home) 
minor repairs to buildings or equipment, and 
purchase of livestock. 

These loans may also be used for some non¬ 
productive needs including medical aid and 
for necessary family living expenses, also 
for securing of water, suoh a6 by drilling 
a well, or building lateral canals. However, 
additional loans above the #2,500 maximum can 
be made for the securing of water. Finally, 

9/27 /UU 
Rel.ass # 121 


Federal 
Farm Finance 
Agencies 


Farm 

Security 

Administration 


Eligibility 

for 

Loans 


Purposes 
for "Which 
Loans Are 
Made 


C-l673—p7- 




WRA Manual 


(. 2 ^- 2 ) 


Selection 

of 

Borrowers 


9/27/UU 

Release 


Agricultural Agencies 80.3 

the Farm Security Administration may, in certain 
circumstances, permit the expenditure of its 
loan funds for transporting farm equipment from 
the Pacific Coa6t to the farm. 

In making the loan, the FSA Supervisor will 
discuss with the borrower the crops that are 
to be grown since the Farm Security Adminis¬ 
tration is especially interested in loans on 
certain crops. Farmers seeking a loan will 
have more success in securing one if they are 
raising essential crops the production of which 
the Government is stimulating. These include the 
following types of crops * sugar beets, potatoes, 
carrots, cabbage, squash, beans, tomatoes, and 
other staples. The Farm Seourity Administration 
is also interested in increasing milk and egg 
production as well as the raising of poulti^y and 
livestock. 

The Farm Seourity Administration encourages 
leases which give the farmer some expectation 
of satisfactory tenure for protection of his 
interests and building for his future, A 
satisfactory lease should provide for mutually 
agreeable adjustments by either party from time 
to time, and have a reasonable release clause 
satisfactory to both parties, 

(3) Application for Farm Security Administration 
loans are usually reviewed for the County FSA 
Supervisor by a local committee of three far¬ 
mers who ordinarily recommend approval for the 
proposed loan or suggest modifications. The 
local committee and FSA Supervisor usually must 
be in accord if a loan is to be made. 

In approving the loan, the FSA Supervisor 
determines whether the land resources plus the 
farmer’s plan of operation and his farming 
abilities appear to indicate a satisfactory 
farming situation and, hence, the farmer’s 
ability to repay the loan. These elements, 
plus the determination of the farmer’s need 
for financing for machinery, orop production and 
other expenses are faotors that are considered 


§ 121 


C— 1 973-f 8 -bu 





WRA Manual 


Agricultural agencies 60.3 


(.2A-3) in deciding the amount of the loan to be made. 

B. Production Credit Associations 

(1) Production credit associations, organized under 
the Farm Credit Act of 1953# approved June lo, 
1933 # are local cooperative associations of far¬ 
mers, the members of which obtain their short¬ 
term credit needs by borrowing from the associa¬ 
tion. The association is authorized to make 
loans for any general agricultural purpose, but 
the loans are primarily for the production of 
crops and livestock. On the average, the terri¬ 
tory of a PCA includes about six counties, there 
being 527 of these associations in the United 
States and Puerto Rico. Each member-borrower 
is required to purchase class B stock in his 
association to the amount of 5 per cent of his 
loan. Funds for loans are obtained primarily by 
discounting members' notes with the Federal inter¬ 
mediate credit bank of the district, the associa¬ 
tion endorsing the notes e nd pledging its assets. 
As the assets consist in part of the capital 
stook owned by members, each member stands behind 
all the loans made by the association to the 
extent of his stock ownership. 

The associations are supervised by a district 
production credit corporation, which also has 
authority to invest in class A stock of the 
association, this stock having all the rights 
of the members* class B stock except voting 
rights. Loans are made under general policies 
established by the production credit corporation 
and the directors of the association. 

No loan is made for more than one year, but 
loans for capital investment, 6uch as purchase 
of large machinery or dairy or breeding stock, 
may be made with the understanding that part 
of the loan will be repaid from the current 
year’s income and that the remainder may be 
extended. In general, however, no loan is made 
that cannot be expected to be repaid within a 
three-year period. The security taken generally 
includes a lien on the crops or livestock to be 


9/27/UU 

Release # 121 


Production 

Credit 

Association 

Loans 


Purpose 

of 

PCA 

Loans 


Hem 

PCA 

Operates 


Terms 


C-187 3-,9-bu 



WRA Wnual 


Agricultural Agenoies 80,3 


(.2B-1) financed and such other collateral as the loan 

committee may determine is desirable in the 
individual case. The interest rate is per¬ 
cent per annum and interest is charged only for 
the actual time that the borrower ueea the money. 
Loans generally are made at the beginning of the 
season on a budget basis with a schedule of ad¬ 
vances and repayments. In addition to the interest 
rate, charges are made for inspection and filing 
fees and other similar expenses incurred in con¬ 
nection with closing the loan. 


Eligibility 

of 

Evacuees 


(2) The making of loans by production credit asso¬ 
ciations to evacuee farmers will depend primarily 
on the attitude of the association's loan oommittee. 
In any event, the borrower would have to be accept¬ 
able to the association as a member and would 
have to have some capital of hia own to provide 
collateral as additional security for repayment 
of the loan. 


Emergency 

Crop 

and 

Feed 

Leans 


Purpose 

of 

Loans 


C, Emergency Crop and Feed Loans 

(l) Within the very limited purposes for whioh emer¬ 
gency crop and feed loans may be made-for expenses 
of orop production or for the production or pur¬ 
chase of feed for livestook - there is apparently 
no reason why they should not be available to 
evacuee farmers who have, or can obtain the 
necessary equipment for their farm operations. 

Emergency orop and feed loans are made from 
appropriated funds, from 11 regional offices, most 
of which are located in the same cities as the 
district FCA offices. These regional offices 
employ field supervisors, who take applications 
for loans, make their recommendations to the 
regional office for approval or disapproval, 
and service the loans. Loans are limited by 
law to #1*00 to an individual in any one year, 
and may be made only for expenses of orop 
production or for the produotion or purohase 
of feed for livestock. 


Security 


(2) Loans for orop produotion are secured by a 

first lien on the crops to be produoed, while 
loans for the purohase or production of feed 


9/27 M 

Release # 121 


C—l(J7S-plO-bu 







WHA Manual 


Agricultural Agencies 80*3 


I 


(.2C-2) 


D. 


► 


9/fe7 M 

Release 


for livestock are secured by a first lien on 
the livestock to be fed. Emergency crop 
and feed loans are limited to those fermers 
who cannot obtain their necessary credit from 
other sources on satisfactory terms. 

Federal Land Bank Loans 

(1) Loans through National Farm Loan Association 

An applicant to be eligible must be a farmer. A 
farmer is defined as 3 (a) Any person engaged or 

shortly to become engaged in farming operations. 
An actual farmer is one who conducts the farm and 
direots its entire operation, operating it with 
his own hands or by means of hired labor. He 
must be responsible, in every way, financially 
and otherwise, for the farming operations. 

(b) Any person, the principal part of whose 
income is derived from farming operations. If 
oash rent derived from farm lands represents 
the principal portion of the applicant’s income, 
he derives the principal portion of his income 
from farming operations. 

The applicant must be the owner, or about to 
become the owner of the lands offered as security 
for a loan. 

The applicant must be a "natural person*. A 
corporation is not a "natural person" and is, 
therefore, ineligible to obtain a loan from the 
banks. The applicant must be an adult and of 
sound mind. No loan may be made upon the secur¬ 
ity of land in which an infant has an interest, 
since an infant cannot render himself personal¬ 
ly liable for the payment of the debt. Aliens 
are eligible if the laws of the state in which 
the loan is to be made permit aliens to hold 
and convey real estate. 

If the land offered as security is in a locality 
in whioh has been chartered a National Farm Loan 
Association, which is eligible to do business, 
the applicant must qualify for membership in 
such association in order to obtain a loan. If 


# 121 


Eligibility 


Where to 
Apply 


C—1873-j H-bu 




WRA fcianual 


Agricultural Agencies 80.3 


(.2D-1) 


Terms of 
Loans 


Purpose for 
Which 
Loans 
are made 


there is no National Farm Loan Association 
qualified to do business in the area, the 
farmer may apply for a direct loan from the 
Federal Land Bank* 

A loan to any one borrower shall not exceed 
♦25,000 unless approved by the Land Bank 
Commissioner. Farm land may be security for 
loans up to 30% of the value of the land 
mortgaged and 20% of the value of the perman¬ 
ent insurable buildings necessary to the farm 
thereon. The mortgage must be a first lien. 

Loans may be made for any of the following 
purposes* 1. For purchase of land for agricul¬ 
tural purposes. 2. For purchase of equipment, 
fertilizers and livestock necessary for the 
proper and reasonable operation of the mort¬ 
gaged farm. 3* For buildings and for improve¬ 
ment of the farm land. U* For providing the 
owner with funds for any general agricultural 
uses . 


(2) Land Bank Commissioner*s Loans 

The applicant must be a farmer (see Paragraph 
D(l) above for definitions). The applicant 
need not be the owner of the whole interest in 
Iligitility the land provided the whole title may be sub¬ 

jected to the lien of the mortgage. 

Lands offered as seourity must be farm lands 
and the mortgage must constitute a first or 
a second lien; real or personal property, in¬ 
cluding crops of the farmer may also be offered 
as seourity, but, if upon personal property, 
the lien must be a first lien. 

Loans may be made to provide working capital 
for farm operations or for refinancing any 
indebtedness of the farmer. No loan may be 
made if eligible to be made by the Land Bank 
unless the total of the two loans is $1,000 
or less. 


9/27 AM 

Release # 121 


C — 1873 —pi2-b u-fin*l 





EXHIBIT 80*3.1 


FIELD OPERATIONS OFFICES 
AND 

CHIEFS OF OPERATIONS* 


Division 1 

M. E. Hays 
Chief of Operations 
Office of Labor, WFA 
Van Dam Building 
100^ Mkt. Street 
Philadelphia 7, Pa. 

Division 2 

Hudson Wren 
Chief of Operations 
Office of Labor, WFA 
17 North Avenue, NE 
Atlanta, Georgia 

Division 3 

W. A. Canon 
Chief of Operations 
Office of Labor, WFA 
226 West Jackson Boulevard 
Chicago, Illinois 

Division U 

R. T. Magleby 
Chief of Operations 
Office of Labor, WFA 
Terminal Sales Building 
Portland £, Oregon 

Division 5 

W. A. Anglim 

Chief of Operations 

Office of Labor, WFA 

Uth Floor, Farm Credit Admin. Bldg. 

Milvia and Center Streets 

Berkeley U, California. 


(Northeastern Division) 

Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, 
Maryland, Massachusetts, 

New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York 
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont 
West Virginia. 


(Southeastern Division) 

Alabama, Florida, Georgia, 
Mississippi, North Carolina, 
South Carolina, Tennessee, 
Virginia. 


Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, 
Kansas, Kentucky, Louisana, 
Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, 
Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, 
Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, 
Wisconsin. 


Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Oregon 
Utah, Washington, Wyoming. 


(Southwestern Division) 

Arizona, California, Nevada, 
New Mexico. 


* As of May $, 19UU - Subject to Change 


lA-9/Uh 

Release #106 























. 






















■ 















WRA Manual 


Reconstruction Finance Corporation 80.4 


.1 Below is an outline of the eligibility requiraients and a^vi Business 
other data of interest to those desiring to make appli- Enterprises 
cation for Reconstruction Finance Corporation Loans to 
aid small business enterprises. A list of R.F.C. offices 
is also attached. 


A. Applications for loans to establish or re-establish 
small businesses will accepted from any business en¬ 
terprise whether it is a corporation, a partnership or 
an individual. Any citizen, including Japanese 
.Americans, who produces a sound plan is eligible. 


Eligibility 


B. Loans can be secured for establishing practically any 
type of small business such as retail stores, dry 
cleaning plants, garages, etc. Newspapers and liquor 
manufacturing or dispensing establishments are not 
eligible. No loans will be made for the purchase of 
farm real estate. 


C. The R.F.C. insists that the business must be on a 
sound basis and there must be every indication that the 
loan will eventually be paid off. A program of pay- 

ments will be worked out with the R.F.C. in each case, ^ 

The R.F.C. asks as security a first mortgage on real 
estate, the plant, and equipment, or a first mortgage 
on chattels; or an assignment of accounts receivable. 

The applicant can offer, as additional collateral, any 
other assets of sound value. All loans mature in five 
years and are amortized on a monthly basis. 

D. Applications can be made direct to the R.F.C. repre¬ 
sentative or to any bank, as the R.F.C. is authorized 

to make loans to any business in cooperation with all Procedures 
local banks. These will be given a preliminary re¬ 
view in order that applicants may be spared the trou¬ 
ble of filing formal applications where they are 
clearly not eligible. 

Most loans appear to be approved in the agency offices 
and all loans must, in the opinion of the agency, be 
sound and so secured as to have reasonably good assur¬ 
ance or repayment, R.F.C. representatives are unable 
to furnish information on the possibility of a person*s 
securing a loan except when they have full details con¬ 
cerning a specific proposition in a particular city, 
including location in the city, type of business 


7/19/44 
Release #106 

C-1513 p7 bu 








WRA Manual 


Reconstruction Finance Corporation 


Procedures 

(cont’d.) 


ID) 


and other detailed information. Therefore, evacuees should 
visit the locality in which they might engage in business 
so that specific information may be given in a loan appli¬ 
cation made in or fran that locality. However, a general 
inquiry from an evacuee may be made to a Relocation Officer. 
For example, the Relocation Officer may be able to ascertain 
that there is a need for laundries in Cleveland, Ohio and 
that the R.F.C. representative in Cleveland would probably 
approve a loan to an applicant to engage in the laundry 
business there provided the applicant submitted a sound prop¬ 
osition. 

A list of R.F.C. Offices, their managers and addresses is 
attached in the Exhibit. Evacuees interested in obtaining 
loans in a specific District should direct their inquiries 
through the District Relocation Officer so that the Relo¬ 
cation Officer can call on the R.F.C. agency representative 
in his area to provide him with a rather complete background 
of WRA f s relocation policy before specific requests are acted 
upon. Such information will be helpful to agency represent¬ 
atives when considering applications and answering inquiries 
from evacuees. Generally, relocation officers should not 
contact R.F.C. offices until they have specific requests from 
evacuees for assistance. 

WRA staff members or evacuees interested in securing more 
information on this type of loan may write to any R.F.C. Of¬ 
fice listed, requesting a copy of R.F.C. Circular No. 13 (Re¬ 
vised). 


i 


7/19/44 

Release #106 




EXHIBIT 80.4.ID 


LOAN AGENCIES 


Loan Agency 

Manager 

Address 

Atlanta, Georgia 

M. E. Everett 

Healey Building 

Atlanta, Georgia 

Birmingham, Alabama 

E. W. Long 

Comer Building 

Birmingham, Alabama 

Boston, Massachusetts 
• 

John J. Hagerty 

40 Broad Street 

Boston, Massachusetts 

Charlotte, North Carolina 

John A. Campbell, Jr. 

Wilson Building 

109 West Third Street 
Charlotte, North Carolina 

Chicago, Illinois 

Frank M. Murchison 

208 S. LaSalle Street 
Chicago, Illinois 

Cleveland, Ohio 

J. A. Fraser 

Federal Reserve Bk. Bldg. 
Cleveland, Ohio 

Dallas, Texas 

L. B. Glidden 

Cotton Exhange Bldg. 
Dallas, Texas 

* Denver, Colorado 

• 

Ross L. Hudson 

Boston Building 

Denver, Colorado 

Detroit, Michigan 

Arthur J. Fushman 

607 Shelby Street 

Detroit, Michigan 

Helena, Montana 

Leon E. Choquette 

Power Block 

Helena, Montana 

Houston, Texas 

W. I. Phillips 

Rusk Building 

723 Main Street 

Houston, Texas 

Jacksonville, Florida 

Fred H. Farwell 

Western Union Building 
Jacksonville, Florida 

Kansas City, Missouri 

Albert L. Strong 

Federal Reserve Bk. Bldg. 
Kansas City, Missouri 

Little Rock, Arkansas 

J. W. Jarrett 

Pyramid Building 

Little Rock, Arkansas 

Los Angeles, California 

Hector C. Haight 

Pacific Mutual Bldg. 

Los Angeles, California 

) Louisville, Kentucky 

J. lort Abell 

Lincoln Bank Bldg. 

421 W. Market Street 
Louisville, Kentucky 


7/19/44 
Release #106 


C- 1613 p9 bu 






'\ 


Loan Agency 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
Nashville, Tennessee 

New Orleans, Louisiana 

New York, New York 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 
Omaha, Nebraska 
Philadelphia, Pa. 
Portland, Oregon 
Richmond, Virginia 

St. Louis, Missouri 

Salt Lake City, Utah 

San Antonio, Texas 

San Francisco, California 

Seattle, Washington 
Spokane, Washington 

7/19/44 

Release #106 


- 2 - 


Manager 

China R. Clarke 

J. M. Gardenhire 

George W. Robertson 

Thcmas J. Ahearn, Jr. 

J. C. Eagen 

Herbert S. Daniel 

E. Raymond Scott 
William Kennedy 

W. B. Cloe 

B, Glenn Gullede 

Gerald L. Leaver 
W. T. Montgomery 
John S. McCullough, Jr. 

R. M. Price 

0. M. Green 


Address * 

McKnight Building 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 

Nashville Trust Co. Bldg. 
Union Street 
Nashville, Tennessee 

Union Building 
837 Gravier Street 
New Orleans, Louisiana 

Federal Reserve Bk. Bldg. 
33 Liberty Street 
New York, New York 

Cotton Exhange Building 
Oklahoma City, Oklahcma-2 

Woodmen of the World Bldg 
Omaha, Nebraska 

1528 Walnut Street 
Philadelphia, Penn.-2 

Pittock Block 
Portland, Oregon 

Richmond Trust Bldg. 

7th and Main Streets 
Richmond, Virginia-19 

Landreth Building 
320 N. Fourth Street 
St. Louis, Missouri-2 

Dooly Building 
Salt Lake City, Utah 

Alamo National Building 
San Antonio, Texas 

200 Bush Street 

San Francisco, California 

Dexter Horton Building 
Seattle, Washington 

Columbia Building 
Spokane, Washington 

i 

\ 


C-1513 plO tiu 





WRA Manual 


United States Employment Service 80.5 


.1 Attached is a copy of the revision of February 15, 1944, 
of Sections 5540-5559 of the United States Employment 
Service Manual, which describes the basis of USES coop¬ 
eration with the WRA. It supersedes USES instruction 
of August 1, 1945* 

The USES no longer makes a selection of communities in 
which placement of evacuees may be handled by its of¬ 
fices. In certain Western states, USES offices will 
not attempt to obtain center residents for employment. 

Under the new procedures, all contracts of USES offices 
for recruitment of center residents will be made through 
the nearest District Relocation Office (or with a Pro¬ 
ject Director where such an arrangement has been approved 
under WRA Manual Section 130.1.4-D). 

One section provides for registration at USES offices 
of evacuees who ere in the vicinity of the particular 
office. 

The arrangements for seasonal farm work are consistent 
with the seasonal leave procedures of the WRA. 

The procedures for placing individual excludees have 
been condensed and clarified. 

The War Manpower stabilization orders will apply to 
evacuees on the same basis as any other persons. 


USES 
Manual 
Section 
Concerning 
Cooperation 
with WRA. 


7/19/44 

Release #106 


C-1013 pll nobu 











- - 
























































EXHIBIT 80.5.1 


UNITED STATES EMPLOYMENT SERVICE MANUAL 

Part II Performance of Employment Service Function 3 _5540-5545 

5000-5999 _ Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations _ 2/15/44 

5540-5559 WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 

5540 Objectives of Cooperation : The United States Employment Service cooper¬ 
ates with the War Relocation Authority (1) to promote the employment of 
workers of Japanese origin residing in Relocation Centers, and (2) to 
assist in placing individuals excluded from strategic military areas. 

Placement of Residents of Relocation Centers 

5541 Relocation Centers : The War Relocation Authority maintains nine Relo- 
cation Centers (See Section 5550 for names and addresses of each) for 
persons of Japanese origin or ancestry who were evacuated from the mili¬ 
tary zones on the Pacific Coast. Among the approximately 70,000 resi¬ 
dents of these Centers are persons in various occupational categories— 
doctors, lawyers, teachers, business executives, machinists, electricians, 
fishermen, farmers, and individuals in numerous other professional, tech¬ 
nical, service, skilled, and unskilled occupations. 

t 

Most of these residents can be released to accept employment outside of 
the Centers. There are two types of leave granted for employment, namely, 
seasonal leave for seasonal work, and indefinite leave for permanent 
employment. 

Before a resident of a Relocation Center can be granted indefinite leave 
for permanent employment, the following conditions must be met: 

1. The War Relocation Authority must be convinced of the individual^ 
loyalty to the United States and that his release from a reloca¬ 
tion center would in no way endanger the national security. 

2. A check will be made by the War Relocation Authority on the 
community to which the applicant will go to determine that there 
is no likelihood that employment of the individual would arouse 
such hostile community sentiment that it would lead to a dis¬ 
turbance of the peace. 

3. The individual agrees to inform the War Relocation Authority of 
changes of address and employer. 

When these requirements have been met and the individual has been granted 
indefinite leave from the Relocation Center, his status is the same as 
any other person or employee, except that he may not go back into the 
evacuated area without authorization from the military and he must keep 
the War Relocation Authority informed of changes of address and of employer. 


7/19/44 

Release #106 


C —1513 pi 3 nobu 










. 











- 



- 

























* 



































































































UNITED STATES MPLOYMMT SERVICE MANUAL 


1 


£Xt II 


5000-5999 


Performance of Employment Service Functions 

Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations 


5540-5543 


5541 Relocation Centers : (continued) 

Thus, the employer has no special responsibilities and may discharge such 
an individual just like any other employee. Likewise, the individual may 
resign one position and take another, subject to the provisions of the ap¬ 
plicable employment stabilization program. 


The War Relocation Authority has already canvassed a large number of areas 
to determine whether community sentiment would be so hostile as to lead 
to disturbance of the peace if persons released from the Relocation Cen¬ 
ters took employment there. This canvass is continuing, and field re¬ 
presentatives of the War Relocation Authority will visit local United 
States Employment Service offices, after clearance through appropriate 
War Manpower Commission regional offices, to determine whether it would 
be possible to place Relocation Center residents in the community. Local 
office managers shall cooperate in furnishing such community information, 
and unrestricted labor market information, as may be pertinent and avail¬ 
able. If a community in which a Relocation Center resident receives an 
offer of onployment has not previously been canvassed, such canvass will 
be made after receipt of the offer of employment. 

542 Employment of Persons of Japanese Ancestry in Industry Important to the 

War Effort : No person of Japanese ancestry, whether a citizen or an 
alien, may be employed in a plant or facility important to the war effort 
until approval for such employment has been given by either the Japanese- 
American Joint Board or the Provost Marshall General, It is the respon¬ 
sibility of the employer to request permission to employ a person of 
Japanese ancestry by completing a standard personnel security question¬ 
naire (for an American citizen of Japanese ancestry) or an alien question¬ 
naire (for Japanese aliens or nationals) and forwarding such questionnaire 
to the nearest appropriate Army or Navy represenative responsible far 
plant protection. 


The Civil Service Commission makes an independent investigation in the 
case*of Relocation Center residents who are hired for Federal employment. 

When a local employment office refers a Relocation Center resident to an 
employer important to the war effort, or when such an employer expresses 
willingness to consider Relocation Center residents for jobs, the em¬ 
ployer shall be informed of the necessity for obtaining permission to 
employ the individual. 

5543 Conditions Under Which Residents of Relocation Centers May be Recruited 
for Permanent Bnployment : Local offices shall regard Relocation Centers 

as a reserve source of labor to be brought to the attention of employers 
under the following conditions: 

1. That importation of these workers would not cause displacement of 
| local labor or create competition with locally available workers who 

are qualified to meet employers* specifications. 


7/19/44 

Release #106 


C-15 13 pig bu 















UNITED STATES EMPLOYMENT SERVICE MANUAL 


Pert II 
5000-5999 


Performance of annloyment Se rvice Functions, 
Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations. 


5545-55%ii 
2/15/44 


5543 


5544 


Conditions Undsr Milch Residents of Reloca tion Ce nters May be Recrui ted 
for Permanent Employment : (continued) 


2. That the orders for which residents of Relocation Centers will be 
considered are for jobs of three or more month s duration. 


3. That such orders offer wages and working conditions not less favor¬ 
able than those prevailing for similar jobs in the community. 


4. 


That such orders were placed by responsible employers insofar as 
the local office can determine in accordance with established 
policies for clearance of labor. 


P rocedure for Placing Resid e nts of Relocation Centers, . in Peraane gt 
Employment: Local offices in the States listed below will not at- 
t empt to "obtain residents of Relocation Centers for employment in 
those States. However, if a resident of a Relocation Center who has 
been granted indefinite leave applies to a local offic e m one of 
these States for assistance in finding a job, such applicant sh 
referred in the same manner as other applicants. (The applicant may 
not be referred to a job in the evacuated areas in Washington, Oregon, 
or California, unless he has been authorized by the military authorities 

to return to such areas). 


« 


Washington 

California 

Nevada 

Arizona 

Wyoming 

New Mexico 


Oregon 
Idaho 
Utah 
Mont ana 
Colorado 


If a local office in any other State receives an order which meets the 
conditions described in Section 5543 from an employer who expresses 
willingness to consider residents of Relocation Centers, a copy of e 
order shall be sent directly to the nearest District Relocation Office 
of the War Relocation Authority. (See list in Section 5551). This 
latter office will transmit it to the Relocation Center which is the 
best source of workers with the occupational qualifications specified 
on the order. The Relocation Program Officer at the Relocation Center 
will have qualified residents submit their qualifications to the local 
office which placed the order, or if no residents ere available or 
interested, will so inform the local office. 


7/19/44 
Release #106 












UNITED STATES EMPLOYMENT SERVICE MANUAL 


rt II 

00-5999 


5545 Registration of Residents of Relocation Centers at Local Offices : The 
War Relocation Authority may arrange, through the appropriate Regional 
offices of the War Manpower Commission, for registration at local 
United States Employment Service offices of Relocation Center residents 
who have been granted indefinite leave and who are in the vicinity of 
the office. An application card shall be completed for each such appli¬ 
cant. These applicants shall be selected and referred on employer orders 
in the same manner as other applicants, except that the order must meet 
the conditions described in Section 5543. 



Performance of Employment Service Functions 


5545-554 


Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations 


2/15/44 


5546 Transportation : The same condition which governs payment of transpor¬ 
tation on clearance orders; namely, that the employer will provide trans¬ 
portation for the worker from the point of recruitment to the location 
of the job in all cases where this is considered necessary for success¬ 
ful recruitment (See HB No. 4 on conditions precedent to clearance of an 
order) shall apply to orders on which workers are recruited from Relocation 
Centers. 


5547 Recruitment of Residents of Relocation Centers for Seasonal Work: The War 
Relocation Authority and the Department of Agriculture have developed ar¬ 
rangements for the utilization of residents of Relocation Centers for sea¬ 
sonal agriculture work in States west of, but hot including Minnesota, Iowa, 
\ Missouri, Arkansas, and Louisiana. Recruitment for such employment will be 

' handled by the Extension Service and the War Food Administration. 

Requests from employers in other States for seasonal agricultural workers 
should be referred to the county agricultural agent. Requests for seasonal 
non-agricultural workers should be referred to the nearest District Reloca¬ 
tion Office of the War Relocation Authority. 

Placing Individuals Excluded from Military Areas 


5548 Exlusion Orders : Military commanders are authorized to issue exclusion 

orders to individuals, both aliens and citizens, whose continued presence 
in certain areas is considered to be prejudicial to the conduct of the 
war or the safety of the Nation. The War Relocation Authority carries out 
a program for the relocation, maintenance, and supervision of such persons. 
They are not housed in Relocation Centers, but are assisted in establish¬ 
ing themselves in other communities. The War Relocation Authority will 
cover any necessary costs of maintaining excludees during the first month 
of their exclusion, and has secured the cooperation of public welfare 
agencies to provide for those excludees who fail to secure employment by 
the end of their first month in the new coiununity. 



7/19/44 

Release#106 

« 




C-1513 p 17 lux 














*r 


UNITED STATES IMPL0YM2NT SERVICE MANUAL 

Part II _ Performance of Snnloyment Service Functions 

5000-5999_Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations 

5548 Exclusion Orders : (Continued) 

After issuance of an exclusion order, representatives of the War Relocation 
Authority interview the individual concerned about where he intends to go 
and what assistance he will need in becoming relocated. If the individual 
so desires, he is furnished information concerning three communities in 
which his chances for employment are good either because of specific demand 
for his occupation or general labor shortage. This advice is furnished on 
the basis of information concerning labor market conditions in various com¬ 
munities supplied the War Relocation Authority Washington headquarters by 
the War Manpower Commission. After the excludes has selected a community, 
the War Relocation Authority gives him a letter of introduction to the lo¬ 
cal United States Enployment Service office. 

Local offices will endeavor to place excludees who present letters of in¬ 
troduction from the War Relocation Authority. Because individuals who 
have received or will receive exclusion orders number only a few hundred, 
the amount of work for local offices in this program is slight. 

5549 Reception and Referral of Excludees who Present Letters of Introduction : 
When an excludee appears at a local office with a letter of introduction 
from the War Relocation Authority, an application shall be taken. The 
primary and additional cards shall be marked "WRA". 

If the excludee wishes to file a claim (Usually an inter-State claim) 
for unemployment compensation, the necessary arrangements will be made. 

For the information of claims takers, separation due to exclusion may 
be described as "Involuntary due to government action". 

Excludees will be selected for local referral solely on the basis of 
occupational qualifications or ability to perform jobs for which there 
are local openings. When referring an excludee, however, the local 
office will inform the employer of the circumstances of the case. The 
local office will explain that the person was excluded from a strategic 
military zone by order of the responsible Defense Command, that he has 
not been found guilty of any punishable offense but that his actions, 
statements, or affiliations have been of such nature that his presence 
in a strategic military zone is deemed inimical to the national interest. 

It should also explain that the excludee must report to the FBI upon 
arrival in the community, and that he will be under continued surveil¬ 
lance. These explanations are necessary to protect the employment ser¬ 
vice, the War Relocation Authority, and the employer. For the protec¬ 
tion of the applicant, however, it is also necessary to discuss his 
case only so far as is essential to decide upon a referral, and to with¬ 
hold his name until the employer has agreed to interview him. In no 
case will information regarding individual excludees be revealed except 
for purposes of referral to a specific job. 


7/19 M 

Release #106 


5548-58 


2/15 A 


C-1B13 pl8 bu 



























UNITED STATES BAELOYMENT SERVICE 


Part II _ Performance of Employment Servioe Functions _ 555 

5000-5999_Cooperation With Other Agencies and Organizations 2/15/44 

5550 Relocation Centers of the War Relocation Authority : 


Center 


Colorado Ri^er 
Manzanar 
Gila River 
Central Utah 
Minidoka 
Heart Mountain 
• 

Granada 

Rohwer 

Jerome 


Mail Address 


Poston, Arizona 
Manzanar, Calif. 
Rivers, Arizona 
Delta, Utah 
Hunt, Idaho 
Heart Mountain, 
Wyoming 
Lamar, Colo. 
McGehee, Ark. 
Jerome, Ark. 


Telephone Number 

Parker 461 
Independence 671 
Casa Grande 190 
Delta 1031 
Jercme 017 
Cody 725 

Lamar 331 
790 

Dermott 240 




(Other Pages of the USES Manual 
list V/RA Relocation Offices) 




7/19/44 

Release #106 











































f 
















■ 


■ 











. 
































































WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80,6 




) 




•1 Recruiting for positions in the Federal service is 
handled by the U. S. Civil Service Commission. In 
recommending (certifying) applicants to Federal ap¬ 
pointing officers, the Commission is concerned with 
two requisitest 

A. The applicant’s ability to perform the duties 
of the position for which he is certified, as 

, demonstrated by his rating in an examination. 
This rating may be arrived at on the basis of 
a written test (assembled examination), or on 
the basis of an affidavit of education and ex¬ 
perience (unassembled examination). 

B. The appointee’s personal fitness for Federal 
employment, as demonstrated by such traits as 
honesty, dependability, industry, and loyalty 
to American institutions. Personal fitness is 
determined on the basis of an individual char¬ 
acter investigation. Ordinarily, applicants 
are appointed to the Federal service pending 
investigation, with the understanding that their 
retention in the job is subject to the findings 
of the character investigation, when it is made. 

* 

.2 The first step for an evacuee who wishes Federal 
employment is to make written application (Standard 
Form 5>7, properly executed and sworn to) with the 
appropriate office of the Civil Service Commission. 
The Commission is organized into a main or Depart¬ 
mental office in Washington, and field or Regional 
offices listed below together with the territory 
served by each; 

A. Nisei applicants for Federal employment have 
in a number of instances been handicapped be¬ 
cause their Forms 57 were not adequately filled 
out. It is particularly important that persons 
of Japanese ancestry, in filling out Form 57,- 
include any or all, of the following that are 
pertinent in their cases; 

(1) Under Item 32(c), include any attendance 
at a Japanese language school. 


Recruiting 
for the 
Federal 
Serrjoe 


■ • 

Eligibility 
for the 
Work 


Personal 

Fitness 


Application 

for 

Federal 

Employment 


12/25/kk 
Release # 156 


C- 1930 P3 nrt« 













































. 














' 

•- . 










. 

. 















, • 




. 






. 

, 







A 





/ 




























r 


» 


80*6*2 


R«gi« 

Headquarters 

Supervisors 

Territory Served 

firrt 

Post Office and Cmxr Micros© 
Bldg*, 

Boston 9, Mass* 

Who* A* foley. Dir* 

Harry A* Dutton, Asst* 
Dir* 

Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massa¬ 
chusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecti¬ 
cut* 

Seoonl 

ift 

Tederal Bldg*, Christopher 
St*, 

New York 14, New York 

Janes E* Rossell, Dir* 
Lawrence H* Baer, 

Assoc* Dir* 

New York and New Jersey 

third 

Customhouse, 2nd and Chest¬ 
nut Streets 

Philadelphia 6, Pa* 

Chas* D* Hertzog, Dir. 
William A* Brady, Asso. 
Dir* 

Pennsylvania and Delaware 


Branch Regional Office* 

1022 New federal Bldg* 

Paul A* Fitzsinmons, 
Manager 

Western Pennsylvania* 


Pittsburgh 19, Pa* 

* 


Following bounties, (subject to ex¬ 
ceptions, depending on agency serviced 
and position involved) Allegheny 
Armstrong, Beaver, Bedford, Blair, 

Butler, Cambria, Caneron, Centre, 

Clarion, Clearfield, Clinton, Craw*- 
ford. Elk, Erie, Fayette, Forest, 

Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Huntingdon, 
Indiana, Jefferson, Lawrence, McKean, 
Meroer, Mifflin, Potter, Somerset, 

Venango, Warren, Washington, aid West¬ 
moreland* (Consult Branch or Regional 
Office for exceptions) 

Tourth 

, \ 

Nissan Building 
Winston-Salem 3, N*C* 

Maurice J* MoAullffe 

Dir. 

Edmund S* Burrows, 

Asst* Dir* 

Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, 

North Carolina, and the District of 
Columbia 


Branch Regional Office: 

810 - 18th St., N.W* 

Roam 209 

Washington 25, D* C* 

Thomas D* Dunn 

Manager 

Portions of Virginia and Maryland 
adjacent to the District o f Columbia 

fifth 

New Post Office Bldg* 
Atlanta 3, Georgia 

Orle E* Kfyers, Dir* 

D*0* Ktyatt, Assoc* 

Dir* 

South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, 

Alabama, Tennessee, Puerto Rloo 
and Virgin Islands 

Sixth 

Post Office and Courthouse 

Bldg* 

Cincinnati 2, Ohio 

' Daniel C* Whelan, Dir* 

Ceoil E* Snyder, Asst* 
Dir* 

Ohio, Indiana and Kentuohy 


Branch Regional Offioest 
1741 Union Ccmmeroo Bldg* 
Clevelmd 14, Ohio 

Waldo Sonniers, Mgr. 

Ohio: Counties of Cuyahoga, Ashtabula, 
Tcraln, Lake Geauga 


Garfield Bldg* 

4th and Jeffers cm St* 

Dayton 2, Ohio 

Homer L* foster. Mgr. 

Ohio: Counties of Mercer, Darke, Shelby 
Logan, Miami, Preble, Montgomery, Greeny 
Clark, Champaign, Auglalse 

levs nth 

New Post Office Bldg* 
Chicago 7, Illinois 

Joseph A* Conner, Dir. 
John A* Zimmer, Asst* 
Dir. 

Wisconsin, Michigan and Illinois 


Branch Regional Office 

402 Post Offioe Bldg* 
Detroit 33, Michigan 

Harold X* fear be 8, Mgr. 

Kfi.oid.gan 

^ 25/44 

y| X5S 


C— 1 93 0 PB bu 




























' 


Region 

Headquarters 

Supervisors 

Territory Served 

Eighth 

Post Office and Customhouse 
Building, St* Paul 1, Minn* 

Miss Rena B* Smith, Dir* 

Miss Clara Anderson 

Asst* Dir* 

Minnesota, North Dakota, South ^ 

Dakota, Nebraska, and Iowa 


Branch Regional Office 

321 City Rational Bank Bldg 
Craahn 2, Nebraska 

Randolph J* Juono 

Mgr. 

Nebraska 

Ninth 

New Federal Building 

St* Louis 1, Mo* 

Mrs* Bobbie M* Snoddy, Dir* 
Albert H* Sonntag, Asst* 

Dir. 

Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma and 

Arkansas 


Branch Regional Offioe: 

E*0* Dannevik, Mgr. 

Kansas: Counties of Anderson, AtohL- 


207 Mutual Building 

Kansas City 6, Mo 0 


son, 'Brarm, Doniphan, Douglas, Franks 
lin, Jackson, Jefferson, Johnson, 
Leavenworth, Linn, Miami, Oaage, 
Shawnee, Wyandotte 

Missouri: Counties of Andrew, Atohi- 




son, 'Bates, Benton, Buchanan, Caldwel 
Carrol, Cass, Chariton, Clay, Clinton 
Cooper, Daviess, DeKalb, Gentry, Grun 
Harrison, Henry, Holt, Jacks on, Johnr 
son. La Fayette, Livingston, Mercer, 
Morgan, Nodaway, Pettis, Platte, Ray, 
Saline, Worth 

Tenth 

Offioe of the Regional Dir* 
210 South Harwood 

Dallas 1, Texas 

A* J* Leach, Dir. 

Thomas D* Saathoff, Asst* 
Dir, 

Mis si s a ip pi, Louisiana, and Texas 


Braaoh Regional Office 
Customhouse Building 

New Orleans 16, La* 

E*H* Jennings, Mgr* 

Mississippi and Louisiana ^ 

Eleventh 

437 Central Bldg* 

810 Third Ave* 

Seattle 4, Washington 

Janes P* Cooley, Dir* 

Paul N* Cole, Asso. Dir. 

Montana, Oregon, Idaho, Washington, 

and Territory of Alaska 


Branoh Regional Offioe : 

Thomas W* ‘Craig, Mgr* 

Washington: Counties of Wahkiakum, 


201 Guardian Building 
Portland 4, Oregon 


Skamania, Cowlitz, Klickitat, Clark 
Oregon: Counties of Gilliam, Claokan 




Yamhill, Washington, Sherman, Wasoo, 
Polk, Clatsop, Hood River, Wttltnoaah, 

Tillamook* Columbia 

Twelfth 

Federal Offioe Bldg* 

San Fraaoisoo 2, Cal* 

Harry T* Kranz, Dir* 

Win* E* Stay ten, Asso* Dir* 

California, Nevada, Arizona, md the 
Territory of Hawaii 


Branch Regional Offioe 


California: Counties of San Diego, 


506 post Offioe and Court¬ 
house Building 

Los Angeles 12, Calif* 

William B* Adams, Mgr* 

imperial, 'Riverside, San Bernardino, 
Orange, Los Angeles, Ventura, Santa 

Barbara 

Thirteenth 

New Customhouse Bldg* 

Denver 2, Colorado 

Clarenoe L* Edwards, Dir* 

Ben L* Fisohbaoh, Asst* 

Dir. 

Colorado, Now Mexico, Utah, md 

Wyoming 


Branch Regional Offioe 

106 Federal Bldg* 

Salt Lake City 1, Utah 

Edwin D* Ellis, Mgr* 

Utah 


REPRESENTATIVES OUTSIDE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES 




Hawaii (Subsidiary to Twelfth Region) — W* T* Atkinson, Mamger, 

Bx*anoh Regional Offioe, 12th U* S* Civil Service Region, Fedoral Bldg*, Honolulu 2, T* H* 

£*S° (Una«w- 5upeCTri.ion of Director, 5th Region, la so far as employment ondor Dni-toa States Goran 
nit n . as oonocracd) •— Chairman, Puerto Rioo Civil Service Ccnxaission. San Jum* p* R« 

Canal Zone — Sooretaxy, Board of U. S. Civil Service Examiners, Balboa Heights, C. Z* 

C — t 03 9 Pfl to 
















































WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80.6 


C.2A) 

(2) Under Item 33, the Japanese language should 
be listed as one of the foreign languages if 
the applicant has e^en a slight knowledge of 
it. 

(3) Under Item 37, the applicant should be sure 

to list every employment . This includes part- 
time and temporary job's as well as full-time 
positions. The applicant should also list the 
reason for leaving each position even though 
he may have been separated from the job. 

(U) The applicant should be certain to fill out 
all information requested under Item Ul(a) 
and (b). If the answer under (b) is ’*Yes w , 
he should give under Item h5, as directed in 
the note at the end of Item hi, the required 
information about all relatives, whom he knows 
to be living in any country other than the 
United States and its possessions. 

(5) Although no space is provided on Form 57 for 
foreign travel, it is recommended that mention 
of all such travel, including purpose and dura¬ 
tion, be made under Item hh* 

B. If the applicant wishes field employment, he would 
ordinarily apply to the Civil Service Region where 
he resides. For evacuees now living in centers 
thi3 would be the Region in which the center is lo¬ 
cated. For evacuees who have relocated this would 
be the Region in which they are currently living. 
Applicants who wish field employment outside their 
own Region should specify the localities preferred 
in their application (Item No. 27). They should 
understand, however, that they will ordinarily be 
given consideration in the other Region only after 
all qualified applicants residing in that Region 
have been considered. In any case an applicant for 
a field position should send the Form £7 to the 
Civil Service Regional Office for the Region in 
which he is living. 

C. If the applicant wishes Departmental employment 
(in the main office of an agency, usually located 
in Washington), he must compete;with qualified ap- 

12/25 M 
Release # 156 


Application 
tor Field 
Employment 


Application 

far 

Departmental 

Employment 


C-.19S0 P7 D* 







WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80.6 


4 


Examination 


Appointment 
Prooeduree for 
Citizen Evacuees 


Requirement 
of Leave 
Eligibility 


Certification 

Before 

Investigation 


(-2C) 

plicants for such work, from all over the United 
States, who have indicated they wish Departmental 
employment. The application in such cases should 
be sent directly to the Commission in Washington. 

D. After the application is submitted, the Commission 
will advise the applicant when and where to take 
a written examination if this is required. 

.3 The Civil Service procedures for handling applications 
from American citizens of Japanese ancestry may be 
summarized as follows? 

A. War Service Indefinite Appointments. 

(1) If the applicant is living in a relocation 
center or has ever lived in one, his applica¬ 
tion will not be accepted unless the WRA has 
verified to the Commission that he has been 
found eligible to depart from the center on 
indefinite leave. 

(2) If the applicant has been certified by WRA 
as eligible for indefinite leave, his name 
may be entered on an appropriate certificate, 
prior to his character investigation, with 
the following footnote entered against his 
name* 

* "This eligible, of Japanese origin, may be 
appointed subject to investigation and en¬ 
tered on duty immediately if the appoint¬ 
ing officer certifies, when reporting on 
this list of eligibles, that the appointee 
will not participate in activities direct¬ 
ly related to the war program, and will 
not have access to any confidential or 
restricted information. In the absence of 
such certification the eligible, if selec¬ 
ted, may not enter on duty until he has 
been found suitable by the Commission as 
the result of investigation. Notification 
of the results of investigation will be 
furnished, if possible, within three weeks 
of receipt of notice of selection." 

12/25AU 

Release ff 156 


C-lflSO P8 








WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80.6 


(.3A^ 


(3) A person certified for appointment under the 
provisions of Paragraph (2) above may be ap¬ 
pointed to a position defined in the quoted 
footnote and may enter on duty immediately, 
subject to the usual provision that he can¬ 
not remain in the job after his character in¬ 
vestigation is made if the findings of the 
investigation are adverse. 

(U) A person certified under Paragraph A(2) can¬ 
not ordinarily be appointed to work directly 
related to the war program or providing ac¬ 
cess to confidential or restricted informa¬ 
tion until after his character investigation 
has been made and a favorable report given. 

In some cases, where the appointing officer 
makes representations to the Commission on 
the urgency of filling the position without 
delay, the Commission will take steps to per¬ 
mit immediate appointment subject to later in¬ 
vestigation. 

(£) If a person has already had Civil Service in¬ 
vestigation and clearance, he may be certified 
without further investigation or clearance 
and be given immediate appointment to positions 
directly related to the war program as well as 
to other positions not in this category. 

(6) Certification of a Japanese-American citizen 
to a Federal agency does not guarantee selec¬ 
tion or appointment by that agency. 

(7) If a Federal agency proposes to employ a 
particular evacuee citizen not on a Civil Ser¬ 
vice certificate, its nomination of the appli¬ 
cant to the Civil Service Commission should 
carry the statement required in footnote quo¬ 
ted in 80.6.3A(2) if this applies. Otherwise, 
the agency will have to wait until the charac¬ 
ter investigation has been made and a favor¬ 
able report received. If the evacuee has 
previously been found eligible by the Commis¬ 
sion for the type of work in question , but 
has not been certified to the requesting 

12/2SA1* 

Release # 156 


Appointne art 
Prior to 
Investigation 


Appointment 

After 

Investigation 


Appointment 

of 

Investigated 

Persons 


Selection 


Direct 

Reoruiting 


C- 1030 P0 bn 



WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80*6 


C.3A-7) 


agency, the procedure is also as outlined in 
Paragraphs A—(U) and (5). 


Emergency 

or 

Temporary 

Appointment 


War Department 
Appointments 


B. Emergency or Temporary Appointments• 

(1) Evacuees may also be given 30-day emergency 
appointments or temporary appointments of 
less than 90 days without prior investiga¬ 
tion, unless the Regional Civil Service Dir¬ 
ector determines that the position involves 
vital or confidential work. They may also 
be employed under Schedule A appointments 
(appointments which are excepted from Civil 
Service approval) except in localities where 
labor regulations were in effect on July 1, 
19 Ul. 

C. None of the provisions of this Section 80.6.3 ap¬ 
ply to appointments to the War Department, which 
conducts its own investigation prior to appoint¬ 
ment • 


Appointment 
of Aliens 


Assistance 
by WRA. for 
Federal 
Employment 


•U Aliens of Japanese ancestry can be considered for Fed¬ 
eral employment only under the procedures governing 
appointment of enemy aliens. 

.5 Relocation Program Officers and field Relocation Of¬ 
ficers shall assist evacuees to secure all necessary 
information on how to apply for Federal employment in 
the same manner as they assist them to make contacts 
leading to other types of employment (see Handbook 
130.10.5 and 130.31.2. 


At Centers 


In Field 
Offioes 


A. At relocation centers the Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer shall see that announcements of Civil Ser¬ 
vice examinations and opportunities are given 
publicity. He shall cooperate with the local Com¬ 
mission office in arranging Civil Service examin¬ 
ations at the center when there are sufficient ap¬ 
plicants to justify holding one. He shall expe¬ 
dite leaves to attend examinations held in other 
cities. 

B. Field Relocation Officers shall maintain close 
relations with local offices of the Civil Ser¬ 
vice Commission in order to expedite the certifi- 


12/2 5M 

Release # 156 


c-teso pio bo 





WRA Manual 


Civil Service Commission 80,6 


(•5b) 

cation of eligible evacuee applicants to Federal 
positions. The Conmission regulations relative to 
certification of Japanese-Americans are contained 
in C.S.C. Circular Letter No. h0$b and its Supple¬ 
ments. Relocation Officers shall take especial 
care to inform the Commission fully and promptly 
concerning individuals who are eligible for in¬ 
definite leave under WRA procedures (80.6.3A(1))• 

C. Federal employment as well as other types of em¬ 
ployment may be obtained under either the Commun¬ 
ity Invitation plan or the Advance Approval plan. 

If under the former, the evacuee may go to a com¬ 
munity open to Community Invitation in which Fed¬ 
eral employment is available and obtain private 
employment temporarily while waiting approval by 
the Civil Service Commission. The Commission has 
placed the maximum time for character investiga¬ 
tions at three weeks (80.6.3A(2)) although in the 
past they have usually been considerably longer. 

If the evacuee goes on the Advance Approval plan, 
he should wait for an acceptance notice from the 
Federal agency before leaving the center if the 
reason advance approval is desired is based upon 
the securing of Federal employment. Evacuees are 
advised to utilize the Community Invitation plan 
wherever possible. 

B. In general, Federal agencies desiring appointment 
of Japanese-American citizens to positions des¬ 
cribed in 80.6.3A(5) would do well to allow ample 
time for the character investigation. This applies 
to offices of WRA as well as to other Federal 
agencies. Evacuees should also take this into ac¬ 
count in their discussions with Federal appointing 
officers and making personal plans for the period 
prior to appointment. 


12/2SAU 

Release # 156 


Type of 
Leave for 
Prospective 
Federal 
Appointee* 


General 

Con aid oration* 


C-tMO Pit n*fes*»fin»l 




















. 










, •• ' '■ 






















. 

. 

. 

. 

































1 



























. 

‘ 













- 

























































WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMIN IS TR/ TIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 90 - Individual Exclusion Program 


(Cancelled without Replacement) 


8AiA5 ; 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/28/U3 
Release # 201 
























WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 100 - Evacuee Property 

WRA Organization for Evacuee Property 100,1 


V 


.1 Executive Order No* 9102 creating the War Relocation Authority 
and defining its functions and duties authorises, among other 
things, supervising the activities and providing for the needs Authority 
of evacuees. This duty includes assisting them in preserving 
and protecting their assets. The assistance nhich WRA will 
render is outlined in this Chapter of the Manual. 


•2 A. Responsibility for assistance to evacuees outside centers 
in property matters is assigned to the Relocation Division, 

•which administers its program from Washington, with legal 
advice from the Solicitor and his staff. The Evacuee Pro- property Pro¬ 
perty Section in the Relocation Division assists the Chief gram Out- 
of the Division in evacuee property matters, including pre- Centers 

paration of procedures, application of established policy 
in correspondence, direction to Relocation Division field 
offices, technical assistance to centers, and coordinating 
the activities of other Divisions where evacuee property 
matters are involved. 

B. Property assistance to evacuees in the field is rendered 
by the staffs of the appropriate Relocation area or dis¬ 
trict offices, under supervision of the Division Chief. 

In the three West Coast areas. Relocation field offices 
are also responsible for all service in the fields of 
property management, storage and transportation—insofar 
as authorized in Manual Sections 100.2, 100.3, and 100 .14 
—-for property left in the evacuated zone, regardless 
of where the owner of the property is currently residing. 


.3 An evacuee Property Section functions in the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion at each center, with assistance from the Project Attorney 
on legal problems. The duties of the project Evacuee Property 
Officer are on the center. It is not his function to under¬ 
take investigations or negotiations outside the center, even 
though requested to do so by evacuees. This is the responsi¬ 
bility of the Area Relocation Supervisor and his staff, in¬ 
cluding the District Refocation Offices to which Property Of¬ 
ficers are assigned. If very unusual circumstances exist with 
reference to a case, the Area Relocation Supervisor may re¬ 
quest the Project Director to authorize the project Evacuee 


Evacuee 

Property 

Section 

at 

Centers 



8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of \/20/W~> 
Release #203 


C-2378 P» 



WRA Manual 


WRA Organization for Evacuee Property 100.1 


(.3) 

Property Officer to visit an Area office in order to 
assist the Area office in the handling of the case* 

The functions of the project Evacuee Property Officers 
include the following! 


Policy 

on 

Property 

Assistaooe 


A* Act a® counselor to evacuees concerning their pro¬ 
perty problems, and assist on the center in sell¬ 
ing, leasing, operating, transporting or storing 
their property, under the terms of Manual Chapter 
100 . 

B. Obtain from evacuees full and accurate information 
regarding the property matters concerning which the 
evacuees request assistance, and in appropriate 
cases to furnish this information to the proper Area 
or District Relocation office. 

C. Handle ccnmrunications with the Area Relocation Super¬ 
visor on evacuee problems. Where an Evacuee Property 
Officer is on the staff of a District Relocation Of¬ 
fice, the project Evacuee Property Officer may com¬ 
municate directly with him. This involves securing 
information, documents, signatures to forms, and in 
general rendering every possible assistance in further¬ 
ing the functions of the Area Relocation office. 

D*. Refer to the Project Attorney property problems of 
a legal nature presented by evacuees, and consult 
with the Project Attorney on matters having legal 
involvements• 

•Li Requests for assistance may include widely varied types 
of property and may therefore require widely varied 
actions. The general procedure to be followed in each 
of several general classes of cases is outlined herein. 

In all cases, however, it is to be remembered that the 
Authority operates only as an intermediary, except as 
set forth in Sections 100.2.12,.lh and .15* There¬ 
fore, in no case shall any representative of the Au¬ 
thority direct what action shall any evacuee take with 
reference to his property problems, the duty of such 
representative being to furnish such advice and infor¬ 
mation as may be requested by the evacuee, and to help 
the evacuee to put into operation such decisions with 


C-2378 P4 *u 


8/27/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release # 203 














WRA Manual 


WRA Organization for Evacuee Property 100*1 


(j») 

reference to the lairful disposition of his property 
as arrived at by the evacuee of his oim free will. In 
addition, except for such cases as are referred to in 
Section 100*2«1U, the decisions thus reached by evac¬ 
uees shall not actually be put into operation by any 
representative of the Authority, but by a real estate 
agent, a bank, an accountant, an attorney, or other 
person in private business or in private practice of a 
profession, of the evacuee*s own choosing, liaison be¬ 
tween such person and the evacuee being provided by 
the Authority as requested by the evacuee* 

•5 Definitions of some of the principal expressions used 
in this chapter of the Manual are as follows: 

A* The term "evacuee**, as used herein, refers to all 
persons of Japanese ancestry and members of the 
immediate families of such persons who on March 1, 
19h2, resided within the west coast military areas 
subsequently evacuated, except internees (i*e., 
those who are internees at the time of the request 
for assistance) who have not been, or members of 
■ whose immediate families have not been, residents 

of relocation centers. The date March 1, 19U2, is 
the day prior to General DeWitt*s Proclamation No. 
1, defining the military areas. The definition is 
designed to include persons of Japanese ancestry 
who left the military areas voluntarily, those who 
were evacuated, those who remained in the military 
areas because they were mentally incompetent, too 
ill to be moved, etc., and also the Caucasian 
wives and husbands of such persons* 

B. The term "property" as used herein, refers to any 
and all tangible and intangible property interests 
of evacuees* "Evacuee property" falls into the 
following classes: 

(1) "Household and personal effects"* This term 
includes dlothing, household furniture and 
furnishings, kitchen equipment and utensils, 
hand tools, and all other personal property 

8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 

Release #203 

I 


Definitions 


•Evacuee" 


■property* 


C-3378 PB too 



WRA Manual 


WRA Organization for Evacuee Property 100,1 


■Govenment. 
Storage" 


•Supervisor" 


•Excludes" 


Assistance 
in Post- 
Exclusion 
Period 


Property 

Management 


( *5>B-1) 

not described as "commercial property" below, 
and not used in and about a profession, busi¬ 
ness, trade, occupation or other commercial 
venture. 

(2) "Commercial property". This term includes 
merchandise, stocks, store or office fixtures, 
and equipment, boats, motor vehicles, farm and 
other machinery and equipment, church and re¬ 
ligious property, and all personal property 
used in connection with a profession, business, 
trade, occupation or other commericial venture. 

No reference to "commercial property", however, 
shall be construed to authorize shipment of au¬ 
tomobiles and motor trucks at Government expense. 

(3) Real Estate 

C. "Government storage" as used herein, refers to storage 
in a warehouse operated by the Authority elsewhere than 
on a center. 

D. The term "Supervisor" as used herein, refers to the 
Area Relocation Supervisor whose west coast Area in¬ 
cludes the place where the evacuee's property is lo¬ 
cated. 

E. "Excludes" as used herein, means an evacuee who is ex¬ 
cluded by military order from his place of preevacua¬ 
tion residence in the west coast exclusion area. The 
term includes persons in centers whom the War Depart¬ 
ment or the Department of Justice has designated as in¬ 
eligible for relocation. 

• 6 A. The policies and procedures prescribed by this Marmal 
Chapter for the evacuee property program will remain 
in full effect, following the revocation of the mass 
exclusion orders, with respect to persons ineligible 
to relocate into the excluded area. 

B. In the field of Property Management and Disposal (Manual 
Chapter 100.2), with respect to persons eligible to re¬ 
locate in the west coast exclusion area, assistance will 
be extended to certain voluntary evacuees (defined in 

8/27A* 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 

Release #203 




C-2378 Pfl bu 













WRA Manual 


WRA Organization for Evacuee Property 100,1 


(.6B) 

Manual Section 1J>0.1 *7j compare 100*1*5-A) 'who 
have not heretofore been eligible for assistance, 
but, for all persons eligible to return to the 
excluded area, assistance will be given as pro¬ 
vided in 100*2*1-D* Upon return of an evacuee 
to the evacuated area, the WRA will in no case 
continue to handle any matter or otherwise give 
property management assistance to him beyond the 
period of 60 days following his return, except 
as otherwise provided in Manual Section 100*2*1-D* 


C*. In the field of property transportation, assist¬ 
ance in the transportation of property to point 
of relocation will be available, subject to the 
limitations set forth in Manual Section 100*3*8* 


Transportation 

and 

Storage 


*7 All officers or employees of WRA who in the course of 
their official duties are required to have custody, 
control or possession of property belonging to evac¬ 
uees shall be bonded in accordance with the provisions 
of Manual Section 20*11,6* They shall be accountable 
for such property to the Assistant Director in charge 
of the San Francisco office, to whom they shall like¬ 
wise be accountable in carrying out the obligation of 
their bonds* All such bonds shall be approved by the 
Assistant Director in charge of the San Francisco of¬ 
fice and forwarded to the Washington Finance and Sup¬ 
ply office for filing* The Assistant Director in 
charge of the San Francisco office is hereby appointed 
the successor in interest to the Chief of the .Evacuee 
Property Office for all purposes of accountability for 
moneys and other property belonging to evacuees for 
which officers and employees are obligated to account 
under the provisions of the bonds now in force* The 
accountability prescribed by this section does not al¬ 
ter the administrative relationship between the bonded 
officer and his Area Relocation Supervisor or Project 
Director to whom he is administratively responsible in 
performing the duties of his office* 


Bonding 

of 


Employe** 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of X/20/hS 
Release #203 


C-2378 P7 n*bu 











* 

























■ 




































WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100*2 




*1 In regard to the management, operation and disposition 
of evacuee property, within the West Coast areas, the 
Relocation Division will perform the following functionsi 


A. The Division will make investigations, reply to 
inquiries, assist in handling problems of manage¬ 
ment, operation and disposition of real and per¬ 
sonal property, aid in settling claims held by 
evacuees, and assist prospective purchasers, 
lessees, managers, agents, and others in con¬ 
tacting evacuees* 


runotions in 
Management, 
Operation, 

•r Disposition 
of Property 


B. It shall be part of the basic policy of the 
War Relocation Authority that, so far as pos¬ 
sible and except only as otherwise specifically 
set forth in this Manual Chapter, it shall not 
serve as substitute owner, director, or operator 
of the property involved, but in an investiga¬ 
tional, informational, and advisory capacity, and 
as an intermediary and negotiator between the 
evacuee and other persons or companies whom the 
evacuee shall choose to act for him, represent him, 
operate his property, or lease or purchase from 
him* 

C. As a corollary of this basic policy it follows 
that the acceptance or rejection of the services 
of a real estate agent, a bank, an attorney, etc*., 
and in fact of the services of the Authority, 
shall be for the evacuee himself to determine in 
all cases* Likewise, the evacuee shall always 
make the decision as to acceptance or rejection of 
a given course of action (e*g*, whether his pro¬ 
perty should be leased or sold, whether goods 
should be stored or disposed of, whether a given 
price should be accepted or rejected) with respect 
to all of his property to which he has lawful 
right. In all cases it shall be the function of 
the Authority to ascertain the facts, and to make 
available as many practical alternatives as pos¬ 
sible, in order that the evacuee may be aided in 
reaching an intelligent conclusion; but the advice 
of any representative of the Authority shall be 
given only when specifically requested by the evac- 


Nature 

of 

Service 


Decision 

by 


Evacuee 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release #203 


C-2378 





WRA Manual 


Mana gement and Disposition of Property 100.2 


( 


(.1C) 

uee, and then only upon making clear to the evacuee 
that the advice is not a direction and that the 
evacuee is free to disregard it* 


D* Assistance under Section 100.2 to evacuees requiring 
services that cannot be performed at a center shall 
be limited tot 


Post Exclusion 
Assistance in 
Property 
Management 


(1) Completion of cases for -which WRA assumed re¬ 
sponsibility prior to revocation of the general 
exclusion orders, provided that assistance in 
any case will not be continued beyond 60 days 
after the evacuee*s return to the evacuated area 
except under the conditions set forth in 
100.2.l-D(k) below. 

(2) Handling of new cases for persons excluded from 
the evacuated area. 

(3) Handling of new cases for center residents not 
excluded from the evacuated area where a direct 
contribution will be made to orderly relocation. 
Before approving such a request for assistance 
(prepared on Form WRA-1^3, Rev. or-l53a. Rev..) 
involving services which cannot be furnished at 
the center, the Project Director shall ascertain 
that the evacuee has a definite relocation plan 
(including a date of departure except where the 
services requested must be performed before the 
date of departure can be set) and that the as¬ 
sistance is necessary to the evacuee’s reloca¬ 
tion. The Project Director shall so certify to 
the appropriate Relocation Officer. The as¬ 
sistance requested shall be given promptly. 

Where relocation to the evacuated area is com- 
templated, such assistance may include serving 
of notices to quit, checking property against 
evacuee inventories, and reporting on the con¬ 
dition of property. 


(a) To aid evacuees in regaining possession of 
their residential property for themselves 
or their relatives, the Relocation Officers 

8/2? A5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/29/]i5 
Release # 203 



C-2378 P10 too 



















WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100,2 


I 


C.lD-3a) 

will serve on tenants notices to quit possession 
when transmitted to them in accordance with this 
paragraph, and such supplemental instructions as 
may be issued from time to time, A signed not¬ 
ice to quit in proper legal form, a signed peti¬ 
tion in proper form to the OPA for approval of 
the termination of a tenancy where required, a 
signed Form WRA-1^3, Rev, or -153A, Rev, together 
with a copy of the lease or other occupancy agree¬ 
ment being terminated, if available, will accom¬ 
pany the Project Director’s request. An extra 
signed copy of the notice to quit for transmittal 
to the OPA should be sent in cases in which a pe¬ 
tition to the OPA is not required. The Relocation 
Program Officer should question the evacuee care¬ 
fully concerning any outstanding leases with re¬ 
spect to which WRA service is requested and refer 
him for consultation to the Project Attorney who 
will advise the evacuee whether he can regain pos¬ 
session of his property. The Relocation Officer 
in filing an evacuee’s petition with the OPA may 
send a letter stating that the evacuee is being 
given assistance by the WRA in relocating, ex¬ 
plaining the reasons why approval is desirable and 
urging prompt approval of the petition, 

(U) Handling new cases for evacuees who have relocated to 
the West Coast areas where (1) assistance is necessary 
to prevent financial loss or hardship to the evacuee, 
or (2) assistance is necessary to remedy or obviate a 
situation which may adversely affect the relocation 
program. Such assistance may not be extended beyond 
60 days after the evacuee's return unless the Area 
Supervisor finds that such assistance is necessary un¬ 
der category (2) above, and where such assistance is 
not obtainable from local resources. 


Pest Exclusion 

Assistance In 
Property 
Management 
(oont’d) 


(a) For evacuees returned to the West Coast Areas, 

many problems will be primarily relocation adjust¬ 
ment problems that do not require WRA management 
assistance. This may be because no actual pro¬ 
perty difficulties are involved or because on in¬ 
vestigation the Relocation Officer may find that 
the needed assistance in connection with property 





8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/1(5 
Release #203 


C-2378 Pll Du 



WRA Manual 


100.2 


C.ID-Ua) 

matters can be obtained from attorneys, real 
estate men. Federal or State agencies, cooperating 
groups or other local resources. In all such 
cases, the Relocation Officer receiving a request 
shall investigate thoroughly the possibility of 
obtaining adequate assistance from local resources 
Where assistance is obtained from local resources, 
he will act in a liaison capacity if requested to 
do so. 


Post Exclusion 
Assistance in 
Pro p er ty 
Management 
(oont* d) 




Ob) Where property management assistance is needed and 
careful investigation of the facts indicates that 
adequate assistance from local resources or agents 
will not be available, the Relocation Officer to 
whom the request is made shall send the request for 
assistance on Form WRA-l£3,Rev. or-13>3A,Rev. to the 
Area Relocation Supervisor of the Area in which the 
assistance will be rendered under a letter stating 
the facta which indicate the need for the assist¬ 
ance and shoring the inadequacy of local resources 
to handle the problem or stating why the problem 
cannot be handled through an agent and giving his 
recommendation. Where the evacuee returned more 
than 60 days prior to his initial request for as¬ 
sistance, the necejsity for extending assistance to 
prevent adverse effects on the relocation program 
shall be shown. The Area Supervisor shall notify 
the Relocation Officer promptly of his decision. 
Assistance will be given if the Area Supervisor 
finds that the case comes within the standards set 
forth above in this subparagraph. 

(c.) If the request does not come within the standards 
set forth above, the Relocation Officer shall in¬ 
form the evacuee that the requested assistance 
cannot be given. If the request involves only a as¬ 
sistance in employing an agent or attorney, he may 
give the evacuee names of agents or arrange to have 
names of attorneys sent to him who may be willing 
to represent him. He will send a copy of all of 
his correspondence with the evacuee to the Area 
Supervisor and, if the evacuee lives in another 
district, to the Relocation Officer of the district 
in which the evacuee lives. 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/U£ 
Release #203 


C-2378 Pi* bu 











WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100*2 


(.1D-U) 

(d) The attorney referral system (Manual Section 
£0*U«1) or in proper cases legal aid clinics 
(Manual Section $0.9 *11) will be used for as¬ 
sisting evacuees in obtaining legal services 
fror private attorneys* 

♦2 Every evacuee center resident desiring assistance other 
than service which can be provided at the center shall 
sign a request for assistance, either Form WRA-13>3, Rev* 
or Form WRA-153A, Rev* (See attached Exhibits for cop¬ 
ies of the forms with directions for filling out.) At 
the same time, he shall also be requested to sign an 
affidavit of non-blocked account. Form WRA-I^U, Rev* for 
reasons set forth below, but his failure to sign Form 
WRA-15>U, Rev* shall not stand in the way of furnishing 
of assistance to him in connection with his property 
problems provided he 3hall first sign Form WRA-15>3, Rev* 
or WRA-l&A,Rev* Information on these forms will in 
all cases be supplemented by additional information, as 
set forth in Section 100.2.3# (See Manual Section 
100.2.ID for limitations on assistance that will be 
given to persons eligible to relocate in the evacuated 
area during the period following the revocation of the 
mass exclusion order.) 

.3 Following receipt of request for property assistance, 
complete information shall be obtained from the evac¬ 
uee. If possible, the matter shall be completed at 
the center. For example, in all cases in nrhich an 
evacuee desires only advice as to his rights under a 
legal instrument, the writing of a collection letter, 
the preparation of a will, etc., the required services 
shall be rendered at the center without referring the 
matter elsewhere. As to all matters which cannot be 
completed at th3 center, the Project Director shall 
obtain complete information, including pertinent names, 
addresses, dates, descriptions of properties, amounts, 
pertinent documents, results desired, etc., and forward • 
these to the appropriate Relocation Officer. Whenever 
additional information is needed by the Relocation Of¬ 
ficer, he may obtain it by communicating with the Pro¬ 
ject Director. 




8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20A5 
Release #203 


Request 

for 

Assistance 


Service 

at 

Center 


C-2378 P13 fcu 




WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100.2 


lotion by 
Relocation 
Offioer 


•U The Relocation Officer in every case shall take action 
as promptly as each situation requires and the nature 
of the case permits* When new questions of policy arfe 
involved, the Relocation Officer shall first obtain 
directions or advice from the Chief of the Relocation 
Division by regular mail, airmail, telegraph or tele¬ 
phone, depending upon the degree of urgency of each 
situation. Evacuee property cases which involve a 
broad matter of policy, particularly those involving 
relationship with other Governmental agencies, will be 
referred to the Chief of the Relocation Division* No 
legal action shall be undertaken or threatened by any 
representative of the Relocation Division except pur¬ 
suant to the written authority of the Chief of the Di¬ 
vision. No representative of the Relocation Division 
shall make any warranties, guarantees or representa¬ 
tions whatever, express or implied, concerning the pro¬ 
perty of an evacuee* He may transmit any pertinent in¬ 
formation furnished by the evacuee or others regarding 
the property in question, but shall make clear to those 
with whom he is dealing that the Authority is acting 
only as intermediary and therefore does not vouch for 
the accuracy of the information transmitted. Except 
as restricted by the terms of this Manual Chapter, the 
Relocation Officer should make every effort to cany 
out the desires of the evacuee as communicated to him 
by the Project Director on behalf of the evacuee* 


Informing 

the 

Evacuees 


Services to 
Evacuees 
Outside 
Centers 


Care shall be taken always to keep the evacuee informed 
as to the progress of the matter in which he is inter¬ 
ested. Authority shall be obtained in advance from the 
evacuee for all steps taken in connection with his pro¬ 
perty* Upon final disposition of each matter, a final 
report shall be made to the evacuee and, if possible, 
a written acknowledgement shall be obtained from him 
that the matter has been completed* 

•6 In the case of an evacuee not residing in a center, the 
procedures outlined in Sections 100.2.2 to 100.2.5 shall 
be followed as nearly as possible. In all such cases, 
the matter shall be handled directly with, the evacuee 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/li£ 
Release #203 





C-2378 P14 bu 















WE A.*- 153 Rev 


(Exhibit 100.2,2) 


WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 

REQUEST FOR ASSISTANCE IN CONNECTION WITH PROPERTY MATTERS 


Joe Doe Tanaka 

(Tyfiewritc or print name clearly) 


00000 

(Family to.) 


request the assistance of the Director of the War Relocation Authority and his 
representatives in connection *ith certain property in which I am interested, said 

property being (List accurately the type of property. Give the exact location. 

.If real estate is involved, give the land number and legal description.Give 

names of any individuals who should be contacted and direction for locating these 

individuals, as well as the property itself.) 

The result I desire to accomplish is: (Give specific instruction such as 
the sale of. the price acceptable, lease for a definite term at a definite 

figure, etc. 


I am unable to find anyone else who I believe can handle this matter for me. 

The facts you need in order to help me in accomplishing the above result are 
Outlined on_pages attached hereto. 

Also attached are the following signed documents: /Attach pertinent _ 

(If none, state n Ione") 

documents such as copies of leases, rental contracts, deeds, mortgages, etc.) 


Also attached are the following unsigned documents^_ 

(If none, state "tone") 


I hereby revoke all powers of attorney heretofore made by me authorizing any 
person, firm, or corporation to do any act relative to the above described proper¬ 
ty in connection with the accomplishment of the desired result aforementioned. 


I hereby give and grant to Dillon S. Myer, as and while Director of the War 
Relocation Authority, and his successors and representatives, (hereinafter re¬ 
ferred to as the Director) full power and authority to do and perform every act 
and thing necessary or advisable to be done in attempting to brin about the re¬ 
sult above stated, as fully as 1 might or could do if personally present, hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that the Director and the War Relocation Authority 
and its agents, servants, and employees nfay do by virtue of this authorizatxor.. 


8/27/4 5 

Release #203 


C-23V8 PlB *>u 


















2 


I do hereby further authorize the Director to substitute and appoint, from 
time to time, one or more agents or attorneys in fact, with the same or more 
limited powers, removing and appointing such agents and attorneys in fact as he 
sees fit. 

In consideration of the assistance now being furnished to me free of charge 
in connection with my property, the receipt and sufficiency of this consideration 
being hereby acknowiedged, and for other services heretofore and to be hereafter 
furnished me by the War Relocation Authority without charge, I do hereby release 
and discharge the Director, said War Relocation Authority, and its agents, ser¬ 
vants, and employees, of and from all liability whatever arising out of or result- 
ina from any matter or thing done, or for failure to do any matter or thing, in 
connection with the above described property. 

I further agree to reimburse the Authority for any end all sums advanced or 
expenses incurred by it, on my behalf, in connection with the above described 
property, and to secure the repayment pf all such sums I hereby give and grant to 
the War Relocation Authority a lien upon all said property and all other property 
now owned and hereafter acquired by me and upon the proceeds therefrom. 

I am of legal age and have full right to enter into this agreement. 

The pronouns ’* I" and "me", as. used herein, mean "we" and “us", respectively, 
if more than one person is signing this agreement. 

Date (Date executed) _ 

Witness : 

(Signature of Witness) _ (Signature of Individual making reqnesffi eg l ) 

I am the lawful spouse of the person who has signed the foregoing instrument, 
and I hereby join in the execution thereof. 

Date; executed) _ (Signature of wife, if any) _ ( Sgg l) 



(Where needed, acknowledgement clause to be added in accordance with 
statute.) 


I 


C-2378 P13 *>U 












WRA- 153A Rev. 


(Exhibit 100,2.2) 

WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 
POWER OF ATTORNEY 


REQUEST FOR ASSISTANCE IN CONNECTION WITH PROPERTY MATTERS 


I, John Doe Tanaka 00000 

(Typewrite or Print name clearly) (Panily To.) 

request the assistance of the Director of the War Relocation Authority and his 
representatives in connection with certain property in which I am interested, 
said property being (List accurately the type of property »_Give the exact- 

location♦. If real estate is involved, give the land number and legal des¬ 


\ 


cription. Give names of any individuals who should be contacted and direction 


for locating these individuals, as well as the property itself,) 

The result I desire to accomplish i«: (Give specific instruction such 
as the sale of, the price acceptable, lease for a definite term at a definite 

■ 1 . ■ ■ ■ ■ -■ ■ ^ i. ■ . . - ' ■ — T ' 1 ' 

figure, etc,) 


for me. 


I am unable to find anyone else who I believe can handle this matter 


result 


The facts you need in 
are outlined on_ 


order to 
_pages 


help me in accomplishing 
attached hereto. 


the above 


Also attached are the following signed documents : (Attach pertinent 

(If none, state "Tone") 

documents such as copies of leases, rental contracts, deeds, mortgages, etc.) 


Also attached are the following unsigned documents:_ 

(If none, state "Tone") 


I hereby revoke all powers of attorney heretofore made by me author¬ 
izing any person, firm, or corporation to do any act relative to the above de¬ 
scribed property. 

I hereby give and grant to Dillon S. Myer, as and while Director of 
the War Relocation Authority, and his successors, and representatives, (herein¬ 
after referred to as the Director), full power and authority to do and perform 
every act and thing necessary or advisable to be done relative to the above 
described property, as fully as I might or could do if personally present, here¬ 
by ratifying and confirming all that the Director and the War Relocation Author¬ 
ity and its agents, servants, and employees n.ay do by virtue of this authoriza¬ 
tion. C-3878 Pi 7 bu . 

8/27A5 

Release #203 _ 





















- 2 - 

More particularly, but not in limitation hereof, I hereby appoint the Di¬ 
rector my attorney in fact for me and in my name to collect and receive all sums 
of money which are income from, or in any other way related to the above de¬ 
scribed property and which are now due or which hereafter become due to me; to 
enter into compromises and make settlements in connection with all such sums, 
and execute and deliver receipts and releases therefor; to deal with the goods 
and merchandise and all other property and assets of mine upon or connected with 
the above described property, and to make, do and transact all and every kind of 
business in any way concerning said property or assets; for rne and in my name and 

as my act and deed, to sign, seal, execute, acknowledge and deliver bills of sale 

deeds, mortgages, agreements and any and all other instruments of any and every 
kind which the War Relocation Authority, in its discretion, may deem necessary or 
advisable in order to accomplish the desired result above set forth or any re¬ 
lated result which the War Relocation Authority, deems desirable. 

I do hereby further authorize the Director to substitute and appoint, from 
time to time, one or more agents or attorneys in fact, with the same or more 
limited powers, removing and appointing such agents and attorneys in fact as he 
sees fit. 

In consideration of the assistance now being furnished to me free of charge 

in connection with my property, the receipt and sufficiency of this consideration 

being hereby acknowledged, and for other services heretofore and to be hereafter 
furnished me by the War Relocation Authority without charge, I hereby agree to 
indemnify and save harmless the Director, the War Relocation Authority, its 
agents, servants, and employees and any and all substitutes appointed hereunder, 
from.any and all liability whatsoever arising out of or resulting from any act, 
cause or thing done or caused to be done by them, or any of them, in my behalf; 
and I hereby, release and discharge the Director and the War Relocation Authority 
and its agents, servants, and employees of and from any and all obligation or 
liability whatsoever by reason of any aci or failure to act hereunder. 

I further agree to reimburse the Authority for any and all sums advanced or 
expenses incurred by it, on my behalf, in connection with the above described 
property, and to secure the repayment of all such sums, I hereby give and grant 
to the War Relocation Authority a lien upon all said property and all other 
property now owned and hereafter acquired by me and upon the proceeds therefrom, 
and until such advances or expenses have been fully paid to the War Relocation 
Authority by me, this power of attorney shall remain irrevocably in effect. 

I am of legal age and have full right to enter into this agreement. 


C-2378 pis *u 




( 100,2 . 2 ) 


- a - 

The pronouns "I" and "me", as used herein, r,iean "we 11 and 
respectively, if more than one person is signing this agreement. 


'us 


* 


Date; (Date Executed) _ 

Witness: 

(Signature of Witness) (Signature of Individual making yagnaat.) 


I am the lawful spouse of 
instrument, and I hereby join in 


the person who has signed 
the execution thereof. 


the 


for egoing 


Date: (Date Executed) 


(Signature of wife, if any) 


(Seal) 


NOTICE TO PROJECT DIRECTOR: 



Signed original of 


the appropriate Relocation Office* 


this document to be sent to 


(Where needed, acknowledgement clause to be added in accordance with 

statute.) 


8/27A5 
Release #203 


C-S378 Pl'fl n*bu 








Cl 


< 


»! 






WRA Manual Management and Disposition of Property 100*2 

(. 6 ) 

without dealing through the Project Director of the 
center at which the evacuee formerly lived. For 
procedure in cases of evacuees who have returned to 
the evacuated area, see Manual Section 100«2*1«D(U) 


•7 Certain types of property and certain property pro- Spool»1 

blems require special consideration: Pro Memo 

A* Storage and transportation of property—*See Man- storage 
ual Section 100*3 > with respect to ^ 

evacuees eligible to relocate in the evacuated Transportation 

area* 


B* The estates of decedents at the centers shall be 
handled as follows: 

(1) The Project Director, upon the death of an 
evacuee who has heirs at the center, shall 
assist the heirs in such way as they shall 
request in collecting and segregating the 
assets of the deceased and in arranging for 
the probate of the estate, if necessary* 

He shall render only such assistance as may 

be requested by the evacuees involved* Eotatos 

•f 

(2) Upon the death of an evacuee who has no known Deoodcnt* 
heirs within the center, the personal effects 

of the deceased in his or WRA possession shall 
be handled as follows: 


(a) The Welfare Section shall collect all 
cash and visible effects left by the 
deceased. The cash and negotiable in¬ 
struments shall be inventoried and de¬ 
livered to the Project Evacuee Property 
Officer. All other property of the de¬ 
ceased shall be inventoried and held in 
safekeeping in a Project warehouse. An 
inventory of the property and a copy of 
the warehouse receipt shall be deliver¬ 
ed to the Evacuee Property Officer* 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/li£ 
Release #203 

) 


C-3378 P81 



WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100,2 


(.7B-2) 

(b) The Evacuee Property Officer shall immediate¬ 
ly deliver all cash to the Administrative 
Management Division for deposit in Account 
Symbol No. 11*8859, unless a Public Administra 
tor or other person to whom he may deliver it 
has formally qualified himself under State 
law to receive the cash along with the other 
assets of the deceased* He shall also ascer¬ 
tain whether the deceased had property stored 
at the center warehouse or at a WRA warehouse 
in one of the West Coast States. 


Estates 

of 

Decedents 

(oont’A) 


(c) WRA records shall be consulted to ascertain 
whether any relatives of the deceased are 
in other centers or have relocated. The Evac¬ 
uee Property Officer shall also secure an af¬ 
fidavit from two or more acquaintances of the 
deceased, giving such information as they may 
have indicating whether the deceased left 
heirs in this country or elsewhere. 

(d ) If WRA records or the affidavits of acquaint¬ 
ances of the deceased indicate that he left 
heirs in this country, the Evacuee Property 
Officer shall communicate with such heirs, 
informing them of the death of the decedent 
and of the property which the decedent left 
at the center and asking the heirs to make 
appropriate arrangements to qualify themselves 
to receive the property or furnish evidence 
of their right to receive it. The Evacuee 
Property Officer shall consult the Project 
Attorney with respect to the affidavit, the 
adequacy of the arrangements made and the 
evidence presented by the heirs. If the heirs 
make appropriate arrangements to receive the 
property, the Evacuee Property Officer shall 
deliver the property to them upon request. 

(e) If the Evacuee Property Officer obtains in¬ 
formation that the deceased left no heirs 
in this country, he shall deliver such pro¬ 
perty to a Public Administrator or other per- 


8/2 7 AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release #203 


C-2378 P22 t>u 













) 

WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100. 


C.7B-2e) 

8on formally qualified under State lair to re¬ 
ceive it* If no such person has formally 
qualified to receive it, he shall conBHunicate 
with the local State or county officer having 
jurisdiction over the probate of the estates 
of decedents leaving no heirs, asking such of¬ 
ficer to make appropriate arrangements to re¬ 
ceive for probate the assets of the deceased 
at the project and in WRA warehouses in the 
State*. If such officer agrees to assume con¬ 
trol of the assets of the deceased on behalf 
of the State or local government, the Evacuee 
Property Officer shall deliver the decedent*s 
assets to the officer upon his request and 
upon his presenting adequate evidence to show 
that he is entitled to receive such property, 
obtaining a receipt therefor. The Evacuee 
Property Officer shall consult the.Project 
Attorney as to the adequacy of the evidence 
presented by the State or county officer of 
his right to receive the property* The Evac¬ 
uee Property Officer shall then notify the 
officer having charge of the estates of de¬ 
cedents in the State where the evacuee lived 
before evacuation that he has delivered such 
property to the local officer. 

If the local officer declines to take all 
or a part of the assets of the decedent, 
the Evacuee Property Officer shall request 
him to waive the rights of the State or 
county to such assets* 

(f) In all oases in which, according to Project 
records,the deceased left property in a WRA 
warehouse in the State where he resided be¬ 
fore evacuation, and in all cases in which 
the local county or State officer has de¬ 
clined to take over the assets of the de¬ 
cedent, the Evacuee Property Officer shall 
write to the officer having jurisdiction 
over such cases in the county or State 


8/2 7 AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20AS 
Release #203 



Estates 

of 

Deoedents 
(oont'd) 




C-2378 P23 t>u 







WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100>2 


(.7B-2f) 


Estates 

of 

Deoe dents 
(oont* d 


where the decedent resided before evacua¬ 
tion to ascertain if that officer wishes 
to receive the decedent’s property and 
probate the estate* He shall report all 
property in WRA warehouses in the state as 
well as property at the center and all 
cash deposited with the Administrative 
Management Division in Account symbol No* 
UL|883>9 explaining how to make claim for 
withdrawal from the trust account. The 
Evacuee Property Officer shduld explain 
that the property will not be shipped to 
such officer at the expense of the Fed¬ 
eral government* In all cases involving 
property stored in West Coast warehouses, 
he shall send to the Area Relocation Su¬ 
pervisor a copy of his letter to the West 
Coast State official*. 

If the State or county officer in the 
state of the residence of the evacuee be¬ 
fore evacuation agrees to take the assets 
of the deceased, the Evacuee Property 
Officer shall deliver them to the offi¬ 
cer upon his request, and, upon his pre¬ 
senting adequate evidence of his authority 
to receive them on behalf of the State or 
local government, shall obtain a receipt 
therefor* The Evacuee Property Officer 
will consult the Project Attorney as to 
the adequacy of the evidence presented by 
such officer* The property will not be 
shipped to the officer in the State of 
residence of the evacuee at the expense of 
the Federal government. If the officer 
does not wish to assume control of the as¬ 
sets of the decedent, he shall be asked to 
waive in writing the rights of the State 
or local government to the estate* 

(i) If a center resident lawfully comes 
into possession of any personal 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/h$ 
Release #203 


C-2378 P24 








s 


WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100>2 


(*7B-2f(i)) property of a decedent, such property 

may be treated in the same manner as 
any other property belonging to a cen¬ 
ter resident and may be shipped, if 
otherwise eligible, at Government ex¬ 
pense* 

(ii) If a non-center resident acquires pro¬ 
perty of a deceased person, the payment 
of the transportation cost may be made 
at Government expense*. 


(g) The officers having Jurisdiction over the es¬ 
tates of decedents who leave no heirs, in the 
States where relocation centers are established 
and in the States from which the evacuees were 
removed are as follows t 


Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Idaho 

| Oregon 

Utah 

Washington 

Wyoming 


County Attorney 
Prosecuting Attorney 
Public Administrator 
Public Administrator 
Public Administrator 
District Attorney 
County Attorney 
Attorney General or 
County Attorney 
Attorney General or 
Prosecuting Attorney 


(h) If the deceased left no heirs in this country 
but left heirs in Japan, this fact ought to be 
comminicated to the appropriate officer (see 
sub-paragraph (g), above) so that he may in 
turn advise the Alien Property Custodian of 
this fhct* In the event that the officer in 
the State where the Relocation center is sit¬ 
uated and the officer in the State wher? the 
evacuee lived before evacuation decline to ac¬ 
cept the decedent*s assets, then the Project 
Director shall notify the Alien Property Cus¬ 
todian of the death of the decedent and of the 
existence of heirs in Japan and request the 
Alien Property Custodian to accept the dece¬ 
dent's assets* 


8/27A5 , 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/45 
| Release #203 


£states 
of 

Decedents 

(oant'd) 


C-2378 P25 bu 





WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100#2 


C 


(.7B-2) 

(i) General Order No. 5> of Alien Property 
Custodian requires every Administrator 
or Executor to file a report of any 
property or interest in which there is 
reasonable cause to believe a desig¬ 
nated enemy country (including Japan) 
or a designated national (including 
any person in any place under the con¬ 
trol of Japan) has an interest# The 
Evacuee Property Officer shall inform 
any state or local office^ who takes 
the assets of the decedent of this re¬ 
quirement. 

(j) In all matters pertaining to deaths 
within the centers of evacuees leaving 
property which is to be handled under 
these procedures, an accurate record 
and file will be kept of every action 
taken by the War Relocation Authority. 

(3) In cases involving the death of evacuees who 
have relocated and were living outside the 
center at the time of their death, the War 
Relocation Authority will assume no responsi¬ 
bility for the probate of their estates# The 
cases of evacuees who die outside the reloca¬ 
tion centers leaving no heirs should be hand¬ 
led by the local authorities where the evac¬ 
uee died. However, when information of the 
death of a relocated evacuee is brought to 
the attention of the Relocation Officer, he 
shall send such information to the center 
where the evacuee formerly resided, if in 
existence, and shall furnish any pertinent 
information in his possession concerning the 
evacuee which may be requested by the local 
authorities• 

C. Whenever a property matter shall involve any evac¬ 
uee in litigation as a defendant, or any evacuee 
shall desire to institute litigation in connection 
with any property, the Authority may act as inter- 


Property 

Matters 

Requiring 

Court 

Action 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20A5 
Release #203 


I 


C-2378 P26 bu 












WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100.2 


- 


(.7C) 

mediary in assisting the evacuee in employing an 
attorney and thereafter assisting, whenever re¬ 
quested, in keeping the evacuee advised as to the 
progress of the litigation. In no respect shall, 
the Authority assume any obligation in connection 
with the litigation or represent the evacuee in 
or out of court with respect to such litigation. 

•8 A.. So far as possible, the assets of evacuees shall 
not be physically handled by or be in the posses¬ 
sion of representatives of the Authority. In 
making collections for evacuees, for example, the 
Evacuee Property Officer shall in every case, re¬ 
quest the debtor to make out a check, payable to 
the evacuee. In the event cash is received, the 
Evacuee Property Officer shall promptly purchase 
a cashier’s check or money order, payable to the 
evacuee, first deducting the cost of such instru¬ 
ment. Also, when cash is received, a receipt in 
quadruplicate (Form WRA-2U8) shall be issued by 
the Evacuee Property Officer and copies distri¬ 
buted as follows t 

Original to remitter 

1st copy to appropriate Area Relocation 
Supervisor or Project Director 
2nd copy to be forwarded with remittance 
3rd copy to be retained by Property Of¬ 
ficer 

B. Remittance to evacuees shall be transmitted with 
a covering letter indicating the purpose and form 
of the remittance. A copy of such letter shall 
be forwarded to the appropriate Area Relocation 
Supervisor. It may be necessary to handle physi¬ 
cally the tangible assets, other than cash, of 
some evacuees, and in all such cases at least two 
representatives of the Authority shall handle 
such assets together, so that in case of dispute 
with the evacuee there will always be verification 
of the number, character, and condition of the as¬ 
sets handled. When it is not possible to have two 


of Assets 
Be longlog 
to 

Evacuees 


8/27 AS . „ „ 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release #203 


C-2378 P27 * u 



WRA MAnual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100>2 


Claims 

▲gainst 

Ivsouoes 


Property 
Other Than 
Contrahnad 
Unlawfully 
Held 


(.8B) 

representatives of the Authority present, the 
services of a disinterested person (such as a 
bank employee, real estate agent, etc*) shall 
whenever practicable be enlisted for the pur¬ 
pose of subsequent verification* 

•9 A. Whenever claims against evacuees are brought to 
the attention of the Authority, all correspon¬ 
dence regarding such claims should be sent, 
through the Project Director, to the evacuees 
still residing in centers who are concerned, to¬ 
gether with other information regarding such 
claims, and claimants should be advised that 
this has been done* Such correspondence shall 
be sent directly to relocated evacuees* The 
Authority shall neither assist in nor interfere 
with, the enforcement of such claims, but shall 
assist in locating the evacuee involved, furnish 
his address, if such is requested, and act as 
intermediary in settlement negotiations for 
evacuees within the centers when requested* 

B* When anyone seeks to serve legal process upon an 
evacuee, service thereof shall not be interfered 
with by the Authority, nor shall service be 
given except to the extent of furnishing the ad¬ 
dress of the evacuee involved, when requested* 

•10 In the course of handling property belonging to an 
evacuee, assets may be discovered by a representative 
of the Authority, which though not contraband appear 
to be unlawfully held, as for example, large quanti¬ 
ties of a rationed commodity, liquor on which no tax 
appears to have been paid, etc* In all such cases, 
before proceeding to deal with any such assets, it 
shall be the duty of the representative to whose no¬ 
tice the presence of any such assets may come, to in¬ 
form the Chief of the Relocation Division who shall 
in turn notify the Government agency concerned in the 
enforcement of laws or regulations which may be vio¬ 
lated by the possession of such assets* In all such 


8/2 7 

Supersedes Issuance of l/2Cf/h5 
Release #203 


C-2C7S P28 













WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100.2 


(. 10 ) 

cases, however, the interests of the evacuee 
should be safeguarded by informing him of 
any action taken or contemplated by any such 
governmental agency, aiding him in present¬ 
ing to any such agency such facts as the evac¬ 
uee wishes to have presented, assisting him in 
obtaining the services of an attorney, if he 
desires such services, and aiding him in safe¬ 
guarding his rights to the proceeds of any 
forced sale of such assets. With respect to 
contraband, see Section 100.3.5 

•11 Before remitting any money or delivering any 
other assets to an evacuee, an effort shall 
first be made to determine whether the evac¬ 
uee in question is a blocked national and 
whether or not he is entitled to receive such 
money or other assets. For that purpose, he 
shall be required to make an affidavit, using 
Form WRA-15U, Rev. (See attached exhibit) in 
proof of his lawful right to receive such 
money or other assets before delivery there¬ 
of shall be made to him. Form WRA-15U, Rev. 
shall be signed and sworn to by the evacuee at 
the time he signs Form WRA-153, Rev. or WRA- 
153A, Rev. (Requests for Assistance) or if he 
declines or is unable to sign it at that time, 
no remittance shall be made to him until he 
shall have signed Form WRA-15U, Rev. or shall 
be licensed by the Treasury Department. 

.12 The power previously granted to the Treasury 
Department to freeze property has been dele¬ 
gated to the Director of the War Relocation 
Authority. Before it may be exercised, it is 
necessary that a written recommendation be made 
to the Director, by the Chief of the Relocation 
Division, together with a complete explanation 
of the circumstances and facts which justify 
the exercise of the power. As a matter of pol¬ 
icy, the Director will exercise such power 
only in cases of great necessity and emergency. 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release #203 


Rendttanoes 
to fiLooked 
Nationals 


Freezing 

Power 


C-2378 P29 * u 



WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100 . 2 


Property 
Problems 
from other 
Agencies 


•13 Some evacuee property matters have been previously 
handled by the Federal Reserve Bank or by the Farm 
Security Administration* Whenever either of those 
agencies, or any other agency, shall turn over any 
evacuee property matter to the War Relocation Author¬ 
ity, the Authority will request that all files and 
records pertaining to that matter, or complete copies 
thereof, be furnished to the Authority, and that an 
inventory of the property be taken, so that, in the 
event of any complaint or claim being made by an evac¬ 
uee, responsibility for the amount and condition of 
such property may be fixed as between the Authority 
and the other agency. At the same time, the Authority 
will obtain from such agency a statement as to what 
action has been taken in connection with the property, 
what further action is required, and how urgent is the 
taking of such further action, in the opinion of that 
agency* 


Power# 

of 

Attorney 


•ll* A. All evacuees who request assistance in connection 
with their property matters, unless they are re¬ 
questing service easily rendered at the project, 
shall sign Form WRA-153, Rev. or Form WRA-153A, 
Rev. attached to Section 100.2.2. 


Fora 

WRA—153, Rev* 


Action Under 
WRA—153, Rev* 


B. Form WRA-l53,Rev. is to be used in oases in which 
the evacuee wishes to issue specific instructions 
to the Authority for handling his property* A de¬ 
scription of tae specific assistance desired by 
the evacuee is to be inserted in the form before 
the evacuee signs. If action other that that 
specifically authorized appears advisable, a re¬ 
commendation that such action be taken will be 
communicated to the evacuee and his consent ob¬ 
tained before such action is taken* Except in 
cases of great emergency (referred to in Section 
100*2*15) the Authority will take no action other 
than that authorized by the evacuee* 

C. A Property Officer handling a case under Fora WRA- 
153, Rev. may carry out the instructions of the 
evacuee without referring the case to the Area Re- 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/1*5 
Release #203 


< 




C-3378 P30 Uu 


















WRA-154 Rev, 


(Exhibit 100.2.11) 


WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 
AFFIDAVIT 


State of_ ) 

) „ 

) SS. 

County of • ) 


. being duly sworn, on oath, 

deposes and sayss 

1* That I am_years of age, and a person of Japanese ancestry re¬ 
siding at . 

and have resided only in the continental United States at all times on and 
since June 17, 1940; 

*2* That I am a generally licensed national under General License No* 

68-A, issued by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States under Execu¬ 
tive Order No. 8369, as amended; 

*2. That I am an American citizen, and that I am not a national of a for- 
eigh country within the meaning of Executive Order No. 8389, as amended. 

3* That in the transaction for which this affidavit is made, I am not 
acting directly or indirectly for, or on behalf of, a national of Japan who is 
(a) any individual, partnership, associay on, corporation or other organization 
on the premises of which the Treasury Department maintains a representative or 
guard or on the premises of which there is posted an official Treasury Depart¬ 
ment notice that the premises are under the control of the United States Govern¬ 
ment, or (b) any bank, trust company, shipping concern, steamship agency, or in¬ 
surance company, or (c) any person who, on or since June 14> 1941, has repres¬ 
ented or acted as agent for any person located outside the continental United 
States or for any person owned or controlled by persons located outside the Uni¬ 
ted States, or (a) any person who, on or since June 14, 1941, has acted or pur¬ 
ported to act directly or indirectly for the benefit, or on behalf, of any 

blocked country including the government thereof, or any person who is a nation¬ 
al of Japan by reason of any fact other than that such person has been domiciled 

in, or a subject or citizen of, Japan at any time on or since June 14, 1941* 


Sworn to- before me this 
_ day of _ 

19 


Nbtary Public 

♦Eliminate the paragraph numbered W 2 M which is not applicable• 
8/2 7 A 1 ? 

R.o 1 ojoo MOCll 


C *378 P81 n*bu 




















. 

' 
















1 








3 4 





■ 










































> 


WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property 100.2 


(.lUc) 


D. 


> 

E. 


.15 A- 


location Supervisor (except where the Area Supervisor’s 
prior approval is required) 9 provided that the evac¬ 
uee’s instructions are complied with in all respects, 
and are not exceeded. 

Form WRA-153A, Rev. is to be used when an evacuee de¬ 
sires to grant broad general powers of attorney to the 
Authority to take whatever action the Authority or its 
representatives may deem advisable in protecting and 
maintaining his property and the income therefrom. 

When operating under Form WRA-153A, Rev. the Property Torm 

Officer handling the case shall, whenever practicable, wra- 1531, Rev* 
communicate with the owner (through the Project Direc¬ 
tor, when the evacuee resides at a center) to determine 
whether contemplated action is satisfactory to the pro¬ 
perty owner. If cases arise in which decisions must be 
made so quickly that there is insufficient time in 
which to obtain the evacuee's prior consent to a pro¬ 
posed course of action, the Property Officer shall re¬ 
port the circumstances to the Area Relocation Super¬ 
visor and obtain his approval before ifcaking action. 

The approval of the evacuee or of the Area Relocation 
Supervisor may be obtained by mail, by telegraph, or 
by telephone, depending upon the degree of urgency of 
each situation. 


Thus all property matters which are not readily dis¬ 
posed of at the center (and other than the type of 
matter referred to in Section 100.2.15) shall be handled 
in one of three ways* (1) when operating under Form 
WRA-153, Rev. a Property Officer may, if he sees fit, 
carry out the instructions of the owner without fur¬ 
ther authorization either from the evacuee or the Area 
Relocation Supervisor; (2) when operating under Form 
WRA-153A, Rev. a Property Officer shall communicate 
with the evacuee in advance of action except (3) when, 
in the opinion of the Property Officer, action is re¬ 
quired so urgently as to make it highly inadvisable 
to delay matters in order to communicate with the evac¬ 
uee first, and in any such case the Property Officer 
shall communicate with the Area Relocation Supervisor 
and obtain his approval before taking action. 


Stannary of 
Authorization 
for Aotlon 


Since the risk of liability on the Authority and its 
representatives begins only when assistance is re¬ 
quested by the evacuee or when seme action is taken 


Neoestity 

far 


Prompt 


Action 




8/2 7A5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/li5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P33 



WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Proparty 100*2 


(.15A) 

in connection with an evacuee’s property, it is 
important that action be taken promptly after a 
request for assistance has been made by an evac¬ 
uee, and also that, so far as possible, no ac¬ 
tion shall be taken with reference to any evac¬ 
uee’s property without request by the cwner. 


Action 

Without 

Authorization 

from 

Enouw 


B. Only in rare cases of great emergency shall any 
action be taken with reference to an evacuee’s 
property without a request for assistance having 
first been made by the owner. For example, if a 
Property Officer should come upon personal effects 
of an evacuee and find that the premises on which 
they were left by the evacuee have been broken 
into, locks are broken, some of the effects have 
been stolen, etc. the Property Officer may take 
action to protect the balance of such property, but 
only the minimum action required to afford reason¬ 
able protection, i.e. repair the door, and purchase 
a new lock, etc., but not move the goods to a new 
location. Also in every such case, immediate 
steps shall be taken to notify the evacuee fully 
as to what occurred, and what was done to afford 
reasonable protection also stating what further 
protective measures are recommended and asking 
authorization to take those measures* 


.16 Whenever an instance of thievery, vandalism, pillage, 
damage, or destruction of evacuee property, real or 
personal, comes to the attention of the Authority, an 
attempt shall be made promptly to prevent further loss 
or damage and to recover the stolen property* The fol¬ 
lowing steps are prescribed! 


Reporting 

end 

Investigating 
Thefts or 
Vandalism 


A. A verbal or telephone report shall be made immed¬ 
iately to the police givings (1) location, (2) ap¬ 
proximate date of occurrence, (3) nature of loss 
or damage, and any other proper and pertinent in¬ 
formation* 

B. This verbal report to the police shall be confirmed 
by a letter which also requests word as to what steps 
were taken to apprehlnd the culprits, whether they 
have been found, whether they have been indicted, 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/1*5 
Release # 203 









C-2378 P34 bu 


















► 


> 


WRA Manual_Management and Disposition of Property 100.2 

(•16B) 

and whether recovery of any of the goods has been 
accomplished* 

C. Property Officers shall promptly do the following* 

(1) visit the place where the acts of theft or van¬ 
dalism occurred,(2) have photographs made, (3) ef¬ 
fect prevention of further loss or damage, (U) by 
inquiry in the vicinity attempt to learn who might 
have committed the act, (£) make a full report in 
writing to the police of all facts ascertained 
since the previous report which might help in ap¬ 
prehending those responsible* 

D. In case a report is not rendered by the police with¬ 
in a reasonable time, a follow-up shall be sent. 


E. In all cases in which the identity of the guilty 
persons is determined, an investigation shall be 
made of their financial responsibility with a view 
to the possibility of civil action being taken by 
the evacuees who have sustained losses. 

F. Concurrently with each step taken, a full report 
shall be made to the evacuees who are known to be 
owners of, or interested in, the damaged or stolen 
property. This report should be carefully worded 

in order not to give the evacuee owner any false im¬ 
pression. It must be made clear to him, for example, 
that WRA had no responsibility for his property and 
in fact did not know of its existence until the re¬ 
port of its loss came in, if such is the case. 

G. Copies of all reports and correspondence shall be 
transmitted to Washington. If there are flagrant 
or repeated acts of vandalism in a given section 
or community that are not being adequately handled, 
the Relocation Supervisor or Property Officer shall 
so indicate and make such recommendations as he 
deems appropriate. 


Reporting 

and 

Investigating 
Thefts or 
Vandalism 
(cent*4) 


H. The foregoing applies to all instances of vandalism 
and thievery hereafter'"occurring, and also to all 
instances which have occurred, insofar as the above 
procedure is applicable. 

8/27 /U5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/^i£ 

Release #203 


C-2378 ?3» 



WRA Manual 


Management and Disposition of Property j.00*2 


Request 

for 

Investigation 


•17 Whenever the staff at a WRA center, or field office 
not on the West Coast, receives a report of theft 
or destruction of evacuee property in use or in pri¬ 
vate storage, in the evacuated area or damage to 
real estate, a request should be made on Form WRA- 
l£3, Rev. or WRA-1S>3A, Rev. for an investigation as 
prescribed in 100*2.16. The form should be mailed 
direct to the appropriate Relocation Officer* 


8#7A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P36 tiu 







WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


) 


♦1 In the fields of storage and transportation, the Relo¬ 
cation Division has the responsibility to provide as¬ 
sistance in connection with the transportation and 
storage of personal property. In general this assist¬ 
ance will include: 


Storage and 
Transportation 

Assistance 


A. The establishment and operation of warehouses at 
convenient points, for free storage of evacuee 
property. 

B. The furnishing of traffic information and assist¬ 
ance without cost to the evacuee, in connection 
with the storage and transportation of property, 
whether the evacuee resides at a center or else¬ 
where. 

C. Subject to the provisions of paragraph B of Sec¬ 
tion 100.3.3 and 100.3*8 transfer of an evacuee's 
household and personal effects, without expense 
to the evacuee, from his former residence or place 
of storage to a center or any place outside of a 
Center, and from a center to any place outside of 
a center, in addition to movement of such property 
from point of former residence at private storage 
to Government storage, as defined herein. 

.2 The assistance provided shall include the furnishing 
of estimated costs and other information with regard to 
crating, loading and transporting property, and aid in 
the preparation of bills of lading, and shall be avail¬ 
able alike to evacuees whose property is shipped at 
government expense and to evacuees whose property is 
shipped at their own expense. While the Authority will 
use reasonable care and diligence, neither the Author¬ 
ity nor its representatives will accept any liability 
in connection with storing, transporting or otherwise 
handling the property of evacuees. These provisions 
apply also to property originally placed in storage 
under the jurisdiction of the Federal Reserve Bank. 


Storage 


Traffic 

Information 


Movonant 

of 

Goods 


Additional 

Assistance 


.3 Procedures for the storage and transportation of evac¬ 
uee household and personal effects are as follows: 


Household and 
Personal 
Effects 


8/2 7 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/h£ 
Release # 203 


C-8978 P»7 



WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


Aoti«n 
RequirvA 
for 

Stomtfo 


(.3) 

A. Evacuees residing at a center, who desire their 
property transferred from private to government 
storage, shall execute a "Request for Storage of 
Property", Form WRA-l5£, Rev. two executed copies 
of which will be forwarded by the Project Direc¬ 
tor to the appropriate Relocation Officer serving 
the area where property is located. (See attach¬ 
ed Exhibit for a copy of the form with sample en¬ 
tries and instructions for completion). A relo¬ 
cated evacuee may present his request for the 
storage or transportation of his property directly 
to the Area Relocation Supervisor or to the Pro¬ 
ject Director of the center at whioh he formerly 
resided. The request may also be filed by an 
evacuee on appropriate WRA forms through a Dis¬ 
trict or Area Relocation Officer. 


Condition 

of 

Assistanoe 


B. 


The Authority reserves the right to refuse to trans¬ 
port property at Government expense, if the charac¬ 
ter or location of the property, in the opinion of 
the Authority, would not justify the expense. Also 
to insure that reasonable protection and care are 
provided for the property of evacuees, the Author¬ 
ity may refuse to accept, for either transportation 
or storage, any perishable property or property 
which may contaminate or lead to the contamination 
of other property. In the event such property is 
received in storage, the Authority will reserve 
the right to dispose thereof by whatever method it 
chooses. Any proceeds received from the disposition 
of such property will be forwarded promptly to the 
evacuee in accordance with the procedure specified 
in Section 100.2.8. 


i 


Continued 

Storage 


C. Evacuee property now in government storage, or 
which may later be placed in government storage, 
will be held therein without expense to the owner, 
pending disposition outlined in this instruction. 


Tally-in 

Reoeipts 


D. All evacuee property received in Government storage 
shall be covered by appropriate tally-in receipts, 
duplicate copies of which will be forwarded to the 
Project Director by the Relocation Officer. The 
Project Director will deliver one copy of the tally- 
in receipt to the evacuee. In the event the evacuee 
owner is no longer resident at a center, then the 
tally-in receipt will'be forwarded directly to him 
by regular mail by the area office. 

8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 

Release # 203 


C-2378 P38 















WRA-155 Rev. 
7-1-44 

) 


(Exhibit 100.3.3A) 

WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 

REQUEST FOR STORAGE OF PROPERTY 


Name of Evacuee: John Doe Tanaka _. Family Number: 00000 

1. I hereby request the War Relocation Authority to transport 
the personal property listed on the reverse side hereof, from private 
itorage to government storage, both transportation and storage to be 
without charge to me except as set forth herein. 

2. All agreements made by me herein euro made in consideration 
of traffic services provided in connection with the storage or trans¬ 
portation of my property by the War Relocation Authority, and I here¬ 
by acknowledge the value and sufficiency of that consideration. 

3. I represent and warrant that I have full right to oauae said 
property to be transported and stored; that I am the sole owner of said 
property, or that I have obtained written oonsent to its being trans¬ 
ported and stored, from all other parties who have any interest in said 
property. 

4. The property is now at: (Give name of warehouse or exact looati on of) 

(Name of warehouse or place of storage) 


(Post Offioe address) 

(Address of Place of Storage) " ~ (City) (State) 

| 5. (a) I agree that the Authority may designate the warehouse or 

warehouses in whioh the property described on the reverse side hereof is 
to be stored, and the means by which the property is to be transported. 

(b) I understand and agree that the transportation of my pro¬ 
perty shall be via the most economical means. I also consent to your 
placing on my property the valuation (on which any claim I may have a- 
gainst the carrier for loss or damage will be based) which applies when 
property is shipped at the lowest freight rate available. (I understand 
that if I desire a higher valuation, I must request it in writing at this 
time, and must pay in advance the additional freight charge added by rea¬ 
son of such higher valuation, or the insurance premium). 

✓ 

6. The Authority shall be under no obligation to hold any of my 
property in storage for any fixed length of time, and whenever it sees 
fit, on ten days notice to me in writing (directed to me at my last known 
address) the Authority may require me to remove my property from storage, 
and upon my failure to remove it within the required time, the Authority 
may dispose of my property by whatever method it chooses, remitting to me 
all proceeds received therefrom. 

7. In the event any of my property is perishable, or is (or be¬ 
comes) contaminated, or if it may lead to the contamination of other pro¬ 
perty, I authorize the Authority to dispose of such property (or any part 
thereof) without notice, by whatever method it chooses, without expense 

to me. If any proceeds are realized from the disposition of such property, 
those proceeds are to be remitted to me in full. 

s 


Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/1*5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P39 bu 








- 2 - 


t 


8. ‘Since I nave not seen my personal effects and other pro¬ 
perty for a considerable time and have no reliable inventory there¬ 
of, I hereby designate the Wer Relocation Authority as my agent to 
cause an inventory to be taken of the property which I am requesting 
the Authority to store for me. I have confidence in the integrity 
and good intentions of the Authority and its representatives, and 1 
hereby agree to accept as correct, subject to any claims I may make in 
writing within ten days of my receipt of such list, the list which 
will be delivered to me by the Authority to inform me what goods are 
being stored for me. 

9. I hereby release and discharge the War Relocation Authority 
and its employees and representatives of and from all liability what¬ 
soever arising out of or^ resulting from packing, storing, transporting 
or otherwise handling my household and personal effects and any and all 
other property belonging to me or in which I have an interest. 

Signature of Ownerj«^ f{ SSAL) 

Witnes s? Owner’s Family Numbe r QOOOO 

Addres s (Mailing address) 

(Insert date of execution) (If owner is not residing at 

at a Project, present mailing 
address must be given) 


N0TIC3 TO PROJECT DIRECTOR: 

This form is to be executed in quadruplicate and distributed 
as follows: Two copies to g r afi e p ee tati oa-6e ot 4«» r Bva e w ee Pwop epty O ffie e, 
S e n Franci s co, na h tf ea n l a; on » eopy- to .p r o j e c t oe p y^to^e v a ou ee. 

the appropriate Relocation Officer; one copy to project files; one copy 
to evacuee. 


C-297B P40 



















(Form WPA-1S5 ReV. -Reverse ) 


(Ex* 100.3.3A) 


LIST OF PERSONAL PROPERTY 


No. of 
pieces 

Articles 

No. of 
Pieces 

Articles 

2 

2 

Bed Eads - Dark Walnut 

Bed Sails " * 



2 

1 

Springs - Box 

Dresser - Dark Walnut 



11 

1 

Boxes - Apple box 

Carton - Cardboard, tied witl 

rope 


5 

8 

Trunks - 2 Steamers, 2 Wardr< 
Saoks of rice 

be, 1 Metal 


1 

2 

Small Gas Heater - Westinghoi 
Mattresses - Simmons 

ise 


8 

1 

Chairs - Dining 

Bleotrio Stove - Hotpoint 



1 

1 

Ford Truck - 7 tires 
Passenger tire 



1 

1 

Sewing Machine - Singer, elec 
Refrigerator - Westinghouse 

trie 










• 














• 







* 


Total Number of Individual Pieces of Property_ Forty (40) __ 

List property accurately as to number of pieces and articles* Give information in 
specific detail so that transportation personnel would hare no difficulty in ident¬ 
ifying property* See WRA Manual 100.3.8. 


Supersedes Issuance of l/£o/k$ 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P41 n*»)u 



























































































































, 































WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


(.3) 

E. An evacuee may request shipment of his household 
and personal effects from private storage, or 
from governmental storage, or from both. His Re¬ 
quest for Transportation of Property, Form WRA- 
156, indicating the location and amount of proper¬ 
ty to be transported, shall be presented to the 
Project Director, who if he approves the request, 
will in turn transmit two executed copies of the 
completed form to the appropriate Relocation Of¬ 
ficer (See attached Exhibit)• 

F. No partial shipments of evacuee household and per¬ 
sonal effects will be made, except to excludees, 
even if the person in whose name the property is 
stored asserts that he does not own all of it. 
Partial shipment of commercial property will be 
made only when the evacuee is unable to accept 
part of it at the location where he is living. 

When partial shipments of household and personal 
effects are requested by excludees, all items 

to be shipped shall be specifically described on 
the Form WRA-156 so that the trunks, boxes and 
other pieces of property to be shipped and those 
to remain in storage can be readily identified. 
Items of commercial property to be left in stor¬ 
age should be covered, when partial shipments are 
requested, by a separate Form WRA-156 on which 
shall be designated a date prior to which ship¬ 
ment should not be made. 

G. Whenever practicable, evacuee property should be 
shipped in full carload lots. When a group of 
evacuees is relocating to the same given point or 
points in close proximity to each other, it is 
desirable wherever possible to utilize pool car¬ 
load shipments of evacuee property. In instances 
where car-lot and pool car-lot shipments are not 
practicable, shipments shall be made in less than 
carload lots. 

H. Evacuees relocated from a center and desiring their 
household and personal effects forwarded from pri¬ 
vate or governmertfi storage in the evacuated area 


^ 8/2 7A5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/u5 
Release ^ 203 


Request 

for 

Transportation 


Partial 

Shipment 


Pool 

Carload 

Shipments 


Assistance 
to Relocate4 
Evacuees 


C-S378 P4S 



WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100>3 


C.3H) 

shall submit their requests to the Relocation Officer 
through the Project Director. If the property is at 
a center, the request shall be submitted to the Pro¬ 
ject Director who will act upon the request. All such 
requests shall be made on Form WRA-15>6 and shall indi¬ 
cate the location and amount of the property to be 
transported. Copies of Form WRA-l£6 and any necessary 
information concerning the regulations governing such 
proposed shipments may be secured from the nearest Re¬ 
location Officer. 


Movement of 
Personal 
Effects of 
Relocating 
Evacuees 


Packing and 
Crating 


Shipment ty 
Express 


Valuation 
Plaoed on 
Shipments 


I. To assist evacuees in relocating, tfie Authority will 
transport the household and personal effects belong¬ 
ing to an evacuee and his immediate family from a cen¬ 
ter to the common carrier depot nearest the destina¬ 
tion designated by the evacuee. Where door delivery 
can be provided without additional cost or by pooling 
car lots and by securing door deliveiyby contract at 
equal or less cost than less-than-carload, shipments 
door delivery is permissible. (Each evacuee will be 
expected to utilize all baggage privileges to which 

he and his immediate family are entitled under their 
personal transportation tickets). Request far such 
transportation shall be submitted to the Project Di¬ 
rector on Form WRA-1^6. 

J. Transportation from Government storage of household 
and personal effects at Government expense for re¬ 
located evacuees shall include packing and crating, 
but shall not include unpacking, uncrating or door 
delivery at destination, except as provided in Para¬ 
graph I 9 above. 

K. Shipments hereunder shall be by freight, except that 
express shipments may be made where (1) the items are 
difficult to send safely by freight because of high 
value or size, or (2) the Project Director or Relo¬ 
cation Officer, as the case may be, certifies on the 
Request for Transportation (Form WRA-156) that ex¬ 
press shipment is necessary in the interest of the re¬ 
location program. In no case shall any express ship¬ 
ment exceed 5>00 pounds in weight. 

L. It should be pointed out to evacuees signing Form WRA- 
155* Rev. or WRA-1^6 that, in the absence of the desig¬ 
nation by the evacuee of the valuation he wishes placed 




C-2378 P44 bo 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/W 
Release # 203 















(Exhibit 100.3.3E) 

UNITED STATES 

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR 

WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 

REQUEST FOR TRANSPORTATION OF PROPERTY 

NAME OF EVACUEE_i?®_^LTanaka_ FAMILY NUMBER 000QQ 

1. I hereby request the War Relocation Authority to transport the personal property listed on the 
reverse side hereof from the present location, shown below, to destination, shown below, without charge 
to me except as set forth herein. 

2. All agreements made by me herein are made in consideration of traffic services provided in con¬ 
nection with the transportation of my property by the War Relocation Authority, and I hereby acknowl¬ 
edge the value and sufficiency of that consideration. 

3. I represent and warrant that I have full right to cause said property to be transported; that I 
am the sole owner of said property, or that I have obtained written consent to its being transported from 
all other parties who have any interest in said property. 

4. The property is now at (Gl ye exact location of place of stora ge o r where property 

IS nOW located ) (Name of warehouse or place of storage). 


WRA-156 
(July 1944) 


(Address) (City) (State) 

To be shipped to XGivenameofeYajiueeorn.gent__auib.Qrizedtoreceivagoods)_ 

(Pos t O ffice address) (shippi n g a ddress or railhead} 

(Address) (City) (State) 

(Check (a) or (b). If higher valuation desired, specify on last page of this form. If (b) is checked, also insert route.) 

5. (a) I agree that the War Relocation Authority may designate the means and route by which the 
property is to be transported. I understand and agree that the transportation of my property shall be 
via the most economical means. I also consent to your placing on my property the valuation (on which 
any claim I may have against the carrier for loss or damage will be based) which applies when property 
is shipped at the lowest freight rate available. (I understand that if I desire a higher valuation, I must 
request it in writing at this time, and must pay in advance the additional freight charge added by reason 
of such higher valuation, or the insurance premium.) 

I tiliuir^jay alt* expense xioniieulidil u i tl fli ' aiispmt ’ hig " the piup e ity, inclu ding - t he insuraitog 

■c ho o s e to have the, pro p erty transported via 

T l*U V U-IILL Vi. 



6. In the event any of my property is perishable, or is (or becomes) contaminated or if it may lead 
to the contamination of other property, I authorize the War Relocation Authority to dispose of such, 
property (or any part thereof) without notice, by whatever method it chooses, without expense to me. 
If any proceeds are realized from the disposition of such property, those proceeds are to be remitted to 
me in full. 



hereof--each- prppcrty jo to be toanopopted at - my - otpen e c r— To co r c r tha fe expense, I -a m d epo siting wi th 
th e - Wa r- R e i cr catnnr - Anthm i ty - $ - ■ ~ TTT-TT ~~ If the expense uf tianspuiling such p r ope rty '- is 1 l e ss 


dopo&i fc 4 o- R e fc -e wffio i oB ' b tfroovor tho ewponoe, ' 4 ogp ee- to pay, p pie Ma - tlw 

additional sum ouffioienf to eovop- t hc defieieW e y. - 1 frf ■ Ifa.il to make such addi t iowai deptrsity 



8. Since I have not seen my personal effects and other property for a considerable time and have no 
reliable inventory thereof, I hereby designate the War Relocation Authority as my agent to cause an 
inventory to be taken of the property which I am requesting the War Relocation Authority to transport 
for me. I have confidence in the integrity and good intentions of the War Relocation Authority and its 
representatives, and I hereby agree to accept as correct, subject to any claims I may make in writing 
within 10 days of my receipt of such list, the list which will be delivered to me by the War Relocation 
Authority to inform me what goods are being or have been transported for me. 

9. I hereby release and discharge the War Relocation Authority and its employees and representa¬ 
tives of and from all liability whatsoever arising out of or resulting from packing, storing, transporting, 
or otherwise handling my household and personal effects and any and all other property belonging to me 
or in which I have an interest. 

^I^execution)^ Signature of owner — (seal) 

Witness: Owner’s family number _00000_„_ 

Address_Ma iling address ___ 

(If owner is not residing at a project, present mailing address must be given) 
NOTICE TO PROJECT DIRECTOR: This form is to be executed in quadruplicate and distributed as follows: Twq^copies^'SesmapawtaMwir^toettMt, 

g y jfwf 1 i » |Hit r r t MBt P > , Pan Pmw- i suu OaMft r one eu p y *s p a a«»s4 file s rwwpj t i u mmm*- 'apprOprlst$ RdlOCStlOll is—38868-2 

Officer; one copy to project files; one copy to evacuee. ^ Back) 


C-2378 P4B bu 

















































(Form WHA-156—Reverse) 


LIST OF PERSONAL PROPERTY 


Number of 
Pieces 

Articles 

Number of 
Pieces 

Articles 

2 

_2_ 

Bed Ends - Dark Oak 

Bed . .Rails - » " 

• 


2 

2 

Springs - Box 

Mattresses - Beautyrest 



6 

1 

Chairs - Dining - Walnut 

Table - Walnut 



1 

1 

Buffet - Walnut 

Refrigerator - General Electric 



1 

18 

Gas Stove - Magic Chef 

Paxes - Apple box 



10 

1 

Cartons - Cardboard, roped* 
Sewing Machine - Singer, elect] 

ic 


0 

1 

Trunks - Wardrobe 

Dresser - Dark Oak 







If pro] 
Pro. 

»rty is located at Relocation C 
lect Director* 

enter. For 

ns should be routed to 

If pro] 
be ] 

)erty is in Government storage < 
'outed to the Warehouse where pi 

n the West 
operty is 

Coast, Forms should 
located, .. . 

If property is in private storage on 1 
routed to the Relocation Officer oi 

he West Co 
the area 

ast. Forms should be 
where property is located* 

If property is located at relocation i 
nearest Relocation Officer. It wi! 

oint. Form 
1 be the r 

s should be routed to the 

Bsponsibility of the 

eva< 
in < 

ruee to weigh each item and shew 
>rder that the Relocation Offici 

the weigh 
r may prep 

t opposite each article 
are the Government Bill 

of : 
List p; 

^ading* 

•operty accurately as to the nun 

ber of pie 

ces and articles. 






10 — 38608-2 u. t. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 


Total Number op Individual Pieces op Property_ 


Separate sets of forms should be executed far each lot of property by 
location* For example. If an evacuee has property at a relocation 
point, at a center, in storage in Government warehouse on the West 
Coast, and in private storage on the West Coast, four sets of forms 
will be required* All property located at a given point shall be 
included on one request* 


8/27/te 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/h$ 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P40 DO 























































WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


(.31) 

on his property (on which will be based any claim 
the evacuee might have against the carrier in case 
of loss or damage) the valuation will be that which 
is automatically applied when property is shipped 
at the lowest freight rate available* If the evac¬ 
uee desires a higher valuation, he may pay an in¬ 
surance premium to cover the higher valuation* 


M. Personal property of evacuees being transferred from 
one center to another under the provisions of Section 
50.3*12 may be shipped at Government expense. The 
expense incident to such shipments £iall be borne by 
the relocation center from which the evacuee is trans¬ 
ferred* 


Assistance to 
Evacuees 
Transferred in 
the Government 
Interest 


N. An evacuee who is relocating from a center may have 
such items as are urgently needed in establishing 
himself and his family in their new location shipped 
by express upon approval by the Project Director or 
the Relocation Officer of his area. Nob more than 
500 pounds shall be authorized for one family group* 
An evacuee who converted to indefinite leave from 
indefinite leave (trial period) or from seasonal 
leave, may receive reimbursement for express charges 
paid for shipment of urgently needed items not in 
excess of 500 pounds for one family group, upon sub¬ 
mission of the receipted invoices from the express 
company, where reimbursement is recommended by the 
Relocation Officer and approved by the Project Direc¬ 
tor. 


Reimbursement 

for 

Express 

Shipment 


0. When it has been ascertained that the shipment of 
evacuee property is properly chargeable to public 
funds and that money is available to pay it, trans¬ 
portation will be secured by means of a Government 
Bill of Lading. The Washington Office of WRA is 
the only source from which Field Offices may secure 
supplies of blank Bills of Lading, and orders will 
be filled upon request. Detailed instructions on 
the preparation of bills of lading are given in an 
Emergency Instruction dated December 28, 19UU, sup¬ 
plemented by another Emergency Instruction, dated 
February.17, 19U5. It is important that the con- 


Uae of 
Government 
Bin of 
Lading 


> 


8/2 7 AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P47 



WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


Packing 

and 

Marking 


Packing 


Marking 


signee have the original and one memorandum copy 
of the bill of lading covering his shipment bearing 
signature of the carrier, 

P. Satisfactory service in transportation, as well as 
the cost of transportation in many cases, depend 
upon proper packing and marking of packages. When¬ 
ever evacuee property is being prepared for ship¬ 
ment under the direction or advice of WRA pers camel, 
proper packing and marking shall be given close at¬ 
tention. 

(1) The type of package or container selected must 
be such as to protect the articles fully dur¬ 
ing shipment, add least to the weight or bulk 
of shipment, and fall under the lowest classi¬ 
fication rating enumerated in the applicable 
freight classification of package specifica¬ 
tions. Articles not packaged according to the 
specifications and forms prescribed in the ap¬ 
plicable freight classification will not or¬ 
dinarily be accepted by the carrier for ship¬ 
ment, but if they are accepted, the Government 
is liable for penalty charges. 

(2) Every package, bundle or piece of a less-than- 
carload, less-than-truckload or express ship¬ 
ment must be legibly and durably marked to 
show the essentials listed below. All desig¬ 
nations must agree with the shipping details 
specified on the Government Bill of Lading. 

(a) Full name and address of the shipper. 

(b) Consignee^ name, address and bill of lad¬ 
ing destination, including name of county 
where there are two or more localities of 
the same name within the state, and the 
name of the station at which consignee 
will accept delivery when shipment is des¬ 
tined to a point not located on the line 
of a carrier. 

(c) Requisition, invoice, bill of lading, con¬ 
tract and any other relevant references. 

8/2 7 /\6 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 

Release # 203 


< 






C-2378 *48 bu 








) 


WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100 .3 


C.3P-2) 

(d) Brief description of contents, if pract¬ 
icable* 

(e) Total weight of package and number there¬ 
of, if any assigned, 

(f) Name of line haul carrier to whom shipment 
will be tendered. 

(g) Packages containing fragile articles or 
articles packed in glass or earthenware 
must be marked "FRAGILE* ** "HANDLE WITH 
CARE" or similar precautionary marks. 

(h) Packages containing inflammable liquids 
or acids, corrosive liquids or other 
dangerous articles must conspicuously 
display the appropriate colored label as 
specified by the Interstate Commerce 
Commission. 

(i) All previous marks should be removed or 
eradicated if second hand containers are 
used. 

(3) Instructions in considerably more detail on 
packing and marking property for shipment 
were included in the Handbook on Center Clos¬ 
ing, Chapter 11*0, and WRA personnel are re¬ 
ferred to their copies of this Handbook. A 
good deal of the material will not apply ex¬ 
actly to the conditions under which WRA will 
be called on to render property assistance, 
but considerable general guidance and sugges¬ 
tions should be derived from it. Staff mem¬ 
bers should note Exhibit XX to the Handbook, 
and Section lhO.5, especially subsection .6. 

•U Procedures for the storage and transportation of evac¬ 
uee commercial property are as follows: 

A. Subject to the provisions of Manual Section 100.3*8, 
the Authority will help the evacuee to arrange for 


Additional 
Ill* tractions 


Conraorioal 

Property 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 1/20/U5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P49 t>«> 








WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100,3 


In Storage 
at Center or 
WRA Warehouse 


(.UA) 

shipment of commercial property in a WRA warehouse 
or in storage or use at a relocation center to ary 
point he desires# In no circumstances, however, will 
automobiles or motor trucks be shipped at Government 
expense# 


In Private 
Custody 
in 

Evacuated 

Area 


B. WRA is prepared under the following circumstances to 
ship commercial property which is in use or in pri¬ 
vate storage in the evacuated area to any point de¬ 
sired by the evacuee# 

(1) Tools and equipment or fixtures of an evacuee*s 
trade, business or profession, but not includ¬ 
ing automobiles or motor trucks, sufficient 
only for a family-size venture and not more 
than 5,000 lbs# shipping weight per family may 
be packed, crated and shipped at the expense of 
the Authority if: 

(a) The evacuee requests on Farm WRA-156 that 
such shipment be made# Not more than one 
request for shipment for one family shall 
be honored# 

(b) The Relocation Officer serving the com¬ 
munity in which the evacuee relocates or 
intends to relocate certifies that such 
tools, equipment or fixtures are essent¬ 
ial tc the evacuee*s successful reloca¬ 
tion# 

(2) Where the request is received by a Relocation 
Officer, from an evacuee who has relocated, for 
the shipment of commercial property under these 
provisions from the evacuated area, the Reloca¬ 
tion Officer makes the certification required 
under (b) above, and forwards the certification 
to the Area Relocation Supervisor with two ex¬ 
ecuted copies of Form WRA-156 requesting the 
transfer# 


Where the request is received by a Project Di¬ 
rector from an evacuee who has not relocated 


( 




8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of l/20/U3> 
Release # 203 


C-2378 P50 ku 












WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


and the Project Director approves the request, 
the Project Director shall ask the Relocation 
Officer serving the community in which the 
evacuee proposes to relocate for a certifica¬ 
tion under sub-paragraph (1) above. Upon re¬ 
ceipt of the certification, the Project Direc¬ 
tor shall forward the certification and two 
executed copies of Form WRA-13>6 to the Area Re¬ 
location Supervisor. 

(3) Shipment may be made either at the time of an 
evacuee*s original relocation or after he has 
relocated. However, no payment or reimburse¬ 
ment for previous payment may be made to or on 
behalf of an evacuee who shipped commercial 
property, at his own expense. 

(It) Shipments hereunder shall be by freight, except 
that express shipments may be made where (1) 
the items are difficult to send safely by 
freight because of high value or size, or (2) 
the Project Director or Relocation Officer, as 
the case may be, certifies on the Request for 
Transportation (Form WRA-1^6) that express 
shipment is necessary in the interest of the 
relocation program. In no case shall any ex¬ 
press shipment exceed 500 pounds in weight. 


C. A Government Bill of Lading shall no longer be used 
where the evacuee is to pay part or all of the ship¬ 
ping costs. Any goods shipped at the evacuee*s ex¬ 
pense will be the evacuee's responsibility, even 
though other effects are being shipped at Government 
expense at the same time. If the evacuee wishes to 
place a valuation on his property higher than that 
allowable under the minimum shipping rate (100.3 *3L), 
and the Government is paying transportation costs, 
he may place insurance on his goods to make up the 
difference• 


Shipments at 
Evacuee* s 
Expense 


D. When property is to be shipped by the Authority at 
an evacuee's expense, it shall either be shipped on 
commercial bill of lading, charges collect, with 


Payment 

to 

Carrier 


8/27/1:5 . „ . 

Supersedes Issuance of U/U/U5 

Release #203 


C-2378 P5l 










WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


Shipments on 
Government 
Bills of 
lading 


Contraband 


Property in 
Primate 
Storage 


(JlD) 

the owner named as shipper or else if the carrier 
will not accept the goods, charges collect, the 
evacuee shall, in advance of shipment, pay the 
charges* If the property is to be shipped at the 
expense of the owner, the cost of shipment, in¬ 
cluding packing, crating, loading, etc*, will be 
borne by the evacuee. The Area Relocation Super¬ 
visor will secure the estimated cost of transpor¬ 
tation, including packing, crating, and loading, 
and furnish this information to the evacuee* The 
evacuee will pay the charges direct to the carrier 
or he may forward a certified chec^ or money order 
in the correct amount, made payable to the carrier, 
to the Area Relocation Supervisor for delivery co 
shipment can be expedited* 

E*. When shipments of a part or all of an evacuee*s 

commercial property are made on Government bills of 
lading, one copy shall be transmitted immediately 
to the Finance Section in Washington* The Govern¬ 
ment bill of lading so issued shall show the name 
of the evacuee or evacuees owning the property 
listed thereon* a 

\ 

• 5> The Department of Justice has declared certain items 
contraband for all alien enemies residing in any part 
of the United States* For the contraband lists appli¬ 
cable to aliens anywhere in the United States, see 
Section 100*U*U* 

If any contraband items appear to any representative 
of the Authority to be included among any alien*8 be¬ 
longings when offered for storage or transportation, 
it shall be that person’s duty to report his findings 
to the Chief of the Relocation Division* Delivery of 
the contraband shall be withheld pending receipt of 
further instructions from the Chief of the Relocation 
Division. 

.6 A* An evacuee requesting transfer or shipment of pro¬ 
perty from private storage shall submit with Form 
WRA-15#, Rev* or WRA-1^6, as the case may be, a 
letter authorizing the person with whom the pro¬ 
perty is stored to deliver it to a representative 
of the War Relocation Authority. 

8/2 7 AS 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/l*3> f 

Release # 203 * 


C-2378 P62 bu 












WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


(. 6 ) 

B. In the case of requests for shipment or transfer 
of property from private storage, the Project Di¬ 
rector or Relocation Officer shall ascertain from 
the evacuee whether storage charges are due and, 
if so, obtain from the evacuee a certified check, 
a cashier*A check, or money order, payable to the 
person to whom the storage charges are due, and 
forward it to the appropriate Relocation Officer 
in the Area where the property is located. 

C. Upon receipt of request for shipment or transfer 
of the property from private storage without an 
accompanying payment of storage charges the Relo¬ 
cation Officer shall ascertain whether any amount 
is due. If so, and if the bailee will not release 
the property without payment of the storage char¬ 
ges, the Relocation Officer shall notify the evac¬ 
uee of the amount and ask that he forward to that 
office a certified check, cashier 1 s check, or 
money order, payable to the person to whom the 
storage charges are due, for delivery when the pro¬ 
perty is picked up. 

.7 WRA can assume no responsibility for the storage or 
care of a relocated evacuee's property at the point 
of relocation. This includes cases where the evac¬ 
uee is inducted into the Armed Forces subsequent to 
relocation. 

However, WRA will upon request provide storage space 
for property in a center or in a west coast WRA ware¬ 
house for an evacuee who relocates and is subsequently 
inducted into the Armed Forces until the scheduled 
center closure date, for property in the center, or 
February 28, 191*6, for property in a west coast ware¬ 
house. Request for storage shall be made on Form WRA- 
l£5>. Rev. or Form WRA-223 with a certification by the 
Project Director that the case falls within this man¬ 
ual paragraph. At the same time, a Request for Trans¬ 
portation on Form WRA-1^6 shall be executed requesting 
shipment of the property from storage, at the end of 
the approved period of storage, to a destination desig¬ 
nated by the evacuee. The property shall be shipped to 
that destination at the end of the period unless the 


Payment 

of 

Storage 

Charges 


Storage 

for 

Persons in 
Armed 
Foroea 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of h/30/h$ 
Release #203 


C-2378 PB3 bu 



WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


evacuee or his authorized agent in the meantime 
furnishes different shipping instructions or calls 
for the property. The evacuee shall be advised 
that he or his agent should communicate directly 
with the WRA official responsible for shipment with 
respect to any change of shipping instructions, and 
shall be given ^hat official’s address. Where there 
is property both in the center and property in a 
west coast warehouse, separate forms shall be pre¬ 
pared for each. 


Transportation 
of Property 
Stored is 
WRA Warehouse 
or is 
Center 


Property 

in 

Private 

Storage 


Property 
at Point of 
Relocation 


.8 Assistance in transportation of property to point 
designated by the evacuee shall be available under 
the limitations hereinafter set forth» 

A. The WRA will pack, crate, and ship, all property 
from a center or from storage in a WRA warehouse 
to the common carrier depot nearest point desig¬ 
nated by the evacuee. This includes commerical 
property as well as household goods and personal 
effects but does not include automobiles nor 
motor trucks» (See Manual Section 100.3.3-1 for 
door delivery provided in pool-car shipments) 

B. (1) If the evacuee is eligible for relocation 

assistance, the WRA will pack, crate, and 
ship household goods and personal effects 
from a place of private storage in the 
evacuated area to the common carrier depot 
nearest point designated by the evacuee 
(except where carrier provides sidewalk 
delivery at no additional expense to the 
WRA). 

(2) (See Manual Section 100.3.UB for regula¬ 
tions governing the shipment of commercial 
property from private storate or use in 
the evacuated area to point of relocation). 

C. . The WRA will move household goods and personal 

effects of relocated evacuees, who relocated 
prior to the revocation of the general exclu¬ 
sion orders, and who are eligible for reloca- 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/U5 
Release # 203 


( 


* 


C.2378 PR4 















WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100,3 


(•8C) 

tion assistance, from a common carrier depot 
nearest point of relocation to a common carrier 
depot designated by the evacuee. The evacuee 
will be responsible for packing, crating, and 
delivery of property to the common carrier de¬ 
pot for shipping. 


D. Shipment of personal property (including com¬ 
mercial property under the limitations pre¬ 
scribed by Manual Section 100,3#UB) will be 
made to destinations in Alaska or Hawaii at 
Government expense, provided that: 


(1) The evacuee is now leaving the center to 
relocate in Alaska or Hawaii, or 


(2) The evacuee relocated from the center, 
prior to lifting of the general exclus¬ 
ion orders, to a destination not in 
Alaska or Hawaii, and had been evacuated 
by the Government directly from Alaska 
| or Hawaii• 


If the evacuee came to the mainland before 
evacuation, was evacuated later, relocated 
from the ©enter before the exclusion orders 
were lifted, and now wishes to return to Alaska 
or Hawaii, his property will be shipped at Gov¬ 
ernment expense to the nearest port of embarka¬ 
tion on the mainland, and he will be responsible 
for further shipping costs. 


The above is subject to the evacuee*s being 
eligible for property assistance under this 
Manual Section, It applies to property in stor¬ 
age at a center, at a WRA warehouse or private 
storehouse in the evacuated area, and to proper¬ 
ty brought from a place of initial relocation to 
the nearest railhead. Detailed instructions•on 
the shipment of property destined for Hawaii and 
Alaska are contained in an Emergency Instruction, 
dated June 1U, 19b5» 


Shipments 

to 

Alaska 

or 

Hawaii 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/U3> 
Release #203 


C-2378 P5B bu 








WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


Responsibility 

for 

Reoeirlatf 

Property 


Property 

at 

Different 
Points of 
Origin 


(. 8 ) 

E* All Government shipment shall be via the most 
economical means, except that express ship¬ 
ment may be made under the conditions set 
forth in Manual 100*3*3K. 

All evacuees will be expected to pick up all 
property transported for them hereunder at 
the common carrier depot nearest point of re¬ 
location except where carrier makes door de¬ 
livery* 

The above services will be provided in all 
cases except that where property is in a WRA 
warehouse or place of private storage and the 
evacuee*s point of relocation is within rea¬ 
sonable trucking distance therefrom in the 
judgement of the appropriate transportation 
officer (which shall ordinarily be approxi¬ 
mately 25 miles), the evacuee shall furnish 
his own transportation from such point to 
point of relocation and shall be so notified* 
Procedures for the release of evacuee property 
on WRA warehouse door delivery are prescribed 
by Administrative Notice No* 266* 

F* (1) Property at different points of origin 
shall be covered by separate sets of 
Fora WRA-156. For example, if a relo¬ 
cated evacuee has property at his re¬ 
location residence, at the relocation 
center or former residence, in a WRA 
warehouse in the evacuated area, and 
in a place of private storage in the 
evacuated area, four sets of Form WRA- 
156 shall be prepared; the Relocation 
Officer should retain the first set 
for his own action, forward the second, 
the third and the fourth sets to Ihe 
appropriate West Coast Relocation Of¬ 
ficer* 

v 2) Each set of Form WRA-156 covering pro¬ 
perty in a center or WRA warehouse shall 
cover ^11 property belonging to the eva¬ 
cuee that is located at the center or 


< 




( 


C-2378 P68 1>U 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/l;5> 
Release # 203 












) 

WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


C.QF-2) 

warehouses, except that commercial pro¬ 
perty which the evacuee cannot accept until 
a later date may be covered by a separate 
set of Fora WRA-156 on which shall be desig¬ 
nated a date prior to which shipment should 
not be made* 

(3) A separate Government bill of lading shall be 
prepared for each shipment. In the illustra¬ 
tion given in the preceding paragraph, four 
bills of lading should be prepared as followsj 
one by the Relocation Officer, one by the 
Project Director, and two by the transporta¬ 
tion officer. In the case of relocated evac¬ 
uees, bills of lading covering property at 
his relocation residence and in a place of 
private storage shall be mailed directly to 
him by the Relocation Officer and transporta¬ 
tion officer respectively. 

G* The provisions of this Section 100.3 with respect 
to the storage of property shall be subject to the 
following additional limitations » 


(1) (a) All evacuees other than excludees who 

have property in storage in WRA ware¬ 
houses on the West Coast shall be re¬ 
quired to move it by February 28, 19U6.. 
Evacuees who relocate Bust remove their 
property at the center as soon as possi¬ 
ble after their departure and in any 
event not later than the scheduled clos¬ 
ing date for the center. 

(b) In order to effectuate this policy, all 
evacuees who receive travel or other WRA 
relocation assistance grants shall be 
required, before receiving such grants, 
to execute Forms WRA -1^6 for the ship¬ 
ment of their property in WRA storage to 
their relocation destination or some 
other designated destination within 60 
days after date of approval of the appli¬ 
cation for relocation assistance, and in 


TMm. 

Limit 

for 

Ramoval 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/U5 
Release # 203 


C-2378 PB7 to i 





WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


Time Lindt 
for 

ReaerraX 

(Cont*d#) 


(#8G-lfh)) 

no event beyond the scheduled center olosure 
date, in the case of center-storaged property, 
or beyond February 28, 19b6, in the case of 
property in West Coast warehouses# (In the 
case of excludees, this requirement shall be 
applicable only to property stored at the cen¬ 
ter*) 

Such property shall be shipped at the end of 
the designated period unless due to lack of 
family housing, a second move, or other per¬ 
sonal circumstance the evacuee is not prepared 
to receive the property and the appropriate 
Area Supervisor approves an extension upon ap¬ 
plication in writing by the evacuee# No ex¬ 
tension of the shipping date shall be granted 
for more than an additional 90 days and in no 
event beyond the center closure date for cen- 
ter-etcred property or February 28, 19U6, for 
property in West Coast warehouses# Upon 
granting any such extension the Area Supervisor 
shall promptly notify the WRA official respon¬ 
sible for shipment of the property# 

Each evacuee shall be given the address of the 
WRA official or officials responsible for ship¬ 
ment, and instructed that in the event he wishes 
to change the destination of shipment after ex¬ 
ecuting form WRA-156 he should promptly notify 
such official responsible for shipment# All 
such notices received prior to the shipping date 
or any authorized extension shall be honored# 

(c) Each relocated evacuee who is not an excludes 
and who has property in a WRA center or West 
Coast warehouse for which a form WRA-156 has 
not been signed shall be sent a notice to his 
last known address as soon as possible# Fail¬ 
ure to remove or to arrange for the removal of 
his property by the deadline specified in sub- 
paragraph (a) above will result in the sale of 
the property pursuant to the provisions of 
Form WRA-155, Rev#. 


8/27AS 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/l;£ 
Release # 203 


C-8378 P50 *u 










I 


WRA. Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


C.8g) 

(2) Property in private storage in the evac¬ 
uated. area shall not hereafter be trans¬ 
ferred to Government storage except: 

(a) where requested by an excludes; 

(b) where necessary to enable center resi¬ 
dents returning under an approved re¬ 
location plan to reoccupy buildings 
used for such private storage, for a 
period not beyond February 28, 19U6. 

(c) where immediate removal of a center 
residents personal property and 
household effects from a place of 
private storage or use in the evac¬ 
uated area becomes necessary because 
of a change in ownership of the place 
of storage, for a period not exceed¬ 
ing 90 days and in no event beyond 
February 28, 19U6, provided that the 
center resident has an approved re¬ 
location plan calling for relocation 
within 90 days and that upon investi¬ 
gation it is ascertained that the 
owner of the place of storage demands 
removal of the property* 

In all cases under (b) and (o) above, re¬ 
quests for storage shall be made on Form 
WRA-155, Rev.., with a certification by the 
Project Director that the case falls with¬ 
in one of the two categories* At the same 
time, a Request for Transportation on Form 
WRA-156 shall be executed requesting ship¬ 
ment of the property from storage, at the 
end of the approved period in storage, to 
a destination designated by the evacuee. 

The property shall be shipped to that des¬ 
tination at the end of the period unless 
the evacuee in the meantime furnishes dif¬ 
ferent shipping instructions or calls for 
the property. The evacuee shall be advised 
to communicate directly with the WRA offi- 


8/27A5 , . . „ 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/30/45 
Release # 203 


Storage 

in 

Post-Exolu sien 
Period 


C-2378 P59 *u 



WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100*3 


(.802(c)) 

cial responsible for shipment with respect to 
any change of shipping instructions, and shall 
be given that official’s address. 


Investigation 
of Loos 
or Damage 
to 

Evacuee Properly 


.9 In all cases where an evacuee reports to project offi¬ 
cials or WRA. field employees that evacuee property on 
the center or in Government storage or in the course of 
transportation by the Government to or from a center or 
to or from Government storage has been lost or damaged, 
the matter shall be investigated and'a report prepared 
of the facts disclosed by the investigation. The evac¬ 
uee should be advised that the WRA has no authority to 
settle claims, but the evacuee may be advised with res¬ 
pect to filing claims for property loss not in excess 
of $1,000 under the Small Claims Act where the loss 
results from negligence of a Government employee (20. 
22.1 et seq.). Such claims should be submitted within 
a year to the WRA by the evacuee, with a sworn state¬ 
ment of all the facts of the loss or damage, including 
the ; manner in which loss or damage resulted from the 
negligence alleged. No Government agency can consider 
claims for property loss or damage in excess of $1,000 
or where filed more than a year after the loss or damage 
occurred, or claims involving damages for personal 
injury or death; payment of such claims by the Govern¬ 
ment can only be made by submission of the claim ta a 
Congressman for presentation to Congress for payment 
through a special relief bill. In all cases in which 
it appears that the loss or damage occurred during 
transportation by common carrier, the evacuee should be 
advised to file a claim with the carrier involved. 


A. Such investigation and report at the centers shall 
be the responsibility of the Evacuee Property Of¬ 
ficer. Loss or damage to evacuee property occurr¬ 
ing in the evacuated area shall be referred to the 
appropriate Area Supervisor for investigation and 
preparation of the report, and loss or damage re¬ 
ported by evacuees relocated outside the evacuated 
area shall be reported to the appropriate reloca¬ 
tion officer who shall make the investigation and 
prepare the report. Each of these officers may 
call upon the other for such additional investiga¬ 
tion as is necessary outside of his particular cen¬ 
ter or area. 


c-2378 Paa tou 


8/27A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/U5 
Release # 203 






) 


WRA Manual 


Storage and Transportation of Property 100.3 


(.?) 

B. The Evacuee Property Officer shall, when necessary, 
call upon the Internal Security Officer, the Fire 
Protection Officer, the Property Officer, and Pro¬ 
ject Attorney or any other staff member or project 
employee for assistance in the investigation. All 
cases of loss which involve possibility of a claim 
of negligence on the part of WRA employees shall 
be referred to the Project Survey Board for inves¬ 
tigation. The Survey Board shall include in its 
report a determination as to the existence of neg¬ 
ligence resulting in the damage or loss. The re¬ 
port of the Survey Board shall become a part of 
the report of the Evacuee Property Officer. 

C. The reports required herein shall be prepared in 
as great detail as practicable. They should in¬ 
clude a description of the property, statement of 
the manner in which the loss or damage occurred, 
the value of the property, the extent of the dam¬ 
age or loss, and any other relevant facts. Signed 
statements shall be obtained, wherever practicable, 
from witnesses having knowledge of the facts. 


Investigation of 
Loss or Dscoage 
to 

Evacuee 

Property 

(Cont*d.) 


D. The completed report shall be forwarded to the 

Chief of the Relocation Division in Washington and 
a copy retained in the files of the office making 
the investigation and report. In the case of re¬ 
ports prepared on the centers or in the relocation 
offices, an additional copy shall be sent to the 
appropriate Area Supervisor. A copy shall also be 
furnished to the owner of the property. 


8/27/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/30/h5> 
Release # 203 


C-2378 Pfll 


n®tou-fInal 







* 
























































* 




























. 





























WRA Manual 


C-cntrafrairi_ ioo.a 


.1 The War Relocation Authority has adopted no regula¬ 
tions governing contraband at relocation centers 
except Manual Sections 50,3*1 to 50.3*7 with re¬ 
spect to the possession or use of short-wave radio 
receiving sets. However, by Proclamation No, 3, 
dated March 24, 1942, of the Commanding General of 
the Western Defense Command (since rescinded by WDC 
Proclamation No, 21), all persons of Japanese an¬ 
cestry within the area of the Western Defense Com¬ 
mand were prohibited from having in their posses¬ 
sion and control certain enumerated articles. By 
Civilian Restrictive Order No, 33 of January 20, 

1945, all persons while individually excluded from 
military areas by an individual exclusion order of 
the Western Defense Command are forbidden to use, 
possess or operate in any military area of the Wes¬ 
tern Defense Command certain specified articles, 

(See Manual Section 100.4*3)* In addition, by Pres¬ 
idential Proclamation No, 2525 of December 7, 1941, 
all aliens of enamy nationality (including Japanese 
aliens) are prohibited from having in their posses¬ 
sion or control certain articles of contraband. 

(See Manual Section 100,4*4). Civilian Restrictive 
Order No. 33 and Presidential Proclamation No. 2525 
are still in effect. This Section 100,4 summarizes 
the regulations in effect at this time, prescribes 
certain WRA policies with respect to contraband, 
and gives the procedure for the recovery of surren¬ 
dered articles which may be released. 

.2 It is not the policy of the 'War Relocation Authority 
to search the living ouarters of evacuees for the 
purpose of locating and seizing contraband. It will 
be assumed that the evacuees have relinquished pos¬ 
session of all such articles in accordance with the 
terms of the applicable Proclamation, However, when¬ 
ever contraband is discovered in the possession of an 
evacuee who is not authorized to have it, the facts 
shall be reported to the appropriate United States At¬ 
torney. The Federal Bureau of Investigation and the 
United States Attorneys are generally responsible for 
the enforcement of the contraband regulations. 

.3 Public Proclamation No. 21 of the Western Defense Com¬ 
mand, issued December 17, 1944, rescinded WDC Public 
Proclamation No. 3 of March 24, 1942, prohibiting all 
persons of Japanese ancestry within the area of the 


4/HA 5 
Release # 1S5 


Contraband 


No WRA 
Search for 
Contraband 


~2 174 p7 ba 





ftKA Manual. ___-..CQatJ^tend_ IQ Q*A 

(.3) 


Contraband 

in 

Western 

Defense 

Conmand 


Western Defense Command from possessing, using, or 
operating certain enumerated articles of contraband 
in the Western Defense Command Area. Subsequently, 
on January 20, 1945, the Commanding General of the 
Western Defense Command issued Civilian Restrictive 
Order No. 33 which prohibits any person excluded 
from military areas under an individual exclusion 
order issued by the Commanding General of the Wes¬ 
tern Defense Command from possessing, using, or op¬ 
erating in any military area of the Western Defense 
Command the following articles: 


Military weapons, including all firearms 
Ammunition, bombs and explosives 
Radio transmitters or component parts 
thereof 

The order forbids the return of any such article to 
a person subject to such an individual exclusion or¬ 
der. It further* provides that any person subject to 
such an individual exclusion order found with such 
an article in his possession in a military area of 
the Western Defense Command and any person who re¬ 
turns or otherwise transfers or delivers any such 
article to any person so individually excluded from 
the Western Defense Command military areas shall be 
subject to prosecution under Public Law 503, 77th 
Congress, approved March 21, 1942. Any individual, 
association, organization, or corporation having 
custody of itams listed above who wishes information 
as to whether an individual is excluded from military 
areas may communicate with the Commanding General of 
the Western Defense Command. 

A. The War Relocation Authority has accepted custo¬ 
dy of such contraband articles as were delivered 
by the Western Defense Command to the War Reloca¬ 
tion Authority upon joint inventory. 

B. Owners who wish to recover articles surrendered 
to WDC which may have been transferred to the 
custody of War Relocation Authority, and who are 
eligible to receive them, shall submit, through 
the Project Director of the Center or Relocation 
Officer of the area where evacuee resides, the 
following: 


C-2L74 p8 bu 


4/11/45 
Release # 185 










WRA Manual 


Contraband 100 .L 


(.3B) 


Two copies of Form WRA-5.56, Request for 
Transportation 

Two copies of Form WRA-260, Certifica¬ 
tion for Return of Personal Property 

A Statement by the Project Director or 
his designated representative or. 
from the Relocation Officer certi¬ 
fying that the evacuee applicant is 
not subject to an individual exclu¬ 
sion order, if the property request¬ 
ed includes any items prohibited by 
Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33, 
and if the records available to the 
WRA official submitting the request 
will permit such a certification. 

The original receipt for the surrender¬ 
ed property. 


Requests for the surrender of property items pro¬ 
hibited by Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33 shall 
not be submitted for persons subject to individual 
exclusion orders. 


The documents listed above shall be sent to the 
Area Supervisor of the area in which the proper¬ 
ty is stored, unless the list of property request¬ 
ed includes one or more of the items prohibited 
by Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33> listed a- 
bove in this section, and the WRA official trans¬ 
mitting the request does not have a current re¬ 
liable record on the evacuee’s status with respect 
to individual exclusion, the documents shall be 
transmitted to the Assistant Director in San Fran¬ 
cisco for a check with the Western Defense Command 
to ascertain whether the applicant is subject to 
an individual exclusion order. ±f the check with 
the Western Defense Command discloses that the ap¬ 
plicant is not subject to an individual exclusion 
order or if the list of property requested in¬ 
cludes items not prohibited by Civilian Restric¬ 
tive ^rder No. 33> the Assistant Director shall 
send the documents together with a statement of 
the results of his check with the Western Defense 


Contraband 

in 

Western 

Defense 

Cot.rand 

(Cont»d) 


4/11/45 

Bslease # 185 


C-8I74 p9 bu 




WRA Manual 


Contraband 100.A 


(.3B) 


Contraband 

In 

Western 

Defense 

Cocmand 

(Cont*d) 


Command, to the Area Supervisor of the area in 
which the property is stored. An Area Super¬ 
visor shall not surrender any item of property 
listed in Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33 to 
any person subject to an individual exclusion 
order. If the list of property requested by an 
evacuee subject to an individual exclusion or¬ 
der includes items prohibited by Civilian Re¬ 
strictive Order No. 33> as well as items which 
are not so prohibited, items which are not oro- 
hibited may be surrendered. 

(1) If the original receipt has been lost, a 
notarized affidavit in lieu thereof shall 
be submitted, showing the place and date 

of surrender, by whom the property was sur¬ 
rendered, an accurate description of each 
article, the basis of the claimants right 
to request release, a statement releasing 
War Relocation Authority from all liability 
and the assumption of liability by the claim¬ 
ant of all claims against War Relocation Au¬ 
thority arising from the delivery of the 
article to the claimant. 

(2) Articles included in the contraband list 
prescribed by Proclamation 2525 for alien 
enemies shall not be surrendered by the WRA 
to Japanese aliens, except upon authoriza¬ 
tion of a United States Attorney. (See 
100.4*4)* Evacuees who apply for the return 
of, and receive, articles which are contra¬ 
band when in the possession of aliens or in 
the possession of excludees in the Western 
Defense Command military areas should be in¬ 
formed that they should not make such arti¬ 
cles available to persons not entitled to 
possess, use or operate them even though 
such persons live in the household with them. 

(3) Project Directors are referred to Manual Sec¬ 
tion 50.3*6 on certifications on Form WRA-260 
with respect to short-wave radio receiving 
sets. 


C-2174 plO bu 


4/11/45 
Release # I85 













WKA Manual 


Contraband 100.Z 


•4 Presidential Proclamation No. 2525, dated December 
7, 1941, prohibited the possession, custody or con¬ 
trol ol' the following enumerated articles of con¬ 
traband by aliens of enemy nationality (including 
Japanese aliens) anywhere in the United States: 

A. Firearms 

D. Weapons or implements of war or component parts 
thereof 

C. Ammunition 
L • Bombs 

£• Explosives or material used in the manufacture 
of explosives 

F. Short-wave radio receiving sets 

G. Transmitting sets 

H. Signal devices 

I. Codes or ciphers 
J • Cameras 

K. Papers, documents, or books in v/hich there may 
be invisible writing, photograph, sketch, pic¬ 
ture, drawing map or geographical representa¬ 
tion of any military or naval installations or 
equipment or of any arms, ammunition, implements 
of war, device or thing used or intended to be 
used in the combat equipment of the land or na¬ 
val forces of the United States or of any mili¬ 
tary or naval post, camp, or station. 

Possession of such articles in violation of the Pres¬ 
idential Proclamation makes the offender subject to 
internment or other serious penalties. 

A. Department of Justice regulations issued February 
5, 1942, require all contraband articles (as de¬ 
fined in Proclamation No. 2525) in the possession 
of alien enemies to be turned over to local po¬ 
lice authorities. 


C ontra/band 
un<?er 

Presidential 
.''roc lama +.5 on 
2525 


Custody 


4/11/45 
Release tt 185 


C-2174 pit bu 







WRA Manual 


Contraband lfiO.4 


Authority, 


for 

Release 


Return 

of 

Contraband 

Surrendered 

under 

Proclamation 

2525 


(.4) 

B. Contraband articles may be released to the own¬ 
er or his agent only upon receipt of written 
authorization from the United States Attorney 
of the district in which the contraband is held. 
(Code of Federal Regulations, Title 32, Chapter 
1, Part 30, Sections 30.12-30.14* as amended). 

C. Some citizens of Japanese ancestry, because of 
the provisions of the regulations, surrendered 
articles listed as contraband when in the pos¬ 
session of aliens, since they were living with 
aliens and it might have been difficult to show 
that the contraband articles were not actually 
in the possession of aliens. Any citizen who 
wishes the return of articles surrendered to 
local authorities or to the United States Mar¬ 
shal under any contraband regulations may apply 
for their return by submitting the following 
documents: 

(1) Department of Justice application form sup¬ 
plied for this purpose. Five signed copies 
of the fora are required for the recovery 
of contraband in the San Francisco and Los 
Angeles areas. Six copies are requred for 
the Seattle area. 

(2) Two copies of Form WRA-260, Certification for 
the Return of Personal Property. See Section 
50.3*6 with respect to certification for re¬ 
turn of short-wave radio receiving sets, and 
Section 100.4*4 with respect to contraband 
articles which persons subject to individual 
exclusion orders are forbidden to possess in 
the Western Defense Command Area and which 
persons in such areas are forbidden to sur¬ 
render to persons subject to individual ex¬ 
clusion owner. 

(3) The original receipt for the property. If 
the original receipt has been lost, an affi¬ 
davit of ownership in lieu thereof is requir¬ 
ed. The affidavit should be along the lines 
of the affidavit outlined in Manual Section 
100.4*3B (1), except that it should release 
the Department of Justice and the custodian. 


C-3174 pia *u 


4/11/45 

Release # 185 




WRA Manual 
(.4C-3) 


Contraband 100.A 




as well as the WRA, from liability and 
protect them from other claims for the 
property. 

(4) Two copies of Form WRA-I 56 , Request for 
Transportation of Property, if the WRA is 
to be asked to pick up and ship the prop¬ 
erty in accordance with Manual Section 
100.3.5. 


Additional copies of these forms may be requir¬ 
ed for the Project files and the evacuee’s per¬ 
sonal file. 


D. The following procedure should be followed to 
recover the property: 


a) 


If the WRA is to be asked to pick up and 
ship the property, the documents mentioned 
in C (1), (2), (3), and ( 4 ), above shall be 
sent to the appropriate Area Supervisor, ex¬ 
cept that if the list of items requested in¬ 
cludes any item listed in Civilian Restric¬ 
tive Order No. 33 (See Manual Section 100.3*3)* 
The procedure set forth in Manual 100.4*33 
shall first be followed to ascertain whether 
the applicant is an excludes. The Supervisor 
shall present the Department of Justice appli¬ 
cation forms and the Forms WRA-260 to the ap¬ 
propriate United States Attorney. Upon re¬ 
turn of the Department of Justice form with 
the United States Attorney’s approval, the 
Supervisor should present it and the original 
receipt (or the affidavit in lieu thereof) to 
the officials who have the property. 


Return 

of 

Contraband 


(2) If the property is not to be picked up by the 
WRA, the Department of Justice application 
forms and one copy of Form WRA-260 should be 
sent to the United States Attorney, and the 
original receipt or affidavit in lieu there¬ 
of should be sent to the person who is au¬ 
thorized to pick up the property. The United 
States Attorney should be asked to notify 
that person if he approves the release of the 
property. 


4/13/45 
Release § 185 

S 

C-2174 pl3 bu 






WKA Manual 


Contraband IQfltA 


Damage or 
Loot of 
Contraband 


C-2174 pi* t>u 


(.4) 


E. No provision has been made to compensate persons 
for the loss or destruction of property which 
was surrendered to local police authorities un¬ 
der Regulations Controlling the Conduct of Alien 
Enemies (Code of Federal Regulations, Title 32, 
Chapter 1, Part 30, Sections 30.12-30.14, as 
amended)• However, the Department of Justice 
has suggested that evacuees file with it memo¬ 
randa of their alleged losses or damages. Re¬ 
ceipt of the memoranda by the Department of Jus¬ 
tice will not constitute an acknowledgment of 
any right by the evacuees, but the memoranda will 
be considered in formulating a policy with re¬ 
spect to compensating them for losses that they 
have sustained. This applies to property damaged 
or lost while in the possession of local police 
authorities as well as property damaged or lost 
while in possession of the United States Marshals. 

Where an evacuee has applied for the release of 
property surrendered to local police authorities 
pursuant to Regulations Controlling the Conduct 
of Alien Enemies and has learned that this proper¬ 
ty has been damaged or lost, he shall be advised 
to send a letter to the Director, Alien Enemy Con¬ 
trol Unit, Department of Justice, Washington, D. C., 
describing the loss or damage. The letter should 
describe in detail the surrendered property, should 
state the address of the official to whom it was 
surrendered, the date of the surrender, where the 
property was surrendered, the approximate value of 
the property when surrendered and the approximate 
amount of the damage sustained as a result of the 
loss or destruction of the property, should give 
the name and present address of the owner, and 
should transmit, where available, a signed state¬ 
ment or letter of the United States Marshal indi¬ 
cating whether the surrendered property was lost 
or damaged when in the possession of the Depart¬ 
ment of Justice. If the evacuee decides to send 
such a letter to the Department of Justice, the 
Evacuee Property Officer or Project Attorney upon 
request shall assist him in preparing it. 

.5 The Federal Bureau of Investigation, in making inves¬ 
tigations, took possession of certain property belong- 


4/11/45 
Release # 185 









Contraband 100,4 


m Manual_ 

(.5) 


ing to a few of the evacuees. The F.B.I. has pre¬ 
scribed no procedure for the return of such proper¬ 
ty and it is necessary to conform to the require¬ 
ments of the F.B.I. office holding the articles to 
recover them. In addition to any special documents 
required by the F.B.I., the following are required 
for the Area Supervisor of the Evacuee Property Di¬ 
vision, where the WRA is requested to assist in se¬ 
curing the return of such property* 


Property 

Surrendered 

to 

F.B.I* 


Two copies of Form WRA-260, Certification 
for the Return of Personal Property 


One original Receipt or affidavit in lieu 
thereof 


Two copies of Form WRA-156, Request for 
Transportation, if the WRA is to be 
asked to ship the property 

Project Directors are referred to Manual Section 
50.3.6 on certifications on Form WRA-260 with re¬ 
spect to the return of short-wave radio receiving 
sets. Where the items requested include any item 
listed in Civilian Restrictive Order No. 33 > the 
procedure set forth in Manual 100.4.3B shall be 
followed to ascertain whether the applicant is an 
excludes. 


4/11/45 , 

Release # 185 


C-at74 pl5 nofcu fln.l 









\ 





















WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 110 — Segregation 


Segregatio n Policy 110,1 


It is the policy of the War Relocation Authority to place in a 
separate center those persons of Japanese ancestry residing in 
relocation centers who by their acts have indicated that their 
loyalties lie with Japan during the present hostilities, or 
that their loyalties do not lie with the United States, 


) 


) 


4/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/6/43 


C_1265-*3-n*bu 




t 


( 


I 


i 


WRA Manual 


lals Late 


.1 The name of the segregation center shall be Tule Lake Seg- Nace of 
regation Center. The post office address is Newell, Calif- Center 
ornia. 


.2 All policies of the War Relocation Authority with respect 
to food, clothing, health, education, employment within 
centers, compensation for injuries and sickness, public as¬ 
sistance grants, consumer enterprises, evacuee property, 
legal services, and all other aspects of administration and 
control will be in force at the Tule Lake Center in the 
same manner as at the relocation centers, except as other¬ 
wise provided in this chapter. 


Polioie s 
Applicable 
in Center 


•3 Residents of the Segregation Center are not internees. As 
segregants, they are governed by the regulations of the War 
Relocation Authority applicable to the Tule Lake Segregation 
Center, and by the relevant provisions of State and Federal 
law. Residents of the Center having grievances arising out 
of the operation of the Center or the application to them 
of any of the rules and regulations there in force should 
take them up with tyRA authorities in charge of the admin¬ 
istration of the Center. These authorities will in turn 
take up with the proper State, Federal, or other officials, 
any matters which fall within their jurisdiction. 


Status of 
Segregation 
Center 
Residents 


A. The Geneva Prisoners of War Convention of 1929 is ap¬ 
plicable to prisoners of war and, by agreement of the 
United States and Japan, applicable provisions relate 
to interned or detained Japanese nationals. So far as 
the Tule Lake Center is concerned, the applicable pro- Aliens 
visions of the Geneva Convention relate only to aliens. 

Such provisions are not applicable to persons having 
dual nationality; under international law the dominant 
nationality of such persons is deemed to be that of 
the nation in which they reside, and not of the foreign 
nation. The Convention does not apply to United States 
citizens. Citizens of the United States, even though 
they are also citizens of another country under the laws 
of that country, are subject, while they are in the 
United States, solely to the laws of the United States 
and-of the State in which they reside. There is no 
existing procedure by which citizens may renounce their 
United States citizenship while on United States soil. 

Aliens, i.e., persons not having American citizenship, 
have the privilege of applying to the Spanish Embassy, 
as the representative of the Protecting Power, for re¬ 
dress o£ grievances and for further assurance of com¬ 
pliance with the requirements of the Convention. 


4/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/6/43 









Tulft JateSL-Qgqitac. IXQ.%2 


(.3) 


Repatriation 

and 

Expatriation 
During 
the War 


Status 
After 'the 
War 


B. During the war, repatriation to Japan will presumably 
continue to be on a reciprocal exchange basis depend¬ 
ent on agreements between the United States and Japan* 
The War Relocation Authority has accepted applications 
for exchange and has referred these applications to 
the State Department, which handles negotiations for 
the United States, with the request that they be con¬ 
sidered in further negotiations* Persons desiring to 
record their wishes with respect to repatriation 
should register their desires with both the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority and the Spanish Embassy in order to 
facilitate arrangements for exchanges if and when they 
can be arranged* On the basis of the existing under¬ 
standing with the Japanese Government, the United 
States cannot send a Japanese national to Japan until 
the Japanese Government is willing to accept him. So 
far the Japanese Government has shown primary interest 
in persons named on lists submitted by it to the United 
States through the Spanish Embassy* Determination of 
whether a particular applicant is acceptable to the 
Japanese Government is not within the control of the 
United States Government* It is, rather, a matter be¬ 
tween the Japanese national and his Government, through 
the intermediary of the Protecting Power. Therefore, 
persons desiring to be repatriated should address them¬ 
selves to the Spanish Embassy, in charge of Japanese 
interests in the United States, to the end that they 
may request the Embassy to exert its influence with the 
Japanese Government in their behalf. Residents of the 
Center have full opportunity to use the channels of 
communication provided by international law. 

C. It is not possible at this time to anticipate what will 
be the status of segregants residing at the Tule Lake 
Center after the war. The Project Director shall 
attempt to keep the residents advised of any changes 
that may be made in the laws governing their citizen¬ 
ship. 


4/26/44 


C-1868-pfl-bu 














Persons to be Plac ed in Tule Lake Center 110t l 



Members 

of 

egregerfs 

Family 


WRA 


•2 Members of the immediate family of a person who falls 
within one of the three categories set forth in Section 
110.3*1 shall upon their individual request be permitted 
to remain with such person in the Tule Lake Center, or to 
accompany him to that center, as the case may be. If 
minor members of the immediate family who do not them¬ 
selves fall within one of the categories set forth in 
Section 110.3*1 object to residence at the Tule Lake Cen¬ 
ter every possible assistance shall be extended in help¬ 
ing to work out appropriate arrangements along the lines 
suggested in Section VI-D of Administrative Instruction 
No* 6% (Manual Section 70.1), dealing with minor children 
of persons being repatriated. For the purpose of deter¬ 
mining what is an immediate family the guides set forth 
in Section XII of Administrative Instruction No.103, (Man¬ 
ual Section 30.4), shall be followed. 



*3 Where one member of an immediate family residing in a 

center other than the Tule Lake Center falls within one of 
the three categories set forth in Section 110.3*1, but he 
or some other member of such family is so ill or infirm 
that removal will in the opinion of the project medical 
officer endanger life or seriously impair health, all mem¬ 
bers of the family shall be permitted to remain in the 
center of residence so long as such condition continues. 


ues of 
Loess at 
Le Laic® 


*4 Persons resident in the Tule Lake Center who do not fall 
within one of the categories set forth in Section 110.3*1, 
but who are so ill or infirm that their removal will in 
the opinion of the project medical officer endanger their 
lives or seriously impair their health shall be permitted 
to remain in the Tule Lake Center so long as such condi¬ 
tion continues. Members of their immediate families, as 
defined in Section 110.3*2, shall upon request also be 
permitted to remain in the Tule Lake Center so long as 
such condition continues. 



10/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 100 


C 0 C07 P7 bu 














WRA 

.1 


__ Persons to be Placed in Tule Lake Center 

All persons in the following categories shall remain in 
the Ttfle Lake Center, or shall be transferred to that 
center, as the case may be: 



A* All persons who have formally asked for repatriation 
or expatriation to Japan and have not retracted their 
requests prior to July 1, 1943* If a Project Direct¬ 
or should believe that residence in the Tule Lake 
Center by a particular person in this category would 
work an unnecessary hardship, he may recommend to the 
Director that such person be excepted from the cate¬ 
gory; and if the Director approves, such person shall 
be excepted. 


B. All persons who, at the time of the registration for 
Army service and war industries purposes, answered 
question 28 of Form WRA-126 Rev. or DSS Form 304A in 
the negative, or failed or refused to answer it, and 
(a) who have not changed their answers prior to the 
date of this instruction, and (b) who are in the opin¬ 
ion of the project Director loyal to Japan, or are 
not loyal to the United States. For the purpose of 
segregation, no person in this category shall be con¬ 
sidered loyal to the United States unless he expressly 
changes his answer to question 28 to an affirmative 
and satisfies the Project Director that the changed 
answer is bona fide. 



Person* 





C. All persons to whom the Director has denied leave 

clearance. This category will include persons in the 
following classes after hearings have been held and 
if and when leave clearance has been denied under 
Chapter 60 : (a) Persons about whom there is an ad¬ 

verse report by a Federal intelligence agency; (b) 
persons who have answered question 28 negatively and 
who changed their answers prior to the date of this 
instruction, or who answered such question with a 
qualification; (c) persons who have requested repat¬ 
riation or expatriation and have retracted their re¬ 
quest prior to July 1, 1943, and persons who have re¬ 
quested repatriation or expatriation subsequent to 
July 1, 1943; (d) persons for whom the Japanese-Amer— 
lean Joint Board established in the Provost Marshal 
General*s office does not affirmatively recommend 
leave clearance; and (e) persons about whom there is 
other information indicating loyalty to Japan. 




Persona 

Denied 

Lears 

Clearaao* 


10/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 100 


C 0607 P8 bu 


__ 

























WRA 


Priorities of Movement to Tule Lake Center 110.4 - 


•1 In general, persons will be moved to the Tule Lake Center 
in the following order of priority: 

A. Persons who have applied for repatriation or expatri¬ 
ation and have not retracted their requests prior to 
July 1, 1943. 

B. Bachelor Kibei falling within the second or third 
category set forth in Section 110.3*1* For the pur¬ 
pose of this paragraph n bachelor Kibei" shall mean a 
male citizen evacuee, unmarried as of the date of 
this instruction, who has spent a total of three or 
more years in Japan since January 1, 1935* 


Order 

of 

Movement 

ty 


Persona 




C. All others. 

.2 These priorities may be modified from time to time as to 

particular relocation centers, and priorities will be es- Modifications 

tablished for other persons to be moved to the Tule Lake 

Center. 


•3 The first movement to the Tule Lake Center of persons 

falling with Section 110.4.1(A) shall be from the Granada, 

Minidoka, Jerome, Rohwer, Heart Mountain, and Central order 

Utah relocation centers. After such persons have been ^ 

moved from these centers, movement of persons from the Centers i 

Manzanar, Colorado River, and Gila River relocation cen¬ 
ters shall be arranged. Priorities between relocation 
centers for movement of persons to be segregated for 
other reasons shall be established- from time to time. 



10/6/43 

Supersedes A.i. # 100 


C 0607 P9 nobu 














WRA Manual 


Preparations for Transfers to Tule Lake 110.5 


.h Section 50.3 of the Manual on travel between centers does 
not apply to movements from a relocation center to Tule 
Lake. All transfers to Tule Lake shall henceforth be 
carried out according to the following orocedure. 

A. Whenever residents of a relocation center should be 
transferred to Tule Lake under the terms of Manual Sec¬ 
tion 110.3, or for a reason deemed justifiable by the 
Project Director wish to transfer there, the Project 
Director shall communicate with the Assistant Director 
in San Francisco, giving the following information: 

(1) Name(s) of oerson or persons 

(2) Suggested Mode of travel 

(3) Date by which travellers will be ready to 
leave 

(h) Full justification for the transfer 

B. The Assistant Director will check with the Project 
Director at Tule Lake to determine wehther living 

accommodations are available at Tule Lake and Arrangements 

whether the transfer is acceotable to Tule Lake. far 

Transfers 

C. If the transfer is acceptable to Tule Lake and meets 
with approval of the Assistant Director, he will 
(See WRA Handbook Section lUO.U.20 covering movements 
of less than full trainload). 

(1) Arrange transportation if this remains to be 
done 

(2) Secure military permits from the Western De¬ 
fense Command for travel of the evacuees 
through the prohibited area. 

(3) Make such arrangements as he considers neces¬ 
sary with the proper military authorities for 
a military or civilian escort to accompany the 
travelers from the center of departure to Tule 
Lake. 

(U) Advise both Project Directors of the final ar¬ 
rangements and authorize departure of the evac¬ 
uee from the relocation center. 

D. The center from which evacuees transfer will prepare 
Departure Advices, WRA-178, for each person transfer¬ 
ring, and Tule Lake will prepare Admission Advices, 

WRA-177, for each person arriving, showing the actual 
date of departure cr admission, in accordance with the 
Statistics Handbook, 50.8* 


8/30/Ul* 

R.laass # 115 


C-1628 nobu-wp 














































































































































Preparation for Transrers .from Tuig Lake ijlu. 



.1 The Project Director of the Tula Lake Center shall immed¬ 
iately prepare two lists containing the names of the fol¬ 
lowing classes of persons: 

A. All persons falling within the three categories set 
forth in Section 110.3*1, who are to remain in the 
Tula Lake Center, together with their immediate fami¬ 
lies (hereinafter called the Resident List). If all 
the persons falling within the second category set 
forth in such paragraph have not already been inter¬ 
viewed for the purpose of determining whether they 
are loyal to Japan or loyal to the United States, the 
project director shall promptly interview them for 
such purpose and make his determination, striking 
from the Resident List the names of those who in his 
judgment are loyal to the United States, together 
with the names of the members of their immediate fam¬ 
ilies, and adding such names to the list provided for 
immediately below. 

B. All other persons (hereinafter called the Removal 
List). 


A» Each person whose name appears on the Removal List 
shall be promptly notified in writing that the center 
has been selected as the center of residence for 
evacuees loyal to Japan; that if his relocation is 
not arranged for prior to the time WRA determines it 
is necessary for him to leave he will be transferred 
to another center, unless he is physically incapacit¬ 
ated; that he is requested to appear at a designated 
time and place for an interview; and that at that in¬ 
terview he will be requested to express preferences 
for transfer as between Central Utah, Granada, Heart 
Mountain, Jerome, Minidoka, and Rohwer, which prefer¬ 
ences may have to be disregarded but will be heeded 
if possible to do so. 

B. The Project Director shall cause each such person to 
be interviewed, preferably by family groups, to de¬ 
termine: (1) whether the evacuee is able to travel 
and if so whether special travelling accomodations 
will be necessary (to be confirmed in case of doubt 
by the project medical officer); (2) whether he would 
prefer transfer to Central Utah, Granada, Heart Moun¬ 
tain, Jerome, Minidoka or Rohwer (listing all in or¬ 
der of preference, and making it clear that his first 
preferences may have to be disregarded); and (3) what 
further assistance is necessary. The interviewer 
shall notify the evacuee of the provisions of Section 






Lists 

Prepared 

at 

Tula Laics 




Notification 
to those 
an Removal 
List 


Interviews 

with 

Transferees 


10/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 100 








C-0607 P13 bu 





WRA 


Facilitation 

of 

Relocation 


Notification 

to 

Director 


Interviews 
with those 
on 

Resident 

List 


Additions 

to 

Lists 


(.2B) 


__ Preparation fo r Transfers From Tula -Late. 

110.7 hereof, dealing with transportation of property, 
and assist in filling out Form WRA-156 if the evacuee 
wishes property to be transported thereunder. 



C. During the month of August a special effort will be 
made to facilitate the relocation of residents of the 
Tule Lake Center who are on the Removal List. No paiv 
son on the Removal List shall be Dermitted to request 

x 1 

repatriation or expatriation, or to change his answer 
to question 28 from an affirmative to a negative or 
other answer raising real doubts as to loyalty, until 
the large movements under this instruction to and from 
the Tule Lake Center have been completed. 

D. The Project Director shall inform the Director by wire 
not later than August 20 of the number of evacuees on 
the Removal List who have been processed for transfer 
to another center, the family groupings and health 
problems involved, and the respective preferences ex¬ 
pressed for Central Utah, Granada, Heart Mountain, 
Jerome, Rohwor and Minidoka. If_ at all possible, pro- , 
cessing should be completed by that date. If it is 
not, the Project Director shall thereafter wire such 
information to the Director weekly until processing 

has been completed. 

.3 Each person falling within one of the three categories set 
forth in Section 110.3.1 (whose name will appear, together 
with the names of the members of his immediate family, on 
the Resident List) shall be promptly notified in writing 
that he has been designated to remain in the center. If 
there are members of his immediate family who do not fall 
within one of these categories, he shall further be noti¬ 
fied of that fact and requested to appear at a designated 
time and place, together with such members, for an inter¬ 
view. Such interview shall determine whether any such fam¬ 
ily member wishes to leave the center (it being made clear 
to him that it may be difficult for him to leave the center 
unless he exercises the option now). If he wishes to leave, 
his name shall be added to the Removal List, the interview¬ 
er shall proceed with the interview, and such person shall 
be processed, as if his name had originally appeared on the 
Removal List. 

.4 As additional applications of Tule Lake residents for leave 
clearance are denied, the names of such persons shall, if 
on the Removal List, be transferred to the Resident List, 
and they shall be promptly notified that they are no longer 

io/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 100 


C 0607 P 14 bu 







m. 


fox .Irar\3 < tors..i^ga,xaift JL&a iUflafe 


eligible to leave the center. As additional applications 
of Tule Lake residents for leave clearance are granted, 
the names of such persons shall, if on the Resident List, 
be transferred to the Removal List, and such persons 
shall be processed as provided in Section 110.6.2 above. 


f 

Additions \ 
to 

Lists 

(oont»d.) 



10/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 100 





















Responsibilities in Connection with 
Movement of Transferees 110,8 




WRA 

,1 

A* Upon the basis of information furnished him from time 
to time by the Project Directors under this instruction 
the Director will determine the time of movement and 
the number of evacuees to be transferred in each move¬ 
ment from one center to another* A tentative schedule 
of initial movements will be furnished to the project 
directors at the earliest possible date. 

B* The Director will make all arrangements for common car¬ 
rier facilities for the movement of each group of evac¬ 
uees, and for military escort where necessary. He will 
further obtain any military permits that may be neces¬ 
sary for the travel of evacuees in the evacuated areas. 

C. The Director will wire each Project Director concerned, 
at least five days before the date of departure, of the 
number of persons to be transferred and the family 
groupings involved, the transportation facilities ar¬ 
ranged for, the time of departure and arrival, and all 
other details in connection therewith. (Ordinarily 
this will merely confirm a tentative schedule already 
furnished to the project directors.) 

.2 

A. The Project Director of the center of departure shall 
be responsible for completing all other arrangements to 
be made at the center in connection with each movement. 

He shall designate a suitable WFA representative to ac¬ 
company each movement. Such person shall be responsible 
to the Director while en route, and shall be regarded as 
the Director’s representative. 

B. On or before the date of departure the Project Director 
shall ship to the Project Director of the center of des¬ 
tination all project records pertaining to the transfer¬ 
ees, including Form 12, Form 26, the social data regis¬ 
tration form, individual census record, immunization 
card, medical and hospital record, repatriation record, 
leave clearance docket, employment record, and any 
school, welfare, parole, or other record. When a move¬ 
ment consists of a trainload such records shall be ship¬ 
ped on the same train. 

C. The Project Director shall furnish the WA representative 
who is to accompany each movement with two copies of the 
train list, and the representative shall present such 
copies to the Project Director of the center of destina¬ 
tion upon arrival. Immediately after departure the Pro¬ 
ject Director shall forward one copy of the train list 
to the Director. 





Washington 
Offloo 


Center 

of 

Departure 









Responsibilities in Connection 
■with Movement of Transferees 110 


Center 

of 

Destination 


mk 


.3 

A* The Project Director of the center of destination 

shall be responsible for arranging for housing, beds, 
and bedding for all transferees, in accordance with 
present WRA policy* 

B. The Project Director shall check the arriving trans¬ 
ferees against the train list, and shall promptly 
notify the Washington office of their arrival and of 
any variances from the train list if any. 

C. The Project Director shall do everything within his 
power to establish transferees in project jobs fitted 
to their abilities and to do everything practicable to 
fit them into the social life of the center. To the 
latter end he shall obtain the cooperation of the com¬ 
munity council and other evacuee organizations in the 
center. 




10/6/43 

Supersedes A.I. § 100 





Wife Manual 


Paperture from Tul e Lake Center 110.9 


.1 No person remaining et the Tule Lake Center or trans¬ 
ferred thereto under the provisions of this chepter 
shell be gr&nted seasonal or indefinite leave from the 
Tule Lake Center. 


Granting of 
Leave from 
Tule Lake 
Center . 


.2 No person remaining at the Tule Lake Center or trans¬ 
ferred thereto under the provisions of this chapter 
shell be transferred to another center except purusant 
to the following provisions: 


Transfer to 
Another 
Center 


A. 


Persons remaining at the Tule Lake Center solely be¬ 
cause of illness or infirmity (see section 110.3. h) 
shall be transferred to another center as soon as 
such transfer will not in the opinion of the Project 
Medical Officer endanger their lives or seriously 
impair their health. Family members who heve remained 
with them who do not fell within one of the three 
categories set forth in Section 110.3*1 above may be 
transferred to other centers prior to such time upon 
their individual request. 


HI or 
Infirm 
Persons 
and 

Families 


B. Persons resident et the Tule Lake Segregation Center 
to whom leave clearance has not been denied may apply 
for and receive leave clearance in accordance with Leave 

the provisions of Section 60.10 of the Leave Handbook. Clearance 
Any such person who has not previously filled out Hearings 

Form Wife-126 or DSS Form 30ife should fill out T*orm 
Wife-126 as an application for leeve clearance. If the 
form has previously been filled, the applicant should 
file with the Project Director a letter requesting 
a leeve cleerence hearing. Persons who had elreedy 
received leeve clearence before the Segregetion Center 
wes established, end who remained at or removed to the 
Segregation Center for family reesons or other special 
reasons (except those who remeined solely because of 
illness or infirmity, and members of their families) 
but who later wish to leave the Segregetion Center 
should file with the Project Director a letter request¬ 
ing a supplemental leave clearance hearing. After 
leave clearance is granted by the Director, the appli¬ 
cant shell be transferred to a relocation center, 
where he may apply for indefinite or seasonal leave. 


C. Any person whose application for leave clearance has Appeals 

been denied may, while a resident of the Segregetion 
Center, end not otherwise, file an appeal with the 
Board of Appeals for Leave Clearance in accordance with 
the procedure prescribed by Section 60.11 of the Leave 

Handbook. 


Supersedes Issuance of 10/18/43 


C~ia6P-p7-bu 





Appeals 

(oont’d*) 




WR k Manual_Departure from Tule Leke Center 110.9 

(.2C) 


If, es £ result of this appeal# leeve cleeranc© is 
granted by the Director the applicant shell be 
transferred to e relocetion center, where he mey 
apply for indefinite or seesonel leeve. 


C-1265-p8-bu 


4/26/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 10/18/43 













i 


WRA Manual 


Government and Control 110.10 


.1 The Project Director of the Segregation Center is 
responsible for the maintenance of law and order 
within the Center, and for the enforcement of all 
regulations established by the War Relocation Autho¬ 
rity for the administration of the Center. The 
Project Director has full disciplinary authority over 
the evacuees in relation to all offenses committed by 
them within the Center, though cases involving of¬ 
fenses against State or Federal law will be referred 
by the Project Director to the proper officials for 
action. In determining what acts constitute offenses 
and in setting up the procedure for conducting hearings 
on account of offenses committed, the Project Director 
shall be governed by the provisions of Manual Section 
30.1 in so far as they are relevant. 

.2 The Project Director shall, when need arises, establish 
at the Center the position of Hearing Officer. The 
function of the Hearing Officer will be to assist the 
Project Director in the handling of cases involving 
disciplinary action. In hearing cases the Hearing Of¬ 
ficer shall be governed by the same rules which govern 
the Project Director in conducting hearings. The Hear¬ 
ing Officer will be directly responsible to the Project 
Director and shall make to the Project Director a full 
report on each case heard, with transcript and record 
thereof, together with his recommendation as to the 
decision to be rendered therein. No decision shall be 
effective until it has been approved by the Project 
Director. 

.3 The residents of the Segregation Center will be invited 
to establish a Representative Committee. The membership 
of this Representative Committee shall be selected by 
orderly, representative, elective procedures. The mem¬ 
bers shall be selected on a geographical basis to repre¬ 
sent residential areas within the Center, shall be se¬ 
lected for fixed periods of time, and the total member¬ 
ship of # the Committee shall not be greater than twelve 
persons. 


4/26/44 



Authority 

of 

Project 

Director 


Hearing 

Officer 


Evacuee 

Representative 

Conndttee 


C-12 65-p9-bu 





WRft. Manual 


Government end Control 


110.10 




(.3) 


Evacuee 
Representative 
C omni t tee 
(cont*d#) 


The function of the Representative Committee shell 
be thet of acting es the official representative 
of the residents of the Center in communicating to 
the Project Director the viewpoints, attitudes end 
requests of the residents, in conveying to the re¬ 
sidents information concerning Wife regulations end 
determinetions effecting them, end in edvising with 
the Project Director on matters as to which col- 
leboretion between the Administration and the resi¬ 
dents is needed. 


0 


U/26/Uh 



C-1265-plO-bu 










Wfo Manual 


Internal end External Security 110.11 


.1 Under the existing Memorandum of Understanding be¬ 
tween the United States Army end the War Relocation 
Authority, the military police unit stationed at 
the Segregation Center will be responsible for pa¬ 
trolling the external boundaries of the Center and 
for patrolling certein fences and manning certain * 
wetch towers between the Administrative Area and the 
residential area for segregants. Subject to such 
arrangements as may be made with the military autho¬ 
rities, the Project Director may request the detail 
of detachments of military police to assist in the 
arrest of individuals or the quelling of disturbances 
when, in his judgement, such assistance is needed. 

Other arrangements for close cooperation between the 
Wer Relocation Authority administrative organization 
and the military police unit may be mede as they be¬ 
come desirable. 

.2 The Internal Security Section shall include an ade¬ 
quate staff of appointed police officers. Such of¬ 
ficers may carry firearms within the evacuee residen¬ 
tial area only when expressly authorized by the Pro¬ 
ject Director to do so. This authorization shall be 
limited to emergency cases such as making arrests, 
and shell be subject to such administrative control 
as the Project Director shall deem necessary. Petrol 
cars used by the police will be supplied with two-way 
radios, tear gas bombs, and such other law enforce¬ 
ment equipment as may be authorized by the Project Di¬ 
rector in ceses of emergency. Guards at the getes 
between the Administrative and residential areas, and 
guards and patrolmen stationed in the various sections 
of the administrative area and responsible for the pro¬ 
tection of life end Government property in those areas, 
may carry firearms. All firearms required by the in¬ 
ternal security force, when not in use, shell be main¬ 
tained in an armory to be established by the War Re* 
location Authority at a safe piece within the Adminis¬ 
trative 'Area. 

.3 As conditions warrant, an evacuee petrol force will be 
recruited end trained for assisting in the preservation 
of law end order within the evacuee residential area. 


k/26/bb 


Military 

Polioe 


WRA 

Appointed 

Police 

Force 


Evacuee 

Polico 

Force 


C-1265-pll-bu 





77RA Manual 


Internal and External Security 110. 


(. 3 ) 


Evacuee 

Police 

Force 

(oont*d.) 


The Project Director shall designate the type of 
police work in which the evacuee patrol force shall 
from time to time engage, and may add to the duties 
of the evacuee patrol force as conditions warrant. 


4/26/44 


C-1265-pl2_bu 








WKA Manual 


Center Services and Activities 110.12 


.1 Freedom of religion for all residents will be protected. 
State Shinto, which is nationalistic rather than reli¬ 
gious in character, will not be permitted at the Center. 

.2 Elementary and high schools of an American type, conduct¬ 
ed in English, will be provided at Government expense. 
Nursery school education necessary to prepare pupils for 
entrance into the Amerioan type elementary sohools will 
be provided. A limited adult education program includ¬ 
ing vocational training essential for project operation, 
English, or Americanization classes may be provided as 
the need ariseB. Such other types of schools as may be 
desired by the evacuees may be operated in TTRA buildings 
but must be financed, staffed, and otherwise supplied by 
the evacuees without cost to the Government. The use of 
buildings and the scheduling of classes in order to a- 
void conflicts between the English and Japanese type 
schools will be arranged through the administrative staff 
and the responsible evacuee representatives. 

•3 Group activities of an American type will be supported 
and definitely enoouraged for those interested in suoh 
programs. Japanese sooial and cultural activities will 
be permitted without expense to the Government, but dem¬ 
onstrations that may lead to disturbances of the peace 
of the oommunity are prohibited. 

,U The Project Director may arrange for the establishment 
of a project newspaper which may, if he desires, carry 
both Japanese and English sections. The paper will be 
supervised and ceasored by appropriate representatives of 
the Project Director. 

•5 An agricultural program may be worked out in collabora¬ 
tion with the residents of the Center. 

•6 Industrial enterprises may be established to produce mate¬ 
rials or equipment for use within the Center. 



10/17/44 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/26/44 
Release # 132 


Religious 
Aotiv ity 


Sohools 


Sooial 

and 

Cultural 

Activities 


Project 

Newspaper 


Agricultural 

Program 


Industrial 

Enterprises 


C—1749 

























. 


♦ 

. 












. 









. 


























■ 



































WRA. Manual 


Visiting to and From Center 110.13 


•1 Short term leave will be granted only when the grant¬ 
ing of such leave is in the interest of the Government* 
Leave will not be granted in cases where the reasons 
therefor are of concern primarily to the evacuee, but 
it may be in the interest of the Government to grant 
leave in cases of extreme personal emergency involving 
sickness or death, litigation, or important property 
adjustments, and the Project Director is authorized to 
exercise his discretion in the granting of leave in 
such cases• In such cases WRA will not pay transpor¬ 
tation or other costs unless the segregant is without 
funds or under unusual circumstances in which the Pro¬ 
ject Director deems payment by WRA. to be proper* 

•2 An escort shall be provided in all cases in itfiich an 

evacuee leaves the center on short term leave. The Pro¬ 
ject Director may in his discretion require that the 
expenses of the escort be borne, in whole or in part, 
by the evacuee. 

. 3 No visitors to the Tule Lake Segregation Center, except 
members of the armed forces in uniform, will be per¬ 
mitted except on the basis of permission secured in ad¬ 
vance from the Project Director, who will establish 
such procedure for the issuance of visiting permits as 
he deems proper. Rooms will be assigned by WRA out 
side the evacuee residential area for the accommodation 
of overnight visitors. Rooms outside the evacuee resi¬ 
dential area will also be provided where visitors can 
talk with residents of the center whom they are visit¬ 
ing. Visitors will not be allowed within the evacuee 
residential area except vith the express permission of 
the Project Director. Visitors will not be housed in 
evacuee quarters during their visits. 

.4 Soldiers in uniform visiting the center may make ar¬ 
rangements for quarters in the Military Police area, 
or in the Administrative Area, and will be expected to 
occupy such quarters at night. During the day they 
will be permitted such access to the evacuee areas as 
the Project Director may authorize. 


h/26/hh 


Leaves 
from 
Cent ear 


Esoorte 


Visitors 
to the 
Center 


Visiting 

Soldiers 


C-1265-i>l&-n* bu 






< 


< 




i 


wfr-.ifen»a3: 


Contrcbsnd and Censorship 110.lU 


IL& il, except first-cless, end peckeges will be 
subject to inspection by the Array, es provided 
in Army regulations established for the Center. 
There will be no censorship of first cless mail 
except for the residents of Aree B end of eny 
i6oletion center which may be established out¬ 
side the project. (See section 110.15) Tele¬ 
phone cells by segregants must be limited to 
emergency cells, must be conducted in English, 
end will be monitored end recorded. All tele¬ 
grams sent from the Center must be in English. 


Mail, 

Telephone 

Calls, 

Telegrams 


U/P 6 /I 4 I 4 


















1 


VJRA Manual 


Administrative Separation of 
Residents within Center 


110,15 


.1 In order to promote the orderly administration of the 
Center and to maintain peace and security for the re¬ 
sidents, it will be necessary from time to time further 
to restrict the movement and activities of persons 
whose influence or actions may be disruptive"of the 
operation of the Center. Such persons, after investi¬ 
gation and decision by the Project Director, will be 
transferred either to a separate area within the Center, 
designated herein as Area B, or to an isolation center 
outside the project. Since such further separation of 
individuals is a purely administrative arrangement to 
secure the peaceful and orderly administration of the 
Center, only such investigation need be made as is re¬ 
quisite for an administrative determination by the Pro¬ 
ject Director. The following procedure will be employed 
in making such determinations: 


Policy of 
Adndnlstrfttiro 
Separation 


A. 


> 


The Project Director will establish at the Center a 
Fact-Finding Committee consisting of the Assistant 
Project Director in Charge of Community Management, 
the Head of the Internal Security Section, and the 
Project Attorney. It shall be the duty of the Fact- 
Finding Committee to secure and examine any evidence 
which is available at the Center, or which can with¬ 
out undue delay be secured from any other source, 
bearing upon the activities of any individual sus¬ 
pected of past or probable future interference with 
the peaceful and orderly processes of center admini¬ 
stration. After review of all the evidence available 
to the Fact-Finding Coimnittee, that Committee will 
submit to the Project Director a docket for each 
individual case considered by it, with its appraisal 
of the evidence and its recommendation as to whether, 
in the interest of peaceful and orderly administration, 
the individual should be transferred to A rea B or an 
isolation center. 


Faot- 

Tindiiqf 

ConnAttee 


B. Upon receipt of the docket from the Fact-Finding Com¬ 
mittee, the Project Director shall review the evidence Direotor*s 
and recommendations submitted by the Committee, and Determination 
may in his discretion hold an interview with the per¬ 
son whose transfer is under consideration. No inter¬ 
view need be held in cases in which the evidence sup¬ 
porting the Committee’s recommendation is so clear as 
not to leave room for any reasonable doubt as to the 
correctness of the recommendation. 




Administrative Separation of 

WFA Manual __ Residents within Center 


(.IB) 


If an interview is held, the Project Director 
shall inform the person interviewed of the na¬ 
ture of the reports end evidence which have been 
produced concerning him, end shall allow him to 
make such further comiients or statements, or pro¬ 
duce such further evidence, as he may desire. 

If the Project Director concludes that the indi¬ 
vidual's continued residence in the main area of 
the center is dengerous to the peaceful and order¬ 
ly administration thereof, he may order his trans¬ 
fer to Area B or an isolation center 


UJransfer 
Back to 
Main Area 


•2. Residence of any individual in Area B or in an isolation 
center shall be for an indefinite period. Any indivi¬ 
dual who wishes to be transferred to and permitted to re¬ 
side in the main area of the Center may at any time ask 
to be interviewed by the Project Director end may submit 
further information bearing upon his case. The Project 
Director shall et his convenience hold further inter¬ 
views and examine all information and evidence submitted. 
If the Project Director concludes that transfer of the 
applicant, or of any other individual residing in Area B 
or in an isolation center, to the main area of the Cen¬ 
ter will involve no danger to the peaceful and orderly 
administration thereof, he shall order such transfer. 


.3 


A. 


Adcdni stration 
of Area B and 
Isolation 
Center 


AH policies of WRA applicable to the main area of 
the Center shall be applicable to Area B and to eny 
isolation center which may be established, except 
that: 

(1) All mail going into or coming from Area B or 
an isolation center will be censored. 


(2) No visiting will be permitted between the resi¬ 
dents or Area B or the isolation center and the 
main area of the Center except under extra¬ 
ordinary circumstances and with the express 
permission of the Project Director. 


U/26/U 


110.15 


C_12flG-p20-bu 








\ 


Administretive Seperation of 
Residents within Center 


(-3A) 

(3) Visiting with the residents of Aree B 

or the isoletion center will not in any 
event he permitted within the physical 
limits of Area B or the isoletion cen¬ 
ter, but may take place only in rooms pro¬ 
vided for the purpose outside the evecuee 
residential area and in the presence of 
witnesses if the Project Director so determines. 

(U) Families of individuals removed to Area B 
or to an isolation center will not be al¬ 
lowed to accompany such individuals into the 
separated area. 

B. Petrol of the external boundaries of Area E and of 
the isoletion center will be the responsibility of 
the Military Police, in accordance with agreements 
between the V r er Relocation Authority end the War 
Department. 

.I 4 Should leter developments require the transfer of any 
women into a sepereted area, separate living quarters 
and feeding errengements will be provided for them. 


) 

WRk Manual 


14/26/1414 

* 


110.15 


External 

Patrol 


Women 


C-1266-p21 


f lna 1 








WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


A. 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


Chapter 120 - Persons Institutionalized in Evacuated Area 


Introduction 120.1 


This chapter relates to evacuees hospitalized or institu¬ 
tionalized in the evacuated portions of Military Areas No* 1 
and No* 2 of the Western Defense Command, -which evacuees are 
not the responsibility of any center but are rather under 
the jurisdiction of the San Francisco office of WRA. Such 
evacuees will hereinafter be referred to as patients. 




* 


12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I* #99 


C-0833 P3 nobu 













WRA Manual 


Payment for Hospital Care 120*2 











* 


The San Francisco office of WRA is responsible for payment 
for hospital care 

A* For all patients transferred to WRA from the USPHS, 

B. For certain patients cared for in the past by priyate 
funds -which are no longer available due to circumstances 
resulting from evacuation, and 

C. For certain patients cared for by public funds up to the 
time they would normally be discharged from a hospital, 
but retained for a longer period because of lack of 
proper follow-up or convalescent facilities available for 
additional patients at projects* 

Acceptance of financial responsibility for patients in cate¬ 
gories (B) and (C) shall be on the basis of consideration by 
the WRA Health Section of all the factors involved in each 
individual case* Rates of payment are as negotiated by the 
USPHS, or as negotiated by WRA, usually on a cost of opera¬ 
tion basis. Individual invoices, or lists showing names of 
patients and rates-, are submitted in quadruplicate properly 
certified by the various hospitals on the first of each month 
to the San Francisco WRA office* Processing of invoice in¬ 
cludes posting on the card of each patient in the Health Sec¬ 
tion card file, approval by the Chief Medical Officer or his 
administrative assistant, and further processing by the fis¬ 
cal unit in San Francisco according to usual procedures* 





12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. § 99 













Mental Patients 120,3 


IRA Manual 


VShen an evacuee mental patient from a center is committed to 
a State institution in California, Oregon, or Washington, the 
patient will become the responsibility of the San Francisco 
office. Patients committed from centers to State institutions 
in other States and subsequently transferred to State institu¬ 
tions in California, Oregon, or Washington likewise become the 
responsibility of the San Francisco office. Bills for the ex¬ 
pense of inter-state transfers and for any subsequent institu¬ 
tional costs properly chargeable to WRA should be sent to the 
San Francisco office for approval by the Health Section and 
for payment. The San Francisco office will also obtain mili¬ 
tary permits for travel within the restricted area, and will 
furnish attendant and escort service or authorize the State 
agency which requests the transfer to furnish such service at 
WRA expense. For further details on commitment and transfer 
of mental patients see Section 30.2.10 and 50.3.22. 




12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. #99 




C'0833 P7 nobu 


















IRA Manual 


Grants for Necessary Expenses 120.4 





•1 Patients hospitalized or institutionalized in the evacua¬ 
ted area of the West Coast and for whom WRA is paying the 
costs of hospitalization or institutionalization, are el¬ 
igible for assistance grants for necessary clothing and 
other necessities, such as toilet articles, which are not 
furnished to them by the hospital or affiliated organiza¬ 
tions by lfaich they are being cared for. 

,2 Heretofore, such assistance grants have been made on the 
basis of applications by individual patients. Effective 
July 1, 1943, grants will be made at the beginning of each 
quarter year to all such evacuees, unless it is found that 
their incomes are such as to make such grants unnecessary. 
In the case of each evacuee, the social service department 
of the hospital involved shall be requested to inform the 
WRA Health Section in San Francisco whether or not in its 
opinion a grant of the kind provided for in this section 
is necessary. 

•3 The grants shall be in the following amounts: 

A. $7.50 per quarter to patients over 15 years of age and 
ambulatory less than four hours per day. 

B. $13.50 per quarter to patients over 15 years of age 
who are ambulatory four hours per day or more. 

C. $4*50 per quarter to patients under 15 years of age 
and ambulatory less than four hours per day. 

D. $9 .00 per quarter to patients under 15 years of age 
who are ambulatory four hours per day or more. 

The ambulatory status of each patient, for the purpose of 
fixing the amount of the grant, shall be determined as of 
the beginning of each quarter; and shall be based on re¬ 
ports secured from the hospital where the evacuee is hos¬ 
pitalized • 

•4 The grants provided for in 120.4*3 are for the purpose of 
defraying the cost of ordinary needs. Additional grants 
may be made to an evacuee for exceptional needs during 
hospitalization or at time of discharge when recommended 
by the social service department of the hospital involved. 

•5 Vouchers for the payment of grants shall be approved by 
the Health Section in San Francisco and then issued to the 
patients in accordance with the usual procedure. 

•6 Assistance grants shall not be made by any center to an 
evacuee to which the provisions of this section ars appli¬ 
cable . 


EligiML ity 
for 
Grants 


Issuance 

of 

Grants 


Amount 

of 

Grants 


Additional 

Grants 


Vouchers 


No Grants 
by Centers 






12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 35, Suppl. 1 


C-08 33 P9 nobu 

































. 
















' 









































WRA Manual 


Burials 120.5 


\/j 


\ 


WRA will pay the cost of burials for patients dying 
in hospitals in cases in which hospitalization has 
been a WRA responsibility. In certain cases in 
which the cost of hospitalization has been paid from 
private funds, WRA may also pay burial expenses on 
a showing that neither the decedent*s estate nor re¬ 
latives are able to bear the cost, because of cir¬ 
cumstances resulting from evacuation. Relatives are 
permitted to decide, subject to applicable health 
regulations, whether there shall be cremation, local 
burial, or burial at a center. Local mortuaries 
having contracts with the Quartermaster *s Corps or 
with other agencies of the Federal Government shall 
be utilized wherever available at the rates fixed 
by such contracts. In the event of a death, hos¬ 
pitals have been requested to use the following pro¬ 
cedure s 

A. Notify the WRA Health Section Office in San 
Francisco, which will secure from the center 
concerned advice as to funeral arrangements 
desired by relatives. 

B. Make funeral arrangements with a mortuary 
in the vicinity, if possible one which has 
a contract with the QMC or other agency of 
the Federal Government. Arrangements made 
must be subject to Instructions from the 
Health Section in San Francisco. 

C. Present bills in the usual manner for approval 
by the Health Section and processing by the fis¬ 
cal unit of the Field Assistant Director*s office 
in accordance with standard procedures. 




12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 99 


C-0833 PH nobu 
























































* 





V 

































' 




































































Transfersto Centers 120.6 


WRA Manual 


.1 *Notificatlon of Discharge”, Form WRA-272, 
furnished by the Health Section to the var¬ 
ious hospitals shall be sent by such hos- 
pitals to the WRA Health Section at San 
Francisco when the hospital believes the Discharge 

patient is ready for release. If on the 
basis of the medical information on the noti¬ 
fication of discharge, or of further medical 
information which may be requested- discharge 
from the hospital ana transfer of the patient 
to a relocation center seems advisable, the 
following procedure shall be followed: 


.2 A report and notice of transfer shall be sent 
to the center in which the patient's relatives 
are living, or to which for some other reason 
he would normally be sent, the report to in¬ 
clude such medical information as may be nec¬ 
essary for proper follow-up medical care or 
attention after the patient joins his family 
or is admitted to the center hospital• 

.3 The Health Section shall request transporta¬ 
tion and subsistence grants from the San 
Francisco Agent-Cashier. Transportation shall 
be arranged on as economical a basis as pos¬ 
sible, taking into consideration the condition 
of the patient. Subsistence shall be computed 
at the rate of $1.00 per meal en route plus a 
tray service of .25^ per meal for bed-ridden 
patients. A Public Assistance Grant Voucher 
shall be given to the escort, and acknowledge¬ 
ment later obtained on the Voucher from the 
patient that he has received the money, after 
which the Voucher shall be returned to the San 
Francisco office for processing. 


Notioe 

to 

Center 


Payment of 
Transfer 
Costs 


.4 


If the patient Is in need of clothing which he 
is unable to provide for himself, he may re¬ 
quest the necessary articles through the social 
service department or the administrative au¬ 
thorities of the hospital. Certification shall 
be made by the social service department or ad¬ 
ministrative authorities of the hospital on a 
form provided by the Health Section, the request 
shall be reviewed by a representative of the 
Chief Medical Officer and, when approved shall be 


Clo liiing 
Needed for 
Transfer 


12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 99 


C-0833 P13 bu 






WRA Manual 


Transfer to Projects 120.6 


submitted to the Agent-Cashier at the San 
Francisco WRA office who shall prepare a 
Public Assistance Grant Voucher for forward¬ 
ing to the patient. 


Escorts 


laiitaiy 

Travel 

Permit 


.5 Escort service shall be provided by WRA from 
the hospital to the center or t o a point at 
which the patient is met by a center escort, 
or to the border of the restricted zone if 
the person is able to travel alone. A medical 
escort shall be provide in cases of infants, 
paroled mental patients, or others for whom 
the Chief Medical Officer determines that such 
an escort is necessary. 

.6 A military travel permit shall be secured for 
each patient through the Adju tant General*s 
Office of the-Western Defense Command on the 
basis of a detailed statement prepared in each 
instance by the Health Section. On the patient*s 
arrival at his destination the permit shall be 
returned by mail to the WRA office in San 
Francisco for transmittal to the military au¬ 
thorities (See 50.3.22). 


12/29/43 

Supersedes A.I. # 99 



C-0833 P14 bu-final 




WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


AEMINISTRATI7E MANUAL 

Chapter 130 - Relocation 


Relocation Program 130»1 


•1 This section of the Administrative Manual is in¬ 
tended to set forth the policies of the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority with respeot to the relocation 
program, to define the responsibilities of each 
division in this program, and to establish the 
relationships among evacuees. War Relocation Au¬ 
thority staff, and public and private agencies in 
its development. 

.2 

A. It is the policy of the War Relocation Author¬ 
ity to facilitate the return of loyal and law- 
abiding evacuees to normal American life. The 
relocation program has been developed to im¬ 
plement this polioy. The program provides for 
the informing of American communities and em¬ 
ployers as to the facts about the evacuees* 
backgrounds and their abilities, for the in¬ 
forming of evacuees as to public attitudes, 
manpower needs and living conditions in the 
various communities, and for the aiding of 
evacuees in their return to normal American 
life. 

B. It is the policy of the War Relocation Author¬ 
ity to oontinue relocation as a voluntary step, 
and so far as the War Relocation Authority can 
make a commitment, necessary oenters will be 
continued for the duration of the war. 

C. In keeping with the voluntary nature of relo¬ 
cation, the evacuees themselves will be re¬ 
sponsible for initiating relocation plans for 
individuals and families. The War Relocation 
Authority will provide factual information, 
counseling services, oertain limited travel 


1/15/114 

Supersedes A.I. # 88 , 96 


Scope 

and 

Purpose 
of Ibis 

Manual Seotion 


V7HA Policy 
on 

Relooation 


C-0890 P3 bu 






WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 150*1 


(.sc) 

* $ • 

and subsistence grants where needed, and will 
assist evacuees in seouring employment and 
housing. 

D. The War Relocation Authority will acquaint 
other Federal and non-Federal public agenoies 
and private agenoies with the needs of evaeu- 
ees and will endeavor to secure their assist¬ 
ance and service within the limits of the 
agencies 1 resources and policies. It will 
assist evacuees in making contacts with these 
agenoies. The War Relocation Authority is not 
in a position to duplicate any service whioh 
can be provided by another Federal agency. 

The War Relocation Authority will aid evaouees 
in securing loans from other sources insofar 
as possible, but is unable to provide suoh 
loans directly. 


E. Sinoe relocation is the primary objective of • 
the War Relocation Authority, an adequate 
training and replacement program becomes 

increasingly important, both as a mean* of ( 

achieving orderly and planned relocation of 
evacuee center employees, and of maintaining 
as efficient operation of the essential serv¬ 
ice at the centers as possible. 

F. Full participation of evacuees and of Japanese 
Americans outside the centers in the planning 
of^the relocation program is necessary to 

the achievement of successful relocation. 


.3 

Responsibilities 

of 

WRA Divisions 
and 

Seotions 
in Relocation 
Program 


In order to mobilise the full resources of the 
Authority in the support of this comprehensive 
relocation program, the specific responsibili¬ 
ties outlined in this instruction are plaoed 
with the various divisions and sections. It is 
the responsibility of the Relocation Division 
to initiate, direot, and ooordinate this total 
program. Eaoh division is responsible for in¬ 
forming its appointed personnel of the value of 
the relocation program to the evacuees and to 


1/15/V4 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


C-0800 P4 bu 



WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


(.3) 


the nation, for developing active support for the 
relocation program among its staff, and for aid¬ 
ing through its normal functions the work of the 
Relocation Division and the cooperative contribu¬ 
tions of the other divisions. Each division shall, 
in cooperation with the Vocational Training Commit¬ 
tee, develop a thorough training program for its 
evacuee workers, providing workers in all its sec¬ 
tions and units with added skills in the various 
fields of activity included in the division. 

A. The Community Management Division, jointly 
with the Relocation Division, is responsible 
for the planning and development of the wel¬ 
fare, educational, health, community organi¬ 
zation, and related aspects of the relocation 
program. 

(1) The Community Organization Section in the 
Washington Office, jointly with the Relo¬ 
cation Division, shall assist in the plan¬ 
ning and development of organization for 
evacuee participation in the relocation 
program. 

(2) The Welfare Section, jointly with the 
Relocation Division, shall initiate and 
carry out a program of family interview¬ 
ing and counseling for relocation. This 
shall be conducted so as to: 

(a) Reach every family or individual at 
the center, insofar as possible. 

(b) Stimulate families to think and plan 
for themselves about their future. 

(c) Aid in construction of an acceptable 
plan for the relocation of the total 
family, where the family is desir¬ 
ous of making such a plan. 

(d) Prepare potential relocaters for 
interviews with the Relocation 
Division. 


l/i^z^UU 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


Community 
Managems nt 
Division 


Coranunity 

Organization 

Section 


Welfare 

Section 


C-0890 P5 bu 




WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


Heal-tix 

Seotion 


Education 

Section 


(.3A-2) 

(e) Prepare the basic social data for a 
Family Relocation Record to be as¬ 
sembled and summarized by the Relo¬ 
cation Division for eventual trans¬ 
mission to the relocation office in 
the community, 

(f) Provide the War Relocation Authority 
with social data for over-all pro¬ 
gram planning. 

The Welfare Section in Washington, work¬ 
ing through the Relocation Division, 
shall provide technical guidance for 
the community adjustment program in the 
relocation field offices. The Welfare 
Section in the Washington office will 
consult with the Sooial Security Board 
concerning further adjustments in policy 
and relationships between the two agen¬ 
cies as experience and needs indicate, 

(3) The Health Section shall provide physical 
examination service for evacuees who are 
relocating, within the limits of its avail¬ 
able facilities. The Health Section in 
the Washington Office shall provide tech¬ 
nical guidance, through the Relocation 
Division, in problems relating to the 
emergency medical care and institutional¬ 
ization of relocated evacuees by appro¬ 
priate agencies. 

(ll) The Education Section, jointly with the 
Relocation Division, shall initiate and 
carry out relocation activities with a 
view to achieving the following objectives: 

(a) To acquaint the school staff with 
the importance of the relocation 
program in order that the develop¬ 
ment of positive relocation atti¬ 
tudes may become part of daily 
teaching. 


i/15/Ui 

Supersedes A.I. $ 88, 96 


C-0890 P0 bu 




WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


(.JA-l*) 


(b) To bring into the schools such con¬ 
tributions by War Relocation Author¬ 
ity officials, center visitors, 
evacuee leaders, and evacuee organi¬ 
sations as will provide information 
on, and incentives toward, success¬ 
ful relocation* 

(c) To reemphasise American ways of life 
and American cultural values at all 
school levels. 

(d) T 0 develop a Vocational Training Pro¬ 
gram geared to center and relocation 
needs* This program shall include a 
supervised apprenticeship program, 
post high sohool trades classes on 
both a part-time and full-time basis, 
high school vocational classes, and 
work experience groups* This pro¬ 
gram is discussed in detail in Manual 
Section 30.3-50* While the Pro¬ 
ject Vocational Training Committee 
shall provide supervisory assistance, 
it is the particular concern of the 
Education Section to develop this 
program. 

(e) To give technical assistance to the 
Relocation Division in maintaining 
the Relocation Library. 

(f) To arrange for transfer of school 
records to outside communities* 

(g) To develop facility by evacuees in 
the use of conversational and 
written English. 




Education 
Sootion 
(oont* d«) 


The Washington Office of the Education Sec 
tion shall provide technical guidance for 
the relocation field offices, through the 
Relocation Division, in educational prob- 


1/15/14* 

Supersedes A.l. # 88, 96 


C-0890 P7 bu 



WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 150.1 


(.31-4) 

lems which develop in the field, and in 
the development of opportunities for vo¬ 
cational training in communities of re¬ 
location. 


Business 

Enterprises 

Seotion 


(5) The Business Enterprises Section, joint 
ly with the Relocation Division, shall 
aid evacuees in the forming of credit 
unions which may, at their discretion, 
offer financial assistance to those 
relocating. 


Conmunity 

Analysis 

Section 


(6) The Community Analysis Section shall co¬ 
operate with the Relocation Division and 
the other divisions in the interpretation 
of family data which the Welfare Section 
submits to it for general analysis, shall 
carry on the analysis of attitudes toward 
relocation, observe results of relocation 
techniques used on the center, report on 
these findings and make recommendations 
for desirable changes in techniques* The 
Washington Office of the Community Analy¬ 
sis Section, under the direction of the 
Relocation Division, shall undertake 
studies relating to the social and econ¬ 
omic adjustment of relocated evacuees. 


Community 

Activities 

Section 


(7) The Community Activities Seotion, jointly 
with the Relocation Division, shall work 
with field representatives of national 
agencies such as YWCA, YMCA, and Boy 
Soouts and Girl Soouts, to increase ous¬ 
ter membership in these types of organi¬ 
sations. It shall assist in arranging 
membership transfers of persons reloca¬ 
ting. *t shall assist in arrangements 
for visitors from outside communities to 
participate in sports and other activi¬ 
ties and for participation of evacuees in 
activities outside the center* 


l/ 15 /Ul 

Supersedes A. X. # 83, 96 


C-0890 P8 bu 








H 


WRA Manual 


Relopation Program 150*1 


I 


(.3) 

I 

B. The Reports Division will assist the Reloca¬ 
tion Division through graphic and visual 
media in providing evacuees in the centers 
with factual information about public atti¬ 
tudes, cost of living, housing, climate, 
education and other faotors affeoting relo¬ 
cation. Particular attention will be given 
to the production of materials in the Japan¬ 
ese language. It will study methods of dis¬ 
tributing information in the centers and from 
time to time check the effectiveness of dis¬ 
tribution techniques which have been used. It 
will secure the cooperation of other divisions 
in developing this information program, and 
will draw upon information resources outside 
the War Relocation Authority in developing 
this program. The Reports Division in the 
Washington Office shall, through the Reloca¬ 
tion Division, provide technical guidanoe 

for Area Relocation Offices in preparing in¬ 
formation for evacuees about work and living 
conditions and in imparting information about 
the War Relocation Authority program in the 
communities• 

C. The Administrative Management Division has 
the following responsibilities in the reloca¬ 
tion program: 

(1) The Washington Office of the Division is 
responsible for the prompt issuing of 
leave clearance to all eligible evacuees. 

(2) The Personnel Management Section shall 
assist the Relocation Division by provid¬ 
ing information whioh will aid in suit¬ 
able placement of evacuees in outside 
employment. This will be accomplished 
through maintenance of individual otater 
employment histories, to be made avail¬ 
able to the Relocation Division at the 


Reports 

Division 




Administrative 

Management 

Division 

Leave 

Clearance 


Personnel 

Management 




l/15/Ut 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


C- 08 90 P9 bu 





WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


(.JC-2) 

center, and through the establishment of 
a standard measure of center employment 
experience and duties, expressed in evac¬ 
uee job classifications. It shall assist 
the Vocational Training Committee in its 
•work. It shall help prepare evacuees to 
accept outside employment by endeavoring 
to establish and maintain center work 
standards comparable to standards re¬ 
quired in outside employment. 


Evacuee 

Property 


(3) The Evacuee Property Office, in coopera¬ 
tion with the Relocation Division shall 
provide property management service for 
relocated evacuees and shall assist 
evacuees in transporting household and 
personal effects and commercial prop¬ 
erty to the point of relocation, accord¬ 
ing to the provisions of Chapter 100 of 
the Administrative Manual. 


Operations 

Division 


Solicitor* s 
Office 


D. In view of the large number of evacuees em¬ 
ployed in meohanioal and agricultural work in 
the centers by the Operations Division, this 
division has the following responsibilities 
in the relocation programj 

(1) It shall develop and maintain, in coopera¬ 
tion with the Vocational Training Commit¬ 
tee, training programs to develop under 
practical work conditions, skills and 
experience preparing evacuees for place¬ 
ment in normal life. 

(2) It shall assist the Project Employment 
Section in evaluating work experience 
of evacuees and in maintaining work 
standards comparable to those required 
in outside employment. 

E. The Solicitor’s Office and the Project Attor¬ 
neys shall aid in the relocation program by 
providing to evacuees legal advice and serv¬ 
ices in matters affecting their relocation. 


l/15/bh 

Supersedes A.I. % 88, 96 


0890 P10 bu 





WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


(.3) 

F. The Relocation Planning Division in Washington 
and the Center Statistical Seotions shall col¬ 
laborate with the Relocation Division and the 
Community Management Division with respeot to 
maintaining ourrent quantitative information 
concerning the progress of the Family Counsel¬ 
ing Program and in summarising the results of 
the interviews in such manner as may be pre¬ 
scribed* They shall participate in designing 
such forms as may be used in Family Counseling 
in order that information which is subject to 
quantitative analysis may be handled in the 
most efficient manner* They shall give tech¬ 
nical advice to the various groups concerned 
in connection with any special inquiries or 
analyses that may be required as part of the 
relocation interview program. They shall pre¬ 
pare summaries of number of persons on indefi¬ 
nite leave and keep a record of their ourrent 
location* 

•U Since all War Relocation Authority operations in¬ 
fluence the relocation program, and since many 
specific responsibilities have been assigned to 
the various divisions in this instruction, it is 
essential to provide for the coordination of these 
efforts* Evacuee participation in relocation 
planning adds additional emphasis to the necessity 
for the development of adequate working relation- 
' ships* The following provisions for achieving 
suoh coordination are mandatory in principle, but 
modifications to suit the speoial conditions of 
various centers may be made with the approval of 
the Director. 

A* A relocation committee shall be established 
in the Washington Office and at eaoh ©enter in 
order to coordinate the procedures and opera¬ 
tions of the divisions and sections* Eaoh com¬ 
mittee shall be composed of division ohiefs 
and section heads making speoifio contribu¬ 
tions to the relocation program. The Director 
of the Authority shall serve as the ohairman 


1/15/1 ii 

Supersedes A.I. if 88, 96 


Relocation 

Planning 

Division 


Coordination 
of Contributions 
to Relocation 


Staff 

Coordination 


C-0890 Pll bu 




WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 130*1 


(M) 


Evacuee 
Coordination 
on the 
Ceirte rs 


Coordination 
of Evacuees 
and Staff 
on Centers 


of the Washington Relocation Committee and the 
Chief of the Relocation Division (or his ap- 
- pointee) shall serve as executive officer* 

The center relocation committee shall meet 
under the chairmanship of the Project Direc¬ 
tor, and the Relocation Program Offioer shall 
serve as executive offioer. Meetings of these 
committees shall be held at least once a month 
and additional meetings as may be necessary 
shall be called by the chairman* 

B* Project Directors shall recognise the responsi¬ 
bility of evacuees, through the Relocation 
Planning Commission established by the Com¬ 
munity Council, to initiate and develop plans 
for evaouee participation in the relocation 
program. The Commission should be represen¬ 
tative of the community and should be composed 
oft 

(1) Representatives of non-council evacuee 
organizations such as Business Enter¬ 
prises, religious groups. Parent-Teacher 
Association, YMCA and the YWCA* 

(2) The chairmen of such Council Committees 
as are cooperating actively in various 
aspeots of the relocation program, suoh 
as the Public Relations Committee, the 
Employment Committee, the Education Com¬ 
mittee, and the Counseling Committee. 

The War Relocation Authority shall establish a 
position of Executive Secretary to the Commis¬ 
sion, which shall be held by an evacuee to be 
appointed by the Project Director upon recom¬ 
mendation of the Commission. 

C* A Relocation Executive Board shall be estab¬ 
lished by the Project Direotor, made up of 
approximately three evacuee representatives 
selected by the Relocation Planning Commission 


1/15M 

Supersedes A.I* # 88, 9& 


C-0890 P12 bu 








/ 


WRA Manual_Relocation Program 150*1 

(.Uc) 


and three appointed staff representatives 
selected by the Relocation Committee, Under 
the chairmanship of the Project Director, this 
Board shall plan over-all center coordination 
and recommend policies and techniques to the 
Project Director. The Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer shall act as executive secretary of this 
Board, The executive secretary of the Com¬ 
mission shall be an ex-officio member of the 
Board. 


D. In order to have a successful relocation pro¬ 
gram, there must be a smooth working relation¬ 
ship between Relocation Centers and Relocation 
, Field Offices, with activities of both coordi¬ 
nated by the Relocation Division in Washing¬ 
ton. It is therefore absolutely necessary 
that the following areas of responsibility and 
lines of authority be strictly adhered to. 

(l) The Area Relocation Supervisors through 
their Relocation Officers are responsible 
for all phases of the relocation program 
in their respective areas. Any contacts 
concerning relocation which the Project 
Director, his appointed staff, or any 
officially recognised evacuee individual 
or group may wish to make with agencies 
or individuals outside the centers should 
be made through the appropriate Reloca¬ 
tion Supervisor or one of his District 
Officers. The War Relocation Authority’s 
activities outside the centers concerning 
evacuees on seasonal and indefinite leave 
are the responsibility of the Relocation 
Officers. For efficiency and economy in 
operation, the Relocation Supervisor may 
authorize the Project Director to act 
for him on relocation matters in certain 
areas adjacent to a center. This author! 
zation should be in writing and a copy 
furnished the Relocation Division in 
Washington. 


General 
Division 
of 

Re sponsibili-ty 


Relocation 
Field Areas 


1/L5 /Ik 

Supersedes A. I. # 88, 9& 


C-0890 P13 bu 





WRA Manual 


Relocation Program 150«1 




Relocation 

Centers 


r 


(2) The Project Director through hie Reloca¬ 
tion Program Officer is responsible for 
all phases of the relocation program in 
the oenter* All field Relocation Officers 
should make their contacts with appointed 
staff members or center residents through 
the Project Director* Relocation Officers 
should clear with the Projeot Director be¬ 
fore entering or working within a Reloca¬ 
tion center* 


Contacts 
■wi th otbe r 
Agencies 


(3) Relations with Federal agenoies and pri¬ 
vate organisations of all types at the 
national level shall be initiated and 
developed by the Washington Offioe of the 
War Relocation Authority. Insofar as 
suoh contacts relate to the relocation 
program, they should be initiated by or 
worked out in conjunction with the Relo¬ 
cation Division in the Washington Offioe* 
Relocation Field Offices shall initiate 
and develop relations with public and 
private agencies at regional, state, and 
looal levels, insofar as they relate to 
the relocation program* 




l/15/Ul 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


C-0890 P14 bu 













WRA Manual 


Relocation Di-vision 130.2 



The Relocation Division directs the Authority’s 
relocation program, including both relocation of 
evacuees from centers and provision of assistance 
to individuals excluded by military authorities 
from restricted areas* It formulates and initi¬ 
ates policies to carry out the relocation program. 

A. Activities of the Washington Offioe of the 

Relocation Division include: 

(1) Technical supervision of Center Reloca¬ 
tion Divisions. 

(2) The direction of Relocation Field Offices. 

(3) The direction and coordination of the 
contributions of other divisions to the 
relocation program. 

(ii) Stimulation of, and provision for, the 
participation in relocation planning of 
Japanese Americans on and off the centers 
and coordination of their contributions. 

(5) Conferring with and obtaining cooperation 
of other government agencies and private 
organizations and individuals, and coor¬ 
dinating their contributions. 

B. The Washington Office of the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion shall carry out its responsibility for 

the relocation program through four sections: 

(1) The Center Liaison Section, responsible 
for technical supervision of Center Relo¬ 
cation Divisions in their development of 
the relocation program. 

(2) The Field Supervision Section, respon¬ 
sible for the direction of the relocation 
field offices, and for development of the 
field relocation program. 

(3) The Coordination Section, responsible for 
the integration of the relocation activi- 


Funotions 
of the 
Relocation 
Division 


Functions 
of the 
Relocation 
Division 
in the 
Trashing ton 
Of fice 


oc ex ions 
of th e 
Division 
in 

Washington 


l/l5/Ub 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


C-0890 P15 bu 






WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130*2 


(.IB-5) 


Relocation 

Division 
at the 
Centers 




Sunnajy 

of 

Functions 


Coordination 

of 

Relocation 
Program 
at Centers 

Planning 

with 

Other Divisions 


Orientation 
of Staff 


ties of the various divisions of the War 
Relocation Authority and for coordinating 
the relations of the War Relocation Au¬ 
thority with other agencies in connection 
with relocation* 

(h) The Analysis and Procedures Section, 

responsible for recommending procedures, 
for preparing and reviewing materials 
issued for the direction and guidanoe 
of the relocation program, and for the 
handling of certain fiscal and personnel 
matters for the Chief of the Division* 

2 Each Relocation Center shall have a Relocation 
Division, headed by a Relocation Program Officer, 
responsible directly to the Project Direotor. 

This division shall receive technical supervision 
from the Washington Office of the Relocation 
Division* 


A* The Relocation Division is responsible for co¬ 
ordinating, planning, and directing the total 
relocation program at the center, including 
development of evacuee participation In relo¬ 
cation planning* The Relocation Division has 
the responsibility for seeing that necessary 
assistance is rendered evacuees in prepara¬ 
tion for relocation. 

B* In carrying out its coordination function the 
Relocation Division has the following respon¬ 
sibilities : 

(1) It shall plan and develop with the vari¬ 
ous divisions their responsibilities in 
the relocation program. 

(2) It is primarily responsible, under the 
supervision of the Project Direotor, for 
keeping the entire center staff informed 
as to major objectives and methods of 
the relocation program. 


Relocation 

Division 
at the 
Centers 




Sunnajy 

of 

Functions 


Coordination 

of 

Relocation 
Program 
at Centers 

Planning 

with 

Other Divisions 


Orientation 
of Staff 





1/15/Ul 

Supersedes A* 


I. # 88, 96 









WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130*2 


f 


* 



(.2B) 

(?) The Relocation Program Officer shall aot 
as executive officer for the Relocation 
Committee and executive secretary to the 
Relocation Executive Board. 

(1±) The Relocation-Division shall study evac¬ 
uee relationships to the relocation pro¬ 
gram and shall, under the supervision of 
the Project Director and in cooperation 
with the Community Management Division, 
develop the general plan for evacuee par¬ 
ticipation heretofore described and make 
such adaptations in the program as are 
necessary to develop that participation* 

It shall be concerned with the general 
development of evacuee planning for the 
future. Through his position as execu¬ 
tive secretary of the Relocation Execu¬ 
tive Board, the Relocation Program Officer 
shall take an active part in the coordi¬ 
nation of evaouee and staff contributions 
to relocation. 

C. In carrying out its function of directing the 
assistance rendered evacuees in preparation 
for relocation, the Relocation Division has 
the following responsibilities: 

(l) It shall see that all types of relocation 
information are provided to evacuees* 

With the technical assistance of the 
Librarian, it shall see that a Relocation 
Library is established. It shall, in co¬ 
operation with the Reports and Community 
Management Divisions, utilise all media 
of visual education, such as moving pic¬ 
tures, photographic exhibits, and posters, 
and through other techniques such as fo¬ 
rums, circulars, and news items, shall 
publicise information about relocation 
opportunities, the communities and areas 
of relocation and the experience of relo¬ 
cated evacuees. It shall relate specific 
relocation opportunities to the total in¬ 
formation about an area or community* 


Coianittee 

Functions 


' Relationships 
with 
Evaouee3 


Assisting 
Evaouees 
in Relocation 


General 
Relocation 
Information 
to Evacuees 


(2) It shall assist evacuees in the develop¬ 
ment of specific plans for relocation. 


Relocation 

Advising 


i A$M 

Supersedes A.I* # 88, 96 


C-0890 P17 bu 






WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130*2 


(.2C-2) 


Spsoific 
Re location 
Plans 


The Relocation 
Record and 
Sturm ary 


The main element in this function is ad¬ 
vising individuals and families as to de¬ 
tailed conditions of relocation in the 
various areas and working out with them 
their individual plans. The Relocation 
Division shall provide thl6 service for 
evacuees directly or shall receive refer¬ 
rals from the Welfare Section for suoh 
relocation advice. In turn, it may re¬ 
fer to the Welfare Section evacuees in¬ 
terested in relocation who need family 
counseling service. 

(a) In most cases a specific plan should 
involve the selection of a particu¬ 
lar community of relocation and ar¬ 
rangements for a tentative departure 
date. In helping families and indi¬ 
viduals make their selections, the 
Relocation Program Officer shall 
make use of the ourrent information 
about communities available from the 
Reports Division and the District 
Relocation Offices. It is expected 
that practioally all plans will be 
developed to the point of aotual 
preparation for departure. However, 
in exceptional oases where the evao- 
uee cannot select a particular com¬ 
munity without additional advance 
assurances such as a specific job 
offer, further information should 

be requested from the Relocation 
Officer involved. 

(b) The Relocation Division shall con¬ 
solidate all materials related to a 
family relocation plan into a Family 
Relocation Reoord. These materials 
will come from its relocation rec¬ 
ords, from records of the Welfare 
Section, from the Project Personnel 


f 


l/lbAU 

Supersedes A.I. if 88, 9& 


C-0890 P18 bu 












WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 150.2 



I 


(.2C-2b) 

records, and from other sources* 

From this Family Relocation Record 
the Relocation Division shall pre¬ 
pare a Relocation Summary, which 
shall be sent to the Relocation 
Officer in the District where the 
relocation is to take place. This 
should reach him at least one week 
before the date of departure, in 
cases where the family has decided 
to go to a oertain community. 

(3) The Relocation Division shall periodical¬ 
ly analyze and summarize reoords of work 
experience and preferences and current 
availability of evacuees for relocation 
and shall report to Washington and Field 
Offices the types of relocation opportu¬ 
nities needed. 

(1;) It shall keep a systematic record of re¬ 
location opportunities whioh have been 
received from the Relocation Field Of¬ 
fices and of the action taken on them. 

It shall relate these opportunities to 
evacuees believed interested and quali¬ 
fied, and shall call such persons in for 
interviews rather than depend entirely 
on advertising of the opportunities. 

(5) The Center Relocation Division shall, in 
accordance with provisions of the Leave 
Handbook, oomplete final arrangements for 
either seasonal, short term, intermediate, 
or indefinite leaves. It shall see that 
dockets on evacuees are reviewed and rec¬ 
ommendations are prepared to the Project 
Director as to eligibility for leave, and 
shall be responsible for these dockets, 
leave records, and other related data. 

The Center Relocation Division shall re¬ 
ceive technical supervision from the Ad¬ 
ministrative Management Division in 
Washington on leave clearance matters. 


Analyzing 

Relocation 

Needs 


Handling 

Specific 

Relocation 

Opportunities 


Leave 

Clearance 




l/lb/Ui 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 


C-0890 P19 bu 



WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


(. 20 ) 


Leave 

Assistance 

Grants 


(6) It shall recommend to the Projeot Direc¬ 
tor what action to take on applications 
for leave assistance grants. 


Final 

Preparations 

for 

Relocation 


(7) It shall assist evacuees in final prepara¬ 
tions for relocation. It shall develop, 
in cooperation with other divisions, a 
program of orientation of evacuees to 
wartime living conditions outside the 
center, and it shall be prepared to give 
specific advice to those relocating as 
to work and social relationships in the 
new community. It shall see that trans¬ 
portation is arranged for evacuees relo¬ 
cating and that they are furnished travel 
information. It shall inform evaouees 
of rationing requirements and direct them 
to tbs proper officials for issuance of 
necessary ration books. It shall inform 
aliens of their obligations to the Depart¬ 
ment of Justice when outside a oenter. 

In a final interview, it shall make sure 
that the evaouee has completed all neces- 
sary steps in the relocation prooess. 


Relocation 

Field 

Organization 


.3 For purposes of the relocation program, those por¬ 
tions of the United States open to relocation are 
divided into Areas. A Relocation Supervisor, who 
reports to the Chief of the Relocation Division in 
Washington, is responsible for the relocation pro¬ 
gram in eaoh Area. The Areas may be sub-divided 
into Districts, eaoh of whioh is the responsibil¬ 
ity of a Relocation Officer, who reports to the 
Relocation Supervisor. 


Area 

Relocation 

Offioe 


A. The major funotion of the Area Relooation 
Offioe is that of supervising the District 
Relooation Offioes in carrying out their 
responsibilities. This supervision shall 
oonsist of active aid in the initial setting 
up of the offices, guidance in working out 
local programs, coordination of the activi¬ 
ties of the Distriot Relocation Offioes and 
periodio review of their activities to deter¬ 
mine whether they are consistent with the 
general relooation policies of the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority. 

a 


C-0890 P20 bu 


l/is/hh 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 96 







WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


(. 3 ) 


B. The District Relocation Office is responsible 
for the development of favorable relocation 
opportunities, the planning of relocation for 
family units, the transmission of invitations 
to the community to evacuees, the development 
of resources to provide assistance for evac¬ 
uees, and the gathering and transmission of 
full information about relocation communities 
to the centers. 

(1) The District Relocation Office shall in¬ 
form local individuals, groups and agen- 
oies about the program, and shall secure 
their aid in getting the community to as¬ 
sume increasing responsibility for a com¬ 
prehensive program for the adjustment of 
evaouees. This community action should 
usually be expressed through a coopera¬ 
ting committee of individuals represent¬ 
ing business, religious, labor, profes¬ 
sional, welfare and other interests. It 
is the responsibility of the Distriot 
Relocation Offioe to stimulate develop¬ 
ment of such a committee, and help it 
develop a central community program co¬ 
ordinating the contributions of the 
various interested groups and agencies. 

(2) The District Relocation Office is re¬ 
sponsible for the development of employ¬ 
ment opportunities for families and in¬ 
dividuals. The District Relocation 
Offioe shall, in addition to discovering 
and developing employment opportunities, 
determine whether there is acceptance of 
evacuees by other workers on the job, and 
shall, if necessary, aid in developing 
such worker acceptance. If employment 
opportunities have not been cleared by 
another Federal agency, the Distriot Re¬ 
location Office is responsible for deter¬ 
mining whether or not they are substandard. 


District 

Relocation 

Offioe 


Conminity 
Respons fbilit/ 
and 

Coranittee 


Developnient 

of 

Employment 
Opportunity s 


1/15/U4 

Supersedes A. 


X. # 88, 96 


C-0890 P2t bu 







WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


Family 

«/ 

Relocation 

Plans 


(.3B) 

(3) The District Relocation Office shall re¬ 
ceive from the Relocation Program Officer 
summaries of individual and family reloca 
tion plans. In cases where the indivi¬ 
dual or family has decided definitely to 
relocate in his district and has made ar¬ 
rangements for departure, the Distriot 
Relocation Office will receive the relo¬ 
cation summary at least one week in ad¬ 
vance of departure. Rpon receipt of this 
summary the District Relocation Office 
shall see that preparations are made to 
meet the immediate needs of the family 
upon arrival. If it is determined that 
selection of the particular community is 
not a workable plan, the District Relo¬ 
cation Office may suggest a change to the 
Relocation Program Officer. In cases 
where the individual or family is con¬ 
sidering relocation in his district but 
is unable to formulate a definite plan, 
the District Relocation Office shall 
receive the relocation summary and re¬ 
view it to determine if the necessary 
assurances, including employment oppor¬ 
tunities, are immediately available. 

If so, he shall send the Relocation Pro¬ 
gram Officer an invitation to the com¬ 
munity for the family in question. If 
not, he shall try to work out a satis¬ 
factory opportunity and shall keep the 
Relocation Program Officer informed of 
progress being made. If he determines 
that no satisfactory opportunity is 
available in his district, he shall re¬ 
turn the relocation summary to the center 
If he is acquainted with a relocation 
opportunity in another distriot which he 
thinks will fit the plan of the evacuees, 
he should call this opportunity to the 
attention of the Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer. 


l/i.5 /Uh 

Supersedes A.I. # 88, 9& 


C-0890 P22 bu 






WRA Manual 


Relocation Dirlslon 150*2 


r 


> 








; 

1:1 


(.JB) 

(U) The Distriot Relocation Office shall pro¬ 
vide the centers with full information 
about employment opportunities, general 
living conditions, experience of reloca¬ 
ted evacuees t and other useful informa¬ 
tion* This information should be strict¬ 
ly factual and should present a balanced 
pioture of favorable and unfavorable ele¬ 
ments* The Distriot Reldcation Offices 
shall keep this material current and an¬ 
swer requests from centers for special 
information. In carrying out these func¬ 
tions, the Area and District Relocation 
Offices shall receive technical guidance 
from the Reports Division in Washington, 
through the Relocation Division* 

(5) The District Relocation Office, in close 
collaboration with the local cooperating 
committee, shall develop resources in the 
community providing financial assistance, 
housing, educational and recreational 
facilities, employment opportunities, and 
counseling, welfare, and health services 
for evacuees to the extent that they are 
available to other community residents* 

In doing so, it shall implement at the 
distriot level agreements made by the 
Washington Office of the War Relocation 
Authority with national offices of public 
and private agencies* The Distriot Relo¬ 
cation Office shall encourage the local 
committee to plan for the participation 
of evacuees in the community’s normal life. 
Working with relocated evacuees, the Dis¬ 
trict Relocation Office shall take all 
possible steps to initiate plans with 
them for the relocation of their family 
members and friends who still reside at 
Relocation Centers* The Area and Dis¬ 
trict Relocation Offices shall receive 
technical guidance from the Community Man¬ 
agement Division in Washington through 
the Relocation Division concerning the 
community adjustment program* 


Information 

about 

Employment 
and Li«ring 
Conditions 


Developmeit 
of Resources 
for Cociminity 
Adjustment 




Supersedes A*I. # 88 f 96 




C—0890 P23 nobu— final 








































































































WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130,2 


.4 The following are the Relocation Areas and District Re¬ 
location Offices with the geographical area under the 
jurisdiction of each. 

A. INTERMOUNTAIN AREA - Headquarters in Salt Lake City, 
Utah. 

(1) Spokane. Washington, District Office 

State of Washington - Counties of Pend Oreille, 
Stevens, Ferry, Spokane, Whitman, Garfield, 

Asotin, Columbia, Walla Walla, Franklin, Adams, 
Lincoln, Grant and Douglas. 

State of Oregon - Counties of Wallowa, Union, 
Umatilla, Morrow and Gilliam. 

State of Idaho - Counties of Boundary, Bonner, 
Kootenai, Shoshone, Benewah, Latah, Clearwater, 
Nez Perce, Lewis and Idaho. 

State of Montana - Counties of Sanders, Lake, 
Mineral, Missoula, Powell, Granite, Ravalli, 

Deer Lodge, Silver Bow, Beaverhead, Madison, 
Lincoln, Flathead, Glacier, Toole, Pondera, 

Teton, Lewis and Clark, Liberty, Hill, Chouteau, 
Cascade, Jefferson, Broadwater, Meagher, Gallatin, 
Park, Judith, Basin, Blaine, Fergus, Phillips, 
Petroleum, Valley, Garfield, Daniels, Sheridan, 
and Roosevelt. 

(2) Boise. Idaho. District Office 

State of Oregon - Counties of Wheeler, Grant, 
Baker, Crook, Lake, Harney, and Malheur. 

State of Idaho - Counties of Adams, Valley, Waald¬ 
ington, Boise, Payette, Gam, Canyon, Ada, Elmore, 
Owyhee, Custer, Camas, Blaine, Gooding, Lincoln, 
Minidoka, Jerome, Twin Falls and Cassia. 

(3) Salt Lake City. Utah. District Office 
Entire State of Utah 


1/6/46 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release § 160 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 

Districts 


C-1909 PS btt 







WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


Delineation 

•f 

Areas end 
Districts 
(Cont*d.) 


(.4A-3) 

Entire State of Nevada 

State of Wyoming - fellowstone National Park, 
Counties of Teton, Sublette, Lincoln, Uinta, 
and Sweetwater. 

State of Idaho - Counties of Lemhi, Clark, 

Fremont, Butte, Jefferson, Madison, Teton, 
Bonneville, Bingham, Caribou, Bannock, Power, 
Oneida, Franklin, and Bear Lake. 

B. WESTERN PLAINS AREA - Headquarters in Denver, Colorado 

(1) Denver. Colorado. District Office 

State of Colorado - Counties of Routt, Grand, 
Gilpin, Clear Creek, Summit, Park, Jefferson, 
Douglas, Denver, Arapahoe, Elbert, Lincoln, 

Kit Carson, Cheyenne, Moffatt, Rio, Blanco, 
Garfield, Eagle, Pitkin, Mesa, Delta, Gunnison, 
Montrose, Ouray, San Miguel, Dolores, San Juan, 
Hinsdale, Mineral, Archuleta, Montezuma, La Plata, 
Adana, Lake and Chaffee. 

State of Montana - Counties of Wheatland, Sweet 
Grass, Golden Valley, Stillwater, Carbon, 
Musselshell, Yellowstone, Rosebud, Treasure, 

Big Horn, McCone, Prairie, Custer, Powder River, 
Richland, Dawson, Wibaux, Fallon and Carter. 

State of North Dakota - Divide, Burke, Renville, 
Bottineau, McHenry, Williams Mountrail, Ward, 
McKenzie, McLean, Dunn, Mercer, Golden Valley, 
Billings, Stark, Oliver, Morton, Slope, Hettinger, 
Grant, B oven an, Adams, and Sioux. 

State of Wyoming - Counties of Big Horn, Sheridan, 
Crook, Hot Springs, Washokle, Johnson, Campbell, 
Weston, PTemont, Natrona, Converse, Niobrara, 
Carbon, Albany, Platte, Goshen, Laramie and Park. 

State of South Dakota - Counties of Harding, Per¬ 
kins, Corson, Dewey, Butte, Ziebach, Armstrong, 
Meade, Lawrence, Haakon, Stanlay, Pennington, 


-< 


< 


1/6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release # 160 






WRA Manual Relocation Division 130,2 

(•4B-1) 

Jackson, Jones, Lyman, Custer, Washington, 
Washabaugh, Mellette, Tripp, Gregory, Todd, 

Bennett, Shannon, Fall River, and quarter 
of Brule west of Missouri River. 

State of Nebraska - Counties of Dawes, Sioux, 

Box Butte, Sheridan, Cherry, Scottsbluff, 

Morrill, Garden, Grant, Hooker, Thomas, Banner, 
Arthur, McPherson, Logan, Cheyenne, Kimball 
Deuel, Keith, Sedgwick, Perkins, Lincoln, 

Logan, Phillips, Chase, Hayes, Frontier, Yuma, 
Washington, Dundy, Hitchcock, Redwillow. 

(2) Greeley. Colorado. District Office 

State of Colorado - Counties of Jackson, Larimer, 
Weld, Boulder, Morgan, Adems, Logan, Sedgwick, 
Phillips, Washington, and Yuma. 

(3) Pueblo. Colorado. District Office 

State of Colorado - Counties of Teller, Fremont, 
Saguache, Custer, Rio Grande, Alamosa, Conejos, 
Costilla, El Pasa, Pueblo Huerfano, Las Animas, 
Crowley, Kiowa, Otero, Bent, Prowers, and Baca. 

(4) Amarillo. Texas. District Office 
Entire State of New Mexico 

State of Texas - All counties west of and including 
Beaver, Lipscomb, Hemphill, Wheeler, Collingsworth, 
Childress, Hardeman, Foard, Knox, Haskell, Jones, 
Taylor, RunnelIs, Concho, Menard, Kimble, Edwards, 
and Valverde. 

State of Oklahana - Counties of Cimarron, Texas and 
Beaver. 

C. NORTH CENTRAL AREA - Headquarters in Chicago, Illinois 
(1) Chicago Metropolitan District Office 

State of Illinois - Counties of McHenry, Lake, 


1/6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release § 160 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Districts 
(Cant'd*) 


C-1969 P5 bu 













WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


tj 


(•4C—1) 

Kane DuPage, Cook, Kendall and Will. 

State of Indiana - Lake County 

(2) Greater Illinois. District Office - Chicago 

State of Illinois except counties of Greens, 
Calhoun, Jersey, Madisdn, St. Clair and 
Monroe- and that part listed above in Chicago 
Metropolitan District. 

(3) Indianapolis. Indiana. District Office 
Entire State of Indiana except Lake County 

(4) Milwaukee. Wisconsin. District Office 

Entire State of Wisconsin except counties 
of Douglas, Burnett, Polk, Saint Croix and 
Pierce. 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Distriot8 
(Cont*d.) 


State of Michigan - Counties of Ontonagon, 
Houghton, Keweenaw, Baraga, Gogevic, Iron, 
Marquette, Dickinson, Menominee, Alger, Delta, 
Schoolcraft, Luce, Mackinac and Chippewa. 

(5) Minneapolis. Minnesota. District Office 

State of North Dakota - Counties of Rolette, 
Towner, Cavalier, Pembina, Pierce, Benson, 
Ramsey, Walsh, Grand Forks, Nelson, Eddy, 
Sheridan, Wells, Foster, Griggs, Steele, Traill, 
Burleigh, Kidder, Stutsman, Barnes, Cass, Logan, 
La Moure, Ransom, Emmons, McIntosh, Dickey, 
Sargent and Richland. 

Entire State of Minnesota 


State of Wisconsin - Counties of Douglas, 
Burnett, Polk, Saint Croix and Pierce. 

(6) Kansas City. Missouri. District Office 

State of Missouri - Counties of Atchinson, 
Nodaway, Worth, Harrison, Mercer, Putnam, 


1/6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release # 160 


C-1969 P6 bu 













WRA Manual 


Relocation ML vision 130.2 


■■ 




t 


(.4C-6) 

Schuyler, Adair, Sullivan, Grundy, Gentry, 
Holt, Andrew, Daviess, De Kalb, Livingston, 
Linn, Macon, Buchanan, Clinton, Caldwell, 
Platte, Clay Ray, Carroll, Chariton, Ran¬ 
dolph, Jackson, Lafayette, Saline, Howard, 
Cass, Johnson, Pettis, Cooper, Moniteau, 
Morgan, Miller, Camden, Henry, Bates, Vernon, 
Benton, Saint Clair, Hickory, Cedar, Polk, 
Dallas, Laclede, Barton, Dade, Greene, 
Webster, Jasper, Lawrence, Christian, Mc¬ 
Donald, Barry, Stone, Taney and Newton. 

Entire State of Kansas. 


(7) St. Louis. Missouri. District Office 


State of Missouri - Counties of Scotland, Clark, 
Knox, Lewis, Shelby, Marion, Monroe, Ralls, 

Pike, Audrain, Boone, Callaway, Montgomery, 
Lincoln, Cole, Osage, Warren, Saint Charles, 
Saint Louis, Franklin, Gasconade, Jeffarson, 
Maries, Crawford, Washington, Saint Francois, 
Sainte Genevieve, Perry, Pulaski, Phelps, Dent, 
Iron Texas, Reynolds, Madison, Cepe Cirardeau, 
Bollinger, Shannon, Wayne, Douglas, Howell, 
Carter, Butler, Stoddard, Scott, Mississippi, 
Ozark, Oregon, Ripley, New Madrid, Dunklin. 
Pemiscot. 

State of Illinois - Counties of Calhoun, Greene, 
Jersey, Madison, St. Clair and Monroe. 

(8) Omana. Nebraska. District Office 


Delineation 

of 

Areae and 
Di8triots 
(Coirt*d # ) 


State of Nebraska - Counties of Boyd, Holt, Knox, 
Cedar, Dixcm, Dakota, Thurston, Wayne, Pierce, 
Antelope, Garfield, Wheeler, Madison, Stanton, 
Cuming, Burt, Boone, Valley, Dodge, Washington, 
Greeley, Sherman, Howard, Nance, Platte, Colfax, 
Butler, Saunders, Douglas, Merrick, Polk, Hall, 
Hamilton, York, Seward, Lancaster, Sarpy, Cass, 
Adaas, Clay, Fillmore, Saline, Otoe, Gage, Johnson, 
Nemaha, Webster, Nuckolls, Thayer, Jefferson, 
Pawnee, Richardson, Keyapaha, Brown, Rock, 


1/6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release § 160 


C-1089 P7 bu 












IRA Manual 


Raloe ati on Division 150.2 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Disixiots 
(Co«fc«d.) 


(•4C-8) 

Blaine, Loup, Custer, Dawson, Buffalo, Goe>~ 
per, Phelps, Kearney, Furnas, Harlan and 
Franklin- 

State of South Dakoto - Counties of Campbell 
McPherson, Brown, Marshall, Roberts, Walworth, 
Edmunds, Day, Grans, Potter, Faulk, Spink, 

Clark, Codington, Sully, Hyde* Deuel, Hamlin, 

Hand, Hughes, Beadle, Brookings, Kingsbury 
Buffalo, Jerauld, Sanborn, Miner, Lake, Moody, 
Aurora, Hanson, McCook, Minnehaha, Davison, 

Douglas, Hutchinson, Turner, Lincoln, Charles, 

Mix, Bon Homme, Yankton, Clay, Union and por¬ 
tion of Brule east of Missouri River. 

(9) Pea Moines. Iowa. District Office 

Entire State of Iowa 

D. SOUTHERN AREA - Headquarters ip New Orleans, Louisiana 

(1) * New Orleans, Louisiana, District Office 

States of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama. 

(2) Savannah. Georgia. District Office 

States of Florida, Georgia and South 
Carolina 

(3) Little Rock. Arkansas, District Office 

State of Oklahoma - all counties except Cimarron, 
Texas and Beaver. 

States of Arkansas and Tennessee. 

(4) Dallas. Texas; District Office 

State of Texas - all oounties east of and including 
Wilbanger, Baylor, Throckmorton, Shackelford, Calla¬ 
han, Coleman, McCulloch, Mason, Gillespie, Kerr, 
Real, and Kinney,. 


1 / 6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release £ 160 


C-1999 P8 bu 












WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


(.4) 

E. GREAT LAKES AREA - Headquarters in Cleveland, Ohio 

(1) Cleveland. Ohio. District Office 

State of Ohio - Counties of Ashtabula, 

Geauga, Trumbull, Cuyahoga, Portage, 

Lorain, Medina, Summit, Stark, Colum¬ 
biana, Mahoning, Erie, Huron and Lake. 

(2) Columbus. Ohio. District Office 

State of Ohio - Counties of Wayne, Holmes, Ash¬ 
land, Richland, Seneca, Wyandot, Crawford, Han¬ 
cock, Hardin, Putnam, Allen, Shelby, Auglaize, 
Paulding, Van Wart, Mercer, Marion, Morrow, 

Knox, Logan, Union, Delaware, Coshocton, Tuscara¬ 
was, Carroll, Jefferson, Harrison, Licking, 

Guernsey, Muskingum, Franklin, Madison, Fairfield, 
Perry, Noble, Monroe, Belmont, Pickaway, Morgan, 
Hocking, Ross, Athens, Washington, Vinton, Fay¬ 
ette, Champaign, Clark, Miami, and Darke. 

(3) Cincinnati. Ohio. District Office 

State of Ohio - Counties of Preble, Montgomery, 
Greene, Clinton, Highland, Pike, Jackson, Meigs, 
Gallia, Lawrence, Scioto, Warren, Adams, Brown, 
Clermont, Hamilton, and Butler. 

State of West Virginia, Counties of Jackson, 

Roane, Mason, Putnam, Clay, Nicholas, Cabelle, 
Kanawha, Boone, Lincoln, Wayne, Fayette, Greenbrier, 
Monroe, Summers, Raleigh, Logan, Mingo Wyoming, 
McDowell, and Mercer. 

Entire State of Kentucky. 

(4) Buffalo, New York. District Office 

State of New York - Counties of Niagara, Orleans, 
Genesee, Eri», Wyoming, Chautauqua and Cattaraugus. 

(5) Detroit, Michigan. District Office 

State of Michigan - Counties which are south and 


1/6/4*5 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release § 160 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Districts 
(Cent* d*) 


P9 bu 










WRA Manual 


Relocation Dlvi si on 130.2 


(.4E-5) 

east of Lake Michigan. 

State of Ohio - Counties of Williams, Fulton, 
Luca8, Ottawa, Sandusky, Wood, Henry and 
Defiance. 

(6) Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, District Office 

State of Pennsylvania - Counti.es of Erie, 
Crawford, Warren, Forest, Mercer, Venango, 
Clarion, Jefferson, Lawrence Butler, Beaver, 
Allegheny, Westmoreland, Washington, Fayette, 
Greene, Indiana and Armstrong. 

State of West Virginia - Counties of Marshall, 
Wetzel, Monongalia, Preston, Mineral, Hanpshire, 
Berkeley, Morgan, Hardy, Grant, Tucker, Pendle¬ 
ton, Pocahontas, Randolph, Barbour, Taylor, 
Marion, Harrison, Doddridge, Tyler, Pleasants, 
Wood, Ritchie, Wirt, Calhoun, Gilmer, Braxton, 
Webster, Upshur, Lewis, Jefferson, Ohio, Brooke 
and Hancock. 


Delineation 

•f 

Areas and 
Districts 
(Cont*d*) 


F. NEW ENGLAND AREA - Headquarters in Boston, Massacau- 
setts 

(1) Boston. Massachusetts, District Office 

States of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont and 
Rhode Island. 

State of Massachusetts - All counties except 
Hampden, Hampshire, Franklin, and Berkshire. 

(2) Hartford, Connecticut. District Office 
State of Connecticut 

State of Massachusetts - Counties of Hampden, 
Hampshire, Franklin and Berkshire. 

G. MIDDLE ATLANTIC AREA - Headquarters in New York 
(1) New York City, District Office 


1/6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release # 160 


C-I989 P10 Du 









# 


WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


(.4G-1) 

State of New York - Counties of Albany, Rens¬ 
selaer, Greene, Columbia, Ulster, Sullivan, 
Orange, Putnam, Dutchess, Westchester, Rock¬ 
land, Suffolk, Nassau, Queens, Kings, Richmond, 
Bronx and New York. 

(2) Rochester. New York. District Office 

State of New York - Counties of St. Lawrence, 
Franklin, Clinton, Jefferson, Essex, Lewis, 
Herkimer, Hamilton, Warren, Oswego, Oneida, 
Fulton, Saratoga, Wayne, Onondaga, Cayuga, 
Madison, Montgomery, Schoharie, Otsego, 
Delaware, Broome, Tioga, Chenango, Cortland, 
Tompkins, Chemung, Seneca, Schuyler, Ontario, 
Yates, Steuben, Allegany, Livingston, Monroe. 
Schenectady and Washington. 

(3) Philadelphia. Pennsylvania. District Office 

State of Pennsylvania - Counties of McKean, 
Rotter, Tioga, Bradford, Susquehanna, Wayne, 
Elk, Cameron, Clinton, Lycoming, Sullivan, 
Wyoming, Lackawanna, Pike, Luzerne, Clear¬ 
field, Centre, Union, Northumberland, Columbia, 
Monroe, Carbon, Montour, Snyder, Schuylkill, 
Blair, Lehigh. Northampton, Mifflin, Juanita, 
Cambria, Somerset, Bedford, Fulton, Franklin, 
Adans, York, Lancaster, Perry, Cumberland, 
Dauphin, Lebanon, Berks, Bucks, Chester, Dela¬ 
ware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia. 

State of New Jersey - Counties of Monmouth, 
Ocean, Burlington, Camden, Gloucester, Salem, 
Atlantic, Cumberland, and Cape May. 

(4) Washington. D. C. District Office 
States of Virginia and Noi$h Carolina 
District of Columbia 

(5) Baltimore. Maryland, District Office 
States of Maryland and Delaware 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Diet riots 
(Coat’d*) 


1 / 6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release § 160 
















WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130,2 


< 


Delineation 

of 

Areas and 
Districts 
(Cant'd#) 


(.40) 

(6) Newark, New Jersey, District Office 

State of New Jersey - Counties of Sussex, 

Warren, Morris, Passaic, Essex, Hunterdon, 

Mercer, Somerset, Middlesex, Bergen, Union, 
and Hudson, 

H. PACIFIC NORTHWEST AREA - Headquarters in Seattle, 
Washington, 

Relocation work in this area is under the administra¬ 
tive direction of the Assistant Director in San Fran¬ 
cisco. 

State of Washington - Counties of Clallam, Jefferson, 
Kitsap, Grays Harbor, Mason, Thurston, Pacific, Wah- 
kiakhum, Cowlitz, Clark, Skamania, Lewis, Pierce, King, 
Snohomish, Island, Skagit, San Juan, Whatcom, Okanogan, 
Chelan, Kittitas, Yakima, Kickitat, and Benton (All 
of the State not included under A above). 

State of Oregon - Counties of Clatsop, Columbia, Tilla¬ 
mook) Washington, Yamhill, Lincoln, Polk, Benton, Mult¬ 
nomah, Clackamas, Marian, Linn, Lane, Coos, Douglas, 

Curry, Josephine, Jackson, Hood River, Wasco, Sherman, 
Jefferson, Des Chutes, Klamath, (all of the State not 
included under A above). 

I. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA AND ARIZONA AREA - Headquarters in 
Los Angeles, California. 

Relocation work in this area is under the administrative 
direction of the Assistant Director in San Francisco. 

State of Arizona - entire State. 

State of California - Counties of San Luis Obispo, Kern, 
San Bernardino, and all those south. 

J. NORTHERN CALIFORNIA AREA - Headquarters in San Francisco, 
California. 

Relocation work in this area is under the administrative 
direction of the Assistant Director in San Francisco. 

State of California - All counties not included in H above. 


1 / 6/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/21/44 
Release # 160 


C—1968 Pra bu*fInal 




WRA Manual 


Relocation Division 130.2 


.5 Relocation work in the evacuated area on 
the West Coast shall he directed by the 
Relocation Division in the Western Field 
Office, under the supervision of the 
Assistant Director. Area offices report¬ 
ing to the Western Field Office Reloca¬ 
tion Division, together with the terri¬ 
tory for which each is responsible, is 
given in Section 130.2.4, paragraphs 0, 

H, I. District offices within the areas 
may be established from time to time with 
the approval of the Director. (See Manual 
150.1.5B). 

A. The work of the Western Field Office 
Relocation Division shall be carried 
on according to WRA policies and pro¬ 
cedures, especially Handbook Chapter 
60 and 130 and Manual Chapter 130. 
Special instructions for West Coast 
work are contained in Manual 150.1.5B. 
Other portions of Section 150.1 con¬ 
tain material for the guidance of all 
Relocation Offices. 


Western Field 
Office 
Relocation 
Division 


Applicable 

Polioies 

and 

procedures 




1/18/45 
Release # 164 


C-1082 n*bu-fin«l 











































































WRA Manual 


Relocation Information 
Procedures 


•1 This chart is intended only to prescribe 
the clearance required for various types 
of information that may come under con¬ 
sideration for issuance by the Reloca¬ 
tion field offices, together with methods 
of reproduction, number of copies, and 
distribution. It is NOT intended as a 
guide to indicate what information should 
be issued. Advice regarding the emphasis 
to be put on certain types of information 
will be given from time to time in special 
communications from the Washington office. 

Regulation No. 8, of the Office of War In¬ 
formation, requires that "material pro¬ 
duced by or for any field office of a Fed¬ 
eral Department or Agency, designed for 
distribution from departmental headquarters, 
or outside the field area in which the ma¬ 
terial was produced, M is subject to clear¬ 
ance by a Clearance Officer for necessity, 
economy of format, and economy of distribu¬ 
tion. The Clearance Officer of WRA is the 
Chief of the Reports Division. This chart 
specifically delegates to the Relocation 
Supervisors, however, the authority to 
clear certain types of information. 


' 



4/17/44 


130 .U 


Clearance, 

Relocation 

Field 

Offices 


OWI 

Regulation 
No. 8 


C-1245-p3-nobu 













- 




. 



n ■ a W 
























C—1245-p5—bu 


4/17/44 














f 


a 

o 

•H 

B 

co 

•H 

Q 


d 

p 

1 


0 

4 > 

TO 

p 

s 

8 

i 

d 

0 

H 

18 


i 

$ 


-H 

•o 

2 

Pi 

x 

S 

p 


p 

o 

o 


I 


t ,:$ 

153 

W<HJ 
*H W 

^ o (J 

s «* 

«55 a 

O +> o 
+» to w *h 

O (I U 




O U O d 

o o 

CO 


o 


p 

^ Xtf * 
d 'd x 

V rH 4? O 
N PQ *H 

c 0 ,. 

OHO l) H 
O P H h 

•h m to 
_ Vt +> a 

O -rl Ifl H O 

8 H (Jri 
^ CO O 

PP o 

o I | 


o 

o> o 

"■s 

X d 
o o 
« H 
o 


+> 

V 

C O 

4 s *d 
to TO 

d o 


4> 

c 

CO 

V CO 

*8 

p § 

* 

V 


a 

o 

!« 


POOCH 00+* 

O & S o CO «d 

U H 5 d ° P+> & 1 
H . ,d TO o O 


VirIH (j P*P 
<H , ^ rf * Pi O 
O d CO H d vj P 

P P p pC 

+» > frH 1> 

M d id M- d H H 

O P O C* P TO »o 

Pi Q O r-t (5 -P H 

Pi t> 

I I 


Mt 

p a 

^o' 

° s* 

o o 

Pi Pi Jm 


jg§ 


+> q TO 
H +* H I" 

to o> 

CO >> 4 f CM 
Pi d 

88 


6 


d to 

O Pi 
O 

S5 O 


in 


'O 

1 

+> o 

£ 


a 

o 

£ 

£ 

«P 'C 


o 

Pi 


. T 

ol <0 


8 

,3 

o 


•p 

4? TO 


fe 

CO 

I 

s. 

P 

CO 


w 

a 


p d d o d 

PiP'PO a ? H «l 

o p -£ a *h a op 

•g « s +> 

• p ft-J oh’C^SSSvS. 

S8‘ kSSg S 8 S - S£ 



•d 

«> 

+» 

a 

8 


<0 

-8 

* 

•H 

•P 

■P 

TO 


8 

w 



oflPH d 

p TO to a p 

Q d a 3 *d 

P.OO 


3 &* 



3 s 

? & 

P o 

ra 

P O 

•• u o « 

TO *H P 

+» d +* 0 
8 -^8? 
P+> H P 

o o g n 

P "“5 <H 

| gg ® 

ti Pid d 
o o 

^-ss-s 

3 S.8 £ 

OWWW 

Hill 

• 

P 




33 «§ 

las* 

_ *H O TO 

H© o 

g£ S3 


P *rt g 
P<H .. 

d o h «h p 

•ri O <H O P 
O ‘ap TO p 1 

o d w +> v«) co 

H «H • co d 
0-0 d -H 
. p o vc *q o 
d H M O p 
O O «H H co 

«il|sa5 

d p h h o 

g 

O CO- 


I 


I 






C-1245—p6-bu 


4 /I 7/44 























C-1245-p7-bu 


4/17/44 
























C-l 245-p8-b u 


4 / 17/44 















C-1245-p9-tou 


4/17/44 




























C-1245-plO-bu 



v 






4 / 17/44 






















a 

o 

•H 

+> 

3 

& 


co 

•H 

Q 



* 

co 

•S 

H 

ft 

V 

u 


co 43 

fn SO ^ 

.C 

© H « 2 

O H o 

§ 

a s £5 

C/o 

«M W c 3 

O 3 Is 

• 


v 

& 

+> 

o 

CJ 


+» 

« 

+> 

ft 

V 


n 

fl 

5 

•H 


a 

3 

2 



9 


co 


53 


CO 



,5 


C_1246-pH-t>u 














Method Number 

Type8 of Information Clearance of of Distribution 

Reproduction Copies 


3 


Si o 


a 


I 

«H 

O 

V 

o 

•rt 

O 


8 

pi 

8 

£ 

rt 

O 

iH 

O 

J8 

3 

* 


*8 


•d 

HP 

g 

o 


•H 

a 

3 

o 

8 l 


rt 

o 

531 

rt 


3 

& 

I, 

'n 

o 

« 

H 

rt 

% 

r a 

o 


o 

A< 




-p 

P< 

v 


► * 


gas 


a 




w 



C-124B-p l2 - bu 


4/17/44 















C-1248-pla->'»» 


4/17/44 



























1 





_1245-P 


14-fcu 


olearanoe neoessary for testimonials used locally if approved by the souroe 



















C-1245-pia 


4/17/44 

































C-1245-pie-bu 


4/17/44 



























^ 1245-pi7 — bu 


4/17/44 



















p 

o 

* 

£ 

% 

m 

n 


& 

a 

Is 

II 

CO <H 


+> +> 
O P 

*8 
O H 

b © 
p<Pd 

A A 

S 3 

o © 


p 

o 

CS 


I 

© 

Pd 

1 


© 

£ 


-3 

Q B O 
O © 

•H *ri >> 
Pi Pi K 

8 2 ° 

O O O 

CM IP H 


P 

If 

A 

a 

S-3 
t • 
°.S 

p< 

o 

o 

CM 


.O 

P 

o 

$ 

£ 

•d & 
*&. 
9 8* 

(0 


°* 
<H 
O 


a 

i 


u 

© . 

f © 
+» 
© 

;z; 'p 


h « 

|*-S 

| O ft 
P O 

P5 O 


in 


3 


p 

o 

•H 

+» 

3 

vi »p 

O " 


© 

Pd 


a +» 
p « 

'GO © 

o t»o 


f * 

V20 >4 

g ° # 


© 


9 

« 

H 

O 


9 


© 

Pi 

P 

00 


1 

XI 

2 

is 


rt 

5 


a 


«H 

O 


5 



TJ Si 

2$ 
4» ■ 

It 

© 

* i 


-11 
si© 
&8 


3 

•H 


sl I 

3 a I! 

it* 

all 

>r -p 


ft 

a 

3 

O 

•H 

H 

I 

>4 

o 

Ik 


C-124C-pl8-bu 


Not authorized 



























C-1245-pl9-bu 


























■So 

a 

s 

n 

o 


ai 

P. 


& 

$ 


* 


I 


o 

•o » 


o 

XX 

n 

• 

* A 

« $ 


o fl © 
£2 


co 

ca 

!* 

© fl 

W *H 

S A 
M 

(4 «o 


* 

r-l 

c<3 

I 

o 

•H 

& 




O 


a 

u 


•s 




C-1245-p20-bu-f ln«. 















VJRA Manual 


Ledical Care in 

Connection with Relocation 130>45 


•1 This Henual Section 130.45 prescribes the V/RA policy 
on medical care for those residents of relocation 
centers who are planning indefinite leave, and those 
persons who have been granted indefinite, seasonal 
or short term leave. 


Purpose 

of 

Section 


.2 The Y/RA shall provide medical care for the following 
individuals* 


A. Evacuee residents of relocation centers. (See 
Manual Chapter 30.2.) 

B. Certain Japanese-Americans hospitalized in Cal¬ 
ifornia and the evacuated portions of Washington 
and Oregon (See Manual Chapter 120, and Leave 
Handbook Section 60.14 for regulations govern¬ 
ing hospitalization and issuance of leave to 
such persons). 


Evacuee8 
for wbom 
WRA Provides 
Medical Care 


.3 


Information should be secured respecting the health 
of every individual and every member of a family for 
v/hcm relocation is being considered, since health is 
important in determining the ability of a relocating 
evacuee to support himself and his family. The inter 
viewer assisting an evacuee family or individual in 
preparing a relocation plan shall send the name of 
such individual and each member of his family plan¬ 
ning to relocate with him to the Health Section. 

The Health Section shall check its clinical and 
hospital records and send to the interviewer a re¬ 
port and interpretation of such records. If the 
individual and family members have no clinical 
or hospital record, the interviewer shall inquire 
as to the individual’s general health and the health 
of the family members. If such incuiry indicates 
a health condition which may interfere with suc¬ 
cessful relocation, the interviewer shall refer 
the person with an unfavorable health condition 
to the out-patient clinic for examination and 
shall send notice of such referral to the Health 
Section. The Health Section will then examine 
such evacuee and send a report to the interviewer 
on the basis of the resulting clinical record. 

The Health Section's report on wage earners whose 
names are submitted to it should include any in¬ 
formation that should be considered in planning 
their employment. 


Medical 

Planning 

for 

Evacuees 

Relocating 


10/12/44 
Release # 127 




C-1787 P3 bu 







Eraouees 

Requiring 
No Advance 
Medical 
Planning 


Medical Cere in 

WRA Manual_Connection with Relocation 110, ±i 

(.3) 

The Health Section’s responsibility consists of (l) 
classifying persons with clinical records into two 
groups, indicated in sub-paragraphs A and E of this 
paragraph, and (2) reviewing the relocation plans 
developed for persons needing advance planning for 
medical care. The procedure of referring the name 
of each person planning relocation to the Health 
Section is not intended to entail a complete diag¬ 
nostic study of each such person. It is intended 
merely to assure proper advance medical planning 
as hereinafter specified. 

A. Advance medical planning as hereinafter set forth 
may be required prior to the issuance of indefin¬ 
ite leave only where the health condition is such 
that it may interfere with an evacuee's ability 
to support himself, or the ability of responsible 
family members or other persons tc support him. 

In all other cases, however, advance planning is 
permi6sable if the evacuee consents. 

B. The report of the Health Section will freouently 
contain information of a strictly personal and 
therefore extremely confidential nature. Such 
information shall be furnished only in such a 
degree that is essential for assisting the in¬ 
dividual, and shall be available only to those 
persons directly concerned with giving such as¬ 
sistance. Individuals having access to this 
information must exercise the greatest discre¬ 
tion at all times. 

However, the contents of a Health Section re¬ 
port contains information, which in the judg¬ 
ment of the Health Section, is of such a con¬ 
fidential nature all copies of the report shall 
be marked* "MEDICAL IEPORT - CONFIDENTIAL," and 
placed in an envelope also so marked. Such re¬ 
ports are to be kept at all times in the confid¬ 
ential envelope, whether in the family folder or 
when in transmission to a district relocation 
officer. Extracts of such reports shall not be 
transmitted in bodies of letters unless marked 
confidential. 

C. If an evacuee's; hospital and clinical record 
shows that bis health does not re 0 uire advance 
planning, the Health Section's report shall in¬ 
dicate this. The report shall be included in 
the Family Relocation Summary transmitted to 

10/12/44 
Release # 127 


C-1787 P* 






Medical Care in 

Connection with Relocation 130.45 


WRA Lanu^jL 

(-30 

the Relocation Officer in the district of the evac¬ 
uee’s relocation destination, in accordance with 
Lanual Section 130.2.3B and Handbook Sectione 130. 
12.3 and 130.27 (4B) - (.9) -(100). The Project 
Director may grant indefinite leave to persons 
whose health condition does not require special 
advance planning on a community invitation plan 
without first referring the location plan to the 
Relocation Officer in the district of proposed 
relocation. 


D. ViThen the Health Section report indicates special 
arrangements are needed after relocation, the 
report should include diagnosis, prognosis, and 
sufficient information to enable the Y/elfare Sec¬ 
tion and the Relocation Division to assist the 
evacuee in developing a suitable relocation plan 
and in doing such advance planning as may be need¬ 
ed. Advance planning is desirable for persons 
who are found to need hospitalization or instit¬ 
utionalization; or to need continued medical or 
custodial care while living at home; or to have 
a health condition which presents a major prob¬ 
lem in rehabilitation with or without family or 
welfare assistance, even though only minor med¬ 
ical care may be necessary. Some persons need¬ 
ing advance planning although they may be able 
to undertake light work to help meet their needs 
and may be rehabilitated eventually. Others need 
no further planning if their hospitalization is 
arranged or if care in the family home is adequate. 


Evacuees 

Requiring 

Advance 

Medical 

Planning 


While it is difficult to describe specifically 
all types of circumstances which affect or are 
affected by diseases, or to list all types and 
degrees of diseased conditions in which advance 
planning is desirable, the following are listed 
for general guidance* 

Severe acute illness. 

Tuberculosis in all forms, 
mental diseases. 

Certain Convalescent patients. 

Bed-ridden patients. 

Certain chronic diseases which are debil¬ 
itating or seriously handicapping. 


10/12/44 

Release # 127 


C-1737 P6 bu 









WRA Manual 


Medical Care in 

Connection with Relocation 110,45 


Health 

Section 

Report 


Referral of 
Relocation 
Plan 
to 

Relocation 

Offioer 


Advioe of 
Health 
Seotion 


(.3D) 

(1) The information contained in the Health Section 
report should be sufficient to enable the District 
Relocation Officer to present the medical problem 
adequately to hospitals, sanatoria, physicians, 
and welfare agencies in the community of proposed 
relocation. Such presentation may be necessary 

in some cases to ascertain whether a cooperating 
agency is willing to assume responsibility for 
necessary care. The report should also give the 
evacuee's limitations in the matter of employment, 
and should list any other -special factors for which 
advance planning is needed. 

(2) Where a health condition is such that it may in¬ 
terfere with the evacuee's ability to support 
himself, or the ability of responsible family 
members or other persons to support him, or 
where it is such that advance planning is 
desirable and the evacuee consents to such planning, 
the Project Director, before granting leave to the 
evacuee, shall send the relocation plan to the Re¬ 
location Officer of the district proposed relocation 
for his recommendation as to the adequacy of the 
plan. The Health Section’s report on the family 
shall be included in the Family Relocation Summary 
sent to the District Relocation Officer. The Dis¬ 
trict Relocation Officer shall investigate the pro¬ 
posed relocation plan and submit his recommendation 
to the Project Director, indicating whether, in his 
judgment, the individual or the family can support 
itself, or has adequate means of support, under the 
relocation plan, in view of the health condition, 
and whether adequate facilities for medical care 
are available. 

( 3 ) After a relocation plan has been developed and 
the recommendation of the District Relocation 
Officer has been received for a family or in¬ 
dividual with special medical care problems, 
the plan shall be sent to the Health Section 

at the center. The Health Section shall advise 
as to the adequacy or inadequacy of the plan to 
assure a reasonably successful relocation of 
the family or individual involved. The basis 
of the advice should be not so much the serious¬ 
ness of the medical condition as its probeble 
effect on the relocation plan. For example, a 


10/12/u 

Release # 127 



C-1727 P6 bti 




! 


7/RA Manual 


Medical Care in 

Connection with Relocation 130.45 




(•3D-3) 

seriously ill or handicapped person should be ap¬ 
proved for relocation if there is sufficient in¬ 
dication that care can be given by the family or 
in some other satisfactory manner. 


(4) 


The Project Director, in determining whether the 
individual or the family involved in a relocation 
plan has adequate means of support, as a condition 
to eligibility for indefinite leave, and approval 
of the relocation plan, shall consider the recom¬ 
mendation of the Relocation Officer and the ad¬ 
vice of the Chief Medical Officer. 

( 


Consideration 

of 

Relooation 
Plan by 
Project 
Direotor 


.4 The public agencies cooperating with the Social Se¬ 
curity Board provide assistance including medical 
and hospital care or services, or both, to the fol¬ 
lowing persons who meet their established eligibil¬ 
ity requirements* 

Evacuees on indefinite leave, including the 
trial period. 

Voluntary evacuees. 

Evacuees on seasonal leave. 

Evacuees on short-term leave. 



/ 


Evacuees on seasonal and short-term leave will or¬ 
dinarily receive only emergency care because xhey 
are eligible for re-admission to the relocation 
centers for continued care. (Handbook Section 
60.3.8 covers WRA medical policy in relation to 
seasonal workers prior to their departure from 
a relocation center.) Evacuees who are unable to 
meet the cost of medical care, and who may be in 
need of assistance or service, or both, should 
apply at the earliest possible time to the pub¬ 
lic welfare agency in the community in which 
they reside. The Relocation Officer shall not 
authorize the re-induction of a person on in¬ 
definite leave who request for return to a re¬ 
location center is founded primarily on need 
for medical care. He should inform the evacuee 
of the community medical resources available 
to him, and on request assist him by making the 
appropriate referral. 

I 

A. Where a Relocation Officer wisnes to recom¬ 
mend, for other than health reasons, the re¬ 
induction of an evacuee requiring medical 
care, he should clear with the relocation 
center in advance in order to determine if 


Medical 
Care for 
Japanese- 
Americans 
Outside 
Relooation 
Centers 


10/12/u 

Release # 127 


C-1727 P7 bn 










WB.A Manual 


Medical Care in 

Connection with Relocation 130«45 


Mental 

Patients 


(*4 A ) 

the medical care needed for such person can be 
furnished at the center, and should not recom¬ 
mend recuperation if the Project Director in¬ 
dicates that Project medical facilities are in¬ 
adequate to care for the evacuee. The agree¬ 
ment between the Social Security Board and WRA 
provides primarily for emergency medical care 
to evacuees. However, in actual operation the 
Social Security Board by reimbursing the States 
on a month to month basis provides continued 
care for tuberculosis, mental, and other cases 
requiring long-time care. 

.5 An evacuee mental patient may be committed to a 
mental institution under the established proced¬ 
ure of the state in which the evacuee resides. 
Plans for commitment should be worked out in co¬ 
operation with the local public agency cooperat¬ 
ing with the Social Security Board, if the case 
is known to the agency or if the agency will be 
requested to assume financial responsibility. 

The District Relocation Officer shall notify 
the San Francisco office of the Y/RA of all com¬ 
mitments known to him as they occur, sending 
in each case a summary indicating the conditions 
surrounding commitment, a brief past history of 
the patient, and statement regarding citizenship 
status, with alien registration number if the 
patient is an alien. A copy of this summary , 
should also be sent to the relocation center 
from which this evacuee relocated for filing 
in the family case record. At the time of 
commitment, the Relocation Officer should 
furnish the hospital involved with such in¬ 
formation as he may have on the case, includ¬ 
ing where appropriate, a copy of the case 
summary sent to San Francisco office. 

On cases committed to institutions in a state 
other than the state of legal residence of 
the patient, the statement department respons¬ 
ible for care and treatment of mental patients 
may request a transfer of the patients to an 
institution in the state of the patient’s legal 

10/12/44 
Release # 127 


C-1727 P8 ba 




Y/RA Manual 


Medical care in 

Connection with Relocation 130*4-5 


(.5) 

residence. As transfer procedures are affected al¬ 
most entirely by the two state agencies concerned, 
the Relocation Officer has no responsibility for 
initiating or handling such transfers. The role 
of the WRA in the transfer procedure is prescribed 
in Manual Section 30*2.10 relating to military 
restrictions. 

.6 The WRA will pay the burial costs of only such de¬ 
ceased persons as were, at the time of their death, 
receiving, or entitled to receive, medical care at 
WRA expense. 



10/12/44 
Release # 127 




Payment 

of 

Costa 



* 


C—1727 P9 nabu-final 








WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 

Chapter 1^0 - The Closing of Relocation Centers 


Policy on Closing Centers lliO.l 


.1 


The War Relocation Authority will at all times endea¬ 
vor to maintain the population of the several relo¬ 
cation centers at a maximum consistent with reasonable 


housing requirements for the evacuees and effioient 


operation of the relocation centers* As the occasion 
requires, the Director of the War Relocation Authority 
will announce and direct that a specific relocation 
center now in operation will be closed* Relocation 
centers closed will be released through established 
channels to other government agencies for appropriate 
uses in connection with the war effort* 


The designation of a given relocation center to be 
closed will be made by the Director of the War 
Relocation Authority after consideration of all rele¬ 
vant factors* 


A< 


Some of the factors which will be considered 
the determination of the closing of a given 
relocation center ares 


in 


Total population at each separate relocation 
center; total space available for evacuee liv¬ 
ing quarters; maximum effective utilisation of 
the living quarters available; total population 
in residence in all relocation centers in rela¬ 
tion to the total living quarters space available 
in all relocation centers; erficiency and economy 
in operation on a mass scale of such operations as 
mess, schools, health work and hospitals; agricul¬ 
tural operations possibilities and the value of 
these operations; effectiveness in assisting 
evacuees with future plans; costs of operation; 
maintenance required? effectiveness of adminis¬ 
tration and organisation; and speoific items 
pertinent to individual relocation oenters* 


B. 


The announcement by the Director that a named 
relocation oenter will be closed will be made as 
far ahead of the closing as possible* If at all 


U,AM 


Polioy 


Designation 
of a Center 
To be Closed 


'Faotors 

Considered 


Advance 

Notice 


i 













WRk Manual 


Policy on Closing Centers l^CUl 


Evacuee 

Transfer 


(,2B) feasible, the announcement will be made not jless 
than two months in advance of the deadline date 
established for the center to be closed. Deadline 
dates for the complexion of all evacuee transfers 
and closing activities will be contained in the 
announcement. All transfer and closing activities 
must be completed by the deadline dates given* 

« 

C* Evacuees who are eligible for indefinite leave will 
be encouraged to relocate. However, relocation is 
not compulsory so long as return to the evacuated 
zone on the Pacific Coast is prohibited. All 
evacuees remaining after a specified date in a re¬ 
location center designated to be closed will be 
transferred to another relocation center. 












hAM 






\ ‘ , 

• ' 

Bssponsibilities in connection with 

WI& Manual Movement of Transferees 11^0,2 


*1 

A* 

i 

Upon the basis of information furnished him by 
the project director of the center of departure, 
and from the center or centers of destination, 
the Director will determine the time of the move¬ 
ment and the number of evacuees to be transferred Washington 

in eaoh movement from one center to another, A Office 

tentative schedule of* initial movements will be 
furnished to the Project Directors of the centers 
of departure and destination at the earliest pos¬ 
sible date after the announcement to close a cen¬ 
ter. 

6* 

The Director will make all arrangements for common 
carrier or other facilities for the movement of 

• | 

each group of evacuees, and for military escort 
where necessary. If common carrier facilities are 
not utilised, appropriate directions will be given. 

The Direotor will also obtain any military permits 
that may be necessary for the travel of evacuees 
in the evacuated area. 

■ . ; 

C. 

The Director will advise each Project Director 
ooncenedj as soon as possible, of the transpor¬ 
tation facilities arranged for, the number of 
persons to be transferred, the times of depart¬ 
ure and arrival, and all other detail in connec¬ 
tion with the transfer arrangements. (Ordinarily 
this will merely confirm a tentative schedule 
already furnished to the Project Directors.) 

.2 

A. 

< 

The Project Director of the center of departure 
shall be responsible for completing all other 
arrangements to be made at the center in connec¬ 
tion with eaoh movement. He shall designate a 
suitable WBA representative to aocompany eaoh 

movement. Such person shall be responsible to the center of 

Direotor while en route, and shall be regarded Departure 

as the Director's representative. 

B. 

On or before the date of departure, the project 
direotor shall ship to the center of destination 


all projeot records pertaining to the transferees, 
including employment record. Form 12, census 
record; Form 26, social data registration form, 
basic family card. Form 95# immunisation card, 
medical and hospital record, leave clearance 

i 

kA/hh 



C-1184-p5-bu 







WB6l Manual 


Center of 
destination 


Responsibilities in Connection with 
Movement of Transferees ll(0*2 


(•2b) docket, repatriation record (if any), and any 
school, welfare, parole, or other reoord* 

When e. movement consists of a trainload, such 
records shall be shipped on the same train* 

C* The project director shall furnish the WRA rep¬ 
resentative who is to accompany each movement 
with two copies of the route list, and the rep¬ 
resentative shall present such copies to the proj¬ 
ect director of the center of destination upon 
arrival* Immediately after departure of each move¬ 
ment, the project direotor shall notify the 
Direotor of that fact* 
x 

A* The project director of the center of destination 
shall be responsible for arranging for housing, 
beds, and bedding for all transferees. In accord¬ 
ance with present WRA polioy* Wherever possible 
housing assignments in the center of destination 
shall be completed, and the evacuees notified of 
these assignments, before the aotual transfers 
h a ve started* 


B* The project director shall oheok the arriving 
transferees against the route list, and shall 
promptly notify the Director of their arrival 
and of any variances from the route list, if any* 
One clear receipted copy of the route list shall 
be forwarded to the Director in Washington within 
2 14 hours after arrival of the transfer contingent* 

C* The project direotor shtxll do everything within 
his power to establish transferees in center jobs 
fitted to their abilities, and do everything 
practicable to fit them into the social life of 
the center* To the latter end, he shall obtain 
the cooperation of the community oouncil and other 
evaouee organizations in the center* 


Vyw* 



e_1184-p0-bu 







WBA Manual 


\ 


Plans and Arrangements for Closing a Center 1^0*3 


•1 After the announcement by the Director that a named 
relocation center is to be dosed on a given date, 
arrangements will be instituted in Washington by 
the Director or his designated representative, and 
shall be implemented at the center by the project 
director, within the framework hereinarcer pre¬ 
ss rioed for the followingt 


General 

Arrangements 


A* Arrangements for the orderly transfer of the 

evacuees at the closing center to another relo¬ 
cation center; 

B* Arrangements for the orderly transfer of the 

property and baggage of the evacuees at the dos¬ 
ing center to another relocation center; 

C* Arrangements for the curtailment of administrative, 
community, and operational activities at the 
center, and for coordination of needs for materials, 
supplies and labor and the maintenance of minimum 
inventories for the completion of essential work 
and service activities in closing the center; 

D, Arrangements for the orderly assembling of all 
government property, warehousing and protecting 
it, ascertaining proper property accountability, 
and determining its disposition; 

E* Arrangements for the proper completion of all 

accounts, records and documents, their assemblage 
and distribution, and the transfer of the final 
reoords to other relocation centers or to Washing¬ 
ton (this includes records on the disposition of 
all evacuees, including those presently in resi¬ 
dence); 

F* Arrangements for the orderly transfer or termina¬ 
tion of appointive personnel as rapidly as is 
consistent with the progress of the work entailed 
in closing a center; and 

G* Assistance in the orderly liquidation of the 

evacuee Business Enterprises, including the dis¬ 
posal of stocks of merchandise on hand, payment 
of shares and rebates, disposition of all reserve 
funds to membership, and settling of all aocounts 
payable and aocounts receivable* 


Transfer of 
Evacuees 


Transfer of 
Property 


Curtailment 
of Center 
Operations 


Disposition 
of Governnarit 
Property 


Disposition 

of 

Reoords 


Transfer of 
Appointed 
Personnel 


Liquidation 

of 

Business 

Enterprise 


UAM 

\ 


C-U84-p7-bu 









WBA. Manual 


Plans and Arrangements for Closing a Center 11+0.3 


Details of 
Arrangements 


# 2 Most details of operations in the closing of a center 
are covered in the Handoook of Relocation Center 
Closure and Evacuee Transfer Operations. Specific 
instructions pertinent only to the particular reloca¬ 
tion center being closed will be issued in the form 
of Administrative Notices or special bulletins. 




\ 


i 


V 1/hk 


4 



C_H84-p8-bu 



I 


'\ ' 

WI& Ifenual Transfer of Evaouees 




iUo*4 



•1 At the time of the announcement of the closing of 
a center or as soon as practicable thereafter the 
Director will also announce the center or centers to 
which the evacuees remaining at the closing center 
are to be transferred. In the event that transfers 
are to be made to more than one center, the Director 
will indicate the maximum number of evacuees that may 
be transferred to any given relocation center* 



. 

Announcement 
of centers 
of 

destination 


•2 The project director of the closing center shall ad¬ 
vise the community council and block managers, or 
other appropriate community representatives, regarding 
the closing of the center, and the center or centers 
of destination to v/hich the evacuees are to be trans¬ 
ferred* The cooperation and assistance of such communi¬ 
ty representatives in carrying out the transfer and 
closing operations shall be enlisted to the maximum 
feasible extent by the project director of the closing 
center* The project director shall keep such community 
representatives currently advised of instructions and 
developments and maintain an interchange of advice and 
information regarding operations* 


Cooperation 

by 

Evacuees 


3 

A# Where there is more than one center of destination, 
the project director shall obtain'from the evacuees 
who are to be transferred a statement of preference 
as to center of destination* Each family, or 
head of a family, shall be requested to submit a 
signed and dated request, setting forth the names, 
relationship, and present residence address of 
the members of his family, and stating the prefer¬ 
ence of the family as to center of destination* 
Each unattached person shall likewise be requested 
to submit such a statement of preference* Where 
more than two centers of destination are possible, 
a numerical preference may be shown* Insofar as 
possible, family groups shall be transferred to 
the same center, and every effort shall be made 
to send family groups and unattached persons to a 
center determined by their stated preference* 


Evacuee 
Preferences 
in Transfer 


1* A family group is defined as those members of 
a family who live in the same household, or 
are no farther removed than a parent, child, 
or grandchild relationship* Uncles, aunts, 
cousins, and relatives by marriage or by more 
distant blood tie are not considered members 


Family Group 
Defined 


yiM 










WRk Manual 


Transfer of Evacuees litO.l* 



Collection of 
Preference 
Statements 


(.5A-1) 

of the family unless they live in the same house¬ 
hold (under the same roof) with the head of xhe 
family. 

B. The individual and family preference statements shall 
be obtained on Form WRA-331 by the block managers 
or other authorized block representatives. The 
block representative shall obtain the preference 
statements only for the persons in his block. The 
preference stateirents for each block shall be num¬ 
bered as received by the block representative. 

After the block representative has ascertained 
that every person living in the block for which 
he is responsible is reported on a preference 
statement, the statements shall be sorted into 
groups according to the first preference shown or 
statement of intention to relocate directly from 
the center, and a listing made of the names and 
addresses of each family group. The preference 
statements and the lists shall then be delivered 
to the project director. 


Necessary 

Adjustments 

in 

Preferences 


Control 

List 


C. If the preferences indicated are either not suf¬ 
ficient to fill the quota of transfers to a given 
relocation center, or are in excess of it, the 
project director shall make the necessary adjust¬ 
ments. Such adjustments may take into account 
representations and requests by groups, particular 
hardship cases, residence of close relatives and 
other relevant factors. A project director shall 
give all possible consideration to granting prefer¬ 
ences in the order stated in the preference state¬ 
ments, but shall not be bound thereby. A failure 
to express a preference shall be construed as an 
expression of no preference, and the project director 
may make such assignments in those cases as he 
deems administratively advisable. 

fhe projeot director shall cause each individual 
or family, as they case may be, to be notified 
promptly of the center of destination and the time 
of scheduled departure. 

.4 The project director of a relocation center that is to 
be closed shall have prepared inmediately after rhe 
announcement a list, by blocks, of all persons in the 
oenter. This list shall be used for control purposes 


I 


i 








k/i/Uk 


I 



W3& Manual 


Transfer of Evacuees 


(.h) 

in determining that all persons are accounted for on 
preference statements and ha v e been given interviews, 
and in developing route lists. 

• 5 Each unattached person and head of a family in the cen¬ 
ter shall be formally notified that the center is to 
be closed, and that he is to be transferred to another 
relocation center, at a time and to a relocation center 
(unless that center is already definitely determined) 
to be made known to him at a subsequent date. The 
notice shall further specify that each unattached 
person, and each head of a family and his immediate 
family, if any, should appear for an interview as soon 
as arrangements for the interviews have been announced. 

A« The project director shall cause each unattached 
evacuee and family group to be interviewed for 
the purpose of: (1) explaining briefly th6 
nature of the transfer; (2) determining whether 
all members of the family are able to travel, and 
whether special traveling accommodations will be 
necessary (to be confirmed by the project medical 
officer); (3) informing the evacuees or family 
regarding provisions made for the transfer of 
evacuee property under Section li-uO.5 hereof, and 
assisting in filling out Form WI&-156 if the 
evacuee or family wishes property transferred 
thereunder; (U) explaining the procedure for the 
return of government property, and evacuee respon¬ 
sibility therefor; and (5) determining any further 
assistance needed by the evacuee or family. 

B. Where there is more than one center of destination, 
the interviews should be held (insofar as possible) 
after individual preference statements have been 
considered and the center of destination for each 
unattached evacuee or family group has been deter¬ 
mined. 

.6 Special efforts shall be made by the project director 
through his staff to facilitate the relocation of the 
residents of the center prior to closing of the center. 
Arrangements for relocation may be made up to fifteen 
days before the first movement takes pl a ce. After that 
date, no new arrangements for relocation from the clos¬ 
ing center shall be permitted. 


Notice to 
Evacuees 


Interviews 


Timing of 
Interviews 


Facilitation 

of 

Relocation 













WRk Manual 


Transfer of Evacuees XLpO•!; 


Those Remaining 
in Center 


(. 6 ) 

A* Evacuees and their families who have made arrange¬ 
ments for relocation prior to the final date for 
relocation arrangements may be permitted to remain 
in the center until the agreed-upon date for depar¬ 
ture arrives. In no case, however, may they remain 
in the center later than 10 days prior to the 
departure date for the transfer movement. 


Quarters 

for 

Relooatees 


B, Evacuees and their families planning on relocating 
and remaining in the center after the transfers have 
begun shall be moved into quarters in one of the 
blocks from which the residents will be last trans¬ 
ferred. 


,7 A. The project director of the center of departure shall 
h a ve prepared, by center of destination of the family, 
a list in triplicate of persons on seasonal or short 
term leave, whose families are being transferred to 
other centers. One copy of such list shall be sent to 
the center of destination, one copy to Washington, and 
one shall be retained at the closing center. After 
the transfer, the center of destination shall be 
considered the center of residence for the family 
member who is on seasonal or short term leave, and 
he shall be notified of this fact by the project 
director of the closing center. 


Center Residents 
on short term, 
seasonal, or 
indefinite (trial 
period) leave 


B. The project director shall also h a ve prepared a 
list of persons on seasonal or short term leave who 
have no families being moved to other quarters. 

This list shall be summarized so as to show the num¬ 
ber of such persons on leave in each relocation 
area. The list shall be sent in triplicate to 
Washington, where steps will be taken to allocate 
such persons to another center and to notify them 

of the center to which they have been assigned, 

— \ 

C, Lists of persons on other types of temporary leaves, 
such as indefinite leave (trial period), shall be 
prepared, and forwarded, and such persons shall be 
notified of the center to which they have been 
assigned, in the maimer set forth in paragraph A 

or B above, as the case may be. In addition, the 
project director of the closing center or the Wash¬ 
ington office, as the case may be, shall notify the 
appropriate Relocation Officer of the change of 
oenter assignment for each such person. 


i/i/bh 






C-1184-pl2-bu 








l 


I 


WRft. Manual Movement of Evacuee Property ll+0,5> 

,1 All evacuees transferring from one center to 

another under this Section llf) shall be notified 
to carry with them, as hand baggage and checkable 
baggage, sufficient clothing ana necessary house¬ 
hold and personal effects to maintain them for at Train 

least 6o days, in view of transportation and other Baggage 

administrative difficulties that will necessarily 
be involved in transporting their property separate¬ 
ly, Checkable baggage shall be checked to previous¬ 
ly arranged quarters at the center of destination. 


,2 All furniture and other property of the evacuees in 
the apartments of such evacuees or stored in ware¬ 
houses at the center of departure shall be crated and 
transported to the center of destination upon request 
of the evacuee presented to the project director upon Freight 

Form W1& 156, The project director at the center of Shipments 

departure shall be responsible for seeing that all 
evacuees with furniture to be transferred have cocv- 
pleted their requests for shipment on Form WI& 15&, 

Shipment to the new center at government expense shall 
be in addition to transportation furnished under 
Manual Chapter 100, The cost shall be borne by the 
center from which the evacuee is trensferred. 


i 


( 



(• 


h/i/Uh 


C-H84-pl3-nobu 





WBA Manual 


Curtailment of Center Activities llj0.6 


.1 As soon as the announcement is. made that a reloca¬ 
tion center is to be closed, the project director 
of that center shall issue appropriate instructions 
restricting all construction, agricultural, or in¬ 
dustrial activity. Only essential maintenance of 
land and structures and essential utility mainten¬ 
ance and operations shall be continued. Formal 
sessions in the schools shall be maintained to a 
date not less than five days before the first trans¬ 
fer movement is to take place. Mess, health, 
hospital, fuel delivery, fire and police protection, 
and sanitary operations shall be continued until 
the transfers are completed, 

. 

•2 At the time cf the announcement of closing a center, 
a thorough review shall be made of all unfilled requi¬ 
sitions and purchase orders, and of all inventories, 

A very careful estimate shall be made of the minimum 
amount of supplies and materials that will be re¬ 
quired to carry on essential center functions until 
the center is closed, taking into account all possible 
substitutions that may be made from inventories and 
stocks on hand. Excess quantities on order shall be 
canceled. Thereafter there shall be purchased only 
those materials and supplies (over and above what is 
on hand) that are needed to carry on essential center 
functions until the transfer is complete. 

•3 Project directors shall issue appropriate instructions 
for the orderly return of all government property. 
Insofar as possible, the orderly return of all govern¬ 
ment property in evacuee possession shall be completed 
before transfer to enother center. All government 
property, including that in living quarters, mess and 
recreational halls, schools aid churches, detached 
supply, tool, implement or operational warehouse 
stations, and any other places not at a central loca¬ 
tion, shall te assembled in an orderly manner, proper¬ 
ly accounted for, put into a state of good repair if 
possible, and properly stored and warehoused so as to 
provide a maximum of protection. 

»ii Project directors shall be responsible for seeing that 
all official accounts, records, documents, and reports 
are properly completed before the center is closed* 
These will include time reports, payrolls, hospital 
and school records, allotment and fiscal records, 
property records, employment and relocation records. 


UAM 


Curtailment of 
Administrative, 
Conrainity and 
Operational 
Activities 


Procurement 

Curtailment 


Return of 

Government 

Property 


Records 


C -1184 - pi5-bu 





WEA Manual 


Curtailment of Center Activities 


lll0.6 ^ 


Records 
(cont* d.) 


(JO 


administrative and evacuee case files, operational 
cost records and statistics, and any other official 
records, accounts or reports. ‘When the final 
records have been assembled, they shall be trans¬ 
ferred to other relocation centers or the Washington 
office, as required by supplementary instructions 
which will be issued* Generally speaking, those 
records and files relating to evacuees being trans¬ 
ferred and their individual or group activities or 
situations will be transferred to the appropriate 
center, and other essential files and records will 
be transferred to Washington. 


bA/kk 



WRk Manual 




Designation of Evacuee Post Contingent 

•1 The project director of a closing center shall determine 
the number of evacuees that should be kept at the clos¬ 
ing center for a short while after the transfer move¬ 
ment has been virtually completed. This group should 
be of diversified occupations and skills, and provide 
a skeleton force to carry on the essential operations 
of the center and complete the work incident to closing, 

,2 Insofar as possible, this post-contingent should be 
made up of volunteers, both male and female. The 
workers shall be compensated for this work on the same 
basis as other evacuee workers performing similar work 
in relocation centers, 

' 

•3 As the closing work nears completion, this post-contin¬ 
gent shall be liquidated gradually and sent to relocation 
centers of destination by families or small groups* 

! k 


/ 


1140,7 


Size 


Character 


Liquidation 


h/i/UU 














WI& Manual 



disposition of Equipment and Supplie 

•1 Immediately after the announcement that a named reloca¬ 
tion center is to be closed, all equipment and supplies 
at that center shall be inventoried* An original and 
bwo copies of the inventory shall be forwarded imme¬ 
diately to Washington* 

•2 Copies of the inventories will be circulated by the 
Washington office among the other relocation centers; 
and project directors may make requests to the Washing¬ 
ton pffice for transfers of equipment and supplies 
shown on the inventories* The inventories and requests 
from other centers for transfer will be reviewed by 
divisional representatives on the Washington staff end 
recommendations in writing will be made by them to the 
Director for appropriate disposition. 

♦3 No equipment or supplies shall be transferred or shipped 
from the closing center to any other center without 
the Director’s approval* 

•U Agricultural operations at a closing center will normal¬ 
ly be planned so that there are no growing crops at 
the time of the center closing* However, should there 
be crops growing at the time that the announcement is 
made to close a center, the crops shall be harvested, 
insofar as possible before the closing, and other 
suitable arrangements made for crops not harvested at 
that time. Crops harvested shall be used in center 
feeding operations, and surplus quantities harvested 
shall be shipped to other centers the same as other 
supplies. Livestock and poultry at closing centers 
shall be handled in the same manner* 

*3 The transfer of supplies, property and equipment from 
a closing center to other centers, after approval of 
the Director, shall be handled in accordance with exist¬ 
ing Wfti procedures. Property and equipment not trans¬ 
ferred to other centers from a closing center will 
receive appropriate action by declaration of surplus 
to Treasury Procurement, action by board of survey, or 
outside sale, in accordance with applicable government 
regulations and instructions from the Director* 


» 

f 

U/i/Ui* 


ilo.fi 

Preparation 

of 

Invert ary 


Circulation 

of 

Inventory 


Approval 

for 

Transfer 


Agricultural 

Produce 


Transfer 

Procedures 


C-1184-pi 9-nobu 













7/RA. Manual 


Disposition of Appointive Personnel I 4 O .9 


.1 From the time that an announcement is made that a named 
relocation center is to be closed, no appointive 
personnel at that center will be released from their 
employment, except for induction into the armed forces, 
until the transfer and closing operations are complete 
unless such release is approved by the project director. 
Vacant authorized positions at the closing center may 
be filled for the short period prior to closing, to 
assist in the closing. 


Personnel 

Freeze 


.2 The project director shall, as soon as possible after 
the announcement of closing, make recommendations to 
the Director regarding terminations or transfers to 
other WRA. positions of center appointed personnel. The 
Washington office will make every effort to effect 
transfers for those appointive personnel who are recom¬ 
mended for and desire a transfer* 


Trans fer 
or 

Termination 


k/l /Uh 





C-ll84-p21_nobu 









WRA Manual 


Final Report of a Closing Center 1U0*10 


•1 The project director of a closing relocation center 
shall submit, at the time of the completion of the 
closing operations, a comprehensive final report of 
the center's activities* In view of the fact that 
all relocation centers are scheduled to be closed 
not later than January 2, 19U6, project directors 
shall immediately advise their division chiefs and 
section heads to start gathering data for their di¬ 
vision and section reports* 

*2 The final report shall present succinctly a summary 
of the relocation center's activities during the 
entire operation and occupation of the center, 

•3 The final report shall be developed along organiza¬ 
tional lines, each division summarizing its activi¬ 
ties and including as part of its divisional report 
the reports of the sections in the division. The 
project director shall, as his own official and .per¬ 
sonal contribution, have prepared and shall submit a 
concise narrative of the more significant develop¬ 
ments of center administration and history. To this 
narrative shall be appended the reports of the divi¬ 
sions and sections* 

•H The purpose of such reports is the preservation of a 
faithful record of the execution of a complex and un¬ 
precedented federal program of community management. 

•5> The use of such a record is two-fold: primarily for 
the administrative guidance of other agencies which 
are, or which may be, confronted with similar or re¬ 
lated problems; secondarily for the provision of ac¬ 
curate information to historians and other students 
of the emergency evacuation of an American minority 
group* 


1/9/16 , . , . 

Supersedes Issuance of U/l/UU 

Release # 162 




Require went 
of 

Report 


Content 


Organisation 

of 

Report 


Purpose 


Uses 


C—197i nobu-flnal 









































" 








































































































































WRA Manual 


Poet-Exclusion Program 15>0.1 




.1 Executive Order No* 9102, which established the War 
Relocation Authority, "authorized and directed" the 
Director "to formulate and effectuate a program for 
the removal, from the areas designated from time to 
time by the Secretary of War or appropriate military 
commander under the authority of Executive Order No* 
9066 of February 19> 19U2, of the persons or classes 
of persons designated under such Executive Order, and 
far their relocation, maintenance and supervision" 

(see Manual 10.1*2)* During the period that the West 
Coast area was closed to persons of Japanese ancestry 
the chief function of the War Relocation Authority was 
to help them find homes, either temporarily in reloca¬ 
tion centers, or in normal communities outside the 
evacuated area. With the lifting of the general ex¬ 
clusion orders, it is still the duty of WRA to help 
the evacuees find homes* These differences exist: 

A* Most evacuees are now free to return to their for¬ 
mer homes in the evacuated areas* 

B* While during the exclusion period the government 
was bound to provide temporary homes in relocation 
centers for those persons not yet able to resettle 
in communities outside the evacuated area, now 
that exclusion is lifted the government cannot con¬ 
tinue to provide subsistence and special services 
to evacuees eligible to leave the centers and re¬ 
turn to the excluded areas, beyond a limited per¬ 
iod of poet-exclusion adjustment. 

In the light of these factors, the present policies 
and program of WRA must be reexamined and reoriented* 
That is the purpose and function of this Manual Chapter. 

•2 All center residents not designated by the War Depart¬ 
ment or Department of Justice to be ineligible for re¬ 
location shall be eligible to leave centers as provid¬ 
ed in this Section 150.1.2, regardless of any leave 
clearance action hitherto taken by WRA with respect to 
them. 

A. (Cancelled) 

B. The foil owing provisions shall govern departures 
for a temporary period: 


I 


WRA 

Policy 


Leave 

Policy 


U/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12 /lS/hh 

Release # 187 


C-2229-T»3 -bu 







Temporary 

Departures 


Indefinite 

Departures 


C-2229-P4-*® 


WRA Manual _ Post-Exclusion Program l50*l 

(•2B) 


(1) Eligible citizen evacuees desiring to leave a 
center for a temporary period for shopping pur¬ 
poses, or for purposes heretofore covered by 
issuance of short term leave, with privilege of 
return, may be permitted to do so in the dis¬ 
cretion of the Project Director and shall be is¬ 
sued a pass indicating the purpose of the tem¬ 
porary absence and the final return date, which 
shall be no later than necessary to accomplish 
the purpose stated and in no event later than 

30 days after departure* Persons leaving a cen- 
ter under this arrangement who do not return by 
the time stated or who accept employment during 
their absence shall not be permitted to return 
to a center, except for a visit under the con¬ 
ditions specified in 150*1.10, and they shall 
be so advised* 

(2) Eligible aliens may also be issued temporary 
passes under the procedure set forth under the 
preceding paragraph, except that the provisions 
of Manual 50*11*6 governing notification to 
U*S* Attorneys and 50*11*7 requiring advance ap¬ 
proval from the Department of Justice in the 
case of parolees and deportees shall be followed* 

C* The provisions of Handbook Chapter 60 with respect to 
applications far and issuance of indefinite leave are 
revoked except as otherwise provided herein* No ap¬ 
plication for indefinite leave shall be required for 
departure from a center for an indefinite period and 
no indefinite leave permits shall be issued* The fol¬ 
lowing provisions shall govern such departure: 

(1) Eligible citizen evacuees shall be permitted to 
depart upon request* Persons who so depart 
prior to approval of the relocation plan (See 
150*1.7) shall not be permitted to re-enter a 
center, and shall be ineligible for a leave as- 
sistence grant or movement of property at Govern¬ 
ment expense, except where departure for a tem¬ 
porary period is approved under paragraph B above. 

(2) Eligible aliens may also leave a center under 
the procedure set forth in the preceding para¬ 
graph, except that the following provisions shall 
also apply: 

U/23/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/l8/Ui 

Release # 187 




WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 15>0.1 


> 

(.7G-2) 


(a) Where the proposed destination is out¬ 
side the evacuated area, regardless of 
•whether the evacuee is proceeding in ac¬ 
cordance with an approved relocation 
plan, the alien evacuee shall be given 

a Form WRA-39U properly executed by the 
Project Director or his designated rep¬ 
resentative. The Project Director shall 
notify the appropriate U. S. Attorney 
and the Federal Bureau of Investigation 
and arrange for the alien to notify the 
In-migration and Naturalization Service* 
The alien shall also be expressly re¬ 
minded that any travel after travel to 
the destination shown on the WRA-39U, 
nay take place only with prior permis¬ 
sion of the United States Attorney for 
the judicial district of the destination 
shown on the WRA-39U. 

(b) Where the proposed destination is within 
the evacuated area, the procedure shall 
be as in (a) above, if the alien evacuee 
is proceeding in accordance with an ap¬ 
proved relocation plan* Yf the alien 
wishes to leave in advance of approval 

of his relocation plan or in accordance 

with a disapproved plan, he shall not 

he given a WRA-39h, but shall be requir¬ 
ed personally to obtain travel permis¬ 
sion from the United States Attorney for 
the judicial district in which the cen¬ 
ter is located before he is permitted to 
leave the center. Otherwise, the proce¬ 
dure in (a) above shall be followed* 

(c) Where the alien is a parolee or deportee, 
advance approval by the Department of 
Justice shall be obtained* 

D* Departure advices on persons leaving a center shall 
be prepared and routed in the same manner as here¬ 
tofore. 

E. Each person leaving a center under paragraph C 

above shall be furnished Change of Residence cards. 
Form WRA-1U8-C pre-addressed to the Director with 

U/28AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/U* 

Release # 187 


Departure 

Advices 


Change of 
Resideco e 
Cards 


C>82S9~pS-t>u 











WRA Manual 


Poet-Exclusion Program 15>0#1 


Seasonal and 
Trial Period 
Leare 


Stop List 


Center 

Closing 


Termination 

of 

Property 

Services 


Closing 

of 

Field 

Offioes 


Relocation 

Assistance 

Policy 


(.2E) 

instructions to fill out and mail one card upon 
arrival at destination and another card upon each 
subsequent change of residence* The instructions 
shall emphasize the importance of keeping 7/RA so 
notified in order that the evacuees can be prompt¬ 
ly reached in connection with patronage refunds 
by center enterprises, property assistance, the 
work of other Federal agencies, and other matters* 

F* Seasonal work leave and indefinite leave (trial 
period) shall no longer be issued* Persons al¬ 
ready on such leave shall be permitted to return 
to centers in conformity with the previsions of 
Handbook 60*3 and 60.12* 

•3 Center residents designated by the War Department or 
Department of Justice to be ineligible for relocation 
shall not be permitted to depart from a center without 
the approval of such Department* 

*U A* WRA centers will be closed to evacuee residence 
not earlier than 6 months and not later than 12 
months after revocation of the general exclusion 
orders* At least 3 months advance notice will be 
given of the closing of any particular center# 

B% Not earlier than 9 months and not later than 13> 
months after revocation of the general exclusion 
orders, all evacuee property services to persons 
other than excludees shall terminate and all evac¬ 
uee property warehouses not utilized for the pro¬ 
perty of such persons must be emptied. 

C* Not earlier than 8 months and not later than Ik 
months after revocation of the general exclusion 
orders all WRA field offices shall close except 
(1) evacuee property warehouses (see paragraph B 
above( (2) a small office in San Francisco ser¬ 
vicing excludees. 

D* Prior to these deadlines for termination of ser¬ 
vice, WRA will nevertheless continue to render 
maximum aid to evacuees in post-exclusion adjust¬ 
ment* Assistance toward optimum relocation will 
be given in orienting the relocation assistance 
program toward orderly departures and by helping 
the evacuees avail themselves of certain public 
services (see Section l£0*1.3> et seq.)# 


C-2329-P0-bu 


U/28/l*5> 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/lQ/hk 
Release # 187 






WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 














.5 The departure of evacuees from relocation centers 

should continue to be on an orderly and planned basis. 
For this reason, eligibility of evacuees for reloca¬ 
tion assistance grants (see 150.1.8) and assistance in 
transportation of property (see 150.1.9) is dependent 
upon WRA approval of their relocation plans. In order 
to facilitate such planning and orderly departure, the 
following measures are prescribed: 

A. The program of relocation counselling and the dev¬ 
elopment and review of relocation plans are the 
responsibility of the Project Director at each cen¬ 
ter. 

(1) Under supervision of the Project Director, it 
shall be the general responsibility of the Re¬ 
location DivMon to follow through on all cases 
and prepare correspondence necessary to assist 
evacuees in relocation. 

(2) In the case of dependent and handicapped per¬ 
sons, as defined in 150.1.6, the Welfare Sec¬ 
tion shall assist in formulating the reloca¬ 
tion plans, in conference with the evacuees. 
Preliminary negotiations leading to a reloca¬ 
tion plan will be carried on by the Welfare 
Section directly with the Area Relocation Ad¬ 
justment Adviser or district officer designa¬ 
ted by him for discussion with the local wel¬ 
fare agency involved. After completion of each 
plan, the Welfare Section shall prepare a Fam¬ 
ily Relocation Summary summarizing the recom¬ 
mended plan and forward it to the Relocation 
Division which will be responsible for comple¬ 
ting the relocation plan. 

(3) The Project Director shall use the services of 
all sections and mobilize all center resources 
to further relocation planning. 

(a) In each relocation center the Community 

Council and Relocation Planning Commission 
shall be invited to take an active part in 
the program of relocation planning. The 
Project Director and his key staff members 
should consult with them frequently, se¬ 
cure their cooperation end responsibility 


Relocation 

Planning 


At 

Centers 


Evacuee 

Participation 


U/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/l8/Uii 
Release # 187 


c -328 9-p7-t>i» 








WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 11?0.1 


(.5A-3a) 


Relocation 

of 

Homogeneous 

Groups 


Western Area 
Relocation 
Program 


in specific tasks and encourage their as¬ 
sumption of a role of leadership in the 
program. The Executive Officer of the Re¬ 
location Planning Commission shall be as¬ 
signed special assistants, if he needs 
them, for distribution of information to 
evacuees, -work with evacuee groups, and 
consultation on special dependency prob¬ 
lems. The Project Director and his prin¬ 
cipal staff members shall take immediate 
steps to meet with the Community Council 
and the Relocation Planning Commission 
and discuss with them the problems of ade¬ 
quate communication of information to the 
evacuee community and the stimulation of 
relocation planning. 

(b) An information program shall be developed 
at each relocation center to secure f\ill 
understanding of the evacuee community, 
as well as of the appointed and evacuee 
staff, on new developments. 

(U) In planning the relocation of center residents 
the Project Director shall take into considera¬ 
tion the homogeneous groups which have foraed 
in the community and possible advantages of¬ 
fered if they plan and relocate together. At 
the same time he shall remember the tendency 
of individuals in such groups to hold back on 
their own plans until the group is ready, and 
the possibility of transplanting an unassimil- 
able group into a new community. Project Dir¬ 
ectors should take advantage of all favorable 
factors and seek to discount unfavorable ones 
in facing the goal of speedy and satisfactoiy 
relocation. 

B. Such area relocation offices and district sub-offices 
will be established in the evacuated area as the Di¬ 
rector may from tim£ to time approve, and shall op¬ 
erate under the terms of the Manual and Handbook 
Chapter 130, as modified by this Chapter l£0, as in¬ 
tegral parts of the Relocation Division. 

An important contribution to orderly relocation can 
be made by local organizations in the evacuated area, 


U/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12A8AL. 
Release #187 


C_2229-p8-bu 




I 


WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 15>0.1 


t 


\ 


(.SB) 


and every effort shall be made to coordinate their 
work and insure its maximum effectiveness. Meet¬ 
ings sponsored by such groups alone or in coopera¬ 
tion with WRA shall be encouraged, with the aim of 
acquainting the communities with the problems in¬ 
cident to evacuation and relocation. 


•6 A. The relocation of dependent and handicapped persons 
who may need governmental assistance on relocation 
represents a special problem. Every effort should 
be made to assist such persons to relocate to a 
place of their choice. 


B. (1) Farm WRA-370 (Basic Family Dependency Card) 

provides identification of cases in the follow¬ 
ing categories* 

Blind 

Chronic Illness 
Crippled 
Deaf 

Mental Illness 
Old Age 

(2) The center Welfare Section shall be responsi¬ 
ble for assembling cases in the foregoing cat¬ 
egories, by name and address of pre-evacuation 
legal residence and formulating relocation 
plans in conference with the evacuees. 

(a) The plans of persons falling in these cat¬ 
egories shall be sent to the appropriate 
relocation adjustment advisor or district 
officer designated by him. Although in 
most cases, these referralswill be to the 
state of pre-evacuation address, efforts 
should be made to locate the evacuee in 
some other state if he so wishes and has 
some bonafide reason for locating there, 
such as relocation of other family members. 
The field relocation officer Trill conduct 
such negotiations as are necessary with 
the necessary county or state agencies, ad¬ 
vising the project director of acceptance 
or rejection. 


One Parent Absent due to 
Physical Handicap (OtherJ 
Tuberculosis 
Unattached child 
Other (Specify) 


Policy 


Planning 


1 


h/ 28 AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 12 /lQ/Uh 
Release # 18? 


C-«22 9- , p9-'> u 




WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program l£0«l 


( 


(*633-2) 

(b) In the case of persons who have been re¬ 
jected for assistance by agencies other 
than in the state of pre-evacuation ad¬ 
dress, negotiations will then be entered 
into with the state of former residence 
to accept the individual* If legal res¬ 
idence in that state is established, re¬ 
fusal of that state to accept an institu¬ 
tionalized or dependent evacuee should 
not be accepted since such evacuees are 
the legal responsibility of such state* 

(3) There is a group of cases in which the need 
for financial assistance from a public agency 
will be limited to an initial grant handled 
by the Resettlement Assistance Program of the 
Social Security Board. The final determination 
of need in these cases will also be the respon¬ 
sibility of the Welfare Section. If any such 
case is being handled by the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion the worker shall discuss the case with the 
staff member of the Welfare Section designated 
for this purpose and have the written sunmary 
approved by the designated welfare staff mem¬ 
ber before submission by the Relocation Divi¬ 
sion to the appropriate area office* 


Responsibilities 
of Other 
Agencies 


C. (1) State agencies administering State programs of 
general relief, hospitalization, institutional¬ 
ization, and boarding or nursing home care, 
and Federally-aided programs of categorical as¬ 
sistance (old age assistance, aid to the blind, 
aid to dependent children), child welfare ser¬ 
vices, services for crippled children, and vo¬ 
cational rehabilitation, are primarily respon¬ 
sible for determining evacuee eligibility for 
assistance under those programs* State agencies 
also administer fhnds appropriated by Congress 
to the Federal Security Administrator for tem¬ 
porary aid to persons affected by war-time res¬ 
trictive action of the Federal Government, and 
make initial determinations of evacuee eligi¬ 
bility for such aid* 


(2) Insofar as the programs of State agencies in¬ 
volve the use of Federal funds, the Federal 

U/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/UU 
Release # 187 


C-2229-S10-bu 




WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program l£0,1 


(.6C- 2 ) 

f 

Security Agency, through the Social Security 
Board (categorical assistance, aid to persons 
affected by restrictive action of the Federal 
Government) and the Office of Vocational Re¬ 
habilitation (vocational rehabilitation); 
and the Department of Labor, through the Child' 
ren’s Bureau (child welfare services, services 
for crippled children); maintain supervisory 
controls. The assistance that these Federal 
agencies, through their Regional offices, will 
render in the relocation of persons who will 
need governmental assistance will include j 

(a) Review of determinations of eligibility 
by State agencies (including determina¬ 
tions of pre-evacuation status, legal 
residence, and other eligibility require¬ 
ments), or referral of cases to the State 
agencies. 

(b) Supervision of State agency administra¬ 
tion of funds for aid to persons affect¬ 
ed by restrictive action of the Federal 
Government• 

(c) Consultation and technical services. 

(3) A number of persons unable at the time of eva¬ 
cuation to move to centers because of tuber¬ 
culosis or other illness ("deferred evacuees") 
still remain in institutions in the evacuated 
States, their expenses paid by the War Relo¬ 
cation Authority. Responsibility for mainten¬ 
ance of these persons will be transferred to 
appropriate State or private agencies as rap¬ 
idly as possible as will that of institution¬ 
alized persons now in relocation centers. 

.7 In order to further orderly and planned relocation of 
evacuees, an approved relocation plan shall be required 
as a condition to the granting of relocation assistance 
(Section 150.1.8) and property transportation assist¬ 
ance (Section 150.1.9) to (1) any center resident who 
wishes to relocate, or (2) any relocated evacuee (in¬ 
cluding a voluntary evacuee as hereinafter defined) who 
wishes to return to the State or Territory in which he 


Deferred 

Evacuees 


Approval 

of 

Relocation 

Plans 


ii/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/UU 
Release # 187 


C-3229—pll-bu 












WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


Approval 

of 

Rolooation 

Plana 

(Cont*d) 


(.7) 

\ 

resided prior to evacuation. A voluntary evacuee, for 
the purposes of this Chapter, shall mean a person of 
Japanese ancestry never resident in a relocation cen¬ 
ter, who left Military Area No. 1 or the California 
portion of Military Area No. 2, Western Defense Command 
(hereinafter called the "evacuated area"), in response 
to Government urging between February 16, 19h2, and the 
date when voluntary movement therefrom was prohibited 
by military order (March 29, 19U2, in the case of Mili¬ 
tary Area No. 1; June 2, 19u2, for the remainder of 
California), or who later departed by special permission 
of the Western Defense Command. 

A. The relocation plan of a center resident who is in¬ 
eligible to leave the center (see Section 150.1.3) 
shall not be approved while such ineligibility con¬ 
tinues or if the individual is excluded from the 
proposed destination by order of the Western Defense 
Command, his plan shall not be approved. 

B. Where the proposed destination is Alaska or Hawaii, 
proof of military permission to return shall be re¬ 
quired and shall be sufficient evidenoe of a satis¬ 
factory relocation plan. In order to secure per¬ 
mission to return to Hawaii, the evacuee should 
write directly to the Office of the Prosost Marshal 
General, Japanese American Branch, Presidio of San 
Franolsoo, California. For Alaska he should write 
directly to the Office of the Provost Marshal Gen¬ 
eral, in the War Department, Washington, D. C. The 
evacuee should be advised that the procedure for 
obtaining a permit to return to Alaska or Hawaii is 
long and involved, and it is unwise to make travel 
arrangements before obtaining the permit or an as¬ 
surance of its issuance. 

C. In the case of center residents not designated as 
ineligible for relocation, the relocation plan 
shall automatically be approved, unless there it 
a temporary condition existing in the community 
which makes immediate resettlement inadvisable. 

D. Where the evacuee is not a resident of a center 
and is applying for transportation to return to the 
evacuated area the foHewing provisions shall apply 
with respect to approval of the relocation plans 


U/28/US 

Supersedes Issuance of 12,48 AU 
Release # 187 


C-88BB»lU8'ilMl 






WRA Manual 


Post-Exelusion Program 150.1 


( .7D) 


(l) The relocation plan shall not "be approved un¬ 
less it contains satisfactory evidence of ade¬ 
quate prior arrangements for means of support 
and for housing. Prior arrangements for hous¬ 
ing may "be temporary hut should he for a long 
enough period of time to permit the evacuee to 
obtain permanent housing. With respect to 
means of support: 


(a) Where the applicant has sufficient inde¬ 
pendent means or has received a hospital¬ 
ity offer, reasonable evidence thereof 
shall he adequate. 

(h) Where the represented means of support 

consists of employment, a letter from the 
employer shall he adequate- 

(c) Where the evacuee intends to he self-em¬ 
ployed in business or agriculture, let¬ 
ters from responsible persons (who may 
include WRA Relocation Officers in the 
evacuated area) confirming the arrange¬ 
ments shall he adequate. 

(d) Where the evacuee is a dependent and hand¬ 
icapped person who will need governmental 
assistance upon relocation to the evacua¬ 
ted area, proof that such assistance is 
assured shall he provided by the appropri¬ 
ate relocation office after proper local 
arrangements have been completed (see 
Section 150.1.6). 


Approval 

of 

Relocation 
Plans 
(Cant *d) 


(e) A relocated evacuee, as a part of his re¬ 
location plan, shall present evidence to 
the Relocation Officer to show that he has 
not broken any employment obligation or 
War Manpower Commission regulation- A 
letter from his last former employer or a 
certificate of availability will suffice 
for this purpose. A certificate of availa¬ 
bility is not required if he is to be self- 
employed or will enter agriculture or do¬ 
mestic service in the evacuated area. 


4/28/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/44 
Release # 187 


C~3220-pl3-bu 



WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 




Approval 

of 

Rolooaiciofc 

Flans 

(Cont*d) 


(.7D-le) 

If it appears to the Relocation Officer 
that an injustice is being done to the 
evacuee by the failure or refusal of his 
employer or the War Manpower Commission 
to furnish the required letter or a cer¬ 
tificate of availability, the Relocation 
Officer should intervene on behalf of the 
evacuee in an endeavor to explain and se¬ 
cure the release of the evacuee* 

(2) The Relocation Program Officer or Relocation 
Officer, as the case may be, shall ascertain 
whether the evacuee is a person excluded from 
the proposed destination by order of the West¬ 
ern Defense Command. A certification on Form 
WRA-303 Rev., by an evacuee applying for >re- 
location assistance to a Relocation Officer, 
that the evacuee is not so excluded will be 
acceptable for this purpose. If the evacuee 
is applying at a center, the Relocation Program 
Officer shall check the Army exclusion list to 
determine whether the evacuee is named thereon. 

If the evacuee is so excluded, his relocation 
plan shall not be approved. 

E. Relocation plans shall be presented for approval to 
the Relocation Program Officer in the case of cen¬ 
ter residents and to the appropriate Relocation Of¬ 
ficer in the case of relocated evacuees. At the cen¬ 
ters assistance in preparing relocation plans shall 
be given by the center Relocation Division or Wel¬ 
fare Section (see Sections 150.1.5, 150.1.6 above). 
Relocation Officers shall extend such assistance as 
is practicable to relocated evacuees in adjustment 
at present locations or in the development of plans 
for relocation elsewhere, if the latter appears 
necessary or desirable. The Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer or Relocation Officer will approve or disap¬ 
prove the relocation plan presented by the evacuee, 
based upon the evidence presented by the evacuee as 
described under Section D above. It will not be 
necessary to secure the advance approval of a Relo¬ 
cation Officer in the evacuated area, except in 
cases where additional evidence is deemed necessary, 
or in questionable cases. 


C-2229-pl4-*U 


U/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/lQ/hh 
Release # 187 





WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program l50»l 


.8 The following modifications are prescribed in the pro¬ 
gram of relocation assistance grants to evacuees (see 
Handbook 130.1*8): 

A. Relocation assistance grants shall be divided in¬ 
to two categories: transportation grants, covering 
only the cost of transportation; and subsistence 
grants, consisting of $3*00 per day while enroute 
to point of relocation, plus a maximum of $25*00 

to meet initial expenses at the point of relocation. 

B. Transportation grants shall hereafter be available 
only as follows: 

(1) Center residents who have not previously re¬ 
ceived relocation grants, or who have received 
such grants but were reinducted into a center 
prior to July 20, 19l*3, or were reinducted 
thereafter and prior to revocation of the gen¬ 
eral exclusion orders with the approval of the 
appropriate Relocation Officer, and whose re¬ 
location plans have been approved pursuant to 
Section 150.1.7 above, shall be eligible for 
transportation grants to point of relocation 
in the Continental United States, Alaska, or 
Hawaii. 

(2) All eligible evacuees (other than voluntary 
evacuees) who relocated prior to the revoca¬ 
tion of the general exclusion orders and whose 
relocation plans have been approved pursuant 
to Section 150.1.7 above, shall be eligible 
for transportation grants to: 

Ca) 


(b) 




U/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12A8M 
Release # 187 


Port of embarkation, if their destination 
is Alaska or Hawaii but they were not 
evacuated therefrom. 

Alaska, Hawaii, or a State or portion of 
a State within the West Coast evacuated 
area, if they were evacuated therefrom. 

Persons eligible for transportation as¬ 
sistance to Hawaii or Alaska may elect to 
receive transportation new to some point 
on the mainland no farther than the near- 


Relcoation 

Assistance 


Types of 
Grants 


Transportation 

Grants 


Eligible 

Persons 


C-8229-pl8-bu 










WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 1^0#1 


(#8B-2c) 


Ineligible 

Persons 


Subsistence 

Grants 


est port of embarkation, and from the 
port of embarkation to Alaska or Hawaii 
later when they can book passage, but 
no later than March 1, 19U6. The evac¬ 
uee will, of course, have to provide 
his own travel to the port of embarka¬ 
tion, if any is needed, when the boat 
sails# 

(3) Voluntary evacuees (as defined in Section 
l£0#1#7) whose relocation plans have been 
approved pursuant to Section 150.1.7 above 
shall be eligible for transportation grants 
to a State or portion of a State within the 
evacuated area in which they were residing 
prior to their voluntary evacuation# 

(U) Center residents temporarily departing from 
centers to investigate group relocation op¬ 
portunities outside the evacuated area shall 
be eligible for transportation grants under 
the provisions of Handbook 130.48 and is¬ 
suance of transportation grants for such pur¬ 
pose shall not affect their eligibility to 
receive further grants under subparagraph 
(1) above# No transportation grants shall be 
made for investigating relocation opportun¬ 
ities in the evacuated area# 

Notwithstanding the above, persons who depart from 
a center without approval of their relocation plans 
shall thereafter be ineligible for relocation as¬ 
sistance grants of any kind, except that where 
such departure is approved for a temporary period 
under Section 150.1.2, they may be eligible for 
such assistance under paragraph D(2) below. Per¬ 
sons who are required by the Project Director to 
leave a center under Section 150.1.10G shall like¬ 
wise be ineligible for relocation assistance grants 
of any kind. Center residents who are in the En¬ 
listed Reserve Corps are ineligible for relocation 
assistance unless relocating with one or more mem¬ 
bers of the immediate family. 

C <* Center residents who are eligible for transporta¬ 
tion grants under paragraph B(l) above and -rtio can 


C-2229-pl6-bu 


U/28/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/UU 
Release # 187 





WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 15>0.1 


( »$c) 

show need (see Handbook 130*l»8) shall also be eli¬ 
gible for subsistence grants* No other persons 
shall be eligible for subsistence grants* 

D. (1) Center residents who are absent from centers 
on short-term leave, seasonal leave, or in¬ 
definite leave (trial period) at the time of 
revocation of the general exclusion orders 
and who do not wish to return to the centers 
shall be eligible for reimbursement for trans¬ 
portation to the destination specified in such 
leave and for subsistence grants on the same 
basis as present center residents (see B(l) 
above)• 

(2) Center residents -whose departure is approved 
for a temporary period under Section 15>0.1.2 
after revocation of the general exclusion or¬ 
ders and who do not wish to return to the col¬ 
ter shall be eligible for transportation and 
subsistence grants to their point of reloca¬ 
tion on the same basis as present center resi¬ 
dents (see B(l) above) if the Relocation Of¬ 
ficer approves their relocation to such point. 

E* A relocation assistance grant shall be given to an 
evacuee only once after January 2, 19U5 except as 
may be otherwise provided in Handbook Section 130. 
[•8 or specifically approved by the Director. 

«9 The following modifications are prescribed for the eva¬ 
cuee property program (see l^O.l.ii governing continu¬ 
ance of program): 

A. In the field of property management (Manual 100.2) 
service shall be limited to the following cate¬ 
gories: 

(1) Completion of cases for which WRA assumed res¬ 
ponsibility prior to revocation of the gener¬ 
al exclusion orders; 

(2) Handling of new cases for persons excluded 
from the evacuated area, and for other persons 
on whose requests for assistance the Project 






Special 

Cases 




Number 

of 

Grants 


Property 

Management 

Assistance 


h/2Q/h$ 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/lQ/Uh 
Release § 187 

C-2229-pl7-t>u 











WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 15>0.1 


(.9A-2) 

Director or relocation officer certifies that 
such assistance is necessary to prevent hard¬ 
ship or is in the interest of orderly reloca¬ 
tion. Upon return of an evacuee to the evac¬ 
uated area WRA will in no case continue to 
handle any matter or otherwise give property 
management assistance to him beyond the per¬ 
iod of 60 days following his return. 

B. Assistance in transportation of property to point 
designated by the evacuee shall be available, un¬ 
der the limitations hereinafter set forth. If 
property is in storage in a WRA warehouse or center 
assistance will be given regardless of whether the 
evacuee is eligible for relocation assistance. If 
property is not in V/RA storage, assistance will not 
be given unless the evacuee is eligible for reloca¬ 
tion assistance. 


Property 

Transportation 

Assistance 


(1) If the evacuee is eligible, WRA wills 

(a) Pack, crate, and move all household and 
personal effects, and commercial property 
without regard to Manual 100.3.UB-1, in 

a WRA warehouse to the common carrier de¬ 
pot nearest point designated by the evac¬ 
uee; 

(b) Pack, crate, and move all household goods 
and effects and commercial property in 
storage or use at a relocation center to 
the common carrier depot nearest point 
designated by the evacuee; 

(c) Pack, crate, and move household and per¬ 
sonal effects, and commercial property 
subject to the conditions set forth in 
Manual Section 100.3 J 4 B-I, from a place 
of private storage in the evacuated area 
to common carrier depot nearest point 
designated by the evacuee; 

(d) Move household and personal effects of 
relocated evacuees from cannon carrier de¬ 
pot nearest relocation residence com¬ 
mon carrier depot nearest point designated 




C-3229-*18-bu 


U/28AS 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/18/UU 
Release # 18? 









I 


WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 1^0*1 


(•9B-ld) 


by the evacuee within the evacuated 
area. The evacuee shall be responsible 
for packing, crating, and delivery to 
the nearest common carrier depot for 
shipment, 

(e) Shipment of pexoonal property (includ¬ 
ing commercial property under the lim¬ 
itations prescribed by Manual Sections 
100,3 J-iB and 1^0.1,9B) will be made to 
destinations in Alaska or Hawaii at 
Government expense, provided: 

(i) The evacuee is now leaving the 
center to relocate in Alaska or 
Hawaii, or 

(ii) The evacuee relocated from the 
center, prior to lifting of the 
general exclusion orders, to a 
destination not in Alaska or Ha¬ 
waii, and had been evacuated by 
the Government directly from 
Alaska or Hawaii, 

If the evacuee came to the mainland be¬ 
fore e vac inti on, was evacuated later, 
relocated from the center before the ex¬ 
clusion orders were lifted, and now 
wishes to return to Alaska or Hawaii, 
his property will be shipped at Govern¬ 
ment expense to the nearest port of em¬ 
barkation on the mainland, and he will 
be responsible for further shipping 
costs. 

The above is subject to the evacuee* s 
being eligible for property assistance 
under this Manual Section, It applies 
to property in storage at a center, at 
a YIRA warehouse or private storehouse 
in the evacuated area, and to property 
brought from a place of initial reloca¬ 
tion to the nearest railhead. 


li/28 A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/13/UU 
Release #187 


Property 
Tram portation 
Assistance 

(Coni' d,) 


C-9229-Fl9-bu 




Property 

Transportation 

Assistance 

(Cont'd) 


WRA Manila 1_Post-Exclusion Program l£0.1 

C.9B) 


All Government shipment shall be via the most 
economical means, except that express shipment 
may be made under the conditions set forth in 
Manual 100.3.3K. 

All evacuees will be expected to pick up all 
property transported for them hereunder at the 
common carrier depot nearest point designated by 
them as the destination. 

The above services will be provided in all cases 
except that where property is in a WRA warehouse 
or place of private storage and the destination 
is within reasonable trucking distance therefrom 
in the judgment of the appropriate transporta¬ 
tion officer (which shall ordinarily be approx¬ 
imately 2£ miles), the evacuee shall furnish his 
own transportation from such point to destination 
and shall be so notified. 

(2) (a) Property at different points of origin 

shall be covered by separate sets of 
Form WRA-l£6. For example, if a relo¬ 
cated evacuee has property at his re¬ 
location residence, at the relocation 
center of former residence, in a WRA 
warehouse in the evacuated area, and 
in a place of private storage in the 
evacuated area, four sets of Form WRA- 
l£6 shall be prepared; the Relocation 
Officer should retain the first set 
for his own action, forward the second 
set to the Project Director, and send 
the third and fourth sets to the ap¬ 
propriate West Coast transportation 
officer. 

(b) Each set of Form WRA-1^6 covering pro¬ 
perty in a center or WRA warehouse 
shall cover all property belonging to 
the evacuee that is located at the cen¬ 
ter or warehouse, except that commer¬ 
cial property which the evacuee cannot 
accept until a later date may be cover¬ 
ed by a separate set of Form 7ffiA-l£6 on 

1 \ 

ii/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12/13 AU 

Release # 137 


C-2329-,20-bu 





L s _WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program lf>0.1 


(.9B-2b) 

which shall be designated a date prior 
to ■which shipment should not be made* 

(c) A separate Government bill of lading 

shall be prepared for each shipment. In 
the illustration given in the preceding 
paragraph four bills of lading should be 
prepared as follows: one by the Reloca¬ 
tion Officer, one by the Project Direc¬ 
tor, and two by the transportation offi¬ 
cer. In the case of relocated evacuees 
bills of lading covering property at his 
relocation residence and in a place of 
private storage shall be mailed directly 
to him by the Relocation Officer and 
transportation officer respectively. 

C. (1) All evacuees, other than excludees, who have 
property in storage at WRA warehouses shall 
be required to remove such property not later 
than 15 months after revocation of the gen¬ 
eral exclusion orders, or by April 2, 19U6. 
Evacuees shall normally be required to re¬ 
move such property within 60 days after date 
of approval of the application for relocation 
assistance. However, if an evacuee is not 
prepared to receive his property at the end of 
60 days because of lack of family housing, a 
second move, or other personal circumstance, 
he may apply in writing to the appropriate 
area relocation supervisor for an extension, 
giving full justification, and may be granted 
an extension of up to 90 days additional—or 
15>0 days maximum total—if in the judgment of 
the area relocation supervisor the facts war¬ 
rant. No extension beyond the 60 days may be 
made for property at centers. All evacuees 
having property in WRA warehouses shall be 
notified of these requirements, and shall fur¬ 
ther be notified that failure to remove such 
property within the time stated will result 
in the sale of the property pursuant to the 
provisions of Form WRA-l£5. 


U/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of 12 / 18 /liU 
Release # 187 


Removal of 
Property 
in WRA 
Warehouse l 


C-2229-f21- ba 



WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program l£0.1 


Transfer 
From 
Private 
to WRA 
Storage 


Policy on 
Reinductions 
and 

Inductions 


Transfers 
and Visits 
Between 
Centers 


Policy on 
Visits 
to 

Centers 


C .90 

(2) Property in private storage in the evacuated 
area shall not hereafter be transferred to 
Government storage except (1) where requested 
by excludees or (2) where necessary to enable 
evacuees returning under an approved reloca¬ 
tion plan to re-occupy buildings used for such 
private storage. 

.10 A. There shall be no further reinduction of former cen¬ 
ter residents or further induction of new residents. 
Persons on seasonal leave or indefinite leave (trial 
period) and persons on short term leave or pass are 
classified as center residents and may be readmitted 
as such until the expiration date of their leave or 
pass, so long as certain conditions are met. (See 
Emergency Instructions of 12/30/UU. 1/6/U5; Manual 
50.11; Handbook 130.U8.) 

No reinduction to a center shall be approved because 
of the applicant*s health or because he is unable to 
make a satisfactory relocation adjustment. In such 
cases, the Relocation Officer shall assist the ap¬ 
plicant in obtaining medical care or in making read¬ 
justment, using techniques and resources set forth 
in the Relocation Handbook, Chapter 130. 

Bo Transfers from Tule Lake to other centers may be ap¬ 
proved if, in the opinion of the Tule Lake Project 
Director, they are essential steps in the completion 
of relocation plans. Otherwise there shall be no 
further transfers of evacuees from one center to an¬ 
other except upon specific approval of the Director. 
Visits between centers shall be subject to the pro¬ 
visions of Maiual 50.3.15 and the provisions set 
forth below. 

C. Any person of Japanese ancestry may now visit a cen¬ 
ter without prior approval of a Relocation Officer, 
subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth. 

It is, of course, necessary to conserve the resouraas 
of WRA and transportation facilities, and so give 
maximum service to the greatest number of evacuees. 
Hence, visits to relocation centers can be permit¬ 
ted on a limited basis only. 


C-2226-p22-bn 


h/2 3A5 

Supersedes Issuance of k/2/k5 
Release # 187 






WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 1^0*1 


(.10C) 


(1) Except as provided below, no person shall 
hereafter be permitted to make more than 
two visits to a center, and the total dura¬ 
tion of both visits together may not exceed 
30 days. The visitor may divide the 30 days 
between the two visits in any way he wishes, 
or elect to utilize the eitire 30 days for 
one visit* 

(2) Visits because of death or serious illness 
of immediate family members residing in the 
center shall be permitted at all times upon 
approval of the center Health Section. The 
duration of such visits, which shall be de¬ 
termined by the Health Section, shall not 
extend beyond the period of the emergency; 
if the evacuee desires to stay beyond that 
time and is eligible to do so under (1) above 
that portion of the visit beyond the emer¬ 
gency period as determined by the Health Sec¬ 
tion shall be classed as a visit under (1) 
above, and the additional time spent in the 
center shall be charged to the 30 day period. 

(3) Visits by members of the Armed forces in ac¬ 
tive status *or in the Enlisted Reserve Corps 
shall not be subject to the limitation under 
(1) above. Persons who have merely passed 
their pre-induction physical are subject to 
the limitations of (1) above however. 

(U) A student at college or trade school who has 
not completed the regular course and who has 
a letter from an appropriate school authority 
to this effect, or a high school student who 
has a letter from an appropriate school au¬ 
thority stating that he has been attending 
school, may be permitted a maximum visit of 
90 days (chargeable as one visit under the 
provisions of this section) when he returns 
at the end of a school or college year. A 
visit at any other time or a stay in the 
center after the 90 day period shall be chaige- 
able as a visit under (1) above and shall net 
exceed l£ days. 


1|/28A5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/2A5 
| Release #187 


Regular 

Visite 


Emergency 

Visite 


Armed 

Forces 


Students 


C-2829-p23-tu 




WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program l£0»l 




Offioiftl 

Business 


Encouragement 
of Relooation 
Planning of 
Visitor* 


Persons 

Coirvioted 

Under 

Seleotire 

Service 

Regulations 


(.IOC) 

(£) Visits by prospective employers of evacuees 
with bona fide relocation opportunities, or 
their official representatives, or for the 
purpose of conducting official business with 
the Center or assisting in the conduct of 
established community activities, may be ex¬ 
cepted by the Project Director from the limi¬ 
tations set forth in (1) above* 

(6) Although no prior permission will be required 
in the field for center visits by persons in 
any of the categories set forth above, the 
Relocation Officers and cooperating local 
agencies should encourage evacuees who may be 
planning visits for relocation planning pur¬ 
poses to discuss their personal and family 
situations prior to their departure for the 
center* The object of the discussion should 
be to assure that the evacuee fully under¬ 
stands the services available in the community 
so that he will be prepared, on his return to 
the center, to assist his family members with 
concrete suggestions for the completion of 
their relocation plans. 

(7) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Man¬ 
ual Section, any person who has refused to 
report for physical examination or for active 
military duty when ordered to do so by the 
proper authorities and who has subsequently 
been sentenced to a prison term, will not be 
admitted to any project without prior approval 
of the Director. The Director will consider 
appeals on a basis of hardship and whether the 
individual can contribute to the relocation 
program by entering the project for the limi¬ 
ted time allowed visitors. Such pertinent 
facts as may be involved in the appeal should 
be presented the Director by letter or tele¬ 
type by the Project Director. The individual 
may not be admitted pending the appeal to the 
Director but must wait a decision before enter 
ing the project. 

D. (1) All visitors shall be required to pay the re¬ 
gular charges for meals and lodging with the 


C-a229-?84-ba 


U/2BA5 

Supersedes Issuance of U/2/U£ 
Release # 187 






WBA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


\ 


! 


(.10D-1) 

exception of: 

(a) students returning at the end of a col¬ 
lege or school year under paragraph C 
(4) above, for the 90-day period; 

(b) members of the Enlisted Reserve Corps; 

(c) relocated evacuees who have passed their 
pre-induction physical examination but 
have not yet been inducted into the Army 
or placed in the Enlisted Reserve Corps 
(although such evacuees are subject to 
the limitations set forth in paragraph 

C (1) above); 

(d) members of the armed forces in active 
status, who shall be charged for board 
but not for lodging; 

(e) evacuees from another center who are 
visiting the center with the approval of 
both Project Directors as prescribed un¬ 
der Manual 50.3.15. 

(2) Payment shall be made in advance for meals 
and quarters for the estimated duration of a 
visit under paragraph C(l) or C(3), and for 
the authorized duration of a visit under para¬ 
graph C(2) or C(5). If the evacuee remains 
beyond this time, payments shall continue to 
be collected in advance for the period of the 
estimated or authorized extension. The amount 
shall be placed in Special Deposits. If the 
visitor departs before the end of the period, 
the unused part of his advance payment shall 
be refunded. 

(3) A visitor who accomplishes the relocation of 
family members at the center or who definite¬ 
ly schedules the relocation departure of such 
family members during the period of his auth¬ 
orized visit may apply in writing to the Re¬ 
location Program Officer for a refund of all 
guest charges paid for him and members of his 
family during his visit. Upon verifica- 

4/38/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 4/2/45 

Release # 187 


Payment 

of 

Guest 

Charges 


C-2229-p25-fcu 





WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 1$0*1 - 



Gate Cheok 


Alphabetical 

Visitors* 

File 


Extension 

of 

Regular 

Visits 


C.1QD-3) 

tion of the facts the Relocation Program Of¬ 
ficer may approve the application. For each 
application so approved, appropriate steps 
shall be taken to make the refund* 

• 

E* All visitors must check in and out at the main 
gates* The Statistician will notify the Reloca¬ 
tion Office and the Finance Office in writing at 
the end of each day (see Manual $0.1*20) of: 

(1) Name and address of each visitor, and his 
center address during visit. 

(2) Names and addresses of persons to be visited. 

(3) Purpose of visit. 

The Relocation Program Officer may find it advan¬ 
tageous to check this daily list for a follow-up 
interview with visitors and their families who may 
need WRA assistance in relocating. 

F. All centers will imnediately establish alphabeti¬ 
cal visitors files for use by the gate clerk to 
check the eligibility of evacuees applying for en¬ 
trance as a visitor (see Manual $0.1.22). This 
file will be consulted when anyone applies at the 
gate for admission to a center as a visitor and 

he shaLl be admitted only if eligible for a visit 
under the provisions of this Section 1$0.1.10. 

G. (1) Visits beyond the 30-day period specified in 

paragraph C(l) above may be extended by the 
Project Director for an additional period of 
not to exceed 30 days if a relocation plan 
is definitely in process for family members 
of the visitor and the Project Director is 
satisfied that relocation of the family mem¬ 
bers will be accomplished or definitely 
scheduled within the additional period. 


U/28/US 

Supersedes Issuance of h/2/h. c 
Release # 187 


C-222fl-p26-6u-f In* ^ 





WRA Manual 

(. 100 - 1 ) 


( 2 ) 


(3) 


H. 

( 1 ) 


12/18/44 
Release #1 


Post-Exclusion Program 150. 


relocation assistance, (c) that the ap¬ 
plicant will not "breach any employment 
obligation or War Manpower Commission 
regulation by such return, and (d) that 
it would not be feasible to develop a 
relocation plan for the family through 
use of local resources, Wherever pos ¬ 
sible. applicants should be encouraged 
and assisted to develop a plan for re¬ 

location that will not require return 
to the center . 

If the Relocation Officer believes the 
return is justified he shall airmail a 
copy of the application to the Project 
Director, who shall, through the cent¬ 
er Relocation Division, investigate 
and approve or disapprove the applica¬ 
tion, and notify the Relocation Officer 
by teletype at once. If the application 
is approved the Relocation Officer shall 
fill in and sign the application forms, 
indicating thereon tne expiration date 
of the visit, which shall be not more 
than 30 days after admission into the 
center. The applicant's attention shall 
be called to this date with the sugges¬ 
tion that his visit be delayed until his 
relocation plans are formulated as com¬ 
pletely as possible so that his business 
at the center can be completed in the tine 
allowed. 

Hie original copy of the application shall 
be delivered to the evacuee, and shall evi¬ 
dence his right to re-enter the center. One 
copy shall be sent to the Project Director 
and one forwarded to the Relocation Super¬ 
visor. 


If a person of Japanese ancestry seeks ad‘ 
mission to a center without having in his 


8 


Applicaii on 
for 
Visit 
(Cont»d*) 


C- l 922-p25-bu 









7RA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150,1 


Visits 

Without 

Advance 

Approval 


( . 10H-1 ) 


possession Form WRA-325 or Form VRA -3^8, 
properly approved, he shall he escorted 
to the center relocation office hy an 
Internal Security representative, if he 
arrives during office hours, or if he 
arrives after office hours he shall he 
escorted to quarters and informed that 
he must report to the relocation of¬ 
fice at a stated time on the following 
day. An Internal Security representa¬ 
tive may he designated to call for him 
if he fails to report. 

(2) The Relocation Program Officer or a 

designated staff member shall interview 
the person and make such other investi¬ 
gation as may he appropriate. 

(a) If it is ascertained that the per¬ 
son has returned to the center be¬ 
cause of serious illness or death 
of a family member residing in the 
center, that he is a student who 
has returned at the end of a school 
or college term, or that he has 
been accepted for service in the 
armed forces upon pre-induction 
physical examination, he shall he 
admitted as a visitor. He shall he 
required to pay two weeks guest 
charges in advance as provided in 
paragraph I below, 

(h) If the person represents tnat he 

has returned to further the reloca¬ 
tion of family members in the cent¬ 
er, he shall fill out Form TCRA-3S8 
in quadruplicate and furnish all 
pertinent data concerning his re¬ 
location plans. The family members 
shall also be ouestioned about such 
plans. If the Relocation Program 

12/18/44 
Release #158 


C-l922-p26~bu 




WRA Manual 


Po st-Exclusion Program 150.1 


(.10H-2b) 

Officer Relieves the visit is justi¬ 
fied, he shall send conies of the ex¬ 
ecuted form to the Relocation Officer 
for the district from which the appli¬ 
cant came. The Relocation Officer 
shall approve the application if he 
believes that the visit is in further¬ 
ance of relocation and if he finds up¬ 
on investigation that the applicants 
had not broken any employment obliga¬ 
tions in returning to the center; oth¬ 
erwise, he shall disapprove the appli¬ 
cation. He shall wire the Project 
Director of his approval or disapprov¬ 
al and forward one copy of the appli¬ 
cation to the Relocation Supervisor 
with appropriate notation of action 
taken. The Relocation Program Offi¬ 
cer shall note on the original and 
file copy of the application the fact 
that it has been approved or disapproved 
and deliver the original copy to the ap¬ 
plicant. If the application has been 
approved, he shall indicate on both 
copies the expiration date of the visit. 
The applicant shall be reouired to pay 
two weeks guest charges in advance as 
provided in paragraph I below. 

(3) If the visit is not approved by the Relo¬ 
cation Program Officer under (2) (a) above, 
or by the Relocation Program Officer and 
the Relocation Officer under (2)(b) above, 
the applicant shall be required to leave 
the center immediately, except that if the 
Project Director believes that undue hard¬ 
ship will be caused thereby he shall noti¬ 
fy the Director of the facts with his 
recommendations concerning the period dur¬ 
ing which the applicant should be permit- 


visits 
Without 
Advance 
Approval 
(Court* d*) 


12/18/44 
Release #158 


C —l922-p27-b u 



WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


Visitors 

Guest 

Charges 


(.ich-3) 

ted to remain in the center. If the Di¬ 
rector approves recommendations, the 
applicant shall not he required to leave 
until the approved expiration date. The 
applicant shall, however, he required to 
pay tTO weeks guest charges in advance 
as provided in paragraph I helow. 

I. A person admitted to a center as a visitor 
with the prior approval of the Relocation Of¬ 
ficer under paragraph G above shall not he 
required to pay guest charges during the 
period of his authorized stay. Every person 
admitted to a center without prior approval 
of the Relocation Officer shall he required 
to pay in advance for meals and quarters for 
two weeks, regardless of whether or not a 
visit is subsequently approved. This amount 
shall he placed in Special Deposits. If the 
evacuee departs prior to the end of tne two 
week period any unused charges shall he re¬ 
funded. Refunds shall not he made for any 
other reason. All amounts not refunded 
shall he transferred to Miscellaneous Receipts. 


Follow-up 
on Visits 
for 

Relocation 

Purposes 


Extension 

of 

Visits 


J. (1) Hie Relocation Program Officer shall keep 
a file of all active WRA-388 forms, by 
dates, and shall through periodic check 
arrange a follow-up interview within 10 
days after a person is admitted to a 
center for the purpose of furthering re¬ 
location plans. He shall also notify 
the visitor at least one week in advance 
of the expiration date of the visit, and 
make every effort to complete relocation 
prior to such date. 

(2) No visit for the purpose of furthering 

relocation plans shall he extended beyond 
the expiration date set forth on Form 
WRA-398* except that where in the Relo¬ 
cation Program Officer's judgment the 


12/18/44 
Release #158 


C-l 922 -p 28 -bu 









WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


I 

(.10J-2) 


applicant has made a genuine effort to com¬ 
plete relocation hut has been unable to do 
so prior to such date the visit may be ex¬ 
tended for not to exceed an additional 30 
days. 

K. Any person who enters and remains in a center 
without permission as required by this Sec¬ 
tion 150.1.10, or who obtains such permission 
through fraud or misrepresentation, or who 
fails to depart upon the expiration date speci¬ 
fied for his visit or any authorized extension 
thereof, shall be required to leave the center 
immediately . He shall thereafter be ineligible 
to receive any further relocation assistance 
grants or assistance in the transportation of 
his property. Lists of the names of all such 
persons shall be currently prepared by all 
centers and sent to all Relocation Area and 
District Officers, other centers, and west 
coast transportation offices, indicating that 
such persons are ineligible for such assistance. 

L. Persons visiting in centers at the time of revo¬ 
cation of the general exclusion orders shall be 
required to leave the center upon expiration of 
their visitis, which shall be not later than the 
expected duration of the visit stated on Form 
WRA-338. Present policy (Manual 50.1.7) with 
respect to guest charges shall continue in ef¬ 
fect for such persons. 


E jeotion 
of 

Unauthorized 
Vial tors 


Persons Visiting 
Centers as of 
Date Exclusion 
Orders Lifted 


12/18/44 
Release #158 


) 


C-l922-p29-bu 






WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 
- 


Gate 

Controls 


.11 The gate controls authorized in Manual Sections 50.1.12 to 

50.1.25 shall continue in effect, with appropriate modifica¬ 
tions, so long as tne relocation centers are open. Gate con¬ 
trol is a means of maintaining full information concerning 
center population that is necessary for administrative pur¬ 
poses. 


Modifications 
in Relocation 
Center 
Functions 


.12 Only functions essential to the maintenance of essential 

operations shall henceforth be continued at each center to 
be closed. All work must be undertaken with the purpose of 
furthering speedy and satisfactory relocation of the evacu¬ 
ees, providing the essentials of community and administrative 
services, and putting tne center on a standby basis by 12 
months after revocation of tne general exclusion orders. 


Project 

llanagement 


Specific activities at the centers are affected in tne follow¬ 
ing ways: 

A. Project management, including information and legal work, 
snail continue substantially unaltered. 


Accounting 




Supply 




Property 

Control 

Evacuee 

Employment 


B. Accounting work shall be revised to cover only essential 
requirements on expenditure analyses accounting, begin¬ 
ning on February 1, 1945. Fiscal accounts shall be 
limited to budgetary accounting and prescribed controls. 

C. No further purchases of equipment shall be made without 
express prior authorization of the Director, which will 
be granted for essential purposes or replacements. Proj¬ 
ect inventories shall be utilized and substituted wherever 
possible for similar items to avoid new purchasing. When¬ 
ever possible, replacements shall be made from surplus 
stocks at other centers. Frequent surveys of equipment 
shall be made so as to enable transfers of surplus proper¬ 
ty from time to time and avoid any large stocks on hand at 
the time of center closing. Only equipment currently in 
use should be on hand on the day of closing. 

D. Property control shall be emphasized and strengthened for 
purposes of expediting liquidation and better utilization 
of property. 

E. Evacuee employment procedures and present functions in¬ 
volving evacuee employment shall be simplified as much as 
possible. 


Statistics 


F. Statistical records and procedures shall be maintained 
until the closing of the center. 


12/18/44 
Release #158 


C-l922-p30-b« 










T/RA Manual 


Post-Exclusion. Program 150*1 


(. 12 ) 

G. A program for liquidation of consumer enterprises on a 
basis which will provide adequate goods and services 
for as long as possible during the liquidation period 
shall be developed immediately. 


Business 

Enterprises 


H. 


No further improvements shall be made in school plant 
and equipment. Instruction shall continue in pre-school, 
elementary and secondary departments until June 1945. If 
summer sessions are found to be necessary at any center, 
schools may be kept open after that date, but in no event 
later than August 31, 1945. Vocational and adult educa¬ 
tion shall be reoriented. Provision will be made for 
transfer of basic school records to an appropriate Federal 
agency for maintenance for future reference. 


Eduo ati on 


I. The Internal Security staff shall be maintained and streng¬ 
thened, in order to take over the exterior guard duty and 
permit removal of the military police as soon as feasible. 


Internal 

Security 


J. No new construction, whether or not previously authorized, 
shall be undertaken without the Director's approval, whose 
approval will be limited to construction absolutely essen¬ 
tial to center operations. All construction previously 
authorized will be reviewed in the Vmshington office and 
a determination made in each case based on (1) need, (2) 
extent of completion, (3) availability of labor, (4) ma¬ 
terials on hand, and (5) anticipated date of completion, 
for the purpose of eliminating all non-essential items. 
Construction materials now on hand shall be utilized for 
necessary maintenance (as defined by WPB Regulations — 
see Handbook 20.7), or if not needed, shall be transferred 
to other centers where needed. 


K. 


No further development of lands or structures shall be 
undertaken without the Director's approval, whose approval 
will be granted only if it is necessary for immediate cen¬ 
ter operation. All lands and facilities should be left 
in a satisfactory standby condition when the center closes. 


Land 3 
and 

Structures 


L. 




Maintenance and repair shall be restricted to the minimum 
necessary to keep the center in a reasonable operating con¬ 
dition until the closing date. Repairs shall be made 
wherever possible in lieu of replacement, even though it 
would not be economical under ordinary conditions. No 
funds will be allocated to centers for purchase of supplies 
or materials for maintenance, repair, and operations ex¬ 
cept upon a speoific showing of need and establishment of 
the fact that no substitutes are available at the center. 


Mai nte nano e 
and 

Repairs 


12/18/44 
Release i l 158 


C-1922-pai-bU 





WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


Crops 


Live stock 


Fir© 

Protooticn 


Motor 

Transport 

and 

Maintenance 


(.12L) 

Washington approval will b© required for all such pur¬ 
chases, and funds will be allotted only for approved 
purchases. 

M. Vegetable and feed crops planted during the fall of 

1944 shall be harvested. No crops shall be planted for 
the 1945 crop season except at Gila River and Colorado 
River, where the vegetable crop program previously 
planned, with modifications for declining population, 
will be carried out. All projects may plant such pro¬ 
tective or cover crops for the protection of land as 
may be agreed upon with the agency having jurisdiction 
of the lands involved. 

N* No more poultry shall be purchased and all flocks, both 
meat birds and laying hens shall be consumed well in ad¬ 
vance of the center closing date. All breeding of hogs 
shall be discontinued immediately. Hog feeding shall be 
continued, on the basis of anticipated declining popula¬ 
tion, to the point where all hogs can be slaughtered and 
consumed prior to center closing. No more feeder cattle 
shall be purchased. Any cattle on hand at the time of 
center closing shall be sold. Any dairy cattle will be 
disposed of as the labor supply beoomes inadequate for 
their care and in no event later than center closing. 

O. Fire protection will be a continuing function and re¬ 
sponsibility of each center. Every effort should be 
made to keep equipment in satisfactory condition and an 
adequate staff to handle both fire control and inspection. 

P. The Motor Transport and Maintenance Section will be re¬ 
quired until centers are entirely closed. As the popula¬ 
tion of the center decreases a greater load will be thrown 
on the appointed mechanics. With the reduction in trans¬ 
portation needs for the operational activities on the cen¬ 
ter, and to make it possible for a small staff of mechanics 
to service and repair the equipment, it is imperative that 
each Project Director conduct frequent surveys and declare 
as surplus every piece of motorized equipment not essential 
to the continued operation and closing of the center. 

Further specific instructions governing modification of 
center operations will be issued through the WRA Manual 
system. 


12/18/44 
Release #158 


C-l922-p32-bu 



WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


•13 During tho coming period of curtailment and liquidation, 
orderly and successful conduct of the program depends to a 
large degree upon the maintenance of adequate staff and 
staff morale. On the one hand, staff members must be per¬ 
suaded or required to remain with the Authority so long as 
their services are essential. On the other hand, preserva¬ 
tion of morale and fairness to employees requires that the 
Authority be willing to release employees when they have 
received offers of new jobs which they cannot reasonably be 
asked to forego and whenever they can be spared without too 
great inconvenienoe to the Authority. The program of per¬ 
sonnel management for the liquidation period will therefore 
include the following elements: 

A. There shall be no general personnel freeze. Individuals 
shall, under appropriate circumstances, be released 
upon application under the general policy stated above. 

B. Every employee who has rendered satisfactory service 
shall be assured of his position for whatever period may 
bo appropriate in each case. The Washington Personnel 
Section will assist upon request in transferring sur¬ 
plus personnel and filling vacancies. 

C. As certain activities are curtailed, personnel will be 
freed for other assignments, and shall be utilized wher¬ 
ever possible in replacing those who leave or in staff¬ 
ing new functions in WRA. 

D. The close cooperation of other agencies, particularly 

the Civil Service Commission and the Department of the 
Interior, shall be requested and utilized to the utmost 
degree for . 

(1) Transfer of employees to positions in the govern¬ 
ment outside WRA when their services are no longer 
required by WRA. Wherever possible, arrangements 
will be made for transfer well in advance, so that 
the employee can finish his work with WRA in the 
secure knowledge that a new assignment in the govern¬ 
ment is awaiting him when this one is completed. 

(2) Recruitment by loan or otherwise of persons from 
other agencies to fill necessary positions in WRA 
which cannot be filled from surplus personnel in 
WRA. 


Personnel 
Management 
Prqg ram 


No 

Freeze 


Job 

Assurance 


Utilization 
of Surplus 
Personnel 


Cooperate on 
with Other 
Agencies 


12/18/44 
Release # 158 


C-!922-p33-bU 





WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150.1 


(.13D) 


WRA shall assist employees who have reemployment 
rights in other agencies in establishing their re¬ 
turn to such agencies. 


Funds for 
Salaries 
and Leave 


E. Available funds shall be provided for salaries of 

persons remaining in clean-up positions and for pay¬ 
ment of terminal annual leave where this is involved. 


Surmary of 
Contributions 
of Other 
Agencies 


Federal 

Secmrity 

Agency 


Children* s 
Bureau 


.14 Successful completion of the relocation process depends to 
a very large degree on the assistance which other Federal 
agencies can contribute. These are summarized below. 

A. Federal Security Agency 

(1) Social Security Board 

(a) Cooperation with the War Relocation Authority 
in the relocation of dependent and handi¬ 
capped persons, (see 150.1.6) 

(b) Loan of personnel, particularly in the field 
of welfare and community adjustment. 

(2) United States Employment Service 

(a) Placement of evacuees in non-agricultural jobs. 

(b) Loan of personnel, particularly for relocation 
officer positions throughout the country. 

B. Children's Bureau (Department of Labor) 

(l) Cooperatipn with the War Relocation Authority in 

the relocation of children (see 150.1.6). 


Department 

of 

Agriculture 


C• Department of Agriculture 

(1) Provision of loans through the Farm Security Ad¬ 
ministration or Farm Credit Administration to 
evacuees who wish to reestablish themselves as 
farm operators. 

(2) Through the War Food Administration, recruitment 
of evacuees in the centers for labor in the evacu¬ 
ated area and assistance in placement of evacuees 
in permanent positions. 


12/13/44 
Release # 158 


C 1922-p34 bu- 













WRA Manual 


Post-Exclusion Program 150,1 


(uUc) 


(3) Securing cooperation of state and county war 

boards in assisting evacuees to return to agri¬ 
cultural production* 


(4) Loan of’personnel, 
D, Other Federal Agencies 


(l) Reconstruction Finance Corporation: loans to 
businessmen to reestablish businesses* 


(2) War Production Board: provision of priority equip¬ 
ment and materials necessary to reestablish busi¬ 
nessmen, and other persons needing equipment as a 
prerequisite to effective relocation, 

(3) Office of Price Administration: allocation of 
rationed goods to former merchants to reestablish 
businesses and to bakers and other.food producers, 

(4) National Housing Agency: assistance in securing 
housing for evacuees. 


Other 

Agencies 


This list includes only Federal agencies from whom there 
should be no doubt that the War Relocation Authority, in 
carrying out a program approved by the President, will re¬ 
ceive necessary assistance. In many ways, however, the 
most effective work in securing an orderly relocation of 
evacuees throughout the country, and particularly in the 
evacuated area, can be done by state and local governmental 
agencies and private organizations functioning in the evacu¬ 
ated area. The Federal Government should give state, local, 
and private agencies every possible opportunity to assume 
leadership in the program, taking an active role in the sit¬ 
uation only when necessary and, if possible, only upon re¬ 
quest of local persons. 


12/19/44 
Release # 156 


C-1922-p35-nobu-fInal 














•• 























> 








































- 































WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 


INDEX No. I 

A 

Aooidents, Driving • •••••••••*•«*•••••• 20*20.3 

Accounting Finance Hdbk* 

Accused Evacuees to be Informed of Chargee Against Him • • 30*1*16 
Activities, Japanese—style ••• ••••**••••••• 30*5 o 9 

Address, Aliens Reporting of ••*•••••••••••• 80*2*3 

Administration, Importance and Clarity of «•••••••• 10*5*1 

Admission for Residence ••••••••••••••*••• 50*1*25 

Admission of Non-Evacuees to Centers ••••••••••• 50*1*5 

Admission of Parolees to Centers •*••••••••••• 60*2*13 

Adult Iducation ••••••••••••••••••••*• 30*3*11 

Agencies, Canraonioation -with ••••••••••••••• 20*6*12 

Agent Cashier Bonds •••••*•••••••••••*•• 20*11*2 

Agricultural Production, Purpose of •• o •••••••» • 40*1*1 

Production, Reporting •••••••••••• 40*1*9 

Program, Justification for Allotment • • • • • 20*2*7 
Agriculture ••••••••••••••*••••*•••• Hdbk. 40*1 

Aides, Nurses* • 30*2*12 

Air Mail ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 20*8*6 

Aliens, Zneny, Removal from WRA Centers *•*••••••• 80*2*3 

Federal Employment of ••••••••••••••• 80*6*4 

in Centers not Possessing Alien Registration 

Certificates •••••••••••••••••• 80*2*2 

Reporting of Address at Centers •••••••••• 80*2*3 

Reports on Outside Prosecutions of •••••••• 70*3*1 

Travel on Short-term Pass ••••••••••••• 50*11*6 

Allotment, Adjustments in***************** 20*2*11 
Payroll for War Bonds ••••••••••••• 20*23*6 

Personal Services, Criteria for •*•••••• 20*2*22 

Requests, Basis of ••••••••••••••• 20*2*2 

Requests, Form of Presentation ••••••••• 20*2*3 

Requests, Number of Copies and Distribution • • 20*2*15 
Requests, Submission Date of •••••••••• 20*2*1 

Allowance, Clothing ••••••••••••••*••••* 30*4*5C 

Amendments to Procedural Releases ••••••••••••• 20*9*8 

Animals, Privately Owned, License to Maintain ••••••• 50*1*32 

Appeals for Leave Clearance •••••••••••••••• 110*9*2 

Procedure (from Segregation) ••••••••••• Hdbk* 60*11 

Appointments to Unauthorized Positions •••••••••« 20*2*14 

Apprenticeships, Financing of ••••••••••••••• 30*3*55 

Training Program •••••••••*••• 30*3*54 

Appropriation, WRA, Fiscal Year, 1943 •*••••••••• 10*1*4 

WRA, Fiscal Year, 1944 ••••••••••• 10*1*5 

WRA, Fiscal Year, 1945 ••••••*•••• 10*1*12 

Archives, Submission of Record Reports to ••••••••• 20*8*34 

Areas and Districts, Relocation, Delineation of • • • • • • 130*2*4 

Arizona, Revision of Prohibited Area •••«••••••• 10*1*6 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Isi 
Release # 190 













































Arrests at Centers • •••*••••••••••••*•• 30*1*10 

Warrant Issuance *•••••••••••••••• 30*1*13 

With Warrant • ••••••»*•••••••••• 30*1*12 

Without Warrant • ••••***••••*••••• 30*1*11 

Assistance Grants, Application ••••••••••««•• 30*4*14 

Grants, Procedure •*•••«#«••••••• 30*4*16 

Grants, Regulations • •••«••••••••• 30*4*15 

Property, Policy on • ••*••*••••*•• 100*1#4 

Property, WRA Request for •*••••••••• 100*2*2 

to Excludess ••••*••••••••••••• 90*3*1 

Assistant Director, Office of. Organization of •••••• 10*3*6 

Associations, Community Activities, Organization of • • • • 30*5*12 
Cooperative, Responsibilities of •••••• 30*7*5 

Attorney, Choice in absence of Referral List ••••••• 50*4*12 

Cooperation -with ••••••••*••••••• 50*4*13 

Evaouee ••••••••••••••••••••• 50*4*3 

Fee, Inability to Pay •••••••••••••• 50*4*10 

Project, Office of •••*••••••••••• 50*4*1 

Recommendation ••••••••••••••••* 50*4*7 

Referral System ••••••«••••*••••• 50*4*8 

U* S* Relocation Relationships with ••••••• 80*2*9 

Auditor, Srqpervisors, Examinations by**** •*••••• 30*7*16 

Audits, Fiscal and Classification ••••••••••••• 20*2*25 

Automobiles, G ov e r nment •••••••••••••••••• 20*8*11 

Use of •••••••••••••••••■••• 50*2*19 


B 


Baby Foods •••••••••«•••••••••••••• 

Benefits, Compensation, for Evacuees ••••••••••• 

for Dependents of Men in the Armed Forces • • • • 
for Evacuees, Social Security •••••••••• 

Reemployment, under Selective Service Act • • • • 
Birds, Migratory • •*••»•••*••••••••••• 

Blocked Nationals, Remittance to ••••••••••••• 

Bond Liability, Release of •••••••••••••••• 

Bonding Requirements ••••••••••••••••••• 

Bonds, Advanoe Travel •••••*••••••••••••• 

Agent Cashier ••••••••••••••••••• 

Certifying Officer •••••• ••••••••••• 

Collection Officer ••••••*•••••••••• 


Evacuee Property Officer ••*••••••••••• 

Property Accountable Officer •*•«•••••*•• 

War, Purchase of ••••••••••••••••*• 

Boundaries, Posting •••••••••••••••••*•• 

Budgetary Accounting •••••••••••••••••*• 

Budget Control Items ••••••••*•••••••••• 

Engineering, Review of*************** 
Estimates, Instructions for Submission ••••••• 

Estimates, Other than Personal Services •••••• 

Estimates, Quarterly, Engineering, Preparation • • • 
Hearings •••••••••••••••••*•••• 

Position Control •••••••••••••••••• 

Submission Date for Estimates of Appropriation • • • 
Submission Date for Field Assistant Directors • • • 
Submission Date for Field Offices ••*•»•••• 

Submission Date for Quarterly Allotments •*•••• 

Submission Date for Relocation Centers ••••••• 

Submission Date for Washington Office ••••••• 


50*6*5 

50*5*50 

50.9*7 

50*9*4 

50*9*13 

50*9*10 

100 * 2*11 

20*11*7 

20 * 11*1 

20 * 11*8 

20 * 11*2 

20*11*4 

20.11*5 

20 * 11*6 

20*11*3 

20*23*1 

50*1*2 

Fin. Hdbk* -C 
20*2*24 
40*3*11 
20*2*51 
20*2*5 
40*3*10 
20*2*56 
20 * 2*20 
20*2.50 
20*2*53 
20*2*54 
20 * 2*1 
20*2.55 
20*2*52 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 
Release jt 190 


-p4—0U 


















































- in - 

Burial Costs, Payment of***.*.************* 130*45*6 

Burial* •»••••••••••••••••••*•••••• 30*2*31 

120.5 

Burial* of Evacuee Worker* ••••••••••••••.••• 50*5*64 

Business Enterprises, Credit Onion* ••••••••••*•• 30*7*12 

Enterprises, Examination by Auditor-Supervisor • • • 30*7*16 
Enterprises, Examiners, Work with Center Official* • 30*7*14 

Enterprises, /arms of •••••••• .. 30*7*2 

Enterprises, Photography by.. ........... 20*10*53 

Enterprises, Purpose of*..******»***.* 30*7*1 
Enterprises, Requirements on ••••••••••*• 30*7*9 

Enterprises, Supervision from Washington *••*•• 30*7*13 
Enterprises, Trusts •••••*••••••••••• 30*7*10 

C 

Cameras in Relocation Centers ••••*••••••••*•• 20*10*53 

Cancellation, Notification, Request for Repatriation • • • • • 70*1*10 
of Unused Train Space, Liability •••••••• 20*5*53 

of Unused Train Space, Payment *•••••••• 20*5*54 

Cars, Passenger, Assignment of. ••••••*•• •••••• 40*5*10 

Permit* for Driving •••«•••••••••••••• 20*20*1 

Ceilings, Job •••• .*.. 50*5*6 

Cemeteries, Center ••••»•*••••••••*•••*•• 30*2*36 

Censorship in Segregation Center • •••»• .. 110*14 

Center Budgets, Submission Date of •*•••••••••••* 20*2*55 

Operations, Post-Cxoluaion •••••••••••••• 150*1*12 

Organization of •••••••••••••••••••• 10*3*3 

Procurement Unit, Functions •••••••••••••• 20*6*30 

Procurement Unit, Responsibilities of •*••••••• 20*6*31 

Certifying Officer Bonds ••••••••••••••••••• 20*11*4 

Changes in Organization ••••••••••••••••••• 20*2*23 

Charges to Visiting Japaneso-dmsrioans •••••••••••• 50*1*7 

Chart, Organisation, Adherence to for Allotments ••••••• 20*2*12 

Organization, Conformance to •••••*••••••• 20*2*21 

Children, Employment Standards for •••••••••••••• 50*5*11 

Church Buildings ••••••••••••••••••••••• 30*5*23 

Civilian Exclusion Orders •••••••••••••••••• 10*1*8 

Exclusion Orders, Confirmation of •••••••••• 10*1*6 

Restrictive Orders •«••••••*••••*••• 10*1*9 

Civil Service Employment of Citizen Evacuees ••••••••• 80*6*3 

Claims Against Evacuees ••••••.*•••••* 100*2*9 

Classification of Positions • ••••••••••.••••• Hdhk. 20*1*20 

Clearance of Information Issuances •••••••••••*•* 20*10*4 

of Procedures ••«•••••••••••***•• 20*9*2 

of WRA Forms ••••*.••••••••«••••• 20*9*31 

Closing Centers •••••••••••••«•«••••••• Hdbk* 140 

Centers, Final Report of •••••••••*•••*• 140*10 

Centers, Flans and Arrangements for ••••••••• 140*3 

Centers, Policy on •••••••*•••••«•••• 140*1 

Centers, Post-Exclusion ••••••••••••••• 150*1*4 

Clothing Allowance, Certification for •••••«•••«•• 30*4*52 

Allowance, Eligibility for *•••••••••••• 30*4*50 

Allowance Grants, Issuanoe of •••••••••••• 30*4*55 

Allowance Order • •••••••«*****«o*** 30*4*54 

AUcmanoe Rates ••••••••••••• «••«•• 30*4*51 

Work, yssuanoe of****************** 50*5*14 
Collection Officer Bonds •••••**••••* ••• *••* 20*11*5 

Collegiate and Post-Graduate Training ••••••••«••• 30*3 *12 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuanoe of 11/6/44 

Release jft 190 

C-224l-p5-tou 





















































- iv - 


C cements on Procedural Materiel • ••«•••••••••••• 20*9*10 

Cccraitments by Procurement Unit ••••••*•••••••• 20*6*2 

Communication -with Other Agenoies *•••••••••«•••• 20*8*3 

with Other Agencies fear Procurement * * * * * • • 20*6*12 
with Other Federal Agencies ••••••••••* 80*0 

Community Activities Advisory Committee «••*••••••• 30*5*8 

Activities, Center Volunteers ••••••««•••• 30*5*10 

Activities, Emphasis on*************** 30*5*5 
Activities, Objectives *•••••••••••••• 30*5*1 

Activities Program, WU. Assistance in •••••«*• 30*5*13 

Activities Section, Employment of Evacuee Personnel • 30*5*4 
Activities Section, Organisation of •••••«•«• 30*5*2 

Activities Section, Relationships with other 

Sections • •••••••••••«•••* *••• 30*5*7 

Activities Section, Relationship with Washington 

Office ..... • • • 30*5*6 

Activities Section, Responsibilities of *•••••• 30*5*3 

Activities, Volunteers ftrotn Outside the Center • • • 30*5*11 
Adjustment •••••••••••••••••*•«* Hdbk* 130*5 

Analysis, Functions of ••••••••••••••• 30*8*2 

Analysis Program •••••••••••••••••• 30*8*3 

Analysis, Purpose of ••••••*••••••••• 30*8*1 

Analysis, Relations with Other Units ••*••••* 30*8*4 

Analysis Reports •••••••••••••••••• 30*8*5 

Analysis Service, Limitations *••••••••••• 30*8*6 

Council, Functions of *•••••••••••«••• 30*6*4 

Council, Limitations ••••••••• ••••••• 30*6*6 

Counoil, Regulations, Violation of ••••••••• 30.1*37 

Government ••••••••••••••••••••• Hdbk* 30*6 

Government, Temporary •••••••••••••••• 30*6*1 

Compensation Act, Administration of************** 50*5*53 
Benefits Available to Evacuee Workers •••••• 50*5*51 

Benefits for Evacuees, Legislative Authority 
for •••••••••*•••••••••••• 50*5*50 

Cases, Forme for • •••••*••• ••••••• 50*5*58 

to Evacuees in Business Enterprises ••••••• 30*7*8 

to Evacuees in Industrial Program •••••••• 40*2*6 

to Evacuee Religious Workers •••*«•••••• 30*5*24 

Compensatory Leave, Evacuee • •••••«•••••••*••• 50*5*12 

Confidential Documents •••••••••••«•••••••• 20*8*25 

Conservation of Mileage •••••••••••••••••••• 40*5*60 

Construction and Maintenance Program, WRA ••••••••••• 40*3*1 

20 * 2*6 

Ap p ro val, Revocation of •••••••••••«• 20*7*21 

Contracts ••••••• ••••*•••••••• 40*3*19 

File ••*•.•••••••••••• 40*3*7 

l&aoellaneous. Authority for ***o****«** 40*3*4 
Miscellaneous, Routine •••••••••••*• 20*7*24 

Hew, Limitation of**************** 20*6*10 
Policies and Standards for •••••••••••• 40*3*6 

Priorities ••••••*•••••••••••«• 20*7*14 

Program, Quarterly Estimate ••••••••••• 20*2*6 

Program, Quarterly Submission •••••••••• 40*3*3 

Progra m* Yearly, Submission of *••••••••• 40*3*2 

Contraband, Evacuee Property ••••••••••••••*•• 100*3*5 

for Western Defense Command •••••••••••• 10*1*6 

in Evacuated Area of Western Defense Command * * * 50*3*31 
in Non-Evacuated Area of Western Defense Commend * 50*3*32 
in Segregation Center ••••••••••••••• 110*14 

Inspection of Packages and Mail •••••••••• 50*3*35 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 

Release 4 190 


C-a*41-*e-ba 
































































— V — 

Contraband, Interpretation of in Western Defense Cocmand * * * 50*3*34 
No WFA Search for ••*•••••••«••••« 50*3*36 

Outside the western Defense Cocmand ••••••* 50*3*33 

Regulations Governing •*••••«••••••• 50*3*30 

Return of *•••«••••••••••••••• 50*3*38 

Surrendered, Custody of ••*«••••••••• 50*3*37 

Contractors, Outside, Employment of •••«•••«•*••• 20*6*11 
Contractual Services, Procurement of************* 20*6*15 
Control Accounting * * «•«•••*••••••••••••• Fin* Hdbk* *45 

Items, Budget •••••••••••••••••*•• 20*2*24 

Controlled Materials Plan •••••••••••••••••• 20*7*4 

Materials Plan, Repair, etc* ••••••••••• 20*7*5 

Convalescent Persons •••••••••••••••••*«•• 30*2*17 

Cooperative Associations, Relations with WRA. •*••••••• 30*7*7 

Associations, Responsibilities of •«•••••• 30*7*5 

Associations, WRA Assistance to ••••••••• 30*7*8 

Copying Classified Material •••••••••••••*••• 20*8*22 

Carrespondenoe Regulations ••••*••••••••••••• 20*8*3 

frith Centers •••*••••••••••••• 10*5*9 

frith Evacuees In Centers ••••••••••* 10*5*15 

Cost Accounting •••••••••••••*••••••••• Fin* Hdbk, -v£ 

Estimate Sheet, Form WRA.-307 •••••••••••••• 40*3*9 

Per Evacuee Day ••••••••••••••••••••• 20*2*9 

Per Evacuee Day, Justification for Excess •••••••• 20*2*10 

Reports, Engineering Budget ••••••••••••••• 40*3*33 

Council, C (amenity, Organization of •*••«•••••••• 30*6*2 

Counsel, Legal, Outside ••••••••••••••••«•• 50*4*6 

Credentials for Entering a Center •••*•••••••••• 50*1*8 

Credit Onions •••••••• •••*•••••••••*•• 30*7*12 

Cremation ••••••••«••••••••**••••••• 30*2*38 

Crops, Food ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 40*1*3 

Production, Priorities in ••••••••••••••• 40*1*2 

War*** .•••••••• 40*1*7 

Cultural and Social Activities in Segregation Center • • • • • 110*12*3 
Curfew Regulations for Western Defense C amend •••*•••• 10*1*6 
Curtailment of Activities, Center Closing •«•••••••• 140*6 

D 

Daily Cost Justification ••••••••••••••••••* 20*2*10 

Cost Per Evacuee *•••••••••••••••*••• 20*2*9 

Damage Claims, Submission of •••••••••••••«••* 20*22*2 

or injury. Settlement of Claims •••••••••••• 20*22*5 

P rop er t y , Claims for ••••••••••••••••* 20*22*1 

Death of Center Resident •••••••••••••*••••• 30*2*30 

Deceased, Clothing for • ••••••••••*•••••••• 30*2*35 

Disposal of •••••••••••••••*•••• 30*2*31 

Delegation of Duties c******************** 10*5*3 
Departures, Daily, on WRA Business •••••«•••••••* 50*1*28 

Disloyal Evacuees •••*•••••••••••• 80*2*7 

from Tule Lake Center •••••••••••••• 110*9*1 

of Resident on Short-term Pass •••••••••• 50*1*23 

of Visitors ... 50*1*21 

on Personal Business •••••••*••••••• 50*1*30 

on Seasonal or Indefinite (Trial Period) Leave • • 50*1*24 
Terminal ••••••••••••••••*•••• 50*1*26 

frith Escort ••••••••••••••••••* 50*1*27 

Dependent and Handicapped Persons, Post-Exclusion •••••• 150*1*6 

Dependents of Esoludees, Assistance to *•••••••••*• 90*4*5 

of Man in the Armed Forces, Benefits Available to • 50*9*7 

5/5/45 


Release / 190 


C-»841-P7~»0 

























































— vi — 


Deportees, Short-term Feat • ••••••••••••••••• 50.11*7 

Detention, Post-Exclusion • •••*••••••••••••«• 150a*3 

Director, Assistant, Office of. Organisation of******** 10*3*6 
of WRA, Accountability of************** 10*5*2 
Disciplinary Action •••••••••••••*•••••••• Hdbk* 20*1*250 

Action ty Project Director •••••••••••• 30*1*33 

30*1*39 

Disloyal Evacuees ••••••••••••••••*•••••• 80*2*4 

Dispatching System, Outside Trips •••••••• *•••••• 40*5*64 

Display of the Flag •••••••*«•••«••••••••• 50*1*3 

Diapoaal of Records, Archival Regulations for *•••••••• 20*8*37 

of Reoords, Authority for ••*••••••••••• 20*8*33 

of Reoords, Congressional Action ••••••••••• 20*8*36 

of Reoords, Lsgal Requirements •••••••••*•• 20*8*31 

Distribution ef Procedural Releases •••••••••••••• 20*9*7 

Index No* IU 

Districts and Areas, Relocation •••••••••••••*•• 130*2*4 

Documentation Program, Photographic •• •••••••••••* 20*10*50 

Drivers* Permits for Operation of Goremoezrt Cars ••••••• 20*20*1 

Penults, Training of Operators •••••••••••• 40*5*23 

Driving Accidents •••••••••••••••••••••*• 20*20*3 

Roles for Washington and Field Offices •••••••• 20*20*4 

Rules for WRA Cars ••••••••••••*••••« 20*20*2 


E 


Education, Administrative Control from Washington • • . . 

Adult •••••• •••••••••••••• 

Materials • •••••••••••••••• • 

Mooting State Standards ••••••••••• 

Reoords and Reports •••*••••••••• 

Section, Organisation of ••••••••••• 

Section, Relations with Other Organizations • 
Vocational •••••••••••••••• •• 

Effects of Evacuee, Assistance in Handling ••••••• 

Efficiency Ratings ••••••*•••••••••••• 

Electrical Systems, Fire Regulations •*•••••••• 

Emer ge ncy, Definition of •••••••*•••••••• 

Instructions ••••••••••••••••• 

Ratings, Priorities ••••••••••••• 

Refugee Shelter, Authorization for •*•••• 

Employees, Administrative, Credentials ••••••••• 

Employment hy other than WRA, Rules for ••••••••• 

Fair Practice, at Centers •••••••••• 

Federal, Application for •••••••••• • 

of Outside Contractors •••••••••••• 

Policies for Evacuee Employees •*•••••• 

Standards for Children •••••••• •••• 

Standards for Women ••••••••••••• 

Enemy Aliens, Removal from WRA Centers ••••••••• 

Engineering •••••••*••••••••••••*• 

Enterprises, Business, Purpose of************ 
Cooperative, Principles for •••••••• 

Industrial. Types of •••••••••••• 

Rights of Members ••••••••••••• 

Entrance to Center as Regular Visitor •••••••••• 

to Center, Denial of**..*..**...*, 
to Center with Authorisation •••••••••• 

Equipment and Supplies, Disposition of at Center Closing 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 
Release j* 190 


• • • 30*3*5 

• • • 30*3*11 

• • • Hdbk* 30*3*5 

• • • 30*3*3 

• • • 30*3*6 

• * * 30*3*1 

• • • 30*3*2 

• • • 30*3*9 

• • • 100*3*2 

• • • Hdbk* 20*1*140 

• • • 40*4*9 

• • • 20*6*9 

• • • 20*9*5 

• • * 20*7*25 

• * • 10*1*13 

• • • 50*1*9 

• * * 50*5*13 

• • • 50*5*8 

• • • 80*6*2 

• • • 20*6*11 

• • • 50*5*2 

• • • 50*5*11 

• * • 50*5*15 

• * • 80*2*1 

• * * 40*3 

• • • 30.7 a 

• • • 30*7 a 

30.7*4 

• • * 4oaa 

• • • 30*7*6 

• * . 50.1*16 

• * • 50*1*15 

• • • soaa7 

• • • 340*8 


c-aa4i-*8-»>u 


























































- vii - 

Equipment, Maintenance •••••••••••••••••••• 40*5*40 

Rentals, Engineering ••••••••••«•••* 40*3*18 

Requiring Prior Approval 1y Washington •••••* 20*6*15 

Speoial Use, Asslgnoent of *•••••••••*• 40*5*12 

Used, Procurement of ••••••••••••••• 20*6*5 

Escorts and Military Passes ••••••••••*•••••• 50*3*22 

Departure with •••••••••*•••••••••• 50*1*27 

for ETaouees on Short-term Leave ••••••••••• 110*13*2 

Estimate# and Reports. Pr o cu re m ent, Submission of •••••• 20*6*23 

Budget, Instructions for Submission of******? 20*2*51 
of Appropriation, Submission Date ••••••••• 20*2*50 

Personal Services, Budget ••••••••••••• 20*2*4 

Estimating in Advance by Procurement •«••••••••••• 20*6*4 

20*6*32 

Evacuation, Exemptions from •••**• . •••••• 10*1*6 

Voluntary •••••••••»•••••••••• 10*1*8 

Voluntary, Prohibition Against •••••«•••• 10*1*6 

Evacuee Employees, Wort: Efficiency • ••••••••••••• 50*5*3 

Fair Enploymexxt Practices •••••••••*•••• 50*5*8 

Management of Newspapers • •••*•••••••••• 20*10*7 , 

Post Contingent, Designation of. Center Closing • • • 140*7 
Prop er ty Division, Authorisation for ••••••••• 100*1*1 

P roperty Division, Funotlon of ••*••••••••• 100*1*2 

Prop er t y Officer Bonds ••••••••••••••• • 20*11*6 

Property Section at Centers ••••«•••••••• 100*1*3 

Representative Committee ••••••••••••••• 110*10*3 

Returning from Leave ••*•••••••••*•••• 50*3*7 

Transfer of. Center Closing • •••••••••«•• 140*4 

Travel, Vouchers Covering •••••••••••••• 20*5*7 

Evictions from Center •••••••«*••••••••••• 30*1*43 

Examinations, Field • •«•••••• ••••••••••<•• 20*13 

of Aooounts • •••••••••*••••••• Fin* Hdbk* 43 

Exandnators, Field ••••••••••••••••*••••• 20*13 

Exchange, Definition of ••*•••••••••••••••• 70*1*1 

Functions of Washington Office ••••••••••• 70*1*5 

Inquiries Concer n ing Status of Application * * • • • 70*1*9 

Process .. ••••• 70*1*2 

Querying Persons Names on Japanese Lists •••••• 70*1*7 

Reciprocal Character of • ••••••••••••• 70*1*3 

Requests and Cancellations by Residents not on 

Lists ••••••*.«• . ••••••• 70*1*6 

Sxoludee Assistance, Notification of************* 90*3*2 
Assistance, Types of • •*•«••*•••••••• 90*3*1 

Excludes s. Data on Employment Opportunities ••••••••• 90*3*5 

Fisoal Arrangements in Assisting ••••••••• 90*3*9 

Prop e rty Management of *•*••••••••*•• 90*3*10 

Types of Financial Assistant* for ••••••••• 90*3*6 

90*3*7 

WRA Records on •••••••••••••••••• 90*3*4 

Exclusion Offices, Field •••••••*«•••••••••• 90*2*2 

Order for WRA, Basic •••••••••••••••* 90*2*1 

Orders, Basic •••••••••••••••••*• 90*1*1 

Orders, Blanket, Rescission of ••••••••••• 10*1*14 

Orders, Civilian Confirmation of********** 10*1*6 

10 * 1*8 

Program, Individual, authorisation *••••*••• 10*1*10 

Responsibilities of Wter Department for ••••••• 90*1*2 

Responsibilities of WRA •••••••••••••• 90*1*3 

War and Justice Departments Part in •••••••• 90*4*1 

Executive Order No* 9066 •••••••*••••••••*•• 10*1*1 

Order No* 9102 ••••*•••••••••••••• 10*1*2 


Release §ri90 


































































Till 


Xxatfgytion from Evacuation • ••«•••••••••••••• 

fro© 3709 R*S.. .. 

Expatriation* Definition of • •••••••••••••••* 

Expanses of Ivacueo Workers* Professional* Grants for * • • • 
Explosives* Possession and Use of *••••••••••••• 

External Security at Segregation Center *•••••••••• 


10U«6 

20 * 6*8 

?oa*i 

50.1*5C 

50*9*12 

110*11 


F 


Family* Guides for Determining unit ••••*•••••••• 30*4*53 

Welfare Cases •••»**••••*••••••••• 50*4*4 

Penn Finance Agencies* Loans Ikon * • •••••*•••••• 80*3*2 

Seourity Administration* Loans ••••••••••••• 80*3*2 

FBI, Relocation Relationships with •••••••••••••• 80*2*10 

Federal Agencies in Washington* Cccuanioations with * * • • • 20*6*12 

80*0 

Znployneirt* WRA Assistance for *••••••••••• 80 * 6*5 

Service* Reoxultmsnt for ••*•••••••••••• 80*6*1 

Pees* Attorney* Inability to Psy •••*••••••••••• 50*4*10 

Lav ••••••••••••••»••••• •*•••• 50*4*2 

50*4*9 

Felonies* Federal •••••••«•••*••*••••••• 30*1*35 

State ••••••••••••••••*•••••* 30*1*36 

yield Examt nations •*•••••••••••••••••••* 20*13 

mstmctions •••••••••*•••••••••••• 20*9*1 

20*9*6 

Offices* Organisation ••••••••••••••••• 10*3*7 

Offices* Submission Date of Budget •••*••••••• 20*2*54 

Proc u rem e nt Offices • •••••*••••••••••• 20*6*26 

Files and Reoords •••*••• .. 20*8*4 

Photographic •••••••••••••••••••••• 20*10*56 

Finance ••••••••••••••*•••••••••••• Finance Handbook 

F in a nc ial Reports ••••••••• ••••••••••••• Fin* Hdbk* J 1 

Tire Alarms* Response to ••••••••*••••*••••• 40*4*19 

Alarm Systems •*••• *••••••«••••••••• 40*4*20 

Equipment* Requisitions for *••••••••*••••• 40*4*21 

Equipment* Use •••••••••••••••*••••• 40*4*22 

Fighting Equipment* Care of*************** 40*4*23 
Hydrants • ••••••••••••*•••••••••• 40*4*17 

Inspections ••••••••••••••••*•»•••• 40*4*14 

Inspections* Vortices of Violation •••••••••• •• 40*4*15 

Prevention Training ••••••*•••••••••••• 40*4*4 

Protection •••*••••••••*•••••*• * * * Hdbk* 40*4 

Protection Appointed Personnel •••••••*•*••• 40*4*2 

Protection at Centers •••••••••••••••••• 40*4*1 

Protection Evacuee Personnel ••*•••••»••••• 40*4*3 

Protection Journals •*••••••• •••••••••• 40*4*24 

Protection .Official Text Books ••••••••••••• 40*4*5 

Protection Reports* Stannary of ••••••••••»*• 40*4*25 

Regulations* Electrical S ystems ••••••••••••* 40*4*9 

Regulations* Enforcement of*************** 40*4*13 
Regulations* Heating Services a************* 40*4*8 
Regulations* Miscellaneous Combustibles ••••••••• 40*4*11 

Regulations* Other Buildings •••••••••••••* 40*4*7 

Regulations* on Parking ••••••••••••••••• 40*4*12 

Regulations* Open Fires •••••*••••••••••• 40*4*10 

Regulations* Public Assenfcly •••••••••••• •• 40*4*6 

Fiscal Arrangements in Assisting Exclude*..* 90*3*9 

Flag* U*S** Display and Use ••*•••••••*•••••• 50*1*3 

Foods* Baby .. i 50*6*5 


5/fe/45 

Supersede b Issuance of U/6/44 
Release J* 190 


0>SS«lHUO«ba 

























































— lx — 


roods. Crop Production • ••••••••••••••••••* 40*1*3 

40*1*4 

for Hospital, Rationing of *••••••«••••«• 90*10*9 

tat Use Other than at Mass ••••••••*••••• 90*6*6 

Staple, Inventory of •••••••••••»••••• 90*6*13 

Staple, Ordering of****************** 90*6*14 
Storage on Canters •••••••••••••••••* 50*6*11 

foodstuffs. Proc ur ement of •••••*•••••••••••• 50*2*2 

50*6*4 

Produced at Centers, Rationing •••••••••• 50*10*6 

Tew, field •••••*. •***••••• 20*9*33 

Official ••••* . ••••••••••••• 20*9*30 

Report, Proloot *••••*•• ••••»•*••••• 20*10*21 

WCr Boond Report •••••••*•••»•••••••• 20*23*8 

WRA, Clearance by Budget Bureau •••••••••••• 20*9*32 

WA* Isananoe ••••••••••••••••••••• 20*9*31 

franlq, (6*» Penalty Indicia) •••••••••• ••••••• 20*8*3 

freight Shipments, Prop er ty of Transferees •••••••••• 110*7*2 

flaw Gas, Use of.* * * * *.* * * 40*3*29 

funeral Contractor, notification to ••••••••••••• 30*2*33 

Photographs of******************** 20*10*53 
Record of • •••••••*••••••••••••• 30*2*39 

Service#, Center Contract for •••••••••••• 30*2*32 

furnishings. House •*•••••••••••••••••••• 50*2*11 

furniture and Equipment, Household Procurement of •••••• 20*6*15 


G 


Gamblers* Articles seised from •••••••••••••••* 3^*1 *41 

Oats Control Affecting Evacuees ••••••••••••••• 50*1*13 

Control of ISA Centers ••••••••••••••••• 50*1*12 

Control, Poet-flboolnslon ••••••••••••••••• 150*1*11 

Oates, Center, Denial of Entranoe •••••••••••••• 50*1*15 

Center Dee of********* ••••••*••••• 50*1*34 

Government and Control at Segregation Center ••••••••• 110*10 

Comnunlty, Temporary ••••••••••••••• 30*6*1 

Travel Regulations, Amendment to ••••••••• 20*5*3 

Grants, Clothing, Issuance of •••••••••••••••• 30*4*59 

for Evacuee Workers, Amount of •••••• •••••• 50*1*53 

for E v acu e e Workers, Conditions ••••••••••• 50*1*52 

for Svaouse westers. Confirmation of Use of • • • • • 50*1*55 
far Evacuee Vesters. Eligibility •••••••*••• 50*1*51 

for E v acu ee Workers, Tins Coverage of •••••••• 50*1*54 

for Neoessary Expenses, Delayed Evacuees *•••••• 120*4 

for Professional E x peu s e s of Evacuee Workers * * * * • 50*1*50 
Public Assistance, Amounts of •••••••••••• 30*4*12 

Public Assistance, Approval of Yeuohers ••••••• 30*4*13 

Public As si stance. Eligibility for •••••••••• 30*4*11 

Public Assistance, Issuance of •••••••••••• 30*4*10 

Public Assistance, Reports •••••••••••••• 30*4*17 

to Xaoladees, Iterlwns •••••••••••••••• 90*3*8 

Gro up Ra Ideation *•••••••••••• • ••••••*•• Hdbk* 130*3 


H 


Handbook, Administrative ••••••••••••••••••• 20*9*1 

Handicapped and Dependent Perrons, Poet-Exolueion **••*• 150*1*6 
Hamaii, Return to •••••••••.•••*••••••••• 80*1*1 

Health, Cooper a tion with other Program •••••••••••• 30*2*3 

functions at Canters •• •*••••••••••••• 30*2*2 


Euparsadas Issuance of H/6/A4 

Release 1*0 

























































X 


— X - 

N 

Hrnlth, Organizations, Relations -with • •••••••••••• 30*2*11 

Program, Softool • •••••••••••••♦«•••• 30*2*13 

Section, HRA Organisation • •••••••••••••* 30*2*1 

Services, Charges for Appointed Personnel ••••••• 50*2*22 

Servioes for Appointed Personnel • •••••••••• 30*2*7 

Services for Evacuees •••••••••• • •••••• 30*2*5 

8ervio«8 for Military Police *••••*•••«••• 30*2*8 

Servioes, Schedule of Charges ••••••••••••• 50*2*23 

Services, Specialized, Off -the Center ••••••••• 30*2*9 

Staff at Centers •*•••••••••• ••••••• 30*2*4 

Hearings, date far Review of Estimates ••••••••••*• 20*2*56 

Officer • ••*•••••••••••••*••••• 1 10 * 10*2 

Historical Reports ••••••••••••••••*••••• 20*10*30 

Hospital Care, Payment for. Delayed Evacuees *••••••*• 120*2 

Standards •••••*•• •••••••••••••• 30*2*14 

House rural ah ings »•••••*•••••••• *••••••• 50*2*11 

Household Furniture and Equipment, Procurement of •••••*• 20*6*15 

Housing, Collection for •••••••••*•••••••••• 50*2*14 

for Appointed Personnel ••••••••••••••* 50*2*10 

Payment for •••••••*••••••••••••• 50*2*13 

I 

Identification Card Form, Official •••••••••••*•• 20*21*1 

Card Form, Preparation of *•••••••••• 20*21*2 

20*21*3 

Cqrd Records of Issuance •*••••••*••• 20*21*5 

Card Seal •••••*••••••••*•••• 20*21*4 

Card Supplies ••••••••••♦•••••* 20*21 *6 

Idiom In Translation ••••••••••••*•••••••• 20*10*15 

Illness Compensation, Extended •*••••*••••••••• 50*5*12 

Requiring Segregation •••••••*••••••••• 110*3*3 

110*3*4 

Emigration and Naturalisation Service, Relocation Rela¬ 
tionships with ••••••••••*•••••*••• 80*2*11 

Income Tax Liability of Evaouoos ••••••••••••••• 50*9*5 

Indefinite Leave * * * *. •*••••••••• Hdbk* 60*4 

Leave (Trial Period) •••••••••••••••* Hdbk* 60*12 

Individual Exclusion Program, Authorization ••• ••• •••• 10*1*10 

Induction and Reinduction, Policy on, Post-Exclusion • • • • • 150*1*10 
Industrial Enterprises, Approval by Evacuee Cocxmmlty * * * * * 40*2*8 
Enterprises, Authorized, Limitations on •••••• 40*2*5 

Enterprises, Establishment •••••••••*••• 40*2*7 

Enterprises, Management •••••*»••••••• 40*2*3 

Enterprises, Objectives •••••••••••••• 40*2*2 

Enterprises, Plan sad Budget •••••••••*•• 40*2*9 

Enterprises, Selection of ••••••••••••• 40*2*4 

Enterprises, Types of • •••••*•••••••• 40*2*1 

Information in Japanese Language, Production and Circulation 

of************************* 20*10*11 
Issuances, Contacts and Clearance ••••••••• 20*10*5 

Policies and Activities **o*********** 20*10*2 
Program, Relations with CHI •••••••••*•• 20*16*3 

Pr o c ed ures, Rel o cation ••••••••••* * * * * 130*4*1 

Work, Organization for ••••*•••••••••• 20*10*1 

Information Material, Clearance of *•••••••••••*• 20410*5 

Material for Staff ••••«•••••••••*• 20*10*17 

Injuries, Compensable, Treatment of****.********* 50*2*21 
in Line of Duty, Treatment for ••••••••••* 30*2*6 


c~8S4i-»ia<»ba 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/0/44 
Release j* 190 
























































- Xi - 

Injuries, Involving Booth and Claims by Dependants • ••••• 50*5*63 

Involving Loss of Time * * * * * •••••••••• 50*5.61 

Mi nor * * * • •••••••••••••••*•••* 50*5*60 

or Property Damages, Settlement of Claims •••••• 20*22*5 

Personal, Claims for •••*••••«••••••* 20*22*3 

Personal, Reporting ••••••••••••••••• 50*5*59 

Personal, Reports on Cases ••••••«•••••• 20*22*4 

mjnxy Compensation at Centers ••••••••••••••*• 50*5*52 

50*5.55 

Inspeotion of Paokages and Mail ••«**•«••••**••• 50*3*35 

Institutionalization of Parsons in Evacuated Area * * * * * * * 120*1 
Institutional User, WRA **•«*•**••••*•••«**» 50*10*3 

Instructions, Administrative, Conversion to Mama! ••*••• 20*9*11 
Emargenoy ••*••••*•***•••••*•* 20*9*5 

Permanent, Written ••*•••*••••*••* 10*5*8 

j^rooedural, Divisional •**••••••«•*• 20*9*12 

Intelligenoe Agencies, Information Concerning Evacuees • • • • 80*2*4 
Inter-faith Council ******************o*** 30*5*21 
Interior, Department of the, WRA Transfer to ••••••••• 10*1*11 

Interment of Dcoeased Persons ••••••• •••••••• »• 30*2*37 

External and External Security, Segregation Center ••«*•• 110*11 
Security, Chief of *•»*»•*•••••*•••**« 30*1*4 

Security,, Organization •*•••*•*••••»••• 30*1*1 

Internment Cazap, Transfer to ••••••••••••••••* 80*2*8 

Csnps, Visits to ••*• •••••••••••••• 50*3*16 

Inventories, Excess, Disposition of** *••••••••••• 50*6*12 

Normal, of Staple Poods •••••*••••••• 50*6*13 

Investigation for Leave in Doubtful Cases «*•••*••••• Hdbk* 60*10 

Investigations, Field ••••••••••••••••••••• 20*13*4 

Irrigation Water •••••••••••••*•••*••••• 40*3*17 

Issuances, Procedural • •<>•••••••*••••••<»••• 20*9*2 

J 

Jail, Projeot •#•••••••••••••••*•••••• 30*1*40 

Japanese Language, Production and Circulation of Information * 20*10*11 
Language, Published Material *••*•«••»*••• 20*10*14 
Job Ceilings ••••«•*••••**«•*•••*••••• 50*5*6 

Judicial Commission, Consumity Council •••••••••••• 30*6*5 

Jurisdiction, Exclusive, WRA Policy ••••••••••••• 50*1*1 

Justice Department, Alien Travel ••••••••••••••• 50*11*6 

Department Part in Exclusion ••••••••••*•• 90«4*1 

X 

L 

Laborers, Motor Transport and Maintenance *•••••••••• 40*5*24 

Labor for Center Needs, Availability of************ 50*5*4 
Land Conditioning ••••••*•* <>******«*«o** 40*1*6 

Landsoaplng at Centers •••••••*•••••••••••• 50*1*4 

Stock •*•••••*••*••*•••*••••• 20*6*15 

Lwv Pees *•• .••.•••••••••••••♦••••*• 50*4*2 

Leave Assistance Grants ••••••••••••••••*••• Hdbk* 60*13 

Clearance •••* •••••••••••»•••*♦••• Hdbk* 60*6 

Clearance Hearings at Segregation Center •••••••• 110.9*2 

Eligibility *«r Persona Awaiting Trial •••••»••* 30*1*20 

Evacuees Returning from •••«••••*.*••••«• 50*3*7 

for Hospitalized Persons •*••••••••• *•••• Hdbk* 60*14 

from Centers •••♦•*•♦•♦•••••♦•••••• 110*13*1 


5/5/45 


Release *t 190 


c-sa«i-fi3-tu 





















































- xii - 

Liave Policy, Post-JExoluaion • *••••••••••••••• 150*1*2 

Reoords •••••••••••••••»••••••••* Hdbk* 60*8 

Regulations (Appointive Personnel) «••••• •••*• Hdbk* 20*1*100 

Vacation, Siok, eto*, for Evacuees *•••••••••• 50*5*12 

Legal Aid Services to Evacuees •••••*•••••••••• 50*9*11 

Finally Welfare •••••••••••••••••* 50*4*4 

C»aei| Propert y ••••••••••••••*•••••• 50*4*5 

Clearance for WRA Documents •*••••••••••••• 20*8*9 

Services to Evacuees Outaide Centers •••••••••• 50*4*11 

Legislation, Public Law No* 139 a*************** 10*1*5 

Public Lasr No* 503 * * * * *. •••••• 10*1*3 

Public Lanr No* 678 •••*•••••••••••• 10*1*4 

Letters. Preparation of ••••••• ••••••••••••• 20*8*3 

liability for Failure to Cancel unused Train Space •••••• 20*5*53 

Library, WRA ••••••••••••••• .* • 20*10*32 

Licenses, State Professional, Renewal ••••••••••••• 50*9*2 

to Maintain Privately Owned Animals ••••••••• 50*1*32 

line Activity, Responsibilities •••••*•••••••••• 10*5*4 

livestock Procurement, other than Hogs and Poultry •••••• 20*6*15 

Production •••••••••••••••*••••• 40*1*8 

Loans for small Business Enterprises ••••••••••••• 80*4*1 

from Federal Farm Financial Agencies ••«••••••• 80*3*2 

Leoal Telephone Calls •••••*•••••*••••••••• 20*8*10 

Long Distance Telephone Calls ••••••••••••••••* 20*8*9 

U 

Mail Handling •••••.•••••••••• .?£*8#2 

Systems ••••••••••••••••*•••••••• 20*8*1 

WRA, Official, Handling of • , • . « ... 20*8*3 

Maintenance of Procedural Material •••••••••••••• 20*9*9 

Program, Engineering ••*•••••••••••• 40*3*8 

Repair and Operating Supplies *•«••••«••• 20*7*5 

Manual, WRA, Administrative ••••••*•••«••••••• 20*9*1 

Materials plan. Controlled (iff®) ••••••••••••••• 20*7*4 

Msals, Charges for ••••«••••*•••••••••••• 50*2*3 

Collection for ••••••••••••••••••«•• 50*2*4 

Served Zvaoueee In Centers, Policy ••••••••••• 50*6*1 

Meatleee Days ••••••••••••••• ••••«••••• 50*6*9 

Medioel Caro at Centers, Cirotcoetaroes for •••••«•••• 50*2*20 

Care for Japanese-Azoerioans Outside Relocation Centers* 130*45*4 
Care in Connection with Relocation ••••••••*• 130*45*1 

Care, Individuals Provided with •••••••••••• 130*45*2 

Planning for Evacuees Relocating •••••••«••• 130*45*3 

Services for Injured Evacuee Workers ••••••••• 50*5*54 

Social Work ••••••••••••••• ••••••• 30*2*15 

120*3 

Social Work, Cooperation with Welfare Section * * * * « 30*2*16 
Supplies, Procurement of ••••••••••••••• 20*6*15 

Treatment, Private •••••••••••••••••• 50*5*62 

Meetings, Travel for •••••••••••• •*••••••• 20*5*8 

Memoranda, Preparation of ••••••••••••••••*•• 20*8*3 

Mental Patients, Commitment, Transfer and Parole *•••••• 30*2*10 

Patients, Msdioal Care for •••••••••••••« • 130*45*5 

Menus, 30-day ••••••••••••••••••*•••••• 50*6*3 

Mess, Administrative, Financial Basis ••••••••••••• 50*2*1 

Operations •••••••••••••••••••••*• Hdbk* 50*6 

Operations Allotment Justification ••••••••••• 20*2*8 

Operations Reports to Washington ••••••• ••••• 50*6*10 


Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 
Release j* 190 

C-S84t-»14-*° 





























































- xiii - 

Mess, Operations Section • ••••••«•••••*••••• 50*6*2 

M®thyl Chloride, Use of, Instructions for •*«••••«••• 40*3*31 

hagratory Bird Treaties ••••••••••*••• * * * * * * 90*9*10 

Ministers, Evacuee, Short-term 'Visits ••• ••• ••••••• 30*5*25 

Mileage Administrators, Center •••••••••••••*•• 40*5*62 

Administrators, Held Offices and Shelter ••••••• 40*5*63 

Administrators, Washington, Functions of *•••••• 40*5*61 

Conservation Program ••••••••••••••*«• 40*9*60 

Military Areas at Heart Mountain, Granada, Rohwer and Jerome • 10*1*7 
Areas, Authorization for •••••«••«•••••• 10*1*1 

Areas, Creation of****************** 10*1*6 
Areas, Regulations for California Portions •••••• 10*1*6 

ire as. Repeal of Attorney General's Speoial Areas * • 10*1*6 
Areas, Statute Governing •••••••••••*••• 10*1*3 

Pass and Iso arts •••••••••••••••*••• 50*3*22 

Police st Segregation Center ••••••••••••• 1X0*11*1 

Service, Information on ••••••••••••••* 50*9*8 

Misdemeanors, State or Federal •••••*••••*••••« 30*1*38 

Mobile Field Service Units •••••••••••••••••• 40*5*50 

Morticians, Evacuee ••••••••• ••••••••••••• 30*2*34 

Motion Picture Services •••••• ••••••• ••••••• 30*5*14 

30*7*11 

Motor Transport and Maintenance ••••«•• ••••••••• Hdhk* 40*5 

Transport and Maintenance Section, Organisation • • • • • 40*5*1 
Vehicles, Evacuee Use of •••••••••«•••••• 50*3*10 

N 

Narcotics Act of 12-17-14, as amended *••••••••• ••• 30*2*50 

Adherence to Treasury Regulations ••••••••«• 30*2*53 

Regulation No* 5, Treasury ••••••••••••• 30*2*51 

NRA Purchase of******************* 30*2*52 
Newspapers at Relocation Centers ••••••••••••••• 20*10*6 

at Segregation Center ••••••••• ••••«• 110*12*4 

Distribution, Speoial * * * * * •••••••••• 20*10*36 

Managed by Evacuees •••••••••••••••• 20*30*7 

Project Mailing Lists •••••••••••••*• 20*30*9 

Project Managed by IRA ••• • ••*•••••••• 20*10*8 

Project, Method of Mailing ••••••••••••• 20*10*30 

Non-Expendable Prop e rt y List •••••*••••••••••• Hdhk* 20*4*25 

Notices, Administrative *•••••• •••••*••••••• 20*9*1 

20*9*7 

Nurseries, Day •••••••••••••• •••**••••• 30*3*10 

Nurses' Aides •••••••••••«••••*•«•••••* 30*2*32 

0 

Offenses, List of*****************«***e« 30*1*31 

30*1*30 

Punishable by Judicial Cocxrdssion ••••*••••• 30*1*34 

Operations •••••••••••«•••••••••••••• Edbk*40*0 

Opinions, Solicitor’s, Distribution of •••••••••••• 20*9*21 

Solicitor’s, Issuance of ••••••*••••••• 20*9*20 

Order Xaeoutiva, No* 9066 * • •••*••••••••••••• 10*1«1 

Executive, No* 9102 ••*•••••••••••••••• 10*1*2 

Executive, No* 9423 ••••••••• ••••<>••••• 10*1*31 

Interior, No* 1922 • •••••••••••••••••• 10*1*11 

Interior, No* 1936 *•••••••••••••••••• 10*1*11 

1^41, Conservation, Application of (WPB) •••*•«•• 20*7*15 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 
Release £ 190 

c-is4r-m-*« 























































- adr - 


Orders, Exclusion, Basic •«••••••••••••••••• 90*1«1 

Whr Production Board • •*•••••••••*•••• 20*7*3 

Organization Change, Approved, Conformance to* •••••••• 20*2*21 

Change, Limitation on *••••••••••••• 20*2*113 

Changes, in the WRA •*••••••••••••• 20*2*23 

Chart, Adherenoe to for Allotments •••••••• 20*2*12 

CoDsdssion, Cocmonity (krrcrnmsnt •••*••••• 30*6*2 

for Information Work , KRA *••••••••••• 20*10*1 

of Centers •••••• •••••••••••••* 10*3*3 

of Emergency Refuge* Shelter *•••*•••••• 10*3*5 

of Field Offices *•••••••• i •••••• • 10*3*7 

of Segregation Center •••••*•••••••• 10*3*4 

of Washington Office •••••••••*•• ••* 10*3*2 

of WA * * *.. • *••••••••••• 10*3*1 

cm. Relations vdth •••••••••••••••••••••• 20*30* 


P 


Parolees, Admission to Centers •••••••••••••••* 80*2*33 

end Deportees, Sponsorship of •••••••••••* 00*2*32 

Short-term pass **o**************** 50*11*7 
Passes, Short-term •••••••••••••••• •••••• 50*31*1 

Passenger Care, Assignment ••••••••••••• ••••• 40*5*10 

Patients, Aged, Infirm and Convalescent, Care for ••••««• 30*2*17 

Mantal, Transfer and Parole ••••••••••••• 30*2*10 

Payroll Allotment Procedures •«<>•••• <:>•••• 20*23*6 

Authorisation for War Bonds ••••••••••••• 20*23*3 

Deductions, Authorised •••••• •••••••••• 20*23*5 

Q u otas for War Bonds •«* •••••••••••••• 20*23*2 

Payrolling and Timekeeping of Evacuee Workers at Centers • « • 50*5*10 
Penalties imposed by Project Director ••••••••••••• 30*1*32 

Penalty Indicia ••••••••••••••••••• ••••• 20*8*3 

Permits for Photographic Equipment •••••••••••••• 20*10*53 

Personal Business Within Project Area (Evacuees) *•*•••• 50*1*31 

Effects, Transportation of •*••*••••••••• 50*3*33 

Mail, Terminology * * * ••*••••••••»••• 20*8*24 

Services Allotments, Criteria far «••••••••« 20*2*22 

Services, Justification for ••••••••••••• 20*2*4 

Services, Requirements far •••••• •••••••• 20*2*4 

Travel •••• . ••••••••••••••• 50*3*4 

Personnel, Appointive, Disposition of at Center Closing • • • • 340*9 

Management •••••••••*••••••••••• Edhk* 20*1 

Management Program, Post-Exolneion •••••*••• 150*1*33 

Management Section at Centers (Evacuee Employment) • 50*5*1 
Management Section, Records and Reports (Evacuee) • 50*5*5 
Photographers, Nar*-GcvernE»nt, Activities of •••••••<»• 20*10*58 

Rules for •••••••••••••••*•*• 20*10*52 

Hiotographlo Documentation Program •••••••••*•••• 20*10*50 

Prints ••••.••••••••••• 20*10*56 

Section, WRA ••••••••••••••••••• 20*10*51 

20*21*3 

WRA, Release of ••••••*•••••••••• 20*10*57 

Photography ly Business Enterprises •••••«•••••••• 20*10*53 

hy Center Staff •••••••••••••••••• 20*10*54 

by Field Offices ••••••*•••••••••• 20*10*55 

Placement and Recruiting of Evacuees ••••••••••••• 50*5*7 

of Appointive Personnel ••*•••••••••••• Hdhk* 20*1*40 

Police, Appointed at Segregation Canter •• •••••••••• 110*11*2 


3 / 5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 13/6/44 
Release 1 * 190 


c-tS4i-fta-e» 























































- XT - 

Polio©, Faroe* Center • ••*.»••••*••••••*,* 

Farce* Evacuee, at Segregation Center *•••••«• 

Military* Health Servioes for «••••••••«•• 

Officers, Conduct of •••»••...•••*«•«« 
Officers, Deputization of ••••••••««•••• 

Officers* Functions of *••••••••••••••* 

Officers* Qualifications of • ••••••••*••« 

Position Control* Budget ••••••••••••«•••«•• 

Post-audit of Proouremsnt Documents • •••••••••••• 

Post Contingent* Evaouse* Designation of at Center Closing • • 
Post-Exclusion* Contributions of Other Agencies •••••• * 

Period* Assistance in* Evacuee Property * * * 
Policy *•*••*•••«••••• ••••• 

Post-Graduate and Collegiate Training #.••••••••*. 

Powers of Attorney* Property Management • *••«•••••• 

Presidential Documents* Preparation of . * • • . * **••*• 
Prices* Exorbitant* Caution Against • ••••«•••••«• 

Priorities ••••••»*•»***««••••••••••• 

Priorities of Movement to Tule Lake Center • ••••••*•• 

Preference Ratings • •••••••••••••*• 

Procedural Issuances • ••*«•••••••••••••••• 

Procedures Officer* Center * * * * • • • • • • •••••««• 

Officer* Field Office • «•*•*••••••••• 

Proclamations * public* of War Department • •••••••••• 

Public* of Western Defense Ccarmend * * * * * * 
Procurement • ••*•••*••••*•••••••••••• 

Procurement Advance Estimating * * * * * • •••••••••• 

from Prescribed and Reoouxnended Sources of 
Supplies • •••••••*••••••••*•• 

of Contractual Servioes • •••••*•••••« 

Offices* Field *•••••••••••••••*. 

of Household Furniture • •••*••••••••• 

of Landscaping Stock • •«•••••••••••• 

of Livestock other than Hogs and Poultry • • • • • 
of Medical Supplies * • • • • • ••••••••• 

of Restricted Iterne «•••••••••••••• 

of Used Equipment ••••••••« • •••••• 

Program Planning #••«•••••••••••«• 

Unit* Center* Functions of • •••••••••*• 

Unit* Center* Responsibilities ••«••••••• 

Unit* Cocxodtmexrts by**®#®*** •«••••• 

Unit* Washington* Functions of • ••••••• * • 

Production* Agricultural «••••••• •••••»•*••• 

Livestock • ••••••••»•**•••«••« 

Project Director* Authority of at Segregation Center • • • • • 
Director* Responsibilities of • *•••«•••••• 


Promotions firem Within ••• *•••••••• 

Meritorious *•*«•••••**• 

Within Grade #•••••••••• 

Property Action without Authorisation • • « « 
Assistance after Relocation • • • • • 
Assistance* Policy on******** 
Control ••••••••••••••• 

Evacuee* Movement at Center Closing • 
Evacuee* Responsibility for • • • • • 
in Private Storage *•••*•••• 

Management Assistance* Post-Exclusion 
Management of Exoludees ••••••• 


30*1*2 
110*11*3 
30*2*10 
30*1*6 
30*1*7 
30*1*5 
30*1*3 
20*2*20 
20*6*24 
140.7 
150*1*34 
iooa«6 
150*1*1 
30*3*32 
300*2*35 
20*8*3 
20*6*33 
Hdbk* 20.7 
310*4 
20*7*1 
20*9*2 
20*9*23 
20*9*14 
ioa*7 
10 * 1*6 
Hdbk* 20*6 
20*6*4 

20*6*3 
20*6*35 
20*6*26 
20*6*35 
20*6*35 
20*6*15 
20*6*35 
20*6*35 
20*6*5 
20 * 6*1 
20*6*30 
20.6.31 
20 * 6*2 
20*6*20 
40*14 
40*1*8 
110 . 10*1 
10*5*7 
Hdbk. 50*5 
Hdbk* 204«47 
Hdbk* 20*1*340 
Hdbk* 20*1*230 
300*2*35 
100*3*7 
1004*4 
Hdbk* 20*4 
340*5 
100*2*30 
100*3*6 
3504*9 
90*340 
<*^341 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 11/6/44 
Release ** 100 


c-a*4ri“jl7-bu 









































































— xvi — 

P rop e rt y , Management, Operation of Disposition, Functions in • 100*2*1 


Managexasnt, Post-Exclusion Assistance in • •••«<» 100*2*18 
Management Services at Centers ••••••••••« 10002*3 

Management Services Outside Centers • *«•«•*«• 100*2*6 
Problems trm i #bbsr Agendas • »•*«>»*•«*•• 100*2*13 
Problems, Power to Freese ••••••••••*••* 100*2*12 

Supervisors, Action by •••••*••••••••• 100*2*4 

Unlawfully ASld ... 100*2*10 

Proseoution of Aliens Outside Centers, Reports on •*••••* 70*3*1 

Proteotion, Fire, at Centers •••••••••*••••••• 40*4*1 

Public Assistance Grants, Amounts «*••••••••••••• 30*4*12 

Assistance Grants, Approval of Vouchers •••••••• 30*4*13 

Assistance Grants, Eligibility •*••••••••••* 30*4*11 

Assistance Grants, Issuance ••*••••••••••• 30*4*11 

Publication, Contacts •••••••••*••••••••••• 20*10*4 

Publicity and Information •••••*••••••••••••• 20*10*2 

Public Law No* 503 •••••••••••••••••••••• 10*1*3 

Pullman Spaoe, Cancellation of •••*•••••••••••• 20*5*51 

Spaoe. Reservation of ••••••••••••••••• 20*5*50 

Tickets, Release far ••••••••••••••••• 20*5*52 

Punishment for Offenses by Judicial Ccmoission •••••••• 30*1*34 

purchases. Exception from 3709 R*S* •••••••••••••• 20*6*8 

Installment, War Bonds •••••••••••••*• 20*23*4 

of Equipment, Engineering ••*•••••••••• 40*3*16 

over $500 • • ••••*••*••••••••••• 20*6*7 

Purchasing, Local •*••••••• •*••••••••»••• 20*6*6 


a 


quotations and Files, Seourity Classification of ••••••• 20*8*23 

R 

Radio Receiving Sets, Short-wave, Prohibition against • • • • • 50*3*1 
Ratings, Emergency, Priorities •••*••••••*••»•• 20*7*25 

for Maintenance Repair and Operating Supplies * * * * 20*7*6 
Priorities Preference •••• •••••••«•••• 20*7*1 

Ration Books for Evacuees Leaving Centers •••••••*••« 50*9*3 

Rationed Food far Hospital •••••••••••*•••••• 50*10*9 

Rationing ••••••••••••••*•••••••••••• Hdbk* 50*10 

Rationing, Consuiqption Quotas and Point Values ••••*••• 50*10*5 

Legal Basic for •••••••••••••••••• 50*10*2 

Registration and Allotment Proce du r e s ••••••• 50*10*4 

WRA Policy for.... 50*10*1 

Reoards and Files ••••••••••••••••••••••• 20.8*4 

Center, Use of, for Relocation Planning •••••••• 20*8*50 

Management, Responsibility for •••••••••••• 20*8*38 

Officer, Liaison with •••••••••*••••••• 20*10*31 

Program, WRA Objectives of •••••••••••••• 20*8*30 

WRA, Appraisal by Archives •••••••••••••• 20*8*35 

WRA, Archival Regulations for Disposal of ••••••• 20*8*37 

WRA, Authority for Disposal of *•*••••••••• 20*8*33 

WRA, Definition of ..*.20*8*32 

WRA, Disposal of Congressional Action ••••••••• 20*8*36 

Recruiting and Replacement for Center Evacuee Position • • • • 50*5*7 
for Federal Service •••*•••••••••••• 80*6*1 

Reemployment Benefits under Selective Service Act ••••••• 50*9*13 

Referral System, Attorney ••••••••••••••••••• 50*4*8 

50*4*12 

System, Attorney, Use of*«******»*«**e* 50*4*9 


5/5/45 

Sujwsr a*dens ^Issuacoe of 11/6/44 


-•aii-vis-* 0 
























































- xvii — 

Refrigeration Engineer, Washington, Assistance by*****«® 40*3*30 
Equipment at Centers *••••••••••••• 40*3*25 

Equipment, Current Inventory of •••••*••* 40*3*26 

Equipment, Repairs hy Contract ••••••••• 40*3*29 

Equipment, Requests to Purchase ••••••••• 40*3*27 

Services, Responsibility for *••••«••*• 40*3*28 

Registration Certificates of Aliens in Centers *••••••• 80*2*2 

of Evacuees for Jfilitaxy Service ••••••••• 50*9*8 

Registry of Mail •••••••••*••••••••••••• 20*8*6 

Reinduotions and inductions. Policy on, Post-Exclusion * * * * 150*1*10 
Religion, Intea>-Paith Council ••••••••»•••••••• 30*5*21 

Religious Activity in Segregation Center ••••••••••• 110*12*1 

Instructions on WRA Premises ••••••*••••• 30*3*13 

Rights at Centers •••••**••••••••••« 30*5*20 

Services, Requests for ••••••••••••••* 30*5*22 

Workers, Condensation of •••••••••*•••• 30*5*24 

Workers, Residence of**************** 30*5*26 
Relocation •••••••••••••••••••••*•••• H&bk* 330 

Relocation Areas and Districts, Delineation of •••••••• 130*2*4 

Assistance, Post-Exclusion ••••••••••••• 150*1*8 

Assistance, Short-term Pass •••••••••••• 50*11*8 

Comxdttee ••••••••••••*•••••••• Hdhk* 130*6 

Coordination of Contributions to *••••••••• 130*1*4 

Division, at the Centers *•••••••*••••• 130*2*2 

Division, Functions of*************** 130*2*1 
Division, Western Field Office ••••••»•••• 130*2*5 

Field Organization ••••••••••••••••• 130*2*3 

Information Procedures *••••»••••••••• 130*4*1 

Planning, Post-Exclusion •*•••••••••••• 150*1*5 

Planning, Short-term pass «•••••••••••• 50*11*9 

Planning, Use of Center Records * * * ••••••• 20*8*50 

Planning, Use of Center Reoords, Confidential 

Matter • •••«••••••••••* ••••• 20*8*55 

Planning, Use of Center Reoords, Individual 

Stannaries •••••••••*•••••••••• 20*8*53 

20*8*54 

Planning, Use of Center Records, Transfer of 

Records • ••••••••••••••••••*• 20*8*56 

Plans, Approved, Post-Exclusion •••••••••• 150*1*7 

Policy ••••••••••••••••••••••* 130*1*1 

130*1*2 

Program, Responsibilities of WRA. Divisions and 
Sections in******************** 130*1*3 
Removal List, Tula Lake • ••*•••••••••••••••9 110*6*1 

110 * 6*2 

Rental Scale for Appointive Ouarters ••••••••••••• 50*2*12 

Repatriation, Definition of •••••••••••••••••* 70*1*1 

WRA General Policy ••*•»•••••••••• 70*1*4 

Report Forms, Center ••••••*••• ••••••••••• 20*10*21 

Reporting, Administrative ••••*••••••••••»••• 20*10*20 

Reports, Historical •••••••••••••••••••••• 20*10*30 

Number of Copies and Distribution •• •»•••»» • 20*10*22 
Offioe Relations -with OWI *••••••••••••• 20*10*3 

of Reoords, Submission to Archives •••••••••* 20*8*34 

of War Bond. Participation •••••••*•••••• 20*23*7 

Owixll ••••••••••••••••*»»•••* 20*10*26 

Preparation of**j******9***»**»e*» 20*10*22 
Submission and Summary •*•••••••••••••• 20*10*22 

Supplemental •••••••*•*»»•••••»••• 20*10*25 


5/5/45 


Release w 4 190 

C— S 241-p 19-1> U 




























































- rviii - 


Reports, Telegraphic • ••••••••••••«••••••* 20*10*24 

Weekly • •••••««•••••••••••••*• 20*10*23 

Representative Committee, Ivacuee, at Segregation Center • • • 110«10*3 

Requests for Assistance, Property • *••••••«••••• 100*2*2 

Transportation, Use of • ••••••*•♦*•••• 20*5*5 

Rescission of Blanket Exclusion Orders • ••••••••••* 10*1*14 

Resident List at Tule Lake * . ••••••••••• 110*6*3 

Residents of Centers in W*D«C*, Regulations for ••••••• 10*1*6 

"Restricted" Doouxents •••••••••••••••••••• 20*8*25 

Restrictive Orders, Civilian ••*•••••••••••••• 10*1*9 

Return to Centers, Daily, From WRA Business •*••••••• 50*1*29 

S 

Safekeeping of "Confidential" Documents ••••••••••• 20*8*25 

School Term • 30*3*4 

Health Program •••••••••••••••••«•• 30*2*13 

Schools at Segregation Center • ••••••••••••••* 110*12*2 

Denominational, Organization of ••••••••••• 30*3*13 

Seal, WRA, for Identification Cards •••••*••••••• 20*21*4 

Seasonal Work Leave •••••••••«••••••••••* Hdhk* 60*3 

Secret Documents ••••••••*•••••••••••••* 20*8*25 

Security Classifications for Documents ••••••••*••• 20*8*21 

Regulations for Documents •••••••••••••• 20*8*26 

System for Classified Documents •*••••••••• 20*8*20 

Segregation Center, Organization of •••••••••••«• 10*3*4 

Center, Policies Applicable in********** 110*2*2 
Center Residents, Status of ••••••«•••• 110*2*3 

Movement, Priorities for ••••••••••••• 110*4 

Policy ••••••••••••••••••*••• 110*1 

Segregees at Tule Lake Center ••••••••••••«••• 110*3*1 

Families of ... 110*3*2 

Separation -within Segregation Center, Policy ••••••••• 110*15*1 

Services for Evacuees, Health •••••••••••••••• 30*2*5 

Legal Aid, to Evacuees •••••••••••*••• 50*9*11 

Shelter, Emergency Refugee, Authorization for •••••••• 10*1*13 

Emergency Refugee, Organization of ••••••••• 10*3*5 

Short-term Leave ••••••••••••••••••*•••• Hdbk* 60*2 

Passes ••••••••••••••••••*••• 50*11 

Short-wave Radio Receiving Sets, Collection of *••••••* 50*3*3 

Radio Receiving Sets, Enforcement ••••••••• 50*3*5 

Radio Receiving Sets, Future Application for 
Return of******************** 50*3*6 
Radio Receiving Sets, Prohibition against * * • • • 50*3*1 
Radio Receiving Sets, Return of********** 50*3*4 
Sick Leave Regulations • •••«••••••••-«•*•••• 50*5*12 

Small Business Enterprises. Loans for •••••••••••• 80*4*1 

Sooial and Cultural Activities at Segregation Center • • • • • 110*12*3 
Security Benefits for Evacuees • ••••••••••• 50*9*4 

Security Board, Assistance for Exoludees ••••••• 90*4*3 

90*4*2 

Security Board follow-up of Cases Referred, Exclusion • 90*4*4 

90*4*6 

Soil Bxproving Crops ••*•••••••••••••••••• 40*1*6 

Soldiers, Re-entry into Evacuated Area *••••••••••• 10*1*6 

Solicitor*s Clearance of WRA Documents •••••••*•••• 20*8*3 

Opinion, Distribution of ••••••••••••• 20*9*21 

Opinions, Issuance of ••••••*••••••• 20*9*20 

Speoial Delivery ••••••••••*•••••••••••• 20*8*6 

Staff Activity, Responsibilities ••••••••••••••• 10*5*4 

Officers, Assignment to Centers •••••••••••• 10*5*13 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of ll/s/44 
Release £ 190 


,20-** 




















































State Professional Licenses, Renewal of • •••••*•••« 50*9*2 

Stationery, Official, Use of • •••••••••••••••* 20*8*3 

Statistics *•*••••• ***o*** «,»*.*,.,*, Hdbk. 50*8 

Statistics Individual Evacuee Pile • ••••••••••••* 20*8*51 

Individual Pile, Contents of ••••••••»*• 20*8*52 

Stenographer's Handbook ••••••••*• ••••••••* Hdbk* 20*8*3 

Storage and Transportation of Pr op e r t y , Post—Exclusion 

Assistance in**************** *** 100*3*8 

of Pood on Centers •••«•••••••••••*•• 50*6*11 

Student Relocation ... • • « Hdbk* 60*5 

Subpoena for Preliminary Investigation ••••••••••*• 30*1*15 

Subversive Conduct of Evacuees •••••*•••••••••• 80*2*4 

Supplies and Equipment, Disposition of at Center Closure * * * 140*8 

Supply •••• •••••« . «•••••••••• Hdbk* 20*6 

Hdbk* 20*7 
Hdbk* 20*12 
Hdbk. 50*6 
Hdbk* 50*10 

Supply, Sources of. Procurement from a************ 20*6*3 

T 

Tax, Income, Liability of Evacuees •*•••••••••••* 50*9*5 

Teachers, Evacuee ••••••••••••••••••••** 30*3*8 

Selection of ••••••••*••••••••••• 30*3*7 

Telegraph • • • . ••••••••••••••* 20*8*8 

Telegraphic Reports ••••••••••*••••«••••• 20*10*24 

Telephone, Looal •••••••••••••••••••**•• 20*8*10 

Long Distance •••••••«•••*••«•••• 20*8*9 

Teletype •••••••••••••••••••••«>•• ••• 20*8*7 

Terminal Departure ••••••••••••••••••••*• 50*1*26 

Thefts or Vandalism of Property ••••••*•••••••• 100*2*16 

Request far Investigation •••••••••••••*• 100*2*17 

Thieves, Articles Seized from •••«•••••••••*•• 30*1*42 

Tickler File Cheok on Visitors. ••••••••••• 50*1*19 

Timekeeping and Payrolling of Evacuee Workers •••••••• 50*5*10 

"Top Sooret" Documents •••••••••••*•••••••• 20*8*25 

Train Baggage in Segregation Movements •••••••••••• 110*7 

Space, Failure to Cancel ••••••••«••••••• 20*5*53 

Space not Cancelled, Payment *••••••••••»•* 20*5*54 

Transactions, Per sonn el •••* ••••••••••••••• Hdbk* 20*1*60 

Personnel, at Centers ••••••••••••• 50*5*9 

Transfer, List to Tula Lake Center •••••••••«••«* 110*5*3 

of Aliens between Centers ••*•*•••••••• 50*3*26 

of Evacuees, Center Closing ••• •••••••«• 140*4 

of Residence *»o***************«* 50*3*12 
to Another Center from Tula Lake •«••■*••••• 110*9*2 

to Tule Lake, Arrangements for ••••••••••• 110*5*4 

to Tule Lake, Preparation for ••••••••••• 110*5*1 

110*5*2 

Transferees, Responsibilities in Connection with ••••••• 110*8 

Responsibilities when Closing Centers •••••• 140*2 

Translators, Selection of ••••*••••••••••••• 20*10*13 

Use of ••••••••••••••••••*•• 20*10*12 

Transportation and Storage of Evacuee Property (Evaouee's 

Expense) «••••••••*•*•••••• 100*3*4 

and Storage of Evacuee Property (Government 
Expense) •*•••••••••••••••• 100*3*3 

of Personal Effects •••••••••••••• 50*3*13 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of U/6/44 
Release 190 


C-8841^81-b* 























































Transportation Requests, Use of • •*•••••••••••• 20*5*5 

Seotion, Functions of »•*••• • •••••• 100 *3*1 

Travel Advance Bonds • ••••••••••* • ••»••••• 20*11*8 

Advance Pemdssion to ••*•••••••«•••••• 50*9*9 

Authorisation • *••••••••••••••••••• 20*5*1 

by Aliens on Short-4er» Pass •••• •*••••••• 90*11*6 

Costs, Evacuee, Methods of Paying •*••••••••• 50*3*25 

Costs, Scale, Paid by TOA •*••••••••••••• 50*3*24 

Evacuee, Vouchers Covering •*•••••••••••• 20*5*52 

Paid for by WRA * *. ••••••••••• 50*3*23 

Regulations, Amendment to •••*••••••••••• 20*5*3 

Regulations, Special ••••••«•••••••••• 20*5*4 

Request for Authorisation ••••• •••••••••• 20*5*2 

Voucher, Preparation of •••••••*•••••••• 20*5*6 

Wartime, Curtailment of ••*••••••••••••• 20*5*8 

Travelers* Correspondenoe ••••••«•••••••••••• 20*8*3 

Treasury Narcotics Regulations Vo* 5************* 30*2*51 
Narcotics Regulations No* 5, WRA Adherence to * • • • 30*2*53 
Trial Caeee, Docketing •••••••••••••••••••• 30*1*17 

Promptness •••••••••••••*••••••••• 30*1*18 

Trouble Makers, Eviction of •••••••••••••*••• 30*1*43 

Trucks, Assignment of •••••••*•••••••••••• 40*5*11 

Tula Lake Center, Segregees at •••••••••••••••* 110*3*1 

U 

U*S*E*S* Aid to Exoludees ••••••••*••••••••• 90*3*5 

Cooperation with WRA ••*••••••••••••• 80*5*1 

V 

Vacation Leave Regulations for Evacuee Workers •••••••• 50*5*12 

Vandalism or Thefts of Pr operty ••••••••••••••* 100*2*16 

Vegetable Seed Crops ••••••••••••••••••••* 40*1*5 

Vehicles, G overtime nt—crmod. Use of •••••••••••••• 50*2*5 

Motor, Evacuee Use of ••*•••••••••••• 50*3*10 

Violation of Regulations of Coosunity Council ••*••••• 30*1*37 

Visitors, Alphabetical Pile of ••••••*••••••••« 50*1*22 

Depart xir« of******************** 50*1*21 
Entrance -with authorisation ••••••*••*•* 50*1*17 

Regular, Entrance of ••••••••••*••••• 50*1*16 

Relations 'with Center Staff •••••••••••• 10*5*12 

Relations with Evacuees •••••••*•••••• 10*5*14 

Relations with Projeot Director *••••••••• 10*5*11 

Tickler Tile Check on •••••••*••••••• 50*1*19 

to Centers ••••••••••••••••••••• 50*1*10 

to Centers, List of •••••••••••••••• 50*1*20 

to Tula lake.*.. 1X0*13*3 

Visits Between Centers •••••••••• ••«••••• •• 50*3*15 

to Centers, Purpose of •••••••*•••••••• 10*5*10 

to Interment Camps ••••••••••••••••** 50*3*36 

of Soldiers to Tula Lake ••••••••••••••• 110*13*4 

Vocational Education ••••••••••••••••••••• 30*3*9 

Training. •••••••••••••• •• Hdbk* 30*3 

Training Coondttoe •••••••••••••••• 50*3*52 

Training Program, Nature of •••••••••••• 30*3*54 

Training Program, Purpose of ••••••••••• 30*3*50 

Training Supervision •••••••••«••••• 30*3*51 

Training, Washington Committee *••••«•••• 30*3*53 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Isi 
Release jft 190 




























































- jod - 


Voluntary Evacuation • •••••••••••••«••«**• 10*1*6 

Evacuation, Prohibition Against •••••••««< -10*1*6 

Voting and Holding Office, Qualification for • ••••«••• 30*6*3 

Rights of Evacuees ••••••••*••••••*•• 50*9*1 

Vouchers Covering Evacuee Travel ••••••••••••••• 20*5*7 

Travel, Preparation of ••••••••••••*•• 20*5*6 


W 


War Bond Participation, Reports of************** 20*23*7 
Bond, Purchase of •••••*••••«••••••••• 20*23*1 

Bond Report Foams •••«••••••••••••*••• 20*23*8 

Department* a Part in Exclusion ••••«•••*••••• 90*4*1 

Production Board Orders •••••••••••••••*• 20*7*3 

Production Board, Requests to for Budget •*••••••• 40*3*32 

Warrant, Foam Of •••••••••••••••*••••••• 30*1*14 

of Arrest, Issuance of ••*•••••••••••• 30*1*13 

War Relocation Authority, Basic Order Establishing •*•••• 10*1*2 

Relocation Authority, Organisation of •••••••••• 10*3*1 

Washington Office instructions •••••••••••••••• 20*9*1 

Office, Organization of************** 10*3*2 
Staff, Responsibilities of *••••••••••• 10*5*5 

Water, Irrigation •••••••••♦••••••••**•• 40*3*17 

Mains ••• . ••••••••••••••• 40*4*16 

Welfare. ••••••••*••••*• Hdbk* 30*4 

Welfare Section, Functions at Centers •••••••••*•• 30*4*3 

Section, Organisation at Centers ••••••••••• 30*4*1 

Section, Policies and Procedures ••••••••••• 30*4*2 

w es t ern Defense Command, Public Proclamations of******* 10*1*6 
Field Offioe Relocation Division •••••••• ••• 130*2*5 

Withholding Exemptions, Evacuee on Leave ••••••••••* 50*9*6 

Women, Employment Standards for *•••••••••••••* 50*5*15 

Work Clothing, Issuance of****************** 50*5*34 
Efficiency for Evacuees •••••••••••«••••• 50*5*3 


Z 

T 

Z 


5/5/45 

Supersedes Issuance of H/6/44 
Release £ 190 


C-***l-f 83 -n*hu-flnml 


































I 


I 








WRA ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL 

INDEX NO. II - ADMINISTRATIVE INSTRUCTIONS SUPERSEDED 

If material covers more than one subsection of the 
Manual, only the first is listed. 

Man. - See Manual 
Hdk. - See Handbook 


* Also Handbook, same subsections as Manual, 

Superseded by 


Adm. Instr. No. 

Subject 

Release “No. 

Section 

1 

Establishment of Adm. Instructions 

Man. #1 

20.9.1 

2 

Establishment of Adm. Notices 

Man. #1 

20.9.1 

3 

Issuance of Solicitor's Opinions 

Man. #2 

20.9.20 

U 

Instructions and Procedures for 

Man. #1 

20.9.1 


Relocation Centers 



5 

Definitions of Regional Boundaries 

Man. #U 

10.3.U 

6 

Approval and Authorization of Forms 

Man. #2 

20.9.30 

6, Supp. 1 

Procurement of Forms 

Hdk. #11 

20.6.91 

7 

Approved Relocation Centers 

Man. #H 

10.3.3 

8 

Information and Reports Policies 

Man. #38 

20.10.1 

9 

Legal Clearance of Papers 

Man. #18 

20.8.3G 

10 

Evacuee Payrolling and Timekeeping 

Man. #61 

50.5.9 

11 

Printing and Binding Procedure 

Hdk. #11 

20.6.90 

12 

Utilization of Surplus Property 

Man. #2( 

20.6.5 

12, SupD.. 1 

Procurement of Surplus Property 

Hdk. #1] 

20.6.H1 

13 

Basic Personnel Manual 

Hdk. #5; 

20.1.1 

Hi 

Agricultural Program 

*Man. #36 

Uo.i.i 

1$ 

Communications Services 

Man. #18 

20.8.1 

16 

Field Personnel Procedure 

(Cancelled) 


17 

Cost Accounting System (See Finance Hbk3 

Hbk. #5 

E-l 

18 

Burial Services 

Man. #Ul 

30.2.30 

19 

Temporary Fiscal Acct- Procedure 

See Finance Handbook 

20 

Display and Use of the Flag 

Man. #8 

50.1.3 

21 

Purchases from Army 

Hdk. #11 

20.6.HO 

22 

Issuance of Leave 

Hdb. #1 

60.1.1 

23 

Relocation Center School Systems 

Man. #17 

30.3.1 

2U 

Exclusive jurisdiction over R.C. Areas 

Man. #8 

50.1.1 

25 

Posting outer boundaries at centers 

Man. #8 

50.1.2 

26 

Business Enterprises in Centers 

Man. #31 

30.7.1 

27 

Evacuee Employment 

Man.. #61 

50.5.1 

27, Supp. 2 

Clothing Allowances 

Man. #37 

30.H.50 

28 

Absentee Voting Rights 

Man - #11 

50.9.1 

29 

Employees to Administer Oaths 

Hdb. #55 

20.1.65 

30 

Internal Security 

Man.. #39 

30.1.1 


U/26/uli 



C —1897 P7 







- 2 - 


31 


Housing for Appointed Personnel 

Man. #58 

50.2.10 

32 


Religion 

Man. #U8 

30.5.20 

33 


Evacuee Mess Operations 

♦Man. #U3 

50.6.1 

33, 

Supp, 2 

Food Rationing 

♦Man. #U3 

50.10.1 

3U 


Community Evacuee Government 

Man. #3h 

30.6.1 

35 


Public Assistance Grants 

Man. #Uh 

30.8.10 

35, 

Supp. 1 

Grants to Hospitalized Persons 

Man. #L9 

120.8.1 

36 


Administrative Mess Operations 

Man. #29 

50.2.1 

37 


Priorities 

♦Man. #27 

20.7.1 

38 


Issuance of Identification Cards 

Man. #5 

20.21.1 

39 


Bonding of Employees 

Man. #12 

20.11.1 

Uo 


Discontinuance of Retirement Security 
Fund 

Man. #12 

20.11.8 

Ul 


Accounting Control Records (See Finance 
Handbook) 

Hdk. #U 

D-l 

U2 


Procurement 

♦Man. #28 

20.6.1 

U3 


Permits to enter and leave Centers 

Man. #26 

50.1.8 

UU 


Industrial Enterprises in Centers 

Man. #69 

80.2.1 

U5 


Relocation Assistance Grants 

Hdk. #88 

60.13.1 

U6 


Transfer and Travel of Evacuees 

Man. #7 

50.3.11 

U7 


Census of Center Residents 

Hdk. #83 

50.8.6 

U8 


Mess Cost Accounting 

Hdk. #U0 

50.6.7 

U9 


Admission of Non-Evacuees 

Man. #8 

50.1.5 

50 


Use of domestic sewing machines 

(Cancelled) 

51 


Individual Exclusion 

Man. #15 

90.1.1 

52 


Legal Services for Evacuees 

Man. #3 

50.8.1 

53 


Operations of Motor Vehicles 

Man. #21 

20.20.1 

5U 


Health Services for Evacuees 

Man. #U1 

30.2.1 

5U, 

Supp. 2 

Health Services for Appointed Personnel 

Man. #29 

50.2.20 

95 


Social Security Benefits for Evacuees 

Man. #11 

50.9.8 

56 


Documentation Program 

Man. #38 

20.10.3C 

57 


Project Reporting System 

Man. #38 

20.10.2C 

58 


Military Travel Permits and Escorts 

Man. #26 

50.3.22 

59 


Administrative Leave Reporting 

Hdk. #39 

20.1.112 

60 


Administrative Travel Regulations 

Man. #50 

20.5.3 

61 


Subsistence charges to visiting Japa¬ 
nese Americans 

Man- #8 

50.1.7 

62 


Motor Pool and Repair 

♦Man. #2U 

80.5.1 

63 


Procurement of Livestock and Seeds 

Hdk. #26 

20.6.93 

20.6.15E 

6U 


Release for Terminated Employees 

Hdk. m 

20.1.53 

65 


Repatriation 

Man. #60 

70.1.1 

66 


Rental of Equipment from Evacuees 

Hdk. #11 

20.6.86F 

67 


Narcotics 

Man. #ai 

30.2.50 

68 


Renewal of Evacuees' State License 

Man. #11 

50.9.2 

69 

70 


Report of Death of Aliens 

Property Control 

Hdk. #83 

50.8.5c 

20.8.1 

71 


Status of Agent Cashiers (See Finance 

Hdk. #89 

D-22 


Handbook) 




k/26/Uh 


I 


C-1997 P8 tu 


- 3 - 


72 

Revocation of Certifying Officers 
Authors ty 

Man. #35 

20.11 .!* 

73 

Community Activities 


30.5.1 

7U 

Photographic Documentations 

Man. #10 

20.10.50 

75 

Purchase of War Bonds 

Man. #5 

20.23.1 

76 

Daily Evacuee Population Summaries 

Hdk- #83 

50.8.1 

77 

Property of Evacuees - Management 

Man. #23 

100.1.1 

78 

Property of Evacuees - Storage and 
Transportation 

Man. #23 

100.3.1 

79 

Injury Compensation Benefits for Evacuees Man, #13 

50.5.50 

80 

War Ration Books for Evacuees 

Man. #11 

50.9.3 

81 

Fire Prevention and Control 

♦Man. #U5 

liO.U.i 

82 

Income Tax Liability of Evacuees 

Man. #11 

50.9.5 

83 

Organization of Police Services 

Man. #39 

30.1.1 

8U 

Rules to govern making of Arrests 

Man. #39 

30.1.10 

85 

Trial and Punishment of Offenses 

Man. #39 

30.1.30 

86 

Applicability of Instructions to 

Leupp Center 

Man. #39 

30.1.113 

87 

Vocational Training 

Man. #L6 

30.3.50 

88 

Functions of Relocation Supervisors and 
Officers 

Man. #51 

130.2.2 

89 

Landscaping at Relocation Centers 

Man. #8 

50.1.U 

90 

Claims against the WRA 

Man. #21 

20.22.1 

91 

Evacuee Housing 

Man. #33 

30Ji.3K 

92 

Position Control 

Man. #5U 

20.2.20 

93 

Private Use of Motor Vehicles at Centers 

Man. #7 

Man. #29 

50.3.10 

50.2.19 

9U 

Issuance of work Clothing 

Man.. #61 

50.5.U* 

95 

The Leupp Center 

Man. #6 

30.1.100 

96 

Relocation Guidance 

Man. #51 

130.1.U 

97 

Short wave Radio receivers 

Man. #7 

50.3.1 

98 

Location of Military Areas, etc. 

Man. #16 

10.1.6 

99 

Institutionalized Persons 

Man. #U9 

120.1 

100 

Segregation 

Man. #19 

no.i 

101 

Establishment of Field Procurement 
Offices 

♦Man. #28 

20.6.26 

102 

Attorney Referral Program 

Man. #3 

50.U.8 

103 

Clothing Allowances 

Man. #37 

30.)*.50 

10U 

Family status withholding Exemption 

Man. #11 

50.9.6 


U/26/UU 


C-1997 P9 


n.D u—fin»l 






















































































■ 



























I 






WAR RELOCATION AUTHORITY 


ADMINISTRATIVE MANUAL - INDEX III 
DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEDURES 


Procedural issuances from Washington will be worked with a 
Code letter designating the distribution authorized. Field 
stations receiving bundles of releases marked with a partic 
ular code should give them the further distribution indicat 
ed in this Index. Extra copies of any issuance will be 
mailed from Washington upon request, and the distribution 
code itself will be revised upon request. 


Code A (Primarily for Manual Releases, Personnel Hand¬ 
books, Solicitor^ Opinions and Administrative 
Notices) 

Washington * Director 

Division Heads 
Section Heads 
Unit Heads 

Centers * Project Director 
Division Heads 
Section and Unit Heads 
Education Section (extra copies) 

File or Library- 

Field Offices: Shelter Director 

Western Field Office 
Copies for all Divisions 

2 Field Procurement Offices 
Business Enterprises Office 
Relocation Supervisors 

3 Area Supervisor (West Coast) 

(including copies for re-distribu 
tion to warehouse (and district) 
offices) 

Relocation Officers 
Other Agencies and Persons 


2/12/U 5 

Supersedes Issuance of 6/2U/UU 
Release # 170 








Code B (Primarily for Handbooks) 


Washington : Director 

Division Heads 

Section concerned with Handbook (extra cop¬ 
ies) 

Centers : Project Director 
Division Heads 

Section concerned with Handbook (extra copies) 
File or Library 

Field Offices : Shelter Director 

Western Field Office 
Copies for all Divisions 

Other Persons and Agencies 

(Center mail rooms should make certain that the Welfare 
Section receives copies of all relocation material and 
that Welfare material is distributed to the Relocation 
Division) 

Handbooks on Supply, Relocation, Business Enterprises 
will also be mailed to Field Offices reporting to the 
Washington Section or Division, 2 copies to each Field 
Office, excepting Relocation Supervisors who receive 
more than 2 copies. 


Code C (Primarily for Notices or other messages directed 
- to each staff member o^ 7/RA) 

Code D (Primarily for Washington Office Instructions) 

Washington: Desk-to-desk distribution to each employee 


Code 5 (Primarily for Emergency Instructions directed to 
- all Project Directors) 

* 

TTashing ton : Director 

Division Heads 


2A2A5 . , „ , 

Supersedes Issuance of Q/2U/UU 
Release # 170 

















Centers: 


(Mail rooms at centers should distribute to 
Project Director and to Divisions or Sec¬ 
tion concerned a ith subject matter) 

File or Library 

Field Offices : Western Field Office 

(Other Field Offices when subject mat 
ter pertains to them) 


Code F (Primarily for Finance Handbooks) 


Washington : Director 

Division Heads 

Finance Section (extra copies) 

Centers: Project Director 

Assistant Project Director 

Personnel Section 

Finance Section 

Cost Accounting Unit 

Property Control and Warehousing 

Budget and Accounts 

Supply Section 

File or Library 

Field Offices: western Field Office 

2 Field Procurement Offices 


Code G (Primarily for Information Digest) 


Washington : Director 

Division Heads 
Section and Unit Heads 

Field Offices: Shelter Director 

Western Field Office 
Relocation Supervisors 
3 Area Supervisors (7/est Coast) 

(including copies for re-distribu¬ 
tion to warehouse (and district) 
offices) 

Relocation Officers 

2 Field Procurement Offices 

New York Business Enterprises Office 


2/12/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/3/44 
Release # 170 













- u - 


Other Persons and Agencies 


Code 0 (Material applicable to Emergency Refugee Shelter 
- only) 

Washington : Director 

Division Heads 
Section Heads 

Shelter Director : Copies to be distributed to staff by 

mail room 

Other Persons and Agencies 


Code AO (Primarily material applicable to entire WRA in- 

- eluding Shelter) 

(Distribution same as Code A with Fort Ontario add 
ed) 


Code P (Primarily for Post-Exclusion Bulletins) 


Washington : Director 

Division Heads 
Section Heads 

Centers : Project Director 
Division Heads 

Field Offices : Western Field Office 

Relocation Supervisors 
Area Supervisors (West Coast) 

(including copies on West Coast Dis¬ 
trict Offices and Warehouses) 
Relocation Officers 

If additional copies are needed, they may be duplicated 
in the field. 


Code Q (Primarily material applicable to WRA Field Offices 
- only) 

Washington : Director 

Division Heads 
Section Heads 


C«-30«* Pfl !>• 


2/12/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 5/2/UU 
Release # 170 

























Field Offices : Yfestern Field Office 

New York Business Enterprises Office 

Relocation Supervisors 

Area Supervisors (West Coast) 

Code 00 (Material applicable to WRA Field Offices and Shel 
ter) 

(Distribution same as Code Q with Fort Ontario add 
ed) 

Code R (Primarily for Relocation Division Memoranda) 


Washington ; Director 

Division Heads 
Relocation Division 

Centers : Project Director 

Relocation Division 
Division Heads 
Welfare Section 
File or Library 

Field Offices : Western Field Office 

Relocation Supervisors 
3 Area Supervisors (West Coast) 

(including copies for re-distribu 
tion to warehouse (and district) 
offices) 

Relocation Offices 
Other Persons and Agencies 


Code S (Primarily for releases of the Statistics Section) 


Washington: Director 
Solicitor 

Relocation Planning 

Centers: Project Director 

Statistics Section 
File or Library 


2/1?/U5 

Supersedes Issuance of 8/2U/UU 
Release jf- 170 
















- b - 


Code 


Field Offices : Western Field Office 

Relocation Supervisors 
Area Supervisors (West Coast) 
Relocation Offices 

Other Persons and Agencies 


W (Primarily for Notices and Instructions to Divi¬ 
sion, Section and Unit Heads in Washington only) 

Washington : Director 

Division Heads 
Section and Unit Heads 


C-20*2 P« bu-flnal 


2/l?A5 

Supercedes Issuance of 8/2U/A 
Release ft 170 







WR HELOGAT330K £ 




UTT 


i&kxkl ] 


II 


No. 17 


This Index Is up-to-date through Manual Release No* 183* *Xn using it 
to ©book the completeness of your Mwmal, he sure to a Hear fear Releases i»- 

sued subsequent to Manual Release No* 183* 


Secti.qn 


2W* 



MsmsJL 

Release 

...HffOL,.. 


10 * 1*1 - *s 

10*1*9 - OID 
10*1*311) - *13 
10*1*14 
10*3.1 - *7 
10*5*1 - *15 


Table of Contents 
Basic Legislation and Orders 
Basic Legislation and Orders 
Basic Legislation and Orders 
Basic Legislation and Orders 
Organization of the NR1 
Lines of Administration 


2 

7 

1 

3 

1 

.3 

3 


4/26/44 
9/25/43 
5/29/44 
10/2/44 
2/13/45 
10/2/44 



20 * 2*1 - *26 
20 * 2*50 - *56 
20 * 5*1 ~ *31 
20*5«3S - *7 
20 * 5*6 

20*5*50 - *54 
20*6*1 - *32 
20*7*1 - *25 
20*8*1 — *4 
20*8*5 - *91 
20*8*94 - A1 
20*6*20 - *25 
20*8*25 *26 

20*8*30 - *36 
20*8*50 - *56 
20*9*1 ~ *7 
20*9*6 • *14 
20*9*20 - .21 
20*9*30 - *33 
20*10*1 - «4E 
20*10 (Exhibit) 
20*10«4T «•' <03 
20*10*14 - *17 
20*30*20 « *220 
20*20*220 - *26 
20*10*30 - *32 
20*30*50 - *58 
20*31*1 - *3 
20*11*4 - «5B 


Budget 

Budget 

travel 

Travel 

Travel 

Travel 

Pro cur ement 

Priorities 
Office Services 
Office Servioes 
Office Servioes 
Office Servioes 
Office Services 
Office Services 
Office Services 


Procedures 

Procedures 

Information and Reports 
information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Information and Reports 
Bonding of Employees 
Bonding of Employees 


11 

1 

1 

7 

1 

2 

6 

3 
7 
2 
1 
1 
2 

4 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
3 

3 
1 
1 
1 
1 

4 
1 
1 



3/7/45 
5/20/44 
6/21/M 
f 44 



3/7/45 
5A0/44 
13/10/ 
7/16/43 
5/22/44 
2 /Q/A5 
4/28/44 



/45 
6/26/44 
3^1/44 

U/»/« 
(tt/43 
(AS 

% 




4/2/45 . 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/44 

Men* Release Jt 186 


C-8t88 P» k. 


SBS8sBagsSQ N Ss9S8aSS6att.S8g«E SKSSssa 









-11 - 


No. 


20*U*5B - *8 
20*13.1 . *5 
20*20*1 - *4 
20*21*1 • *6 
20*22*1 - *5 
- *8 


30*1*1 ~ JOCC 
30*1*30DD - *33T 
- *36 
30*1*36 - *42 
30*1*43 
30*tfL*- *8 
90*2*0 — *30 
30*2*11 - *36 
30*2*17 
30*2*90 — *37 
30*2*37 - *40 
30*2*50- *53 
30*3*1- *13 
30*3*50 - *55 

WfVf * w iWm 

•• #37 
30*4*50 - *520 


30*5*1 - *23 


30*5*20 — *236 
30*5*236 - *26 
30*6*1- *6 
30*7*1 - *9C 
30*7*50 - 
90*7*86 - 
30*7*0- 
30*8*1- 

40*1*1 - 
40*2*1- 
40*3*1- 
40*3*22 — *24 
> *31 
*2 


> *81 

*34 

<4 

*0 

*0 


40*4*1- 
40*4*2B « 


40*5*1 - 
40*5*60 - 


50*1*12 ■ 
50*2*1- 


*50 

• *64 

*11 
' *32 
- *65 
*31 


50*2*31 - *5 
50*2*30- *14 


Uiit 

Bonding of Xnyloyees 
71*ld Ixacrt n ations 
Operation of Motor Vehicles 
Identification Cords 
Dosage Claims Against VR1 
Purchase of War Bonds 

Internal Security 

internal Security 

internal Security 

internal Security 

internal Security 

Health 

Health 

Health 

Health 

Health 

Health 

Health 

Xducstion 


Welfare 

Couxsadty 

Coemndty 

Scensmity 


SoBBouxdty 

Business 

Business 


lotiTitlee 

Activities 

Activities 

Activities 

Goy ur nane n t 


Business enterprises 
Carnality Analysis 

Agriculture 


Tire Protection 
Tire Protec ti on 
Tire Protcoticn 
Motor Transport 


General Adndnietretioa 
General Adarinietretion 
General Adodnletretlon 
Regulations Affecting Adminis¬ 
trative P er son n e l 
Regulations Affecting Admlnie- 
tratlvu Personnel 
Regulations Affooting Adninla- 
trative Personnel 


1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

2 

6 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 

4 
1 
2 
1 
1 

5 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 

2 

2 

6 
1 
3 
1 

12 

2 

5 

2 

3 

10 

2 

1 

1 


9/25/43 

ll/ll/44 

10/30/44 

7/15/44 

lO/LG/43 

9/1/43 


r 43 



/44 
11/29/43 
W44 
V23/45 
I 2 / 4/44 

11/18/44 

w 

I 2 / 7/43 

8/15/44 

12/7/43 

10/5/43 

12/20/43 

11/18/43 

12/38/43 

9/29/44 

11/25/43 

6/15/44 

13/6/44 

I/S/M 

11/6/44 

12/5/44 

U/13/43 

5/26/44 

11/33/43 

U/6/44 

4/15/44 

11/23/43 

4/33/44 

3/22/44 



M3 
. /44 

10/28/43 
12/20/44 

3/iy45 

4/2/45 

12/3/43 

11/5/43 

5/U/44 

3/6/44 


Ihnual 
Release 
, Hfta... 

12 

139 

134 

98 

21 

5 

39 

150 

39 

66 

166 

147 
143 

41 

119 

41 

109 

41 
17 
46 
33 

44 
123 

37 

90 

136 

48 

136 

150 

31 

86 

31 

136 

72 

36 

69 

63 

79 

148 
96 

45 
111 

24 

154 

363 

183 

42 

29 

80 
58 


Supe r sedes 1st 
Mm* Release Jt 186 


of 9/25/44 


C-tlfl P« »a 












- iii - 


Mutual 

No* Release 


Section 

Title 

Sheets 

J2&2& 

No. 

50*2*19 - *23B 

Regulations Affooting Ad.id.nis- 
trative Personnel 

2 

13/5/43 

29 

60*2*236 - *24 

Regulations Affecting Adminis- 
trative Personnel 

1 

12/23/44 

2/20/45 

155 

50*3.1 - *7 

Regulations Affecting Evacuees 

2 

274 

50*3*10 - .26 

Regulations Affecting Evacuees 

3 

3/13/45 

181 

50*3*30 - *386 

Regulations Affecting Evacuees 

3 

9/13/43 

2/5/44 

9 

50*3*386 - *38E 

Regulations Affooting Evacuees 

1 

55 

50*4*1 - *9D 

Legal Services 

3 

6/5/43 

3 

50*4 *9D - *33 

Legal Services 

2 

2/21/45 

175 

50*5*1 - *4B 

Project Employment 

2 

2/23/44 

61 

50*5*4C - *6C 

Project Employment 

1 

3/17/44 

4/3/44 

61 

50*5*6D - *7 

Project Employment 

1 

67 

50*5*8 - *136 

Project Employment 

4 

3/K/44 

61 

50*5*13B - *14B 

Project Employment 

1 

12/11/44 

152 

50*5.MB - *15 

Project Employment 

1 

13/29/44 

5/24/44 

146 

50*5*50 - *53 

Project Employment 

1 

89 

50*5*53 - *64 

Project Employment 

5 

9/25/43 

13 

50*6*1 - *6 

Mess Operations 

1 

IO/2O/44 

1/12/45 

130 

50*6*9 - *14 

Mess Operations 

1 

157 

50.9.1 - *7C 

Information Useful to Evacuees 

3 

2/26/45 

178 

50*9*70 - *9 

Information Useful to Evacuees 

5 

12/27/44 

7/28/44 

159 

50*9*10 

Information Useful to Evacuees 

3 

104 

50*9*11 - *12 

Information Useful to Evacuees 

4 

2/28/45 

378 

50*10*1 - *4B 

Rationing 

1 

12/10/43 

43 

50.1C.4B - *6 

Rationing 

2 

10/20/44 

330 

50*10*9 

Rationing 

1 

12/10/43 

2/17/45 

43 

50*11*1 - *5 

Short-term Passes 

1 

172 

50*11*5 - *9B 

Short-term Passes 

3 

1/27/45 

167 

50.11.9B - *11 

Short—term Passes 

1 

2/17/45 

172 

70*1*1 - *10 

Repatriation end Exchange 

5 

3/14/45 

180 

70*3*1 - *3 

Protecting Power for Japanese 
Interests 

2 

3/31/45 

182 

80*0 

Relations With Other Federal 
Agenoiee 

1 

7/8/44 

97 

80*1*1 - *4 

War Department 

1 

9/27/44 

9/8/44 

121 

80*1*4 - *4C 

War Department 

1 

117 

80*2*1 - *8 

Justice Department 

2 

2/19/45 

9/8/44 

173 

80*2*9 - *12 

Justice Department 

2 

117 

80*2*13 

Justioe Department 

1 

2/19/45 

173 

80*3*1 

Agricultural Agencies 

1 

9/27/44 

121 

80*3.1 (Exhibit) 

Agricultural Agencies 

1 

7/19/44 

106 

80*3*2 

Agricultural Agenoies 

3 

9/27/44 

321 

80*4*1 

Reconstruction Finance Corpora¬ 
tion 

2 

7/19/44 

106 

80*5*1 

U* S* Employment Service 

5 

7/19/44 

106 

80*6*1 - *5 

Civil Service Cocmlssion 

5 

32/25/44 

156 

90.1.1 to 90*4*7 

Individual Exclusion 

6 

9/28/43 

15 

100*1*1 - *6 

WRA Organization for Evacuee 
Property 

3 

1/20/45 

165 

100*2*1 - *18 

Management and Disposition of 
Property 

11 

1/20/45 

165 


4/2/46 

Supersedes Issuanoe of 9/25/44 
Man* Release $ 186 

C-3183 P5 ku 








- iv - 






Manual 



No* 


Release 


Storage end Transportation of 

Sheets 

Jtete 

Ho* 

100 *3*1 - *6 



Property 

12 

1/20/45 

165 

llOa to 110*2*3 

Segregation 

2 

4/26/44 

78 

110*3a to 110*5*3 Segregation 

3 

10/6/43 

19 

110*5*4 

Preparation for Transfer to 


e/30/44 



Tule Lake 

1 

115 

110*6 a to 110*8*3 

110*9a to 

Segregation 

4 

10*6*43 

4/26/44 

19 

noai.3 

Segregation 

3 

78 

no*i2a - *6 
no*i3*i to 

Segregation 

1 

10/17/44 

4/26/44 

132 

110*15*4 

Segregation 

4 

78 

120a to 120*6*6 

Persons Institutionalized in 


12/29/43 



Iraouated Area 

6 

49 

noaa - *4 

Relocation Pro-am 

6 

1/15/44 

51 

130 *2a - a 

Relocation Division 

5 

1/15/44 

3/6/45 

51 

130 a *4 

Relocation Division 

5 

160 

noaa 

Relocation Division 

1 

1/18/45 

164 

no *4 a 

Relocation Information Prooe- 




duxes 

6 

4/17/44 

74 

130 *4 a 

Relocation Information Prooe- 




dares 

1 

9/21/44 

120 

130 *4 a 

Relocation Information Prooe- 




dure s 

2 

4/17/44 

74 

130*45*1 - a 

Medical Care in Connection 




■with Relocation 

4 

10/12/44 

127 

i4oaa to 



4/1/44 


140*9a 

Center Closure 

10 

64 

i4oaoa - a 

Center Closure 

1 

1/9/45 

162 

noaa - a 
i5oaao - *i2r 

Port-Exclusion Program 
Post-Exclusion Program 

10 

4 

12/18/44 

4/2/45 

12/18/44 

158 

183 

150a*12G - *14 

Post-Exclusion Program 

3 

158 


Index Ho* I (Alphabetical) 
index Ho* II (Administrative 

11 

11/6/44 

141 


Instructions Superseded) 
Index Ho* HI (Distribution 

2 

4/26/44 

75 


of Procedures) 

3 

2/12/45 

170 


Index Ho* 17 (Fage-bp-Page) 

2 

9/25/44 

126 


4/2/45 

Supersede* Issuance of 9/25/44 
Man* Reluae jC 186 


C-2133 P6 




WAR RELOCATION ADTHCRIIY 


HANDBOOK INDEX 


No* X 


This Index is ujMtc^ate through Handbook Release No* 201* In using it 
to check the completeness of your Handbook, be store to allow far Releases is* 
sued subsequent to No* 201* 



* 

£kOs 

. ft"? 

No* 

Sheets 

Date 

Handbook 

Release 

_ 


Table of Contents, List of 
Handbook Releases 

3 

U/24/44 

165 

20*1 

20*1*1 - *10 

Table of Contents 

Personnel Policies 

2 

3 

1/1/44 

3/&4 

53 

53 

20*1*12 - *16 

Personnel Polio lea 

4 

1/9/45 

383 

20*1*20 - *33 

Classification of Positions 

14 

2A0/45 

192 

20.1*40 - *52 

Personnel Placement 

23 

2/12/46 

193 

20*1*60 - *71 

Personnel Transactions 

103 

3/29/45 

188 

20*1*75 - *75T 

Transfer of Official Station 

2 

9 / 2/44 

345 

20*1.75T - *75T-2 

Transfer of Official Station 

3 

32/9/44 

376 

20*1*751^2 - *75H 

Transfer of Official Station 

7 

9/U44 

345 

20*1*80 - *86 

Transact ions, Field Offices 

35 

31/25/44 

32/7/44 

367 

20*1*100 - *122 

Leave 

46 

174 

20*1*125 - *132? 

Personnel Reoards and Reports 

10 

12/20/44 

2/U/45 

378 

20*1*1333 - J3^ 

Personnel Records and Reports 

1 

196 

20*1*132 (ExhibitaJ Personnel Reoards and Reports 

2 

sar 

178 

20*1*140 - *149 

Efficiency Ratings 

5 

200 

20*1*160 - *170 

Reduction in Force 

36 

1/23/46 

185 

20*1*180 - *202 

Retirement 

57 

1/2/45 

186 

20*1*220 - *223 

Interior Suggestion System 

2 

12/34/44 

377 

20*1*230 - *236 

Automatic Within-Crade Pro¬ 
motions 

9 

12/11/43 

45 

20.1*240 - *247 

Meritorious Promotions 

2 

13/13/43 

13/4/44 

2/04/45 

2/1/44 

30 

20*1.250 - *255A 

Disciplinary Actions 

4 

362 

20*1*255A - *257 

Disciplinary Actions 

1 

195 

20.1.276 

Injury Condensation 

1 

53 

20*1.290 

Rights of Soldiers 

2 

1/3/44 

U/29/44 

53 

20*1*300 - *301 

Safety Program 

2 

369 

20*2*20 - .26 

Budget 

23 

10/1/44 

358 

20.3*400 - *421D 

Accounting 

2 

10/2/44 

152 

20*3*421E - *442B 

Accounting 

1 

12/5/44 

173 

20*3 *442B - *463 

Accounting 

1 

30/2/44 

152 

20*4.1 - *14 

Property Control 

35 


106 

20*4.25 

Property Control 

27 

V25/44 

67 

20*4*101 - *118 

Property Control 

3 

13/13/44 

163 


4/2/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/44 

Man* Release jA 186 ,, t f ,, f 

C-81S3 97 bu 






ii 


Section Titian 


No* 

Sheets Date 


Handbook 
Release 
Hfia - 


20*6*1 - *95 

Procurement 

77 

Wis 

181 

20*6*200 - *204 

Procurement 

9 

IO/2/44 

153 

20.7a - a7 

Priorities 

8 

V30/45 

189 

20*8*3 

Stenographer’s Handbook 

19 

10/16/43 

29 

20*8*3 - p*p*23 
and 24 

Stenographer’s Handbook 

1 

12/23/44 

180 

20*9*30 

Procedures, Official Farms 

2 

7/11/44 

6/1/44 

121 

20*9*30 

Prooedures, WRA Forms Index 

19 

no 

20*9*30 

Procedures, Other Agencies 
Farms Index 

13 

7/15/44 

125 

2002a- OB 

Stqpply 

* 12 

2/27/45 

198 


30*3 

educational Equipment and 
Supplies 

35 

8/16/43 

2/1/45 

8 

30*30 - 05 

Education 

22 

190 

30*3*20 - *25 

Education for Rfelooation 

45 

4/27/44 

101 

30*3*60 

Education, Vocational Training 
Report Farm 

1 

1/8/44 

56 

30*3*61 

Education, Shop Facilities xar 
Vocational Training 

3 

1/18/44 

62 

30*3*62 

Education, State Support far 
Vocational Training 

4 

12/24/43 

49 

30*3*63 

Education, Supervised Appren¬ 
ticeship 

8 

3/3/44 

84 

30*3*64 

Education, Films in Vocation¬ 
al Training 

2 

3/7/44 

84 

30*4*20 

Welfare, Monthly Report 

5 

3/16/45 

201 

30*4*30 - *40 

Welfare, Special Counselling 
Program 

7 

3/4/44 

87 

30*4*41 - *431 

Welfare, Dependency Cases 

1 

lya/ 44 

161 

30(4*438 - *44 

welfare. Dependency Cases 

1 

1/20/45 

184 

30*4*45 - *48 

Wslfare, Dependency Cases 

3 

11/3/44 

161 

30*4*60 - *66 

Welfare, Dependent and Handi¬ 
capped Persons 

6 

1/20/45 

184 

30*6 

Ccraaunity Government 

9 

13/20/43 

31 


40*0*1 


Operations. Shop raoilities 
for Vocational Training 


3 1/18/44 75 


40*1*1 - *8B 
40*1*85 - *01 
40*1*95 
40*1*95 - *101 
40*1*101 - *1QZ 


Agriculture 

Agriculture 

Agriculture 

Agriculture 

Agriculture 


11 10/26/43 17 

3 l/i/44 50 

2 12/22/43 46 

1 1/31/44 68 

3 10/26/43 17 


40*4 

40*4*1 - *2 
40*4*25 
40*4*3 - *6K 
40*4 *6L - *19E 


Tire Protection, 
tents 

fire Protection 
Fire Protection 
lire Protection 
lire Protection 


Table of Con- 

2 

1 

1 

3 

6 


IO/30/43 22 

7/4/44 U9 

10130/43 22 

1/2/45 182 

10/30/43 22 


4/2/415 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/44 
Man* Release j* 186 


C-3183 P8 





















lii 


Handbook 
No* Release 


£22&2B 

XiUfi 

Sheets 

IMs 


40*4.191 - *20C 

Tire Protection 

1 

1/2/45 

182 

40*4*20C - *23 

Fire Protection 

3 

10/30/43 

22 

40*4*23 - *23E 

Fire Protection 

1 

I/2/45 

182 

40*4 *23E - *241 

Fire Protection 

1 

10/30/43 

22 

40*4.241 - *26 

Fire Protection 

14 

1/2/45 

182 

40*5.1 - .50 

Motor Transport & Maintenance 

14 

11/9/43 

2/2/45 

23 

40*5*60 - .64 

Motor Transport & Maintenance 

2 

191 

50*5*4 - *9 

?Tojeot Employment 

16 

2/13/45 

VV44 

194 

50*5*11 

Project Employment 

2 

69 

50*5.12 - .12D 

Project Employment 

3 

3/17/44 

90 

50.5.12D - .12H 

Project Employment 

2 

12/1/44 

3/17/44 

170 

50.5.12H 

Project Employment 

2 

90 

50.5.15 

50*6 

Project Employment 

Mess Operations 9 Table of 

1 

3/2/44 

81 


Contents 

2 

10/30/43 

20 

50.6*1 - *2 

Msss Operations 

1 

10/20/44 

2/21/44 

151 

50*6 (Exhibit l) 

Moss Operations 

1 

78 

50*6.3 - *7D 

Mess Operations 

2 

4/11/44 

96 

50.6 .7D - .10D 

Mess Operations* 

3 

2/22/45 

197 

50.6 »10D 

Mess Operations 

2 

10/30/43 

4/LI/44 

20 

50*6 «1QE - *13B 

Mass Operations 

2 

98 

50.6.10E (Exhibits) Mass Operations 

2 

8/M/44 

140 

50*6.13C - .14B 

Mess Operations 

1 

10/30/43 

3/7/44 

20 

50*6*20 - .25B 

L'bss Operations 

14 

85 

50*8*1 - .8 

Statistics 

40 

12/8/44 

175 

50.10.1 - *44 

Food Rationing 

1 

10/30/43 

4/II/44 

20 

50*10 *4B - *4E 

Food Rationing 

1 

90 

50*10*5A. - *7A 

Food Rationing 

1 

8/30/44 

140 

50.10.7B 

Food Rationing 

7 

10/30/43 

20 

130.3*1 - .7 

Grotqp Relocation 

2 

3/10/44 

86 

130.3.8 

Group Relocation 

1 

10/3/44 

160 

130*5*1 - .7 

Caammity Adjustment 

7 

3/1/44 

80 

130*5*8 

Cocmunity Adjustment 

2 

IO/23/44 

154 

130*5*9 

Coaanunity Adjustment 

1 

2 / 19/45 

196 

130*6*1 - .12 

Relocation Cccmittee 

5 

4/15/44 

7/6/44 

97 

130.7*15 

130*8.1 - *4 

Relocation Report 

Relocation Field Offices — Ad- 

3 

123 

130*8*5 

ministration 

Relocation Field Offices — Ad- 

5 

10/36/44 

155 

130*8*6 

ministration 

Relocation Field Offices — Ad*- 

3 

9/1/44 

141 

130*9.1 to 

ministration 

1 

9/4/44 

142 

130.10*4 

130*10*5 

Relocation Field Offioes 
Relocation Field Offices — En>- 

13 

10/16/44 

355 

130*12*1 - *5 

ployment Functions 
Relocation Field Offioes — Re— 

1 

12/22/44 

179 

lations ■with Center 

10 

10/16/44 

9/15/44 

355 

130*13.1 - *1QA 

Service and Information to 
Evacuees 

5 

347 


4/2/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/44 
Man* Release it 186 

t-2183 P9 feu 










— iv — 

Handbook 


Seotion 

Service and Information to 
Evacuees 

No* 

Shoots 

Date 

Release 
No*. 

330*13*106. - *10E 

1 

10/16/44 

355 

130*13 *10£ - *12G 

Service sod Information to 
Evacuees 

4 

9/15/44 

347 

130*13*133 - *121 

Service and Information to 
Evacuees 

1 

H/30/44 

168 

130*13*121 - *16A 

Service and Information to 
Evacuee8 

3 

9/15/44 

347 

130*13*161 - *16G 

Service and Information to 
Evacuee 8 

1 

10/16/44 

155 

130*13*160 - *17 

Service and Information to 
Evacuees 

2 

9/15/44 

347 

130*25*1 to 

130*30*8 

Center Relocation Offices 

32 

7/1/44 

138 

130*31*1 

Center Relocation Division — 
Clearance for Employment 

1 

9/15/44 

347 

130*31.2 - *3 

Center Relocation Division — 
Clearance for Employment 

1 

12/22/44 

179 

130*46*1 - *4 

Student Relocation 

2 

13/30/44 

168 

140*1*1 to 

140*4*19 

Cantor Closure 

27 

5/9/44 

102 

140*4*20 - *3ZB 

Center Closure 

4 

9/25/44 

346 

140*4*320 to 
140*7*3 

Center Closure 

37 

5/9/44 

102 

140*8*1 - *1B 

Center Closure 

1 

30/26/44 

356 

140*8*13 - *9 

Center Closure 

3 

5/9/44 

302 

140*8*10 - *15 

Center Closure 

2 

30/26/44 

156 

140*9*1 to 

Exhibit XXV 

Center Closure 

56 

5/9/44 

102 

140*10*13 

(Exhibit XXVI) 

Center Closure 

23 

2/28/45 

199 

140 (Exhibits 

XXVII & xxvm) Center Closure 

2 

5/9/44 

a 

102 

140 (Exhibits 
xxix to xxxn) 

Center Closure 

6 

10/26/44 

156 


Handbook Index No* I (page- 
by-page) 

4 

9/25/44 

Man* 126 


4/2/45 

Supersedes Issuance of 9/25/44 

Man* Release 186 




C-2 1M Pi* final 





































* 0, <a ' ** s 0^ 7 **' 

' n z ^ o* * ® ^ o^ 

r # %. \WM; A <3* . . . 

'''/■ ,.. %<y^\ s & v*^V 

V * ^ * 'V 9a V ^ * * o, ^ \> *. 

* ^ T- 




V ' T- 


°- ■% 0* 



< VJ 



° z ^ ^ _ ____ - 

* dr’ $ °^ * - I 

& ^&M\ : ^Mk\ %></ : 'Mfo\ ^ & : Mi^^ %<** * 



* — s J* \ % \^0S c / % % 

V'-"<A—* V 1 -*" /*— <- 

- V. 9_ ° *.«^.* r ^ 0 r « a * *<p 0 *.<5^. „ 

° z 




^ * 


* 

« c3 <*► -* > 

^. '/W A ,^ v G 9 ■& ^ % 

, s ^ aG~ . *t, . s sG v >. ^ 

44 c 0^ ^‘®, ^ “ ,<F 


■“^ ° O^ Q* 

* lT ^ > 


* • % 

s'\# %a®^ ^ o- 

v * * * o, \> * * * 0 , *i» 

,A .>VG V a ; A Vr % a' 

■V . c . ^\\M/Z>2, ° </A ,cV 

cs cS y^v -> 

•# •%■ % 






.” (f °- ’■me?; \W&: 

\>- “" v v> \^^ < C % // “ sS eo % C % ///tta ° \>^ 

\G^ ^ y/ / ,. S s " A° <► 

^ -0 k ^ 'I " 0 ,. 

J ^ & Si * v 


^ ^ 4 * S ' -A^ <* . ^ 4 4 S S -jG” y. * ^ * * S S A 0 

o° ^ o° v c? , r 

*—- •" - * f' -^, , tA^W» Al ^ 'jy. -C «r jA V ^0 A. r '^A C 

^ o< . ° ^ o x • .^WA ° ^ o^ 

.,'\/ <b/*^' # % ) ^TTT'\/ <& V" ; 

v x * ' • 0 ^ ^ V ^ ^ * 0 /■ ^ V % x 1 0 /■ V ^ ' * 0 A % V 

A f « « * Y^A y y ^ * "-VA z r a 5, « C.V <1 T- « a *. «•<> <1 T- 



;*■ # % G f % ,<p r % % 

/,• V' • •" G°V ”_; ■-.%'' • •" cpv k*; A% 


A? % 

flV V 



4 


& 



O %- 

r/> <\ v « 






»,0#% l^P*-” J’X 

" ' 0^ & '■*" <r , ' ** '' -r5 ( ' 

r 0 V S- f <5 


A. - , S^Mni^ o c’k, ^ _< 

^ *^Qfrs % ^w; a 

aG > Ap <v 

G° v C?' 

r a 'if ; ^ V1P®^ ; 

■ . 4 * s sS 9^ X/ Z 4 4 N # °0 

■& .W"A % ' %■ & .W*' % AG A-*%.<?<'-■'■ -e 
»«<v v *A\M/%, c xv>^v v . A\M/%, = r<v 



r ; G w _ 

s^a# SJ 

A 'Z- v ^ »z ^ \> 

* r ' ^ AG ^ 'a(\%^/'>iaG 


, A' * 



O c5> »>> 

r x- - v* c <& *% 

r 0^ »'*», ^ 44 r 0^ '• * o , < 

r> s .r\^<><^ a* o 


^.0^ 


r'J - <V 

0 r .ft*, , 4, 

\v 



^ o x 


<d- Qy 





9r> ^ 


4 0 /■ ^ ' 4 4 ' 0 0^ ^ V * 0 r <£> -v 

= :||» 

° ^ CU - 9a 

°o ^ 



r .° A '• .t a pTy ^ C -'*■ 

C h. ' V /*»‘. s A ^O ^ *< .'.>' 

% V *°r ^ v I.'* °r *%> 

z v :|w;K ^ 

c^> A. 

* iLrair^ *. .v> ^ 



e> cS A> _ ^^||I1|3^^’ c- -Cj 4>» y <5 c3 y^> y -' . rS A - M—fflll*lt—4 X. 

4, 6 r -^ ^ **^W*r* r <^' ^ ^ r <&' ^ .r^ ^ 

^ //##SS G^^:7%% /44SS G oV ^r. o ^^ /44SS G o ^^^^% ' feN g o ^^ x *°-' 


r - r ^ "* W& + f 

6 4s^ ^ 

\> % ^ * 0 ^ ^ V * | 

‘ A v « cV\\\AA///A z °t/> <\' 



*P , 






V- 




9a A 

c 


r ." G %> ^ '--W&: A °^ 

'''<?, « * • , %"' " '' V . r • . , C %"' * * ’'' V\ . • » , % 

' ^ ' 9„,# '\ / 






_ z r 

cS A A. - ^i;s^ o cS a* 

,* A s A >• A <c? . 

*., V < ""d^»’-r.V'"- ,, d^*’*- V'"'V V”' V 
v ^ ' -'"‘Wo' - r M£V 

° ^ 9a 


‘^.r...^'-" ^A..; 


A^o* : 





<§> ^ 3 

••' %'"■''<?9*’*”(?A*'•" / „* 

, ’'Ao i • ,, j^^\ :dMfo,\ %.o< * 

* ^ ^ • o4*<r • | 

' # Au' < '-tA''G' 

" > . ^ * o 


^ S*s ' 

•., V^' 'fi'-’S,* 7 '"' 

» A .^^**. 





V ^ 


«r '*‘. 

> <L r v> x 

' S «\V 9^ 4 4 S' A 

V <». ' * 0 / 9-, V N ^ < * o, A> 

s <p 5 > '°' G*A* v- /] cs * 

^ ^^SfyA® ^ ^ «T ° z '9r-.< 



z \ 
o (-S A> 

^ oV A$s A’ 5 ^*^ * 

, <5,. V'”"/’r — 

9 99 A 0 .V ^ 0 * 

o <p^ 0 ^c 

9. 


s' AC^ 



^ * 

^ ^ v 'AaT'' x #' 9 j, A.. 

^A, V t. x * 0 z *% \> ^ '■ * o , ^ 

\ a *m\ -\a % 



CA A - « ,c.'3 O - >^t o cD A - ^Bf: j^' CS c5> A. - ,! ^j]' l »]^^ cs cA 

9 ^ . w . _^v ^ r< ^ % %*v8rs r # ^ 'sS&rs r <& 

" ' 4 S' AG ^ ^^4 4S S A G ^ S tl s' aG^ 

. 'f . o , <>. .Q v » ^ * 0 , gf % * 


y * * s S o^ 1 t * 0 9 a 

^ :Mfa\ ^ " 









<> 


^ V/ 




* 0 ' 9^ ' * 4 S XT ^ ' **" AV ,. < 4 o , 9^ ' s ft s S 

%' ^°' :|Pii* ^ L< * -*|«|° 

» : '^.%^ ?$L\ ^ :'A'*^ 

* $ ■%•, slBif," .«s 4 ■%., - * •«•*"' 



‘ Or ^ * fijv*’ *** » 

* \L- ^ -v o r^ ^ 

\^> c b i 9 * „ s s v$ c q 

V * * * 0 A *9-. V * ■■ " 0 / ^ 


; ^ , . 
“ r > o l 



i cS> 

I 9* % 

<- * 

Ar 1 }- 1 ■ “ f 

’ ^ . $L „ V *r 

» %# ^d* * 

.” d* ^ %lS|lr.r ^ °* • 

"' ’ ' ' V^\ Y . . , %J '' * • ' ' Y . 0 , %/' ■ • • ' ' 't\ 

?&& :4&\ 'W 

* %%g^\/9 \1|K- /\ •,^*/% ‘v 

' %.<* : iMh\ ^d* -*^1''“ ^ :1»* ..o'* 





S ‘ ■ '' j c S X>\ Y ' 

* * r\ v V * 0 ,, 

u o u r - - « 


\? *>9\ * 

£y & * ^u~- ^ rv 

^ 9 0( ,s s J? A 

^ # °o, _ °q, y/ 

' %. .Wa- 4 At . r 



- - .*»*. .|^A. y^^. 



J 5 ^ '» 

s s x ^ c b, // ^tT 5 ' v^> 
\> ^ Y 4 0 /- N 



<i5 Q<* 








9-, ^ j «\ s s \V 9^ \^” 9^ 

jA W/>l ^ v> 

= 9/> ^ 


♦pv<,... v^v^’y•.,y..,% r ,v -«.-. v « 

:Mh\ \.& :#j|i • 

- jjr % %Wm * ^ \W&.* ^ *Smr^ ^ ^ 

<.."'‘*''^“.Y... <',' , --'\rr.Y-o, <-.•”' C 0 V V .. „ 

" Ra '• -^.di .* 

Q. 


i •c^.' Vy »* sS A^ 3 

f 0‘ 

V ^ G ^ - 
: 


V 


r *% * 


: & °^ '• 


9? X/ 


r ^ s >> -W- g 

A S \ V 0> * * <r ^ \ V ' * * 1 

V ^ ^ * 0 /■ *%v V V '?-'' 90 a'% 

- % %5S^*9/ % %^A.' < v‘ s ' ^ . 

< * ° a 9^, ' * * s aT <(. ^ tt °/ 9^ y ,v '■" o^ <-'' * 0 

t* «- * G ^ i<^ ^ y^ G v (« a * r 

° "9^0^ 


^J 5 

* * s s x ^ c b '' 1 »«“> s 


^ 9<> "" 


< 0 - - 5 

**' ^ ..s' 

V V ^ ^ * 0 , ^ 


’S£^9 -^. 0 \ 

■wmz : & °^ 

'/ , S \V 



\V *c?. »•>' 

v % ^ * 0 /• 9^ 

r ' ^ o> *9 g>?#’/9 " 9?' ^ 

- ,„ l|l|rM o cS J 9J ■ O cS • As 

iV ^ r # ^ r ^>' ^ V 

^ ^ ^ . . S S -<G. ^ ■< 4 4 S S A^ ^ ' J 4 4 S ^ 

cp’.*r«'- 9 $\*y:'.% #,* 






S> * 


’I ~ o' ^,. <b £/;,.. # ^ 




A o' 



6>< 


^ °-4 ; .M," / °-4 ;‘^ ^ 

' < 'AG'\#' %,*' a/ . c b. < ''*’ 

^ \> ^s *o^ v 9*°^ 9. v *' ft 0 a ^ 

■ %. > -WA .'M* % 



r 9 <y av 

° % 9^ 



</' 


c% 

S> s •%• 


. \ f / 9- , & 4 

A** , '.V'**''d^*’* , '.V‘"'‘</.»V'.%''‘ , 'V.*- ,, *'.'^"’''<^.*:%"*% , '‘ 

" ' " \\(^ ; %;<? .’’A- \o< -’’^V. 

.” : *^»» ^ ^ ^ °-4 '*Wgf: <? ^ 

••'V9y.., v••'99-•.,V , " , 99 -.yV- '99-.., % ■ - %>• .--a 

- -. ^ aV .^v \,# -\,A :m& 99 ^ 

5» 9 


,9 



o 

% 9 V S , f . Y. Y, 

t '* 0 '- 9^, '“''(p* ^* ,, ^ < 4 , “' 0°^ '»-" ,>0/ ^ 

9^,0^ 


^ ,9 % v 

x aG^ 



« 9 V ^ 

x 95 9 ,'^9 s' dr 9 j 9 ^ 

\> * ^ * ° a v ^ ^ * 0 ^ \ 






Jy * T dsMjfo/'° ^ jfr * 

V « z t/> V 

^ 9 yA. 

^ V^*/ ^ v 

O '-^ 0 \ 



* o 



. *9 *. * -o5' * 9 a * „ 

'’•- -^, rS : Ml/h i'^o* ’%■$ -* 

: '. 


: a T 



<9 














V 


( 



' i 



' V,- 

• ' 'V \ 

> 



j i v . 

•V 

■ i 

- 1 f •' r» 


) 



/ S • 

' /, 

f 

■ 

■** 


i 

' 

\ ! . 

( '' ' 

•fe 

i 


• * , . ' V 




V. 


>V. 


•V' • 



1 • 1* 1 



' 1 





/•V - • 

f r 


;<r 











i ■ 


iV " 





•j . • 

fef 







■ ■' B 

- 


< 

v ** 








• 1 •. ■ 


. l " C ' '-i. 






' 


,1 - 1 ' n . 


i> V| r-Ml 

. I,., . ,■ 


. [ 





















































































